College of Arts and Sciences ...... 3 American Studies Program ...... 7 Asian Studies Program ...... 9 Biochemistry ...... 11 Childhood Studies Program ...... 12 Computer Science ...... 14 Department of Anthropology ...... 15 Department of Art History and Art ...... 45 Department of Astronomy ...... 76 Department of Biology ...... 83 Department of Chemistry ...... 120 Department of Classics ...... 134 Department of Cognitive Science ...... 147 Department of Dance ...... 161 Department of Economics ...... 168 Department of English ...... 169 Department of Geological Sciences ...... 187 Department of History ...... 196 Department of Mathematics ...... 228 Department of Modern Languages and Literatures ...... 249 Department of Music ...... 274 Department of Philosophy ...... 302 Department of Physics ...... 315 Department of Political Science ...... 339 Department of Psychological Sciences ...... 362 Department of Religious Studies ...... 384 Department of Sociology ...... 396 Department of Statistics ...... 411 Department of Theater ...... 422 Environmental Studies Program ...... 433 Ethnic Studies Program ...... 436 Evolutionary Biology Program ...... 447 French and Francophone Studies Program ...... 449 2

German Studies Program ...... 453 Gerontological Studies Program ...... 455 History and Philosophy of Science Program ...... 457 International Studies Program ...... 458 Japanese Studies Program ...... 460 Judaic Studies Program ...... 462 Natural Sciences Program ...... 465 Nutrition ...... 467 Pre-Architecture Program ...... 468 Public Policy Program ...... 469 Teacher Licensure Program ...... 470 Washington Study Program ...... 473 Women's and Gender Studies Program ...... 474 World Literature Program ...... 481 Case Western Reserve University 3

College of Arts and Sciences

The Case Western Reserve University College slavery. Colonizationists believed that liberated of Arts and Sciences combines a history of slaves should be resettled in Africa; abolitionists did educational excellence with a commitment to not favor such a policy. After long and bitter conflict, innovation and discovery. Building on a 185-year- supporters of the abolitionist movement carried the old tradition, the College traces its origins to several day. predecessor institutions, including Adelbert College, Flora Stone Mather College, Cleveland College, Emergence of science. The college in Hudson Western Reserve College, and the Case Institute of was home to early and distinguished programs Technology. in astronomy and mathematics. Later, in 1887, Professor Edward Morley collaborated with Today, the College offers educational and research Professor Albert Michelson of the Case School of programs in the arts and humanities, mathematics Applied Science in a series of experiments that and natural sciences, and social sciences. It remain among the most significant in the history of comprises 22 academic departments and 34 physics. interdisciplinary programs and centers. Education of women. In the 1850s, the college’s Cleveland-based Department of Medicine awarded six of the first seven medical degrees granted to Brief History women in this country. The founding of the College for Women in 1888 was only the second instance Western Reserve College, the earliest of our of a separate “coordinate” college for women at a predecessor institutions, was founded in 1826 major university. in Hudson, Ohio, about 26 miles southwest of Demographic and technological change. Following Cleveland. In 1882 the college moved to Cleveland, World War II, enrollment in Cleveland College where it formed the basis for Western Reserve swelled with returning veterans. During this University. The institution expanded to include period, the introduction of new technologies several professional and graduate schools in and fields of study drove increasing demand for addition to its liberal arts programs. It also served advanced education and research in a wide range as a magnet for other artistic, cultural, educational, of disciplines. medical, and scientific organizations, now its neighbors in the extraordinary setting known as University Circle. Undergraduate Programs Central to the heritage of the college are the traditions of the programs that preceded it: Adelbert College, as the men’s undergraduate unit of Undergraduates in the college can choose a major Western Reserve University was known after the or minor from almost 60 programs, design their own move to Cleveland; Flora Stone Mather College, courses of study, or enroll in integrated bachelor’s/ initially founded in 1888 as the Cleveland College master’s degree programs. The university offers for Women; and Cleveland College, founded great flexibility to students wishing to pursue double in 1925 in downtown Cleveland to serve part- majors in disparate fields, such as physics and time and adult students. These three units, each studio art. In addition, students from all fields with a distinguished history of scholarship and are eligible to participate in the college’s vibrant achievement, were brought together in 1972 performing arts programs, including music and under the revived name of “Western Reserve dance ensembles. College.” The College took its present form in Beyond their course work, students are encouraged 1992, when undergraduate and graduate programs to conduct independent research within the college, and research in the arts, humanities, and social in other units of the university, or in the scientific sciences were united with those in the physical and cultural institutions of University Circle. They sciences to form the College of Arts and Sciences. also have opportunities to engage in service Since the early 19th century, the college and learning projects and internships in research its predecessors have participated in important institutions, businesses, cultural institutions, developments in higher education. Examples and governmental agencies. With funding from include: the college’s Experiential Learning Fellowship programs, undergraduates may design and carry Engagement in issues of social justice. Western out ambitious research projects in Cleveland or Reserve College’s early years in Hudson saw across the globe. debates between two groups, each opposing 4 College of Arts and Sciences

Center for Education and Research in Cosmology and Astrophysics

Graduate Programs The Center for Education and Research in Cosmology and Astrophysics (http://www.case.edu/ The college’s graduate offerings include doctoral origins/sciences/cosmology.html) (CERCA) is programs in 19 fields. Through a partnership with a center for the advancement and promotion The Cleveland Play House, the Department of of the scientific understanding of the origin Theater has created one of the nation’s preeminent and evolution of the Universe and its contents, master’s programs in acting. The Science and and their connection to fundamental physics. Technology Entrepreneurship Program (STEP) CERCA connects scientists and educators in offers a three- or four-semester sequence of the Departments of Physics and Astronomy and courses leading to a Master of Science degree in at the Shafran Planetarium of the Cleveland biotechnology, chemistry, or physics. Museum of Natural History (CMNH). It draws together theoretical and experimental physicists and astrophysicists with observational astronomers Baker-Nord Center for the Humanities to explore the cosmos and, together with partner educators, to communicate their excitement and Established in 1996 with a generous endowment knowledge to students and to the world at large. gift from Eric and Jane Nord, the Baker-Nord CERCA is also a partner in the Institute for the Center (http://artsci.case.edu/bakernord/) is Science of Origins, a partnership of CWRU, CMNH, dedicated to: 1) highlighting and celebrating the and ideastream to advance and promote knowledge arts and humanities at Case Western Reserve in a wide range of origins sciences. University (art history and art, classics, English, history, modern languages and literatures, music, philosophy, religious studies, theater, and dance) through public lectures, panels, performances, Center for Policy Studies and special programs; 2) supporting research and creative work in the humanities and arts The Center for Policy Studies (http:// through fellowships, grants, and symposia, as well policy.case.edu/index.html) has four objectives: as encouraging new and innovative directions 1) to make Case Western Reserve University a in research and creativity, including the digital continually more attractive and rewarding institution humanities, through public forums and open for students and faculty who wish to learn about discussion; and 3) facilitating cross-disciplinary and engage in the creation of public policy; 2) and inter-disciplinary collaborations among Case to raise the public profile of the university by Western Reserve University faculty and members sponsoring programs and other activities that of other University Circle institutions that address publicize and increase the reach of the work of questions and problems of broad human interest, CWRU’s policy analysts and their guests; 3) to within and outside of the academy. contribute to the wider community by disseminating information and analysis of policy issues as generated both by CWRU faculty and by guests whom we bring to campus; and 4) to encourage Center for Cognition and Culture creation of a community of policy studies on campus that may serve in the future as the basis for The Center for Cognition and Culture further development of policy-oriented curriculum at (http://www.case.edu/artsci/cogs/ both the undergraduate and graduate levels. CenterforCognitionandCulture.html) is a research facility sponsored by the College of Arts and Sciences and hosted by the Department of Cognitive Science. It is dedicated to the cognitive Center for Research on Tibet study of cultures as higher-order creations of the human mind: of cultural manifestations, cultural The Center for Research on Tibet (http:// differentiations and contrasts, and also of the www.case.edu/affil/tibet/) at Case Western Reserve significant number of expressive or semantic University was founded in 1987 and is administered universals across cultures. The center houses within the Department of Anthropology. The interdisciplinary research projects and aims at center’s goal is to conceptualize and conduct encouraging collaboration across disciplines. research on Tibetan history, society, language, ecology/physiology, and culture so as to understand traditional Tibet and the manner in which it has changed. Case Western Reserve University 5

Center for Science and Mathematics of electrochemistry; 2) to provide a national and Education international resource for the dissemination of electrochemical knowledge within industrial, The Center for Science and Mathematics Education laboratory, and academic communities and to (http://www.case.edu/artsci/csm/index.html) links the general public and to support the continuing the resources of the College of Arts and Sciences education of professional electrochemists; to - including faculty, staff, and students - with needs promote interactions between electrochemists and in the K-12 STEM community. Its collaborations their research colleagues through seminars and with external partners, including schools and symposia; and 4) to foster the improvement of the public libraries, park systems, and science environment and human welfare through research museums, enhance instruction and generate in the design of materials and the development of student interest in the STEM fields of science, processes and devices that will positively influence technology, engineering, and mathematics. The fields from medicine and microelectronics to energy center hosts the annual Northeast Ohio Regional conversion and energy storage. Science Olympiad, conducts a summer Shipwreck Camp that includes lessons in meteorology and marine geology, and engages middle school Schubert Center for Child Studies students in biological fieldwork in its Environmental Heroes Program. Through the Gelfand Science The Schubert Center for Child Studies (http:// and Engineering Fair Program, it provides support schubertcenter.case.edu/home.aspx) aims to for science fairs in Northeast Ohio schools, and strengthen links between child-related academic it recruits and trains undergraduates to assist study, public policy formation, and professional younger students with their science fair projects. In practice. The Schubert Center convenes experts addition, the center participates in the university’s from across campus and throughout the Cleveland Robert Noyce Teacher Scholarship Program, which community to provide an innovative forum provides mentoring and other support for future for multidisciplinary education, research, and math and science teachers. communications focused on child policy.

Center for the Study of Writing Science and Technology Entrepreneurship Program The Center for the Study of Writing (http:// www.case.edu/writing/csw/index.html) (CSW) is The award-winning Science and Technology a flexible, cross-disciplinary center that fosters Entrepreneurship Program (http://step.case.edu/) connections between innovative writing research (STEP) is a family of two-year professional and sound pedagogical practices, and between Master of Science degrees: MS Biology - specialized faculty expertise and the needs and Entrepreneurial Biotechnology Track, MS Chemistry interests of aspiring undergraduate and graduate - Entrepreneurship Track, and MS Physics - students. Entrepreneurship Track.

Dittrick Medical History Center Skeletal Research Center

The Dittrick Medical History Center (http:// The mission of the Skeletal Research Center www.case.edu/artsci/dittrick/museum/) is comprised (SRC) is to facilitate the advancement of basic of the Dittrick museum, archives, and collections research and to accelerate the translation of this of rare books, artifacts, and images. The Center new information into innovative clinical strategies originated as part of the Cleveland Medical Library for the regeneration and maintenance of skeletal Association (est. 1894) and today functions as an tissues. Based in the Department of Biology, the interdisciplinary study center within the College of center provides an organizational umbrella for Arts and Sciences. the creative and innovative interactions of faculty. Although members of our faculty have long been recognized as leaders in skeletal research, the Ernest B. Yeager Center for center was established in 1986 to draw these Electrochemical Sciences individuals together into a multidisciplinary group which could jointly approach current basic research The mission of the Ernest B. Yeager Center for and clinical problems. SRC is an administrative Electrochemical Sciences (http://yces.case.edu/) entity under the dean of the College of Arts and (YCES) is: 1) to enhance the education and training Sciences and the dean of the School of Medicine. of students in fundamental and applied aspects 6 College of Arts and Sciences

Administration

Cyrus C. Taylor, PhD (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) Dean and Albert A. Michelson Professor in Physics Molly W. Berger, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) Associate Dean Stephen E. Haynesworth, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) Associate Dean Jill E. Korbin, PhD (University of California, Los Angeles) Associate Dean Peter J. Whiting, PhD (University of California, Berkeley) Associate Dean Kenneth L. Klika, MS (Case Western Reserve University) Assistant Dean, Facilities Management Thomas Neville, MA (Marquette University) Assistant Dean, Development and External Relations Case Western Reserve University 7

American Studies Program

202 Mather House Students are to choose six electives, in two areas http://www.case.edu/artsci/amst of concentration. An area of concentration consists Renee Sentilles, Department of History of either 1) courses in a single department, or 2) [email protected] courses from more than one department focusing on a theme or issue such as technology and The American Studies program is designed to give culture, urban studies, literature and society, etc. students the flexibility to cross traditional intellectual boundaries in order to develop perspectives on Please note that any course in the College’s American life that are more expansive and critical curriculum that focuses on the United States than those normally found within the limits of a and its cultures is eligible to be counted towards single discipline. The interdisciplinary approach the American Studies major, if approved by the makes available a wide variety of materials, program director. methods, theories, and themes to use as tools to investigate the complexities of the American past and present. The process of investigation is as Program Honors important as the outcome, for it teaches students to analyze with breadth as well as depth, to think The faculty nominate majors with a cumulative creatively as well as critically. average of 3.85 in American Studies courses for American Studies will enrich any primary major and program honors. Candidates present to the faculty offers interdepartmental concentrations to students a term paper or project of outstanding quality as the with interests in areas such as Women’s Studies. basis for the award of honors. Students will take required core courses and work with the director to select elective courses and create their own approach to the major. Minor What can you do with a degree in American A minor consists of five courses: the introductory Studies? Just about anything. The interdisciplinary class and four electives that focus on a significant nature of American Studies encourages initiative period, problem area, or aspect of American and creative thinking, giving our majors an civilization. The rationale for selecting such a minor advantage in later life. American Studies provides program, and its relation to the student’s career or excellent preparation for careers in a variety of intellectual interests, must be discussed with and fields, including but not limited to law, journalism, approved by the minor advisor. social work, museum studies, teaching, and communications. AMST 117 Introduction to American Studies 3 Four additional courses selected in consultation with 12 Program Director Undergraduate Programs Total Units 15 Program Faculty Major Renée M. Sentilles, PhD Required courses: (30 credit hours) Associate Professor of History

Required Courses Henry Adams, PhD AMST 117 Introduction to American Studies 3 Professor of Art History and Art HSTY 112 Introduction to American History 3 AMST 390 Independent Study 1-3 Mary E. Davis, PhD One course from the following: 3 Associate Professor of Music ARTH 270 American Art and Culture Before 1900 ENGL 368B History of Film HSTY 361 Crime and Culture in Early America Robert Spadoni, PhD HSTY 381 City as Classroom Associate Professor of English SOCI 349 Social Inequality Elective Courses 18 John Grabowski, PhD Total Units 28-30 Krieger-Mueller Associate Professor in Applied Elective Courses: (18 credit hours): History 8 College of Arts and Sciences

Daniel Cohen, PhD AMST 327. American Theater and Playwrights. 3 Associate Professor of History Units.

Designed to provide students an overview of the Daniel Goldmark, PhD development of theater in the United States and Associate Professor of Music to familiarize them with the work and themes of selected American playwrights. Offered as AMST 327 and THTR 327. Courses AMST 390. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit. AMST 117. Introduction to American Studies. 3 Units.

This course is designed to introduce students to the interdisciplinary field of American Studies while also empowering them to use the tools and perspectives of several disciplines, such as history, literature, art history, and anthropology. This course aims to introduce students to the various disciplines that constitute American Studies while paying special attention to the ways in which these disciplines can work together to illuminate the study of American cultures, past and present. Students will combine different methodologies in the process of completing assignments designed to make use of a variety of University Circle institutions. For the purposes of this course, biography is treated as a constructed genre that comes in a variety of forms, including autobiography, biographical novels, oral histories, and film. The class will discuss how certain biographies have created archetypal American identities, and how gender/race/class/ historical context, etc. have affected the writing and reading of biography and restructured notions of identity. Offered as AMST 117 and HSTY 117.

AMST 270. American Art and Culture Before 1900. 3 Units.

Survey of the development of American art from colonial times to the present which explores how art has expressed both American values and American anxieties. Painting is emphasized, but the course also considers architecture, the decorative arts, film, literature, and music. Offered as AMST 270 and ARTH 270.

AMST 271. American Art and Culture: The Twentieth Century. 3 Units.

Survey of the development of American art from 1900 to the present (and the future) which will explore how art has expressed both American values and American anxieties. Painting will be emphasized, but the course will also consider architecture, the decorative arts, film, literature, and music. Offered as AMST 271 and ARTH 271. Case Western Reserve University 9

Asian Studies Program

301 Mather House http://www.case.edu/artsci/asia Asian language courses (Chinese or Japanese) 16 Approved Asia-related courses (chosen in consultation with 15 Jia-Chen Fu, Program Advisor advisor) [email protected] Total Units 31 Asian studies has become an increasingly important area of study in North American colleges and universities. This is due in part to a growing Program Honors acknowledgment that Asian cultures are of significance both regionally and globally. The Asian Asian Studies Honors is a semester-long program Studies Program offers students the opportunity for Asian studies majors, normally taken during the to explore these cultures from a multidisciplinary senior year, which involves researching and writing perspective so that they are able to understand the an Honors Thesis. Honors program requirements social, cultural, political, and other forces that shape include the completion of 12 semester hours and have shaped Asian nations. of approved Asia-related courses, at least two semesters of study of an Asian language, and The Asian Studies Program draws on faculty and maintenance of a GPA of at least 3.0 overall and courses from such departments as anthropology, 3.2 in Asian studies courses. art history and art, economics, modern languages and literatures, history, philosophy, political science, A participating student enrolls in ASIA 398 Honors and religious studies. A current list of approved Thesis and writes a thesis under the direction of courses is available from the program advisor. an Asian studies faculty member. The student also Several Asian studies courses contribute to the receives guidance from a second reader, who must completion of the SAGES General Education be a member of the Asian Studies Program. A third Requirements. reader, who need not be a member of the Asian Studies Program, is optional. Each student must The undergraduate program in Asian studies offers maintain regular contact with the supervising faculty a major and a minor. Students are encouraged member in the various stages of researching and to take courses in different disciplines in order to writing the thesis. Detailed guidelines and deadlines obtain broad exposure to the languages, literature, for the course are available from the program art, culture, religious traditions, and political, advisor. economic, and social institutions of Asian countries. The Asian Studies Program also offers an honors program to qualified majors. Minor

In addition to course offerings, the Asian Studies The minor in Asian studies consists of 18 semester Program sponsors extracurricular activities that hours of courses. Only one year (8 credits) of enhance the formal study of Asia and give students language study (Japanese or Chinese) counts additional opportunities to explore and understand toward the minor. Asia’s importance in the global community. The program sponsors lectures and films and Approved Asia-related courses (chosen in consultation with 18 administers a Web site devoted to Asia. It also advisor) encourages students to participate in study abroad Total Units 18 programs in Asian countries and to utilize Asian resources at the Cleveland Museum of Art and Program Advisory Committee other local institutions. Jia-Chen Fu, PhD (Yale University) Undergraduate Programs Assistant Professor, Department of History; Program Advisor, Asian Studies Program Major William E. Deal, PhD (Harvard University) The Asian studies major includes at least 16 Severance Professor in the History of Religion; semester hours (two years) of Chinese or Japanese Department of Religious Studies language. In addition, students prepare a program of study, indicating specific Asia-related course selections, in consultation with the program advisor. 10 College of Arts and Sciences

Noelle Giuffrida, PhD ASIA 134. Introduction to Japanese History and (University of Kansas) Civilization. 3 Units. Assistant Professor, Department of Art History and Art This course provides an introduction to various aspects of Japanese civilization, from its origins Melvyn C. Goldstein, PhD to the present. By focusing on major cultural, (University of Washington) socio-economic, and political issues such as the John Reynolds Harkness Professor, Department of adaptation and transformation of Confucianism, Anthropology; Co-Director, Center for Research on Buddhism, Shintoism, social structures, material Tibet culture, foreign relations, militarism, nationalism, and intellectual discourse in the overall Asian Kelly M. McMann, PhD context (with particular reference to Korea and (University of Michigan) China), we discuss the historical development of Associate Professor, Department of Political Japan and the country’s position on entering the Science 21st century. We examine the emergence of Japan Paul Schroeder, PhD as a modern nation-state and the fundamental (Ohio State University) transformation of its society in the post-war period. Visiting Assistant Professor, Department of Political Offered as ASIA 134 and HSTY 134. Science ASIA 235. Asian Cinema and Drama. 3 Units.

Introduction to major Asian film directors and major traditional theatrical schools of India, Java/ Bali, China, and Japan. Focus on the influence of traditional dramatic forms on contemporary film directors. Development of skills in cross-cultural Courses analysis and comparative aesthetics. Offered as ASIA 235 and WLIT 235. ASIA 133. Introduction to Chinese History and Civilization. 3 Units. ASIA 284. Daily Life in Imperial China. 3 Units. This course explains the continuities and discontinuities in the history of China by stressing This course is an interdisciplinary study of Chinese the development and distinctive adaptations of society using methodological approaches from cultural, religious, and political patterns from the the fields of social, cultural, economic, and art origins of the Chinese civilization to the present. history. In order to explore the fabric of society in By focusing on major cultural, socioeconomic, and Imperial China (from the beginning to the early political issues such as Confucianism, Buddhism, 20th century) in a creative, interactive way-- trade relations, imperialism, and intellectual including folk customs, life at the court, in city discourse in the overall Asian context (with and countryside, religious activities, gender roles, particular reference to Korea and Japan), we material culture, consumption, entertainment, and discuss the historical development of China and its social hierarchies--we use the excellent Chinese situation on entering the 21st century. Taking into collection in the Cleveland Museum of Art and account the key historical events in the last century, various visual aids such as slides and CD-ROMs we examine the emergence of China as a modern in the classroom. Offered as ASIA 284 and HSTY nation-state and the fundamental transformation of 284. Chinese society in the postwar period. Offered as ASIA 133 and HSTY 133. ASIA 398. Honors Thesis. 1 - 4 Unit.

Intensive study of a topic or problem under the direction of a faculty member, resulting in the preparation of an honors thesis.

ASIA 399. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit.

Tutorial in Asian Studies. Case Western Reserve University 11

Biochemistry

The College of Arts and Sciences awards the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees in biochemistry. The required courses for the majors and minor are offered by the Department of Biochemistry in the School of Medicine. For details about the department’s undergraduate programs, please consult the Department of Biochemistry section of this bulletin. 12 College of Arts and Sciences

Childhood Studies Program

615 Crawford Hall CHST 399 Independent Study 1-6 http://www.case.edu/artsci/childstudies COSI 313 Language Development 3 Jill Korbin and Elizabeth Short, Program Co- ENGL 369 Children’s Literature 3 Directors HSTY 387 Growing Up in America: 1607 - 2000 3 [email protected], [email protected] MUED 391 Music in Early Childhood 3 NTRN 328 Child Nutrition, Development and Health 3 The Childhood Studies Program is an educational PSCL 230 Child Psychology 3 opportunity for undergraduate students interested PSCL 329 Adolescence 3 in a wide array of issues concerning children and PSCL 335C Seminar and Practicum: Hospitalized Child * 3 the experience of childhood. This interdisciplinary PSCL 344 Developmental Psychopathology 3 minor focuses on the life stages of infancy through PSCL 393 Experimental Child Psychology 3 adolescence and includes interests in parenting, PSCL 397 Independent Study 1-3 child development, gender, the life course, and the SASS 390 Independent Study for Undergraduates 1-3 place of children in society and culture. SOCI 320 Delinquency and Juvenile Justice 3 While the Childhood Studies Program is situated SOCI 361 The Life Course 3 in the College of Arts and Sciences, children and SOCI 375 Independent Study 1-3 childhood are a focus of research and teaching in Independent studies or one-time course offerings approved by one of the program co-directors are also accepted toward units throughout the university, including the School the minor. of Medicine, the Mandel School of Applied Social Sciences, the School of Law, the School of Dental * No more than four hours of practicum experience Medicine, and the Frances Payne Bolton School can count toward the minor. of Nursing. In addition, the Schubert Center for Child Studies sponsors research, lectures, and NOTE: Students may count up to six of these hours programs on children and childhood and provides toward a major in another field. If they are pursuing opportunities for student involvement in research, more than one major, they may count up to six education, and policy, including externships with hours toward each one. local nonprofits. Program Advisory Committee

Jill E. Korbin, PhD Undergraduate Program Associate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences; Professor, Department of Anthropology; Co- Minor Director, Childhood Studies Program; Director, Schubert Center for Child Studies The undergraduate minor in childhood studies is built on a foundation in the social sciences. It is also Elizabeth Short, PhD suited, however, to students interested in exploring Professor, Department of Psychological Sciences; childhood from the perspectives of the natural Co-Director, Childhood Studies Program sciences, the humanities, or the arts. The minor requires a minimum of 15 hours of course work; the courses must be taken in at least two different Gabriella Celeste, JD departments. Adjunct Instructor, Department of in Anthropology; Director, Child Policy, Schubert Center for Child The courses listed below are accepted toward Studies the minor. Other courses may be accepted with approval from one of the program co-directors.

ANTH 306 The Anthropology of Childhood and the 3 Family ANTH 313 The Anthropology of Adolescence 3 ANTH 399 Independent Study 1-6 CHST 301/ Child Policy 3 ANTH 305 CHST 302/ Experiential Learning in Child Policy 3-6 ANTH 307 CHST 398/ Child Policy Externship 3 ANTH 308 CHST/ANTH/ Child Policy Externship and Capstone 3 PSCL 398C Case Western Reserve University 13

Courses CHST 398C. Child Policy Externship and Capstone. 3 Units. CHST 301. Child Policy. 3 Units. Externships offered through CHST/ANTH/PSCL This course introduces students to issues in child 398C give students an opportunity to work directly policy. Local, state and federal child policy will be with professionals who design and implement considered, and topics will include, for example, policies that impact the lives of children and their policies related to child poverty, schooling, child families. Agencies involved are active in areas welfare, and children’s physical and mental health. such as childcare, education, juvenile justice, and Students will learn how policy is developed, physical and mental health. Students apply for the how research informs policy and vice versa. externships, and selected students are placed in Recommended preparation: One social sciences local child policy agencies. Each student develops course or consent. Offered as ANTH 305 and an individualized learning plan in consultation with CHST 301. the Childhood Studies Program faculty and the supervisor in the agency. Offered as CHST 398C, ANTH 398C, and PSCL 398C. CHST 302. Experiential Learning in Child Policy. 3 - 6 Units. CHST 399. Independent Study. 1 - 6 Unit. Focus on state and federal legislation impacting children, youth, and families. Course includes Students propose topics for independent reading an experiential learning component at the state and research. or federal level and a travel experience to either Columbus, OH or Washington, D.C. to learn firsthand how policy is formed. Students may take this course twice for credit. Offered as ANTH 307 and CHST 302. Prereq: CHST 301.

CHST 398. Child Policy Externship. 3 Units.

Externships offered through CHST 398/ANTH 308 give students an opportunity to work directly with professionals who design and implement policies that impact the lives of children and their families. Agencies involved are active in areas such as childcare, education, juvenile justice, and physical and mental health. Students apply for the externships, and selected students are placed in local child policy agencies. Each student develops an individualized learning plan in consultation with the Childhood Studies Program faculty and the supervisor in the agency. CHST 398/ANTH 308 is a 3 credit-hour course and may be taken twice for a total of 6 credit hours. Offered as CHST 398 and ANTH 308. Prereq: CHST 301. 14 College of Arts and Sciences

Computer Science

The College of Arts and Sciences awards the Bachelor of Arts degree in computer science. The required courses for the major and minor are offered by the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science in the Case School of Engineering. For details about the department’s undergraduate programs, please consult the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science section of this bulletin. Case Western Reserve University 15

Department of Anthropology

238 Mather Memorial Building 2. The Medical Anthropology Concentration http://www.case.edu/artsci/anth provides training in the three subdisciplines Lawrence Greksa, Department Chair discussed above, but with a focus on their [email protected] relationship to physical and mental health, illness, disease, and medicine. Anthropology, with its broad comparative approach, is in a strategic position to contribute to the 3. The Physical Anthropology Concentration identification and resolution of many of the deals with the biological nature of humans problems, both local and global, that challenge past and present. Physical anthropologists society today. The Department of Anthropology look beyond purely biological phenomena offers programs leading to both undergraduate to understand how biology, behavior, and (Bachelor of Arts) and graduate (Master of Arts, environment interact. Most course work is Doctor of Philosophy) degrees. In addition, the in the subdiscipline of human biology, which department offers joint graduate degree programs seeks to understand those interactions by with Case Western Reserve University School of studying physiology, genetics, nutrition, and Medicine (MA or PhD/MPH and MD/MA or PhD) epidemiology in modern human populations and with the Frances Payne Bolton School of throughout the world. But the concentration Nursing (MSN/MA). Students graduating with a BA also provides training in paleoanthropology, in anthropology normally must continue for the MA which documents the biological history of or PhD degree if they are interested in working as humans and, in conjunction with archaeology, anthropologists. analyzes those interactions for past humans.

4. The Archaeology Concentration focuses General Anthropology | Medical Anthropology | on the customs and daily life of people who Physical Anthropology | Archaeology | Minors lived in the past. Anthropologists excavate and analyze the material remains of the sites of human occupation. At the same time, archaeological research seeks to understand Undergraduate Programs the evolution of culture and society by determining how and why changes in human Majors society have occurred.

The undergraduate major requires a minimum of 30 semester hours in anthropology. The Back to top undergraduate program provides a cross-cultural perspective on human behavior, culture, and biology. Students may choose from four major General Anthropology Concentration concentrations. ANTH 102 Being Human: An Introduction to Social and 3 1. The General Anthropology Concentration Cultural Anthropology provides training in three subdisciplines ANTH 103 Introduction to Human Evolution 3 of anthropology. The first, sociocultural ANTH 319 Introduction to Statistical Analysis in the 3 anthropology, emphasizes relationships among Social Sciences socioeconomic institutions, cultural ecology, Geographic area course, such as: 3 health and medicine, religion and symbolism, ANTH 331 The Most Ancient Near East individual psychological variables, and ANTH 333 Roots of Ancient India: Archaeology of language. The second, physical anthropology, South Asia emphasizes human ecology and adaptability, ANTH 341 Cultural Area Studies in Anthropology human growth and development, nutritional ANTH 349 Cultures of Latin America adaptation, epidemiology, and human and ANTH 352 Japanese Culture and Society nonhuman primate evolution. The third, ANTH 353 Chinese Culture and Society archaeology, deals with the long sequences Approved Anthropology electives: 18 of independent sociocultural, technological, Total Units 30 and ecological evolution that have taken place Back to top under diverse conditions. 16 College of Arts and Sciences

Medical Anthropology Concentration ANTH 319 Introduction to Statistical Analysis in the 3 Social Sciences ANTH 102 Being Human: An Introduction to Social and 3 Geographic area course such as: 3 Cultural Anthropology ANTH 331 The Most Ancient Near East ANTH 103 Introduction to Human Evolution 3 ANTH 341 Cultural Area Studies in Anthropology ANTH 215 Health, Culture, and Disease: An 3 ANTH 352 Japanese Culture and Society Introduction to Medical Anthropology ANTH 353 Chinese Culture and Society ANTH 319 Introduction to Statistical Analysis in the 3 Three Physical Anthropology courses such as: 9 Social Sciences ANTH 295 Comparative Primate Behavior Geographic area course such as: 3 ANTH 301 Biological Aging in Humans ANTH 331 The Most Ancient Near East ANTH 302 Darwinian Medicine ANTH 333 Roots of Ancient India: Archaeology of ANTH 369 The Anthropology of Nutrition South Asia ANTH/ Human Evolution: The Fossil Evidence ANTH 341 Cultural Area Studies in Anthropology ANAT 375 ANTH 349 Cultures of Latin America ANTH/ Human Osteology ANTH 352 Japanese Culture and Society ANAT 377 ANTH 353 Chinese Culture and Society ANTH 378 Reproductive Health: An Evolutionary Three health/illness-related topics courses such as: 9 Perspective ANTH 301 Biological Aging in Humans ANTH 393 Human Ecology: The Biology of Human ANTH 302 Darwinian Medicine Adaptability ANTH 304 Introduction to the Anthropology of Aging ANTH 394 Seminar in Evolutionary Biology ANTH 306 The Anthropology of Childhood and the ANTH 396 Undergraduate Research in Evolutionary Family Biology ANTH 313 The Anthropology of Adolescence ANTH 397 Epidemiology and the Evolution of Human ANTH 317 Asian Medical Systems Diseases ANTH 318 Death and Dying Approved Anthropology electives 9 ANTH 323 AIDS: Epidemiology, Biology, and Culture Total Units 30 ANTH 326 Power, Illness, and Inequality: The Political Back to top Economy of Health ANTH 335 Illegal Drugs and Society ANTH 337 Comparative Medical Systems ANTH 338 Maternal Health: Anthropological Archaeology Concentration Perspectives on Reproductive Practices and Health Policy ANTH 102 Being Human: An Introduction to Social and 3 ANTH 343 Psychoanalytic Anthropology Cultural Anthropology ANTH 345 Ethnicity, Gender, and Mental Health ANTH 103 Introduction to Human Evolution 3 ANTH 351 Topics in International Health ANTH 107 Archaeology: An Introduction 3 ANTH 359 Introduction to International Health ANTH 319 Introduction to Statistical Analysis in the 3 ANTH 361 Urban Health Social Sciences ANTH 365 Gender and Sex Differences: Cross-cultural Geographical Location course such as: 3 Perspective ANTH 331 The Most Ancient Near East ANTH 369 The Anthropology of Nutrition ANTH 333 Roots of Ancient India: Archaeology of ANTH 371 Culture, Behavior, and Person: South Asia Psychological Anthropology ANTH 341 Cultural Area Studies in Anthropology ANTH 376 Topics in the Anthropology of Health and ANTH 349 Cultures of Latin America Medicine ANTH 352 Japanese Culture and Society ANTH 393 Human Ecology: The Biology of Human ANTH 353 Chinese Culture and Society Adaptability Three approved Archaeology courses such as: 9 ANTH 397 Epidemiology and the Evolution of Human ANTH 202 Archaeology of Eastern North America Diseases ANTH 321 Methods in Archaeology Approved Anthropology electives 6 ANTH 324 Field Methods in Archaeology Total Units 30 ANTH 330 Special Topics in Prehistory ANTH 331 The Most Ancient Near East ANTH 333 Roots of Ancient India: Archaeology of South Asia Back to top ANTH 399 Independent Study Summer fieldwork Approved Anthropology electives 6 Physical Anthropology Concentration Total Units 30

ANTH 102 Being Human: An Introduction to Social and 3 Cultural Anthropology ANTH 103 Introduction to Human Evolution 3 Case Western Reserve University 17

Departmental Honors Medical Anthropology Minor

This program is open to qualified majors in ANTH 102 Being Human: An Introduction to Social and 3 anthropology who have completed 15 hours of Cultural Anthropology anthropology with a 3.25 GPA and who have an ANTH 103 Introduction to Human Evolution 3 overall 3.0 GPA. Students should apply for the ANTH 215 Health, Culture, and Disease: An 3 Introduction to Medical Anthropology program in the fall semester of their junior year and, One geographic area course: 3 if approved, register for ANTH 391 Honors Tutorial ANTH 330 Special Topics in Prehistory and ANTH 392 Honors Tutorial in the spring of their ANTH 331 The Most Ancient Near East junior year and the fall of their senior year. ANTH 341 Cultural Area Studies in Anthropology Honors students are required to undertake a ANTH 352 Japanese Culture and Society research project under the supervision of one ANTH 353 Chinese Culture and Society or more faculty members and to present an One health-related topics course: 3 acceptable research paper in the fall semester ANTH 301 Biological Aging in Humans of their senior year. Students interested in the ANTH 304 Introduction to the Anthropology of Aging program should contact one of the department’s ANTH 306 The Anthropology of Childhood and the undergraduate advisors. Family ANTH 317 Asian Medical Systems ANTH 318 Death and Dying ANTH 323 AIDS: Epidemiology, Biology, and Culture Integrated Graduate Studies ANTH 343 Psychoanalytic Anthropology ANTH 351 Topics in International Health The Department of Anthropology participates in the ANTH 361 Urban Health Integrated Graduate Studies Program. Interested ANTH 363 Anthropology and Bioethics students can find the general requirements and ANTH 359 Introduction to International Health the admission procedures for the program in the ANTH 365 Gender and Sex Differences: Cross-cultural Undergraduate Studies section of this bulletin and Perspective may consult the department for further information. ANTH 369 The Anthropology of Nutrition ANTH 371 Culture, Behavior, and Person: Psychological Anthropology Back to top ANTH 376 Topics in the Anthropology of Health and Medicine ANTH 393 Human Ecology: The Biology of Human Adaptability Minors ANTH 397 Epidemiology and the Evolution of Human Diseases The department offers four minor emphases in Total Units 15 anthropology: general anthropology, medical anthropology, archaeology, and physical anthropology. All require a minimum of 15 semester Physical Anthropology Minor hours in anthropology. ANTH 102 Being Human: An Introduction to Social and 3 Cultural Anthropology General Anthropology Minor ANTH 103 Introduction to Human Evolution 3 One geographical area course: 3 ANTH 102 Being Human: An Introduction to Social and 3 ANTH 331 The Most Ancient Near East Cultural Anthropology ANTH 333 Roots of Ancient India: Archaeology of ANTH 103 Introduction to Human Evolution 3 South Asia One geographic area course: 3 ANTH 341 Cultural Area Studies in Anthropology ANTH 331 The Most Ancient Near East ANTH 352 Japanese Culture and Society ANTH 333 Roots of Ancient India: Archaeology of ANTH 357 Native American Cultures South Asia ANTH 353 Chinese Culture and Society ANTH 341 Cultural Area Studies in Anthropology Two approved physical anthropology electives: 6 ANTH 349 Cultures of Latin America ANTH 295 Comparative Primate Behavior ANTH 352 Japanese Culture and Society ANTH 301 Biological Aging in Humans ANTH 353 Chinese Culture and Society ANTH 302 Darwinian Medicine Approved electives 6 ANTH 369 The Anthropology of Nutrition Total Units 15 ANAT 375 Human Evolution: The Fossil Evidence (ANTH/) 18 College of Arts and Sciences

ANAT 377 Human Osteology course work in anthropology, while helpful, is not a ANTH 393 Human Ecology: The Biology of Human prerequisite for admission. Adaptability ANTH 397 Epidemiology and the Evolution of Human Requirements for the master’s degree include credit Diseases hour requirements, core course requirements, and Total Units 15 a six-hour comprehensive written Master of Arts examination. A candidate for the master’s degree is required to complete 27 hours of class work, Archaeology Minor including an approved statistics course (3 hours) in which the student has earned a grade of C or ANTH 102 Being Human: An Introduction to Social and 3 better. No more than 6 credit hours of electives Cultural Anthropology may be taken in 300-level courses (advanced ANTH 103 Introduction to Human Evolution 3 undergraduate courses). All master’s degree ANTH 107 Archaeology: An Introduction 3 candidates are required to attain a minimum One geographical area course: 3 cumulative grade point average of 3.0 in the core ANTH 202 Archaeology of Eastern North America courses (described below) in order to qualify for the ANTH 331 The Most Ancient Near East degree. Any student may retake an examination ANTH 341 Cultural Area Studies in Anthropology in a required course the next time it is given. The ANTH 352 Japanese Culture and Society second grade will be the one considered for the ANTH 353 Chinese Culture and Society student’s overall average. One approved archaeology course: 3 ANTH 202 Archaeology of Eastern North America All master’s degree candidates are required to ANTH 321 Methods in Archaeology take a six-hour comprehensive written examination ANTH 324 Field Methods in Archaeology in their field set by the department’s examination ANTH 330 Special Topics in Prehistory committee. This examination must be taken before ANTH 331 The Most Ancient Near East the completion of 27 semester hours of graduate ANTH 333 Roots of Ancient India: Archaeology of work. Written master’s degree examinations can South Asia receive one of three grades: High Pass, Pass, or ANTH 399 Independent Study Fail. “High Pass” signifies performance sufficient for Summer fieldwork both the Master of Arts degree and advancement Total Units 15 to the Doctor of Philosophy program, provided other requirements have also been satisfied. “Pass” signifies performance adequate for the Medical Anthropology and Global Health | Cross- master’s degree but insufficient to enter the doctoral Cultural Aging | Joint-Degree Programs program. “Fail” means a performance inadequate for the master’s degree. In the case of grades of Pass and Fail, the written examination may be Graduate Programs retaken once.

The Department of Anthropology offers graduate programs leading to the Master of Arts and Doctor Doctor of Philosophy of Philosophy degrees in anthropology with specializations in medical anthropology and global The Doctor of Philosophy degree program includes health, cross-cultural aging, and other areas. specializations in medical anthropology and global health, cross-cultural aging, human biology/physical The department also offers three combined anthropology, and sociocultural anthropology. It degrees: requires a minimum of 36 credit hours. • MA or PhD/MPH (with the School of Medicine) PhD students will work with their doctoral advisor and faculty committee to determine prior to • MD/MA or PhD (with the School of Medicine) completing candidacy exams what foreign language, if any, is needed to successfully • MSN/MA (with the Frances Payne Bolton School complete the PhD. If language competency is of Nursing) required, the language requirement can be met by a demonstration of competency either in a relevant written language or in an oral field language. The Master of Arts advisor, in consultation with the committee, will determine the level of competency needed and by The main purpose of the Master of Arts degree what means language proficiency will be certified. program is to prepare students to begin teaching, research, or service careers with a solid background in anthropology. Undergraduate Case Western Reserve University 19

Certification of competency must occur prior to the • Students must take an approved statistics course dissertation defense. (3 credits) and earn a grade of C or better if this requirement has not been fulfilled at the MA level. Back to top • Students must take ANTH 504.

• Students must complete two approved seminars Medical Anthropology and Global (500 level). Health Program • Students must take 6-15 credit hours in electives The objective of the Medical Anthropology (depending on whether they need to take the and Global Health Program is to train medical statistics course or the 500-level seminars). anthropologists, physicians, nurses, and other Students may not take more than six total credit health professionals (1) to recognize and deal with, hours of ANTH 599 Tutorial: Advanced Studies in on both theoretical and practical levels, the complex Anthropology. relations between the biological, social, cultural, psychological, economic, and techno-environmental • Students must take 18 credit hours in dissertation determinants and concomitants of sickness and (ANTH 701 Dissertation Ph.D.). health in both local and global settings; and (2) to analyze and evaluate how health services are organized and delivered. After completing course requirements, a student must take the written Doctor of Philosophy Within the Medical Anthropology and Global Health candidacy examination. Within one semester Program, students may choose to specialize of successfully completing this examination, in medical anthropology, cross-cultural aging, the student is required to defend a dissertation international health, urban health, or psychological prospectus with the cooperation of his or her anthropology. advisor and committee.

MA Requirements Specializations in Medical Anthropology and Global Health The curriculum covers the range of medical anthropology interests: ethnomedicine, international International Health health, urban health, psychiatric anthropology, human adaptation and disease, nutrition, social The international health specialization offers demography, and so on. All Master of Arts degree students training in international health research students in medical anthropology must complete 27 as well as in evaluation of international health hours: projects. The curriculum includes course work in medical anthropology, epidemiology, and special ANTH 439 Ethnographic and Qualitative Research 3 topics in international health, such as maternal Methods and child health. Students are qualified to work in ANTH 462 Contemporary Theory in Anthropology 3 international health research, in academic positions, ANTH 480 Medical Anthropology and Global Health I 3 or in administrative positions in governmental or ANTH 481 Medical Anthropology and Global Health II 3 private agencies. Approved statistics course 3 Approved Anthropology electives * 12 Total Units 27 Urban Health The urban health specialization prepares students * Anthropology or other department offerings for careers in anthropology, public health, or with advisor approval. allied fields, with a special focus on racial and ethnic disparities in health and on underserved populations in urban areas around the world. Under the guidance of faculty with research experience PhD Requirements both domestically and internationally, students will learn anthropological theory and methods focusing All PhD students in medical anthropology are on health and illness among urban populations. required to complete the PhD requirements. Students develop a specific plan of study, requiring a minimum of 36 credit hours, in consultation with their advisor. 20 College of Arts and Sciences

Psychological Anthropology

The psychological anthropology specialization PhD Requirements prepares students for positions in teaching and research institutions. It is also relevant for mental All PhD students in cross-cultural aging are health professionals concerned with research and required to develop a specific plan of study, with theoretical issues related to multiethnic patient a minimum of 36 credit hours, in consultation with populations. their advisor. Cross-Cultural Aging Students must take 18 credit hours in electives as approved by their advisory committee. (For The cross-cultural aging specialization focuses those students who have not completed the MA on the processes of aging and the circumstances statistics requirement, an approved 3-credit course of older people throughout the world. Particular in statistics is required.) Students must take 18 attention is given to the impact of social, cultural, credit hours in dissertation (ANTH 701 Dissertation economic, political, and demographic variables on PhD). the experience of aging. After completing course requirements, a student All MA students in the cross-cultural aging must take the written Doctor of Philosophy specialization must complete 27 credit hours, candidacy examination. Within one semester including the medical anthropology core courses, of successfully completing this examination, an approved statistics course, and 12 credit hours the student is required to defend a dissertation of electives approved by the advisor. At the PhD prospectus with the cooperation of his or her level, students specializing in cross-cultural aging advisor and committee. Before a candidate is must develop a program with their advisor to meet permitted to defend the dissertation, he or she all PhD requirements. must demonstrate a reading knowledge in a foreign language in which there is a scholarly literature Back to top relevant to his or her program of studies. A foreign- born student may substitute his or her native language (if it is not English) if it meets the above Cross-Cultural Aging Program conditions.

In addition to the cross-cultural aging specialization in the Medical Anthropology Program, the Other Specializations department offers a distinct Cross-Cultural Aging program. Degree candidates are required to Students interested in graduate degrees in social- demonstrate mastery of the literature, theories, and cultural or physical anthropology should contact the methods appropriate to Western and non-Western department about requirements. gerontology, and are encouraged to gain research experience in both Western and non-Western Back to top settings. The program emphasizes the integration of qualitative and quantitative methodologies. Joint-Degree Programs MA Requirements MA or PhD/MPH Program with the Graduates of the master’s program are qualified School of Medicine to work in research or administrative positions in governmental and private agencies, and to teach at The joint MA or PhD/MPH program provides the college and university levels. All MA students in students with the opportunity to receive an cross-cultural aging must complete 27 credit hours anthropology graduate degree and a public health including the following core courses: degree simultaneously. A combined public health/ anthropology degree will be especially valuable ANTH 401 Biological Aging in Humans 3 to students interested in working in urban health ANTH 404 Introduction to the Anthropology of Aging 3 or international health, or within health policy ANTH 462 Contemporary Theory in Anthropology 3 programs. The joint MA/MPH requires 54 credit ANTH 504 Anthropological Research Design 3 hours (21 in anthropology and 33 in public health). Approved Statistics course 3 The joint PhD/MPH requires an additional 18 credit Electives * 12 hours in anthropology beyond the MA level and 18 Total Units 27 hours of ANTH 701 Dissertation PhD, for a total of 90 credit hours. All joint-degree students will Case Western Reserve University 21

develop a program of study with their advisors in Eileen Anderson-Fye, EdD both anthropology and public health. (Harvard University) Assistant Professor Psychological and medical anthropology; culture, gender, and human development; anthropology MD/MA or PhD Program with the of adolescence; globalization; immigration; School of Medicine mental health; eating and body image disorders; child abuse and trauma; adolescent psychiatric The objectives of the joint MD/MA or PhD program medication usage; person-centered ethnography; are to train unusually qualified students to mixed methods; Belize; Belizean immigrants in the conduct research on a broad range of bio-cultural United States problems, with emphasis on the relationship between medicine, ecology, subsistence variables, Cynthia Beall, PhD population dynamics, and disease epidemiology; (Pennsylvania State University) and to identify and analyze sociocultural Distinguished University Professor and Sarah Idell impediments to the successful introduction of Pyle Professor; Co-Director, Center for Research effective functioning and evaluation of health on Tibet care programs in diverse contexts. Applicants Physical anthropology; adaptation to high-altitude should make separate application for admission hypoxia on the Andean, Tibetan, and East African to the School of Medicine and the Department of plateaus Anthropology (through the School of Graduate Studies). Applications to the Department of Atwood D. Gaines, PhD, MPH Anthropology may include MCAT scores rather (University of California, Berkeley; University of than GRE scores, in addition to other information California, Berkeley, School of Public Health) indicated on the graduate school forms. Professor; Professor of Psychiatry and Professor of Bioethics, Case School of Medicine; Professor of Nursing, Frances Payne Bolton School of Nursing Medical and psychiatric anthropology; bioethics; MSN/MA Program with the religion; aging; cultural studies of science; social Frances Payne Bolton School of identity; United States; the Mediterranean Nursing Melvyn C. Goldstein, PhD (University of Washington) The joint MSN/MA program affords students a John Reynolds Harkness Professor; Co-Director, unique opportunity to combine the cross-cultural Center for Research on Tibet; Professor of expertise of medical anthropology with clinical International Health, School of Medicine expertise in nursing. This combination of skills and Social and cultural anthropology; development/ knowledge will be of particular value in preparing population anthropology; cross-cultural aging; students for careers in international health and in cultural ecology, ethnicity, and nationalism; our multicultural society. Students must complete anthropology and history; Tibet, China, Mongolia, a minimum of 19 credits in nursing core courses, Himalayas 12 to 22 credits in clinical major courses, and a minimum of 18 credits in anthropology courses. Vanessa M. Hildebrand, PhD The actual number of credits depends upon the (Washington University) nursing major selected. The total MSN/MA degree Assistant Professor requirement is a minimum of 55 hours. Sociocultural anthropology; maternal and reproductive health; knowledge and technology; Department Faculty global health and global health policy; Southeast Asia, Indonesia, United States Lawrence P. Greksa, PhD (Pennsylvania State University) Lee D. Hoffer, PhD, MPE Professor and Chair (University of Colorado, Denver; Washington Physical anthropology; human biology; growth and University School of Medicine) development; nutrition; modernization; Polynesia; Assistant Professor Andes; Old Order Amish Cultural and medical anthropology; drug addiction; psychiatric epidemiology; ethnographic research methods; complex systems; computational modeling; economic anthropology; United States 22 College of Arts and Sciences

Jill E. Korbin, PhD Joseph Hannibal, PhD (University of California, Los Angeles) (Kent State University) Professor; Associate Dean, College of Arts and Adjunct Assistant Professor; Curator of Invertebrate Sciences; Director, Schubert Center for Child Paleontology, Cleveland Museum of Natural History Studies; Co-Director, Childhood Studies Program Cultural, medical and psychological anthropology; Bruce Latimer, PhD culture and human development; child (Kent State University) maltreatment; neighborhood; United States; Old Visiting Professor; Associate Professor of Anatomy; Order Amish Acting Director, Center for Human Origins Biological anthropology; Plio-Pleistocene Janet McGrath, PhD hominid evolution; comparative primate anatomy; (Northwestern University) biomechanics of locomotor system Associate Professor; Director of Graduate Programs; Associate Professor of International Ellen S. Lazarus, PhD Health, School of Medicine (Case Western Reserve University) Biomedical anthropology; anthropology of infectious Adjunct Assistant Professor disease; international and global health; AIDS; Social, cultural and medical anthropology; urban health; United States, Africa reproductive and perinatal health care; gender, ethnicity, and social class; medical ethics; medical Jim Shaffer, PhD training; social organization; clinician-patient (University of Wisconsin, Madison) relationships. Associate Professor Archaeology; Middle East, Central Asia, Indus Brian Redmond, PhD Valley, India (Indiana University) Adjunct Associate Professor; John Otis Hower Chair of Archaeology, Cleveland Museum of Adjunct Faculty Natural History North American prehistory; Eastern Woodland Katia Almeida, PhD settlement patterns; origins of maize agriculture and (Federal University of Rio Janeiro) sedentism; museum archaeology. Adjunct Assistant Professor Cultural and social anthropology; art and aesthetics Scott Simpson, PhD in cross-cultural perspective; Amazonian ethnology; (Kent State University) Latin American studies Adjunct Associate Professor; Associate Professor of Anatomy, School of Medicine Jennifer Furin, MD, PhD Biological anthropology; Plio-Pleistocene hominid ((Harvard University, University of California, Los evolution Angeles) Adjunct Assistant Professor; Assistant Professor, Linda Spurlock, PhD Department of Medicine, Division of Infectious (Kent State University) Diseases, TB Research Unit Adjunct Assistant Professor; Director of Human Medical anthropology; infectious diseases; HIV; TB; Health, Cleveland Museum of Natural History community health; health policy anhd programming; Human evolution, fossil hominid reconstruction; Haiti, Peru, Former Soviet Untion, Resotho, forensic facial reconstruction; primate behavior; Rwanda human anatomy. N’omi Greber, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) Secondary Faculty Adjunct Associate Professor; Curator of Archaeology, Cleveland Museum of Natural History Patricia A. Marshall, PhD Archaeology; Early/Middle Woodland of Eastern (University of Kentucky) North America; Adena/Hopewell; geophysical Adjunct Professor; Professor of Bioethics, School of remote sensing; archaeoastronomy. Medicine HIV and AIDS; bioethics and research; cross- Yohannes Haile-Selassie, PhD cultural issues (University of California, Berkeley) Adjunct Professor; Curator and Head of Physical Anthropology, Cleveland Museum of Natural History Human evolution Case Western Reserve University 23

Isabel Parraga, PhD ANTH 215. Health, Culture, and Disease: An (Case Western Reserve University) Introduction to Medical Anthropology. 3 Units. Adjunct Associate Professor; Associate Professor of Nutrition, School of Medicine This course is an introduction to the field of Medical Nutritional anthropology; international nutrition; Anthropology. Medical Anthropology is concerned nutrition and growth; maternal and child nutrition; with the cross-cultural study of culture, health, schistosomiasis and growth and nutrition; public and illness. During the course of the semester, health nutrition our survey will include (1) theoretical orientations and key concepts; (2) the cross-cultural diversity of health beliefs and practices (abroad and at home); and (3) contemporary issues and special Courses populations (e.g., AIDS, homelessness, refugees, women’s health, and children at risk). ANTH 102. Being Human: An Introduction to Social and Cultural Anthropology. 3 Units. ANTH 220. Language Culture and The nature of culture and humans as culture- Communication. 3 Units. bearing animals. The range of cultural phenomena including language, social organization, religion, This course is an introduction to the scientific study and culture change, and the relevance of of language and communication in the context anthropology for contemporary social, economic, of culture and social life. The goal of this class and ecological problems. is to provide you with a linguistic perspective that is theoretically based and ethnographically constituted. We will examine diverse topics and ANTH 103. Introduction to Human Evolution. 3 issues essential to gaining an understanding of Units. the complex inter-relationships between language, communication and culture. The topics will include: Physical, cultural, and technological evolution of the nature of language, its structure, the effects humans. The systematic interrelationships between of linguistic categories on thought and social humans, culture, and environment. behaviors, analyses of talk-in-interactions across a wide range of social settings and cultural contexts, ANTH 107. Archaeology: An Introduction. 3 gestures, comportment practices and the use of Units. space, linguistic variation and change, verbal art, language and emotion, the limits of language, Basic archaeological concepts are discussed institutional language, and issues of language and followed by a review of human cultural and identity. Students with interest in language and biological evolution from the earliest times culture as well as those who are new to linguistic through development of state organized societies. anthropology are welcome. No prior training in Geographical scope is worldwide with special linguistics is presupposed. attention given to ecological and cultural relationships affecting human societies through ANTH 225. Evolution. 3 Units. time. Multidisciplinary study of the course and processes ANTH 202. Archaeology of Eastern North of organic evolution provides a broad understanding America. 3 Units. of the evolution of structural and functional diversity, the relationships among organisms and their This course is an introduction to the archaeology environments, and the phylogenetic relationships and prehistory of the eastern woodlands of among major groups of organisms. Topics include North America. Course material will focus on the the genetic basis of micro- and macro-evolutionary archaeological record of native societies living change, the concept of adaptation, natural east of the Mississippi River from the first arrivals selection, population dynamics, theories of species at the end of the Pleistocene up to the coming formation, principles of phylogenetic inference, of Europeans. Specific topics for discussion biogeography, evolutionary rates, evolutionary include late Pleistocene settlement, hunter- convergence, homology, Darwinian medicine, and gatherer environmental adaptations, the origin of conceptual and philosophic issues in evolutionary food production, and the development of ranked theory. Offered as ANTH 225, BIOL 225, GEOL societies. 225, HSTY 225, and PHIL 225. 24 College of Arts and Sciences

ANTH 233. Introduction to Jewish Folklore. 3 ANTH 304. Introduction to the Anthropology of Units. Aging. 3 Units.

Exploration of a variety of genres, research Reviews historical and methodological approaches methods and interpretations of Jewish folklore, to the study of aging. Examines theoretical from antiquity to the present. Emphasis on how assumptions about aging by comparing studies Jewish folk traditions and culture give us access from Western and non-Western societies that to the spirit and mentality of the many different illustrate the differential importance of culture in the generations of the Jewish ethnic group, illuminating experience of aging. Recommended preparation: its past and informing the direction of its future ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 304 and ANTH 404. development. Offered as ANTH 233 and JDST 233. ANTH 305. Child Policy. 3 Units. ANTH 295. Comparative Primate Behavior. 3 Units. This course introduces students to issues in child policy. Local, state and federal child policy will be The behavior of non-human primates (prosimians, considered, and topics will include, for example, monkeys, and apes) and the relevance of these policies related to child poverty, schooling, child studies for understanding the evolution of human welfare, and children’s physical and mental health. behavior. Biological and ecological influences on Students will learn how policy is developed, behavior. The social aspects of primate life, both how research informs policy and vice versa. human and nonhuman. Recommended preparation: Recommended preparation: One social sciences ANTH 102 or ANTH 103 or consent of department. course or consent. Offered as ANTH 305 and CHST 301. ANTH 301. Biological Aging in Humans. 3 Units. ANTH 306. The Anthropology of Childhood and Biological aging phenomena, evidence that various the Family. 3 Units. sociocultural and environmental influences may slow or accelerate the aging process, and theories Child-rearing patterns and the family as an explaining the evolution of the aging process. institution, using evidence from Western and non- Recommended preparation: ANTH 103. Offered as Western cultures. Human universals and cultural ANTH 301 and ANTH 401. variation, the experience of childhood and recent changes in the American family. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 306 and ANTH 302. Darwinian Medicine. 3 Units. ANTH 406. Darwinian medicine deals with evolutionary aspects of modern human disease. It applies the concepts ANTH 307. Experiential Learning in Child Policy. and methods of evolutionary biology to the question 3 - 6 Units. of why we are vulnerable to disease. Darwinian (or evolutionary) medicine proposes several Focus on state and federal legislation impacting general hypotheses about disease causation children, youth, and families. Course includes including disease as evolutionary legacy and design an experiential learning component at the state compromise, the result of a novel environment, a or federal level and a travel experience to either consequence of genetic adaptation, the result of Columbus, OH or Washington, D.C. to learn infectious organisms’ evolutionary adaptations, and firsthand how policy is formed. Students may take disease symptoms as manifestation of defense this course twice for credit. Offered as ANTH 307 mechanisms. It proposes that evolutionary ideas and CHST 302. can explain, help to prevent and perhaps help to treat some diseases. This course presents the basic logic of Darwinian medicine and evaluates hypotheses about specific diseases that illustrate each of the hypotheses about disease causation. Recommended preparation: ANTH 103. Offered as ANTH 302 and ANTH 402. Case Western Reserve University 25

ANTH 308. Child Policy Externship. 3 Units. ANTH 314. Cultures of the United States. 3 Units. Externships offered through CHST 398/ANTH 308 give students an opportunity to work directly This course considers the rich ethnic diversity of with professionals who design and implement the U.S. from the perspective of social/cultural policies that impact the lives of children and their anthropology. Conquest, immigration, problems of families. Agencies involved are active in areas conflicts and accommodation, and the character such as childcare, education, juvenile justice, and of the diverse regional and ethnic cultures are physical and mental health. Students apply for the considered as are forms of racism, discrimination, externships, and selected students are placed in and their consequences. Groups of interest include local child policy agencies. Each student develops various Latina/o and Native peoples, African- an individualized learning plan in consultation with American groups, and specific ethnic groups of the Childhood Studies Program faculty and the Pacific, Mediterranean, European, Asian, and supervisor in the agency. CHST 398/ANTH 308 is Caribbean origin. Offered as ANTH 314, ETHS 314, a 3 credit-hour course and may be taken twice for and ANTH 414. a total of 6 credit hours. Offered as CHST 398 and ANTH 308. ANTH 317. Asian Medical Systems. 3 Units.

ANTH 310. Introduction to Linguistic Examines the philosophical assumptions and Anthropology. 3 Units. therapies of the traditional and contemporary medical systems of India, Tibet, China, and Japan. This is an introduction to the core concepts, Particular attention will be given to the folk, popular, theories and methodologies that form the study and institutional sectors of medical practice as of language from an anthropological point of well as to the contemporary relationship between view. The course provides exposure to current traditional medicine and Western medicine in each issues in linguistic anthropological research and of these societies. Recommended preparation: reviews some of the foundational topics of research ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 317 and ANTH 417. past, highlighting the contributions of linguistics to anthropology and social science. Topics to be explored include: 1) an overview of the study ANTH 318. Death and Dying. 3 Units. of language (language structure and patterns, the effects of linguistic categories on thought Examines cultural context of death and dying. and behavior, meaning and linguistic relativity, Topics include social and psychological cross-language comparison, and non-verbal consequences of changing patterns of mortality, communication); 2) doing linguistic anthropology attitudes towards the taking of life, preparation for "on the ground" (an intro to the laboratory and field death, mortuary rituals, grief and mourning, and techniques of linguistic anthropology); 3) the study nature of relationship between living and dead. of language as function and social action (language Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as and social structure speech acts and events, verbal ANTH 318 or ANTH 418. art, language and emotion); and 4) the study of language/discourse and power (language in politics, medicine, and law). Offered as ANTH 310 and ANTH 319. Introduction to Statistical Analysis in ANTH 410. the Social Sciences. 3 Units. Statistical description (central tendency, variation, ANTH 313. The Anthropology of Adolescence. 3 correlation, etc.) and statistical evaluation (two Units. sample comparisons, regression, analysis of variance, non-parametric statistics). Developing an This course investigates the anthropology of understanding of statistical inference, particularly on adolescence. What are the conditions under which proper usage of statistical methods. Examples from adolescence has appeared around the world as a the social sciences. Cannot be used to meet the AS life stage? What are the roles of adolescence cross- Humanities and Social Sciences requirement. Not culturally? What are the varieties of adolescent available for credit to students who have completed experience? Through classic and contemporary STAT 201 or PSCL 282. texts, the course will address these questions as well as special topics particularly important to adolescence such as globalization, mental health, and sexuality. Offered as ANTH 313 and ANTH 413. 26 College of Arts and Sciences

ANTH 321. Methods in Archaeology. 3 Units. ANTH 326. Power, Illness, and Inequality: The Political Economy of Health. 3 Units. This course reviews the basic methods and techniques used in modern anthropological This course explores the relationship between archaeology. Topics to be discussed include the social inequality and the distribution of health nature of the archaeological record, research and illness across class, race, gender, sexual design, techniques of field archaeology, methods orientation, and national boundaries. Class of laboratory analysis, museum archaeology, readings drawn from critical anthropological ethnoarchaeology, and cultural interpretation. approaches to the study of health emphasize Prereq: ANTH 107. the fundamental importance of power relations and economic constraints in explaining patterns of disease. The course critically examines the ANTH 323. AIDS: Epidemiology, Biology, and nature of Western biomedicine and inequality in the Culture. 3 Units. delivery of health services. Special consideration is given to political economic analysis of health This course will examine the biological and cultural issues in the developing world such as AIDS, impact of AIDS in different societies around the hunger, reproductive health, and primary health world. Topics include: the origin and evolution of the care provision. Recommended preparation: ANTH virus, the evolutionary implications of the epidemic, 102 or ANTH 215. Offered as ANTH 326 and ANTH routes of transmission, a historical comparison 426. of AIDS to other epidemics in human history, current worldwide prevalences of AIDS, and cultural responses to the epidemic. Special emphasis will ANTH 327. Ancient Cultures of the Ohio Region. be placed on the long-term biological and social 3 Units. consequences of the epidemic. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102 or ANTH 103 or ANTH 105. This course surveys the archaeology of Native Offered as ANTH 323 and ANTH 423. American cultures in the Great Lakes region from ca. 10,000 B.C. to A.D. 1700. The geographic scope of this course is the upper Midwest, southern ANTH 324. Field Methods in Archaeology. 3 - 6 Ontario, and the St. Lawrence Valley with a focus Units. on the Ohio region. Recommended preparation: ANTH 107. Offered as ANTH 327 and ANTH 427. This field course is designed to give the student a comprehensive introduction to archaeological field work. All participants will be introduced to the ANTH 330. Special Topics in Prehistory. 3 Units. methods of archaeological survey, techniques of hand excavation, artifact identification, and the Special topics or geographical areas of preparation of field notes and documentation. archaeological significance (e.g., the origins of food In large measure this is a "learning through production, the archaeology of the Mediterranean, doing" course which is supplemented by formal the archaeology of North America). Recommended and informal lectures and discussions about preparation: ANTH 102 or ANTH 107. archaeological methods and regional prehistory. The Fields School is held as two, three-week sessions of instruction in the field. All participants are required to attend an orientation meeting that is held at the Museum on the first day of each session. The remainder of each session will take place from Monday through Friday at an archaeological site in northeast Ohio. Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the field site and must bring a sack lunch. All participants will receive a field manual which will provide detailed information on the course and techniques of field work. Case Western Reserve University 27

ANTH 331. The Most Ancient Near East. 3 Units. ANTH 335. Illegal Drugs and Society. 3 Units.

The Near East, archaeologically, is the most This course provides perspectives on illegal drug intensely researched area in the world. The use informed by the social, political and economic research, spanning 150 years, reveals a continuous dimensions of the issues. Framed by the history, record of human adaptation spanning two epidemiology, and medical consequences of drug million years, five human species, multiple major use, students will confront the complex challenges environmental changes, and shifts in human posed by addiction. Anthropological research adaptive strategies from nomadic hunting and conducted in the U.S. and cross-culturally will gathering to sedentary village agriculture and the demonstrate, elaborate and juxtapose various emergence of urban centers "civilization." The clinical, public health, and law enforcement policies archaeological record of this extraordinary period and perspectives. Topics examined will include: beginning two million years ago until about 4000 why exclusively using a bio-medical model of BC is reviewed. Emphasis is placed on the human addiction is inadequate; how effective is the response to social and ecological changes. The war on drugs; what prevention, intervention and course examines how the emergence of sedentary treatment efforts work; and various ideological/ settlements, surplus food production, population moral perspectives on illegal drug use. Offered as growth, interregional trade, and social-economically ANTH 335 and ANTH 435. stratified societies fundamentally changed the human condition. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102 or ANTH 107. ANTH 337. Comparative Medical Systems. 3 Units.

ANTH 333. Roots of Ancient India: Archaeology This course considers the world’s major medical of South Asia. 3 Units. systems. Foci include professional and folk medical systems of Asia and South Asia, North and South Archaeological discoveries in South Asia (modern America, Europe and the Mediterranean, including India, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, and the Christian and Islamic medical traditions. Nepal) reveal a continuous record of human Attention is paid to medical origins and the habitation from almost two million years ago relationship of popular to professional medicines. until the present. Early human populations in The examination of each medical tradition includes the region encountered dramatically changing consideration of its psychological medicine ecological conditions resulting in various cultural and system of medical ethics. Recommended adaptations over this long period. Beginning preparation: ANTH 215. Offered as ANTH 337 and with the earliest hunter-gatherer populations, ANTH 437. archaeological data reveal a diversity of cultural changes/adaptations in South Asia resulting in the indigenous development of sedentary agricultural ANTH 338. Maternal Health: Anthropological societies coexisting with hunters and gatherers, Perspectives on Reproductive Practices and and with pastoral nomadic groups interacting over Health Policy. 3 Units. diverse econiches. These cultural developments resulted in the formation of the Harappan (Indus The reproductive process is shared by humans Valley) culture - a unique, ancient (2600-1300 BC) as biological beings. However, the experience Old World civilization. Archaeological data indicate of pregnancy and childbirth is also dependent this Harappan culture provided basic fundamental on the cultural, social, political, historical, and cultural traits that evolved into the culturally Early political-economic setting. This course frames Historic Indian Tradition. Special attention is given issues in reproductive health by looking at the to theoretical controversies surrounding the cultural complex issues associated with maternal health continuity issue in South Asian culture history and mortality world-wide. After reviewing biomedical and its significance for understanding Old World perspectives on reproductive processes this course archaeology. Recommended preparation: ANTH will focus on childbirth and pregnancy as the 102 or ANTH 107. process and ritual by which societies welcome new members. This course will review ethnomedical concepts; discuss the interaction between local, national, and global agendas shaping reproductive practices; and conclude with anthropological critiques of reproductive health initiatives. Offered as ANTH 338 and ANTH 438. 28 College of Arts and Sciences

ANTH 339. Ethnographic and Qualitative ANTH 343. Psychoanalytic Anthropology. 3 Research Methods. 3 Units. Units.

This is a course on applying ethnographic research Psychoanalytic theory and its application to cross- methods in the social sciences. Ethnographic cultural materials. The cultural context of analytic research seeks to understand and describe the theory’s development and its applications in social/ experiences of research participants (i.e. subjects) cultural and medical anthropology; application of through becoming involved in their daily lives. cultural criticism to psychoanalytic conceptions and Findings from ethnography are generated through its constructions of the following: social evolution; systematic observation within the natural context religious ideology, praxis, patterns and dynamics; in which behavior occurs (i.e. fieldwork). Unlike altered states of consciousness; individual methods that emphasize detachment, distance, personality and psychopathology; individual and objectivity, ethnography involves developing and cultural defense mechanisms; socialization; knowledge by becoming an ad hoc member of the cognition; emotion; symbolism; and gender. Also group(s) one is studying. The principal techniques considers bases for a culturally relative analytic of ethnography, "participant-observation" and "In- theory. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. depth open ended interviewing," require actively Offered as ANTH 343 and ANTH 443. engaging the research process. This class will explore ethnographic research techniques, as well as other qualitative research methods. In ANTH 345. Ethnicity, Gender, and Mental Health. addition to addressing how such methods make 3 Units. claims about social phenomena, this class will also explore more practical topics such as: developing An overview of mental health status and ethnicity. questions, entering the field, establishing rapport, Analysis of ethnicity in relation to culture, social taking and managing field notes, coding data, class, gender, sociopolitical conflict and the world and data analysis. Lectures, readings, and class refugee crisis. Consideration of populations at discussion will be complimented by assignments special risk for the development of specific mental using techniques. Offered as ANTH 339 and ANTH disorders (e.g., schizophrenia, affective disorders, 439. Prereq: ANTH 102. adjustment and stress disorders). Contemporary ethnographic survey of ethnic groups at risk both at home and abroad. Recommended preparation: ANTH 340. Culture and Emotion. 3 Units. ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 345 and ANTH 445.

The cross-cultural consideration of the relationship of culture and emotion. The cultural construction ANTH 347. Cultural Ecology: An of the experience and expression of emotion. Key Epistemological Approach to Environmental substantive issues include: ethnopsychological Sustainability. 3 Units. variations in indigenous conceptualizations and displays of emotion; the socialization of affect; the This course provides the understanding that the self and emotion; contextual variations in emotional realm of human culture is where both the cause expression with respect to gender, power relations, and cure of nearly all contemporary environmental patterns of subsistence, and the individual; and sustainability challenges are found. This is because the relationship between emotion and illness culture is the medium through which humans processes. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. as living systems perceive, interpret, and act Offered as ANTH 340 and ANTH 440. upon their environment. Through understanding principles that guide living systems and applying them to human/nature interaction in diverse ANTH 341. Cultural Area Studies in cultures throughout the world, students develop Anthropology. 3 Units. an ecological epistemology, or way of knowing nature. This leads to more effective advocacy for Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as environmental sustainability and an increasing ANTH 341 and ANTH 441. depth in interaction with nature, particularly in the domains of aesthetics and the sacred. This course is an approved SAGES Departmental seminar. Offered as ANTH 347 and ANTH 447. Prereq: ANTH 102. Case Western Reserve University 29

ANTH 348. Sexuality and Gender. 3 Units. ANTH 353. Chinese Culture and Society. 3 Units.

This course examines the relationships among Focuses on Chinese cultural and social institutions gender, sexuality, race, nation, and the body. In during the Maoist and post-Maoist eras. Topics particular, it focuses on contemporary ideas and include ideology, economics, politics, religion, theories in the study of the complex historical family life, and popular culture. Recommended and cultural relationships between sexuality and preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 353 and gender. In addition, we examine sexuality and ANTH 453. social movements, identity politics, and the so- called "culture wars." In short, this class will not be a voyeuristic narration of exotic sexual or ANTH 356. Mediterranean Culture and Society. 3 gender practices; and where we use the "other" Units. it will be solely for the purpose of exploring our own practices and ideologies. Recommended Ethnography of the Mediterranean culture area. preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 348 and Topics include geography, topography, climate, ANTH 448. rural and urban life styles, economy, social identity (encompassing gender, ethnic, national, provincial, tribal and religious identity), religion, ritual relations, ANTH 349. Cultures of Latin America. 3 Units. concepts of self, health and healing, politics, worldview and values, family and kinship, aging, The aim of this course is to consider cultural death and dying. Past and present methods and diversity and social inequality in contemporary problems of anthropological research in the region Latin America from an anthropological perspective. and the theoretical frameworks that have guided A variety of aspects related to ethnicity, religion, researchers. Recommended preparation: ANTH music, gender, social movements, cuisine, urban 102. Offered as ANTH 356 and ANTH 456. spaces, violence, and ecology are considered in addition to current economic and political issues. These topics will be analyzed in relation to Latin ANTH 357. Native American Cultures. 3 Units. America’s complex historical and social formation and its identity representations. The course takes Intensive examination of the cultures of selected under consideration various case studies in which Native American peoples, including historical, not just local communities but also perceptions of political, religious, social organizational, linguistic, national institutions and practices will be analyzed and medical/psychiatric aspects of American Indian from pluralistic approaches (provided by either Latin life. Not available for credit to students who have American and non-Latin American researchers) that completed USSO 219. Recommended preparation: combine fieldwork, interviews and life experiences ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 357 and ANTH 457. with textual and media sources. Special attention will be paid to contemporary global issues affecting Latin America. Offered as ANTH 349 and ANTH ANTH 358. Women’s Mental Health. 3 Units. 449. Prereq: ANTH 102. This anthropological course is an examination of the cultural psychology of women in the following ANTH 351. Topics in International Health. 3 domains: (1) women’s social status cross-culturally; Units. (2) specific psychiatric syndromes, such as psychoses, mood and personality disorders as they Special topics of interest in International Health. affect women; and (3) power and resilience. Issues Recommended preparation: ANTH 102 or ANTH of the cultural validity of psychological theories for 215. Offered as ANTH 351 and ANTH 451. women across diverse settings is the subject of critique throughout the seminar. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102 or ANTH 215. Offered as: ANTH 352. Japanese Culture and Society. 3 ANTH 358, ANTH 458. Units.

Focuses on contemporary Japanese cultural and social institutions. Topics include child-rearing, personality, values, education, gender roles, the dual economy, and popular culture. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 352 and ANTH 452. 30 College of Arts and Sciences

ANTH 359. Introduction to International Health. ANTH 367. Topics in Evolutionary Biology. 3 3 Units. Units.

Critical health problems and needs in developing The focus for this course on a special topic of countries. Prevalence of infectious disease, interest in evolutionary biology will vary from one malnutrition, chronic disease, injury control. offering to the next. Examples of possible topics Examines strategies for improvement of health include theories of speciation, the evolution of in less developed countries. Recommended language, the evolution of sex, evolution and preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 359 and biodiversity, molecular evolution. ANAT/ANTH/ ANTH 459. GEOL/PHIL 467/BIOL 468 will require a longer, more sophisticated term paper, and additional class presentation. Offered as ANTH 367, BIOL 368, ANTH 361. Urban Health. 3 Units. GEOL 367, PHIL 367, ANAT 467, ANTH 467, BIOL 468, GEOL 467, and PHIL 467. Prereq: ANTH 225 This course provides an anthropological or equivalent. perspective on the most important health problems facing urban population around the world. Special attention will be given to an examination of ANTH 368. Evolutionary Biology Capstone. 3 disparities in health among urban residents based Units. on poverty, race/ethnicity, gender, and nationality. Offered as ANTH 361 and ANTH 461. This course focuses on a special topic of interest in evolutionary biology that will vary from one offering to the next. Examples of possible topics ANTH 362. Contemporary Theory in include theories of speciation, the evolution of Anthropology. 3 Units. language, the evolution of sex, evolution and biodiversity, molecular evolution. Students will A critical examination of anthropological thought participate in discussions and lead class seminars in England, France and the United States during on evolutionary topics and in collaboration with an the second half of the twentieth century. Emphasis advisor or advisors, select a topic for a research will be on the way authors formulate questions that paper or project. Each student will write a major motivate anthropological discourse, on the way research report or complete a major project and central concepts are formulated and applied and on will make a public presentation of her/his findings. the controversies and debates that result. Readings Offered as ANTH 368, BIOL 369, PHIL 368. Prereq: are drawn from influential texts by prominent ANTH 225, BIOL 225, GEOL 225, HSTY 225, PHIL contemporary anthropologists. Recommended 225 or its equivalent or permission of instructor. preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 362 and ANTH 462. ANTH 369. The Anthropology of Nutrition. 3 Units. ANTH 363. Anthropology and Bioethics. 3 Units. Examines human nutrition and physical The course will review theoretical work on performance within the framework of human anthropology and values, the discipline of bioethics, adaptability theory. The emphasis is on the its philosophical roots, the body of anthropological measurement of energetic intake and expenditure work in bioethics, and critically examine a number in human populations; the assessment, health of current bioethical issues in the United States and consequences, and bio-cultural correlates of internationally. Recommended preparation: ANTH malnutrition and obesity; and the uses of energetic 102. Offered as ANTH 363 and ANTH 463. data in assessing human population adaptation. Recommended preparation: ANTH 103. Offered as ANTH 369 and ANTH 469. ANTH 365. Gender and Sex Differences: Cross- cultural Perspective. 3 Units.

Gender roles and sex differences throughout the life cycle considered from a cross-cultural perspective. Major approaches to explaining sex roles discussed in light of information from both Western and non- Western cultures. Offered as ANTH 365 and ANTH 465 and WGST 365. Prereq: ANTH 102 or consent of department. Case Western Reserve University 31

ANTH 369D. The Anthropology of Nutrition. 3 ANTH 372. Anthropological Approaches to Units. Religion. 3 Units.

Human nutrition is examined from an The development of, and current approaches anthropological perspective. We will briefly cover to, comparative religion from an anthropological methods for assessing and evaluating dietary intake perspective. Topics include witchcraft, ritual, myth, and dietary patterns. The remainder of the course healing, religious language and symbolism, religion will focus on various social, ecological, and genetic and gender, religious experience, the nature of the factors which influence human nutritional patterns sacred, religion and social change, altered states of and the causes and consequences of protein- consciousness, and evil. Using material from a wide energy malnutrition. The course will be taught range of world cultures, critical assessment is made in a seminar format and is designed to enhance of conventional distinctions such as those between your skills in critically reading the anthropological rational/irrational, natural/supernatural, magic/ literature and in improving your written and oral religion, and primitive/civilized. Recommended communication skills. A student may not receive preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 372, credit for both ANTH 369 and ANTH 369D. RLGN 372 and ANTH 472. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102, ANTH 103. ANTH 375. Human Evolution: The Fossil ANTH 370. Field Seminar in Paleoanthropology. Evidence. 3 Units. 12 Units. This course will survey the biological and behavioral Paleoanthropology is the study of human physical changes that occurred in the hominid lineage during and cultural evolution based on fossils and cultural the past five million years. In addition to a thorough remains from ancient geological times. These review of the fossil evidence for human evolution, fossils and cultural remains are collected by students will develop the theoretical framework in conducting fieldwork in various parts of the world evolutionary biology. Recommended preparation: where geological phenomena have exposed ANTH 377, BIOL 225. Offered as ANAT 375, ANTH fossiliferous sedimentary windows from the 375, ANAT 475 and ANTH 475. Prereq: ANTH 103. deep past. Hence, fieldwork is one of the major backbones of paleoanthropology. This course is designed for advanced undergraduate students ANTH 376. Topics in the Anthropology of Health who are interested in pursuing higher degrees and Medicine. 3 Units. in paleoanthropology, human paleobiology, evolutionary biology, or other related disciplines. Special topics of interest, such as the biology of This course introduces students to the principles human adaptability; the ecology of the human and methods of paleontological fieldwork in real life cycle health delivery systems; transcultural time. It introduces students to paleoanthropological psychiatry; nutrition, health, and disease; fieldwork from locating fossiliferous areas based on paleoepidemiology; and population anthropology. aerial photo interpretations to survey methodology; Recommended preparation: ANTH 102 or ANTH from methods of systematic excavation, fossil 103. Offered as ANTH 376 and ANTH 476. collection and documentation in the field, to curation and preparation of fossil specimens in laboratories; from conducting scientific analyses in laboratory ANTH 377. Human Osteology. 4 Units. environments to subsequently publishing the This course for upper division undergraduates and results in peer-reviewed journals. Recommended graduate students will review the following topics: preparation: ANTH 377. Prereq: ANTH 103 and human skeletal development and identification; ANTH 375. and forensic identification (skeletal aging, sex identification and population affiliation). Offered as ANTH 371. Culture, Behavior, and Person: ANAT 377, ANTH 377, ANAT 477 and ANTH 477. Psychological Anthropology. 3 Units.

Cross-cultural perspectives on personality, human development, individual variability, cognition, deviant behavior, and the role of the individual in his/her society. Classic and contemporary anthropological writings on Western and non- Western societies. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 371 and ANTH 471. 32 College of Arts and Sciences

ANTH 378. Reproductive Health: An ANTH 381. Independent Study in Laboratory Evolutionary Perspective. 3 Units. Archaeology II. 1 - 3 Unit.

This course provides students with an evolutionary This course provides an introduction to the basic perspective on the factors influencing human methods and techniques of artifact curation and reproductive health, including reproductive biology, laboratory analysis in archaeology. Under the ecology, and various aspects of natural human supervision of the instructor, each student will fertility. Our focus will be on variation in human develop and carry out a focused project of material reproduction in mostly non-western populations. analysis and interpretation using the archaeology Recommended preparation: ANTH 103. Offered as collections of the Cleveland Museum of Natural ANTH 378 and ANTH 478. History. Each student is required to spend a minimum of two hours per week in the Archaeology laboratory for each credit hour taken. By the end ANTH 379. Topics in Cultural and Social of the course, the student will prepare a short Anthropology. 3 Units. report describing the results of their particular project. Recommended preparation: ANTH 107 Special topics of interest across the range of and permission of department, and prior permission social and cultural anthropology. Recommended of Department of Archaeology at the Cleveland preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 379 and Museum of Natural History. ANTH 479.

ANTH 382. Anthropological and Ecological ANTH 380. Independent Study in Laboratory Perspectives on Preserving and Restoring the Archaeology I. 1 - 3 Unit. Natural World. 3 Units.

This course provides an introduction to the basic Now that the environmentally deleterious effects of methods and techniques of artifact curation and modern Western culture on the natural world have laboratory analysis in archaeology. Under the reached major proportions it has become crucial supervision of the instructor, each student will to explore innovative solutions to this dilemma. develop and carry out a focused project of material In this course novel perspectives derived from analysis and interpretation using the archaeology the intersection of anthropology and ecology collections of the Cleveland Museum of Natural are discussed. The primary perspective focused History. Each student is required to spend a upon is the understanding that human culture minimum of two hours per week in the Archaeology and the natural world in which it is embedded are laboratory for each credit hour taken. By the end essentially communicative, or semiotic processes, of the course, the student will prepare a short which thrive upon diverse interaction and feedback. report describing the results of their particular Preserving and restoring the Natural World project. Recommended preparation: ANTH 107 thus shifts from protecting individual species and permission of department, and prior permission and particular cultural practices to enhancing of Department of Archaeology at the Cleveland the communicative matrix of life and multiple Museum of Natural History. cultural views of the environment. Through this understanding, students will learn to apply a more elegant, effective, and aesthetically pleasing perspective to the challenging environmental issues facing our contemporary world. An in-depth examination of the North American Prairie, along with a comparison of influences on the landscape by indigenous and modern Western Culture will serve as the particular region of focus. This course is an approved SAGES departmental seminar. Offered as ANTH 382 and ANTH 482. Case Western Reserve University 33

ANTH 385. Applied Anthropology. 3 Units. ANTH 389. Crossroads: Transformation of Rural Blues into Urban Rock. 3 Units. This class will provide students with an overview of how anthropologists put theories, methods, and A multimedia approach to the development and findings to use in addressing social issues and transformation of an American musical form, the problems. Applied projects presented will span blues. Foci include the social and cultural history a diverse range of topics and fields, including: of rural and urban blues, rhythm and blues, rock healthcare and medicine, nutrition, international ’n’ roll, and the later forms of rock, the social development, displacement of populations, context and life histories of modern music’s creators education, as well projects from business and and innovators, the development of vocal and industry. Class discussion will address orientations instrumental styles, blues and rock, visual and of and advantages in applied approaches, as well performance iconography, milestones in the the ethical questions such projects often encounter. development of musical genres and the major roles Offered as ANTH 385 and ANTH 485. of racism and discrimination in the development of these forms of popular music. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 389 and ANTH 388. Globalization, Development and ANTH 489. Underdevelopment: Anthropological Persp. 3 Units. ANTH 391. Honors Tutorial. 3 Units. This course examines both theoretical and practical perspectives on globalization and Prereq: Acceptance into Honors Program. economic development in the "Third World." From "Dependency," "Modernization," and "World System" theory to post-structuralist critiques of ANTH 392. Honors Tutorial. 3 Units. development discourse, the class seeks to provide a framework for understanding current debates Prereq: Acceptance into Honors Program. on development and globalization. The "neoliberal monologue" that dominates the contemporary development enterprise is critically examined ANTH 393. Human Ecology: The Biology of in the context of growing global inequality. Human Adaptability. 3 Units. Special consideration is given to the roles of The place of human populations in the ecosystem. international agencies such as the World Bank, The importance of biological and behavioral International Monetary Fund, United Nations, and responses of populations ranging from hunters and non-governmental organizations (NGOs) in the gatherers to contemporary and industrial societies. "development industry." The course also focuses on The effect of various natural and manmade the contribution of anthropologists to development stresses on man’s adaptation to the environment. theory and practice with emphasis on the impact Recommended preparation: ANTH 103. Offered as of development on the health of the poor and ANTH 393 and ANTH 493. survival of indigenous cultures. Opportunities for professional anthropologists in the development field are reviewed. Offered as ANTH 388 and ANTH ANTH 394. Seminar in Evolutionary Biology. 3 488. Units.

This seminar investigates 20th-century evolutionary theory, especially the Modern Evolutionary synthesis and subsequent expansions of and challenges to that synthesis. The course encompasses the multidisciplinary nature of the science of evolution, demonstrating how disciplinary background influences practitioners’ conceptualizations of pattern and process. This course emphasizes practical writing and research skills, including formulation of testable theses, grant proposal techniques, and the implementation of original research using the facilities on campus and at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. Offered as ANTH 394, BIOL 394, GEOL 394, HSTY 394, PHIL 394, ANTH 494, BIOL 494, GEOL 494, HSTY 494, and PHIL 494. 34 College of Arts and Sciences

ANTH 396. Undergraduate Research in ANTH 398C. Child Policy Externship and Evolutionary Biology. 3 Units. Capstone. 3 Units.

Students propose and conduct guided research Externships offered through CHST/ANTH/PSCL on an aspect of evolutionary biology. The research 398C give students an opportunity to work directly will be sponsored and supervised by a member of with professionals who design and implement the CASE faculty or other qualified professional. A policies that impact the lives of children and their written report must be submitted to the Evolutionary families. Agencies involved are active in areas Biology Steering Committee before credit is such as childcare, education, juvenile justice, and granted. Offered as ANTH 396, BIOL 396, physical and mental health. Students apply for the GEOL 396, and PHIL 396. Prereq: ANTH 225 or externships, and selected students are placed in equivalent. local child policy agencies. Each student develops an individualized learning plan in consultation with the Childhood Studies Program faculty and the ANTH 397. Epidemiology and the Evolution of supervisor in the agency. Offered as CHST 398C, Human Diseases. 3 Units. ANTH 398C, and PSCL 398C. Basic concepts of infectious and degenerative diseases. Description and analysis of the changing ANTH 399. Independent Study. 1 - 6 Unit. distribution and determinants of disease in prehistoric, historic, and contemporary human Students may propose topics for independent populations. Recommended preparation: ANTH reading and research. 103. Offered as ANTH 397 and ANTH 497. ANTH 401. Biological Aging in Humans. 3 Units. ANTH 398. Anthropology SAGES Capstone. 3 Units. Biological aging phenomena, evidence that various sociocultural and environmental influences may Supervised original research on a topic in slow or accelerate the aging process, and theories anthropology, culminating in a written report and explaining the evolution of the aging process. a public presentation. The research project may Recommended preparation: ANTH 103. Offered as be in the form of an independent research project, ANTH 301 and ANTH 401. a literature review, or some other original project with anthropological significance. The project must be approved and supervised by faculty. ANTH 402. Darwinian Medicine. 3 Units. Group research projects are acceptable, but a plan which clearly identifies the distinct and substantial Darwinian medicine deals with evolutionary aspects role of each participant must be approved by the of modern human disease. It applies the concepts supervising faculty. Prereq: Major in Anthropology. and methods of evolutionary biology to the question of why we are vulnerable to disease. Darwinian (or evolutionary) medicine proposes several general hypotheses about disease causation including disease as evolutionary legacy and design compromise, the result of a novel environment, a consequence of genetic adaptation, the result of infectious organisms’ evolutionary adaptations, and disease symptoms as manifestation of defense mechanisms. It proposes that evolutionary ideas can explain, help to prevent and perhaps help to treat some diseases. This course presents the basic logic of Darwinian medicine and evaluates hypotheses about specific diseases that illustrate each of the hypotheses about disease causation. Recommended preparation: ANTH 103. Offered as ANTH 302 and ANTH 402. Case Western Reserve University 35

ANTH 404. Introduction to the Anthropology of ANTH 413. The Anthropology of Adolescence. 3 Aging. 3 Units. Units.

Reviews historical and methodological approaches This course investigates the anthropology of to the study of aging. Examines theoretical adolescence. What are the conditions under which assumptions about aging by comparing studies adolescence has appeared around the world as a from Western and non-Western societies that life stage? What are the roles of adolescence cross- illustrate the differential importance of culture in the culturally? What are the varieties of adolescent experience of aging. Recommended preparation: experience? Through classic and contemporary ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 304 and ANTH 404. texts, the course will address these questions as well as special topics particularly important to adolescence such as globalization, mental health, ANTH 406. The Anthropology of Childhood and and sexuality. Offered as ANTH 313 and ANTH the Family. 3 Units. 413. Child-rearing patterns and the family as an institution, using evidence from Western and non- ANTH 414. Cultures of the United States. 3 Western cultures. Human universals and cultural Units. variation, the experience of childhood and recent changes in the American family. Recommended This course considers the rich ethnic diversity of preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 306 and the U.S. from the perspective of social/cultural ANTH 406. anthropology. Conquest, immigration, problems of conflicts and accommodation, and the character of the diverse regional and ethnic cultures are ANTH 410. Introduction to Linguistic considered as are forms of racism, discrimination, Anthropology. 3 Units. and their consequences. Groups of interest include various Latina/o and Native peoples, African- This is an introduction to the core concepts, American groups, and specific ethnic groups of theories and methodologies that form the study Pacific, Mediterranean, European, Asian, and of language from an anthropological point of Caribbean origin. Offered as ANTH 314, ETHS 314, view. The course provides exposure to current and ANTH 414. issues in linguistic anthropological research and reviews some of the foundational topics of research past, highlighting the contributions of linguistics ANTH 417. Asian Medical Systems. 3 Units. to anthropology and social science. Topics to be explored include: 1) an overview of the study Examines the philosophical assumptions and of language (language structure and patterns, therapies of the traditional and contemporary the effects of linguistic categories on thought medical systems of India, Tibet, China, and Japan. and behavior, meaning and linguistic relativity, Particular attention will be given to the folk, popular, cross-language comparison, and non-verbal and institutional sectors of medical practice as communication); 2) doing linguistic anthropology well as to the contemporary relationship between "on the ground" (an intro to the laboratory and field traditional medicine and Western medicine in each techniques of linguistic anthropology); 3) the study of these societies. Recommended preparation: of language as function and social action (language ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 317 and ANTH 417. and social structure speech acts and events, verbal art, language and emotion); and 4) the study of language/discourse and power (language in politics, ANTH 418. Death and Dying. 3 Units. medicine, and law). Offered as ANTH 310 and ANTH 410. Examines cultural context of death and dying. Topics include social and psychological consequences of changing patterns of mortality, attitudes towards the taking of life, preparation for death, mortuary rituals, grief and mourning, and nature of relationship between living and dead. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 318 or ANTH 418. 36 College of Arts and Sciences

ANTH 423. AIDS: Epidemiology, Biology, and ANTH 435. Illegal Drugs and Society. 3 Units. Culture. 3 Units. This course provides perspectives on illegal drug This course will examine the biological and cultural use informed by the social, political and economic impact of AIDS in different societies around the dimensions of the issues. Framed by the history, world. Topics include: the origin and evolution of the epidemiology, and medical consequences of drug virus, the evolutionary implications of the epidemic, use, students will confront the complex challenges routes of transmission, a historical comparison posed by addiction. Anthropological research of AIDS to other epidemics in human history, conducted in the U.S. and cross-culturally will current worldwide prevalences of AIDS, and cultural demonstrate, elaborate and juxtapose various responses to the epidemic. Special emphasis will clinical, public health, and law enforcement policies be placed on the long-term biological and social and perspectives. Topics examined will include: consequences of the epidemic. Recommended why exclusively using a bio-medical model of preparation: ANTH 102 or ANTH 103 or ANTH 105. addiction is inadequate; how effective is the Offered as ANTH 323 and ANTH 423. war on drugs; what prevention, intervention and treatment efforts work; and various ideological/ moral perspectives on illegal drug use. Offered as ANTH 426. Power, Illness, and Inequality: The ANTH 335 and ANTH 435. Political Economy of Health. 3 Units.

This course explores the relationship between ANTH 437. Comparative Medical Systems. 3 social inequality and the distribution of health Units. and illness across class, race, gender, sexual orientation, and national boundaries. Class This course considers the world’s major medical readings drawn from critical anthropological systems. Foci include professional and folk medical approaches to the study of health emphasize systems of Asia and South Asia, North and South the fundamental importance of power relations America, Europe and the Mediterranean, including and economic constraints in explaining patterns the Christian and Islamic medical traditions. of disease. The course critically examines the Attention is paid to medical origins and the nature of Western biomedicine and inequality in the relationship of popular to professional medicines. delivery of health services. Special consideration The examination of each medical tradition includes is given to political economic analysis of health consideration of its psychological medicine issues in the developing world such as AIDS, and system of medical ethics. Recommended hunger, reproductive health, and primary health preparation: ANTH 215. Offered as ANTH 337 and care provision. Recommended preparation: ANTH ANTH 437. 102 or ANTH 215. Offered as ANTH 326 and ANTH 426. ANTH 438. Maternal Health: Anthropological Perspectives on Reproductive Practices and ANTH 427. Ancient Cultures of the Ohio Region. Health Policy. 3 Units. 3 Units. The reproductive process is shared by humans This course surveys the archaeology of Native as biological beings. However, the experience American cultures in the Great Lakes region from of pregnancy and childbirth is also dependent ca. 10,000 B.C. to A.D. 1700. The geographic on the cultural, social, political, historical, and scope of this course is the upper Midwest, southern political-economic setting. This course frames Ontario, and the St. Lawrence Valley with a focus issues in reproductive health by looking at the on the Ohio region. Recommended preparation: complex issues associated with maternal health ANTH 107. Offered as ANTH 327 and ANTH 427. and mortality world-wide. After reviewing biomedical perspectives on reproductive processes this course will focus on childbirth and pregnancy as the process and ritual by which societies welcome new members. This course will review ethnomedical concepts; discuss the interaction between local, national, and global agendas shaping reproductive practices; and conclude with anthropological critiques of reproductive health initiatives. Offered as ANTH 338 and ANTH 438. Case Western Reserve University 37

ANTH 439. Ethnographic and Qualitative ANTH 442. The Challenge of Suffering: Meaning, Research Methods. 3 Units. Responses, and Potential for Growth. 3 Units.

This is a course on applying ethnographic research The interdisciplinary course will address the methods in the social sciences. Ethnographic multiple facets of suffering, including the meaning research seeks to understand and describe the of suffering, potential for growth and transformation, experiences of research participants (i.e. subjects) policies and practices that influence suffering, and through becoming involved in their daily lives. those factors that affect quality of life and quality of Findings from ethnography are generated through death. Concepts and theories will be drawn from systematic observation within the natural context the social sciences and humanities, as well as in which behavior occurs (i.e. fieldwork). Unlike from the health disciplines. The influence of socio- methods that emphasize detachment, distance, political, cultural, and economic forces of suffering and objectivity, ethnography involves developing will be addressed. Graduate standing or permission knowledge by becoming an ad hoc member of the of instructor is required. Offered as: ANTH 442 and group(s) one is studying. The principal techniques MEDS 9440 and NURS 440. of ethnography, "participant-observation" and "In- depth open ended interviewing," require actively engaging the research process. This class will ANTH 443. Psychoanalytic Anthropology. 3 explore ethnographic research techniques, as Units. well as other qualitative research methods. In addition to addressing how such methods make Psychoanalytic theory and its application to cross- claims about social phenomena, this class will also cultural materials. The cultural context of analytic explore more practical topics such as: developing theory’s development and its applications in social/ questions, entering the field, establishing rapport, cultural and medical anthropology; application of taking and managing field notes, coding data, cultural criticism to psychoanalytic conceptions and and data analysis. Lectures, readings, and class its constructions of the following: social evolution; discussion will be complimented by assignments religious ideology, praxis, patterns and dynamics; using techniques. Offered as ANTH 339 and ANTH altered states of consciousness; individual 439. personality and psychopathology; individual and cultural defense mechanisms; socialization; cognition; emotion; symbolism; and gender. Also ANTH 440. Culture and Emotion. 3 Units. considers bases for a culturally relative analytic theory. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. The cross-cultural consideration of the relationship Offered as ANTH 343 and ANTH 443. of culture and emotion. The cultural construction of the experience and expression of emotion. Key substantive issues include: ethnopsychological ANTH 445. Ethnicity, Gender, and Mental Health. variations in indigenous conceptualizations and 3 Units. displays of emotion; the socialization of affect; the self and emotion; contextual variations in emotional An overview of mental health status and ethnicity. expression with respect to gender, power relations, Analysis of ethnicity in relation to culture, social patterns of subsistence, and the individual; and class, gender, sociopolitical conflict and the world the relationship between emotion and illness refugee crisis. Consideration of populations at processes. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. special risk for the development of specific mental Offered as ANTH 340 and ANTH 440. disorders (e.g., schizophrenia, affective disorders, adjustment and stress disorders). Contemporary ethnographic survey of ethnic groups at risk both ANTH 441. Cultural Area Studies in at home and abroad. Recommended preparation: Anthropology. 3 Units. ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 345 and ANTH 445.

Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 341 and ANTH 441. 38 College of Arts and Sciences

ANTH 447. Cultural Ecology: An ANTH 449. Cultures of Latin America. 3 Units. Epistemological Approach to Environmental Sustainability. 3 Units. The aim of this course is to consider cultural diversity and social inequality in contemporary This course provides the understanding that the Latin America from an anthropological perspective. realm of human culture is where both the cause A variety of aspects related to ethnicity, religion, and cure of nearly all contemporary environmental music, gender, social movements, cuisine, urban sustainability challenges are found. This is because spaces, violence, and ecology are considered in culture is the medium through which humans addition to current economic and political issues. as living systems perceive, interpret, and act These topics will be analyzed in relation to Latin upon their environment. Through understanding America’s complex historical and social formation principles that guide living systems and applying and its identity representations. The course takes them to human/nature interaction in diverse under consideration various case studies in which cultures throughout the world, students develop not just local communities but also perceptions of an ecological epistemology, or way of knowing national institutions and practices will be analyzed nature. This leads to more effective advocacy for from pluralistic approaches (provided by either Latin environmental sustainability and an increasing American and non-Latin American researchers) that depth in interaction with nature, particularly in the combine fieldwork, interviews and life experiences domains of aesthetics and the sacred. This course with textual and media sources. Special attention is an approved SAGES Departmental seminar. will be paid to contemporary global issues affecting Offered as ANTH 347 and ANTH 447. Latin America. Offered as ANTH 349 and ANTH 449. ANTH 448. Sexuality and Gender. 3 Units. ANTH 451. Topics in International Health. 3 This course examines the relationships among Units. gender, sexuality, race, nation, and the body. In particular, it focuses on contemporary ideas and Special topics of interest in International Health. theories in the study of the complex historical Recommended preparation: ANTH 102 or ANTH and cultural relationships between sexuality and 215. Offered as ANTH 351 and ANTH 451. gender. In addition, we examine sexuality and social movements, identity politics, and the so- called "culture wars." In short, this class will not ANTH 452. Japanese Culture and Society. 3 be a voyeuristic narration of exotic sexual or Units. gender practices; and where we use the "other" it will be solely for the purpose of exploring our Focuses on contemporary Japanese cultural and own practices and ideologies. Recommended social institutions. Topics include child-rearing, preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 348 and personality, values, education, gender roles, the ANTH 448. dual economy, and popular culture. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 352 and ANTH 452.

ANTH 453. Chinese Culture and Society. 3 Units.

Focuses on Chinese cultural and social institutions during the Maoist and post-Maoist eras. Topics include ideology, economics, politics, religion, family life, and popular culture. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 353 and ANTH 453. Case Western Reserve University 39

ANTH 456. Mediterranean Culture and Society. 3 ANTH 461. Urban Health. 3 Units. Units. This course provides an anthropological Ethnography of the Mediterranean culture area. perspective on the most important health problems Topics include geography, topography, climate, facing urban population around the world. Special rural and urban life styles, economy, social identity attention will be given to an examination of (encompassing gender, ethnic, national, provincial, disparities in health among urban residents based tribal and religious identity), religion, ritual relations, on poverty, race/ethnicity, gender, and nationality. concepts of self, health and healing, politics, Offered as ANTH 361 and ANTH 461. worldview and values, family and kinship, aging, death and dying. Past and present methods and problems of anthropological research in the region ANTH 462. Contemporary Theory in and the theoretical frameworks that have guided Anthropology. 3 Units. researchers. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 356 and ANTH 456. A critical examination of anthropological thought in England, France and the United States during the second half of the twentieth century. Emphasis ANTH 457. Native American Cultures. 3 Units. will be on the way authors formulate questions that motivate anthropological discourse, on the way Intensive examination of the cultures of selected central concepts are formulated and applied and on Native American peoples, including historical, the controversies and debates that result. Readings political, religious, social organizational, linguistic, are drawn from influential texts by prominent and medical/psychiatric aspects of American Indian contemporary anthropologists. Recommended life. Not available for credit to students who have preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 362 and completed USSO 219. Recommended preparation: ANTH 462. ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 357 and ANTH 457. ANTH 463. Anthropology and Bioethics. 3 Units. ANTH 458. Women’s Mental Health. 3 Units. The course will review theoretical work on This anthropological course is an examination of anthropology and values, the discipline of bioethics, the cultural psychology of women in the following its philosophical roots, the body of anthropological domains: (1) women’s social status cross-culturally; work in bioethics, and critically examine a number (2) specific psychiatric syndromes, such as of current bioethical issues in the United States and psychoses, mood and personality disorders as they internationally. Recommended preparation: ANTH affect women; and (3) power and resilience. Issues 102. Offered as ANTH 363 and ANTH 463. of the cultural validity of psychological theories for women across diverse settings is the subject of critique throughout the seminar. Recommended ANTH 465. Gender and Sex Differences: Cross- preparation: ANTH 102 or ANTH 215. Offered as: cultural Perspective. 3 Units. ANTH 358, ANTH 458. Gender roles and sex differences throughout the life cycle considered from a cross-cultural perspective. ANTH 459. Introduction to International Health. Major approaches to explaining sex roles discussed 3 Units. in light of information from both Western and non- Western cultures. Offered as ANTH 365 and ANTH Critical health problems and needs in developing 465 and WGST 365. countries. Prevalence of infectious disease, malnutrition, chronic disease, injury control. Examines strategies for improvement of health in less developed countries. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 359 and ANTH 459. 40 College of Arts and Sciences

ANTH 467. Topics in Evolutionary Biology. 3 ANTH 472. Anthropological Approaches to Units. Religion. 3 Units.

The focus for this course on a special topic of The development of, and current approaches interest in evolutionary biology will vary from one to, comparative religion from an anthropological offering to the next. Examples of possible topics perspective. Topics include witchcraft, ritual, myth, include theories of speciation, the evolution of healing, religious language and symbolism, religion language, the evolution of sex, evolution and and gender, religious experience, the nature of the biodiversity, molecular evolution. ANAT/ANTH/ sacred, religion and social change, altered states of GEOL/PHIL 467/BIOL 468 will require a longer, consciousness, and evil. Using material from a wide more sophisticated term paper, and additional class range of world cultures, critical assessment is made presentation. Offered as ANTH 367, BIOL 368, of conventional distinctions such as those between GEOL 367, PHIL 367, ANAT 467, ANTH 467, BIOL rational/irrational, natural/supernatural, magic/ 468, GEOL 467, and PHIL 467. religion, and primitive/civilized. Recommended preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 372, RLGN 372 and ANTH 472. ANTH 469. The Anthropology of Nutrition. 3 Units. ANTH 475. Human Evolution: The Fossil Examines human nutrition and physical Evidence. 3 Units. performance within the framework of human adaptability theory. The emphasis is on the This course will survey the biological and behavioral measurement of energetic intake and expenditure changes that occurred in the hominid lineage during in human populations; the assessment, health the past five million years. In addition to a thorough consequences, and bio-cultural correlates of review of the fossil evidence for human evolution, malnutrition and obesity; and the uses of energetic students will develop the theoretical framework in data in assessing human population adaptation. evolutionary biology. Recommended preparation: Recommended preparation: ANTH 103. Offered as ANTH 377, BIOL 225. Offered as ANAT 375, ANTH ANTH 369 and ANTH 469. 375, ANAT 475 and ANTH 475. Prereq: ANTH 103.

ANTH 470. Tutorial in Physical Anthropology. 3 ANTH 476. Topics in the Anthropology of Health Units. and Medicine. 3 Units.

Guided readings in physical anthropology. Special topics of interest, such as the biology of Recommended preparation: Graduate standing and human adaptability; the ecology of the human consent of department. life cycle health delivery systems; transcultural psychiatry; nutrition, health, and disease; paleoepidemiology; and population anthropology. ANTH 471. Culture, Behavior, and Person: Recommended preparation: ANTH 102 or ANTH Psychological Anthropology. 3 Units. 103. Offered as ANTH 376 and ANTH 476. Cross-cultural perspectives on personality, human development, individual variability, cognition, ANTH 477. Human Osteology. 4 Units. deviant behavior, and the role of the individual in his/her society. Classic and contemporary This course for upper division undergraduates and anthropological writings on Western and non- graduate students will review the following topics: Western societies. Recommended preparation: human skeletal development and identification; ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 371 and ANTH 471. and forensic identification (skeletal aging, sex identification and population affiliation). Offered as ANAT 377, ANTH 377, ANAT 477 and ANTH 477. Case Western Reserve University 41

ANTH 478. Reproductive Health: An ANTH 482. Anthropological and Ecological Evolutionary Perspective. 3 Units. Perspectives on Preserving and Restoring the Natural World. 3 Units. This course provides students with an evolutionary perspective on the factors influencing human Now that the environmentally deleterious effects of reproductive health, including reproductive biology, modern Western culture on the natural world have ecology, and various aspects of natural human reached major proportions it has become crucial fertility. Our focus will be on variation in human to explore innovative solutions to this dilemma. reproduction in mostly non-western populations. In this course novel perspectives derived from Recommended preparation: ANTH 103. Offered as the intersection of anthropology and ecology ANTH 378 and ANTH 478. Prereq: ANTH 103. are discussed. The primary perspective focused upon is the understanding that human culture and the natural world in which it is embedded are ANTH 479. Topics in Cultural and Social essentially communicative, or semiotic processes, Anthropology. 3 Units. which thrive upon diverse interaction and feedback. Preserving and restoring the Natural World Special topics of interest across the range of thus shifts from protecting individual species social and cultural anthropology. Recommended and particular cultural practices to enhancing preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 379 and the communicative matrix of life and multiple ANTH 479. cultural views of the environment. Through this understanding, students will learn to apply a more elegant, effective, and aesthetically pleasing ANTH 480. Medical Anthropology and Global perspective to the challenging environmental Health I. 3 Units. issues facing our contemporary world. An in-depth The first in a sequence of two graduate core examination of the North American Prairie, along courses in medical anthropology and global health. with a comparison of influences on the landscape This course focuses on foundational concepts by indigenous and modern Western Culture will and theories in medical anthropology, as well serve as the particular region of focus. This course as topical areas which have been central to is an approved SAGES departmental seminar. the development of the field. Prereq: Graduate Offered as ANTH 382 and ANTH 482. Standing in Anthropology. ANTH 485. Applied Anthropology. 3 Units.

ANTH 481. Medical Anthropology and Global This class will provide students with an overview Health II. 3 Units. of how anthropologists put theories, methods, and The second in a sequence of two graduate core findings to use in addressing social issues and courses in medical anthropology and global health. problems. Applied projects presented will span This course focuses on the application of medical a diverse range of topics and fields, including: anthropology theory and methods to the study of healthcare and medicine, nutrition, international global health. Recommended preparation: ANTH development, displacement of populations, 480. Prereq: Graduate Standing in Anthropology. education, as well projects from business and industry. Class discussion will address orientations of and advantages in applied approaches, as well the ethical questions such projects often encounter. Offered as ANTH 385 and ANTH 485. 42 College of Arts and Sciences

ANTH 488. Globalization, Development and ANTH 494. Seminar in Evolutionary Biology. 3 Underdevelopment: Anthropological Persp. 3 Units. Units. This seminar investigates 20th-century evolutionary This course examines both theoretical and theory, especially the Modern Evolutionary practical perspectives on globalization and synthesis and subsequent expansions of economic development in the "Third World." and challenges to that synthesis. The course From "Dependency," "Modernization," and "World encompasses the multidisciplinary nature of System" theory to post-structuralist critiques of the science of evolution, demonstrating how development discourse, the class seeks to provide disciplinary background influences practitioners’ a framework for understanding current debates conceptualizations of pattern and process. This on development and globalization. The "neoliberal course emphasizes practical writing and research monologue" that dominates the contemporary skills, including formulation of testable theses, grant development enterprise is critically examined proposal techniques, and the implementation of in the context of growing global inequality. original research using the facilities on campus Special consideration is given to the roles of and at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. international agencies such as the World Bank, Offered as ANTH 394, BIOL 394, GEOL 394, HSTY International Monetary Fund, United Nations, and 394, PHIL 394, ANTH 494, BIOL 494, GEOL 494, non-governmental organizations (NGOs) in the HSTY 494, and PHIL 494. "development industry." The course also focuses on the contribution of anthropologists to development theory and practice with emphasis on the impact ANTH 497. Epidemiology and the Evolution of of development on the health of the poor and Human Diseases. 3 Units. survival of indigenous cultures. Opportunities for professional anthropologists in the development Basic concepts of infectious and degenerative field are reviewed. Offered as ANTH 388 and ANTH diseases. Description and analysis of the changing 488. distribution and determinants of disease in prehistoric, historic, and contemporary human populations. Recommended preparation: ANTH ANTH 489. Crossroads: Transformation of Rural 103. Offered as ANTH 397 and ANTH 497. Blues into Urban Rock. 3 Units.

A multimedia approach to the development and ANTH 498. Public Policy and Aging. 3 Units. transformation of an American musical form, the blues. Foci include the social and cultural history Overview of aging and the aged. Concepts in of rural and urban blues, rhythm and blues, rock the study of public policy. Policies on aging and ’n’ roll, and the later forms of rock, the social conditions that they address. The politics of policies context and life histories of modern music’s creators on aging. Emergent trends and issues. Offered and innovators, the development of vocal and as ANTH 498, BETH 496, EPBI 408, GERO 496, instrumental styles, blues and rock, visual and HSTY 480, MPHP 408, NURS 479, NURS 579, performance iconography, milestones in the POSC 480, and SOCI 496. development of musical genres and the major roles of racism and discrimination in the development of these forms of popular music. Recommended ANTH 502. Research Practicum in Med preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 389 and Anthropology and Cross-cultural Gerontology. 3 ANTH 489. Units. Provides M.A. students with firsthand experience ANTH 493. Human Ecology: The Biology of in applying anthropology to health and aging Human Adaptability. 3 Units. problems. Prereq: Graduate standing.

The place of human populations in the ecosystem. The importance of biological and behavioral ANTH 503. Seminar in Social Cultural responses of populations ranging from hunters and Anthropology. 3 Units. gatherers to contemporary and industrial societies. The effect of various natural and manmade stresses on man’s adaptation to the environment. Recommended preparation: ANTH 103. Offered as ANTH 393 and ANTH 493. Case Western Reserve University 43

ANTH 504. Anthropological Research Design. 3 ANTH 511. Seminar in Anthropology and Global Units. Health: Topics. 3 Units.

Practical and theoretical issues in the selection of This course examines the current issues in global questions for health and aging research in societal health and the emerging anthropological paradigm settings. Illustration of frameworks and designs for directed at global health issues. The objective of the research. Discussion of the problems of collection, course is to provide graduate students in medical analysis, and interpretation of data along with the anthropology an in-depth examination of global nonscientific influences on the research process health from several perspectives. The course will and the use of results. Prereq: Graduate standing in feature perspectives from anthropologists as well as anthropology. others working in the fields of global health. Prereq: Graduate standing in Anthropology. ANTH 506. Seminar in Comparative Health Systems. 3 Units. ANTH 513. Seminar in Ethnopsychiatry. 3 Units.

Prereq: ANTH 480. Theory and practice of psychotherapeutic forms. Diagnostic and therapeutic forms from Europe, the United States, Japan, India, and other ANTH 507. Seminar in Controversial Issues in major cultural traditions and those of local areas Anthropology. 3 Units. such as West Africa, Native America, and Latin America. The cultural theories of mental disorders, The goals of this course are to provide students related conceptions of self and person, and the with opportunities to: (1) Familiarize themselves relationships of local psychological theory to clinical with the (alleged) facts of various controversial praxis and outcome. issues that have characterized the field of anthropology over the past 50 years; (2) enhance their skills in analyzing and assessing the nature ANTH 519. Seminar in Human Ecology and and quality of the arguments and empirical data Adaptability. 3 Units. employed by parties to the controversies; (3) develop an appreciation of the role of historical and political contexts in shaping the emergence and evolution of the controversies; and (4) consider ANTH 530. Seminar in Medical Anthropology: the ethics involved in the practice and public Topics. 3 Units. representation of anthropology. Prereq: ANTH 480 and ANTH 481. Various topics will be offered for graduate students in medical anthropology, such as "Anthropological Perspectives on Women’s Health ANTH 508. Seminar in Policy and Program and Reproduction" and "Biocultural Anthropology." Planning and Evaluation. 3 Units. Prereq: ANTH 480.

Prereq: ANTH 504. ANTH 591. Seminar in Physical Anthropology. 3 Units. ANTH 510. Seminar in International Health. 3 Units.

This seminar will survey the major areas of ANTH 599. Tutorial: Advanced Studies in research in the field of international health, Anthropology. 1 - 18 Unit. including anthropology and public health research in international health. Emphasis will be on critical (Credit as arranged.) Advanced studies in evaluation of current international health theory and anthropology. methods and review of relevant literature, in regard to the health of the world’s population. Prereq: ANTH 480 and ANTH 481. ANTH 601. Independent Research. 1 - 18 Unit. (Credit as arranged.)

ANTH 651. Thesis M.A.. 1 - 18 Unit. 44 College of Arts and Sciences

ANTH 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. Case Western Reserve University 45

Department of Art History and Art

Mather House http://www.case.edu/artsci/arth/arth.html Catherine Scallen, Department Chair [email protected] Art Education Program

The Department of Art History and Art offers The Art Education Program’s mission is “to prepare opportunities to study art history, to participate proactive, scholar-practitioner art educators who will in a broad range of studio offerings, to pursue develop into leaders, teachers, and talented artists state teacher licensure in art education, and to in the field of art education.” engage in pre-professional museum training. The Bachelor of Arts degree is granted in art history and The undergraduate and graduate degree programs in pre-architecture (second major only), and the in art education are offered in conjunction with the Bachelor of Science degree in art education. The Cleveland Institute of Art. Art education majors department offers graduate programs leading to have the advantage of pursuing their academic the degrees of Master of Arts in art history, Master studies in a university environment and their studio of Arts in art history and museum studies, and studies at a professional art school that educates Master of Arts in art education, and to the Doctor of artists and designers. Students participate in Philosophy in art history and Doctor of Philosophy educational field experiences conducted in many in art history and museum studies. All art programs of Greater Cleveland’s urban and suburban school are considerably enhanced by close cooperation systems, its museums, and its cultural institutions. with cultural institutions located in University Circle, Graduates of the Art Education Program have in particular the Cleveland Museum of Art, the pursued careers as teachers, supervisors, and Cleveland Institute of Art, and the Museum of consultants in public and private schools, colleges, Contemporary Art (MOCA). art schools, and museums; as administrators of galleries and art organizations; as designers of educational programs for industry; and as practicing artists. The program is especially proud of its record Art History Program in recruiting and graduating students from diverse backgrounds. Students majoring in art history have a wide variety of career opportunities. Graduates with a strong The program offers pre-architecture as a second background in art history are employed as college major and as a minor for students who expect to and university professors; as museum professionals continue architectural studies at the graduate level (in curatorial, educational, and administrative or who simply wish to pursue an area of interest. positions); as art librarians and archivists; as For students seeking to develop and nurture their journalists: as art gallery or auction house staff artistic and creative talents, the program offers a members; as art conservators and restorers; as variety of introductory and intermediate art studio art specialists in the diplomatic service and at courses, taught by experienced artists/teachers. all levels of government; and in other careers Qualified undergraduates majoring in art history or in industry, film, and television. Some of these art education may also participate in the Integrated specialties require additional study and professional Graduate Studies Program. preparation beyond the bachelor’s degree. Other art history majors who have fulfilled the required prerequisites go on to attend law, medical, or business school. Art Studio Program The graduate programs in art history are offered as part of the joint program in art history of Case The Art Studio Program offers a variety of art Western Reserve University and the Cleveland courses that can be taken for personal enjoyment to Museum of Art. Many classes, undergraduate gain experience in a variety of art media. Courses and graduate level, are taught at the museum, in drawing, painting, design, ceramics, enameling and some courses are offered or co-taught by and jewelry, textiles, photography, digital media, museum curators who hold adjunct appointments and architecture are taught at various skill levels by in the department. Students taking advanced-level experienced, professional artists. These courses courses use the museum’s extensive research can be taken as university electives to fulfill minors library, and all students have an opportunity to in art studio, photography, or architecture, or to study original works of art in the museum’s superb complete a second major in pre-architecture. At the collections. 46 College of Arts and Sciences

end of each semester there is an comprehensive exhibition of student work in the Art Gallery. Back to top

BA Art History | BS Art Education | BA Pre- Architecture | Minors Bachelor of Science in Art Education The Bachelor of Science in art education requires a total of 124 credits and is designed to educate Undergraduate Programs professional teachers of art for the public and private schools who are also competent, creative artists. The program meets the requirements of the The art history curriculum is designed to give Ohio Board of Education to qualify its university- students a broad grounding in painting, sculpture, recommended students for Pre-K-12 Visual Art architecture, and the decorative arts, with a strong Specialist Licensure to teach art in the public emphasis on understanding the cultural context schools of Ohio and more than 40 reciprocating in which they were produced. Students develop a states. technical and critical vocabulary as well as sound writing skills to analyze works of art. This program is conducted jointly by Case Western Reserve University and the Cleveland Institute Integrated Graduate Studies Program. Qualified of Art. Admission requires application to Case undergraduates majoring in art history or art Western Reserve and submission of an art portfolio education may also participate in the Integrated to the Cleveland Institute of Art. Credentials must Graduate Studies Program. Interested students be acceptable to both institutions. Academic work is should note the general requirements and the taken at Case Western Reserve, and the majority of admission procedures in this bulletin and may art studio courses at the Cleveland Institute of Art, consult the department for further information. as follows:

Majors Academic Courses at Case Western Reserve University Back to top SAGES (First Seminar) 4 Two of the following: 6 Bachelor of Arts in Art History USNA Thinking About Natural and Technological World USSO Thinking about the Social World This major requires 36 hours of course work in art USSY Thinking about the Symbolic World history, including: Natural Sciences 3 Quantitative Reasoning (MATH or STAT) 3 Global & Cultural Diversity 3 ARTH 101 Art History I: Pyramids to Pagodas 3 ARTH 101 Art History I: Pyramids to Pagodas 3 ARTH 102 Art History II: Michelangelo to Maya Lin 3 ARTH 102 Art History II: Michelangelo to Maya Lin 3 Art History 200-level courses 3-6 ARTH Electives (one must be at 300 level) 6 ARTH 396 Majors Seminar 3 PHED Physical Education (2 semesters) Art History electives at the 300 level 15-18 Total Units 31 Art Studio courses 3-6 Total Units 30-39 Foreign language study (French, German, or Professional Education/Art Education Italian) is highly recommended. ARTS 295 Introduction to Art Education 3 Departmental Honors. Majors who wish to earn the ARTS 300 Current Issues in Art Education 3 Bachelor of Arts degree with honors in art history ARTS 385 Clinical/Field Based Experience I 1 must make written application to the department ARTS 386 Clinical/Field Based Experience II 1 chair no later than the fall semester of their senior ARTS 387 Clinical/Field Based Experience III 1 year. Departmental honors are awarded upon ARTS 393 Art Content, Pedagogy, Methodology, and 3 fulfillment of the following requirements: a grade Assessment point average of at least 3.5 in the major and an A ARTS 395 Introduction to Multimedia Technology 3 in ARTH 399 Honors Thesis. ARTS 366A Student Teaching in Art: Pre-K - 6th Grade 4 ARTS 366B Student Teaching in Art: 7th - 12th Grade 4 ARTS 465 Seminar for Art Teachers 4 EDUC 301 Introduction to Education 3 PSCL 101 General Psychology I 3 Case Western Reserve University 47

EDUC 304 Educational Psychology 3 Decision Point 2: Application for Advanced EDUC 255 Literacy Across the Content Areas 3 Standing Total Units 39 The Application for Advanced Standing should be submitted by the junior year and the fall semester Art Studio Courses at the Cleveland Institute of after Decision Point 1. The application requires: Art 1. a successful review of the updated Teaching ePortfolio Digital Art and Design 6 Design 2D and 3D 6 2. submission of a current DPR form documenting Drawing I, II, III 9 the following: a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or Painting Arts 216 and CIA Color 6 better, an art course GPA of 2.5 or better, and 2D Visualization 3 an education GPA of 3.0 or better Studio Project 3 Sculpture 3 3. a passing score on the Candidate Disposition Studio Electives 15 Assessment Inventory, completed by the art Total Units 51 education faculty Retention and Advanced Standing (Undergraduate Level) Decision Point 3: Application for Student Teaching The Bachelor of Science program in art education is designed to educate professional teachers of The Application for Student Teaching should be art. There are four decision points in the program, completed by week 8 of the semester prior to and for each of these decision points, there are student teaching. The application requires: three possible outcomes: unconditional admission; conditional admission with a prescribed remedial 1. a successful review of the updated Teaching plan which when successfully completed will result ePortfolio in unconditional admission; or denial of admission. Denial of admission at any decision point means 2. submission of a current DPR form documenting the student is no longer able to pursue an art the following: a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or education degree at Case Western Reserve. better, an art course GPA of 2.5 or better, and an education GPA of 3.0 or better

Decision Point 1: Application for Admission to 3. a passing score on the Candidate Disposition the Program Assessment Inventory, completed by the art education faculty Official admission to the Art Education Program generally occurs at the end of the fall semester 4. passing a TB test of the sophomore year after a student completes ARTS 295. Admission to the program requires: 5. presenting documentation of Hepatitis B vaccination 1. being accepted to the university 6. passing official Federal and State criminal 2. being accepted as an art major through a background checks portfolio review before matriculation

3. successful completion of ARTS 295 Decision Point 4: Application for Initial Licensure Introduction to Art Education, including evaluation of an initial Teaching ePortfolio Application for Initial Licensure occurs after successful completion of all degree requirements. 4. cumulative Case GPA of 2.5 or better The application requires: 5. submission of a signed Statement of 1. a successful review of the completed Teaching Assurance of Good Moral Character ePortfolio

6. a satisfactory interview with art education 2. submission of a current DPR form documenting faculty, documented on the Teacher Licensure the following: a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or Admission Assessment Form better, an art course GPA of 2.5 or better, and an education GPA of 3.0 or better 48 College of Arts and Sciences

3. a passing score on the Candidate Disposition Detailed information about approved electives is Assessment Inventory, completed by the art available in the departmental office. education faculty The required courses are: 4. achievement of state-mandated scores on the two Praxis II national teacher exams ARTH 101 Art History I: Pyramids to Pagodas 3 ARTH 102 Art History II: Michelangelo to Maya Lin 3 5. completion of the Case Student Teaching Final ARTS 106 Creative Drawing I 3 Assessment by the cooperating teacher and ARTS 302 Architecture and City Design I 3 university supervisor with a grade of B or better ARTS 303 Architecture and City Design II 3 Art history courses 6 6. completion of the Case Teacher Licensure Exit Two of the following: 6 Interview and Survey ARTS 101 Design and Color I ARTS 201 Design and Color II After successfully completing all requirements ARTS 206 Creative Drawing II at the four decision points, the student is ARTS 220 Photography Studio I recommended by the university’s director of teacher THTR 223 Introduction to Scenic Design education for the Ohio Visual Art (Pre-K-12) THTR 224 Introduction to Lighting Design License. Completion of the Bachelor of Science One of the following: * 3 in art education does not ensure that the State of MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, Ohio’s Visual Art Teacher License will be awarded. Managerial, and Social Sci I Teacher licensure is also obtainable through the Art MATH 126 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, Managerial, and Social Sci II Education Graduate Program of Study. PHYS 115 Introductory Physics I Additional information on this program is available PHYS 116 Introductory Physics II in the office of the director of art education. PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and Magnetism Back to top Total Units 30

* For students whose interests lie in aesthetics Bachelor of Arts in Pre-Architecture and the history of architecture, the required 3 hours may be in sociology, American The Pre-Architecture Program introduces the studies, anthropology, history of science and student to the forms, history, and functions of technology, civil engineering, or geology. architecture as well as to the studio skills relevant to its practice. The program is designed to provide a background for undergraduate students who plan Back to top to continue architectural studies at the graduate level, as well as for those interested in the study of architecture as part of a liberal or technical education. Minors Pre-architecture may be chosen only as a second Four minors, each requiring 18 credit hours, are major. The double major is required so that the available: one in art history, and three through the perspectives provided by this interdisciplinary Art Studio Program. program may be complemented by a concentrated disciplinary experience. For a student who completes a Bachelor of Science degree (BS, BSE, Art History or BSN), pre-architecture may serve as the sole major for a BA degree. ARTH 101 Art History I: Pyramids to Pagodas 3 To declare a pre-architecture major, students ARTH 102 Art History II: Michelangelo to Maya Lin 3 Art History electives (at least 3 hours must be taken at the 12 should have declared a first major and have 200 level) sophomore or junior standing. Up to 6 credits Total Units 18 in general education requirements and elective courses taken by students for their first major may be applied to their pre-architecture major. The major consists of a minimum of 30 credit hours, 15 of which are in required courses and the remainder of which are approved elective courses. Case Western Reserve University 49

Art Studio School of Graduate Studies in this bulletin. All other requirements of the MA program must be fulfilled: ARTS 101 Design and Color I 3 ARTS 106 Creative Drawing I 3 • ARTH 495 Methodologies of Art History (3) Four additional studio courses, two of which must be in 12 the same area (i.e., drawing, painting, design, textiles, • Eight graduate courses on the 400 level or photography, ceramics and enameling) above, three of which must be seminars on the Total Units 18 500 level. These eight courses must include one course each from four of the following five areas: world art; ancient; medieval; Renaissance/ Photography Baroque; modern and American (24).

ARTS 220 Photography Studio I 3 • ARTH 489 M.A. Qualifying Paper (3) ARTS 320 Photography Studio II 3 ARTS 322 Digital Photography I 3 • A reading knowledge of one foreign language ARTS 325 Creative Photography 3 (normally French, German, or Italian) or ARTS 365D B&W Photography Studio • Successful performance on the MA ARTS 365E Color Studio 3 comprehensive examination One of the following: 3 ARTS 399 Independent Study in Art Studio ARTH 102 Art History II: Michelangelo to Maya Lin Total: 30 hours ARTS 350 Multimedia I Total Units 18 Master of Arts in Art History and Pre-Architecture Museum Studies

ARTH 101 Art History I: Pyramids to Pagodas 3 The MA program in art history and museum ARTH 102 Art History II: Michelangelo to Maya Lin 3 studies includes the same broad requirements and ARTS 106 Creative Drawing I 3 objectives of the MA program in art history, along ARTS 302 Architecture and City Design I 3 with a year-long museum studies course and two ARTS 303 Architecture and City Design II 3 supervised museum internships. In addition to the One approved elective (the following are recommended): 3 regular graduate school application form, applicants ARTS 304 Architecture and City Design III to the graduate program in art history are required ARTS 350 Multimedia I to submit GRE scores and copies of two research Total Units 18 papers that they consider to represent their best work. The minimum GRE score for acceptance is equivalent to 500 on the former scoring system. Graduate Programs Applicants for the MA should have a BA major or minor concentration in art history or a related humanities field and a minimum GPA of 3.5. Master of Arts in Art History The requirements include: The MA program in art history is designed to provide the student with a broad knowledge of ARTH 495 Methodologies of Art History 3 the major art historical periods, the scholarly and ARTH 490A Visual Arts and Museums I 3 bibliographical resources, and the methodologies ARTH 490B Visual Arts and Museums: II 3 of art history. It also offers an opportunity to ARTH 491A Visual Arts and Museums: Internship 1 investigate art historical problems in some depth. In ARTH 491B Visual Arts and Museums: Internship 3 addition to the regular graduate school application form, applicants to the graduate program in art • Six graduate courses on the 400 level or above history are required to submit GRE scores and (18), three of which must be seminars on the copies of two research papers that they consider to 500 level (9). These six courses must include represent their best work. The minimum GRE score one course each from four of the following five for acceptance is equivalent to 500 on the former areas: world art; ancient; medieval; Renaissance/ scoring system. Applicants for the MA should have Baroque; modern and American. a BA major or minor concentration in art history or a related humanities field and a minimum GPA of 3.5. • A reading knowledge of one foreign language (normally French, German or Italian) The master’s degree in art history is conducted exclusively under Plan B as described under the 50 College of Arts and Sciences

• Successful performance on the MA ARTS 387 Clinical/Field Based Experience III 1 comprehensive examination ARTS 400 Current Issues in Art Education 3 ARTS 493 Art Content, Pedagogy, Methodology, and 3 Assessment Total: 31 hours ARTS 466A Student Teaching in Art: Pre-K - 6th Grade 4 ARTS 466B Student Teaching in Art: 7th - 12th Grade 4 ARTS 465 Seminar for Art Teachers 4 Master of Arts in Art Education ARTS 602 Study in Art Education 3 ARTS 495 Introduction to Multimedia Technology 3 The Master of Arts in Art Education is offered ARTS 497 Summer Workshop in Art Education 3 in two plans: Plan I for those who already hold Total Units 36 teacher licenses and who desire advanced studio- The Master’s Plan II Program in Art Education and art-related studies; Plan II for those holding is designed to educate professional teachers the Bachelor of Fine Arts or equivalent degree of art. There are four decision points in the Art who desire multi-age teacher licensure as visual Education Program. For each of the decision points, art specialists. Both programs are offered jointly there are three possible outcomes: unconditional by Case Western Reserve University and the admission; conditional admission with a prescribed Cleveland Institute of Art, and both require 36 remedial plan which when successfully completed semester hours. will result in unconditional admission; or denial of admission. Denial of admission at any decision The admission procedure includes an online point means the student is no longer able to pursue application, three letters of recommendation, a an art education degree at Case Western Reserve college transcript, which are to be submitted to University. the Art Education office, and an interview with the program director in which students show a portfolio of artwork and discuss their program of study. For students pursuing Plan I, The Cleveland Institute Decision Point 1: Application for Admission to of Art admission procedure requires a portfolio. the Program Approval by both the University and the Cleveland Institute of Art is required for admission into Plan Application for admission to the program requires: I. Information and application forms are available 1. being accepted to the university online through the Office of Graduate Admission at Case Western Reserve University. 2. being accepted as an art major through an art portfolio review

Plan I 3. submission of a signed Statement of Assurance of Good Moral Character • 18 hours in studio to be taken at the Cleveland Institute of Art or Case Western Reserve 4. a satisfactory interview with art education University at the 300 level or above; and 18 faculty, documented on the Teacher Licensure hours in academic courses to be taken at Case Admission Assessment Form Western Reserve University at the 400 level or above, to be selected in consultation with the Decision Point 2: Application for Advanced director of art education; or Standing

• 30 semester hours of course credit: 18 hours in Application for advanced standing requires: studio to be taken at the Cleveland Institute of Art at the 300 level or above; and 12 hours in 1. a successful review of the updated Teaching academic courses to be taken at Case Western ePortfolio Reserve University at the 400 level or above, to be selected in consultation with the director 2. submission of a current transcript documenting of art education; AND a thesis exhibition based the following: a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or on individual research (not less than 6 semester better, an art course GPA of 3.0 or better, and hours of registration). an education GPA of 3.0 or better 3. a passing score on the Candidate Disposition Plan II Assessment Inventory, completed by the art education faculty at the end of the first EDUC 401 Introduction to Education 3 semester EDUC 404 Educational Psychology 3 ARTS 385 Clinical/Field Based Experience I 1 ARTS 386 Clinical/Field Based Experience II 1 Case Western Reserve University 51

Decision Point 3: Application for Student Teaching

Application for student teaching requires: Doctor of Philosophy in Art History 1. a successful review of the updated Teaching ePortfolio The doctoral program in art history is designed to allow advanced graduate students the opportunity 2. submission of a current transcript documenting to specialize in designated areas. Admission to the following: a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or the program requires an MA in art history or its better, an art course GPA of 3.0 or better, and equivalent, including a reading knowledge of one an education GPA of 3.0 or better approved foreign language (normally French, 3. a passing score on the Candidate Disposition German, or Italian). Admission to the program is Assessment Inventory, completed by the art made on the basis of academic record, experience, education faculty recommendations, and personal interviews. Applicants are required to submit GRE scores 4. passing a TB test and two research papers written during their matriculation for a master’s degree, or a thesis if 5. presenting documentation of Hepatitis B completed by the time of application. vaccination University requirements for the doctoral degree 6. passing official Federal and state criminal include a minimum of 36 hours of course credits, background checks but the department may require additional course work as preparation for the general examination or for the dissertation. The minimum credits are to be Decision Point 4: Application for Initial distributed as follows: Licensure ARTH 495 Methodologies of Art History 3 Application for initial licensure occurs after Three courses 400 level or above 9 successful completion of all degree requirements. Two graduate seminars at the 500 level 6 The application requires: ARTH 701 Dissertation Ph.D. 18 1. a successful review of the updated Teaching Total Units 36 ePortfolio Doctoral students must demonstrate an ability to read two approved languages (other than English) 2. submission of a current final transcript useful in art historical research. German is normally documenting the following: a cumulative GPA required as one of the two languages for students of 3.0 or better, an art course GPA of 3.0 or concentrating in Western art. Both languages better, and an education GPA of 3.0 or better must be approved by the department at the time of admission or during the first semester of doctoral 3. a passing score on the Candidate Disposition study. The general examination cannot be taken Assessment Inventory, completed by the art until the language requirement is fulfilled. education faculty Doctoral students are required to pass a written and 4. achievement of state-mandated scores on the oral general examination before being advanced two Praxis II national teacher exams to candidacy. Within two weeks after the written examination, the faculty examining committee will 5. completion of the Case Student Teaching Final administer the oral examination. A final evaluation Assessment by the cooperating teacher and will be based on the student’s performance in university supervisor with a grade of B or better both the written and oral sections of the general examination. 6. completion of the Case Teacher Licensure Exit Interview and Survey Doctor of Philosophy in Art After successfully completing all requirements at the four decision points, the student is History and Museum Studies recommended by the university’s director of teacher education for the Ohio Provisional Art The doctoral program in art history and museum (Pre-K-12) License. Completion of the Master’s studies is offered to a limited number of candidates. Plan II Program in Art Education degree does not The program combines the academic requirements ensure that the State of Ohio’s Provisional Visual of the art history doctoral program with museum Art Teacher License will be awarded. training, and is designed to provide experience in issues of museological practice and history, 52 College of Arts and Sciences

connoisseurship, conservation, and interpretation, will be based on the student’s performance in as well as a planned program of academic course both the written and oral sections of the general work and independent research. Coursework examination. includes a year-long museum studies course and supervised internships. Admission to the program is Department Faculty made on the basis of academic record, experience, recommendations, and personal interviews. A Catherine B. Scallen, PhD master’s degree in art history or its equivalent is (Princeton University) required for admission. Applicants are required Associate Professor and Chair to submit GRE scores and two research papers Northern Renaissance and Baroque art and written during their matriculation for a master’s historiography degree, or a thesis if completed by the time of Henry Adams, PhD application. Reading knowledge of one approved (Yale University) foreign language (normally French, German, or Professor Italian) is also required for admission. American art Students in the museum studies program are David Carrier, PhD required to take a minimum of 48 hours of graduate (Columbia University) study as follows: Champney Family Professor of Art Contemporary art and art criticism ARTH 490A Visual Arts and Museums I 3 ARTH 490B Visual Arts and Museums: II 3 Elina Gertsman, PhD Three elective courses at the 400 level or above 9 (Boston University) Three graduate seminars at the 500 level 9 Assistant Professor ARTH 610A Advanced Visual Arts and Museums: 3 Medieval art in Europe Internship I ARTH 610B Advanced Visual Arts and Museums 3 Noelle Giuffrida, PhD Internship II (University of Kansas) ARTH 701 Dissertation Ph.D. 18 Assistant Professor Total Units 48 Asian art The requirement to take ARTH 490A and B will Anne Helmreich, PhD be waived for students who received the Master (Northwestern University) of Arts in art history and museum studies from Associate Professor Case Western Reserve University from 2011 18th- and 19th-century European art onward. Students who have not taken ARTH 495 Methodologies of Art History or its equivalent Ellen G. Landau, PhD should take this course as part of their preparation. (University of Delaware) During the two-semester internship, the student Andrew W. Mellon Professor of the Humanities will be assigned to one or more departments in the 20th-century American and European art; critical Cleveland Museum of Art for supervised study and theory and gender studies practice that will be evaluated by a member of the faculty in art history. The dissertation subject should Jenifer Neils, PhD be related to some aspect of art museum research; (Princeton University) it may take the form of a special collection or Ruth Coulter Heede Professor of Art History exhibition catalogue, but it must satisfy the scholarly Ancient art and classical archaeology standards of the department and the university. Doctoral students must demonstrate an ability to Secondary Faculty read two approved languages (other than English) useful in art historical research. German is normally Charles Burroughs, PhD required as one of the two languages for students (The Warburg Institute) concentrating in Western art. Both languages Elsie B. Smith Professor in the Liberal Arts, must be approved by the department at the time of Department of Classics admission or during the first semester of doctoral Miriam R. Levin, PhD study. The general examination cannot be taken (University of Massachussetts) until the language requirement is fulfilled. Professor, Department of History Doctoral students are required to pass a written and oral general examination before being advanced to candidacy. Within two weeks after the written examination, the faculty examining committee will administer the oral examination. A final evaluation Case Western Reserve University 53

Adjunct Faculty from the Cleveland Art Education Museum of Art Tim Shuckerow, MA Michael Bennett, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) (Harvard University) Director, Art Education and Art Studio Curator, Greek and Roman Art Painting, ceramics Susan Bergh, PhD Judy Flamik, BA, NBCT (Columbia University) (Lake Erie College) Curator, Art of the Ancient Americas University Supervisor, Secondary Student Teaching David Franklin, PhD Sandra Noble, MA (Courtauld Institute of Art) (Cleveland State University) Museum Director University Supervisor, Elementary Student 16th-century Italian art Teaching and Clinical/Field-Based Experience Jane Glaubinger, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) Art Studio Curator of Prints Tim Shuckerow, MA Caroline Goeser, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) (Rutgers University) Director, Art Education and Art Studio Interim Director of Education Painting, ceramics Heather Lemonedes, PhD Alexander Aitkin, MFA (The Graduate School and University Center, City (Ohio University) University of New York) Photography, creative photography Associate Curator of Drawings Jared Bendis, MA Constantine Petridis, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) (Ghent University) Multimedia Curator, African Art Gail Berg, MA William Robinson, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) (Case Western Reserve University) Photography Curator, Modern European Art Margaret Fischer, MA Jon Seydl, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) (University of Pennsylvania) Enameling and jewelry The Paul J. and Edith Ingalls Vignos, Jr. Curator of European Paintings and Sculpture (1500-1800) JoAnn Giordano, MFA (Cranbrook Academy of Art) Marjorie Williams, MA Weaving, fibers, and textiles (University of Michigan) Senior Director of Endowment Development Sally Levine, MA Asian art (University of Illinois) Architecture Adjunct Art History Faculty Martha Lois, MFA (Kent State University) Gary Sampson, PhD Ceramics (University of California, Santa Barbara) Associate Dean, Graduate Studies, Cleveland Christopher Pekoc Institute of Art Creative drawing History of photography Barney Taxel, BA Holly Witchey, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) (Case Western Reserve University) Digital photography Museum studies Emeritii Faculty

D. Harvey Buchanan Professor Emeritus of Humanities & Art History and Provost Emeritus 54 College of Arts and Sciences

Walter S. Gibson ARTH 204. Arts of East Asia. 3 Units. Professor Emeritus A survey of the major developments in the arts Edward J. Olszewski of East Asia from the bronze age to the present Professor Emeritus in a wide range of media, including sculpture, painting, ceramics, architecture, calligraphy, Anita Rogoff prints, and installations. The course explores Professor Emerita of Art factors behind the making of works of art, including social, political and religious meanings, while examining the historical contexts for the arts of ARTH Courses China, Japan, and Korea. Attention will be paid to the relationship between art and the ideas ARTH 101. Art History I: Pyramids to Pagodas. 3 and practices of Buddhism, Shinto, Daoism, and Units. Confucianism. Our topics include: secular and sacred narrative scroll painting, ceramics and The first half of a two-semester survey of world art tea culture, landscape painting, Buddhist cave highlighting the major monuments of the ancient temples, ancient bronzes, mortuary art, expressions Mediterranean, medieval Europe, MesoAmerica, of resistance and reclusion in visual arts, cross- Africa, and Asia. Special emphasis on visual cultural exchanges within the region and with the analysis, and socio-cultural contexts, and objects in West, and the role of East Asian artists in the the Cleveland Museum of Art. contemporary international art market.

ARTH 102. Art History II: Michelangelo to Maya ARTH 220. Jewish Traditional Art and Lin. 3 Units. Architecture. 3 Units.

The second half of a two-semester survey of Tradition and transformation in Jewish artistic world art highlighting the major monuments of expression over time and across space. Course Renaissance and Baroque Europe, America, will begin with the biblical period and continue and Asia. Special emphasis on visual analysis down to the present day in Israel and America. historical and sociocultural contexts and objects Examination of how concepts such as "Jewish" and in the Cleveland Museum of Art. (ARTH 101 and "art" undergo change within the Jewish community 102 may be combined, or either can be taken in over this period. Offered as ARTH 220 and JDST conjunction with any other 100 or 200 level Art 220. History class to complete a sequence in the Arts portion of the Humanities section of the General Education Requirements in the College of Arts and ARTH 221. Building on Antiquity. 3 Units. Sciences or can be used as part of a three course Humanities sequence in the Engineering Core Beginning with Ancient Greece and Rome and curriculum.) ending in Cleveland, the course will provide orientation in the architectural orders and in most periods of European and Euro-American ARTH 104. Introduction of Asian Art. 3 Units. architectural history, as well as, to an extent, architectural criticism. The issue of how architecture This course surveys the vast cultural landscapes has meaning will be central, not least in connection of Asia, from India to Central Asia, and Southeast with the formalized "language" of classicism Asia, on to China, Korea and then Japan. and the emergence of development of building types (temple, museum, civic hall, transportation buildings, etc.). We will also review more subtle ARTH 203. The Arts of Asia. 3 Units. ways in which architecture conveys meaning or mood, and the assignment of gendered A survey of Japanese and Chinese art from the associations to certain architectural elements. The Bronze Age to the 18th century, with particular course will consider more or less blatant political emphasis on objects in the Cleveland Museum of uses of architecture and architectural imagery, but Art. The relationship of art works to Buddhism and also more elusive and/or ambiguous cases, as Hinduism is explored along with cultural rituals, well as the phenomenon of the shifting meanings ceremonies, and traditions. of architecture through changes of era, owner, audience, etc. Offered as ARTH 221 and CLSC 221. Case Western Reserve University 55

ARTH 226. Introduction to Greek and Roman ARTH 250. Art in the Age of Discovery. 3 Units. Art. 3 Units. A survey of developments in Renaissance art and Classical art from the 8th century B.C. to the architecture in northern Europe and Italy during fourth century A.D.; the major developments in a new age of science, discovery and exploration, the architecture, sculpture, and painting of ancient 1400-1600. Greece, Etruria, and Rome. Offered as ARTH 226 and CLSC 226. ARTH 260. Art in the Age of Grandeur. 3 Units.

ARTH 227. Ancient Cities and Sanctuaries. 3 A survey of European art in the seventeenth and Units. eighteenth centuries, an era of rising nationalism, political aggrandizement, religious expansion and A selection of cities and sanctuaries from the extravagant art patronage. ancient Near East, Egypt, the Aegean, Greece, Etruria, and Rome; their political and religious institutions and the relationship to contemporary art ARTH 270. American Art and Culture Before forms. Offered as ARTH 227 and CLSC 227. 1900. 3 Units. Survey of the development of American art from ARTH 228. Ancient Greek Athletics. 3 Units. colonial times to the present which explores how art has expressed both American values and American Exploration of the role of athletics in the ancient, anxieties. Painting is emphasized, but the course primarily Greek world, and their reflection in the art also considers architecture, the decorative arts, of the period. Offered as ARTH 228 and CLSC 228. film, literature, and music. Offered as AMST 270 and ARTH 270. ARTH 240. Architecture: Ancient to 1850. 3 Units. ARTH 271. American Art and Culture: The Twentieth Century. 3 Units. Western traditions of architecture and urban design from antiquity to the early nineteenth century, with Survey of the development of American art from emphasis on pre-industrial cities and landscapes. 1900 to the present (and the future) which will Interactions between western theory and practice explore how art has expressed both American and certain non-western cultures, especially the values and American anxieties. Painting will be Arab/Turkish world and China. emphasized, but the course will also consider architecture, the decorative arts, film, literature, and music. Offered as AMST 271 and ARTH 271. ARTH 241. Painting, Sculpture, Architecture, Manuscript Illumination and Graphic Arts between 250 and 1500. 3 Units. ARTH 280. Modern Art and Modern Science. 3 Units. This course will introduce students to the pivotal works of art created between approximately 250 An examination of the development of painting, and 1500. We will discuss painting, sculpture, sculpture, and architecture from the 19th to the architecture, manuscript illumination, and graphic mid 20th century. Special attention is given to the arts. Medieval visual and material culture will be emergence of "modernism" and the influence of considered within the framework of socio-political science on such movements as Impressionism and developments, rapid urban growth, the flowering Cubism. of monastic culture, the rise of universities, and changes in devotional practices. While the course will primarily focus on western part of the ARTH 284. History of Photography. 3 Units. medieval Christendom, we will also discuss Jewish, Byzantine, and Islamic art. Visits to the CMA will A survey of the history of photography from its form an integral part of the course. inception in 1839 to the present. Emphasis is on the complex relationship between technological innovations and picture-making; the artistic, documentary, and personal uses of photography; and the relationship of photography to other art forms. 56 College of Arts and Sciences

ARTH 290. Introduction to the Art of Sub- ARTH 302. Buddhist Art in Asia. 3 Units. Saharan Africa. 3 Units. This course explores the visual culture of Buddhism Exploration of the diverse forms and multiple in Asia from its origins in India to its transmission contexts of the visual arts of sub-Saharan Africa. and transformation in China, Korea, Japan, Tibet, Attention focused on the sculpture of different Nepal, and Southeast Asia. Our historically and peoples of West and Central Africa. Ancient arts in culturally structured examination will trace major terracotta and bronze of Nigeria, Mali, and Chad developments in Buddhist art and their relationship and rock art of Saharan, Southern, and Eastern with belief, practice, and ritual. We will consider Africa will also be explored. Topics such as the the ways that artistic traditions have adapted and styles, aesthetics, meanings, and functions of evolved both within individual cultures and cross- African art and the training, techniques, and status culturally. The study of sculpture, architecture, of the African artist will be discussed. and painting in their religious contexts will be our primary focus, but we will also consider the movement of Buddhist art from temples to sites ARTH 293. A World Art History. 3 Units. of secular display in museums around the world and the religious and cultural issues that arise from Traditionally European (and American) art these moves. Topics include: representations of historians focused on the art tradition of their own the life of the historical Buddha; visual programs culture. But recently there has been interest in a of temples; artistic representations of paradises world art history. Specialists look at the history and hells; sacred sites and architecture; Imperial of other visual cultures. And so then the great patronage of Buddhist art; the role of art in intellectual challenge is to write a narrative including pilgrimage and ritual; and visual imagery associated art from everywhere. This project is very important with schools of Buddhism such as Pure Land, politically. Our world has so many dangerous Chan, and Zen. Offered as ARTH 302 and ARTH conflicts, and so sympathetic study of art from 402. other cultures is an important way to promote international understanding. In the first part of the class we look at the history of European art history. ARTH 303. History of Far Eastern Art. 3 Units. We discuss Vasari’s great pioneering history, and the development of his concerns by Hegel; and, in A survey of traditional arts of Asia east of the the mid-twentieth century by Ernst Gombrich and Indus river, designed to emphasize the creative Clement Greenberg. This monocultural tradition contributions of the artist with particular attention focuses on the history of European art. In the to the international relations of: the Bronze Age, second part we consider the art of three great Buddhist art, Hindu art and the later arts of cultures outside Europe, China, India, and Islam. China, Korea, and Japan. National and regional We read a little about their art history, focusing on contributions to the developed styles of South Asia the ways in which it is very different from the history and the Far East will be stressed. Offered as ARTH of European art. The aim is not to do a systematic 303 and ARTH 403. analysis, which would be a very large task, but to introduce some suggestive themes. We will discuss the role of the medium in Chinese scroll painting and Islamic concepts of decoration. We will look at the representations of carpets within European paintings. They are an important example of what happens when diverse cultures connect. Case Western Reserve University 57

ARTH 304. Art of West Africa. 3 Units. ARTH 308. Arts of Japan. 3 Units.

This course will survey artistic traditions of the past A survey of the major developments in Japanese and traditions that continue to flourish to this day in art from prehistoric times to the present in a wide culture regions in West Africa called the Western range of media, including sculpture, ceramics, Sudan and the Guinea Coast. An area of immense architecture, calligraphy, painting, garden design, geographical and human diversity, the Western woodblock prints, film, and installations. Among Sudan is the homeland of some of Africa’s most topics covered are: Buddhist art, narrative renowned medieval empires. An ancient culture handscrolls, ink painting and portraiture associated known as Jenne (8th - 17th century) has produced with Zen, ceramics for tea ceremony, Edo and a wide variety of refined ceramic artifacts. The Meiji period woodblock prints, and Western and Guinea Coast is densely populated by hundreds of Chinese influences on Japanese artists. Modern different ethnic groups and harbors a diversity of and contemporary artists and filmmakers such as artistic traditions. An active trade with Europeans Isamu Noguchi, Akira Kurosawa, Yayoi Kusama, was established in the region as early as in the 15th Yasumasa Morimura, and Takashi Murakami are century. Gender-restricted and ritually powerful also investigated. The course explores factors organizations still serve as the major patrons of the behind the making of works of art, including social arts in the region. Contrary to the elongated so- and religious meanings, while examining the called "pole style" typical of the Western Sudan, historical contexts for and aesthetic principles the arts of the Guinea Coast are characterized by of the arts of Japan. Prerequisites include one organic and elegant forms and smooth surfaces in previous art history course at the 100- or 200-level a variety of media. Offered as ARTH 304 and ARTH or permission of instructor. Students with some 404. Asian studies, Japanese language, Japanese history, or other appropriate background by be permitted to enroll at the discretion of the instructor. ARTH 307. Arts of China. 3 Units. Offered as: ARTH 308 and ARTH 408. Prereq: One 100- or 200-level ARTH course or by permission of A survey of the major developments in Chinese art instructor. from the Neolithic period to the present, including archaeological discoveries, bronzes, calligraphy, painting, sculpture, ceramics, architecture, ARTH 311. Rome: City and Image. 3 Units. performance art, and installations. Among topics covered are: ancient funerary art and tombs; This course studies the architectural and urban painting and sculpture of early Buddhist grottoes; history of Rome from the republican era of the landscape painting; art commissioned and ancient city up to the eighteenth century using the collected by the imperial court; literati painting and city itself as the major "text." The emphasis will calligraphy; public and private art associated with be placed on the extraordinary transformations Daoist; Buddhist, and Confucian religious practices wrought in the city, or at least in key districts, and sites; art produced during periods of non- by powerful rulers and/or elites, especially in Chinese rule under the Tanguts, Mongols, and the ancient empire and in the Renaissance and Manchus; foreign influences on Chinese artists; baroque eras. In a larger perspective, the great and the role of Chinese artists in the contemporary construction projects exerted a far-reaching effect international art market. The course explores within and beyond Europe, but we will study them factors behind the creation and reception of works in relation to their topographical situation, their of art, including social, political and religious functions, and their place in a long history of meanings, while examining the historical contexts variations on prestigious themes since many of for and artistic traditions of the visual culture of the artworks and the urban settings featured in the China. Recommended preparation: Students with course carry the mark of the Long history of the city some Asian studies, Chinese language, Chinese itself. Recommended preparation: At least one 200- history, or other appropriate background. Offered level course in ANTH, ARTH, CLSC, ENGL, HSTY, as ARTH 307 and ARTH 407. Prereq: One 100- or RLGN. Offered as ARTH311/411 and CLSC 311. or 200-level ARTH course or requisites not met permission from instructor. ARTH 328. Greek Sculpture. 3 Units.

Greek sculpture from the Archaic period through the Hellenistic; style, the development of specific types, and the uses of architectural sculpture. Offered as ARTH 328, CLSC 328, and ARTH 428. 58 College of Arts and Sciences

ARTH 332. Art and Archaeology of Ancient Italy. ARTH 342. Issues in the Art of India. 3 Units. 3 Units. This is a topics course. Each offering will focus on The arts of the Italian peninsula from the 8th a specific topic within the area of Indian art. Sample century B.C. to the 4th century A.D., with emphasis topics may include: Northern Temple Architecture, on recent archaeological discoveries. Lectures Mughal Painting, Gupta Period Sculpture, Great deal with architecture, sculpture, painting, and the Stupa sculptural Articulation. Lectures, discussions, decorative arts, supplemented by gallery tours at and reports. Offered as ARTH 342 and ARTH 442. the Cleveland Museum of Art. Offered as ARTH 332, CLSC 332, and ARTH 432. ARTH 343. Issues in the Art of Southeast Asia. 3 Units. ARTH 333. Greek and Roman Painting. 3 Units. This is a topics course. Each offering will focus Greek vase painting, Etruscan tomb painting on a specific topic within the area of Southeast and Roman wall painting. The development of Asian art. Sample topics may include: Buddhist monumental painting in antiquity. Offered as ARTH Art, Introduction to Southeast Asian Art, Temple 333, CLSC 333, and ARTH 433. Architecture in Thailand, Cambodian Stone Carvings. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 343 and ARTH 443. ARTH 334. Art and Archaeology of Greece. 3 Units. ARTH 344. Issues in the Art of Africa. 3 Units. A survey of the art and architecture of Greece from the beginning of the Bronze Age (3000 B.C.) to This is a topics course. Each offering will focus on a the Roman conquest (100 B.C.) with emphasis specific topic within the area of African art. Sample on recent archaeological discoveries. Lectures topics may include: Ritual Masks, Sub-Saharan deal with architecture, sculpture, painting, and the Religious Architecture, Carvings of Twins in Fertility decorative arts, supplemented by gallery tours at Rites, Benin Bronze Warrior Reliefs. Lectures, the Cleveland Museum of Art. Offered as ARTH discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 344 and 334, CLSC 334, and ARTH 434. ARTH 444.

ARTH 335. Issues in Ancient Art. 3 Units. ARTH 345. Issues in Pre-Columbian Art. 3 Units.

Various topics in Ancient art. Lectures, discussions This is a topics course. Each offering will focus on and reports. Offered as ARTH 335 and ARTH 435. a specific topic within the area of Pre-Columbian art. Sample topics may include: Ancient Meso- America, Mayan Temple/Palace Complexes, ARTH 340. Issues in the Art of China. 3 Units. Royal Peruvian Settlements, Inca Decorative Arts. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as This is a topics course. Each offering will focus ARTH 345 and ARTH 445. on a specific topic within the area of Chinese art. Sample topics may include: Women painters in Beijing, Modern Artists in China-1980-Present, ARTH 346. Issues in the Art of Native Peoples. 3 Shang Dynasty Tombs, Yuan Dynasty Buddhist Units. Art. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 340 and ARTH 440. This is a topics course. Each offering will focus on a specific topic within the area of art of native peoples. Sample topics may include: North ARTH 341. Issues in the Art of Japan. 3 Units. American Indian Art, Mound Building Cultures in the Central United States, Introduction to Maiori This is a topics course. Each offering will focus on Polychrome Painting, Decorative American Indian a specific topic within the area of Japanese art. Bead Work. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Sample topics may include: Muromachi Hanging Offered as ARTH 346 and ARTH 446. Scrolls, Ryoan-ji Temple Garden Architecture, Rimpa School Panel Screens, Buddhist Panting in the Edo Period. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 341 and ARTH 441. Case Western Reserve University 59

ARTH 347. Issues in Islamic Art. 3 Units. ARTH 353. Sixteenth Century Italian Art. 3 Units.

This is a topics course. Each offering will focus The development of the High Renaissance and on a specific topic within the area of Islamic art. Mannerist styles in Italy and late 16th century Sample topics may include: Mosque Architecture in trends: painting and sculpture. Offered as ARTH Spain, Islamic Decorative Arts, Mughal Figurative 353 and ARTH 453. Art, Introduction to the Art of Islam. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 347 and ARTH 447. ARTH 356. Italian Renaissance and Baroque Sculpture. 3 Units.

ARTH 349. Gothic Art in Western Europe in the Italian sculpture from the early 12th century to the High and Late Middle Ages. 3 Units. later 18th century. The Pisani, Ghiberti, Donatello, Michelangelo, the Mannerists and Bernini. Offered This course will examine the development and as ARTH 356 and ARTH 456. dissemination of Gothic art in Western Europe in the High and Late Middle Ages. We will consider a variety of media, including architecture, metalwork, ARTH 358. Medieval Body. 3 Units. sculpture, manuscript illumination, panel paintings, fresco cycles, and small devotional objects. As we This course will explore the meanings and study medieval art in its socio-historical contexts-- representations of the body in western medieval private and public, monastic and political, liturgical culture. Topics will include bleeding bodies, and lay--we will pay special attention to issues fragmented bodies, lactating bodies, labile bodies, of patronage, relationships between texts and cosmic bodies, physiological bodies, mystical images, the introduction of visionary and mystical bodies, suffering bodies, edible bodies, enclosed devotion, attitudes towards education and authority, bodies, gendered bodies, Christ’s bodies, Mary’s differences between male and female piety, bodies, decomposing bodies, macabre bodies, modes of medieval viewing, and reception and resurrected bodies, dead bodies, intercessory manipulation of art by medieval audiences. Visits bodies, unhinging bodies, translucent bodies, to the CMA will form an integral part of the course. martyred bodies, desirable bodies, desirous Offered as ARTH 349 and ARTH 449. bodies, abhorrent bodies, mimetic bodies, nude bodies, marginalized bodies, defleshed bodies, social bodies, political bodies, monstrous bodies, ARTH 350. Issues in Medieval Art. 3 Units. mnemonic bodies, and deformed bodies. We will explore the complex rhetoric of embodiment as it Various topics in Medieval Art. Lectures, manifests itself in the ambiguous discourse--both discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 350 and medieval and contemporary--on the relationships ARTH 450. between the material and intangible, spiritual and physical, somatic and mental, corporeal and ethereal. Offered as ARTH 358 and ARTH 458. ARTH 351. Late Gothic Art in Italy. 3 Units.

Sculpture of the Pisani; early trends in Pisa, Siena, and Florence; Cimabue and Giotto; Duccio, Simone Martini, and the Lorenzetti; painting in Florence and Siena after the Black Death. Offered as ARTH 351 and ARTH 451.

ARTH 352. Italian Art of the 15th Century. 3 Units.

The early 15th century in Florence, civic humanism, the sculpture of Ghiberti and Donatello, the painting of Masaccio; the International Style in painting, the art of Uccello, Piero della Francesca, Mantegna, and Botticelli; Carpaccio and the Bellini in Venice. Offered as ARTH 352 and ARTH 452. 60 College of Arts and Sciences

ARTH 359. Women and Medieval Visual Culture. ARTH 367. 17th and 18th Century French Art. 3 3 Units. Units.

This course will explore works made by and for A Survey of the arts of painting, sculpture and women--as well as images of women--in the architecture in France from 1600-1780. Attention Romanesque and Gothic periods. We will discuss will be given to stylistic developments and to social female monastics who commissioned and produced and political contexts, patronage and art theory. art, and consider the roles of women as patrons Offered as ARTH 367 and ARTH 467. and consumers. The course will explore different ways of seeing, reading, figuring, and interacting with images of the female body, frequently seen ARTH 374. Impressionism to Symbolism. 3 as a fraught site of desire and repulsion, fear and Units. fascination. Primary sources will include works of Hildegard of Bingen, Christine of Pizan, and the Major developments in European painting and Roman de la Rose among others. Students will sculpture during the latter half of the nineteenth be asked to read critical material that addresses century. Post-impressionism synthetism, different constructions of gender and sex in symbolism, and the arts and crafts movement medieval images and secular as well as religious considered in their socio-cultural contexts. Works of texts. The course, therefore, will not simply focus Degas, Manet, Monet, Klimt, Bocklin, Gauguin, etc. on artistic production, but will include readings and Offered as ARTH 374 and ARTH 474. discussions of social and political history, theology, and literature of the Middle Ages. Offered as ARTH 359 and ARTH 459. ARTH 379. Issues in 19th Century Art. 3 Units. Various topics in 19th century art, with class ARTH 360. Renaissance Art in Northern Europe. lectures, discussions and reports. Consult 3 Units. department for current topic. Offered as ARTH 379 and ARTH 479. Painting, sculpture and the graphic arts in the Netherlands, Germany, and France, 1400-1580, highlighting artists such as Jan van Eyck, Albrecht ARTH 380. Abstract Expressionism and Its Durer and Pieter Bruegel. The rise of secular Aftermath. 3 Units. subjects and bourgeois patronage is explored. An examination of the development and influences Offered as ARTH 360 and ARTH 460. of Abstract Expressionism, including the impact on the Beat Generation and Pop Art. Offered as ARTH ARTH 361. Dutch and Flemish 17th Century 380 and ARTH 480. Painting. 3 Units.

The golden age of Dutch and Flemish art with study ARTH 381. Neoclassicism to Realism. 3 Units. of major masters (Rubens, Hals, Rembrandt, and The main developments of European art chiefly Vermeer) and developments in subject matter: painting and sculpture from post-impressionism landscape, still-life, and genre themes. Offered as to the present; the nature of abstract art and the ARTH 361 and ARTH 461. interrelationships between the visual arts and new developments in literature, philosophy, and science. ARTH 362. Issues in Renaissance Art. 3 Units. Offered as ARTH 381 and ARTH 481.

Various topics in Renaissance art. Lectures, discussions and reports. Offered as ARTH 362 and ARTH 382. Visions of Utopia: 20th Century ARTH 462. European Art. 3 Units. Major movements in early 20th century European ARTH 365. Issues in Baroque Art. 3 Units. painting and sculpture with utopian goals. Focus on the interrelationships between the visual arts and Various topics in baroque art. Lectures, discussions new developments in literature, philosophy, and and reports. Offered as ARTH 365 and ARTH 465. sciences. Offered as ARTH 382 and ARTH 482. Case Western Reserve University 61

ARTH 383. Gender Issues in Feminist Art: The ARTH 390. Introduction to the Art Object and its 20th/21st Century. 3 Units. Explication. 3 Units.

An in-depth thematic approach to issues affecting A basic introduction to the museum and gallery works of art by and about women. Focus on the late worlds as institutions with a focus on the work of 20th century. Emphasis on a specifically modern art, and on the institution’s responsibility to the art use of feminine myths, subjects and modes of object. Skills are to be developed in stylistic and production, and feminist criticism. Offered as ARTH conceptual analyses, problem solving, and critical 383, WGST 383 and ARTH 483. thought. Emphasis will be placed on written and verbal expression to be developed to articulate visual works of art. The institutional function of ARTH 384. American Art and Architecture in the the museum or gallery is studied as driven by the Age of Washington and Jefferson. 3 Units. acquisition, care, and explication of the object as an entity, or in connection with others of like In the 18th century, Americans created not only a kind. That there is a building, a director, a Board political revolution but an artistic and creative one of Trustees, curators, conservators, a Registrar, as well. In the 17th century, most Americans were security officers, a maintenance crew, is all in subsistence farmers and most of their products, response to the art object as one in a gathering manufactures, and buildings were relatively crude. of such, or collection. The course is intended as In the 18th century, Americans not only established a pre-professional, experiential introduction to the a new and lasting form of government, but for the functioning of the art museum with site visits and first time produced paintings, buildings, furniture presentations by museum professionals. and silver that rivaled the finest productions of Europe. Notably, many of the leaders of the American Revolution, such as Paul Revere, George ARTH 392. Issues in 20th/21st Century Art. 3 Washington, and Thomas Jefferson, also made Units. significant contributions to the arts. Offered as ARTH 384 and ARTH 484. Various topics in 20th/21st century art, with class lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 392 and ARTH 492. ARTH 385. American Avant-Garde: 1900 - 1925. 3 Units. ARTH 393. Contemporary Art: Critical An examination of the development of avant- Directions. 3 Units. garde styles in New York during the early twentieth century. In-depth discussion of the Photo- An examination of the directions taken by avant- secession, Stieglitz’s "291" gallery, the Armory garde American art and criticism in the aftermath of Show, Marcel Duchamp’s move to America, and Abstract Expressionism. Includes the rise and fall the formation and demise of the New York Dada of modernism in the 1960s and ’70s, as well as an movement. Offered as ARTH 385 and ARTH 485. investigation of Post-modern trends and theories. Offered as ARTH 393 and ARTH 493.

ARTH 394. Departmental Seminar. 3 Units.

The Department of History of Art and Art departmental seminar. A topical course, emphasizing disciplinary writing and modes of investigation and analysis. It is recommended for Art History majors before the majors seminar/ capstone course, typically taken in the junior or senior years. The course advances the goals of SAGES within the disciplinary context of art history by focusing on close readings of art history texts (with an emphasis upon methodological approaches), examination of original works of art when possible, analytical writing, and intensive seminar-style discussion. Prereq: ARTH 101 or ARTH 102 and at least one 200-level ARTH course. 62 College of Arts and Sciences

ARTH 395. Internship. 3 Units. ARTH 402. Buddhist Art in Asia. 3 Units.

This course is designated for students seeking This course explores the visual culture of Buddhism professional experience in art history. It focuses on in Asia from its origins in India to its transmission the museum experience (registration, exhibition, and transformation in China, Korea, Japan, Tibet, interpretation, and administration) although Nepal, and Southeast Asia. Our historically and students may also elect to conduct internships culturally structured examination will trace major in museum-related environments such as art developments in Buddhist art and their relationship conservation. Students are encouraged to have with belief, practice, and ritual. We will consider gained significant experience in art history the ways that artistic traditions have adapted and coursework before embarking on an internship. evolved both within individual cultures and cross- Students must identify an internship and supervisor culturally. The study of sculpture, architecture, as well as a campus internship supervisor the and painting in their religious contexts will be semester before enrolling in the internship. our primary focus, but we will also consider the Recommended preparation: ARTH 101, ARTH 102, movement of Buddhist art from temples to sites or ARTH 104, and consent. of secular display in museums around the world and the religious and cultural issues that arise from these moves. Topics include: representations of ARTH 396. Majors Seminar. 3 Units. the life of the historical Buddha; visual programs of temples; artistic representations of paradises Capstone course required of all undergraduate and hells; sacred sites and architecture; Imperial Art History majors, typically taken in senior year. patronage of Buddhist art; the role of art in Requires professional-level research with peer and pilgrimage and ritual; and visual imagery associated faculty oversight culminating in formal written and with schools of Buddhism such as Pure Land, oral presentations. Limited to Art History majors. Chan, and Zen. Offered as ARTH 302 and ARTH 402. ARTH 397. History of Prints and Printmaking. 3 Units. ARTH 403. History of Far Eastern Art. 3 Units.

Development of techniques and style and the A survey of traditional arts of Asia east of the social function of prints. The great masters: Durer, Indus river, designed to emphasize the creative Rembrandt, Goya, and others. Based on the contributions of the artist with particular attention extensive collections of the Cleveland Museum of to the international relations of: the Bronze Age, Art. Offered as ARTH 397 and ARTH 497. Buddhist art, Hindu art and the later arts of China, Korea, and Japan. National and regional contributions to the developed styles of South Asia ARTH 398. Independent Study in Art History. 1 - and the Far East will be stressed. Offered as ARTH 3 Unit. 303 and ARTH 403. Individual research and reports on special topics.

ARTH 399. Honors Thesis. 3 Units.

Intensive study of a topic or problem leading to the preparation of an honors thesis. Case Western Reserve University 63

ARTH 404. Art of West Africa. 3 Units. ARTH 408. Arts of Japan. 3 Units.

This course will survey artistic traditions of the past A survey of the major developments in Japanese and traditions that continue to flourish to this day in art from prehistoric times to the present in a wide culture regions in West Africa called the Western range of media, including sculpture, ceramics, Sudan and the Guinea Coast. An area of immense architecture, calligraphy, painting, garden design, geographical and human diversity, the Western woodblock prints, film, and installations. Among Sudan is the homeland of some of Africa’s most topics covered are: Buddhist art, narrative renowned medieval empires. An ancient culture handscrolls, ink painting and portraiture associated known as Jenne (8th - 17th century) has produced with Zen, ceramics for tea ceremony, Edo and a wide variety of refined ceramic artifacts. The Meiji period woodblock prints, and Western and Guinea Coast is densely populated by hundreds of Chinese influences on Japanese artists. Modern different ethnic groups and harbors a diversity of and contemporary artists and filmmakers such as artistic traditions. An active trade with Europeans Isamu Noguchi, Akira Kurosawa, Yayoi Kusama, was established in the region as early as in the 15th Yasumasa Morimura, and Takashi Murakami are century. Gender-restricted and ritually powerful also investigated. The course explores factors organizations still serve as the major patrons of the behind the making of works of art, including social arts in the region. Contrary to the elongated so- and religious meanings, while examining the called "pole style" typical of the Western Sudan, historical contexts for and aesthetic principles the arts of the Guinea Coast are characterized by of the arts of Japan. Prerequisites include one organic and elegant forms and smooth surfaces in previous art history course at the 100- or 200-level a variety of media. Offered as ARTH 304 and ARTH or permission of instructor. Students with some 404. Asian studies, Japanese language, Japanese history, or other appropriate background by be permitted to enroll at the discretion of the instructor. ARTH 407. Arts of China. 3 Units. Offered as: ARTH 308 and ARTH 408. Prereq: One 100- or 200-level ARTH course or by permission of A survey of the major developments in Chinese art instructor. from the Neolithic period to the present, including archaeological discoveries, bronzes, calligraphy, painting, sculpture, ceramics, architecture, ARTH 411. Rome: City and Image. 3 Units. performance art, and installations. Among topics covered are: ancient funerary art and tombs; This course studies the architectural and urban painting and sculpture of early Buddhist grottoes; history of Rome from the republican era of the landscape painting; art commissioned and ancient city up to the eighteenth century using the collected by the imperial court; literati painting and city itself as the major "text." The emphasis will calligraphy; public and private art associated with be placed on the extraordinary transformations Daoist; Buddhist, and Confucian religious practices wrought in the city, or at least in key districts, and sites; art produced during periods of non- by powerful rulers and/or elites, especially in Chinese rule under the Tanguts, Mongols, and the ancient empire and in the Renaissance and Manchus; foreign influences on Chinese artists; baroque eras. In a larger perspective, the great and the role of Chinese artists in the contemporary construction projects exerted a far-reaching effect international art market. The course explores within and beyond Europe, but we will study them factors behind the creation and reception of works in relation to their topographical situation, their of art, including social, political and religious functions, and their place in a long history of meanings, while examining the historical contexts variations on prestigious themes since many of for and artistic traditions of the visual culture of the artworks and the urban settings featured in the China. Recommended preparation: Students with course carry the mark of the Long history of the city some Asian studies, Chinese language, Chinese itself. Recommended preparation: At least one 200- history, or other appropriate background. Offered as level course in ANTH, ARTH, CLSC, ENGL, HSTY, ARTH 307 and ARTH 407. or RLGN. Offered as ARTH311/411 and CLSC 311.

ARTH 428. Greek Sculpture. 3 Units.

ARTH 432. Art and Archaeology of Ancient Italy. ARTH 442. Issues in the Art of India. 3 Units. 3 Units. This is a topics course. Each offering will focus on The arts of the Italian peninsula from the 8th a specific topic within the area of Indian art. Sample century B.C. to the 4th century A.D., with emphasis topics may include: Northern Temple Architecture, on recent archaeological discoveries. Lectures Mughal Painting, Gupta Period Sculpture, Great deal with architecture, sculpture, painting, and the Stupa sculptural Articulation. Lectures, discussions, decorative arts, supplemented by gallery tours at and reports. Offered as ARTH 342 and ARTH 442. the Cleveland Museum of Art. Offered as ARTH 332, CLSC 332, and ARTH 432. ARTH 443. Issues in the Art of Southeast Asia. 3 Units. ARTH 433. Greek and Roman Painting. 3 Units. This is a topics course. Each offering will focus Greek vase painting, Etruscan tomb painting on a specific topic within the area of Southeast and Roman wall painting. The development of Asian art. Sample topics may include: Buddhist monumental painting in antiquity. Offered as ARTH Art, Introduction to Southeast Asian Art, Temple 333, CLSC 333, and ARTH 433. Architecture in Thailand, Cambodian Stone Carvings. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 343 and ARTH 443. ARTH 434. Art and Archaeology of Greece. 3 Units. ARTH 444. Issues in the Art of Africa. 3 Units. A survey of the art and architecture of Greece from the beginning of the Bronze Age (3000 B.C.) to This is a topics course. Each offering will focus on a the Roman conquest (100 B.C.) with emphasis specific topic within the area of African art. Sample on recent archaeological discoveries. Lectures topics may include: Ritual Masks, Sub-Saharan deal with architecture, sculpture, painting, and the Religious Architecture, Carvings of Twins in Fertility decorative arts, supplemented by gallery tours at Rites, Benin Bronze Warrior Reliefs. Lectures, the Cleveland Museum of Art. Offered as ARTH discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 344 and 334, CLSC 334, and ARTH 434. ARTH 444.

ARTH 435. Issues in Ancient Art. 3 Units. ARTH 445. Issues in Pre-Columbian Art. 3 Units.

Various topics in Ancient art. Lectures, discussions This is a topics course. Each offering will focus on and reports. Offered as ARTH 335 and ARTH 435. a specific topic within the area of Pre-Columbian art. Sample topics may include: Ancient Meso- America, Mayan Temple/Palace Complexes, ARTH 440. Issues in the Art of China. 3 Units. Royal Peruvian Settlements, Inca Decorative Arts. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as This is a topics course. Each offering will focus ARTH 345 and ARTH 445. on a specific topic within the area of Chinese art. Sample topics may include: Women painters in Beijing, Modern Artists in China-1980-Present, ARTH 446. Issues in the Art of Native Peoples. 3 Shang Dynasty Tombs, Yuan Dynasty Buddhist Units. Art. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 340 and ARTH 440. This is a topics course. Each offering will focus on a specific topic within the area of art of native peoples. Sample topics may include: North ARTH 441. Issues in the Art of Japan. 3 Units. American Indian Art, Mound Building Cultures in the Central United States, Introduction to Maiori This is a topics course. Each offering will focus on Polychrome Painting, Decorative American Indian a specific topic within the area of Japanese art. Bead Work. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Sample topics may include: Muromachi Hanging Offered as ARTH 346 and ARTH 446. Scrolls, Ryoan-ji Temple Garden Architecture, Rimpa School Panel Screens, Buddhist Panting in the Edo Period. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 341 and ARTH 441. Case Western Reserve University 65

ARTH 447. Issues in Islamic Art. 3 Units. ARTH 453. Sixteenth Century Italian Art. 3 Units.

This is a topics course. Each offering will focus The development of the High Renaissance and on a specific topic within the area of Islamic art. Mannerist styles in Italy and late 16th century Sample topics may include: Mosque Architecture in trends: painting and sculpture. Offered as ARTH Spain, Islamic Decorative Arts, Mughal Figurative 353 and ARTH 453. Art, Introduction to the Art of Islam. Lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 347 and ARTH 447. ARTH 456. Italian Renaissance and Baroque Sculpture. 3 Units.

ARTH 449. Gothic Art in Western Europe in the Italian sculpture from the early 12th century to the High and Late Middle Ages. 3 Units. later 18th century. The Pisani, Ghiberti, Donatello, Michelangelo, the Mannerists and Bernini. Offered This course will examine the development and as ARTH 356 and ARTH 456. dissemination of Gothic art in Western Europe in the High and Late Middle Ages. We will consider a variety of media, including architecture, metalwork, ARTH 458. Medieval Body. 3 Units. sculpture, manuscript illumination, panel paintings, fresco cycles, and small devotional objects. As we This course will explore the meanings and study medieval art in its socio-historical contexts-- representations of the body in western medieval private and public, monastic and political, liturgical culture. Topics will include bleeding bodies, and lay--we will pay special attention to issues fragmented bodies, lactating bodies, labile bodies, of patronage, relationships between texts and cosmic bodies, physiological bodies, mystical images, the introduction of visionary and mystical bodies, suffering bodies, edible bodies, enclosed devotion, attitudes towards education and authority, bodies, gendered bodies, Christ’s bodies, Mary’s differences between male and female piety, bodies, decomposing bodies, macabre bodies, modes of medieval viewing, and reception and resurrected bodies, dead bodies, intercessory manipulation of art by medieval audiences. Visits bodies, unhinging bodies, translucent bodies, to the CMA will form an integral part of the course. martyred bodies, desirable bodies, desirous Offered as ARTH 349 and ARTH 449. bodies, abhorrent bodies, mimetic bodies, nude bodies, marginalized bodies, defleshed bodies, social bodies, political bodies, monstrous bodies, ARTH 450. Issues in Medieval Art. 3 Units. mnemonic bodies, and deformed bodies. We will explore the complex rhetoric of embodiment as it Various topics in Medieval Art. Lectures, manifests itself in the ambiguous discourse--both discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 350 and medieval and contemporary--on the relationships ARTH 450. between the material and intangible, spiritual and physical, somatic and mental, corporeal and ethereal. Offered as ARTH 358 and ARTH 458. ARTH 451. Late Gothic Art in Italy. 3 Units.

ARTH 452. Italian Art of the 15th Century. 3 Units.

ARTH 459. Women and Medieval Visual Culture. ARTH 467. 17th and 18th Century French Art. 3 3 Units. Units.

This course will explore works made by and for A Survey of the arts of painting, sculpture and women--as well as images of women--in the architecture in France from 1600-1780. Attention Romanesque and Gothic periods. We will discuss will be given to stylistic developments and to social female monastics who commissioned and produced and political contexts, patronage and art theory. art, and consider the roles of women as patrons Offered as ARTH 367 and ARTH 467. and consumers. The course will explore different ways of seeing, reading, figuring, and interacting with images of the female body, frequently seen ARTH 474. Impressionism to Symbolism. 3 as a fraught site of desire and repulsion, fear and Units. fascination. Primary sources will include works of Hildegard of Bingen, Christine of Pizan, and the Major developments in European painting and Roman de la Rose among others. Students will sculpture during the latter half of the nineteenth be asked to read critical material that addresses century. Post-impressionism synthetism, different constructions of gender and sex in symbolism, and the arts and crafts movement medieval images and secular as well as religious considered in their socio-cultural contexts. Works of texts. The course, therefore, will not simply focus Degas, Manet, Monet, Klimt, Bocklin, Gauguin, etc. on artistic production, but will include readings and Offered as ARTH 374 and ARTH 474. discussions of social and political history, theology, and literature of the Middle Ages. Offered as ARTH 359 and ARTH 459. ARTH 479. Issues in 19th Century Art. 3 Units. Various topics in 19th century art, with class ARTH 460. Renaissance Art in Northern Europe. lectures, discussions and reports. Consult 3 Units. department for current topic. Offered as ARTH 379 and ARTH 479. Painting, sculpture and the graphic arts in the Netherlands, Germany, and France, 1400-1580, highlighting artists such as Jan van Eyck, Albrecht ARTH 480. Abstract Expressionism and Its Durer and Pieter Bruegel. The rise of secular Aftermath. 3 Units. subjects and bourgeois patronage is explored. An examination of the development and influences Offered as ARTH 360 and ARTH 460. of Abstract Expressionism, including the impact on the Beat Generation and Pop Art. Offered as ARTH ARTH 461. Dutch and Flemish 17th Century 380 and ARTH 480. Painting. 3 Units.

The golden age of Dutch and Flemish art with study ARTH 481. Neoclassicism to Realism. 3 Units. of major masters (Rubens, Hals, Rembrandt, and The main developments of European art chiefly Vermeer) and developments in subject matter: painting and sculpture from post-impressionism landscape, still-life, and genre themes. Offered as to the present; the nature of abstract art and the ARTH 361 and ARTH 461. interrelationships between the visual arts and new developments in literature, philosophy, and science. ARTH 462. Issues in Renaissance Art. 3 Units. Offered as ARTH 381 and ARTH 481.

Various topics in Renaissance art. Lectures, discussions and reports. Offered as ARTH 362 and ARTH 482. Visions of Utopia: 20th Century ARTH 462. European Art. 3 Units. Major movements in early 20th century European ARTH 465. Issues in Baroque Art. 3 Units. painting and sculpture with utopian goals. Focus on the interrelationships between the visual arts and Various topics in baroque art. Lectures, discussions new developments in literature, philosophy, and and reports. Offered as ARTH 365 and ARTH 465. sciences. Offered as ARTH 382 and ARTH 482. Case Western Reserve University 67

ARTH 483. Gender Issues in Feminist Art: The ARTH 490A. Visual Arts and Museums I. 3 Units. 20th/21st Century. 3 Units. This course examines the idea of the art museum in An in-depth thematic approach to issues affecting both its historical and contemporary manifestations, works of art by and about women. Focus on the late focusing on the context of Western Europe and 20th century. Emphasis on a specifically modern the United States. As a result of this course, use of feminine myths, subjects and modes of students should be familiar with the following topics: production, and feminist criticism. Offered as ARTH the historic development of the museum, from 383, WGST 383 and ARTH 483. its origins in collecting practices to its modern incarnation as an institution; the development and care of a collection, including acquisition, ARTH 484. American Art and Architecture in the cataloguing, and conservation; the display Age of Washington and Jefferson. 3 Units. and housing of a collection, including internal and external museum architecture; the study In the 18th century, Americans created not only a and interpretation of the collection/exhibition, political revolution but an artistic and creative one considering diverse publics; the governance of as well. In the 17th century, most Americans were the institution, including project management, subsistence farmers and most of their products, finance, and administration. Through the study of manufactures, and buildings were relatively crude. these topics, the student should be familiar with In the 18th century, Americans not only established the following concepts: the museum as a place a new and lasting form of government, but for the for learning, research and scholarship and the first time produced paintings, buildings, furniture museum as steward of cultural property and the and silver that rivaled the finest productions of attendant issues of ethics and the law. ARTH Europe. Notably, many of the leaders of the 490A concentrates on museum collections and American Revolution, such as Paul Revere, George related aspects of care, research, interpretation and Washington, and Thomas Jefferson, also made scholarship. Students who successfully complete significant contributions to the arts. Offered as ARTH 490A and ARTH 490B may be considered ARTH 384 and ARTH 484. for admission into ARTH 491A, a supervised internship in an art museum or gallery situation. ARTH 485. American Avant-Garde: 1900 - 1925. 3 Units.

An examination of the development of avant- garde styles in New York during the early twentieth century. In-depth discussion of the Photo- secession, Stieglitz’s "291" gallery, the Armory Show, Marcel Duchamp’s move to America, and the formation and demise of the New York Dada movement. Offered as ARTH 385 and ARTH 485.

ARTH 489. M.A. Qualifying Paper. 3 Units.

Individual research and intensive study of a specific topic in art history which culminates in a written M.A. Qualifying Paper. Recommended preparation: 27 credit hours of Art History. 68 College of Arts and Sciences

ARTH 490B. Visual Arts and Museums: II. 3 ARTH 491B. Visual Arts and Museums: Units. Internship. 3 Units.

This course examines the idea of the art museum in Second semester of Internship sequence. This both its historical and contemporary manifestations, internship focuses on the implementation of a focusing on the context of Western Europe and comprehensive project that would serve a function the United States. As a result of this course, similar to the requirement of a qualifying paper for students should be familiar with the following topics: the completion of a master’s degree in art history. the historic development of the museum, from It is recommended that students undertake this its origins in collecting practices to its modern internship in the same division in which their first incarnation as an institution; the development internship was situated although students may and care of a collection, including acquisition, find opportunities to parlay the skills acquired in cataloguing, and conservation; the display the first internship to successful advanced work in and housing of a collection, including internal another division. The key distinction here is that and external museum architecture; the study the work in ARTH 491B should build upon the and interpretation of the collection/exhibition, expertise developed in ARTH 491 and represent considering diverse publics; the governance of a significant advance in responsibilities and skills. the institution, including project management, By week 10 of ARTH 491, students should begin finance, and administration. Through the study of to identify a potential project for ARTH 491B. By these topics, the student should be familiar with the first week of the semester in which ARTH the following concepts: the museum as a place 491B is to be completed, the student must file an for learning, research and scholarship and the internship agreement form with the department museum as steward of cultural property and the that includes a brief description of the project to be attendant issues of ethics and the law. ARTH 490B completed, including a summary of the project and concentrates on the museum as an institution, major milestones/time line. In addition to working including physical aspects, management and under the direct supervision of a museum mentor, governance, and as a site of learning. The inter- the student must obtain a faculty mentor for the connections between these broad fields and project and this information should be included individual departments will be demonstrated and in the internship agreement form. Students must reinforced throughout the semester. Students who file a mid-term and final report describing their successfully complete ARTH 490A and ARTH 490B duties and responsibilities and a self-assessment may be considered for admission into ARTH 491A, of their performance and a final portfolio with a a supervised internship in an art museum or gallery final version of their project as well as examples situation. of drafts and feedback received in the course of completing the project. Students must also keep a journal that tracks their milestones in completing ARTH 491A. Visual Arts and Museums: their projects. The faculty supervisor will solicit a Internship. 1 Unit. letter of assessment from the internship supervisor immediately upon the close of the internship and Recommended preparation: ARTH 490. in sufficient time for final grades. Recommended preparation: ARTH 490, ARTH 491A.

ARTH 492. Issues in 20th/21st Century Art. 3 Units.

Various topics in 20th/21st century art, with class lectures, discussions, and reports. Offered as ARTH 392 and ARTH 492. Case Western Reserve University 69

ARTH 493. Contemporary Art: Critical ARTH 497. History of Prints and Printmaking. 3 Directions. 3 Units. Units.

An examination of the directions taken by avant- Development of techniques and style and the garde American art and criticism in the aftermath of social function of prints. The great masters: Durer, Abstract Expressionism. Includes the rise and fall Rembrandt, Goya, and others. Based on the of modernism in the 1960s and ’70s, as well as an extensive collections of the Cleveland Museum of investigation of Post-modern trends and theories. Art. Offered as ARTH 397 and ARTH 497. Offered as ARTH 393 and ARTH 493. ARTH 512. Seminar in Ancient Art. 3 Units. ARTH 494A. Directed Readings in Non-Western Art. 1 - 3 Unit.

Directed reading. ARTH 518B. Seminar in Asian Art. 3 Units.

ARTH 494B. Ancient Art. 1 - 3 Unit. ARTH 540. Seminar in Non-Western Art. 3 Units.

Topics may include: African Art and The West, ARTH 494C. Medieval Art. 1 - 3 Unit. Africa: Symbolism and Ritual, The Classic Period in Mesoamerica, Andean Textiles.

ARTH 494D. Renaissance and Baroque Art. 1 - 3 ARTH 545B. Seminar in Medieval Art. 3 Units. Unit.

ARTH 551. Seminar in Renaissance Art. 3 Units. ARTH 494E. American Art. 1 - 3 Unit.

ARTH 552. Seminar in Baroque Art. 3 Units. ARTH 494F. Modern Art. 1 - 3 Unit.

ARTH 565. Seminar in American Art. 3 Units. ARTH 495. Methodologies of Art History. 3 Units.

The study of art history as a discipline in its ARTH 570. Seminar: 19th Century Art. 3 Units. practical and theoretical aspects. Consideration given to research methods, style and historical context, and a critical examination of selected major art historical texts with a view to understanding ARTH 575. Critical Theory Seminar. 3 Units. traditional as well as recent approaches. Special In-depth study of controversial revisionist attention is given to art historical writing, employing writings which demonstrate the strong impact of selected original works in the Cleveland Museum of structuralist, poststructuralist, semiotic, Marxist, Art. Required of first-year graduate students in the psychoanalytic, film, and gender theories on recent Ph.D. and Master’s programs. art historical discourse. Discussion of a wide range of current theoretical positions applied to visual and critical analysis of 19th and 20th century art works. Recommended preparation: ARTH 495.

ARTH 576. Seminar in Modern Art. 3 Units. 70 College of Arts and Sciences

ARTH 584. Seminar: History of Photography. 3 ARTH 610B. Advanced Visual Arts and Units. Museums Internship II. 3 Units.

This seminar style course will investigate various Second semester of the internship sequence. The topics in the history of photography, making use intern will either continue with the execution of the of objects in area collections whenever possible. project begun in the first semester (ARTH 610A) In addition to original works of art, the course will or, when appropriate, undertake a new project. The stress recent directions in the secondary literature. intern will work under the supervision of a museum Students will gain skills in examination of objects, professional, and must obtain a faculty mentor for research, critical analysis, and written and verbal the project. An internship agreement form must communication. be filed with the department by the end of the first week of classes that includes a brief description of the project. A time line should be included as ARTH 601. Research in Art History. 1 - 18 Unit. well. The intern must file a mid-term and final report describing their duties and responsibilities (Credit as arranged.) and a self-assessment of their performance. A portfolio kept in the department will include the final version of their project as it stands at the end of ARTH 610A. Advanced Visual Arts and the semester, as well as examples of drafts and Museums: Internship I. 3 Units. any evaluation received in the course of completing First semester of the internship sequence. The the project. The intern must also keep a journal intern will work under the supervision of a museum that tracks their milestones in the execution of professional to plan and execute a specific project. their project. The faculty supervisor will solicit a The student must also obtain a faculty mentor for letter of assessment from the museum supervisor the project. An internship agreement form must immediately upon the close of the internship and in be filed with the department by the end of the first sufficient time to assign a final grade. Prereq: ARTH week of classes that includes a brief description 490A and 490B and ARTH 610A. of the project. If it is a project to be completed in one semester, a time line should be included ARTH 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit. as well. The intern must file a mid-term and final report describing their duties and responsibilities (Credit as arranged.) Prereq: Predoctoral research and a self-assessment of their performance. A consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. portfolio kept in the department will include the final version of their project as it stands at the end of the semester, as well as examples of drafts and any evaluation received in the course of completing the project. The intern must also keep a journal ARTS Courses that tracks their milestones in the execution of their project. The faculty supervisor will solicit a ARTS 101. Design and Color I. 3 Units. letter of assessment from the museum supervisor immediately upon the close of the internship and in Organizational and structural projects as a basis for sufficient time to assign a final grade. Prereq: ARTH the development of style. Studies in line, texture, 490A and ARTH 490B. shape, space, value, color, and two dimensional composition through studio problems, art studio media and techniques.

ARTS 106. Creative Drawing I. 3 Units.

Development of graphic fluency in black and white through direct observation of nature and the model. Drawing as a means of enlarging visual sensitivity using a wide range of media and subject matter. Work from nude model. Case Western Reserve University 71

ARTS 201. Design and Color II. 3 Units. ARTS 220. Photography Studio I. 3 Units.

Continuation of ARTS 101. Composition: three- Camera, film, and darkroom techniques. dimensional projects. Advanced work in the Development of basic black and white perceptual properties and uses of color and materials. Prereq: and photographic skills. Darkroom and ARTS 101. photographic field and lab work. 35mm camera required. ARTS 204. Printmaking. 3 Units. ARTS 295. Introduction to Art Education. 3 Printmaking is an introductory studio class of Units. basic fine art printmaking processes. Students will learn how to make original printed images from a General history and theories of art education. wide variety of matrix printing surfaces, including Development of personal philosophy as basis for linoleum, copper metal plate, plastic and cardboard. teaching art. Topics in professional standards, Intaglio and relief processes will be learned. Prereq: creativity, aesthetic theory, and art criticism. ARTS 101 or ARTS 106. (Clinical/field experience required.)

ARTS 206. Creative Drawing II. 3 Units. ARTS 300. Current Issues in Art Education. 3 Units. Continuation of ARTS 106. Advanced work in graphic representation. Development of visual Contemporary issues in Art Education; acuity and a personal drawing style while working in understanding art goals and standards of National color. Work from nude model. Prereq: ARTS 106. Art Education Association and the Ohio State Department of Education for teachers, students and administrators. Special topics: art and technology, ARTS 210. Enameling and Jewelry I. 3 Units. multiculturalism, special populations and classroom management. Offered as ARTS 300 and ARTS Techniques in the application of vitreous enamel on 400. Prereq: ARTS 295. copper and of constructed metal jewelry. Technical skill and suitability of design as applied to the medium. ARTS 302. Architecture and City Design I. 3 Units.

ARTS 212. Weaving, Fibers, and Textiles I. 3 The social spatial, and aesthetic elements in Units. architecture; the components of the building: the window, door, roof, enclosing walls, and Learn basic concepts and methods for designing character of interior and exterior space. Projects textile surfaces: fabric painting and dyeing. related to small, intimate scale and residential Construct textiles using off-loom weaving and structures. Lectures, field trips, studio experiences. interlacing techniques. Emphasis on development Recommended ARTS 101 or ARTS 106 courses of technical skills, application of design concepts prior to enrollment. Offered as ARTS 302 or ARTS and personal expression. 402.

ARTS 214. Ceramics I. 3 Units. ARTS 303. Architecture and City Design II. 3 Units. The techniques of hand building in pinch, coil and slab methods. Development of sensitivity to design The social, spatial, and aesthetic elements of the and form. Basic work in stoneware, earthenware, urban setting of architecture, the organizational and glazing. components of the city, the path, the node, the edge, and the grid. Projects related to large-scale and public buildings and their relationship to the ARTS 216. Painting I. 3 Units. encompassing visual world. Lectures, field trips, The creative, conceptual, visual, and technical studio experiences. Recommended ARTS 101 or aspects of painting. Style ranging from naturalism to ARTS 106 courses prior to enrollment. Offered as abstraction. Work in acrylic and mixed media. ARTS 303 or ARTS 403. 72 College of Arts and Sciences

ARTS 304. Architecture and City Design III. 3 ARTS 322. Digital Photography I. 3 Units. Units. Introduction of color and digital photography. A A study of historic precedents and the social systematic approach to the digital photography implications of modern and contemporary workflow and its application to creative architecture including analysis and form photography. History of the medium. Field and interpretation as it relates to building and materials computer lab work. Advanced amateur digital technologies. Practical application and synthesis camera required. Prereq: ARTS 220. of architectural knowledge through site visits and research of local and regional architecture. Discussions of historic and contemporary ARTS 325. Creative Photography. 3 Units. architects, engineers and significant architecture and engineering firms. Prereq: ARTS 302 and Creative photography through photographing and ARTS 303. responding to photographs. The question of self- expression and photographic medium explored in the pursuit of understanding images. Prereq: ARTS ARTS 310. Enameling and Jewelry II. 3 Units. 220 and ARTS 320 or ARTS 322.

Continuation of ARTS 210. Advanced enameling and jewelry techniques applied to copper or silver, ARTS 350. Multimedia I. 3 Units. cloisonne, champleve, basse taille, plique-jour. Creative use of design principles and jewelry Fundamental concepts and skills for using techniques. Prereq: ARTS 210. technology to design, create, express, and present. This project-oriented class will develop knowledge and competencies related to digital imaging, ARTS 312. Weaving, Fibers, and Textiles II. 3 animation, video, multimedia, production and Units. presentation. Offered as ARTS 350 and ARTS 450. Prereq: One from ARTS 101, ARTS 106, ARTS Continuation of ARTS 212. Exploration of a 216, or ARTS 220 or permission of the Director of selected area of textiles in surface design or Art Education. constructed textiles. Development of a personal aesthetic through design and execution of a series of projects. Prereq: ARTS 212. ARTS 365A. Painting. 3 Units. Advanced painting projects determined in ARTS 314. Ceramics II. 3 Units. consultation with instructor. Prereq: ARTS 216 and ARTS 316. Continuation of ARTS 214. Problematic approach to technical aspects of ceramics; experience in wheel throwing and option of hand-building. ARTS 365B. Design and Color. 3 Units. Experimentation with glaze and clay body formulation available. Prereq: ARTS 214. Advanced design projects determined in consultation with instructor. Prereq: ARTS 101 and ARTS 201. ARTS 316. Painting II. 3 Units.

The creative, conceptual, visual and technical ARTS 365C. Enameling and Jewelry. 3 Units. aspects of painting. Styles ranging from expressionism, cubism, surrealism and abstraction. Advanced enameling and jewelry projects Work in acrylic and mixed media leading to the determined in consultation with instructor. Prereq: development of personal painting style. Prereq: ARTS 210 and ARTS 310. ARTS 216. ARTS 365D. BW Photography Studio. 3 Units. ARTS 320. Photography Studio II. 3 Units. Advanced black and white projects determined in Continuation of ARTS 220. Advanced theory consultation with instructor. Prereq: ARTS 220 and and black and white techniques. Development of ARTS 320. personal aesthetic encouraged. Field work. 35mm camera required. Prereq: ARTS 220. Case Western Reserve University 73

ARTS 365E. Color Studio. 3 Units. ARTS 386. Clinical/Field Based Experience II. 1 Unit. Advanced digital color studio projects determined in consultation with instructor. Prereq: ARTS 220 and Art education students become sensitized to ARTS 322. serving needs of "special" populations. Observation of educational strategies for teaching learning disabled and/or physically disabled students. ARTS 365G. Ceramics. 3 Units. Written reports using departmental observation guidelines required. Prereq: ARTS 295. Advanced ceramics projects determined in consultation with instructor. Prereq: ARTS 214 and ARTS 314. ARTS 387. Clinical/Field Based Experience III. 1 Unit.

ARTS 365H. Weaving, Fibers, and Textiles. 3 Art education students observe and assist in art Units. programs for artistically gifted students working in specialized art areas (drawing, painting, sculpture, Advance textile projects determined in consultation printmaking, art history). Written reports using with instructor. Prereq: ARTS 212 and ARTS 312. departmental observation guidelines are required. Prereq: ARTS 295. ARTS 366A. Student Teaching in Art: Pre-K - 6th Grade. 4 Units. ARTS 393. Art Content, Pedagogy, Methodology, and Assessment. 3 Units. Teaching art for early childhood, elementary, and middle school students in a school setting. Includes Growth and development of image making art curriculum development, implementation, and from Pre-K through young adult. Principles and assessment. Professional standards and practices. practices of art instruction in grades Pre-K through Offered as ARTS 366A and ARTS 466A. Prereq: 12th grade. Issues in art education. Curriculum ARTS 295, ARTS 300, ARTS 385, ARTS 386, construction, implementation and assessment ARTS 387, and ARTS 393. Coreq: ARTS 366B and of art lessons that address content areas of art ARTS 465. production, art history, art appreciation, and art criticism. Clinical field experiences required. Offered as ARTS 393 and ARTS 493. Prereq: ARTS 295. ARTS 366B. Student Teaching in Art: 7th - 12th Grade. 4 Units. ARTS 395. Introduction to Multimedia Teaching adolescents and young adults art in a Technology. 3 Units. school setting. Includes art curriculum development, implementation, assessment and classroom Fundamental concepts and skills for using management. Professional standards and technology in art, electronic portfolio development, practices. Offered as ARTS 366B and ARTS 466B. and teaching and learning. This project-oriented Prereq: ARTS 295, ARTS 300, ARTS 385, ARTS class will develop knowledge and competencies 386, ARTS 387 and ARTS 393. Coreq: ARTS 366A related to digital imaging and video, multimedia and ARTS 465. production and presentation, the Internet, information processing, computer systems and management as they relate to art education. ARTS 385. Clinical/Field Based Experience I. 1 Offered as ARTS 395 and ARTS 495. Prereq: Unit. ARTS 101 and ARTS 201 or ARTS 220 and ARTS Art education students observe and assist art 320. teachers in classes in a variety of public and private educational environments such as local schools, ARTS 399. Independent Study in Art Studio. 1 - Cleveland Museum of Art. Students study, identify, 3 Unit. and analyze differences in art curriculum taught at the various art programs that they observe. Written Independent Study in Art Studio; by permit of reports using departmental observation guidelines Director only. are required. Prereq: ARTS 295. 74 College of Arts and Sciences

ARTS 400. Current Issues in Art Education. 3 ARTS 465. Seminar for Art Teachers. 4 Units. Units. For art education majors and teacher licensure Contemporary issues in Art Education; candidates. Principles and practice in school understanding art goals and standards of National art instruction grades Pre-K through 12th Art Education Association and the Ohio State grade. Organization and management of the art Department of Education for teachers, students and program that incorporates writing sequential art administrators. Special topics: art and technology, curriculum that integrates art production, art history, multiculturalism, special populations and classroom appreciation, and criticism. Planning, development, management. Offered as ARTS 300 and ARTS and evaluation of teaching materials, lessons, 400. and units. The seminar includes discussion of professional issues, ethics, art advocacy, and classroom management. Prereq: ARTS 295 or ARTS 402. Architecture and City Design I. 3 ARTS 602, and ARTS 393 or ARTS 493. Coreq: Units. ARTS 366A and ARTS 366B or ARTS 466A and ARTS 466B. The social spatial, and aesthetic elements in architecture; the components of the building: the window, door, roof, enclosing walls, and ARTS 466A. Student Teaching in Art: Pre-K - 6th character of interior and exterior space. Projects Grade. 4 Units. related to small, intimate scale and residential structures. Lectures, field trips, studio experiences. Teaching art for early childhood, elementary, and Recommended ARTS 101 or ARTS 106 courses middle school students in a school setting. Includes prior to enrollment. Offered as ARTS 302 or ARTS art curriculum development, implementation, and 402. assessment. Professional standards and practices. Offered as ARTS 366A and ARTS 466A. Prereq: ARTS 385, ARTS 386, ARTS 387, ARTS 400, ARTS 403. Architecture and City Design II. 3 ARTS 493, and ARTS 602. Coreq: ARTS 465 and Units. ARTS 466B. The social, spatial, and aesthetic elements of the urban setting of architecture, the organizational ARTS 466B. Student Teaching in Art: 7th - 12th components of the city, the path, the node, the Grade. 4 Units. edge, and the grid. Projects related to large-scale and public buildings and their relationship to the Teaching adolescents and young adults art in a encompassing visual world. Lectures, field trips, school setting. Includes art curriculum development, studio experiences. Recommended ARTS 101 or implementation, assessment and classroom ARTS 106 courses prior to enrollment. Offered as management. Professional standards and ARTS 303 or ARTS 403. practices. Offered as ARTS 366B and ARTS 466B. Prereq: ARTS 385, ARTS 386, ARTS 387, ARTS 400, ARTS 493, and ARTS 602. Coreq: ARTS 465 ARTS 450. Multimedia I. 3 Units. and ARTS 466A. Fundamental concepts and skills for using technology to design, create, express, and present. ARTS 493. Art Content, Pedagogy, This project-oriented class will develop knowledge Methodology, and Assessment. 3 Units. and competencies related to digital imaging, animation, video, multimedia, production and Growth and development of image making presentation. Offered as ARTS 350 and ARTS 450. from Pre-K through young adult. Principles and practices of art instruction in grades Pre-K through 12th grade. Issues in art education. Curriculum construction, implementation and assessment of art lessons that address content areas of art production, art history, art appreciation, and art criticism. Clinical field experiences required. Offered as ARTS 393 and ARTS 493. Prereq: ARTS 602. Case Western Reserve University 75

ARTS 494. Teaching Art. 3 Units.

Research contrasting theories of art education in relationship to a variety of educational settings in elementary and secondary schools. Developing innovative, interdisciplinary, comprehensive curriculum models for a specific organization. For licensed art teachers only or consent of instructor.

ARTS 495. Introduction to Multimedia Technology. 3 Units.

Fundamental concepts and skills for using technology in art, electronic portfolio development, and teaching and learning. This project-oriented class will develop knowledge and competencies related to digital imaging and video, multimedia production and presentation, the Internet, information processing, computer systems and management as they relate to art education. Offered as ARTS 395 and ARTS 495.

ARTS 497. Summer Workshop in Art Education. 3 Units.

A current art education issue is covered in depth.

ARTS 602. Study in Art Education. 3 Units.

General history and theories of art education. Development of personal philosophy as basis for teaching art. Topics in professional standards, creativity, aesthetic theory, and art criticism. Students produce an art education research paper. Clinical/Field experiences are required.

ARTS 605. Final Creative Thesis. 1 - 3 Unit.

Students receive individual guidance for an approved self-designed creative project from program faculty members. A public exhibition or presentation is required. By permit only. 76 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Astronomy

567 Sears Library Building http://astronomy.case.edu/ Bachelor of Science in J. Christopher Mihos, Department Chair Astronomy [email protected] The Department of Astronomy offers two The Bachelor of Science in astronomy requires 122 undergraduate degrees, a Bachelor of Science and credit hours, including 20 hours in astronomy, 43 a Bachelor of Arts. The primary difference between hours in physics, 14 hours in math, and 12 hours in them is that the BA degree allows somewhat more technical electives. flexibility in choice of courses. The department offers a minor in astronomy as well. Major courses ASTR 221 Stars and Planets 3 The curriculum emphasizes a broad and substantial ASTR 222 Galaxies and Cosmology 3 education in astronomy, physics and mathematics. ASTR 306 Astronomical Techniques 3 A faculty actively engaged in research provides ASTR 309 Astrophysics Seminar I 1 first-rate instruction and opportunities for ASTR 310 Astrophysics Seminar II 1 undergraduate involvement in research. ASTR 311 Stellar Physics 3 A bachelor’s degree in astronomy can prepare ASTR 323 The Local Universe 3 students for graduate study in astronomy (about ASTR 328 Cosmology and the Structure of the 3 Universe 50% of our graduates take this path), but those who Additional required courses seek employment in other fields can fill the same MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 jobs as physics and computer science majors. MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 The department offers a graduate program or MATH 124 Calculus II leading to the degree of Doctor of Philosophy in MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 astronomy. Current research provides opportunities or MATH 227 Calculus III in observational and theoretical studies of galaxy MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 formation and evolution, galaxy cluster evolution, or MATH 228 Differential Equations astronomical instrumentation, and cosmology. PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 Magnetism Facilities or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and Magnetism The Department of Astronomy operates the PHYS 203 Analog and Digital Electronics 4 Kitt Peak Station of the Warner and Swasey PHYS 204 Advanced Instrumentation Laboratory 4 Observatory near Tucson, Arizona, home of the PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 Burrell Schmidt telescope. This telescope is used PHYS 250 Computational Methods in Physics 3 for surveys and ultra-deep imaging with a large PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics 3 format CCD. The department is also a member PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 of the Sloan Digital Sky Survey, which operates PHYS 324 Electricity and Magnetism I 3 a 2.5m telescope with multi-object spectrographs PHYS 325 Electricity and Magnetism II 3 and wide-field imager at Apache Point, New PHYS 326 Physical Optics 3 Mexico. The third incarnation of this survey includes PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 a Baryon Oscillation survey of the large-scale Approved technical electives (these can be from astronomy, 12 structure of the universe and a spectroscopic chemistry, mathematics, statistics, physics, or geological sciences; check with advisor for complete list) survey of the Milky Way galaxy. A 9.5-inch refractor GEOL 345 Planetary Materials permanently mounted on the roof of the A. W. MATH 201 Introduction to Linear Algebra Smith Building is available for use by students. PHYS 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics The department also houses a research and PHYS 349 Methods of Mathematical Physics I instruction computer laboratory and has access PHYS 350 Methods of Mathematical Physics II to the university’s high-performance computing Total Units 86 cluster. Six hours of mathematics and natural science (physics) are double counted towards the SAGES BS Astronomy I BA Astronomy I Minor breadth requirements, and one required math course is double counted towards the SAGES Quantitative Reasoning requirement. Case Western Reserve University 77

Quantitative Reasoning 3 Technical Elective 3 Sample Plan of Study: Bachelor of Year Total: 15 15

Science in Astronomy Fourth Year Units Fall Spring First Year Units b 3 Fall Spring Astronomical Techniques (ASTR 306) Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 Astrophysics Seminar I (ASTR 309) 1 (MATH 121) Electricity and Magnetism II (PHYS 325) 3 a Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS 121) 4 (PHYS 331) PHED (2 half semester courses) 0 c 1 - 3 SAGES First Seminar 4 Astronomy Capstone Project (ASTR 351) Social Science I 3 Technical Elective 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Global and Cultural Diversity 3 (MATH 122) Astrophysics Seminar II (ASTR 310) 1 or Calculus II (MATH 124) The Local Universe (ASTR 323)b 3 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II 3 Magnetism (PHYS 122) (PHYS 332) PHED (2 half semester courses) 0 Astronomy Capstone Project (ASTR 351)c 1 - 3 Elementary Computer Programming (ENGR 3 131) Social Science II 3 Technical Elective 3 Doing Astronomy (ASTR 151)* 1 Year Total: 17-19 14-16 Arts & Humanities I 3

Year Total: 15 15 Total Units in Sequence: 126-130

Second Year Units a Selected students may be invited to take Fall Spring PHYS 123, 124, 223 in place of 121, 122, Stars and Planets (ASTR 221) 3 221. Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 (MATH 223) b ASTR 306, 311, 323, and 328 are taught or Calculus III (MATH 227) every other year only. Introduction to Modern Physics (PHYS 3 a 221) c A SAGES Capstone Experience is required Analog and Digital Electronics (PHYS 203) 4 of all students. The BS does not require the SAGES University Seminar 3 astronomy capstone but only that a capstone Galaxies and Cosmology (ASTR 222) 3 be taken. The number of hours shown Elementary Differential Equations (MATH 3 assumes the astronomy capstone with 1 hour 224) in the senior fall semester and 3 hours in the or Differential Equations (MATH 228) senior spring semester. If another capstone is Advanced Instrumentation Laboratory 4 (PHYS 204) taken, the number of hours may be different. Computational Methods in Physics (PHYS 3 * 250) Suggested, but not required for the major Classical Mechanics (PHYS 310) 3 SAGES University Seminar 3 Year Total: 16 19 Bachelor of Arts in

Third Year Units Astronomy Fall Spring Stellar Physics (ASTR 311)b 3 The Bachelor of Arts in astronomy requires 120 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 credit hours, including 17 hours in astronomy, 29 (PHYS 313) hours in physics, 14 hours in math, and 6 hours in Technical Elective 3 technical electives. Arts & Humanities II 3 Social Science II 3 Major Courses Cosmology and the Structure of the 3 ASTR 221 Stars and Planets 3 Universe (ASTR 328)b ASTR 222 Galaxies and Cosmology 3 Electricity and Magnetism I (PHYS 324) 3 ASTR 306 Astronomical Techniques 3 Physical Optics (PHYS 326) 3 ASTR 309 Astrophysics Seminar I 1 ASTR 310 Astrophysics Seminar II 1 78 College of Arts and Sciences

ASTR 311 Stellar Physics 3 Social Science II 3 ASTR 328 Cosmology and the Structure of the 3 Year Total: 15 15 Universe Additional required courses Second Year Units MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 or Fall Spring MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Stars and Planets (ASTR 221) 3 or MATH 124 Calculus II Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 (MATH 223) or Calculus III (MATH 227) or MATH 227 Calculus III Introduction to Modern Physics (PHYS 221) 3 MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 SAGES University Seminar 3 or MATH 228 Differential Equations Galaxies and Cosmology (ASTR 222) 3 PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics Elementary Differential Equations (MATH 3 224) PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 or Differential Equations (MATH 228) Magnetism Computational Methods in Physics (PHYS 3 or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and 250) Magnetism Classical Mechanics (PHYS 310) 3 PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 SAGES University Seminar 3 PHYS 250 Computational Methods in Physics 3 PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics 3 Year Total: 12 15 PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 PHYS 324 Electricity and Magnetism I 3 Third Year Units PHYS 326 Physical Optics 3 Fall Spring PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 Stellar Physics (ASTR 311)a 3 ENGR 131 Elementary Computer Programming 3 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 Approved technical electives (consult advisor for other 12 (PHYS 313) acceptable classes) Arts & Humanities I 3 PHYS 204 Advanced Instrumentation Laboratory Arts & Humanities II 3 PHYS 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics Technical Elective 3 PHYS 325 Electricity and Magnetism II PHYS 332 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II Cosmology and the Structure of the 3 a Total Units 75 Universe (ASTR 328) Electricity and Magnetism I (PHYS 324) 3 Six hours of mathematics and natural science Physical Optics (PHYS 326) 3 (physics) are double counted towards the SAGES Quantitative Reasoning 3 breadth requirements, and one required math Technical Elective 3 course is double counted towards the SAGES Year Total: 15 15 Quantitative Reasoning requirement. Fourth Year Units Fall Spring Sample Plan of Study: Bachelor of Astronomical Techniques (ASTR 306)a 3 Arts in Astronomy Astrophysics Seminar I (ASTR 309) 1 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 First Year Units (PHYS 331) Fall Spring Astronomy Capstone Project (ASTR 351)b 1 - 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 Global and Cultural Diversity 3 (MATH 121) Astrophysics Seminar II (ASTR 310) 1 or () Astronomy Capstone Project (ASTR 351) 1 - 3 General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS 121) 4 Year Total: 11-13 2-4 SAGES First Seminar 4

PHED (2 half semester courses) 0 Total Units in Sequence: 100-104 Social Science I 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 (MATH 122) or Calculus II (MATH 124) General Physics II - Electricity and 4 Magnetism (PHYS 122) Elementary Computer Programming (ENGR 3 131) PHED (2 half semester courses) 0 Doing Astronomy (ASTR 151)* 1 Case Western Reserve University 79

a stipend for teaching and/or research, which a 300-level astronomy courses: three of the includes full tuition and a monthly amount sufficient following four are required: ASTR 306, 311, to cover living expenses. 323, 328. Department Faculty b A SAGES Capstone Experience is required of all students. The BA in astronomy does not J. Christopher Mihos, PhD require the astronomy capstone but only that (University of Michigan) a capstone be taken. The number of hours Professor and Chair; Director of the Warner and shown assumes the astronomy capstone with Swasey Observatory 1 hour in the senior fall semester and 3 hours Galaxy evolution; interacting and merging galaxies; in the senior spring semester. If another galaxy clusters; computational and observational capstone is taken, the number of hours may astronomy be different. R. Earle Luck, PhD * Suggested, but not required for the major. (University of Texas, Austin) Worcester R. and Cornelia B. Warner Professor of Astronomy Stellar and galactic chemical evolution; stellar Minor in Astronomy spectrophotometry

The requirements for the minor in astronomy are as Heather L. Morrison, PhD follows: (Australian National University) Professor Galaxy formation via observational studies of the One of the following: 4 Milky Way and nearby galaxies; dark matter PHYS 115 Introductory Physics I PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics Idit Zehavi, PhD PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics (Racah Institute of Physics, Hebrew University of One of the following: 4 Jerusalem) PHYS 116 Introductory Physics II Assistant Professor PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and Cosmology and the large-scale structure of Magnetism the universe; galaxy biasing; galaxy formation PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and and evolution; structure formation; clustering of Magnetism galaxies; cosmic flows. ASTR 221 Stars and Planets 3 ASTR 222 Galaxies and Cosmology 3 One of the following: 3 Secondary Faculty ASTR 306 Astronomical Techniques ASTR 311 Stellar Physics John Ruhl, PhD ASTR 323 The Local Universe (Princeton University) ASTR 328 Cosmology and the Structure of the Professor, Department of Physics Universe Experimental astrophysics and cosmology Total Units 17 Glenn D. Starkman, PhD (Stanford University) Professor, Department of Physics Graduate Program Theoretical cosmology; particle physics; astrophysics The PhD degree in astronomy is granted to those students who have shown an extensive knowledge of advanced astronomy and the ability to do original research. The student is required to pass a general qualifying examination in astronomy, usually taken at the end of the second year. The student must then prepare a dissertation based on the results of independent research. A PhD candidate must also satisfy the general requirements of the School of Graduate Studies. Full-time graduate students who maintain satisfactory academic performance while pursuing the PhD degree in astronomy normally receive 80 College of Arts and Sciences

Adjunct Faculty ASTR 203. Archaeoastronomy: Calendars, Barrows, and Megaliths. 3 Units. Paul Harding, PhD (University of Arizona) To acquaint the student with the regular cycles of Observatory Manager the Sun, Moon, planets, and stars. To show how Observational astronomy, galaxy formation and ancient civilizations (and some not so ancient) have evolution, telescope and detector design and used those cycles to formulate calendars which are engineering evidenced primarily by artifacts and ruins scattered over the entire Earth. Jeffery R. Kriessler, PhD (Michigan State University) Adjunct Assistant Professor ASTR 204. Einstein’s Universe. 3 Units. Substructure in galaxy clusters This course is intended to introduce the non- scientist to the concepts of modern cosmology-- the structure and evolution of the universe. No Courses mathematical background beyond simple algebra is needed. ASTR 151. Doing Astronomy. 1 Unit.

This course is intended to introduce students to ASTR 206. Life in the Universe. 3 Units. how astronomy is done. The course will focus on the astronomical research process, the scientific This course is intended to introduce the non- community, and on career paths in astronomy. scientist to the field of astrobiology - the Course activities will include readings and class interdisciplinary study of, and the search discussions focusing on various topics in modern for, extraterrestrial life and the conditions for astronomy, including ongoing research activity in extraterrestrial life in the Universe. We will explore the department. This course is largely intended questions such as: How did life begin on Earth? for first- and second-year students considering What conditions are necessary for life to survive? majoring or minoring in astronomy, or pursuing a What conditions are required for the long-term career in astronomy. Prereq: First- or second-year habitability of the Earth? Can life exist elsewhere in academic standing. our Galaxy? Students may receive credit for ASTR 206 or USNA 217 (Astrobiology), but not for both. ASTR 201. The Sun and its Planets. 3 Units. ASTR 221. Stars and Planets. 3 Units. An overview of the solar system; the planets and other objects that orbit about the Sun and the Sun Stellar structure and energy production. Formation itself as the dominant mass and the most important and evolution of stars. Supernovae, neutron source of energy in the solar system. Concepts stars, and black holes. Star clusters. Planetary and the development of our knowledge will be systems and the detection of extrasolar planets. emphasized. Not available for credit to astronomy The application of physical laws to the study of the majors. universe. Prereq: MATH 122 or MATH 126.

ASTR 202. Stars, Galaxies, and the Universe. 3 ASTR 222. Galaxies and Cosmology. 3 Units. Units. The Milky Way Galaxy. Structure, dynamics, and Stellar structure, energy sources, and evolution, evolution of galaxies. Galaxy clusters and large including red giants, white dwarfs, supernovae, scale structure of the Universe. Physical cosmology pulsars, and black holes. Stellar populations in the and the Big Bang. Evolution of the Universe. Milky Way and external galaxies. The universe and Prereq: ASTR 221. its evolution. Not available for credit to astronomy majors. Case Western Reserve University 81

ASTR 306. Astronomical Techniques. 3 Units. ASTR 351. Astronomy Capstone Project. 1 - 3 Unit. This course covers the techniques astronomers use to conduct research, including observations using A two semester course (1 hour in the Fall Semester ground-and space-based telescopes, computer and either 2 or 3 hours in the Spring Semester) simulations and other numerical methods, and for students desiring a Capstone Experience in statistical data mining of large on-line astronomical astronomy. Students pursue a project based on datasets. Offered as ASTR 306 and ASTR 406. experimental, theoretical or teaching research Prereq: ASTR 222. under the supervision of an astronomy faculty member. A departmental Capstone Project Committee must approve all project proposals ASTR 309. Astrophysics Seminar I. 1 Unit. (by the end of the Fall Semester) and this same committee will receive regular oral and written Selected topics in astronomy not covered ordinarily progress reports. Final results are presented at the in courses. Presentation of talks by the students. end of the semester as a paper in a style suitable for publication in a professional journal as well as an oral report in a public symposium. Prereq: ASTR ASTR 310. Astrophysics Seminar II. 1 Unit. 222. Selected topics in astronomy not covered ordinarily in courses. Presentation of talks by students. ASTR 369. Undergraduate Research. 1 - 3 Unit.

Supervised research on topics of interest. Can be ASTR 311. Stellar Physics. 3 Units. used as a thesis course if desired. Students may Radiative transfer, atomic and molecular register more than once for a maximum of 9 credits opacities, and the observable properties of stars. overall (1-3 credits each semester). Stellar interiors, nuclear processes, and energy generation. The evolution of stars of varying mass ASTR 396. Special Topics in Astronomy. 1 - 3 and production of the elements within supernovae Unit. explosions. Offered as ASTR 311 and ASTR 411. Prereq: ASTR 222. Open to astronomy majors only.

ASTR 323. The Local Universe. 3 Units. ASTR 406. Astronomical Techniques. 3 Units.

The Milky Way Galaxy. Galaxy populations. This course covers the techniques astronomers use Quantitative structure and dynamics of galaxies. to conduct research, including observations using The interstellar media of galaxies. Dark matter and ground-and space-based telescopes, computer stellar populations. The Local Group and Virgo simulations and other numerical methods, and cluster. Offered as ASTR 323 and ASTR 423. statistical data mining of large on-line astronomical Prereq: ASTR 222. datasets. Offered as ASTR 306 and ASTR 406.

ASTR 328. Cosmology and the Structure of the ASTR 411. Stellar Physics. 3 Units. Universe. 3 Units. Radiative transfer, atomic and molecular Distances to galaxies. The content of the distant opacities, and the observable properties of stars. universe. Large scale structure and galaxy clusters. Stellar interiors, nuclear processes, and energy Physical cosmology. Structure and galaxy formation generation. The evolution of stars of varying mass and evolution. Testing cosmological models. and production of the elements within supernovae Offered as ASTR 328, PHYS 328, ASTR 428, and explosions. Offered as ASTR 311 and ASTR 411. PHYS 428. Prereq: ASTR 222.

ASTR 423. The Local Universe. 3 Units.

The Milky Way Galaxy. Galaxy populations. Quantitative structure and dynamics of galaxies. The interstellar media of galaxies. Dark matter and stellar populations. The Local Group and Virgo cluster. Offered as ASTR 323 and ASTR 423. 82 College of Arts and Sciences

ASTR 428. Cosmology and the Structure of the Universe. 3 Units.

Distances to galaxies. The content of the distant universe. Large scale structure and galaxy clusters. Physical cosmology. Structure and galaxy formation and evolution. Testing cosmological models. Offered as ASTR 328, PHYS 328, ASTR 428, and PHYS 428.

ASTR 497. Special Topics in Astronomy. 1 - 3 Unit.

ASTR 601. Research. 1 - 18 Unit.

Original research under the guidance of the staff.

ASTR 651. Thesis M.S.. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.)

ASTR 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. Case Western Reserve University 83

Department of Biology

203 DeGrace Hall http://www.case.edu/artsci/biol Undergraduate Programs Christopher Cullis, Department Chair [email protected] Majors

The mission of the Department of Biology at Case Major programs share a core of foundation Western Reserve University is to promote research courses and provide options for specialization programs of national and international prominence in a variety of areas, including biotechnology and to provide strong undergraduate and graduate and genetic engineering, molecular and cellular educational programs that emphasize integrative biology, genetics, immunology, chemical biology, approaches to biological problems. In doing so, physiology and biophysics, neurobiology and our programs support preparation and professional animal behavior, developmental biology, population development for careers related to the biological biology, ecology, and environmental science. and health sciences. Theoretical, mathematical, and computational The department offers courses leading to the approaches to these fields are emphasized in the degrees of Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Systems Biology BS program. Individual research Science in Systems Biology, Bachelor of Arts, projects form a significant part of the curriculum Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy. for many undergraduates in all programs, and are Cooperative programs between the Department of specifically required for students in the Biology BS Biology and the Case Western Reserve University program. Advanced biology majors may register, School of Medicine, the Cleveland Museum of with permission, for graduate-level courses in the Natural History, the Cleveland Botanical Garden, department and in the School of Medicine. the Cleveland Metroparks Zoo, the Holden The department offers programs leading to the Arboretum, the Cleveland Institute of Art, and other BA and BS degrees. Thirty hours of biology are departments in Case Western Reserve University required for the Biology BA, 39 hours for the significantly extend the range of resources available Biology BS, and 30 hours for the Systems Biology to biology students. Undergraduate students are BS. Ordinarily, all students begin their biology encouraged to conduct individual supervised programs in the freshman year. All students research projects with biology faculty and with must complete the SAGES seminar and General faculty in cooperating departments. A supervised Education Requirements (GER) of the College of research project is required of all students in the BS Arts and Sciences. While some BIOL courses serve biology program. as SAGES Departmental Seminars or SAGES The undergraduate programs in biology provide Capstones, none of these are required courses excellent preparation for graduate or professional for biology degree candidates, with the specific schools, including medical, dental, and veterinary exception of BIOL 388S Undergraduate Research schools and the many specialized graduate - SAGES Capstone for the Biology BS degree. programs in the biological sciences. A biology A Biology BA student, for example, is free to degree also prepares students for careers in take a non-BIOL SAGES Departmental Seminar industry and government. For students interested or SAGES Capstone course, assuming that in biotechnology—a field with growing career prerequisites are met (or waived by the instructor). opportunities—the department offers elective sequences within the BA and BS degrees. Back to top In addition to formal courses for credit, the department offers weekly seminars during the academic year, presenting recent advances in Bachelor of Arts in Biology biology. These seminars are held every Thursday at 4:15 p.m. and are open to the university community. The Biology BA degree program provides a general background in biology, and has the most flexible scheduling of the three biology degrees offered. It BA Biology | BS Biology | Teacher Licensure I BS is especially recommended for students who are Systems Biology | Minors pre-professional, have multiple majors, intend to do a junior year abroad or an internship program, or have significant extracurricular commitments (e.g., varsity athletics, student government, Greek life, or other campus involvement). Since the Biology BA degree does not formally require undergraduate 84 College of Arts and Sciences

research, students interested in graduate research BIOL 300 Dynamics of Biological Systems: A careers should plan to take at least one semester Quantitative Introduction to Biology of undergraduate research as an elective (BIOL BIOL 301 Biotechnology Laboratory: Genes and 388 Undergraduate Research or BIOL 388S Genetic Engineering Undergraduate Research - SAGES Capstone) BIOL 304 Fitting Models to Data: Maximum Likelihood Methods and Model Selection sometime during the senior year. BIOL 305 Herpetology BIOL 312 Environmental Sculpture Biology core courses BIOL 313 Genetics Laboratory BIOL 214 Genes, Evolution and Ecology 3 BIOL 315 Quantitative Biology Laboratory BIOL 214L Genes, Evolution and Ecology Lab 1 BIOL 339 Aquatic Biology Laboratory BIOL 215 Cells and Proteins 3 BIOL 344 Laboratory for Microbiology BIOL 215L Cells and Proteins Laboratory 1 BIOL 345 Mammal Diversity and Evolution BIOL 216 Development and Physiology 3 BIOL 351L Principles of Ecology Laboratory BIOL 216L Development and Physiology Lab 1 BIOL 352 Introduction to Ecology and Field Biology One course from any two of the following three subject 6 BIOL 358 Animal Behavior areas (breadth requirement) BIOL 359 Genetic Basis of Behavior Cell and molecular biology BIOL 363 Experimental Developmental Biology BIOL 308 Molecular Biology: Genes and Genetic BIOL 376 Neurobiology Laboratory Engineering BIOL 377 Biorobotics Team Research BIOL 316 Fundamental Immunology Biology electives (excluding 100-level courses, BIOL 240, 6-8 BIOL 324 Introduction to Stem Cell Biology BIOL 250, BIOL 251, and BIOL 390) BIOL 325 Cell Biology Mathematics core courses BIOL 326 Genetics MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 BIOL 328 Plant Genomics and Proteomics Managerial, and Social Sci I BIOL 334 Structural Biology or MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I BIOL 342 Parasitology MATH 126 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 BIOL 343 Microbiology Managerial, and Social Sci II BIOL 365 Evo-Devo: Evolution of Body Plans or MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II BIOL 366 Genes, Embryos and Fossils Chemistry core courses Organismal biology CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 BIOL 223 Vertebrate Biology CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 BIOL 302 Human Learning and the Brain CHEM 113 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 2 BIOL 314 Animal Cognition and Consciousness CHEM 223 Introductory Organic Chemistry I 3 BIOL 318 Introductory Entomology or CHEM 323 Organic Chemistry I BIOL 338 Ichthyology CHEM 224 Introductory Organic Chemistry II 3 BIOL 340 Human Physiology or CHEM 324 Organic Chemistry II BIOL 346 Human Anatomy CHEM 233 Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 2 BIOL 362 Principles of Developmental Biology Physics core courses BIOL 373 Introduction to Neurobiology PHYS 115 Introductory Physics I 4 BIOL 374 Neurobiology of Behavior or PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics BIOL 379 Neuroscience of Communication and PHYS 116 Introductory Physics II 4 Communication Disorders or PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and Magnetism BIOL 382 Drugs, Brain, and Behavior Total Units 60-66 BIOL 385 Seminar on Biological Processes in Learning and Cognition At least 15 hours of the selected electives and Population biology and ecology additional laboratory courses must be at the 300 BIOL 225 Evolution level or higher. BIOL 307 Evolutionary Biology of the Invertebrates BIOL 336 Aquatic Biology BIOL 351 Principles of Ecology BIOL 358 Animal Behavior BA Biology, Suggested Sequence BIOL 364 Research Methods in Evolutionary Biology of Courses BIOL 368 Topics in Evolutionary Biology BIOL 384 Reading and Writing Like an Ecologist First Year Units BIOL 387 Seminar in Population Biology Fall Spring BIOL 394 Seminar in Evolutionary Biology Genes, Evolution and Ecology (BIOL 214) 3 Two additional laboratory courses (excluding BIOL 388, 4-8 Genes, Evolution and Ecology Lab (BIOL 1 BIOL 388S, and BIOL 390) 214L) BIOL 223 Vertebrate Biology Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 Managerial, and Social Sci I (MATH 125) or Calculus for Science and Engineering I (MATH 121) Case Western Reserve University 85

Principles of Chemistry I (CHEM 105) 3 or BIOL Elective SAGES First Seminar 4 BIOL Elective (if needed) 3 PHED Physical Education 0 or Open Elective Cells and Proteins (BIOL 215) 3 Open Electives 9 Cells and Proteins Laboratory (BIOL 215L) 1 Year Total: 15 15 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 Managerial, and Social Sci II (MATH 126) Total Units in Sequence: 121-125 or Calculus for Science and Engineering II (MATH 122) Principles of Chemistry II (CHEM 106) 3 Teacher Licensure Principles of Chemistry Laboratory (CHEM 2 113) Students may become eligible for teacher licensure SAGES University Seminar 3 in the field of Life Sciences (Adolescents and PHED Physical Education 0 Young Adults) by completing content area Year Total: 15 16 requirements as well as 35 semester hours in education courses (including student teaching) Second Year Units offered through Case Western Reserve and John Fall Spring Carroll University. For more details, please see the Development and Physiology (BIOL 216) 3 program description for teacher licensure elsewhere Development and Physiology Lab (BIOL 1 in this bulletin. Students interested in pursuing this 216L) option should consult Richard F. Drushel, executive Introductory Organic Chemistry I (CHEM 3 officer for the Department of Biology. 223) or Organic Chemistry I (CHEM 323) Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 2 (CHEM 233) Subject Area Requirements SAGES University Seminar 3 Biology core courses GER Course 3 BIOL 214 Genes, Evolution and Ecology 3 BIOL Elective 3 BIOL 214L Genes, Evolution and Ecology Lab 1 Introductory Organic Chemistry II (CHEM 3 224) BIOL 215 Cells and Proteins 3 or Organic Chemistry II (CHEM 324) BIOL 215L Cells and Proteins Laboratory 1 SAGES Departmental Seminar 3 BIOL 216 Development and Physiology 3 GER Course 3 BIOL 216L Development and Physiology Lab 1 Open Elective 3 Mathematics core courses Year Total: 15 15 MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 Managerial, and Social Sci I

MATH 126 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 Third Year Units Managerial, and Social Sci II Fall Spring Chemistry core courses BIOL Elective 3 CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 BIOL Laboratory 2-4 CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 Introductory Physics I (PHYS 115) 4 CHEM 113 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 2 or General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS CHEM 223 Introductory Organic Chemistry I 3 121) CHEM 224 Introductory Organic Chemistry II 3 GER Course 3 CHEM 233 Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 2 Open Elective 3 Physics core courses BIOL Elective 3 PHYS 115 Introductory Physics I 4 BIOL Laboratory 2-4 PHYS 116 Introductory Physics II 4 Introductory Physics II (PHYS 116) 4 One geology course 3 or General Physics II - Electricity and GEOL 101 The Earth and Planets Magnetism (PHYS 122) GEOL 110 Physical Geology GER Course 3 GEOL 115 Introduction to Oceanography Open Elective 3 GEOL 117 Weather and Climate Year Total: 15-17 15-17 One genetics or molecular biology course 3-4 BIOL 308 Molecular Biology: Genes and Genetic Fourth Year Units Engineering BIOL 326 Genetics Fall Spring BIOL 343 Microbiology BIOL Elective 3 One genetics or molecular biology laboratory course 2-3 or SAGES Capstone BIOL 301 Biotechnology Laboratory: Genes and Open Electives 12 Genetic Engineering SAGES Capstone 3 86 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 313 Genetics Laboratory BIOL 302 Human Learning and the Brain BIOL 344 Laboratory for Microbiology BIOL 314 Animal Cognition and Consciousness One animal behavior course 3-4 BIOL 318 Introductory Entomology BIOL 358 Animal Behavior BIOL 338 Ichthyology BIOL 373 Introduction to Neurobiology BIOL 340 Human Physiology BIOL 374 Neurobiology of Behavior BIOL 346 Human Anatomy BIOL 382 Drugs, Brain, and Behavior BIOL 362 Principles of Developmental Biology One organismal biology laboratory course 3-4 BIOL 373 Introduction to Neurobiology BIOL 223 Vertebrate Biology BIOL 374 Neurobiology of Behavior BIOL 305 Herpetology BIOL 379 Neuroscience of Communication and BIOL 336 Aquatic Biology Communication Disorders Total Units 58-62 BIOL 382 Drugs, Brain, and Behavior BIOL 385 Seminar on Biological Processes in Learning and Cognition Bachelor of Science in Biology Population biology and ecology BIOL 225 Evolution The Biology BS degree program is intended to BIOL 307 Evolutionary Biology of the Invertebrates prepare students for work as traditional bench or BIOL 336 Aquatic Biology field research scientists. In addition to a general BIOL 351 Principles of Ecology background in biology (the same as provided by BIOL 358 Animal Behavior the Biology BA program), the Biology BS program BIOL 364 Research Methods in Evolutionary Biology requires two semesters of undergraduate research, BIOL 368 Topics in Evolutionary Biology plus additional courses in quantitative methods BIOL 384 Reading and Writing Like an Ecologist (computer programming, statistics, data analysis) BIOL 387 Seminar in Population Biology and physical chemistry. The research may be done BIOL 394 Seminar in Evolutionary Biology at the university or at any of its affiliated institutions, One genetics course 3 but the biology department does not formally BIOL 301 Biotechnology Laboratory: Genes and place students into laboratories. Because of the Genetic Engineering extra course work and research requirements, BIOL 326 Genetics the Biology BS program may present scheduling One quantitative biology laboratory course 3 challenges to students who wish to pursue multiple BIOL 300 Dynamics of Biological Systems: A Quantitative Introduction to Biology majors, a junior year abroad or internship, or BIOL 304 Fitting Models to Data: Maximum Likelihood significant extracurricular activities. Early, careful Methods and Model Selection planning in consultation with the major advisor is BIOL 315 Quantitative Biology Laboratory essential to stay on schedule. One additional laboratory course (excluding BIOL 388, BIOL 2-4 388S, and BIOL 390) Biology core courses BIOL 223 Vertebrate Biology BIOL 214 Genes, Evolution and Ecology 3 BIOL 300 Dynamics of Biological Systems: A BIOL 214L Genes, Evolution and Ecology Lab 1 Quantitative Introduction to Biology BIOL 215 Cells and Proteins 3 BIOL 301 Biotechnology Laboratory: Genes and Genetic Engineering BIOL 215L Cells and Proteins Laboratory 1 BIOL 304 Fitting Models to Data: Maximum Likelihood BIOL 216 Development and Physiology 3 Methods and Model Selection BIOL 216L Development and Physiology Lab 1 BIOL 305 Herpetology One course from any two of the following three subject 6 BIOL 312 Environmental Sculpture areas (breadth requirement) BIOL 313 Genetics Laboratory Cell and molecular biology BIOL 315 Quantitative Biology Laboratory BIOL 308 Molecular Biology: Genes and Genetic Engineering BIOL 339 Aquatic Biology Laboratory BIOL 316 Fundamental Immunology BIOL 344 Laboratory for Microbiology BIOL 324 Introduction to Stem Cell Biology BIOL 345 Mammal Diversity and Evolution BIOL 325 Cell Biology BIOL 351L Principles of Ecology Laboratory BIOL 326 Genetics BIOL 352 Introduction to Ecology and Field Biology BIOL 328 Plant Genomics and Proteomics BIOL 358 Animal Behavior BIOL 334 Structural Biology BIOL 359 Genetic Basis of Behavior BIOL 342 Parasitology BIOL 363 Experimental Developmental Biology BIOL 343 Microbiology BIOL 376 Neurobiology Laboratory BIOL 365 Evo-Devo: Evolution of Body Plans BIOL 377 Biorobotics Team Research BIOL 366 Genes, Embryos and Fossils Biology electives (excluding 100-level courses, BIOL 240, 6-8 BIOL 250, and BIOL 251) Organismal biology Undergraduate research 6 BIOL 223 Vertebrate Biology BIOL 388S Undergraduate Research - SAGES & BIOL 390 Capstone and Advanced Undergraduate Research Case Western Reserve University 87

Mathematics core courses Second Year Units MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 Fall Spring Managerial, and Social Sci I or MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I Development and Physiology (BIOL 216) 3 MATH 126 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 Development and Physiology Lab (BIOL 1 Managerial, and Social Sci II 216L) or MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II Introductory Organic Chemistry I (CHEM 3 223) Chemistry core courses or Organic Chemistry I (CHEM 323) CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 2 CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 (CHEM 233) CHEM 113 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 2 SAGES University Seminar 3 CHEM 223 Introductory Organic Chemistry I 3 GER Course 3 or CHEM 323 Organic Chemistry I Genetics Course 3 CHEM 224 Introductory Organic Chemistry II 3 Biotechnology Laboratory: Genes and 3 or CHEM 324 Organic Chemistry II Genetic Engineering (BIOL 301) CHEM 233 Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 2 or Genetics (BIOL 326) CHEM 301 Introductory Physical Chemistry I 3 Introductory Organic Chemistry II (CHEM 3 Physics core courses 224) PHYS 115 Introductory Physics I 4 or Organic Chemistry II (CHEM 324) or PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics Elementary Computer Programming (ENGR 3 131) PHYS 116 Introductory Physics II 4 or PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and Magnetism Open Elective 3 One advanced mathematics or statistics course 3 GER Course 3 MATH 201 Introduction to Linear Algebra Year Total: 15 18 MATH 304 Discrete Mathematics STAT 312 Basic Statistics for Engineering and Science Third Year Units Total Units 76-80 Fall Spring At least 11 hours of the selected electives and BIOL Elective 3 additional laboratory courses must be at the 300 BIOL Elective 2-4 level or higher. or BIOL Laboratory Advanced Mathematics or Statistics Course 3 Introduction to Linear Algebra (MATH 201) 3 Discrete Mathematics (MATH 304) 3 BS Biology, Suggested Sequence Basic Statistics for Engineering and Science 3 of Courses (STAT 312) Introductory Physics I (PHYS 115) 4 First Year Units or General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS 121) Fall Spring GER Course 3 Genes, Evolution and Ecology (BIOL 214) 3 BIOL Elective 3 Genes, Evolution and Ecology Lab (BIOL 1 Quantitative Biology Laboratory 3 214L) Dynamics of Biological Systems: A 3 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 Quantitative Introduction to Biology (BIOL Managerial, and Social Sci I (MATH 125) 300) or Calculus for Science and Engineering I (MATH 121) Fitting Models to Data: Maximum Likelihood 3 Methods and Model Selection (BIOL 304) Principles of Chemistry I (CHEM 105) 3 Quantitative Biology Laboratory (BIOL 315) 3 SAGES First Seminar 4 Introductory Physics II (PHYS 116) 4 PHED Physical Education 0 or General Physics II - Electricity and Cells and Proteins (BIOL 215) 3 Magnetism (PHYS 122) Cells and Proteins Laboratory (BIOL 215L) 1 SAGES Departmental Seminar 3 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 GER Course 3 Managerial, and Social Sci II (MATH 126) Year Total: 24-26 25 or Calculus for Science and Engineering II (MATH 122) Principles of Chemistry II (CHEM 106) 3 Fourth Year Units Principles of Chemistry Laboratory (CHEM 2 Fall Spring 113) Undergraduate Research - SAGES 3 SAGES University Seminar 3 Capstone (BIOL 388S) (SAGES Capstone) PHED Physical Education 0 BIOL Elective 3 Year Total: 15 16 BIOL Laboratory (if needed) 2-4 or BIOL Elective 88 College of Arts and Sciences

Introductory Physical Chemistry I (CHEM 3 BIOL 326 Genetics 301) BIOL 328 Plant Genomics and Proteomics Open Elective 3 EECS 359 Bioinformatics in Practice Advanced Undergraduate Research (BIOL 3 Evolutionary biology (two courses) 390) BIOL 364 Research Methods in Evolutionary Biology BIOL Elective 3 One other evolution/ecology course BIOL Elective (if needed) 3 BIOL 225 Evolution or Open Elective BIOL 307 Evolutionary Biology of the Invertebrates Open Electives 6 BIOL 336 Aquatic Biology Year Total: 14-16 15 BIOL 345 Mammal Diversity and Evolution BIOL 351 Principles of Ecology Total Units in Sequence: 142-146 BIOL 358 Animal Behavior BIOL 365 Evo-Devo: Evolution of Body Plans BIOL 366 Genes, Embryos and Fossils Bachelor of Science in Systems BIOL 368 Topics in Evolutionary Biology Biology Cellular and molecular biology (any two courses) BIOL 325 Cell Biology Systems biology is a rapidly emerging area of BIOL 343 Microbiology research activity at the interface of mathematics, BIOL 362 Principles of Developmental Biology computer science, and the biological sciences. BIOL 382 Drugs, Brain, and Behavior Many modern areas of biology research (e.g., BIOL Electives (excluding 100-level courses, BIOL 214, 12 biochemical, neural, behavioral, and ecosystem BIOL 215, BIOL 216, and BIOL 240) networks) require the mastery of advanced (Undergraduate research recommended) quantitative and computational skills. The Systems BIOL 388S Undergraduate Research - SAGES & BIOL 390 Capstone Biology BS degree program is intended to provide and Advanced Undergraduate Research the quantitative and multidisciplinary understanding Mathematics and statistics core courses that is necessary for work in these areas. This skill MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 set is different from that produced by traditional MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 undergraduate programs in biology. Consequently, or MATH 124 Calculus II the Systems Biology BS program includes a MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 specialized four-course core curriculum (different or MATH 227 Calculus III from the three-course core used in the Biology BA MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 and BS programs), as well as foundation courses or MATH 228 Differential Equations from computer science and advanced mathematics. STAT 312 Basic Statistics for Engineering and Science 3 Undergraduate research is recommended (as BIOL Chemistry core courses 388S Undergraduate Research - SAGES Capstone CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 and BIOL 390 Advanced Undergraduate Research), CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 but is not required. CHEM 113 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 2 Physics core courses Systems Biology core courses PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 BIOL 250 Introduction to Cell and Molecular Biology 3 or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics Systems PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 BIOL 251 Introduction to Organismal and Population 3 Magnetism Systems or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and BIOL 300 Dynamics of Biological Systems: A 3 Magnetism Quantitative Introduction to Biology Computer science core courses BIOL 306 Dynamics of Biological Systems II: Tools for 3 EECS 132 Introduction to Programming in Java 3 Mathematical Biology EECS 233 Introduction to Data Structures 4 Approved subspecialty sequence (choose one of the 6 EECS 302 Discrete Mathematics 3 following four sequences) Neuroscience (two courses) or MATH 304 Discrete Mathematics BIOL 373 Introduction to Neurobiology Systems Electives (any two of the following) 6 One other neuroscience course Largely computer science BIOL 374 Neurobiology of Behavior EECS 313 Signal Processing BIOL 376 Neurobiology Laboratory EECS 324 Simulation Techniques in Engineering BIOL 378 Computational Neuroscience EECS 340 Algorithms and Data Structures or MATH Computational Neuroscience EECS 341 Introduction to Database Systems 378 EECS 365 Complex Systems Biology BIOL 382 Drugs, Brain, and Behavior Largely mathematical Genetics (any two courses) BIOL 301 Biotechnology Laboratory: Genes and Genetic Engineering Case Western Reserve University 89

EECS 246 Signals and Systems BIOL 304 Fitting Models to Data: Maximum Likelihood Third Year Units Methods and Model Selection Fall Spring BIOL 319 Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes for Biology Dynamics of Biological Systems II: Tools for 3 MATH 201 Introduction to Linear Algebra Mathematical Biology (BIOL 306) BIOL 378 Computational Neuroscience Discrete Mathematics (EECS 302) 3 or Discrete Mathematics (MATH 304) or MATH Computational Neuroscience 378 BIOL Elective 3 OPRE 411 Optimization Modeling Open Elective 3 Total Units 79 GER Course 3 Basic Statistics for Engineering and Science 3 (STAT 312) Introduction to Data Structures (EECS 233) 4 BS Systems Biology - Suggested BIOL Elective 3 Sequence of Courses SAGES Departmental Seminar 3 GER Course 3 First Year Units Year Total: 15 16 Fall Spring Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 Fourth Year Units (MATH 121) Fall Spring Principles of Chemistry I (CHEM 105) 3 SAGES Capstone 3 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory (CHEM 2 113) Undergraduate Research - SAGES 3 Capstone (BIOL 388S) (recommended) SAGES First Seminar 4 BIOL Subspecialty Elective 3 Open Elective 3 Systems Elective 3 PHED Physical Education 0 Open Electives 6 Introduction to Cell and Molecular Biology 3 Systems (BIOL 250) BIOL Elective 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Advanced Undergraduate Research (BIOL 1 - 3 (MATH 122) 390) (recommended) or Calculus II (MATH 124) BIOL Subspecialty Elective 3 Principles of Chemistry II (CHEM 106) 3 Systems Elective 3 Introduction to Programming in Java (EECS 3 BIOL Elective (if needed) or 3 132) Open Elective SAGES University Seminar 3 Open Elective 3 PHED Physical Education 0 Year Total: 18 16-18 Year Total: 16 16 Total Units in Sequence: 129-131 Second Year Units Fall Spring Introduction to Organismal and Population 3 Concentrations in Areas of the Systems (BIOL 251) General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS 121) 4 Biological Sciences or Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics (PHYS 123) Students are encouraged to utilize their elective Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 courses in the biology major to take advantage of (MATH 223) concentrations in various specialized areas. These or Calculus III (MATH 227) concentrations have been developed between the SAGES University Seminar 3 biology department, the basic science departments GER Course 3 of the School of Medicine, and other departments. Dynamics of Biological Systems: A 3 Currently, concentrations have been developed Quantitative Introduction to Biology (BIOL in the following areas: biotechnology and genetic 300) engineering; computational biology; developmental General Physics II - Electricity and 4 biology; genetics; cell and molecular biology; Magnetism (PHYS 122) or Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and neurobiology and animal behavior; population Magnetism (PHYS 124) biology, ecology and environmental science. Note: Elementary Differential Equations (MATH 3 these concentrations are informal; they are not 224) declared, and will not appear on the student’s or Differential Equations (MATH 228) diploma at graduation. Open Elective 3 GER Course 3 Year Total: 16 16 90 College of Arts and Sciences

Co-op Program in Biology Additional information and application forms are available from the biology department office. The Co-op (Cooperative Education) program offers full-time undergraduate students in good academic standing the opportunity to engage in full-time, paid Back to top employment consistent with their major fields of study. Typically students participate in the co-op program for one or two seven-month periods, such Minors as summer-fall and/or spring-summer, beginning after their sophomore or junior year. Although Two tracks are available for the minor, each participation in this program extends the time requiring a total of 16 hours of biology courses. required to achieve a bachelor’s degree, students One track consists of any two of the three biology often benefit from higher starting salaries and core lectures with their associated laboratories, plus greater lifetime earnings that can result from the electives: experience acquired in co-op assignments. Co- op employment opportunities may exist at local Any two of the the following biology core classes (and 8 companies engaged in biotechnology research, associated labs) pharmaceuticals, or other areas involving the life BIOL 214 Genes, Evolution and Ecology sciences. Students interested in this program & BIOL and Genes, Evolution and Ecology Lab should contact the biology department office. 214L BIOL 215 Cells and Proteins & BIOL and Cells and Proteins Laboratory 215L Advising BIOL 216 Development and Physiology & BIOL and Development and Physiology Lab Biology faculty advisors are assigned to students at 216L BIOL electives (excluding 100-level courses, BIOL 240, 8 the time of major or minor declaration. All biology BIOL 250, BIOL 251, and BIOL 390) majors are required to meet with their departmental Total Units 16 advisors at least once each semester to discuss their academic program, receive clearance for An alternative track, for students using the Systems electronic course registration, and obtain approval Biology core, consists of: for any drops, adds, or withdrawals. Contact Richard F. Drushel, executive officer for the Required courses Department of Biology, for information about major BIOL 250 Introduction to Cell and Molecular Biology 3 or minor declaration. Systems BIOL 251 Introduction to Organismal and Population 3 Systems BIOL electives (excluding 100-level courses, BIOL 214, 10 Departmental Honors BIOL 215, BIOL 216, BIOL 240, and BIOL 390) Total Units 16 To receive a bachelor’s degree "with Honors in Biology" (formally noted as such on the student’s BA Biology | BS Biology | Teacher Licensure I BS diploma at graduation), the student must meet the Systems Biology | Minors following criteria: 1. Maintain a 3.4 overall grade point average, with Graduate Programs a 3.6 in BIOL courses

2. Carry out two semesters of independent Master of Science research (taken as BIOL courses) at Case Western Reserve University The Department of Biology offers both thesis and non-thesis Master of Science degree programs. 3. Write a senior honors thesis with the approval Both programs require a minimum of 30 semester of the faculty supervisor hours of courses at the 300 level or higher. A minimum of 18 semester hours of formal course 4. Submit the thesis for review by an ad hoc work is required for the thesis degree, and a honors committee minimum of 24 semester hours of formal course work for the non-thesis degree. The remaining 5. Successfully defend the thesis at an oral credits may be research credits (BIOL 601 examination Research and BIOL 651 Thesis M.S.). Case Western Reserve University 91

Doctor of Philosophy Valerie Haywood, PhD (University of California, Davis) The Doctor of Philosophy degree in biology is Instructor granted upon the completion of original research Plant developmental biology; molecular biology under the guidance of a faculty member in the Department of Biology. Emmitt R. Jolly, PhD (University of California, San Francisco) Department Faculty Assistant Professor Molecular biology and genetics; developmental Christopher A. Cullis, PhD biology; parasitology; schistosomiasis (University of East Anglia, United Kingdom) Francis Hobart Herrick Professor of Biology; Chair Joseph F. Koonce, PhD Plant molecular biology and genetics; modifications (University of Wisconsin, Madison) of the information content of plant cells Professor Aquatic ecology; systems ecology Radhika Atit, PhD (University of Cincinnati) Barbara A. Kuemerle, PhD Warren E. Rupp Assistant Professor (Case Western Reserve University) Developmental biology and genetics; origin and Instructor patterning of skin Molecular biology and genetics; developmental neuroscience Michael F. Benard, PhD (University of California, Davis) Claudia M. Mizutani, PhD Assistant Professor (Federal University of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil) Ecology; evolutionary biology Assistant Professor Developmental biology and genetics; embryonic Rebecca Benard, PhD body-axis formation (University of California, Davis) Instructor Ronald G. Oldfield, PhD Plant population ecology; physiology (University of Michigan) Instructor Jean H. Burns, PhD Evolutionary ecology of cichlid fishes; ichthyology (Florida State University) Assistant Professor Roy E. Ritzmann, PhD Plant ecology; community assembly; invasibility; (University of Virginia) the role of phylogeny in assembly; the role of Professor demographic processes in biological invasions Neurobiology of behavior; insect locomotion and brain studies Arnold I. Caplan, PhD (Johns Hopkins University) Charles E. Rozek, PhD Professor; Director, Skeletal Research Center (Wayne State University) Developmental biology and biochemistry; molecular Associate Professor; Vice Provost and Dean of and cellular aspects of muscle, cartilage, and bone Graduate Studies development Molecular genetics; developmental biology Hillel J. Chiel, PhD Robin Snyder, PhD (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) (University of California, Santa Barbara) Professor Associate Professor Neurobiology and animal behavior; cellular Theoretical ecology dynamics of neuronal computation Rui S. de Sousa-Neves, PhD Richard F. Drushel, PhD (Federal University of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil) (Case Western Reserve University) Instructor Instructor and Executive Officer Developmental biology; molecular genetics Vertebrate anatomy and physiology; kinematic Hilary C. Walton, PhD modeling and neural control; autonomous robotics (The Ohio State University) Stephen E. Haynesworth, PhD Instructor (Case Western Reserve University) Scholarship of critical reading, discussion and Associate Professor; Associate Dean, College of writing pedagogy within and across the disciplines; Arts and Sciences science communication; inquiry-based introductory Developmental and aging biology biology laboratories; evolutionary behavioral ecology 92 College of Arts and Sciences

Mark A. Willis, PhD Adjunct Faculty (University of California, Riverside) Associate Professor David J. Burke, PhD Neurobiology and behavior; sensorimotor control of (Rutgers University) insect flight; animal behavior Adjunct Assistant Professor, Holden Arboretum Rhizosphere ecology; plant-microbe interactions; Debra E. Wood, PhD molecular microbial ecology; plant ecology (Georgia State University) Assistant Professor Pam Dennis, PhD, DVM Neurobiology; neural and mechanical correlates of (The Ohio State University; College of Veterinary motor pattern generation; animal behavior Medicine, North Carolina State University) Adjunct Assistant Professor; Clinical Assistant James E. Zull, PhD Professor, Cleveland Metroparks Zoo (University of Wisconsin, Madison) Veterinary wildlife epidemiology in zoo and free- Professor ranging animal populations Human learning; brain function in education Anthony Giordano, PhD (The Ohio State University) Research Faculty Adjunct Assistant Professor; President and CEO, TheraVasc, Inc. David A. Carrino, PhD Drug discovery and development in the treatment (Case Western Reserve University) of cancer, vascular diseases, and Alzheimer’s Research Professor disease; entrepreneurship Extracellular matrix and its role in development and wound healing; structure and function of Ana B. Locci, PhD proteoglycans (Case Western Reserve University) Adjunct Assistant Professor; Director, University Jean F. Welter, MD, PhD Farm (Leopold Franzens Universität, Austria; Case Aquatic ecology and population biology Western Reserve University) Research Associate Professor Kristen E. Lukas, PhD Tissue engineering and cell-based therapies; (Georgia Institute of Technology) bioreactor design; mechanobiology; bone Adjunct Assistant Professor; Curator, Conservation transplantation; imaging; fluorescence and Science, Cleveland Metroparks Zoo spectroscopy; drug delivery Applied animal behavior; behavior and health; visitor attitudes and behavior Secondary Faculty Kurt Smemo, PhD (Cornell University) Darin Croft, PhD Adjunct Assistant Professor, Holden Arboretum (The University of Chicago) Soil biogeochemistry Associate Professor, Department of Anatomy, School of Medicine Mary Topa, PhD Vertebrate paleontology and fieldwork; mammals, (Duke University) especially those of South America; paleoecology Adjunct Professor; Director of Science and and ancient ecosystems Research, Holden Arboretum Forest ecosystem function Brian M. McDermott, PhD (Columbia University) Peter A. Zimmerman, PhD Assistant Professor, Department of Otolaryngology, (Case Western Reserve University) University Hospitals of Cleveland Professor, Center for Global Health and Diseases, Neurobiology; hearing and deafness; zebrafish; School of Medicine mechanotransduction; synapse development Infectious diseases; genetics; genomic epidemiology and evolution Peter Thomas, PhD (The University of Chicago) Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics Lecturers Synchronization and reliability of neural activity; gradient sensing, signal transduction and James Bader, MS information theory; pattern formation in the visual (Case Western Reserve University) cortex; malaria informatics Lecturer; Director, Center for Science and Mathematics Education Aquatic ecology Case Western Reserve University 93

Deborah L. Harris, MS BIOL 116. Introduction to Human Anatomy and (Wright State University) Physiology I. 3 Units. Adjunct Lecturer; Coordinator, Biology Teaching Laboratories This course is the first course in a two-semester Aquatic biofouling; mycology sequence that covers human anatomy and physiology for the non-major. BIOL 116 covers homeostasis, cell structure and function, membrane Emeritus Faculty transport, tissue types and the integumentary, skeletal, muscular and nervous systems. This Morris Burke, PhD course is not open to students with credit for BIOL (University of New South Wales, Australia) 216, BIOL 251, BIOL 340, or BIOL 346. This course Professor Emeritus does not count toward any Biology degree. Prereq Muscle physiology; protein chemistry or Coreq: BIOL 114. Robert P. Davis, PhD (Cornell University) BIOL 117. Introduction to Human Anatomy and Associate Professor Emeritus; Dean Emeritus of Physiology II. 3 Units. Collegiate Affairs Developmental biology This is the second course in a two-semester sequence that covers human anatomy and Darhl L. Foreman, PhD physiology for the non-majjor. BIOL 117 covers (University of Chicago) the endocrine, circulatory, respiratory, digestive, Professor Emerita lymphatic, urinary systems including acid-base Reproductive physiology regulation, and reproductive systems. This course Martin J. Rosenberg, PhD is not open to students with credit for BIOL 216, (State University of New York, Stony Brook) BIOL 251, BIOL 340, or BIOL 346. This course Senior Instructor Emeritus does not count toward any Biology degree. Prereq: Herpetology; vertebrate biology; human anatomy BIOL 114 and BIOL 116. and physiology Norman B. Rushforth, PhD BIOL 119. Concepts for a Molecular View of (Cornell University) Biology I. 3 Units. Professor Emeritus Epidemiology; animal behavior; population biology The first semester of a two-course sequence in elementary inorganic, and biochemistry, intended Joanne Westin, PhD for nursing students or non-majors. Topics include: (Cornell University) atomic theory, the periodic table, chemical bonds, Senior Instructor Emerita molecular geometry, ideal gas laws, equilibrium Neurobiology and behavior; physiology and reaction rates, acids, and bases, nuclear chemistry, and nomenclature and reactions of organic compounds (including alkyl, aryl, alcohol, carbonyl, and amino compounds). Problems Courses involving numeric computation are emphasized. This course is not open to students with credit for BIOL 114. Principles of Biology. 3 Units. CHEM 105 or CHEM 111. This course does not count toward any Biology degree. A one-semester course in biology designed for the non-major. A primary objective of this course is to demonstrate how biological principles impact an individual’s daily life. BIOL 114 introduces students to the molecules of life, cell structure and function, respiration and photosynthesis, molecular genetics, heredity and human genetics, evolution, diversity of life, and ecology. Minimal background is required; however, some exposure to biology and chemistry at the high school level is helpful. This course is not open to students with credit for BIOL 214 or BIOL 250. This course does not count toward any Biology degree. 94 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 121. Concepts for a Molecular View of BIOL 215L. Cells and Proteins Laboratory. 1 Biology II. 3 Units. Unit.

The second course of a two-semester sequence in Second in a series of three laboratory courses elementary inorganic, organic, and biochemistry, required of the Biology major. Topics to include: intended for nursing students or non-majors. Topics protein structure-function, enzymes kinetics; cell include: carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, enzyme structure; cellular energetics, respiration and kinetics, metabolic pathways and bioenergetics, photosynthesis. In addition, membrane structure DNA and RNA, methods of molecular biology, and and transport will be covered. Laboratory and nutrition. Applications to human physiology and discussion sessions offered in alternate weeks. This medicine emphasized. This course is not open to course is not available for students who have taken students with credit for CHEM 223 or CHEM 323. BIOL 215 as a 4-credit course. Prereq: BIOL 214L This course does not count toward any Biology and Prereq or Coreq: BIOL 215. degree. Prereq: BIOL 119. BIOL 216. Development and Physiology. 3 Units. BIOL 214. Genes, Evolution and Ecology. 3 Units. This is the final class in the series of three courses required of the Biology major. As with First in a series of three courses required of the the two previous courses, BIOL 214 and 215, Biology major. Topics include: biological molecules this course is designed to provide an overview (focus on DNA and RNA); mitotic and melotic cell of fundamental biological processes. It will cycles, gene expression, genetics, population examine the complexity of interactions controlling genetics, evolution, biological diversity and ecology. reproduction, development and physiological Prereq or Coreq: CHEM 105 or CHEM 111. function in animals. The Developmental Biology section will review topics such as gametogenesis, fertilization, cleavage, gastrulation, the genetic BIOL 214L. Genes, Evolution and Ecology Lab. control of development, stem cells and cloning. 1 Unit. Main topics included in the Physiology portion consist of : homeostasis, the function of neurons First in a series of three laboratory courses required and nervous systems; the major organ systems of the Biology major. Topics include: biological and processes involved in circulation, excretion, molecules (with a focus on DNA and RNA); basics osmoregulation, gas exchange, feeding, digestion, of cell structure (with a focus on malaria research); temperature regulation, endocrine function and the molecular genetics, biotechnology; population immunologic response. Prereq: BIOL 214. genetics and evolution, ecology. Assignments will be in the form of a scientific journal submission. Prereq or Coreq: BIOL 214. BIOL 216L. Development and Physiology Lab. 1 Unit.

BIOL 215. Cells and Proteins. 3 Units. Third in a series of three laboratory courses required of the Biology major. Students will conduct Second in a series of three courses required of the laboratory experiments designed to provide hands- Biology major. Topics include: biological molecules on, empirical laboratory experience in order (focus on proteins, carbohydrates, and lipids); cell to better understand the complex interactions structure (focus on membranes, energy conversion governing the basic physiology and development of organelles and cytoskeleton); protein structure- organisms. Laboratories and discussion sessions function; enzyme kinetics, cellular energetics, and offered in alternate weeks. Prereq: BIOL 214L and cell communication and motility strategies. Prereq: Prereq or Coreq: BIOL 216. BIOL 214 and CHEM 105 or CHEM 111. Coreq or Prereq: CHEM 106 or ENGR 145. Case Western Reserve University 95

BIOL 223. Vertebrate Biology. 3 Units. BIOL 240. Personalized Medicine. 3 Units.

A survey of vertebrates from jawless fishes to The emphasis of clinical practice is slowly shifting mammals. Functional morphology, physiology, from one-disease and one-treatment-fits-all to behavior and ecology as they relate to the groups’ more personalized care based on molecular relationships with their environment. Evolution of markers of disease risk, disease subtype, drug organ systems. Two lectures and one laboratory effectiveness, and adverse drug reactions. per week. The laboratory will involve a study This course, designed for non-biology majors, of the detailed anatomy of the shark and cat will introduce how the developments in gene used as representative vertebrates. Students sequencing, genetic markers, and stem cells can are expected to spend at least three hours of be applied for predictive testing and personalized unscheduled laboratory each week. This course therapies. Core concepts to be covered include the fulfills a laboratory requirement for the biology principles of genetics including the inheritance of major. traits determined by single genes and by multiple genes, the assignment of risk to particular genetic constitutions, and the nature and use of stem BIOL 225. Evolution. 3 Units. cells. The emergence of private companies as resources for the performance of the tests, and Multidisciplinary study of the course and processes how the general public will be able to interpret their of organic evolution provides a broad understanding own data (with or without the access to genetic of the evolution of structural and functional diversity, counselors), will also be covered. The course will the relationships among organisms and their include hands-on laboratory experiences of DNA environments, and the phylogenetic relationships manipulation and detection using the polymerase among major groups of organisms. Topics include chain reaction and gel electrophoresis. The ethical, the genetic basis of micro- and macro-evolutionary legal, and social issues associated with personal change, the concept of adaptation, natural genetic testing will also be covered. This course selection, population dynamics, theories of species does not count towards any Biology degree, nor formation, principles of phylogenetic inference, towards the Biology minor. biogeography, evolutionary rates, evolutionary convergence, homology, Darwinian medicine, and conceptual and philosophic issues in evolutionary BIOL 250. Introduction to Cell and Molecular theory. Offered as ANTH 225, BIOL 225, GEOL Biology Systems. 3 Units. 225, HSTY 225, and PHIL 225. This course will emphasize an understanding of living organisms at the cellular level from a molecular view point. Topics to be covered will include: unity and diversity of living things, evolutionary relatedness, cells, tissues and organelles, life as a biochemical process, molecular building blocks of life, gene structure and function, uses of model organisms and molecular experimental methods. The topics to be covered are relevant to current practices in biotechnology, medicine and agriculture and these connections will be highlighted. This course is not open to students who have received credit for BIOL 214 and/or BIOL 215. 96 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 251. Introduction to Organismal and BIOL 302. Human Learning and the Brain. 3 Population Systems. 3 Units. Units.

This course will emphasize an understanding This course focuses on the question, "How does the of the regulation of the structure and function of human brain learn?" Through assigned readings, organismal and population systems. Adopting an extensive class discussions, and a major paper, evolutionary perspective, the course will provide each student will explore personal perspectives on students with a comparative analysis of plant and learning. Specific topics include, but are not limited animal solutions to the problem of multicellularity. to: the brain’s cycle of learning; neocortex structure Detailed exploration of animals will focus on the and function; emotion and limbic brain; synapse development of tissue and organ systems and their dynamics and changes in learning; images in coordination at an organismal level. This systems cognition; symbolic brain (language, mathematics, approach will then be extended to regulation music); memory formation; and creative thought of ecosystems and abundance of organisms in and brain mechanisms. The major paper will be populations. added to each student’s SAGES writing portfolio. In addition, near the end of the semester, each student will make an oral presentation on a chosen BIOL 300. Dynamics of Biological Systems: A topic. Offered as: BIOL 302 and COGS 322. Quantitative Introduction to Biology. 3 Units.

This course will introduce students to dynamic BIOL 303. Principles of Chemical Biology. 4 biological phenomena, from the molecular Units. to the population level, and models of these dynamical phenomena. It will describe a biological This is a computer-assisted course and offers a system, discuss how to model its dynamics, and detailed introduction into biological macromolecular experimentally evaluate the resulting models. structure and function with particular emphasis on Topics will include molecular dynamics of biological proteins. Computer-assisted learning will follow molecules, kinetics of cell metabolism and the cell each lecture and will involve either searching the cycle, biophysics of excitability, scaling laws for Web for appropriate sources of information covered biological systems, biomechanics, and population in the lecture or using spreadsheets and graphics dynamics. Mathematical tools for the analysis to examine data extracted from the chemical of dynamic biological processes will also be biology and biomedical literature. For example, presented. Students will manipulate and analyze the protein database (PDB) and Rasmol software simulations of biological processes, and learn will be used to visualize and measure biological to formulate and analyze their own models. This macromolecules and extracted data from the course satisfies a laboratory requirement for the biomedical literature will be analyzed by standard biology major. Offered as BIOL 300 and EBME 300. graphical procedures employing the computer. This new format will offer the student the ability to learn to use the information resources on the Web BIOL 301. Biotechnology Laboratory: Genes together with the computing ability of the computer and Genetic Engineering. 3 Units. to explore the concepts presented in the course. This course satisfies a laboratory requirement for Laboratory training in recombinant DNA techniques. the biology major. Prereq: CHEM 105 and CHEM Basic microbiology, growth, and manipulation of 106 or CHEM 111 and ENGR 145. bacteriophage, bacteria and yeast. Students isolate and characterize DNA, construct recombinant DNA molecules, and reintroduce them into eukaryotic cells (yeast, plant, animal) to assess their viability and function. Two laboratories per week. Offered as BIOL 301 and BIOL 401. Prereq: BIOL 215 or BIOL 250. Case Western Reserve University 97

BIOL 304. Fitting Models to Data: Maximum BIOL 306. Dynamics of Biological Systems II: Likelihood Methods and Model Selection. 3 Tools for Mathematical Biology. 3 Units. Units. Building on the material in Biology 300, this This course will introduce students to maximum course focuses on the mathematical tools used likelihood methods for fitting models to data and to construct and analyze biological models, with to ways of deciding which model is best supported examples drawn largely from ecology but also from by the data (model selection). Along the way, epidemiology, developmental biology, and other students will learn some basic tenets of probability areas. Analytic "paper and pencil" techniques are and develop competency in R, a commonly used emphasized, but we will also use computers to help statistical package. Examples will be drawn from develop intuition. By the end of the course, students ecology, epidemiology, and potentially other areas should be able to recognize basic building blocks of biology. The second half of the course is devoted in biological models, be able to perform simple to in-class projects, and students are encouraged to analysis, and be more fluent in translating between bring their own data. Offered as BIOL 304 and BIOL verbal and mathematical descriptions. Offered as 404. Prereq: MATH 121 and MATH 122 OR MATH BIOL 306 and MATH 376. Prereq: BIOL 300 or 125 and MATH 126. MATH 224 or MATH 228.

BIOL 305. Herpetology. 4 Units. BIOL 307. Evolutionary Biology of the Invertebrates. 3 Units. Amphibians and reptiles exhibit tremendous diversity in development, physiology, anatomy, Important events in the evolution of invertebrate behavior and ecology. As a result, amphibians life, as well as structure, function, and phylogeny of are reptiles have served as model organisms for major invertebrate groups. research in many different fields of biology. This course will cover many aspects of amphibian and reptile biology, including anatomy, evolution, BIOL 308. Molecular Biology: Genes and geographical distribution, physiological adaptations Genetic Engineering. 4 Units. to their environment, reproductive strategies, moisture-, temperature-, and food-relations, An examination of the flow of genetic information sensory mechanisms, predator-prey relationships, from DNA to RNA to protein. Topics include: nucleic communication (vocal, chemical, behavioral), acid structure; mechanisms and control of DNA, population biology, and the effects of venomous RNA, and protein biosynthesis; recombinant DNA; snake bite. Laboratory sessions will be devoted and mRNA processing and modification. Where to learning species identification and evolutionary possible, eukaryotic and prokaryotic systems relationships, discussion of the ecology of Ohio’s are compared. Special topics include yeast as a amphibians and reptiles, survey techniques for model organism, molecular biology of cancer, and determining population size and structure, and molecular biology of the cell cycle. Current literature observations of the behavior of live reptiles and is discussed briefly as an introduction to techniques amphibians. Laboratory sessions may include trips of genetic engineering. Recommended preparation to Squire Valleevue Farm, Cleveland Museum of for BIOC 408 and BIOL 408: BIOC 307 or BIOL Natural History, and Cleveland Metroparks Zoo. 214. Offered as BIOC 308, BIOL 308, BIOC 408, Prereq: BIOL 214 or BIOL 251. and BIOL 408. Prereq: BIOL 215 or BIOC 307. 98 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 309. Introduction to Research in BIOL 314. Animal Cognition and Mathematical Biology. 1 Unit. Consciousness. 4 Units.

The purpose of this seminar is to introduce students This course examines the notions of intelligence, to some of the research being done at Case cognition, reasoning, consciousness, and mental that explores questions at the intersection of content as they appear in the philosophical views mathematics and biology. Students will explore and empirical studies of animals in individual and roughly five research collaborations, spending social contexts. We will review scientific findings two weeks with each research group. In the first that suggest striking likenesses and intriguing three classes of each two-week block, students differences in the (apparent) thought processes will read and discuss relevant papers, guided by of humans and animals, and ask whether the members of that research group, and the two-week research techniques that brought us these results period will culminate in a talk in which a member are fully adequate to measuring such unobservable of the research group will present a potential entities as conscious experience and thought. undergraduate project in that area. After the final Techniques of measurement range from naturalistic group’s talk, students will divide themselves into observation, to the processing of vocalizations, groups of two to four people and choose one to memory and problem solving tasks, and the project for further exploration. Together, they imaging of brain processes through fMRI scans, will write up this project as a research proposal, etc. Students will face the challenges and rewards introducing the problem, explaining how it connects of practicing these techniques and reworking to broader scientific questions, and outlining the philosophical theories in the service component of proposed work. It is expected that students will use the course. Students will participate in veterinary or the associated research group as a resource, but shelter work to provide needed animal care while the proposal should be their own work. Students studying animal behavior using cognitive ethological will submit a first draft, receive feedback, and then methods. We will compare methods for measuring submit a revised draft. Offered as BIOL 309 and consciousness and intelligence in animals to those MATH 342. used for human beings, and ask questions about the possibility of machine consciousness and the emergent property of group consciousness. Offered BIOL 312. Environmental Sculpture. 3 Units. as BIOL 314, COGS 314, PHIL 314 and PHIL 414. This course explores sculptural/architectural possibilities within three environmental realms: the BIOL 315. Quantitative Biology Laboratory. 3 natural, urban, and social/communal. The definition Units. and application of "Sculpture" and "Architecture" may vary dramatically from project to project, where This course will apply a range of quantitative the boundary between sculpture and architecture techniques to explore structure-function relations in may be blurred. Throughout, an emphasis on biological systems. Using a case study approach, ecological awareness will be maintained, as it students will explore causes of impairments of relates to environmental impact of structures in the normal function, will assemble diverse sets of landscape, as well as the materials and pathway information into a database format for the analysis of construction. This course satisfies a laboratory of causes of impairment, will analyze the data with requirement for the biology major. appropriate statistical and other quantitative tools, and be able to communicate their results to both technical and non-technical audiences. The course BIOL 313. Genetics Laboratory. 2 Units. has one lecture and one lab per week. Students will be required to maintain a journal of course activities This laboratory exposes students to the methods and demonstrate mastery of quantitative tools and used to study the genetics of a wide range of statistical techniques. Graduate students will have organisms. Some of the topics covered are: gene a final project that applies these techniques to a mapping in diploids, tetrad analysis, mutagenesis, problem of their choice. Offered as BIOL 315 and complementation, and mitotic recombination. BIOL 415. Prereq: BIOL 214 or BIOL 251. Emphasis is placed on the relationship between the genotype and the biochemical events which determine the phenotype. One laboratory per week. Prereq or Coreq: BIOL 326. Case Western Reserve University 99

BIOL 316. Fundamental Immunology. 4 Units. BIOL 319. Applied Probability and Stochastic Processes for Biology. 3 Units. Introductory immunology providing an overview of the immune system, including activation, effector Applications of probability and stochastic processes mechanisms, and regulation. Topics include to biological systems. Mathematical topics will antigen-antibody reactions, immunologically include: introduction to discrete and continuous important cell surface receptors, cell-cell probability spaces (including numerical generation interactions, cell-mediated immunity, innate of pseudo random samples from specified versus adaptive immunity, cytokines, and basic probability distributions), Markov processes in molecular biology and signal transduction in B discrete and continuous time with discrete and and T lymphocytes, and immunopathology. Three continuous sample spaces, point processes weekly lectures emphasize experimental findings including homogeneous and inhomogeneous leading to the concepts of modern immunology. An Poisson processes and Markov chains on graphs, additional recitation hour is required to integrate the and diffusion processes including Brownian core material with experimental data and known motion and the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process. immune mediated diseases. Five mandatory 90 Biological topics will be determined by the interests minute group problem sets per semester will be of the students and the instructor. Likely topics administered outside of lecture and recitation include: stochastic ion channels, molecular meeting times. Graduate students will be graded motors and stochastic ratchets, actin and tubulin separately from undergraduates, and 22 percent polymerization, random walk models for neural of the grade will be based on a critical analysis of spike trains, bacterial chemotaxis, signaling a recently published, landmark scientific article. and genetic regulatory networks, and stochastic Offered as BIOL 316, BIOL 416, CLBY 416, and predator-prey dynamics. The emphasis will be PATH 416. Prereq: BIOL 215. on practical simulation and analysis of stochastic phenomena in biological systems. Numerical methods will be developed using both MATLAB BIOL 318. Introductory Entomology. 4 Units. and the R statistical package. Student projects will comprise a major part of the course. Offered as The goal of this course is to discover that, for the BIOL 319, EECS 319, MATH 319, BIOL 419, EBME most part, insects are not aliens from another 419, and PHOL 419. Prereq: MATH 224 or MATH planet. Class meetings will alternate; with some 223 and BIOL 300 or BIOL 306 and MATH 201 or structured as lectures, while others are laboratory MATH 307 or consent of instructor. exercises. Sometimes we will meet at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History, or in the field to collect and observe insects. The 50 minute discussion meeting once a week will serve to address questions from both lectures and lab exercises. The students will be required to make a small but comprehensive insect collection. Early in the semester we will focus on collecting the insects, and later, when insects are gone for the winter, we will work to identify the specimens collected earlier. Students will be graded based on exams, class participation and their insect collections. Offered as BIOL 318 and BIOL 418. Prereq: BIOL 214 and BIOL 215 and BIOL 216 or BIOL 250 and BIOL 251 100 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 324. Introduction to Stem Cell Biology. 3 BIOL 326. Genetics. 3 Units. Units. Transmission genetics, nature of mutation, This discussion-based course will introduce microbial genetics, somatic cell genetics, students to the exciting field of stem cell research. recombinant DNA techniques and their application Students will first analyze basic concepts of to genetics, human genome mapping, plant stem cell biology, including stem cell niche, breeding, transgenic plants and animals, cell quiescence, asymmetric cell division, cell uniparental inheritance, evolution, and quantitative proliferation and differentiation, and signaling genetics. Offered as BIOL 326 and BIOL 426. pathways involved in these processes. This first Prereq: BIOL 214 or BIOL 250. part of the course will focus on invertebrate genetic models for the study of stem cells. In the second part of the course, students will search for primary BIOL 328. Plant Genomics and Proteomics. 3 research papers on vertebrate and human stem Units. cells, and application of stem cell research in regenerative medicine and cancer. Finally, students The development of molecular tools has impacted will have the opportunity to discuss about ethical agriculture as much as human health. The controversies in the field. Students will rotate in application of new techniques to improve food weekly presentations, and will write two papers crops, including the development of genetically during the semester. Students will improve skills on modified crops, has also become controversial. searching and reading primary research papers, This course covers the nature of the plant genome gain presentation skills, and further their knowledge and the role of sequenced-based methods in in related subjects in the fields of cell biology, the identification of the genes. The application genetics and developmental biology. This course of the whole suite of modern molecular tools to may be used as a cell/molecular subject area understand plant growth and development, with elective for the B.A. and B.S. Biology degrees. specific examples related agronomically important Offered as BIOL 324 and BIOL 424. Prereq: BIOL responses to biotic and abiotic stresses, is included. 325 or BIOL 326 or BIOL 362. The impact of the enormous amounts of data generated by these methods and their storage and analysis (bioinformatics) is also considered. Finally, BIOL 325. Cell Biology. 3 Units. the impact on both the developed and developing world of the generation and release of genetically This course will emphasize an understanding modified food crops will be covered. Recommended of the structure and function of eukaryotic cells preparation: BIOL 326. Offered as BIOL 328 and from a molecular viewpoint. We will explore cell BIOL 428. activities by answering the questions what do cells do and how do they do it. The answers to these questions will be developed using experimental BIOL 334. Structural Biology. 3 Units. evidence from the literature and explanations from the text. An important part of this course will be Introduces basic chemical properties of proteins appreciation of the experimental evidence which and discusses the physical forces that determine supports our current understanding of cell function. protein structure. Topics include: the elucidation To achieve this aim, students will read papers from of protein structure by NMR and by X-ray the primary literature to supplement the text. Topics crystallographic methods; the acquisition of protein will include cell structure, protein structure and structures from data bases; and simple modeling function, internal organization of the eukaryotic cell, experiments based on protein structures. Offered membrane structure and function, protein sorting, as BIOC 334, BIOL 334, BIOC 434, and BIOL 434. organelle biogenesis, and cytoskeleton structure and function. The course will also cover the life cycles of cells, their interactions and finally use BIOL 336. Aquatic Biology. 3 Units. the immune response as a model of cell behavior. Physical, chemical, and biological dynamics of lake Prereq: BIOL 215 or BIOL 250. ecosystems. Factors governing the distribution, abundance, and diversity of freshwater organisms. Prereq: BIOL 214 or BIOL 251. Case Western Reserve University 101

BIOL 338. Ichthyology. 3 Units. BIOL 342. Parasitology. 3 Units.

Biology of fishes. Students will first develop This course will introduce students to classical fundamental understanding of the evolutionary and current parasitology. Students will discuss history and systematics of fishes to provide a basic principles of parasitology, parasite life context within which they can address diverse cycles, host-parasite interaction, therapeutic and aspects of biology including anatomy, physiology control programs, epidemiology, and ecological (e.g., in species that change sex; osmoregulation in and societal considerations. The course will freshwater vs. saltwater), and behavior (e.g. visual, explore diverse classes of parasitic organisms with auditory, chemical, electric communication; social emphasis on protozoan and helminthic diseases structures). Finally, this knowledge will be used to and the parasites’ molecular biology. Group explore the biodiversity of fishes around the world, discussion and selected reading will facilitate further with emphasis on Ohio species, by examining integrative learning and appreciation for parasite preserved specimens in class and making two local biology. This course counts as an elective in the field trips to (1) observe captive living specimens, cell/molecular biology subject area for the Biology and (2) to observe, capture, and identify wild fishes BA and BS degrees. Offered as BIOL 342 and BIOL in their natural habitats. The course will conclude 442. Prereq: BIOL 214, 215, 216 and 326. with an analysis of the current global fisheries crisis that has resulted from human activities. Fishes will be used to address broad topics in ecology and BIOL 343. Microbiology. 3 Units. evolutionary biology that transcend the pure study of ichthyology. Recommended preparation for BIOL An introduction to the physiology, genetics, 438: BIOL 216. Offered as BIOL 338 and BIOL 438. biochemistry, and diversity of microorganisms. Prereq: BIOL 216 or BIOL 251. The subject will be approached both as a basic biological science that studies the molecular and biochemical processes of cells and viruses, and as BIOL 339. Aquatic Biology Laboratory. 2 Units. an applied science that examines the involvement of microorganisms in human disease as well as The physical, chemical, and biological limnology in workings of ecosystems, plant symbioses, of freshwater ecosystems will be investigated. and industrial processes. The course is divided Emphasis will be on identification of the organisms into four major areas: bacteria, viruses, medical inhabiting these systems and their ecological microbiology, and environmental and applied interactions with each other. This course will microbiology. Prereq: BIOL 215 or BIOL 250. combine both field and laboratory analysis to characterize and compare the major components of these ponds. Students will have the opportunity BIOL 344. Laboratory for Microbiology. 2 Units. to design and conduct individual projects. Prereq or Coreq: BIOL 336. Practical microbiology, with an emphasis on bacteria as encountered in a variety of situations. Sterile techniques, principles of identification, BIOL 340. Human Physiology. 3 Units. staining and microscopy, growth and nutritional characteristics, genetics, enumeration methods, This course will provide functional correlates to the epidemiology, immunological techniques (including students’ previous knowledge of human anatomy. ELISA and T cell identification), antibiotics and Building upon the basic principles covered in BIOL antibiotic resistance, chemical diagnostic tests, 216 and 346, the physiology of organs and organ sampling the human environment, and commercial systems of humans, including the musculoskeletal, applications. One lab per week. Prereq or Coreq: nervous, cardiovascular, lymphatic, immune, BIOL 343. respiratory, digestive, excretory, reproductive, and endocrine systems, will be studied at an advanced level. The contribution of each system to homeostasis will be emphasized. Prereq: BIOL 346 and BIOL 215 and BIOL 216 or BIOL 346 and BIOL 250 and BIOL 251 102 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 345. Mammal Diversity and Evolution. 3 BIOL 351L. Principles of Ecology Laboratory. 2 Units. Units.

This course focuses on the morphologic and Students in this laboratory course will conduct taxonomic diversity of mammals in a phylogenetic a variety of ecological investigations that are context. By the end of the course, students will designed to examine relationships involving be able to (1) describe the key morphological and organisms and the environment at individual, physiological features of mammals; (2) identify population, and community levels. Descriptive and the main anatomical characteristics of all orders hypothesis-driven investigations will take place and most families of extant, non-volant mammals; at Case Western Reserve University’s Squire (3) interpret a phylogenetic tree and the data Valleevue Farm, in both field and greenhouse used to generate it; (4) appreciate major historical settings. The course is designed to explore as well patterns in mammal diversity and biogeography. as test a variety of ecological paradigms. Students Two lectures and one lab each week; most labs taking the graduate level course will prepare a will be specimen-based and will take place at grant proposal in which hypotheses will be based the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. One on a select number of lab investigations. This weekend field trip to Cleveland Metroparks Zoo. course satisfies a laboratory requirement for biology This course satisfies a laboratory requirement for majors. Recommended preparation or concurrent the biology major. Offered as ANAT 445, BIOL 345, enrollment in BIOL 351 or BIOL 451. Offered as and BIOL 445. Prereq: BIOL 214. BIOL 351L and BIOL 451L. Prereq or Coreq: BIOL 351. BIOL 346. Human Anatomy. 3 Units. BIOL 352. Introduction to Ecology and Field Gross anatomy of the human body. Two lectures Biology. 3 Units. and one laboratory demonstration per week. Prereq: BIOL 216 or BIOL 251. This course will be an introduction to the field- based study of the interactions that determine the abundance and distribution of organisms. There BIOL 348. Human Anatomy and Physiology. 4 - will be a heavy emphasis on experimentation and 5 Units. data collection in the field as we investigate a diversity of terrestrial and aquatic habitats on the The anatomy and physiology of the human body. Squire Valleevue Farm property. Students will have Enrollment is restricted to students majoring in the opportunity to practice important ecological nutrition. Four lectures and one laboratory per sampling techniques as they study the relationships week. Offered as BIOL 348 and BIOL 448. between individuals, populations, and communities and the environments they live in. This course satisfies a laboratory requirement for the biology BIOL 351. Principles of Ecology. 3 Units. major. Offered summer semester only. Prereq: This lecture course explores spatial and temporal BIOL 214 and BIOL 214L. relationships involving organisms and the environment at individual, population, and community levels. An underlying theme of the course will be neo-Darwinian evolution through natural selection with an emphasis on organismal adaptations to abiotic and biotic environments. Studies and models will illustrate ecological principles, and there will be some emphasis on the applicability of these principles to ecosystem conservation. Students taking the graduate level course will prepare a grant proposal in which hypotheses will be based on some aspect of ecological theory. Offered as BIOL 351 and BIOL 451. Prereq: BIOL 214 or BIOL 251. Case Western Reserve University 103

BIOL 353. Ecophysiology of Global Change. 3 BIOL 357. Backyard Behavior Capstone. 3 Units. Units. Interesting animal behavior is all around us. Climate changes and natural selection, prior to We need not go into a laboratory to observe human activities, have pre-equipped autotrophic it, but laboratory tools can help to understand organisms with a suite of adaptations to natural the behaviors that we encounter every day. We abiotic stress. Whether these adaptations are interact with animals in our homes, in forests and capable of dealing with current and future levels wilderness areas and even in our own backyards. (magnitude, speed) of non-natural abiotic change As pet dogs or cats interact with wild squirrels and is of great interest. This course will examine, in birds, they provide insights regarding predation, detail, the tight physiological interactions between neuromechanics, and mating behaviors, just to list plants and their variable environment. Emphasizing a few concepts. This course takes advantage of major aspects of indirect (UV-B, global warming, the rich behavior that exists around us to provide altered precipitation) and direct (CO2, O3, SOx, a capstone experience for students who have an NOx) anthropogenic pollution, relevant plant cellular interest in animal behavior. The course will be open processes, and responses of plants to abiotic to 10 senior Biology majors who have emphasized stress, will be examined. With this foundation, the animal behavior and neurobiology courses class discussions will explore scaled collective offered by the Biology department. Each student consequences of global change to plant-dominated will have taken at least one advanced course in terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. Offered as BIOL Animal Behavior, Neurobiology, or Neuroethology. 353 and BIOL 453. Prereq: BIOL 214 or BIOL 251. Entry into the course will be by permit, and permits will be issued only after an interview in which each student demonstrates to the instructor a deep interest in animal behavior and underlying neural control systems. Through classroom discussion, viewing of behaviorally-based video shows, and field trips, each student will choose one behavior to investigate in detail over the course of the semester. In order to move beyond casual observation to in-depth analysis, video cameras will be available to the students, as well as computer based motion analysis systems. The class will meet as a group twice weekly. During this formal classroom period, students will discuss behaviors in general and , as the course progresses, the specific topics that each student is investigating. They will present journal articles that are relevant to their topics, a prospectus on their intended study, and ultimately describe their projects outside of class time and will present a poster at a public poster fair. Prereq: BIOL 305 or BIOL 318 or BIOL 358 or BIOL 373 or BIOL 374. 104 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 358. Animal Behavior. 4 Units. BIOL 361. Building an Educational Website: Zebrafish in the Classroom. 3 Units. Ultimately the success or failure (i.e., life or death) of any individual animal is determined by Students with backgrounds in computer science its behavior. The ability to locate and capture and biology will work together to build a "Zebrafish food, avoid being food, acquiring and defending in the Classroom" website. The zebrafish model territory, and successfully passing your genes system has many characteristics that make it an to the next generation, are all dependent on excellent tool for teaching: embryos are easy to complex interactions between an animal’s obtain in large numbers, development can observed design, environment and behavior. This course in vivo using simple dissecting microscopes, and will be an integrative approach emphasizing mutants can be used to demonstrate principles experimental studies of animal behavior. You will of development and genetics. Although scientists be introduced to state-of-the-art approaches to around the world are using zebrafish in their the study of animal behavior, including neural and courses, there is no centralized place for educators hormonal mechanisms, genetic and developmental and students to share ideas and materials. During mechanisms and ecological and evolutionary this course, students will create content for and approaches. We will learn to critique examples of build a website that will disseminate ideas for using current scientific papers, and learn how to conduct zebrafish as a teaching tool. In its mature form, the observations and experiments with real animals. website will contain protocols for using zebrafish in We will feature guest appearances by the Curator laboratory courses for students at all stages of their of Research from the Cleveland MetroParks Zoo education, tours, movies, discussion and question and visits to working animal behavior research labs boards, and an on-line journal where students here at CWRU. Group discussions and writing will can publish their work. Students enrolling in this be emphasized. This course satisfies a laboratory course should have background in web design or requirement for biology majors. Offered as BIOL developmental biology. Prereq: BIOL 362. 358 and BIOL 458. Prereq: BIOL 214 and BIOL 215 and BIOL 216 or BIOL 250 and BIOL 251 BIOL 362. Principles of Developmental Biology. 3 Units. BIOL 359. Genetic Basis of Behavior. 3 Units. The descriptive and experimental aspects of In this course, students will discuss scientific papers animal development. Gametogenesis, fertilization, on Drosophila behavior. Emphasis will be given cleavage, morphogenesis, induction, differentiation, to studies that employ the powerful genetic tools organogenesis, growth, and regeneration. Prereq: available in Drosophila to the study of behavior. The BIOL 216 or BIOL 251 or EBME 201 and EBME topics covered will include: innate behaviors (e.g. 202 sexual behavior); learning and memory; sensory information processing; anatomy of the Drosophila adult brain; genetic screenings for behavioral BIOL 363. Experimental Developmental Biology. mutants; genetic tools to interfere with behavioral 3 Units. response. Students will be required to write and develop an objective project that combines genetics This laboratory course will teach concepts and with behavioral tests. Students will be graded in techniques in developmental biology. Emphasis presentations as well as a final grant proposal. will be on the mechanisms that pattern the embryo Lab component will consist of experimentation in during development and how these mechanisms files using genetics and behavioral analyses, to be are explored using molecular, cellular, and genetic carried out in the last 6 weeks of the course. Counts approaches. A term research paper is required. as a Biology laboratory course for the B.A. and B.S. Students taking the graduate level course will Biology degrees. Offered as BIOL 359 and BIOL prepare a grant proposal. One laboratory and one 459. Prereq: BIOL 216 or BIOL 251. lecture per week. Offered as BIOL 363 and BIOL 463. Prereq: BIOL 362. Case Western Reserve University 105

BIOL 364. Research Methods in Evolutionary BIOL 366. Genes, Embryos and Fossils. 3 Units. Biology. 3 Units. This multidisciplinary seminar course is designed to The process of evolution explains not only how the help students understand fundamental concepts of present diversity of life on earth has formed, but development and evolution of biological systems. also provides insights into current pressing issues Because scientists communicate their ideas today, including the spread of antibiotic resistance, through journal articles, seminars, and in grant the causes of geographic variation in genetic proposals, the course will focus upon reading and diseases, and explanations for modern patterns of synthesizing primary literature. In this discussion- extinction risk. Students in Advanced Evolutionary based course, students will also learn to effectively Biology will be introduced to several of the major present and write on three topics that are at the research approaches of evolutionary biology, exciting intersection of genetics, developmental including methods of measuring natural selection biology, and evolution. Finally, students will be on the phenotypic and genotypic levels, quantifying provided with the technical and intellectual skills the rate of evolution, reconstructing evolutionary which are needed to write a grant proposal and a relationships, and assessing the factors that affect literature review. Prereq: BIOL 225 or BIOL 326 or rates of speciation and extinction. The course will BIOL 251 or BIOL 362 or BIOL 365 consist of a combination of interactive lectures, in-class problem solving and data analysis, and the discussion of peer-reviewed scientific papers. BIOL 368. Topics in Evolutionary Biology. 3 Student grades are based on participation in class, Units. discussions and written summaries of published papers, in-class presentations, and two writing The focus for this course on a special topic of assignments. Offered as BIOL 364 and BIOL 464. interest in evolutionary biology will vary from one Prereq: BIOL 214 or BIOL 251. offering to the next. Examples of possible topics include theories of speciation, the evolution of language, the evolution of sex, evolution and BIOL 365. Evo-Devo: Evolution of Body Plans. 3 biodiversity, molecular evolution. ANAT/ANTH/ Units. GEOL/PHIL 467/BIOL 468 will require a longer, more sophisticated term paper, and additional class This discussion-based course offers a detailed presentation. Offered as ANTH 367, BIOL 368, introduction to Evolutionary Developmental Biology. GEOL 367, PHIL 367, ANAT 467, ANTH 467, BIOL The field seeks to explain evolutionary events 468, GEOL 467, and PHIL 467. through the mechanisms of Developmental Biology and Genetics. The course is structured into different modules. First we will look at the developmental BIOL 369. Evolutionary Biology Capstone. 3 genetic mechanisms that can cause variation. Then Units. we focus on how alterations of these mechanisms can generate novel structural changes. We will This course focuses on a special topic of interest then examine a few areas of active debate, where in evolutionary biology that will vary from one Evo-Devo is attempting to solve major problems offering to the next. Examples of possible topics in evolutionary biology. We will conclude with two include theories of speciation, the evolution of writing assignments. Students will be required to language, the evolution of sex, evolution and present, read, and discuss primary literature in biodiversity, molecular evolution. Students will each module. Offered as BIOL 365 and BIOL 465. participate in discussions and lead class seminars Prereq: BIOL 225 or BIOL 251 or BIOL 362 on evolutionary topics and in collaboration with an advisor or advisors, select a topic for a research paper or project. Each student will write a major research report or complete a major project and will make a public presentation of her/his findings. Offered as ANTH 368, BIOL 369, PHIL 368. 106 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 373. Introduction to Neurobiology. 3 Units. BIOL 377. Biorobotics Team Research. 3 Units.

How nervous systems control behavior. Many exciting research opportunities cross Biophysical, biochemical, and molecular biological disciplinary lines. To participate in such projects, properties of nerve cells, their organization into researchers must operate in multi-disciplinary circuitry, and their function within networks. teams. The Biorobotics Team Research Emphasis on quantitative methods for modeling course offers a unique capstone opportunity neurons and networks, and on critical analysis for undergraduate students to utilize skills they of the contemporary technical literature in the developed during their undergraduate experience neurosciences. Term paper required for graduate while acquiring new teaming skills. A group of students. Offered as BIOL 373, BIOL 473, and eight students form a research team under the NEUR 473. direction of two faculty leaders. Team members are chosen from appropriate majors through interviews with the faculty. They will research a biological BIOL 374. Neurobiology of Behavior. 3 Units. mechanism or principle and develop a robotic device that captures the actions of that mechanism. In this course, students will examine how Although each student will cooperate on the team, neurobiologists interested in animal behavior study they each have a specific role, and must develop a the linkage between neural circuitry and complex final paper that describes the research generated behavior. Various vertebrate and invertebrate on their aspect of the project. Students meet for one systems will be considered. Several exercises will class period per week and two 2-hour lab periods. be used in this endeavor. Although some lectures Initially students brainstorm ideas and identify the will provide background and context on specific project to be pursued. They then acquire biological neural systems, the emphasis of the course will be data and generate robotic designs. Both are further on classroom discussion of specific journal articles. developed during team meetings and reports. Final In addition, students will each complete a project oral reports and a demonstration of the robotic in which they will observe some animal behavior device occur in week 15. Offered as BIOL 377, and generate both behavioral and neurobiological EMAE 377, BIOL 477, and EMAE 477. hypotheses related to it. In lieu of examinations, students will complete three written assignments, including a theoretical grant proposal, a one- BIOL 378. Computational Neuroscience. 3 Units. page Specific Aims paper related to the project, and a final project paper. These assignments Computer simulations and mathematical analysis of are designed to give each student experience in neurons and neural circuits, and the computational writing biologically-relevant documents. Classroom properties of nervous systems. Students are discussions will help students understand the taught a range of models for neurons and neural content and format of each type document. They circuits, and are asked to implement and explore will also present their projects orally to the entire the computational and dynamic properties of class. Offered as BIOL 374, BIOL 474, and NEUR these models. The course introduces students 474. to dynamical systems theory for the analysis of neurons and neural learning, models of brain systems, and their relationship to artificial and BIOL 376. Neurobiology Laboratory. 3 Units. neural networks. Term project required. Students enrolled in MATH 478 will make arrangements Introduction to the basic laboratory techniques with the instructor to attend additional lectures of neurobiology. Intracellular and extracellular and complete additional assignments addressing recording techniques, forms of synaptic plasticity, mathematical topics related to the course. patch clamping, immunohistochemistry and Recommended preparation: MATH 223 and MATH confocal microscopy. During the latter weeks of 224 or BIOL 300 and BIOL 306. Offered as BIOL the course students will be given the opportunity 378, COGS 378, MATH 378, BIOL 478, EBME 478, to conduct an independent project. One EECS 478, MATH 478 and NEUR 478. laboratory and one discussion session per week. Recommended preparation for BIOL 476 and NEUR 476: BIOL 216. Offered as BIOL 376, BIOL 476 and NEUR 476. Prereq: BIOL 216 or BIOL 251. Case Western Reserve University 107

BIOL 379. Neuroscience of Communication and BIOL 384. Reading and Writing Like an Communication Disorders. 3 Units. Ecologist. 3 Units.

The course focus is neuroanatomy and Students usually learn from textbooks, but scientists neurophysiology related to motor control and communicate with each other through journal cognition, particularly aspects of cognition articles. The purpose of this class is to help you involved in language functions. Topics to be learn to read and write like an ecologist. We will addressed include: principles of neurophysiology spend our time reading and discussing journal and neurochemistry; functional neuroanatomy articles about three or four issues in ecology, of the central and peripheral nervous systems; including papers from both empirical and theoretical neurological and neuropsychological assessment perspectives. In addition to the science, we’ll talk of communication; neurodiagnostic methods. In about strategies for how to keep reading when part, the course material will be presented in a you encounter something you don’t understand problem-based learning format. That is, normal and what makes a paper well or poorly written. At aspects of human neuroscience will be discussed the end of each section, you will synthesize your in the context of neurological disorders affecting ideas into a review article. Your initial paper will communication. COSI 405 is an introduction to be submitted to me as hypothetical journal editor. COSI 557 and COSI 561. Offered as BIOL 379 and I will send your paper out for review to two fellow COSI 305 and COSI 405. classmates, and I’ll send their comments back to you along with brief comments of my own. As all scientists know, it is virtually unheard of for a BIOL 382. Drugs, Brain, and Behavior. 3 Units. journal to accept a paper for publication without revisions. After this peer review, you will revise your This course is concerned with the mechanisms papers and resubmit them to me. Your grade will underlying neurochemical signaling and the impact be based on your participation in class discussions, of drugs on those mechanisms. The first half of the your papers (both drafts) and your work as a course emphasizes the fundamental mechanisms reviewer for other students. Prereq: BIOL 214 or underlying intra- and extracellular communication BIOL 251. of neurons and the basic principles of how drugs interact with the nervous system. The second half of the course emphasizes understanding the neural BIOL 385. Seminar on Biological Processes in substrates of disorders of the nervous system, and Learning and Cognition. 3 Units. the mechanisms underlying the therapeutic effects of drugs at the cellular and behavioral levels. This Students will read and discuss research papers course will consist of lectures designed to give the on a range of topics relevant to the biological student necessary background for understanding processes that lead to cognition and learning in these basic principles and class discussion. humans. Sample topics are: cellular and molecular The class discussion will include viewing video mechanisms of memory; visual sensory detection examples of behavioral effects of disorders of the of images, movement, and color; role of slow nervous system, and analysis of research papers. neurotransmitters in synaptic plasticity; cortical The goal of the class discussions is to enhance distribution of cognitive functions such as working the critical thinking skills of the student and expose memory, decision making, and image analysis; the student to contemporary research techniques. functions of emotion-structures and their role Offered as BIOL 382, BIOL 482, and NEUR 482. in cognition; brain structures and mechanisms Prereq: BIOL 215 and BIOL 216 or BIOL 250 and involved in language creation; others. Some BIOL 251 papers will be assigned and others will be selected by students. Discussions will focus on the methods used, the experimental results, and the interpretations of significance. Students will work in groups on a semester project to be presented near the end of the semester. Prereq: BIOL 302.

BIOL 387. Seminar in Population Biology. 1 - 3 Unit.

Discussion of major themes in population biology, evolution, and ecology, based on critiquing scientific papers. One discussion per week. 108 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 388. Undergraduate Research. 1 - 3 Unit. BIOL 394. Seminar in Evolutionary Biology. 3 Units. Guided laboratory research under the sponsorship of a biology faculty member. May be carried out This seminar investigates 20th-century evolutionary within the biology department or in associated theory, especially the Modern Evolutionary departments. May be taken only one semester synthesis and subsequent expansions of during the student’s academic career. Appropriate and challenges to that synthesis. The course forms must be secured in the biology department encompasses the multidisciplinary nature of office. A written report must be approved by the the science of evolution, demonstrating how biology sponsor and submitted to the chairman of disciplinary background influences practitioners’ the biology department before credit is granted. conceptualizations of pattern and process. This course emphasizes practical writing and research skills, including formulation of testable theses, grant BIOL 388S. Undergraduate Research - SAGES proposal techniques, and the implementation of Capstone. 3 Units. original research using the facilities on campus and at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. Guided laboratory research under the sponsorship Offered as ANTH 394, BIOL 394, GEOL 394, HSTY of a biology faculty member. May be carried out 394, PHIL 394, ANTH 494, BIOL 494, GEOL 494, within the biology department or in associated HSTY 494, and PHIL 494. departments. May be taken only one semester during the student’s academic career. Appropriate forms must be secured in the biology department BIOL 395. Research Discussions. 1 Unit. office. A written report must be approved by the biology sponsor and submitted to the chairman of This is a seminar course which provides a forum the biology department before credit is granted. A within which students performing undergraduate public presentation is required. research, or who have done so previously, can present and discuss their projects. Discussions will cover all aspects of the students’ research BIOL 389. Selected Topics. 1 - 3 Unit. projects: background material, experimental design and methods, results and their analysis and Individual library research projects under the conclusions. At the beginning of the semester, each guidance of a biology sponsor. A major paper student will briefly outline his or her project and must be submitted and approved before credit is distribute a few key papers to provide background awarded. reading for all participants. After this introductory phase, each student will make a presentation of his/ her own research. Graded as pass/fail, based upon BIOL 389S. Selected Topics in Biology--SAGES attendance and participation. Prereq: BIOL 388. Capstone. 3 Units. Prereq or coreq: BIOL 390. Individual library research projects under the guidance of a biology sponsor. A major paper BIOL 396. Undergraduate Research in must be submitted and approved before credit is Evolutionary Biology. 3 Units. awarded. A public presentation is required. Students propose and conduct guided research on an aspect of evolutionary biology. The research BIOL 390. Advanced Undergraduate Research. 1 will be sponsored and supervised by a member of - 3 Unit. the CASE faculty or other qualified professional. A Offered on a credit only basis. Students may carry written report must be submitted to the Evolutionary out research in biology or related departments, Biology Steering Committee before credit is but a biology sponsor is required. Does not count granted. Offered as ANTH 396, BIOL 396, GEOL toward the 30 hours required for a major in biology, 396, and PHIL 396. but may be counted toward the total number of hours required for graduation. A written report must be submitted to the chairman’s office and approved before credit is granted. Case Western Reserve University 109

BIOL 401. Biotechnology Laboratory: Genes BIOL 408. Molecular Biology: Genes and and Genetic Engineering. 3 Units. Genetic Engineering. 4 Units.

Laboratory training in recombinant DNA techniques. An examination of the flow of genetic information Basic microbiology, growth, and manipulation of from DNA to RNA to protein. Topics include: nucleic bacteriophage, bacteria and yeast. Students isolate acid structure; mechanisms and control of DNA, and characterize DNA, construct recombinant DNA RNA, and protein biosynthesis; recombinant DNA; molecules, and reintroduce them into eukaryotic and mRNA processing and modification. Where cells (yeast, plant, animal) to assess their viability possible, eukaryotic and prokaryotic systems and function. Two laboratories per week. Offered as are compared. Special topics include yeast as a BIOL 301 and BIOL 401. model organism, molecular biology of cancer, and molecular biology of the cell cycle. Current literature is discussed briefly as an introduction to techniques BIOL 402. Principles of Neural Science. 3 Units. of genetic engineering. Recommended preparation for BIOC 408 and BIOL 408: BIOC 307 or BIOL Lecture/discussion course covering concepts in 214. Offered as BIOC 308, BIOL 308, BIOC 408, cell and molecular neuroscience, principles of and BIOL 408. Prereq: BIOL 215 or BIOC 307. systems neuroscience as demonstrated in the somatosensory system, and fundamentals of the development of the nervous system. This course BIOL 415. Quantitative Biology Laboratory. 3 will prepare students for upper level Neuroscience Units. courses and is also suitable for students in other programs who desire an understanding of This course will apply a range of quantitative neurosciences. Recommended preparation: CBIO techniques to explore structure-function relations in 453. Offered as BIOL 402 and NEUR 402. biological systems. Using a case study approach, students will explore causes of impairments of normal function, will assemble diverse sets of BIOL 404. Fitting Models to Data: Maximum information into a database format for the analysis Likelihood Methods and Model Selection. 3 of causes of impairment, will analyze the data with Units. appropriate statistical and other quantitative tools, and be able to communicate their results to both This course will introduce students to maximum technical and non-technical audiences. The course likelihood methods for fitting models to data and has one lecture and one lab per week. Students will to ways of deciding which model is best supported be required to maintain a journal of course activities by the data (model selection). Along the way, and demonstrate mastery of quantitative tools and students will learn some basic tenets of probability statistical techniques. Graduate students will have and develop competency in R, a commonly used a final project that applies these techniques to a statistical package. Examples will be drawn from problem of their choice. Offered as BIOL 315 and ecology, epidemiology, and potentially other areas BIOL 415. of biology. The second half of the course is devoted to in-class projects, and students are encouraged to bring their own data. Offered as BIOL 304 and BIOL 404. Prereq: MATH 121 122 OR MATH 125 126 or consent of instructor.

BIOL 407. General Biochemistry. 4 Units.

Overview of the macromolecules and small molecules key to all living systems. Topics include: protein structure and function; enzyme mechanisms, kinetics and regulation; membrane structure and function; bioenergetics; hormone action; intermediary metabolism, including pathways and regulation of carbohydrate, lipid, amino acid, and nucleotide biosynthesis and breakdown. One semester of biology is recommended. Offered as BIOC 307, BIOC 407, and BIOL 407. 110 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 416. Fundamental Immunology. 4 Units. BIOL 418. Introductory Entomology. 4 Units.

Introductory immunology providing an overview of The goal of this course is to discover that, for the the immune system, including activation, effector most part, insects are not aliens from another mechanisms, and regulation. Topics include planet. Class meetings will alternate; with some antigen-antibody reactions, immunologically structured as lectures, while others are laboratory important cell surface receptors, cell-cell exercises. Sometimes we will meet at the Cleveland interactions, cell-mediated immunity, innate Museum of Natural History, or in the field to collect versus adaptive immunity, cytokines, and basic and observe insects. The 50 minute discussion molecular biology and signal transduction in B meeting once a week will serve to address and T lymphocytes, and immunopathology. Three questions from both lectures and lab exercises. weekly lectures emphasize experimental findings The students will be required to make a small leading to the concepts of modern immunology. An but comprehensive insect collection. Early in the additional recitation hour is required to integrate the semester we will focus on collecting the insects, core material with experimental data and known and later, when insects are gone for the winter, we immune mediated diseases. Five mandatory 90 will work to identify the specimens collected earlier. minute group problem sets per semester will be Students will be graded based on exams, class administered outside of lecture and recitation participation and their insect collections. Offered meeting times. Graduate students will be graded as BIOL 318 and BIOL 418. Prereq: BIOL 214, and separately from undergraduates, and 22 percent BIOL 215, and BIOL 216. of the grade will be based on a critical analysis of a recently published, landmark scientific article. Offered as BIOL 316, BIOL 416, CLBY 416, and BIOL 419. Applied Probability and Stochastic PATH 416. Prereq: Graduate standing. Processes for Biology. 3 Units. Applications of probability and stochastic processes BIOL 417. Cytokines: Function, Structure, and to biological systems. Mathematical topics will Signaling. 3 Units. include: introduction to discrete and continuous probability spaces (including numerical generation Regulation of immune responses and differentiation of pseudo random samples from specified of leukocytes is modulated by proteins (cytokines) probability distributions), Markov processes in secreted and/or expressed by both immune and discrete and continuous time with discrete and non-immune cells. Course examines the function, continuous sample spaces, point processes expression, gene organization, structure, receptors, including homogeneous and inhomogeneous and intracellular signaling of cytokines. Topic Poisson processes and Markov chains on graphs, include regulatory and inflammatory cytokines, and diffusion processes including Brownian colony stimulating factors, chemokines, cytokine motion and the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process. and cytokine receptor gene families, intracellular Biological topics will be determined by the interests signaling through STAT proteins and tyrosine of the students and the instructor. Likely topics phosphorylation, clinical potential, and genetic include: stochastic ion channels, molecular defects. Lecture format using texts, scientific motors and stochastic ratchets, actin and tubulin reviews and research articles. Recommended polymerization, random walk models for neural preparation: PATH 416 or equivalent. Offered as spike trains, bacterial chemotaxis, signaling BIOL 417, CLBY 417, and PATH 417. and genetic regulatory networks, and stochastic predator-prey dynamics. The emphasis will be on practical simulation and analysis of stochastic phenomena in biological systems. Numerical methods will be developed using both MATLAB and the R statistical package. Student projects will comprise a major part of the course. Offered as BIOL 319, EECS 319, MATH 319, BIOL 419, EBME 419, and PHOL 419. Case Western Reserve University 111

BIOL 424. Introduction to Stem Cell Biology. 3 BIOL 428. Plant Genomics and Proteomics. 3 Units. Units.

This discussion-based course will introduce The development of molecular tools has impacted students to the exciting field of stem cell research. agriculture as much as human health. The Students will first analyze basic concepts of application of new techniques to improve food stem cell biology, including stem cell niche, crops, including the development of genetically cell quiescence, asymmetric cell division, cell modified crops, has also become controversial. proliferation and differentiation, and signaling This course covers the nature of the plant genome pathways involved in these processes. This first and the role of sequenced-based methods in part of the course will focus on invertebrate genetic the identification of the genes. The application models for the study of stem cells. In the second of the whole suite of modern molecular tools to part of the course, students will search for primary understand plant growth and development, with research papers on vertebrate and human stem specific examples related agronomically important cells, and application of stem cell research in responses to biotic and abiotic stresses, is included. regenerative medicine and cancer. Finally, students The impact of the enormous amounts of data will have the opportunity to discuss about ethical generated by these methods and their storage and controversies in the field. Students will rotate in analysis (bioinformatics) is also considered. Finally, weekly presentations, and will write two papers the impact on both the developed and developing during the semester. Students will improve skills on world of the generation and release of genetically searching and reading primary research papers, modified food crops will be covered. Recommended gain presentation skills, and further their knowledge preparation: BIOL 326. Offered as BIOL 328 and in related subjects in the fields of cell biology, BIOL 428. genetics and developmental biology. This course may be used as a cell/molecular subject area elective for the B.A. and B.S. Biology degrees. BIOL 431. Statistical Methods I. 3 Units. Offered as BIOL 324 and BIOL 424. Prereq: Graduate standing. Application of statistical techniques with particular emphasis on problems in the biomedical sciences. Basic probability theory, random variables, and BIOL 426. Genetics. 3 Units. distribution functions. Point and interval estimation, regression, and correlation. Problems whose Transmission genetics, nature of mutation, solution involves using packaged statistical microbial genetics, somatic cell genetics, programs. First part of year-long sequence. Offered recombinant DNA techniques and their application as ANAT 431, BIOL 431, EPBI 431, and MPHP to genetics, human genome mapping, plant 431. breeding, transgenic plants and animals, uniparental inheritance, evolution, and quantitative genetics. Offered as BIOL 326 and BIOL 426. BIOL 432. Statistical Methods II. 3 Units. Methods of analysis of variance, regression BIOL 427. Neural Development. 3 Units. and analysis of quantitative data. Emphasis on computer solution of problems drawn from the Topics include cell commitment, regulation of biomedical sciences. Design of experiments, power proliferation and differentiation, cell death and of tests, and adequacy of models. Offered as BIOL trophic factors, pathfinding by the outgrowing nerve 432, CRSP 432, EPBI 432, and MPHP 432. Prereq: fiber, synapse formation, relationships between EPBI 431 or equivalent. center and periphery in development and the role of activity. Offered as BIOL 427 and NEUR 427. BIOL 434. Structural Biology. 3 Units.

Introduces basic chemical properties of proteins and discusses the physical forces that determine protein structure. Topics include: the elucidation of protein structure by NMR and by X-ray crystallographic methods; the acquisition of protein structures from data bases; and simple modeling experiments based on protein structures. Offered as BIOC 334, BIOL 334, BIOC 434, and BIOL 434. 112 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 438. Ichthyology. 3 Units. BIOL 445. Mammal Diversity and Evolution. 3 Units. Biology of fishes. Students will first develop fundamental understanding of the evolutionary This course focuses on the morphologic and history and systematics of fishes to provide a taxonomic diversity of mammals in a phylogenetic context within which they can address diverse context. By the end of the course, students will aspects of biology including anatomy, physiology be able to (1) describe the key morphological and (e.g., in species that change sex; osmoregulation in physiological features of mammals; (2) identify freshwater vs. saltwater), and behavior (e.g. visual, the main anatomical characteristics of all orders auditory, chemical, electric communication; social and most families of extant, non-volant mammals; structures). Finally, this knowledge will be used to (3) interpret a phylogenetic tree and the data explore the biodiversity of fishes around the world, used to generate it; (4) appreciate major historical with emphasis on Ohio species, by examining patterns in mammal diversity and biogeography. preserved specimens in class and making two local Two lectures and one lab each week; most labs field trips to (1) observe captive living specimens, will be specimen-based and will take place at and (2) to observe, capture, and identify wild fishes the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. One in their natural habitats. The course will conclude weekend field trip to Cleveland Metroparks Zoo. with an analysis of the current global fisheries crisis This course satisfies a laboratory requirement for that has resulted from human activities. Fishes will the biology major. Offered as ANAT 445, BIOL 345, be used to address broad topics in ecology and and BIOL 445. Prereq: BIOL 214. evolutionary biology that transcend the pure study of ichthyology. Recommended preparation for BIOL 438: BIOL 216. Offered as BIOL 338 and BIOL 438. BIOL 448. Human Anatomy and Physiology. 4 - 5 Units.

BIOL 442. Parasitology. 3 Units. The anatomy and physiology of the human body. Enrollment is restricted to students majoring in This course will introduce students to classical nutrition. Four lectures and one laboratory per and current parasitology. Students will discuss week. Offered as BIOL 348 and BIOL 448. basic principles of parasitology, parasite life cycles, host-parasite interaction, therapeutic and control programs, epidemiology, and ecological BIOL 451. Principles of Ecology. 3 Units. and societal considerations. The course will explore diverse classes of parasitic organisms with This lecture course explores spatial and temporal emphasis on protozoan and helminthic diseases relationships involving organisms and the and the parasites’ molecular biology. Group environment at individual, population, and discussion and selected reading will facilitate further community levels. An underlying theme of the integrative learning and appreciation for parasite course will be neo-Darwinian evolution through biology. This course counts as an elective in the natural selection with an emphasis on organismal cell/molecular biology subject area for the Biology adaptations to abiotic and biotic environments. BA and BS degrees. Offered as BIOL 342 and BIOL Studies and models will illustrate ecological 442. Prereq; Graduate standing and consent of principles, and there will be some emphasis on instructor. the applicability of these principles to ecosystem conservation. Students taking the graduate level course will prepare a grant proposal in which BIOL 443. Advanced Microbiology. 3 Units. hypotheses will be based on some aspect of ecological theory. Offered as BIOL 351 and BIOL The physiology, genetics, biochemistry, and 451. diversity of microorganisms. The subject will be approached both as a basic biological science that studies the molecular and biochemical processes of cells and viruses, and as an applied science that examines the involvement of microorganisms in human disease as well as in the workings of ecosystems, plant symbioses, and industrial processes. The course is divided into four major areas: bacteria, viruses, medical microbiology, and environmental and applied microbiology. Recommended preparation: BIOL 215 or consent of instructor. Case Western Reserve University 113

BIOL 451L. Principles of Ecology Laboratory. 2 BIOL 454. Coadaptation of Organisms. 3 Units. Units. This graduate level course will examine biological Students in this laboratory course will conduct interactions that result inorganismal coadaptation a variety of ecological investigations that are and its ecological implications. Darwin was an designed to examine relationships involving avid observer of biological interactions that result organisms and the environment at individual, inorganismal coadaptation and its ecological population, and community levels. Descriptive and implications. Darwin was an avid observer of hypothesis-driven investigations will take place biological interactions and his theory of evolution at Case Western Reserve University’s Squire by natural selection focused primarily on one type Valleevue Farm, in both field and greenhouse of interaction; competition between individuals settings. The course is designed to explore as well especially those of the same species. However, as test a variety of ecological paradigms. Students Darwin did not explicitly consider the role of taking the graduate level course will prepare a cooperation in biological evolution. Nonetheless, grant proposal in which hypotheses will be based cooperation can be a key agent in the coadaptation on a select number of lab investigations. This of organisms and in fact may have led to the course satisfies a laboratory requirement for biology evolution of eukaryotes. Three broad types of majors. Recommended preparation or concurrent interactions will be examined in this course: enrollment in BIOL 351 or BIOL 451. Offered as competition, parasitism and cooperation. A BIOL 351L and BIOL 451L. particular focus of the course will be on biological cooperation or mutualism. Case studies will be presented to highlight the possible range BIOL 453. Ecophysiology of Global Change. 3 of biological coadaptation. Lectures will be Units. supplemented by discussion of the relevant literature. Climate changes and natural selection, prior to human activities, have pre-equipped autotrophic organisms with a suite of adaptations to natural BIOL 457. Proteins and Nucleic Acids. 3 Units. abiotic stress. Whether these adaptations are capable of dealing with current and future levels The goal of this course is to provide a basic (magnitude, speed) of non-natural abiotic change working knowledge of protein structure/function is of great interest. This course will examine, in and molecular biology. The course begins with detail, the tight physiological interactions between a discussion of protein structure and enzyme plants and their variable environment. Emphasizing catalysis followed by protein purification and major aspects of indirect (UV-B, global warming, characterization. The course then addresses altered precipitation) and direct (CO2, O3, SOx, concepts relating to the application of modern NOx) anthropogenic pollution, relevant plant cellular molecular biology techniques. Students are taught processes, and responses of plants to abiotic how to clone genes and use these clones in animal stress, will be examined. With this foundation, and cell-based studies. The overall goal is to class discussions will explore scaled collective provide students with an understanding of proteins consequences of global change to plant-dominated and genetic approaches that can be used in terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems. Offered as BIOL experimental work and to facilitate comprehension 353 and BIOL 453. of the scientific literature. Offered as BIOL 457 and PHOL 456. 114 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 458. Animal Behavior. 4 Units. BIOL 463. Experimental Developmental Biology. 3 Units. Ultimately the success or failure (i.e., life or death) of any individual animal is determined by This laboratory course will teach concepts and its behavior. The ability to locate and capture techniques in developmental biology. Emphasis food, avoid being food, acquiring and defending will be on the mechanisms that pattern the embryo territory, and successfully passing your genes during development and how these mechanisms to the next generation, are all dependent on are explored using molecular, cellular, and genetic complex interactions between an animal’s approaches. A term research paper is required. design, environment and behavior. This course Students taking the graduate level course will will be an integrative approach emphasizing prepare a grant proposal. One laboratory and one experimental studies of animal behavior. You will lecture per week. Offered as BIOL 363 and BIOL be introduced to state-of-the-art approaches to 463. the study of animal behavior, including neural and hormonal mechanisms, genetic and developmental mechanisms and ecological and evolutionary BIOL 464. Research Methods in Evolutionary approaches. We will learn to critique examples of Biology. 3 Units. current scientific papers, and learn how to conduct observations and experiments with real animals. The process of evolution explains not only how the We will feature guest appearances by the Curator present diversity of life on earth has formed, but of Research from the Cleveland MetroParks Zoo also provides insights into current pressing issues and visits to working animal behavior research labs today, including the spread of antibiotic resistance, here at CWRU. Group discussions and writing will the causes of geographic variation in genetic be emphasized. This course satisfies a laboratory diseases, and explanations for modern patterns of requirement for biology majors. Offered as BIOL extinction risk. Students in Advanced Evolutionary 358 and BIOL 458. Biology will be introduced to several of the major research approaches of evolutionary biology, including methods of measuring natural selection BIOL 459. Genetic Basis of Behavior. 3 Units. on the phenotypic and genotypic levels, quantifying the rate of evolution, reconstructing evolutionary In this course, students will discuss scientific papers relationships, and assessing the factors that affect on Drosophila behavior. Emphasis will be given rates of speciation and extinction. The course will to studies that employ the powerful genetic tools consist of a combination of interactive lectures, available in Drosophila to the study of behavior. The in-class problem solving and data analysis, and topics covered will include: innate behaviors (e.g. the discussion of peer-reviewed scientific papers. sexual behavior); learning and memory; sensory Student grades are based on participation in class, information processing; anatomy of the Drosophila discussions and written summaries of published adult brain; genetic screenings for behavioral papers, in-class presentations, and two writing mutants; genetic tools to interfere with behavioral assignments. Offered as BIOL 364 and BIOL 464. response. Students will be required to write and Prereq: BIOL 214, BIOL 216, BIOL 251. develop an objective project that combines genetics with behavioral tests. Students will be graded in presentations as well as a final grant proposal. BIOL 465. Evo-Devo: Evolution of Body Plans. 3 Lab component will consist of experimentation in Units. files using genetics and behavioral analyses, to be carried out in the last 6 weeks of the course. Counts This discussion-based course offers a detailed as a Biology laboratory course for the B.A. and B.S. introduction to Evolutionary Developmental Biology. Biology degrees. Offered as BIOL 359 and BIOL The field seeks to explain evolutionary events 459. Prereq: BIOL 216 or BIOL 251. through the mechanisms of Developmental Biology and Genetics. The course is structured into different modules. First we will look at the developmental BIOL 462. Advanced Principles of genetic mechanisms that can cause variation. Then Developmental Biology. 3 Units. we focus on how alterations of these mechanisms can generate novel structural changes. We will Same as BIOL 362 except the required term paper then examine a few areas of active debate, where is an NIH-format research proposal. Recommended Evo-Devo is attempting to solve major problems preparation: BIOL 216. Offered as ANAT 462 and in evolutionary biology. We will conclude with two BIOL 462. writing assignments. Students will be required to present, read, and discuss primary literature in each module. Offered as BIOL 365 and BIOL 465. Case Western Reserve University 115

BIOL 467. Biorobotics Team Research. 3 Units. BIOL 474. Neurobiology of Behavior. 3 Units.

Many exciting research opportunities cross In this course, students will examine how disciplinary lines. To participate in such projects, neurobiologists interested in animal behavior study researchers must operate in multi-disciplinary the linkage between neural circuitry and complex teams. The Biorobotics Team Research behavior. Various vertebrate and invertebrate course offers a unique capstone opportunity systems will be considered. Several exercises will for undergraduate students to utilize skills they be used in this endeavor. Although some lectures developed during their undergraduate experience will provide background and context on specific while acquiring new teaming skills. A group of neural systems, the emphasis of the course will be eight students form a research team under the on classroom discussion of specific journal articles. direction of two faculty leaders. Team members are In addition, students will each complete a project chosen from appropriate majors through interviews in which they will observe some animal behavior with the faculty. They will research a biological and generate both behavioral and neurobiological mechanism or principle and develop a robotic hypotheses related to it. In lieu of examinations, device that captures the actions of that mechanism. students will complete three written assignments, Although each student will cooperate on the team, including a theoretical grant proposal, a one- they each have a specific role, and must develop a page Specific Aims paper related to the project, final paper that describes the research generated and a final project paper. These assignments on their aspect of the project. Students meet for one are designed to give each student experience in class period per week and two 2-hour lab periods. writing biologically-relevant documents. Classroom Initially students brainstorm ideas and identify the discussions will help students understand the project to be pursued. They then acquire biological content and format of each type document. They data and generate robotic designs. Both are further will also present their projects orally to the entire developed during team meetings and reports. Final class. Offered as BIOL 374, BIOL 474, and NEUR oral reports and a demonstration of the robotic 474. device occur in week 15. Offered as BIOL 377, EMAE 377, BIOL 477, and EMAE 477. BIOL 476. Neurobiology Laboratory. 3 Units.

BIOL 468. Topics in Evolutionary Biology. 3 Introduction to the basic laboratory techniques Units. of neurobiology. Intracellular and extracellular recording techniques, forms of synaptic plasticity, The focus for this course on a special topic of patch clamping, immunohistochemistry and interest in evolutionary biology will vary from one confocal microscopy. During the latter weeks of offering to the next. Examples of possible topics the course students will be given the opportunity include theories of speciation, the evolution of to conduct an independent project. One language, the evolution of sex, evolution and laboratory and one discussion session per week. biodiversity, molecular evolution. ANAT/ANTH/ Recommended preparation for BIOL 476 and GEOL/PHIL 467/BIOL 468 will require a longer, NEUR 476: BIOL 216. Offered as BIOL 376, BIOL more sophisticated term paper, and additional class 476 and NEUR 476. presentation. Offered as ANTH 367, BIOL 368, GEOL 367, PHIL 367, ANAT 467, ANTH 467, BIOL 468, GEOL 467, and PHIL 467.

BIOL 473. Introduction to Neurobiology. 3 Units.

How nervous systems control behavior. Biophysical, biochemical, and molecular biological properties of nerve cells, their organization into circuitry, and their function within networks. Emphasis on quantitative methods for modeling neurons and networks, and on critical analysis of the contemporary technical literature in the neurosciences. Term paper required for graduate students. Offered as BIOL 373, BIOL 473, and NEUR 473. 116 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 478. Computational Neuroscience. 3 Units. BIOL 480. Physiology of Organ Systems. 4 Units. Computer simulations and mathematical analysis of neurons and neural circuits, and the computational Our intent is to expand the course from the current properties of nervous systems. Students are 3 hours per week (1.5 hour on Monday and taught a range of models for neurons and neural Wednesday) to 4 hours per week (1.5 hours on circuits, and are asked to implement and explore Monday and Wednesday plus 1 hour on Friday). the computational and dynamic properties of Muscle structure and Function, Myastenia gravis these models. The course introduces students Sarcopenia; Central Nervous System, (Synaptic to dynamical systems theory for the analysis of Transmission, Sensory System, Autonomic neurons and neural learning, models of brain Nervous System, CNS circuits, Motor System, systems, and their relationship to artificial and Neurodegenerative Diseases, Paraplegia Nerve neural networks. Term project required. Students Compression); Cardiovascular Physiology enrolled in MATH 478 will make arrangements (Regulation of Pressure flow; Circulation, Cardiac with the instructor to attend additional lectures Cycle, Electrophysiology, Cardiac Function, and complete additional assignments addressing Control of Cardiovascular function, Hypertension); mathematical topics related to the course. Hemorragy, Cardiac Hypertrophy Fibrillation; Recommended preparation: MATH 223 and MATH Respiration Physiology (Gas Transport and 224 or BIOL 300 and BIOL 306. Offered as BIOL Exchange, Control of Breathing, Acid/base 378, COGS 378, MATH 378, BIOL 478, EBME 478, regulation, Cor Pulmonaris Cystic Fibrosis, EECS 478, MATH 478 and NEUR 478. Sleeping apnea Emphysema); Renal Physiology (Glomerular Filtration, Tubular Function/transport, Glomerulonephritis, Tubulopaties); Gastro- BIOL 479. Seminar in Computational Intestinal Physiology (Gastric motility, gastric Neuroscience. 3 Units. function, pancreas and bile function, digestion and absorption, Liver Physiology; Pancreatitis, Readings and discussion in the recent literature on Liver Disease and cirrhosis); Endocrine Physiology computational neuroscience, adaptive behavior, (Thyroid, Adrenal glands, endocrine pancreas, and other current topics. Offered as BIOL 479, Parathyroid, calcium sensing receptor, Cushing EBME 479, EECS 479, and NEUR 479. and diabetes, Reproductive hormones, eclampsia); Integrative Physiology (Response to exercise, fasting, feeding and aging). For all the classes, the student will receive a series of learning objective by the instructor to help the students address and focus their attention to the key aspects of the organ physiology (and physiopathology). The evaluation of the students will continue to be based upon the students’ participation in class (60% of the grade) complemented by a mid-term and a final exam (each one accounting for 20% of the final grade). Offered as BIOL 480 and PHOL 480. Case Western Reserve University 117

BIOL 482. Drugs, Brain, and Behavior. 3 Units. BIOL 493. Feasibility and Technology Analysis. 3 Units. This course is concerned with the mechanisms underlying neurochemical signaling and the impact This course provides the tools scientists need of drugs on those mechanisms. The first half of the to determine whether a technology is ready for course emphasizes the fundamental mechanisms commercialization. These tools include (but are underlying intra- and extracellular communication not limited to): financial analysis, market analysis, of neurons and the basic principles of how drugs industry analysis, technology analysis, intellectual interact with the nervous system. The second half property protection, the entrepreneurial process and of the course emphasizes understanding the neural culture, an introduction to entrepreneurial strategy substrates of disorders of the nervous system, and and new venture financing. Deliverables will include the mechanisms underlying the therapeutic effects a technology feasibility analysis on a possible of drugs at the cellular and behavioral levels. This application in the student’s scientific area. Offered course will consist of lectures designed to give the as BIOL 493, CHEM 493, and PHYS 493. student necessary background for understanding these basic principles and class discussion. The class discussion will include viewing video BIOL 494. Seminar in Evolutionary Biology. 3 examples of behavioral effects of disorders of the Units. nervous system, and analysis of research papers. The goal of the class discussions is to enhance This seminar investigates 20th-century evolutionary the critical thinking skills of the student and expose theory, especially the Modern Evolutionary the student to contemporary research techniques. synthesis and subsequent expansions of Offered as BIOL 382, BIOL 482, and NEUR 482. and challenges to that synthesis. The course encompasses the multidisciplinary nature of the science of evolution, demonstrating how BIOL 491. Contemporary Biology and disciplinary background influences practitioners’ Biotechnology for Innovation I. 3 Units. conceptualizations of pattern and process. This course emphasizes practical writing and research The first half of a two-semester sequence providing skills, including formulation of testable theses, grant an understanding of biology as a basis for proposal techniques, and the implementation of successfully launching new high-tech ventures. The original research using the facilities on campus course will examine physical limitations to present and at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. technologies and the use of biology to identify Offered as ANTH 394, BIOL 394, GEOL 394, HSTY potential opportunities for new venture creation. 394, PHIL 394, ANTH 494, BIOL 494, GEOL 494, The course will provide experience in using biology HSTY 494, and PHIL 494. in both identification of incremental improvements and as the basis for alternative technologies. Case studies will be used to illustrate recent commercially BIOL 530. Seminar in the Rhizosphere. 1 - 2 successful (and unsuccessful) biotechnology-based Unit. venture creation and will illustrate characteristics for success. The rhizosphere is the dynamic zone of soil that surrounds plant roots. Chemical and physical processes in the rhizosphere are controlled by BIOL 492. Contemporary Biology and the interaction between plants and a diverse soil Biotechnology for Innovation II. 3 Units. microflora. This graduate-level seminar course will explore these processes and interactions as they Continuation of BIOL 491 with an emphasis affect nutrient cycling and the fertility of natural on current and prospective opportunities for systems. Each week one student will present and Biotechnology Entrepreneurship. Longer term lead the discussion on a seminal or current key opportunities for Biotechnology Entrepreneurship scientific article dealing with one of the following in emerging areas including (but not limited general topics: Rhizosphere biogeochemistry, to) applications of DNA sequence information diversity and function of the rhizosphere biota, in medicine and agriculture; energy and the interaction of organisms inhabiting the rhizosphere, environment; biologically-inspired robots. influence of rhizospheric processes in plant fitness Recommended preparation: BIOL 491 or consent of and ecosystem function. department. BIOL 531. Seminar in Experimental Ecology. 1 - 3 Unit. 118 College of Arts and Sciences

BIOL 536. Seminar in Great Lakes Issues. 1 - 3 BIOL 552. Seminar in Developmental Biology. 1 Unit. - 3 Unit.

Selected topics related to Great Lakes basin Topics pertaining to the field of development, such studies: research problems, scientific processes, as regeneration and induction, which address both classic research papers, current events, policy vertebrate and invertebrate forms. issues, and legislative initiatives. Course content will vary depending on interests of students and faculty. Offered as BIOL 536 and GEOL 536. BIOL 561. Statistical Methods for Scientific Research. 3 Units.

BIOL 541. Topics in Integrative Biology. 1 - 3 This course will introduce students to traditional and Unit. novel statistical methods useful for experimental scientists. The emphasis will be on understanding The goal of this course is to encourage graduate theory and techniques that are used in research. students to think about any question in biology We shall consider problems from astronomy, from a broad-based perspective, focusing on the biology and particle-astro physics. The course integration of three major themes: 1) evolution will also cover topics of interest to engineers. and its effects, 2) the cellular basis of life, and Current collaborative research problems of the 3) systems level control. Each semester, the instructor will motivate some of the advanced course may focus on a different topic, but it will statistical techniques. Topics to be covered include: be examined from the perspectives of these Measuring uncertainty and probability distributions three focus areas. One faculty instructor with (low and high dimensional); point and interval strength in each of these areas will present a estimation; curve fitting; likelihood and score few introductory lectures to provide the class type tests required for an experiment; posterior with a basic understanding of the topic as it is probabilities; dealing with small samples (which studied in their area. Then, each student will arise in search experiments); over- and under- research a subject covered that semester and coverage using confidence belts; and Monte Carlo develop and present this subject to the class with simulation methods for planning experiments and an explicit evolutionary, cellular or systems level evaluating the statistical significance of the results. approach. Students will be graded on the quality "GGobi" and "R" open source software will be of their presentations and the overall level of their used for visualization (via dynamic and interactive participation in class. graphics) and exploring high-dimensional data. Offered as BIOL 561 and PHYS 561. BIOL 549. Mathematical Life Sciences Seminar. 1 - 3 Unit. BIOL 569. Advanced Seminar in Developmental Biology. 1 - 3 Unit. Continuing seminar on areas of current interest in the applications of mathematics to the life sciences. Participants prepare and present seminars on Allows graduate and advanced undergraduate subjects of contemporary interest and importance in students to become involved in research. Topics developmental biology. will reflect interests and expertise of the faculty and may include topics in mathematical biology, computational neuroscience, mathematical BIOL 599. Advanced Independent Study for modeling of biological systems, models of infectious Graduate Students. 1 - 3 Unit. diseases, computational cell biology, mathematical ecology and mathematical biomedicine broadly Independent study of advanced topics in biology construed. May be taken more than once for credit. under the supervision of a biology faculty member. Registration requires submission of a proposal for a project or study and approval of the department. BIOL 550C. Seminar: Experimental Biology. 1 - 3 Unit. BIOL 601. Research. 1 - 9 Unit.

BIOL 651. Thesis M.S.. 1 - 9 Unit. Case Western Reserve University 119

BIOL 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 9 Unit.

Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone.

BIOL 802. Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecology for High School Teachers. 2 Units.

A 2-week summer ecology course to take place at the University Farm in Hunting Valley, OH. It is designed for teachers of grades 6-12 in both public and private schools who have an interest in current ecological problems. Participants will learn field sampling techniques and identification of a diversity of living organisms, both plant and animal. They will study the distribution and abundance of terrestrial and aquatic organisms. Field work in the varied habitats of CWRU University Farm will be an integral part of the program. Data will be analyzed and interpreted using personal computers. Participants will receive supplies, field guides, and detailed laboratory exercises that are designed specifically for the classroom. The course will be offered during the last two weeks of June and is limited to 12 participants.

BIOL 803. Autonomous Robotics for High School Science Teachers. 2 Units.

A 2-week, 10-day summer course in designing, building, and programming computer-controlled robots which are able to function autonomously in complex, real-world environments. LEGO Technics components are used for structures and gear trains. Various mechanical and photodetection sensors provide sensory feedback. A microcontroller board programmed in C is used for sensory integration and behavioral control. Participants work in groups of two per workstation. Detailed written documentation and laboratory exercises will be provided. Topics include: mechanical design with LEGO, sensors and feedback control, C programming, multi-tasking control strategies, and an end-of-course robot competition. Eligibility: high school (grades 9-12) science teachers; those in the biological sciences preferred. Limit 10. 120 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Chemistry

212 Clapp Hall http://www.case.edu/artsci/chem Mary D. Barkley, Department Chair [email protected] Facilities

The Department of Chemistry is the largest The department’s facilities for experimental and department representing the chemical sciences theoretical research are modern and extensive. at Case Western Reserve University. It consists They include diverse major instruments for use of 21 faculty members, 11 associated faculty, by faculty and students, as well as specialized 10 postdoctoral associates, about 80 graduate equipment serving individual research groups. students, and over 100 undergraduate students Shared instrumentation includes 400- and 600- majoring in chemistry. The department offers MHz NMR spectrometers, ultrafast laser systems undergraduate and graduate degree programs in the Center for Chemical Dynamics, and a cyber- leading to the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of enabled X-ray crystallographic facility. Science, Master of Science, and Doctor of Philosophy. Other departmental instrumentation includes equipment for laser Raman spectroscopy, GC- The general focus of chemistry is on (1) MS and LC-MS/MS mass spectrometers, stopped- understanding the basic properties of matter, flow kinetics instrumentation, a circular dichroism and (2) employing this knowledge in the design, spectrometer, an analytical ultracentrifuge, and synthesis, and characterization of materials with equipment for electrochemical measurements. novel and useful properties. The various degree Access to very high-field NMR instrumentation is programs strive to develop all aspects of the available on campus at the Cleveland Center for student’s chemical knowledge through a broad Membrane Structural Biology (CCMSB), which range of lecture and laboratory courses. is equipped with numerous 500- to 900-MHz Chemical research is an integral part of the NMR spectrometers for solution and solid-state department’s activities; over $3 million of federal, measurements. The chemistry department’s state, and private research support flows into the computers are part of the campus-wide fiber optic department each year. State-of-the-art research communications network operated by Information facilities are available to both graduate and Technology Services, and the entire University undergraduate students. Undergraduates are Circle area offers wireless access. In addition encouraged to participate in research projects to the full complement of software, Internet, with individual faculty members in order to expand and library database services offered by the their hands-on training, problem-solving skills, and university, connections to off-site databases, such understanding of the scientific method as applied as SciFinder and Ohio Supercomputer Center, are in chemical research. These research projects available to departmental users. typically involve interchange and collaboration The department uses some of the foremost across all levels of experience and may also involve equipment available in high-resolution nuclear scientists from other departments and institutions. magnetic resonance spectroscopy and in tunable Chemistry is often referred to as “the central laser spectroscopy. Work on various aspects science” because of its key role in interdisciplinary of chemistry as studied by these techniques is studies. Correspondingly, a degree in chemistry recognized throughout the world. affords a broad range of employment opportunities. Chemists can direct their talents to specialized BS Chemistry | BA Chemistry | Teacher Licensure | problems of applied research, or they can choose Minor to delve into fundamental investigations. A degree in chemistry can cover the spectrum of chemical specialties, from biochemistry to interstellar chemistry. The degree also provides valuable Undergraduate Programs preparation for other professions, such as medicine, dentistry, and law. Majors The American Chemical Society (http:// www.acs.org), with more than 160,000 members, is The Department of Chemistry offers two curricula the major professional society in the United States for undergraduate chemistry majors, leading to a for practicing chemists. Both undergraduate and graduate students may join the society. Case Western Reserve University 121

Bachelor of Science (BS) or Bachelor of Arts (BA) MATH 228 Differential Equations degree. STAT 312 Basic Statistics for Engineering and Science PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 Back to top or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 Magnetism or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and Bachelor of Science Program Magnetism PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 The BS program is designed for students who seek Six additional hours of approved technical electives, which 6 professional careers in the chemical sciences and may include up to 6 credit hours of is certified by the American Chemical Society. The CHEM 397 Undergraduate Research BS curriculum provides a rigorous background in CHEM 398 Undergraduate Research/Senior Capstone chemistry, yet offers considerable flexibility in the Project senior year in the choice of electives, allowing BS Total Units 31 majors to pursue areas of chemistry of particular interest to them in greater depth. At least three The chemistry electives may include any chemistry credit hours of research (CHEM 397 / CHEM 398) department course at the 300 level or above which are required, and up to nine hours of research may is not part of the "core set," or selected courses be credited toward the degree. with a strong chemistry content at the 300 level or above from other science departments. Only Total Hours Required For Graduation: 122-123 3 credit hours of CHEM 397 may be applied to a chemistry elective. Chemistry Courses Required (53-54 hours) The technical electives may be chosen more CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 widely from any of the natural sciences, math, or CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 engineering courses. An additional 6 credits of CHEM 113 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 2 CHEM 397 may be taken as technical electives. CHEM 114 Chemistry Frontiers Laboratory 2 Further additional credits of CHEM 397 may be CHEM 323 Organic Chemistry I 3 taken as Free Electives. Students may wish to CHEM 324 Organic Chemistry II 3 group their electives into "tracks" of specialization CHEM 304 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry 4 in order to tailor their degree to a particular area of CHEM 322 Laboratory Methods in Organic Chemistry 3 chemistry. CHEM 311 Inorganic Chemistry I 3 BS majors who plan to go on to graduate study may One of the following courses: 3 elect to take advanced courses in: CHEM 328 Introductory Biochemistry CHEM 329 Chemical Aspects of Living Systems Inorganic Chemistry BIOC 307 General Biochemistry CHEM 412 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I CHEM 331 Laboratory Methods in Inorganic Chemistry 3 CHEM 413 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II CHEM 332 Laboratory Methods in Physical Chemistry 3 Organic Chemistry CHEM 335 Physical Chemistry I 3 CHEM 421 Advanced Organic Chemistry I CHEM 336 Physical Chemistry II 3 CHEM 422 Advanced Organic Chemistry II CHEM 310 Instrumental Analytical Chemistry 3 CHEM 435 Synthetic Methods in Organic Chemistry A minimum of 3 credit hours of the following: 3 Physical Chemistry CHEM 397 Undergraduate Research CHEM 406 Chemical Kinetics CHEM 398 Undergraduate Research/Senior Capstone Project CHEM 407 Chemical Thermodynamics Six additional hours of chemistry electives at the 300 level or 6 CHEM 446 Quantum Mechanics I above, which may include up to 6 credit hours of: Students can also elect to take other graduate CHEM 397 Undergraduate Research offerings. Interdisciplinary strengths can be CHEM 398 Undergraduate Research/Senior Capstone Project achieved by selecting technical electives in Total Units 53 biochemistry, biomedical engineering, chemical engineering, macromolecular science, and Additional Required Courses (31 hours) materials science as well as in biology, geological sciences, mathematics, physics, and statistics. MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Back to top or MATH 124 Calculus II MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 or MATH 227 Calculus III One of the following: 3 MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 122 College of Arts and Sciences

Bachelor of Arts Program 1. A combined grade point average of 3.50 in chemistry, physics, and mathematics and an The BA program is intended for pre-professional overall grade point average of 3.20 students who plan careers in medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, and pharmacy or in other fields 2. A minimum of six credit hours of CHEM for which a baccalaureate degree in chemistry 397 Undergraduate Research, or chemical provides appropriate training. BA majors may research done under another course number supplement their required courses with additional with departmental approval chemistry courses or may utilize the curriculum’s flexibility to develop an interdisciplinary program 3. A thesis approved by the department’s of their choice. Many BA majors participate in undergraduate affairs committee based on the undergraduate research within the Department of level of research, quality of the manuscript, and Chemistry (CHEM 397 Undergraduate Research/ chemical content CHEM 398 Undergraduate Research/Senior Capstone Project) or in other science departments, including those in the medical school. Teacher Licensure in Physical Total Hours Required For Graduation: 120 Science (Chemistry and Physics)

Chemistry Courses Required (31-32 hours) An option is available within the BA program for students to become eligible for licensure as CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 teachers of physical science (chemistry and CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 physics) in secondary schools (grades 9–12). CHEM 113 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 2 Students interested in this option should contact CHEM 223 Introductory Organic Chemistry I 3 Professor Michael Kenney. A total of 57 credit or CHEM 323 Organic Chemistry I hours in the subject area are required for teacher CHEM 224 Introductory Organic Chemistry II 3 licensure, as well as a 35-hour sequence in or CHEM 324 Organic Chemistry II professional education (including student teaching) CHEM 233 Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 2 taken here and at John Carroll University. For CHEM 234 Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory 2 more information, see the program description for II Teacher Licensure elsewhere in this bulletin. or CHEM 322 Laboratory Methods in Organic Chemistry CHEM 301 Introductory Physical Chemistry I 3 Subject area requirements for students majoring in or CHEM 335 Physical Chemistry I chemistry: CHEM 302 Introductory Physical Chemistry II 3 or CHEM 336 Physical Chemistry II One of the following: 3 CHEM 304 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry 4 ASTR 201 The Sun and its Planets 3 CHEM 305 Introductory Physical Chemistry Laboratory 3 or GEOL 110 Physical Geology Total Units 31 PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 Additional Required Courses (16 hours) Magnetism PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 PHYS 115 Introductory Physics I 4 CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 PHYS 116 Introductory Physics II 4 CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 CHEM 113 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 2 Managerial, and Social Sci I CHEM 223 Introductory Organic Chemistry I 3 or MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I or CHEM 323 Organic Chemistry I MATH 126 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 CHEM 224 Introductory Organic Chemistry II 3 Managerial, and Social Sci II or CHEM 324 Organic Chemistry II or MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 Total Units 16 ENGR 131 Elementary Computer Programming 3 MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 Managerial, and Social Sci I Departmental Honors MATH 126 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 Managerial, and Social Sci II Chemistry majors who have excellent academic CHEM 301 Introductory Physical Chemistry I 3 records may participate in the Honors in Chemistry CHEM 302 Introductory Physical Chemistry II 3 program. To graduate with honors in chemistry, a CHEM 304 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry 4 student must satisfy the following requirements: CHEM 305 Introductory Physical Chemistry Laboratory 3 PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics 3 Case Western Reserve University 123

PHYS 324 Electricity and Magnetism I 3 Entrepreneurship program with a bachelor’s, PHYS 315 Introduction to Solid State Physics 3 master’s, or PhD degree in a chemistry-related or PHYS 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics field. The program consists of advanced courses in chemistry, business, and technology innovation and Course requirements for students majoring in an entrepreneurial project with technical content in physics and seeking physical science teacher an existing company or new venture. licensure are listed under the Department of Physics. Doctor of Philosophy Program Back to top The PhD degree in chemistry is granted to those students who have shown an extensive knowledge Minor of advanced chemistry and the ability to do original research. The program usually requires four years Students may complete a minor in chemistry, of full-time study after the bachelor’s degree. defined as one year of freshman chemistry Besides advanced courses, the program consists (including laboratory); two additional three-hour of cumulative and oral examinations, seminars lecture courses; and two additional laboratory or and colloquia, and an original research project. At approved courses. A recommended sequence least twelve months must be spent in residence would include: on campus while fulfilling the PhD thesis research requirement. CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 Full-time graduate students who maintain CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 satisfactory academic performance while pursuing CHEM 113 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 2 the PhD degree in chemistry normally receive CHEM 223 Introductory Organic Chemistry I 3 a stipend for teaching and/or research, which or CHEM 323 Organic Chemistry I includes full tuition and a monthly amount sufficient CHEM 224 Introductory Organic Chemistry II 3 to cover living expenses. or CHEM 324 Organic Chemistry II CHEM 233 Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 2 CHEM 234 Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory 2 II Research Total Units 18 Other sequences may be followed after consultation The Department of Chemistry is noted for research with the Department of Chemistry. programs in (1) chemical biology and (2) energy and materials. Projects range from synthetic BS Chemistry | BA Chemistry | Teacher Licensure | studies of important bioactive substances, including Minor antibiotics and DNA-binding substances, to detailed examination of the surface properties of materials used in batteries and electrolytic cells. Studies Graduate Programs are being performed with molecules as simple as oxygen and as complicated as those which describe the active centers of enzymes or the Master of Science Programs protein core of insoluble aggregates that deposit in neurodegenerative disease. Efforts are being made The MS degree in chemistry may be obtained to understand the basic chemical properties leading by completing (1) a program that includes the to reactive mediators generated from physiological preparation of a master’s thesis, or (2) a program lipids. involving only course work. Both programs require a minimum of 27 credit hours, of which up to six credit Other research is aimed at developing new drugs hours may be for the master’s thesis. Course work for photodynamic therapy and at understanding for the master’s degree may be taken on a part- the mechanism of action of drugs for antiretroviral time basis, but thesis research can be undertaken therapy. The influence of metal ions in modifying only by full-time graduate students. Thus, only reactivity is a common interest of several the master’s degree without thesis can be earned members of the faculty, as is the development entirely on a part-time basis. of organometallic compounds for materials and catalysis. Chemical surfaces are being studied, The Science and Technology Entrepreneurship as are various applications of nanoparticles, from Program (STEP) is a three- or four-semester cells to the environment. Studies designed to professional MS degree offered in chemistry as characterize electrode-electrolyte interfaces, the well as in biotechnology, mathematics, statistics, electrochemical properties of new semiconductors, and physics. Students enter the Chemistry and single-cell microelectrodes are also ongoing. 124 College of Arts and Sciences

These efforts are complemented by theoretical Clemens Burda, PhD studies on the interfacial structure and bonding of (University of Basel, Switzerland) composite materials. Professor Physical chemistry of nanostructures; molecular Case Western Reserve University ranks among the electronics; femtosecond laser spectroscopy leading universities internationally in its strengths in electrochemistry and has brought these strengths James D. Burgess, PhD together in the Yeager Center for Electrochemical (Virginia Commonwealth University) Studies (YCES) (http://electrochem.cwru.edu/). Associate Professor The interdisciplinary nature of electrochemistry Physical chemistry of platinum-based anticancer involves the interaction of electrochemists in the drugs; electrode-supported bilayer membranes; chemistry and chemical engineering departments electron transfer enzymes with metallurgists, surface physicists, inorganic and organic chemists, polymer membrane chemists, Carlos E. Crespo-Hernández, PhD and electrical engineers. Such interactions, lacking (University of Puerto Rico) on most campuses, are promoted at Case Western Assistant Professor Reserve University through YCES. Graduate Ultrafast spectroscopy; organic photochemistry students in the chemistry department have the and photophysics; environmental chemistry; opportunity to specialize in electrochemistry in computational chemistry one of the most extensive course and research Robert C. Dunbar, PhD programs in the United States. (Stanford University) Professor Gas phase ions and ion-neutral interactions; Colloquia and Seminars ion-molecular reaction kinetics; computational chemistry The department sponsors a rich program of Thomas G. Gray, PhD colloquia and seminars on recent advances in (Harvard University) chemical research. Most notable among these is Associate Professor the Frontiers in Chemistry Lecture Series, in which Inorganic and organometallic chemistry; scientists of international distinction lecture on metalloclusters as nanorods; biomineralization major discoveries and developments in chemistry. scaffolds; luminescence imaging agents In addition, a weekly colloquium series provides lectures by invited speakers in a variety of fields Malcolm E. Kenney, PhD of chemical investigation. Both of these programs (Cornell University) are addressed to an audience of faculty, graduate Hurlbut Professor of Chemistry students, and other chemical scientists in the Photodynamic therapy; porphyrin-like compounds; university and the Cleveland area, and are a vital organosilicon compounds; flue gas desulfurization means to broaden current knowledge. Numerous Michael J. Kenney, PhD other seminars and meetings are held on a more (Iowa State University) specialized and informal level. Most individual Senior Instructor and John Teagle Professorial research groups conduct weekly discussions to Fellow in Chemistry evaluate their progress. Chemical education Department Faculty Irene Lee, PhD (Pennsylvania State University) Mary D. Barkley, PhD Associate Professor (University of California, San Diego) Biochemistry; enzymology M. Roger Clapp University Professor of Arts and Sciences and Chair Anthony J. Pearson, PhD Biophysical chemistry; fluorescence spectroscopy; (University of Aston, Birmingham, England) tryptophan fluorescence; HIV reverse transcriptase Rudolph and Susan Rense Professor of Chemistry Natural products; organometallics; organic Alfred B. Anderson, PhD synthesis (Johns Hopkins University) Professor John D. Protasiewicz, PhD Pure and applied theoretical chemistry: surface (Cornell University) science, catalysis, electrocatalysis and properties of Professor and Associate Chair doped diamond Inorganic chemistry; organometallic reaction mechanisms; catalyzed oxidations Case Western Reserve University 125

Robert G. Salomon, PhD Secondary Faculty (University of Wisconsin, Madison) Charles Frederic Mabery Professor of Research in Paul Carey, PhD Chemistry (University of Sussex, UK) Chemical biology; lipid oxidation and disease; Professor, Department of Biochemistry, School of organic synthesis and reaction mechanisms Medicine Raman spectroscopy; proteins and protein-ligand Anna C. Samia, PhD interactions (Georgia Institute of Technology) Assistant Professor John W. Crabb, PhD Analytical chemistry; inorganic chemistry; materials (University of Kansas Medical Center) and energy; bio-inorganic chemistry; functional Professor of Molecular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic nanomaterials; nanotheranostics Lerner College of Medicine, Case Western Reserve University Genevieve Sauve, PhD Proteomics of the visual cycle and age-related (California Institute of Technology) ocular diseases Assistant Professor Organic electronics; alternative energy; synthesis of Thomas Gerken, PhD polymers and inorganic complexes; transistor and (Case Western Reserve University) solar cell devices Professor, Department of Pediatrics, School of Medicine Daniel A. Scherson, PhD Biochemistry of glycoproteins; NMR (University of California, Davis) Frank Hovorka Professor of Chemistry Thomas Kelley, PhD Electrochemistry; electrode kinetics; (University of Notre Dame) electrocatalysis; in-situ spectroscopic methods in Associate Professor, Department of Pediatrics, electrochemistry School of Medicine Biochemistry; cell signaling and cholesterol Rekha Srinivasan, PhD processing in cystic fibrosis (Case Western Reserve University) Instructor John J. Mieyal, PhD Chemical education (Case Western Reserve University) Professor, Department of Pharmacology, School of John E. Stuehr, PhD Medicine (Case Western Reserve University) Reactive oxygen species and sulfur biochemistry; Professor enzymatic reaction mechanisms of intracellular Physical chemistry, chemical education sulfhydryl homeostasis and redox signal Gregory P. Tochtrop, PhD transduction (Washington University Medical School) Stuart J. Rowan, PhD Assistant Professor (University of Glasgow, UK) Chemical biology; molecular recognition; NMR; Professor, Department of Macromolecular Science diversity-oriented synthesis and Engineering, Case School of Engineering Rajesh Viswanathan, PhD Synthetic chemistry; supramolecular (University of Indiana) polymerization; reversible “dynamic” chemistry; Assistant Professor chemical sensors; biomaterials; nanotechnology Chemical biology; microarrays; biosynthesis and Witold K. Surewicz, PhD biomimetic synthesis; total synthesis of natural (University of Lodz, Poland) products Professor, Department of Physiology and Michael G. Zagorski, PhD Biophysics, School of Medicine (Case Western Reserve University) Protein aggregation and the pathogenesis of aging- Professor related diseases; prion protein; protein folding and Organic chemistry; nuclear magnetic resonance; protein-membrane interaction structure of peptides Yanming Wang, PhD (ETH Zürich, Switzerland) Associate Professor of Radiology; Director of Radiopharmaceutical Division, Case Center for Imaging Research, School of Medicine Organic synthesis; molecular probes for in vivo imaging 126 College of Arts and Sciences

Adjunct Faculty CHEM 111. Principles of Chemistry for Engineers. 4 Units. M. Cather Simpson, PhD (University of New Mexico) A first course in university chemistry emphasizing Senior Lecturer in Chemistry and Physics; chemistry of materials for engineering students. Associate Director, Dan Walls Centre for Pure Atomic theory and quantitative relationships; and Applied Optics, University of Auckland, New gas laws and kinetic theory; solutions, acid- Zealand base properties and pH; thermodynamics and Biophysical chemistry; spectroscopic studies of equilibrium; kinetics, catalysis, and mechanisms; biologically significant processes molecular structure and bonding. Recommended preparation: One year of high school chemistry or permission of department. Research Professors

Mikhail D. Linetsky, PhD CHEM 113. Principles of Chemistry Laboratory. (Academy of Science of Ukraine) 2 Units. Research Associater Professor Biochemistry; chemical biology; protein chemistry; A one semester laboratory based on quantitative post-translational protein modification;l proteomics chemical measurements. Experiments include analysis, synthesis and characterization, thermochemistry and chemical kinetics. Computer analysis of data is a key part of all experiments. Courses Prereq or Coreq: CHEM 105 or CHEM 106 or CHEM 111 or ENGR 145. CHEM 102. The Molecules of Medicine. 1 Unit.

The central tenet of CHEM 102 is the identification CHEM 114. Chemistry Frontiers Laboratory. 2 and presentation of concrete examples to illustrate Units. how basic scientific principles impact medicine in a substantive way. Several topics will be An introduction to laboratory techniques and addressed that include medical diagnostics, computer-based methods for chemical research medical instrument design, and drug development. for the chemistry major. Scientific information An emphasis of this class will be to convey how databases, structural chemistry, experimental topics being presented in other classes in the pre- design and data handling, chemical synthesis and medical curriculum have a direct and substantive characterization. Prereq: CHEM 105 or CHEM 111, impact on the practice of medicine. and CHEM 113. Coreq: CHEM 106.

CHEM 105. Principles of Chemistry I. 3 Units. CHEM 223. Introductory Organic Chemistry I. 3 Units. Atomic structure; thermochemistry; periodicity, bonding and molecular structure; intermolecular Introductory course for science majors and forces; properties of solids; liquids, gases and engineering students. Develops themes of structure solutions. Recommended preparation: One year of and bonding along with elementary reaction high school chemistry. mechanisms. Includes treatment of hydrocarbons, alkyl halides, alcohols, and ethers as well as an introduction to spectroscopy. Prereq: CHEM 106 or CHEM 106. Principles of Chemistry II. 3 Units. CHEM 111. Thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium; acid/ base chemistry; oxidation and reduction; kinetics; CHEM 224. Introductory Organic Chemistry II. 3 spectroscopy; introduction to nuclear, organic, Units. inorganic, and polymer chemistry. Prereq: CHEM 105 or equivalent. Continues and extends themes of structure and bonding from CHEM 223 and continues spectroscopy and more complex reaction mechanisms. Includes treatment of aromatic rings, carbonyl compounds, amines, and selected special topics. Prereq: CHEM 223 or CHEM 323. Case Western Reserve University 127

CHEM 233. Introductory Organic Chemistry CHEM 304. Quantitative Analytical Chemistry. 4 Laboratory I. 2 Units. Units.

An introductory organic laboratory course A one-semester laboratory and lecture course emphasizing microscale operations. Synthesis involving quantitative chemical measurements, and purification of organic compounds, isolation error analysis and advanced concepts in chemical of natural products, and systematic identification equilibrium. Automatic ittration, electrochemistry, of organic compounds by physical and chemical spectroscopy, and iodine methods. Basic analytical methods. Prereq: CHEM 106 or CHEM 111 and instrumentation. Prereq: CHEM 106 and CHEM CHEM 113 or equivalent. Coreq: CHEM 223 or 113. CHEM 323. CHEM 305. Introductory Physical Chemistry CHEM 234. Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory. 3 Units. Laboratory II. 2 Units. A one-semester laboratory course focusing on A continuation of CHEM 233, involving multi-step the principles and quantitative characterization organic synthesis, peptide synthesis, product of chemical and biochemical systems. purification and analysis using sophisticated Experiments include chemical equilibrium analytical techniques such as chromatography and kinetics, electrochemistry, spectroscopy and magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Prereq: CHEM the use of computers for the statistical analysis 233. Coreq: CHEM 224 of experimental data. Seminar discussions and disciplinary writing of results. Prereq: CHEM 301 and CHEM 304 or CHEM 335. Or Prereq or Coreq: CHEM 290. Chemical Laboratory Methods for CHEM 302 or CHEM 336. Engineers. 3 Units.

Techniques of chemical synthesis, analysis, and CHEM 310. Instrumental Analytical Chemistry. 3 characterization. Uses students’ backgrounds in Units. general and organic chemistry, but requires no background in chemical laboratory operations. Principles and applications of analytical Prereq or Coreq: CHEM 223 or CHEM 323. instrumentation including optical spectroscopies (AAS, UV-Vis, IR, Raman), magnetic resonance spectroscopies (NMR, EPR), microscopy CHEM 301. Introductory Physical Chemistry I. 3 and imaging, and separation techniques. Units. Recommended preparation for CHEM 410: Two semesters of undergraduate physical chemistry. First of a two-semester sequence covering Offered as CHEM 310 and CHEM 410. Prereq: principles and applications of physical chemistry, CHEM 301 and CHEM 302 or CHEM 335 and intended for chemistry and engineering majors CHEM 336. and other students having primary interests in biochemical, biological or life-science areas. States and properties of matter. Thermodynamics CHEM 311. Inorganic Chemistry I. 3 Units. and its application to chemical and biochemical systems. Chemical equilibrium. Electrochemistry. Fundamentals of inorganic chemistry. Topics Recommended preparation: One year each of include molecular structure, molecular shape and undergraduate physics and calculus, preferably symmetry, structure of solids, d-metal complexes, including partial derivatives. Prereq: CHEM 106 or oxidation and reduction, and acids and bases. equivalent. Prereq or Coreq: CHEM 301 or CHEM 335.

CHEM 302. Introductory Physical Chemistry II. 3 CHEM 312. Inorganic Chemistry II. 3 Units. Units. Continuation of CHEM 311. Fundamentals of Continuation of CHEM 301. Chemical kinetics inorganic chemistry. Topics include electronic and catalysis. Introductory quantum chemistry. spectra of complexes, structures and properties of Spectroscopy. Statistical thermodynamics. Prereq solids, organometallic compounds, and descriptive CHEM 301 or CHEM 335. chemistry of representative elements. Prereq: CHEM 311. 128 College of Arts and Sciences

CHEM 322. Laboratory Methods in Organic CHEM 328. Introductory Biochemistry. 3 Units. Chemistry. 3 Units. A survey of biochemistry with a strong emphasis Experimental approach to the synthesis, purification on the chemical logic underlying metabolic and characterization of organic compounds. pathways and the evolution of biomolecules. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and infrared Cellular architecture. Amino acids and protein (IR) spectroscopies; chromatographic techniques. structure, purification, analysis, and synthesis. Prereq: CHEM 304 and CHEM 223 or CHEM 323. DNA, RNA, the flow of genetic information, and Prereq or Coreq: CHEM 224 or CHEM 324. molecular biological technology. Enzyme kinetics, catalytic, and regulatory strategies. Sugars, complex carbohydrates, and glycoproteins. Lipids CHEM 323. Organic Chemistry I. 3 Units. and cell membranes. Glycolysis, gluconeogenesis, carbon fixation through the "dark reactions" of Relationships between molecular structure photosynthesis, aerobic catabolism through and chemical reactivity and development of the citric acid cycle, and glycogen metabolism. sophisticated problem-solving skills in the context Biosynthesis and degradation of fatty acids, amino of organic reaction mechanisms and multi-step acids, and proteins. Offered as CHEM 328 and synthesis. Homolytic and heterolytic substitution, CHEM 428. Prereq: CHEM 224 or CHEM 324. elimination, oxidation and reduction reactions; topics in stereochemistry and spectroscopy. Recommended for chemistry, biochemistry, and CHEM 329. Chemical Aspects of Living related majors. Prereq: CHEM 106 or equivalent. Systems. 3 Units.

A survey of biochemical systems exploring their CHEM 324. Organic Chemistry II. 3 Units. molecular circuitry and architecture. Protein structure and function. Lipids, cell membranes, Continuation of CHEM 323. Introduces the channels and pumps. Redox processes and chemistry of carbonyl, aromatic and amino electron transport. Lipid and carbohydrate functional groups, and develops the concepts of metabolism, its control, reciprocal regulation, conjugation and resonance, molecular orbital theory and global integration. Nucleotide biosynthesis, and pericyclic reactions. Prereq: CHEM 223 or DNA replication, recombination, and repair. CHEM 323. RNA synthesis, splicing, and translation: protein synthesis and the control of gene expression. Sensory and immune systems. Molecular motors. CHEM 325. Physical Methods for Determining Recommended preparation: Two semesters of Organic Structure. 3 Units. undergraduate organic chemistry and one semester Structure determination of organic compounds of undergraduate physical chemistry. Offered as using mass spectrometry and modern instrumental CHEM 329 and CHEM 429. techniques such as infrared, ultraviolet, visible, and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. CHEM 331. Laboratory Methods in Inorganic Recommended preparation: Two semesters of Chemistry. 3 Units. undergraduate organic chemistry. Offered as CHEM 325 and CHEM 425. Synthesis, separation techniques, physical properties, and analysis. Advanced techniques of chemical synthesis, leading the student to the preparation of interesting inorganic and organometallic compounds. Prereq: CHEM 322.

CHEM 332. Laboratory Methods in Physical Chemistry. 3 Units.

Modern techniques of physicochemical measurement, including, kinetics, spectroscopy, and electrochemistry and the use of statistical methods for the analysis of experimental data. Seminar discussions and disciplinary writing of results. Prereq: CHEM 304. Prereq or Coreq: CHEM 336. Case Western Reserve University 129

CHEM 333. Medicinal Chemistry and Drug CHEM 339. Bioinorganic Chemistry. 3 Units. Development. 3 Units. An introduction to metal ions in biology This course provides an overview on how principles and medicine. Topics of emphasis include in chemistry and biology are integrated to facilitate metalloenzymes, inorganic elements in drug development. Primary emphasis will be placed pharmaceuticals, and physical methods of on the development of organic molecules as drugs characterization in biology. Course material will and metabolic enzymes as drug targets. Subjects be presented through a seminar format, and will pertinent to the introduction of medicinal chemistry, involve extensive class participation, student evaluation of drug efficacies in vitro and in vivo, and presentations, and literature research reports. drug metabolism will be covered. Offered as CHEM Offered as CHEM 339 and CHEM 439. Prereq: 333 and CHEM 433. Prereq: CHEM 223 or CHEM CHEM 224 or CHEM 324 323 and BIOL 215. Coreq: CHEM 224 or CHEM 324. CHEM 395. Chemistry Colloquium Series. 1 Unit.

CHEM 335. Physical Chemistry I. 3 Units. Course content provided by Thursday chemistry department colloquia (or Frontiers in Chemistry First of a two-semester sequence of physical lectures). Discussion sessions review previous chemistry for chemistry majors and others lectures and lay foundation for forthcoming lectures. with career goals in the physical sciences or engineering. States of matter. Kinetic theory of gases. Transport phenomena. Chemical CHEM 397. Undergraduate Research. 1 - 6 Unit. thermodynamics and its application to chemical systems. Equilibrium. Ionic solutions and Independent research project within a research electrochemistry. Introduction to chemical group in the chemistry department or, by kinetics. Recommended preparation: One year petition, within a research group in another Case each of undergraduate physics and calculus, department. Arrangements should be made with including partial derivatives. Prereq: CHEM 106 or the faculty member selected. Open to all chemistry equivalent. majors and other qualified students; required for Honors in Chemistry. A written report is required each semester. CHEM 336. Physical Chemistry II. 3 Units.

Continuation of CHEM 335. Reaction kinetics CHEM 398. Undergraduate Research/Senior and catalysis. Reaction dynamics. Chemical Capstone Project. 3 - 6 Units. quantum mechanics. Statistical mechanics and thermodynamics. Spectroscopy. Prereq: CHEM 335 Independent research project within a research or Chemical Engineering Major with at least Junior group in the chemistry department or, by standing. petition, within a research group in another Case department. Arrangements should be made by consultation with the faculty member selected and CHEM 337. Quantum Mechanics I. 3 Units. the Senior Capstone Committee of the chemistry department. Open to all chemistry majors and Introduction to quantization, measurement and other qualified students. Satisfies the research the Schrodinger equation; angular momentum requirement for Honors in Chemistry. A written and states of molecules. Perturbation theory, report and public oral presentations are required. spectroscopy and chemical bonding. Variational theory and calculations of molecular properties. Offered as CHEM 335 and CHEM 446. Prereq: CHEM 406. Chemical Kinetics. 3 Units. CHEM 336. Theory and characterization of chemical rate processes. Recommended preparation: Two semesters of undergraduate physical chemistry. 130 College of Arts and Sciences

CHEM 407. Chemical Thermodynamics. 3 Units. CHEM 414. Organometallic Reactions and Structures. 3 Units. Thermodynamics and statistical thermodynamics and their application to chemical problems. Bonding, structure, and mechanistic aspects of Recommended preparation: Two semesters of organometallic chemistry and the relevance of undergraduate physical chemistry. organometallic species to chemical catalysis. Recommended preparation: One semester of undergraduate inorganic chemistry. CHEM 408. Advanced Physical Chemistry. 3 Units. CHEM 421. Advanced Organic Chemistry I. 3 Topics in physical chemistry, intended for entering Units. graduate students, giving background tools appropriate for graduate research in areas Structure, bonding, and molecular orbital theory. of chemistry other than physical chemistry. Stereochemistry and conformational analysis. Illustrations from the contemporary chemical Reaction mechanisms. Aromaticity and aromatic research literature will be emphasized. substitution. Pericyclic reactions, orbital symmetry Thermodynamics and statistical mechanics, conservation, and free radical chemistry. quantum chemistry and computation, Recommended preparation: Two semesters of spectroscopy, and chemical kinetics and dynamics. undergraduate organic chemistry. Recommended preparation: One year of undergraduate physical chemistry. CHEM 422. Advanced Organic Chemistry II. 3 Units. CHEM 410. Instrumental Analytical Chemistry. 3 Units. Carbocations and carbanions. Nucleophilic and electrophilic aliphatic substitutions. Heterolytic Principles and applications of analytical addition and elimination reactions. Carbonyl instrumentation including optical spectroscopies reactions. Acyl transfer chemistry. Oxidations, (AAS, UV-Vis, IR, Raman), magnetic resonance reductions, and rearrangements. Prereq: CHEM spectroscopies (NMR, EPR), microscopy 421 or consent of instructor. and imaging, and separation techniques. Recommended preparation for CHEM 410: Two semesters of undergraduate physical chemistry. CHEM 425. Physical Methods for Determining Offered as CHEM 310 and CHEM 410. Organic Structure. 3 Units. Structure determination of organic compounds CHEM 412. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I. 3 using mass spectrometry and modern instrumental Units. techniques such as infrared, ultraviolet, visible, and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Chemistry of inorganic systems. Spectroscopy, Recommended preparation: Two semesters of magnetism, and stereochemistry of transition metal undergraduate organic chemistry. Offered as compounds. Recommended preparation: One CHEM 325 and CHEM 425. semester of undergraduate inorganic chemistry and two semesters of undergraduate physical chemistry.

CHEM 413. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II. 3 Units.

Topics in mechanisms of inorganic reactions including ligand substitution, electron transfer, stereochemical interconversions, and catalytic pathways; supramolecular inorganic complexes and molecular devices. Prereq: CHEM 412 or equivalent. Case Western Reserve University 131

CHEM 428. Introductory Biochemistry. 3 Units. CHEM 433. Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Development. 3 Units. A survey of biochemistry with a strong emphasis on the chemical logic underlying metabolic This course provides an overview on how principles pathways and the evolution of biomolecules. in chemistry and biology are integrated to facilitate Cellular architecture. Amino acids and protein drug development. Primary emphasis will be placed structure, purification, analysis, and synthesis. on the development of organic molecules as drugs DNA, RNA, the flow of genetic information, and and metabolic enzymes as drug targets. Subjects molecular biological technology. Enzyme kinetics, pertinent to the introduction of medicinal chemistry, catalytic, and regulatory strategies. Sugars, evaluation of drug efficacies in vitro and in vivo, and complex carbohydrates, and glycoproteins. Lipids drug metabolism will be covered. Offered as CHEM and cell membranes. Glycolysis, gluconeogenesis, 333 and CHEM 433. carbon fixation through the "dark reactions" of photosynthesis, aerobic catabolism through the citric acid cycle, and glycogen metabolism. CHEM 435. Synthetic Methods in Organic Biosynthesis and degradation of fatty acids, amino Chemistry. 3 Units. acids, and proteins. Offered as CHEM 328 and CHEM 428. Systematic consideration of reactions involving functional group transformations and carbon-carbon bond formations used in modern organic synthesis. CHEM 429. Chemical Aspects of Living Recommended preparation: Two semesters of Systems. 3 Units. undergraduate organic chemistry.

A survey of biochemical systems exploring their molecular circuitry and architecture. Protein CHEM 436. Complex Molecular Synthesis. 3 structure and function. Lipids, cell membranes, Units. channels and pumps. Redox processes and electron transport. Lipid and carbohydrate An advanced organic chemistry course providing metabolism, its control, reciprocal regulation, students with an in-depth examination of the art and global integration. Nucleotide biosynthesis, of total synthesis drawing from both classical and DNA replication, recombination, and repair. recent examples. Recommended preparation: Two RNA synthesis, splicing, and translation: protein semesters of undergraduate organic chemistry. synthesis and the control of gene expression. Sensory and immune systems. Molecular motors. Recommended preparation: Two semesters of CHEM 439. Bioinorganic Chemistry. 3 Units. undergraduate organic chemistry and one semester An introduction to metal ions in biology of undergraduate physical chemistry. Offered as and medicine. Topics of emphasis include CHEM 329 and CHEM 429. metalloenzymes, inorganic elements in pharmaceuticals, and physical methods of CHEM 430. Advanced Methods in Structural characterization in biology. Course material will Biology. 1 - 6 Unit. be presented through a seminar format, and will involve extensive class participation, student The course is designed for graduate students presentations, and literature research reports. who will be focusing on one or more methods Offered as CHEM 339 and CHEM 439. Prereq: of structural biology in their thesis project. This Graduate standing. course is divided into 3-6 sections (depending on demand). The topics offered will include X- ray crystallography, nuclear magnetic resonance CHEM 445. Electrochemistry I. 3 Units. spectroscopy, optical spectroscopy, mass Electrochemical properties and processes of spectrometry, cryo-electron microscopy, and electrode/electrolyte interfaces. Fundamental computational and design methods. Students background for work in corrosion, electrodeposition, can select one or more modules. Modules will be industrial electrolysis, electro-organic synthesis, scheduled so that students can take all the offered batteries, fuel cells, and photoelectrochemical modules in one semester. Each section is given in energy conversion. Recommended preparation: 5 weeks and is worth 1 credit. Each section covers One semester of undergraduate physical chemistry. one area of structural biology at an advanced level such that the student is prepared for graduate level research in that topic. Offered as BIOC 430, CHEM 430, PHOL 430, and PHRM 430. 132 College of Arts and Sciences

CHEM 446. Quantum Mechanics I. 3 Units. CHEM 492. Modern Chemistry for Innovation II. 3 Units. Introduction of quantization, measurement and the Schrodinger equation; angular momentum Continuation of CHEM 491, with an emphasis on and states of molecules. Perturbation theory, current and prospective opportunities for Chemistry spectroscopy and chemical bonding. Variational Entrepreneurship. Longer term opportunities for theory and calculations of molecular properties. Chemistry Entrepreneurship in emerging areas, Recommended preparation: Two semesters of including (but not be limited to) biomaterials, undergraduate physical chemistry. Offered as pharmacogenomics, biocatalysis, and drug CHEM 335 and CHEM 446. discovery. Prereq: CHEM 491.

CHEM 447. Quantum Mechanics II. 3 Units. CHEM 493. Feasibility and Technology Analysis. 3 Units. Continuation of CHEM 446. Ab initio and semi- empirical methods, configuration interactions, time This course provides the tools scientists need dependent phenomena, and introduction to band to determine whether a technology is ready for theory of solids. Prereq: CHEM 446. commercialization. These tools include (but are not limited to): financial analysis, market analysis, industry analysis, technology analysis, intellectual CHEM 450. Molecular Spectroscopy. 3 Units. property protection, the entrepreneurial process and culture, an introduction to entrepreneurial strategy Translation, rotation, vibration, and electronic and new venture financing. Deliverables will include transitions of molecules. Prereq: CHEM 446. a technology feasibility analysis on a possible application in the student’s scientific area. Offered as BIOL 493, CHEM 493, and PHYS 493. CHEM 475. Protein Biophysics. 3 Units.

This course focuses on in-depth understanding of CHEM 501. Special Topics in Inorganic the molecular biophysics of proteins. Structural, Chemistry. 1 - 6 Unit. thermodynamic and kinetic aspects of protein function and structure-function relationships will (Credit as arranged.) Lectures on advanced topics be considered at the advanced conceptual level. in inorganic chemistry presented by staff or visiting The application of these theoretical frameworks lecturers. Course title, content, and credit change will be illustrated with examples from the literature from year to year. and integration of biophysical knowledge with description at the cellular and systems level. The format consists of lectures, problem sets, and CHEM 502. Special Topics in Inorganic student presentations. A special emphasis will Chemistry. 1 - 6 Unit. be placed on discussion of original publications. Offered as BIOC 475, CHEM 475, PHOL 475, (Credit as arranged.) Lectures on advanced topics PHRM 475, and NEUR 475. in inorganic chemistry presented by staff or visiting lecturers. Course title, content, and credit change from year to year. CHEM 491. Modern Chemistry for Innovation I. 3 Units. CHEM 504. Special Topics in Organic The first half of a two-semester sequence providing Chemistry. 1 - 6 Unit. an understanding of chemistry as a basis for successfully launching new high-tech ventures. (Credit as arranged.) Lectures on advanced topics The course will examine physical limitations to in organic chemistry presented by staff or visiting present technologies and the use of chemistry lecturers. Course title, content, and credit change to identify potential opportunities for new venture from year to year. creation. The course will provide experience in using chemistry for both identification of incremental improvements and as the basis for alternative technologies. Case studies will be used to illustrate recent commercially successful (and unsuccessful) venture creation and will illustrate characteristics for success. Admission to this course requires consent of the department. Case Western Reserve University 133

CHEM 506. Special Topics in Physical Chemistry. 1 - 6 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) Lectures on advanced topics in physical chemistry presented by staff or visiting lecturers. Course title, content, and credit change from year to year.

CHEM 507. Special Readings in Chemistry. 1 - 6 Unit.

Detailed study of a special topic in chemistry under the guidance of a faculty member.

CHEM 508. Special Readings in Chemistry. 1 - 6 Unit.

Detailed study of a special topic in chemistry under the guidance of a faculty member.

CHEM 509. Special Topics in Analytical Chemistry. 1 - 6 Unit.

CHEM 601. Research. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) Special research in an area of chemistry under the guidance of a faculty member.

CHEM 605. Chemistry Colloquium Series. 1 Unit.

Course content provided by Thursday chemistry department colloquia (or Frontiers in Chemistry lectures). Discussion sessions review previous lectures and lay foundation for forthcoming lectures.

CHEM 651. Thesis M.S.. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.)

CHEM 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. 134 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Classics

404 Mather House http://www.case.edu/artsci/clsc Undergraduate Programs Charles Burroughs, Department Chair [email protected] Major

The Department of Classics introduces students The core of the classics major is the study of the to the culture, life, and legacy of ancient Greece languages and literatures of ancient Greece and and Rome through courses in the Greek and Latin Rome and the societies that spoke Greek and Latin languages and literatures, in ancient history and until the end of the ancient world (usually taken as archaeology, and in the visual and material cultures the 5th century of the Common Era). The major of the ancient Mediterranean world. When justified uniquely offers exposure to a range of approaches: by enrollment, the department offers courses in literary, philological, historical, archaeological, Sanskrit and in ancient Indian religious texts. A art historical, philosophical, and anthropological. relatively recent development is a focus on the Further, the scope of the department has expanded classical tradition in Europe and beyond. The to embrace the classical tradition in and even department faculty represents a range of academic beyond Europe, with courses on literature and art disciplines and is committed, where appropriate, and architecture up to the 20th century. to an interdisciplinary approach in teaching and research. The classics major leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree requires 36 hours of departmental offerings. The core purpose of the department is to offer The 36 hours within the Department of Classics the opportunity for study of the ancient classical must include: Eight courses (24 hours) in either languages, as a crucial point of entry into the Greek or Latin, or a combination of both provided conceptual worlds of Greece and Rome. Students that at least two courses are at the 300 level; three are also exposed to the various facets of antiquity classics (CLSC) courses (9 hours), with at least that made the ancient Mediterranean world the two at the 300 level. In the SAGES program, the progenitor of the modern West, not least in its department offers a Departmental Seminar, CLSC mingling of cultures and belief systems. The 320, which is required of majors, though they also different sub-disciplines and methodologies may take a seminar outside the department to represented in the department involve multiple satisfy the SAGES requirement. CLSC 320 counts ways of exploring and understanding antiquity, from as one of the classics 300-level courses. Finally, philological, literary, and philosophical studies to a requirement for all majors is CLSC 381, the engagement with material and visual culture and capstone course in SAGES. city form through archaeology, epigraphy, and art and architectural history. Further, we study major In addition, each student completing the classics moments of the revival of antiquity, and the various major is strongly advised to choose a related minor, lenses through which subsequent eras understood selected in consultation with and approved by or appropriated the past. A concentration within the departmental advisor, in such closely related the major focusing on the legacy of antiquity in the fields as anthropology, art history, philosophy, classical tradition is in preparation. comparative literature, history, theater, or English. The association between the department and the Knowledge of classical antiquity constitutes the World Literature Program is especially close. backbone of a liberal education. It also provides an excellent basis for further professional training in whatever field a student may ultimately earn a livelihood; for informed engagement with the Departmental Honors political, social, and cultural issues of our turbulent times; and for the appreciation and enjoyment Departmental honors are given to students who of artistic and cultural achievement. A major in earn the grade of “A” for their senior dissertation in classics, or even a minor, may be (as it often has CLSC 381 (capstone) and maintain a GPA in the been) profitably combined with programs aimed major of 3.5. toward law, medicine, management, diplomatic service, banking, journalism, library science, or politics; religious, philosophic, literary, or Teacher Licensure in Latin historical studies; careers in the fine arts (visual or performing); or museum or archival work. The Department of Classics offers a teacher licensure program for students who wish to teach Latin in secondary schools in Ohio or in any state Case Western Reserve University 135 that accepts Ohio licensure. Students earn a World Literature MA: Classics Bachelor of Arts degree in classics while also completing 35 hours in psychology and education Track course work at Case Western Reserve and at Qualified students may pursue graduate work in John Carroll University. For details about course classics through the MA in the World Literature requirements in education, see the program Program (WLIT). Classics courses at the 300 level description for Teacher Licensure section in this may be taken for graduate credit in this way. bulletin. Department Faculty Subject area requirements: Charles Burroughs, PhD (Warburg Institute, University of London) Required Courses: 18 Elsie B. Smith Professor in the Liberal Arts and LATN 101 Elementary Latin I Chair & LATN 102 and Elementary Latin II Art and architecture in the classical tradition; Italian (may be waived if appropriate) Renaissance; early modern urbanism; landscapes LATN 305 Literature of the Republic in Europe and the Americas LATN 306 Survey of Latin Literature LATN 380 Advanced Topics in Latin Literature Ricardo A. Apostol, PhD CLSC 304 Ancient Rome: Republic and Empire (University of Michigan) Five of the following elective LATN courses: 15 Assistant Professor LATN 201 Latin Prose Authors Augustan poetry and culture, Hellenistic poetry, LATN 202 Vergil material culture LATN 307 Livy Florin Berindeanu, PhD LATN 308 Horace: Odes and Epodes (University of Georgia) LATN 309 Medieval Latin Instructor; Director, World Literature Program; LATN 351 Latin Didactic Literature Secondary Appointment, Department of Cognitive LATN 354 Drama Science LATN 395 Directed Readings European literature; literary and semiotic theory; Three CLSC elective courses, one of which must be at the 9 300 level mysticism Total Units 42 Andrea U. De Giorgi, PhD (Bryn Mawr College) Assistant Professor Minor Roman history; archaeology; visual and material culture of the classical world A minor in classics is designed to acquaint the student with aspects of the ancient civilizations of Paul A. Iversen, PhD Greece and Rome by means of 15 hours of course (Ohio State University) work. These 15 hours may be any combination of Assistant Professor Greek, Latin, and classics courses, at least 3 hours Greek and Roman New Comedy; Greek and Latin of which must be at or above the 300 level. While epigraphy; Hellenistic culture and society the study of either Greek or Latin is encouraged, Rachel Hall Sternberg, PhD neither is required for the minor. (Bryn Mawr College) Associate Professor Greek language and literature; Greek social history; history of emotion; reception of the classical Graduate Study tradition in the age of Jefferson Post-Baccalaureate Visiting Faculty The department is about to launch a Classics Post- Bac program. Interested, qualified students should Timothy Wutrich, PhD contact the chair. Existing courses will be offered at (Tufts University) the 400 level. Visiting Assistant Professor Greek and Roman drama; classical tradition in literature and art; philosophical approaches to literature and art; Roman civilization; Vergil 136 College of Arts and Sciences

Secondary Faculty CLSC 203. Gods and Heroes in Greek Literature. 3 Units. Jenifer Neils, PhD (Princeton University) This course examines major works of Greek Ruth Coulter Heede Professor of Art History, literature and sets them in their historical and Department of Art History and Art cultural context. Constant themes are war, Ancient art and classical archaeology wandering, tyranny, freedom, community, family, and the role of men and women within the Deepak Sarma, PhD household and the ancient city-state. Parallels with (University of Chicago) modern life and politics will be explored. Lectures Associate Professor, Department of Religious and discussions. Offered as CLSC 203 and WLIT Studies 203. Hinduism; Indian philosophy; method and theory in the study of religion CLSC 204. Heroes and Hustlers in Latin Literature. 3 Units. Adjunct Faculty This course constitutes the second half of a Ramaswamy Sharma, Ph.D. sequence on Classical literature. Its main themes (Bharathidasan University, Trichy, India) are heroism vs. self-promotion, love vs. lust, and Adjunct Instructor the struggle between democracy and tyranny. Sanskrit language and literature These topics are traced in a variety of literary genres from the period of the Roman republic well into the empire. Parallels with modern life and politics will be drawn. Offered as CLSC 204 and CLSC Courses WLIT 204. CLSC 111. Greek Civilization. 3 Units. CLSC 206. Ancient and Medieval Spain: This course constitutes the first half of a year-long Prehistory to 1492. 3 Units. sequence on classical civilization. It examines the enduring significance of the Greeks studied through This course focuses on the history of the Iberian their history, literature, art, and philosophy. Lectures peninsula from before the Roman conquest from and discussion. (For the second course in the the Iberians, Greek, and Carthaginian settlements, sequence, see CLSC 112.) Offered as CLSC 111 through Roman, Visigothic, and Muslim rule to and HSTY 111. the conquest of Ferdinand and Isabella of the last non-Christian territory on the peninsula in 1492. CLSC 112. Roman Civilization. 3 Units. The issues of conquest, frontier, cultural diversity, and change, tolerance, and intolerance will be The enduring significance of the Romans studied examined. Offered as CLSC 206, HSTY 206. through their history, literature, art, and philosophy. Lectures and discussion. Offered as CLSC 112 and CLSC 210. Byzantine World 300-1453. 3 Units. HSTY 110. Development of the Byzantine empire from CLSC 201. The Ancient World. 3 Units. the emperor Constantine’s conversion to Christianity and founding of the eastern capital Ancient Western history from the origins of at Constantinople to the fall of Constantinople to civilization in Mesopotamia to the dissolution of the Turkish forces in 1453. Offered as CLSC 210 and Roman Empire in the West. Offered as CLSC 201 HSTY 210. and HSTY 200.

CLSC 202. Classical Mythology. 3 Units.

The myths of Classical Greece and Rome, their interpretation and influence. Case Western Reserve University 137

CLSC 220. Art Literature in the Classical CLSC 224. Sword and Scandal: The Classics in Tradition, Pt 1: Renaissance and Baroque (14th Film. 3 Units. to 17th centuries). 3 Units. Gladiator. Alexander. The 300. Contemporary Through lectures, varied assignments, and visits society’s continuing fascination with putting the to the Cleveland Museum of Art this course will ancient world on the big screen is undeniable; and introduce students to the major issues in the yet the causes underlying this phenomenon are study of early modern art and literatures. The not quite so readily apparent. In this course we will emphasis will inevitably be on Italy, as the place watch and discuss a number of movies about the where the physical remains of ancient Rome ancient world, running the gamut from Hollywood confronted and inspired such remarkable masters classics such as Ben-Hur and Spartacus to more as Michelangelo (as poet and artist), Palladio, Gian recent treatments (the aforementioned 300 and Lorenzo Bernini, Nicholas Poussin (Bernini and Gladiator, for starters), and from the mainstream Poussin are represented in the CMAI), though and conventional (Clash of the Titans, Disney’s some artists -- notably Leonardo -- resisted the Hercules) to the far-out and avant-garde (Fellini’s lure of the classical past. From Italy new ideas Satyricon, anyone?). As we do so we’ll learn quite spread to the rest of Europe and beyond. We a bit about the art and economics of film, on one will not have much time to study Shakespeare in hand, and the ancient world, on the other. And the course, but we will not be able to ignore the yet what we’ll keep coming back to are the big greatest author of the Renaissance period. Like questions: what does our fascination with the Shakespeare, we will move between the court and ancient Mediterranean tell us about ourselves as a the city, between scenes of often-endangered order society? Why do such movies get made, and what and scenes of sometimes-productive disorder, in kinds of agendas do they serve? To what extent which classical models provided a key cultural and can we recapture the past accurately? And if we even psychological resource in challenging times. can’t, are we doomed to just endlessly projecting Recommended preparation: CLSC 112. Offered as our own concerns and desires onto a screen, and CLSC 220 and WLIT 220. dressing them in togas? No knowledge of ancient languages is required for this course. Offered as CLSC 224 and WLIT 224. CLSC 221. Building on Antiquity. 3 Units.

Beginning with Ancient Greece and Rome and CLSC 226. Introduction to Greek and Roman ending in Cleveland, the course will provide Art. 3 Units. orientation in the architectural orders and in most periods of European and Euro-American Classical art from the 8th century B.C. to the architectural history, as well as, to an extent, fourth century A.D.; the major developments in architectural criticism. The issue of how architecture the architecture, sculpture, and painting of ancient has meaning will be central, not least in connection Greece, Etruria, and Rome. Offered as ARTH 226 with the formalized "language" of classicism and CLSC 226. and the emergence of development of building types (temple, museum, civic hall, transportation buildings, etc.). We will also review more subtle CLSC 227. Ancient Cities and Sanctuaries. 3 ways in which architecture conveys meaning Units. or mood, and the assignment of gendered associations to certain architectural elements. The A selection of cities and sanctuaries from the course will consider more or less blatant political ancient Near East, Egypt, the Aegean, Greece, uses of architecture and architectural imagery, but Etruria, and Rome; their political and religious also more elusive and/or ambiguous cases, as institutions and the relationship to contemporary art well as the phenomenon of the shifting meanings forms. Offered as ARTH 227 and CLSC 227. of architecture through changes of era, owner, audience, etc. Offered as ARTH 221 and CLSC 221. CLSC 228. Ancient Greek Athletics. 3 Units. Exploration of the role of athletics in the ancient, primarily Greek world, and their reflection in the art of the period. Offered as ARTH 228 and CLSC 228. 138 College of Arts and Sciences

CLSC 295A. Greek and Latin Elements in CLSC 309. Advanced Sanskrit Religious Texts. 3 English: The Basic Course. 1.5 Unit. Units.

A self-paced, computer-assisted course in the This class is a continuation of RLGN 305/CLSC classical foundations of modern English in which 305, the introduction to the Sanskrit language and the student learns the basic principles on which culture. In RLGN 309/CLSC 309 students will learn roots, prefixes, and suffixes combine to give precise advanced Sanskrit grammar and syntax. Previous meanings to composite words. knowledge of Sanskrit is required. We will finish the lessons from Devavanipravesika that we began in the introductory course. We will then translate CLSC 295B. Greek and Latin Elements in sections for the Bhagavad Gita. Offered as CLSC English: Biomedical Terminology. 1.5 Unit. 309 and RLGN 309. (See CLSC 295A.) Advanced section that is oriented especially toward scientific and medical CLSC 311. Rome: City and Image. 3 Units. terminology. Prereq or Coreq: CLSC 295A. This course studies the architectural and urban history of Rome from the republican era of the CLSC 301. Ancient Philosophy. 3 Units. ancient city up to the eighteenth century using the city itself as the major "text." The emphasis will Western philosophy from the early Greeks to the be placed on the extraordinary transformations Skeptics. Emphasis on the pre-Socratics, Plato and wrought in the city, or at least in key districts, Aristotle. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101 and by powerful rulers and/or elites, especially in consent of department. Offered as CLSC 301 and the ancient empire and in the Renaissance and PHIL 301. baroque eras. In a larger perspective, the great construction projects exerted a far-reaching effect within and beyond Europe, but we will study them CLSC 302. Ancient Greece: Archaic, Classical, in relation to their topographical situation, their and Hellenistic Periods. 3 Units. functions, and their place in a long history of The rise of Hellenic thought and institutions from variations on prestigious themes since many of the eighth to the third centuries B.C., the rise of the the artworks and the urban settings featured in the polis, the evolution of democracy at Athens, the course carry the mark of the Long history of the city crises of the Persian and Peloponnesian Wars, fifth- itself. Recommended preparation: At least one 200- century historiography, the growth of individualism, level course in ANTH, ARTH, CLSC, ENGL, HSTY, and the revival of monarchy in the Hellenistic or RLGN. Offered as ARTH311/411 and CLSC 311. period. Offered as CLSC 302 and HSTY 302. CLSC 312. Women in the Ancient World. 3 Units.

CLSC 304. Ancient Rome: Republic and Empire. The course offers a chronological survey of 3 Units. women’s lives in Greece, Hellenistic Egypt, and Growth and development of the Roman state from Rome. It focuses on primary sources as well as the unification of Italy in the early third century B.C. scholarly interpretations of the ancient record with to the establishment of the oriental despotism under a view to defining the construction of gender and Diocletian and Constantine. The growth of empire sexuality according to the Greco-Roman model. in the Punic Wars, the uncertain steps toward an Additionally, the course aims to demonstrate how various methodological approaches have yielded eastern hegemony, the crisis in the Republic from the Gracchi to Caesar, the new regime of Augustus, significant insights into our own perception of sex the transformation of the leadership class in the and gender. Specific topics include matriarchy early Empire, and the increasing dominance of the and patriarchy; the antagonism between male military over the civil structure. Offered as CLSC and female in myth; the legal, social, economic, 304 and HSTY 304. and political status of women; the ancient family; women’s role in religion and cult; ancient theories of medicine regarding women; paderasty and CLSC 305. Sanskrit Religious Texts. 3 Units. homosexuality. Offered as CLSC 312 and WGST 312. Introduction to the Sanskrit language and culture through the reading of selected texts taken from the ancient religions of South Asia. Offered as CLSC 305 and RLGN 305. Case Western Reserve University 139

CLSC 313. Thinking Communication in Ancient CLSC 315. Erotic Literature Ancient to Modern. and Medieval Literature. 3 Units. 3 Units.

The ancients were much concerned with the nature The erotic drive is a fundamental impulse in human and validity of signs: Important decisions depended beings, indeed in the animal world in general. on the flight of birds or the coloration of the liver Primordially, the erotic find expression in sexual of a sacrificial victim. The relationship of language desire and in associated behaviors, which in to truth, i.e., a reality beyond the contingent, antiquity -- as in other myth-oriented cultures was a crucial issue, not least because of the -- amounts to a production of poetry to aid in rise of sophistic rhetoric: for an orator, language seduction, to praise an object of desire, or simply was a tool in a contest rather than a means to reflect the nature of love and/or sexual desire true understanding. The discipline of medicine, in general. Highly sexualized language appears developed by such important figures as Galen in both ancient and modern texts that take into and Hippocrates, depended on the interpretation account a variety of foundational texts in Western of physical signs to diagnose and treat ailments culture. From Plato, who wrote a whole dialogue of mind and body. The term for the theory of (Symposium) describing different kinds of love, signs - semiotics - is derived from the Greek term to Christian interpreters of sacred texts, eroticism "semeiotike", and for many Greek philosophers and was a term that defined both pagan and religious their Roman and medieval successors the sign was experiences. This course will explore fictional as a key issue. For Christians especially, new forms well as theoretical inquiries into the nature and of vision and discerning truth presented particular purpose of erotic desire and its evaluation as problems: after all, the Christian God revealed aesthetic phenomenon. It will focus on texts such his intentions through "portents" that had to be as Longus’s Daphnis and Chloe, Abelard’s Letters, read and interpreted. And even if sacred scripture Aucassin and Nicolette, mystical voices, Freudian was in some way understood as encapsulating theory and modern contribution such as Roland the whole word, there were countless passages Barthes and Georges Bataille. Modern theoreticians requiring clarification or adaptation to contemporary as those mentioned here illustrate how the libidinal situations. In other words, the concern was with (whether understood as subjective drive or in the relationship between a universe of structured Freudian terms) is inseparable from the aesthetic. signs (the subject of semiotics) and structures of Offered as: CLSC 315 and WLIT 317. Prereq: WLIT interpersonal communication (pragmatics). Offered 211 and WLIT 212. as CLSC 313 and COGS 318. Prereq: WLIT 211 or WLIT 212. CLSC 316. Greek Tragedy. 3 Units.

CLSC 314. Love Poetry from Sappho to This course provides students the opportunity Shakespeare. 3 Units. to read a significant number of ancient Greek tragedies in modern English translations. We Introduction to the love poetry of ancient Greece shall read, study, and discuss selected works by and Rome and its impact on the later European Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, and attempt tradition in such poets as Petrarch, Chaucer, to understand the plays as literature composed and Shakespeare. Readings will focus especially for performance. We shall study literary elements on questions of generic convention, audience within the plays and theatrical possibilities inherent expectation, and the social setting of love poetry in the texts. As we read the plays, we shall pay in the different ages under consideration. No close attention to the historical context and look knowledge of the original languages required. for what each play can tell us about myth, religion, Offered as CLSC 314 and WLIT 314. and society in ancient Athens. Finally, we shall give occasional attention to the way these tragic dramas and the theater in which they were performed have continued to inspire literature and theater for thousands of years. Lectures will provide historical background on the playwrights, the plays, the mythic and historical background, and possible interpretation of the texts as literature and as performance pieces. Students will discuss in class the plays that they read. The course has three examinations and a final project that includes a short essay and a group presentation. Offered as CLSC 316, WLIT 316, WLIT 416. 140 College of Arts and Sciences

CLSC 317. Inspiration: The Topic of Creativity in CLSC 318. Landscape Archaeology and Art and Literature--Ancient to Medieval. 3 Units. Epigraphy. 3 Units.

Inspiration is an inextricably essential part of the Landscape archaeology addresses the complex aesthetic genesis, and it has instantly become ways that people have consciously and one of the most frequented themes of artistic unconsciously shaped the land around them. As creation. Where does inspiration come from? Are by-products of the interaction between people and artists "chosen ones" that implicitly stand out from place, landscapes designate spaces occupied by the "non-inspired" rest? Trying to answer these specific social groups whose members draw from questions and others related to the phenomenon their environs a shared identity and who situate of creativity, one direction that this course should their actions within specific normative frameworks. take and focus on is the theme of "divine" or The landscapes of the Greek and Roman East are "transcendent" as a source of inspiration in art and no exception to this. As "cultural landscapes," they literature. The course will start with the mystical were the scene of thousands of years of actions, teaching and theories of Pythagoras that influenced including the organizing of space or the altering of Plato and the Neo-Platoists that will be carried the land for diverse purposes such as subsistence, on further in the general tradition of Christian or for economic, social, political, religious and literature. In this respect, the course will examine military concerns. As such they offer us the creativity in readings that include both Ancient possibility to investigate the agencies, actions, and and Medieval writers whose writings place the negotiations between particular communities and subject of inspiration at the center of their own the various greater powers that exercised control aesthetic invention. Among the authors included over them. This course will, therefore, introduce in the course will be Pseudo-Dyonisius, Gregory students to the study of Landscape Archaeology/ Palamas, Jacopone da Todi, Caterina da Siena, Intensive Surveying through five weeks of hands- Dante, Petrarch, and Meister Eckhart. Offered as: on fieldwork in the region of Isparta, Turkey, the CLSC 317 and WLIT 319. locus of an ancient landscape called Northwestern Pisidia about which little is known. This landscape has a long storied past, lying as it did along a fault line between earthshaking empires, including the Hittites, Lydians and Persians to North and to the East, and the Greeks, Macedonians and Romans to the West. As such it was a contested space, not only in terms of the physical control of the land, but also the culture. This course will investigate this cultural landscape through the analysis of the archaeological material found. There will also be an opportunity to work with the archaeological material in the Isparta Museum, especially the epigraphical material there. We will also take field trips to important ancient sites and museums in the area to better grasp the region’s ancient cultural profile and context. In addition, we will discuss archaeological ethics, issues of cultural patrimony, the importance of teamwork, and the need to work side by side with the local community. Offered as CLSC 318 and CLSC 418. Case Western Reserve University 141

CLSC 319. Epic: The Sublime and Terrible in CLSC 320. Departmental Seminar: Alexander Literature. 3 Units. the Great. 3 Units.

The course focuses on the epic genre that This course is the Classics Departmental Seminar dominates the dawn of Western literature as well in the Sages sequence, though it can also be taken as the literary traditions of much of the rest of for regular credit in Classics or History. The seminar the world. From the Homeric epic to the Middle on Alexander the Great is normally taken in the Ages and deep into the Renaissance, there was Spring semester of junior year, and offers students a collective urge to record both in verse and in a firm grounding in the diverse materials, methods, prose extraordinary adventures with exceptional and approaches that can be brought to bear on the heroes as central figures. Thus, the epic genre study of Greco-Roman antiquity of its legacy up to typically encouraged variations in the aesthetic today.. Alexander’s career is urgently relevant today treatment of the hero that eventually came to define for two primary reasons: the establishment of new distinct categories within the genre. "Sublime" and forms of interaction between European/"western" "terrible" are common notions in the aesthetics and Asian/"eastern" civilizations; and the idea of of classicism, from antiquity to the early modern global domination, wedding Greek and Asian as period. Authors studied in the course include such well as African (Egyptian) conceptions of rule and key figures in the creation and development of epic governance. Beyond the exploration of the ancient as Homer, Virgil, Ovid, Gotffried von Strassburg, world of, or shaped by, Alexander, we will focus Dante, and Cervantes. The works of these authors also on the reception of the historical figure, i.e., exemplify, on the one hand, the aesthetic directions on the sometimes fantastic image of Alexander mentioned above and, on the other hand, provide diffused in later epics (Islamic, medieval) as well as opportunities for using the close engagement with on the more critical but often ideologically slanted particular texts to illuminate wider cultural fields, early modern approach. Because of the expansion in which various aesthetic perceptions of social, of the scope of the seminar (as Alexander himself) political, and religious reality coexist and therefore beyond Europe and the critical examination of stimulate remarkable innovations in the standard the traditional separation of East and West - or epic narrative. Offered as CLSC 319, CLSC 419, the three continents (Europe, Africa, and Asia) WLIT 320 and WLIT 420. distinguished in antiquity - this course qualifies as a Global and Cultural Diversity course.

CLSC 328. Greek Sculpture. 3 Units.

Greek sculpture from the Archaic period through the Hellenistic; style, the development of specific types, and the uses of architectural sculpture. Offered as ARTH 328, CLSC 328, and ARTH 428.

CLSC 330. Topics in Classical Tradition. 3 Units.

This course will examine facets and tendencies of cultural development in modern Europe and beyond which involve the engagement of historians, philosophers, literary authors and critics, artists, architects, and/or society in general with the classical world and its legacy. In some cases courses will be programmatically associated with special events, e.g., exhibitions in The Cleveland Museum of Art. No prerequisites have been included, but students taking this course should have completed intermediate humanities courses, preferably in CLSC/LATN/GREK as well as WLIT. Offered as CLSC 330 and CLSC 430. 142 College of Arts and Sciences

CLSC 332. Art and Archaeology of Ancient Italy. CLSC 340. Seminar in Enlightenment Art and 3 Units. Literature: Piranesi and Vico. 3 Units.

The arts of the Italian peninsula from the 8th This course explores aspects of the European century B.C. to the 4th century A.D., with emphasis eighteenth century as a transformative epoch on recent archaeological discoveries. Lectures in the history of western culture. Though the deal with architecture, sculpture, painting, and the Enlightenment is usually associated especially with decorative arts, supplemented by gallery tours at France, in this course we will focus on Italy, as the the Cleveland Museum of Art. Offered as ARTH irresistible goal of travelers taking part in the "Grand 332, CLSC 332, and ARTH 432. Tour," and as a landscape of powerful ancient and modern architecture and artworks universally recognized as exemplary. In particular we will CLSC 333. Greek and Roman Painting. 3 Units. study one of the strangest and most fascinating visual artists of the period, the self-proclaimed Greek vase painting, Etruscan tomb painting architect Giovani Battista Piranesi (1720-1778) and Roman wall painting. The development of famous no less now than in his own time for his monumental painting in antiquity. Offered as ARTH fantastic prison engravings as well as his views 333, CLSC 333, and ARTH 433. of Rome, involving a radical rethinking of the city as a particular kind of inhabited as well as imagined space. Piranesi’s polemical response to CLSC 334. Art and Archaeology of Greece. 3 the advocates of the Greek revival, then coming Units. into fashion, will lead into discussion of the key A survey of the art and architecture of Greece from philosophical debates and aesthetic shifts of the the beginning of the Bronze Age (3000 B.C.) to time, notably the emergence of the notion of the the Roman conquest (100 B.C.) with emphasis sublime as a category eventually subversive of on recent archaeological discoveries. Lectures western ideals of rationality and still present -- and deal with architecture, sculpture, painting, and the potent -- in our own culture. Finally we will place decorative arts, supplemented by gallery tours at Piranesi within a current of discussion of the origins the Cleveland Museum of Art. Offered as ARTH and nature of language and of human society in 334, CLSC 334, and ARTH 434. general, not least as manifested in architecture and other symbolic practices. The leading figure here is the Neapolitan G.B. Vico, whose New Science of 1725 remains one of the most stimulating texts in the western intellectual tradition. Offered as CLSC 340, COGS 340, WLIT 340, CLSC 440, and WLIT 440. Case Western Reserve University 143

CLSC 381. Classics Senior Seminar. 3 Units. CLSC 418. Landscape Archaeology and Epigraphy. 3 Units. The capstone is the final requirement of the SAGES program and is normally taken in the fall semester Landscape archaeology addresses the complex of senior year. It involves an independent study ways that people have consciously and paper resulting from exploration of a topic chosen unconsciously shaped the land around them. As in consultation with the student’s capstone advisor, by-products of the interaction between people and who will regularly review progress on the project. place, landscapes designate spaces occupied by In the capstone students employ, integrate, and specific social groups whose members draw from demonstrate analytical, rhetorical, and practical their environs a shared identity and who situate skills developed and honed through the SAGES their actions within specific normative frameworks. curriculum as well as their major or minor studies. The landscapes of the Greek and Roman East are The capstone project has both a written and an oral no exception to this. As "cultural landscapes," they component oral presentation and argumentation were the scene of thousands of years of actions, will be stressed. The product of the capstone may including the organizing of space or the altering of take different forms: there will always be a written the land for diverse purposes such as subsistence, component, but other forms of expression are also or for economic, social, political, religious and encouraged, such as a webpage or poster for a military concerns. As such they offer us the poster session. As for the kind of project that might possibility to investigate the agencies, actions, and be done: students interested in literature might negotiations between particular communities and work on an annotated translation of a classical the various greater powers that exercised control text; archaeology students might produce a virtual over them. This course will, therefore, introduce exhibit centered on a specific site or problem. students to the study of Landscape Archaeology/ Prereq: CLSC 111 and CLSC 112, plus courses Intensive Surveying through five weeks of hands- prescribed for each track of the major. on fieldwork in the region of Isparta, Turkey, the locus of an ancient landscape called Northwestern Pisidia about which little is known. This landscape CLSC 395. Directed Readings. 1 - 3 Unit. has a long storied past, lying as it did along a fault line between earthshaking empires, including the Readings in English on a topic of interest to the Hittites, Lydians and Persians to North and to the student and acceptable to the instructor. Designed East, and the Greeks, Macedonians and Romans and completed under the supervision of the to the West. As such it was a contested space, not instructor with whom the student wishes to work. only in terms of the physical control of the land, but also the culture. This course will investigate this cultural landscape through the analysis of the CLSC 416. Greek Tragedy. 3 Units. archaeological material found. There will also be This course provides students the opportunity an opportunity to work with the archaeological to read a significant number of ancient Greek material in the Isparta Museum, especially the tragedies in modern English translations. We epigraphical material there. We will also take field shall read, study, and discuss selected works by trips to important ancient sites and museums in the Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, and attempt area to better grasp the region’s ancient cultural to understand the plays as literature composed profile and context. In addition, we will discuss for performance. We shall study literary elements archaeological ethics, issues of cultural patrimony, within the plays and theatrical possibilities inherent the importance of teamwork, and the need to work in the texts. As we read the plays, we shall pay side by side with the local community. Offered as close attention to the historical context and look CLSC 318 and CLSC 418. for what each play can tell us about myth, religion, and society in ancient Athens. Finally, we shall give occasional attention to the way these tragic dramas and the theater in which they were performed have continued to inspire literature and theater for thousands of years. Lectures will provide historical background on the playwrights, the plays, the mythic and historical background, and possible interpretation of the texts as literature and as performance pieces. Students will discuss in class the plays that they read. The course has three examinations and a final project that includes a short essay and a group presentation. Offered as CLSC 316, WLIT 316, WLIT 416. 144 College of Arts and Sciences

CLSC 419. Epic: The Sublime and Terrible in CLSC 440. Seminar in Enlightenment Art and Literature. 3 Units. Literature: Piranesi and Vico. 3 Units.

The course focuses on the epic genre that This course explores aspects of the European dominates the dawn of Western literature as well eighteenth century as a transformative epoch as the literary traditions of much of the rest of in the history of western culture. Though the the world. From the Homeric epic to the Middle Enlightenment is usually associated especially with Ages and deep into the Renaissance, there was France, in this course we will focus on Italy, as the a collective urge to record both in verse and in irresistible goal of travelers taking part in the "Grand prose extraordinary adventures with exceptional Tour," and as a landscape of powerful ancient heroes as central figures. Thus, the epic genre and modern architecture and artworks universally typically encouraged variations in the aesthetic recognized as exemplary. In particular we will treatment of the hero that eventually came to define study one of the strangest and most fascinating distinct categories within the genre. "Sublime" and visual artists of the period, the self-proclaimed "terrible" are common notions in the aesthetics architect Giovani Battista Piranesi (1720-1778) of classicism, from antiquity to the early modern famous no less now than in his own time for his period. Authors studied in the course include such fantastic prison engravings as well as his views key figures in the creation and development of epic of Rome, involving a radical rethinking of the as Homer, Virgil, Ovid, Gotffried von Strassburg, city as a particular kind of inhabited as well as Dante, and Cervantes. The works of these authors imagined space. Piranesi’s polemical response to exemplify, on the one hand, the aesthetic directions the advocates of the Greek revival, then coming mentioned above and, on the other hand, provide into fashion, will lead into discussion of the key opportunities for using the close engagement with philosophical debates and aesthetic shifts of the particular texts to illuminate wider cultural fields, time, notably the emergence of the notion of the in which various aesthetic perceptions of social, sublime as a category eventually subversive of political, and religious reality coexist and therefore western ideals of rationality and still present -- and stimulate remarkable innovations in the standard potent -- in our own culture. Finally we will place epic narrative. Offered as CLSC 319, CLSC 419, Piranesi within a current of discussion of the origins WLIT 320 and WLIT 420. and nature of language and of human society in general, not least as manifested in architecture and other symbolic practices. The leading figure here is CLSC 430. Topics in Classical Tradition. 3 Units. the Neapolitan G.B. Vico, whose New Science of 1725 remains one of the most stimulating texts in This course will examine facets and tendencies the western intellectual tradition. Offered as CLSC of cultural development in modern Europe and 340, COGS 340, WLIT 340, CLSC 440, and WLIT beyond which involve the engagement of historians, 440. philosophers, literary authors and critics, artists, architects, and/or society in general with the classical world and its legacy. In some cases CLSC 481. Special Studies. 1 - 6 Unit. courses will be programmatically associated with special events, e.g., exhibitions in The Cleveland Subject matter varies according to need. Museum of Art. No prerequisites have been included, but students taking this course should have completed intermediate humanities courses, preferably in CLSC/LATN/GREK as well as WLIT. Offered as CLSC 330 and CLSC 430. GREK Courses GREK 101. Elementary Greek I. 3 Units.

Beginning course in Greek language, covering grammar (forms and syntax) and the reading of elementary selections from ancient sources. Makes a start toward reading Greek authors. Case Western Reserve University 145

GREK 102. Elementary Greek II. 3 Units. GREK 370. Greek Prose Composition. 3 Units.

Beginning course in Greek language, covering This course introduces students to the principles grammar (forms and syntax) and the reading of and practice of composing continuous passages elementary selections from ancient sources. Makes of Greek prose. It is designed to review and to a start toward reading Greek authors. Prereq: strengthen students’ command of Attic forms while GREK 101 or equivalent. becoming more aware of the ways Greek syntax was employed to express thought. Via practice at writing Greek prose, the ultimate goal is for the GREK 201. Greek Prose Authors. 3 Units. students to become more proficient and sensitive readers of ancient Greek. Prereq: GREK 202. Readings from authors such as Plato, Lysias, Xenophon, and Herodotus. Prereq: GREK 102 or equivalent. GREK 380. Advanced Topics in Greek Literature. 3 Units.

GREK 202. Introduction to Greek Poetry. 3 Study and discussion of important authors, works, Units. and topics not covered regularly. Content will reflect particular interests of students and faculty and Primarily readings from Homer, Hesiod, and timeliness of the topics. Prereq: GREK 202 or Theocritus. Selections from Greek lyric may be equivalent. introduced at the instructor’s discretion. Prereq: GREK 201 or equivalent. GREK 382. Senior Dissertation. 3 Units.

GREK 306. Tragedy. 3 Units. A course of independent study and research culminating in the preparation of a thesis on a Reading and interpretation of selected plays of topic approved by the supervising faculty member. Aeschylus, Euripides, and Sophocles. Prereq: Enrollment in this course must be approved by the GREK 202 or equivalent. Chair of the Department. Offered as GREK 382 and LATN 382. Prereq: GREK 381 or LATN 381. GREK 307. History. 3 Units. GREK 395. Directed Readings. 1 - 3 Unit. Extensive reading in Thucydides’ History of the Peloponnesian War, especially Books VI and VII, Readings in Greek of authors selected to serve the the expedition against Syracuse. Prereq: GREK individual interests and needs of undergraduate 202 or equivalent. students. Each program planned and completed under the supervision of the instructor with whom the student wishes to work. GREK 308. Comedy. 3 Units.

Origin, ambiance, and development of Greek Old Comedy and persisting characteristics of the genre. Translation of selected plays from Greek into LATN Courses English. Prereq: GREK 202 or equivalent. LATN 101. Elementary Latin I. 3 Units.

GREK 311. Homer. 3 Units. An introduction to the elements of Latin: pronunciation, forms, syntax, vocabulary, and Reading and translation of extensive selections reading. from the Odyssey. Introduction to epic meter, to Homeric Greek, and to the poet’s style. Consideration of evidences of oral composition and LATN 102. Elementary Latin II. 3 Units. discussion of the heroic tradition. Prereq: GREK 202 or equivalent. An introduction to the elements of Latin: pronunciation, forms, syntax, vocabulary, and reading. Prereq: LATN 101 or equivalent. 146 College of Arts and Sciences

LATN 201. Latin Prose Authors. 3 Units. LATN 351. Latin Didactic Literature. 3 Units.

Reading and discussion of such prose authors as Readings from didactic poetry such as Lucretius Cicero, Caesar, Livy or Pliny. Prereq: LATN 102 or and Vergil’s Georgics. Parodies like Ovid’s Ars equivalent. Amatoria or prose treatises may also be introduced. Prereq: LATN 202 or equivalent. LATN 202. Vergil. 3 Units. LATN 354. Drama. 3 Units. Primarily readings from The Aeneid; selections from Vergil’s other work may be introduced at instructor’s Reading of at least one play each by Plautus and discretion. Recommended preparation: LATN 201 Terence. Attention to the history of Latin and Greek or equivalent. New Comedy, and the contrasting styles of the two authors. Prereq: LATN 202 or equivalent. LATN 305. Literature of the Republic. 3 Units. LATN 370. Latin Prose Composition. 3 Units. A reading course in prose and poetry of the Roman Republic. Extensive selections from Cicero and This course is designed to strengthen students’ Catullus, and one comedy of Terence. Prereq: active command of Latin grammar and idiomatic LATN 202 or equivalent. prose style. At a basic level, students are trained to pay attention to details and thus write grammatically correct. Going beyond this, the course teaches LATN 306. Survey of Latin Literature. 3 Units. Latin Idioms. Finally, it aims to develop students’ intuitive feeling for the Latin language. The ultimate Reading and discussion of selections from the goal is to write in a Ciceronian prose style. Prereq: various genres of Latin literature of the Roman LATN 202. Republic and Empire such as historical narrative, lyric and elegiac poetry, comic drama, forensic rhetoric, philosophical dialogue, didactic literature, LATN 380. Advanced Topics in Latin Literature. letters, and epigrams. Prereq: LATN 202 or 3 Units. equivalent. Study and discussion of important authors, works, and topics not covered regularly. Content will LATN 307. Livy. 3 Units. reflect particular interests of students and faculty and timeliness of topics. Prereq: LATN 202 or Readings in Books I and XXI, with other selections equivalent. from this major Augustan historian. Prereq: LATN 202 or equivalent. LATN 382. Senior Dissertation. 3 Units.

LATN 308. Horace: Odes and Epodes. 3 Units. A course of independent study and research culminating in the preparation of a thesis on a Readings and discussion of extensive selections topic approved by the supervising faculty member. from the poetry of Horace; consideration of Horace Enrollment in this course must be approved by the as exemplifying the spirit of the Augustan Age. Chair of the Department. Offered as GREK 382 and Prereq: LATN 202 or equivalent. LATN 382.

LATN 309. Medieval Latin. 3 Units. LATN 395. Directed Readings. 1 - 3 Unit.

Reading and interpretation of Latin texts from the Directed readings in Latin of authors selected Middle Ages. Material selected according to the to serve the individual interests and needs of needs and interests of students. Prereq: LATN 202 undergraduate students. Each program planned or equivalent. and completed under the supervision of the instructor with whom the student wishes to work. Case Western Reserve University 147

Department of Cognitive Science

605 Crawford Hall http://www.case.edu/artsci/cogs COGS 101 Introduction to Cognitive Science 3 Todd Oakley, Department Chair COGS 102 Introduction to Cognitive Neuroscience 3 COGS 201 Human Cognition in Evolution and 3 [email protected] Development Cognitive science is the scientific study of the COGS 202 Human Cognition Viewed from a Cultural 3 Perspective mind in a transdisciplinary framework. The Quantitative Methods courses 3 Department of Cognitive Science at Case Western ANTH 319 Introduction to Statistical Analysis in the Reserve University is specifically dedicated to Social Sciences the study of human higher cognition, including PSCL 282 Quantitative Methods in Psychology language, gesture, advanced social cognition, STAT 201 Basic Statistics for Social and Life Sciences mathematical invention, scientific discovery, art, Five elective courses (three must be at the 200 or 300 level) 15 religion, music, literature, advanced tool use and Total Units 30 advanced technology, theater and dance, fashions of dress, sign systems, creativity, and culture. The department draws on methods of research in the biological sciences, the social sciences, and the Minor humanities. Its educational mission is to provide students with the best possible opportunity to The minor requires students to take the following: integrate a wide variety of approaches and apply them to the study of human higher cognition. COGS 101 Introduction to Cognitive Science 3 One of the following: 3 The department provides basic training in core COGS 102 Introduction to Cognitive Neuroscience disciplines, as well as in a range of philosophical, COGS 201 Human Cognition in Evolution and evolutionary, linguistic, and computational issues Development bearing on cognitive science. It seeks to place COGS 202 Human Cognition Viewed from a Cultural cognitive science in a wider, more ecologically valid Perspective context than traditional programs in this field have Three COGS courses at the 200 or 300 level 9 typically allowed, so as to broaden our theories Total Units 15 of those high-end cognitive capacities that mark The minor provides a good basic grounding in human beings as distinctive. cognitive science, and allows students to narrow The department offers an undergraduate major their exposure to those aspects of the field most and minor in cognitive science and a master’s relevant to their other academic interests. Individual degree in cognitive linguistics. By developing wide- programs can be developed in consultation with the ranging expertise in at least two or three relevant chair of the department. disciplines, our students can prepare for a variety of career options. Training in several disciplines will also provide increased choices for postgraduate Graduate Program study. MA in Cognitive Linguistics

Undergraduate Programs “Cognitive linguistics goes beyond the visible structure of language and investigates the Major considerably more complex backstage operations of cognition that create grammar, conceptualization, In addition to meeting general education discourse, and thought itself. The theoretical requirements, cognitive science majors must insights of cognitive linguistics are based on complete a minimum of 30 semester hours in extensive empirical observation in multiple contexts, cognitive science and approved related course and on experimental work in psychology and work: 15 hours in the foundation component and neuroscience. Results of cognitive linguistics, 15 hours of elective course work. The foundation especially from metaphor theory and conceptual courses provide all students with a common basis integration theory, have been applied to wide for further study. They consist of: ranges of nonlinguistic phenomena.” —Gilles Fauconnier, Encyclopedia of Cognitive Science (2006) 148 College of Arts and Sciences

Candidates may apply for admission to the degree Patrizia Bonaventura, PhD program in cognitive linguistics with the purpose (Ohio State University) of pursuing the MA, or for non-degree status with Assistant Professor, Department of Psychological the purpose of taking courses for credit that can Sciences be transferred to other institutions. The MA follows Plan A as described in the School of Graduate Richard E. Boyatzis, PhD Studies section of this bulletin. Accordingly, it (Harvard University) requires 30 credit hours and a written MA thesis. Professor of Organizational Behavior, Weatherhead School of Management Department Faculty Charles Burroughs, PhD Todd Oakley, PhD (The Warburg Institute) (University of Maryland) Elsie B. Smith Professor of Liberal Arts; Department Associate Professor and Chair of Classics Cognitive linguistics; discourse analysis; attention Daniela Calvetti, PhD Per Aage Brandt, Docteur d’Etat (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill) (Sorbonne I) Professor, Department of Mathematics Professor Angela Ciccia, PhD Cognitive semiotics; cognitive robotics; music and (Case Western Reserve University) cognition Assistant Professor, Department of Psychological Anthony Jack, PhD Sciences (University College London) Fred Collopy, PhD Assistant Professor (Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania) Cognitive neuroscience; social cognition; Professor of Information Systems, Weatherhead consciousness; neuroimaging School of Management Fey Parrill, PhD William E. Deal, PhD (University of Chicago) (Harvard University) Assistant Professor; Robson Junior Professor Severance Professor in the History of Religion, Language and co-speech gesture Department of Religious Studies Yanna Popova, PhD Heath A. Demaree, PhD (Oxford University) (Virginia Institute of Technology) Assistant Professor Associate Professor, Department of Psychology Cognitive aesthetics and poetics; narratology; embodiment and performance Robert L. Greene, PhD (Yale University) Mark Turner, PhD Professor, Department of Psychology (University of California, Berkeley) Institute Professor Sandra Russ, PhD Higher-order cognition and creativity; conceptual (University of Pittsburgh) integration Professor, Department of Psychology Peter Thomas, PhD Secondary Faculty (University of Chicago) Assistant Professor, Department of Mathematics Florin Berindeanu, PhD (University of Georgia) Peter J. Whitehouse, MD, PhD Instructor, Department of Classics (Johns Hopkins University) Professor, Department of Neurology, School of Richard J. Boland, Jr., PhD Medicine (Case Western Reserve University) Professor of Information Systems, Weatherhead Stuart Youngner, MD School of Management (Case Western Reserve University) Professor, Department of Bioethics James Zull, PhD (University of Wisconsin) Professor, Department of Biology Case Western Reserve University 149

Adjunct Faculty COGS 201. Human Cognition in Evolution and Development. 3 Units. Merlin W. Donald, PhD (McGill University) COGS 201 covers mind unfolding in time, including the fundamental methods, findings, and theories of Yohannes Haile-Selassie, PhD human mental phylo- and onto-genesis. It provides (University of California, Berkeley) the student with background knowledge about Curator and Head of Physical Anthropology, the unfolding of cognitive structures and functions Cleveland Museum of Natural History over time, in both the deep temporal perspective of evolution (measured across many lifetimes) and the Kristina Hooper Woolsey, PhD shorter one of development (measured within single (University of California, San Diego) lifetimes). The approach of the course is cross- disciplinary, including approaches that come from anthropology, archaeology, philosophy, computing Courses science, comparative psychology, primatology, and comparative linguistics, among others. COGS 101. Introduction to Cognitive Science. 3 Units. COGS 202. Human Cognition Viewed from a This course introduces students to the field Cultural Perspective. 3 Units. of cognitive science. Cognitive scientists are interested in the nature of the human mind-- This course studies the human mind in its basically, we ask how humans think. This is a natural environment: culture. It covers the huge question, and has been addressed in one fundamental methods, findings, and theories that way or another by pretty much every academic attempt to understand the growth and evolution field. Cognitive science tries to unite work from of cognition from either a social science or many different fields, including computer science, humanistic standpoint. It provides the student neuroscience, psychology, linguistics, philosophy, with background knowledge of theories of music, art, and literary theory. In this course, you’ll human cultural evolution and change, of the get a basic introduction to some of the topics that relationship between the cognizing individual and are central to human cognition, such as intelligence, larger social-cognitive structures, and of such categorization, language, and creativity. We’ll phenomena as distributed networks, cooperative ask what can be gained by taking an integrated, mental work, and the phenomenology of human cognitive scientific approach to these topics. experience. Many disciplines have contributed to this knowledge; hence the approach of this course is cross-disciplinary, including ideas from COGS 102. Introduction to Cognitive cultural anthropology, literary studies, art and art Neuroscience. 3 Units. history, musicology, philosophy, and the history of technology, among others. A survey of the fundamental methods, findings, and theories that attempt to understand the human mind from a neuroscientific standpoint. The course provides the student with background knowledge of brain processes underlying such psychological phenomena as consciousness, sensation, perception, thought, language, and voluntary action. Since many fields of neuroscience have contributed to cognitive neuroscience, the approach of this course is cross-disciplinary. It introduces theories and data from clinical and experimental neuropsychology, brain imaging, neuroelectric and neuromagnetic brain activity, the neuroscience of language, and behavioral neuroscience, among other fields. 150 College of Arts and Sciences

COGS 204. Cognition and Computation. 3 Units. COGS 205. Cognition and Design. 3 Units.

This course explores possible uses of Urbanism is design; architecture is design; of computational technology in the study of cognition. course, the aesthetic shaping of artifacts (such (1) The human or animal mind-supporting brain as computers, cars, and coffee machines) is is not in any technical sense "just" a computer, design. Configuring surfaces, volumes, and but it is relevant to stimulate various cognitive portions of space in special ways, creating and phenomena by computation in order to model their changing formats for things and places that allow formal properties. From perception to conception, cultural practices to unfold while delimiting them, images schemas, categories, and meanings found are essential ’designing" endeavors of human in linguistic semantics and syntax, and from bodily civilization and are, necessarily, activities based motion to the processes of abstraction, intentional on the cognitive capacities and constraints of our orientation, and spatial navigation, computational species. We ’cognize’ the human world in terms modeling can help us understand mental and frames of ’designed’ surroundings. Design is architecture, the interrelations between iconicity and a basic expressive activity, by which we interact symbolization in mental representations, and the with our artificial and natural surroundings and constraints and indeterminacies at work in social create ’interfaces’ between mind and reality, thus cognitive networks (distributed cognition). (2) It also upholding and interpretable world. Landscapes and is relevant in this course to analyze the cognitive cityscapes, work spaces of all sorts, buildings and roles of actual computation as a social and parks, exteriors and interiors of homes, factories, communicational technology, mirroring certain of institutions, and temples; furniture, artifacts such as our mental routines on the screens we interact with machines, tools, weapons, symbolic objects, even and we program to manifest symbolic and iconic the configuration (’building’) of our own bodies, behaviors in ever-changing patterns of "Interface" are design. An inquiry into cultural cognition, communication, while the underlying systems aiming to understand how humans as socio- control our social and technical environment. (3) cultural beings think and feel, therefore needs Recent developments in Cognitive Robotics finally to explore this dimension of spatial expressivity invite for an integration of semantic stimulation and and to acknowledge it as a constitutive fact of the elaboration and implementation of language- human meaning production; it needs to study the based and motion-based competencies in mobile aesthetic and pragmatic, political and historical, robots. Computation serves, in this perspective, the philosophical and religious, and simply everyday construction of a dynamic model of meaning linked practical, semiotic aspects of this basic form of to interaction (human-machine, machine-machine, human creativity. This course will focus on spatial and human to human). expressivity--design--in several primary keys and scales, including design for learning; design for verbal and technical communication, interaction, and commerce; design for expressions of authority and deliberation; and design for emotional display. Case Western Reserve University 151

COGS 272. Morality and Mind. 3 Units. COGS 303. SAGES Departmental Seminar: Current Controversies in Cognitive Science. 3 Recent research in cognitive science challenges Units. ethical perspectives founded on the assumption that rationality is key to moral knowledge or that This course takes a look at the discipline of morality is the product of divine revelation. Bedrock cognitive science by exploring the current moral concepts like free will, rights, and moral controversies that impact cognitive scientists in their agency also have been questioned. In light of research. We’ll discuss how different controversies such critiques, how can we best understand moral effect different approaches and traditions of thought philosophy and religious ethics? Is ethics primarily and how they elicit different answers to particular informed by nature or by culture? Or is ethics questions. We’ll also discuss the process of informed by both? This course examines 1) ways translating research into writing and talk about how in which cognitive science--and related fields different kinds of writing reflect the many different such as evolutionary biology--impact traditional controversial issues presented in cognitive science. moral perspectives, and 2) how the study of Recommended preparation: COGS 101, COGS moral philosophy and comparative ethics forces 102, COGS 201, and COGS 202. reconsideration of broad cognitive science theories about the nature of ethics. The course examines the concept of free will as a case study in applying COGS 304. Conceptual Integration. 3 Units. these interpretive viewpoints. Interdisciplinary readings include literature from moral philosophy, Conceptual Integration, otherwise known as religious ethics, cognitive science, and evolutionary "blending", is a defining feature of higher-order biology. Offered as COGS 272, RLGN 272. human cognition, indispensable for all behaviors typically taken as distinctive to human beings. This course presents the cognitive mechanisms COGS 301. Special Topics in Cognitive Science. of conceptual integration, the constraints on its 3 Units. operation, and its deployment and expression in a range of human behaviors such as learning, This course offers instructors the opportunity to invention, mathematical and scientific discovery, cover a more advanced and specialized topic in the language, art music, gesture, social understanding, field of cognitive science for third and fourth year institutional performance, reasoning, decision, students. Topics will vary from year to year. judgment, choice, design, and engineering. A student in the class will work on an individual research project in any of a variety of fields, COGS 302. SAGES Departmental Seminar: including engineering (e.g. designing with blends), Methods and Theories in Cognitive Science. 3 computer science, the arts, the humanities, the Units. social sciences, cognitive neuroscience, and linguistics. Only one of COGS 304 and COGS 404 This course takes a look at the discipline of can be taken for credit within any degree program. cognitive science by exploring the methods that Offered as COGS 304 and COGS 404. cognitive scientists use in their research. We’ll discuss how different methods reflect different approaches and traditions of thought and how they provide different answers to particular questions. We’ll also discuss the process of translating research into writing and talk about how different kinds of writing reflect the many different methods used in cognitive science. Recommended preparation: COGS 101, COGS 102, COGS 201, COGS 202. 152 College of Arts and Sciences

COGS 305. Departmental Seminar: Moral COGS 314. Animal Cognition and Boundaries and Limits of Science. 3 Units. Consciousness. 4 Units.

Cognitive Science is essentially interdisciplinary, This course examines the notions of intelligence, and this seminar will focus on deep issues that cognition, reasoning, consciousness, and mental lie at the intersection between science and content as they appear in the philosophical views philosophy. The class will explore how, and to and empirical studies of animals in individual and what extent, science might both shape our ethical social contexts. We will review scientific findings judgments and help us to understand them. We that suggest striking likenesses and intriguing will also consider what, if anything, our deep moral differences in the (apparent) thought processes intuitions, as evidenced by strong sentiments of humans and animals, and ask whether the such as disgust or repugnance, tell us about the research techniques that brought us these results nature of morality. Current scholarship in moral are fully adequate to measuring such unobservable psychology, moral neuroscience, and moral entities as conscious experience and thought. philosophy are shedding new light on these issues. Techniques of measurement range from naturalistic We will focus on moral boundaries: distinctions observation, to the processing of vocalizations, between things that have powerful ethical and to memory and problem solving tasks, and the emotional significance, at least for some people. imaging of brain processes through fMRI scans, We will consider the following boundaries: -Male/ etc. Students will face the challenges and rewards female and moral responses to homosexuality; - of practicing these techniques and reworking Human/animal and moral responses to bestiality philosophical theories in the service component of and stem cell research that inserts human stem the course. Students will participate in veterinary or cells into animals; -Life/death and moral responses shelter work to provide needed animal care while to euthanasia; -Human/machine and the moral studying animal behavior using cognitive ethological responses to artificial intelligence, robots, and the methods. We will compare methods for measuring use of steroids to enhance athletes and warfighters. consciousness and intelligence in animals to those In addition to learning and writing about relevant used for human beings, and ask questions about psychological and neuroscientific research, the the possibility of machine consciousness and the course contains two other essential aspects. First, emergent property of group consciousness. Offered students will engage with relevant philosophical as BIOL 314, COGS 314, PHIL 314 and PHIL 414. issues and arguments. Are there moral facts? If so, what is their basis? Second, the course will include experiential aspects--students will be asked COGS 315. Mental Space Theory. 3 Units. to examine their own ethical responses, and to reexamine them in light of what they are learning. This course covers theory of mental spaces and Recommended Preparation: (any two of following methodology of mental space analysis, with special pre-requisites) COGS 101, COGS 102, COGS 201, emphasis on the use of mental space theory to COGS 202. analyze human performance in various areas of cognition, including reasoning, judgment, decision, counterfactual thought, inference, planning, COGS 313. Special Topics in Cognitive communication and language, gesture, social Linguistics. 3 Units. cognition, cognitive design and engineering, representation, learning, humor, symbol systems, This course covers special topics in the field of and invention. It includes a consideration of cognitive linguistics. Topics will vary from semester experimental methods that have arisen under the to semester. Offered as COGS 313 and COGS 413. influence of mental space theory. A student may earn credit for either COGS 315 or COGS 415, but not both. Offered as COGS 315 and COGS 415. Case Western Reserve University 153

COGS 316. Decision-Making. 3 Units. COGS 322. Human Learning and the Brain. 3 Units. This course is a topical introduction to decision- making,, a major area of cognitive social science, This course focuses on the question, "How does the with connections to economics, law, political human brain learn?" Through assigned readings, science, business, policy, and related fields. Topics extensive class discussions, and a major paper, include game theory and rational calculation, each student will explore personal perspectives on equilibria, kinds of choice, heuristics, the role of learning. Specific topics include, but are not limited affect in decision, framing bounded rationality, to: the brain’s cycle of learning; neocortex structure mechanisms of choice such as heuristics, the and function; emotion and limbic brain; synapse role of social cognition in choice, concepts of self dynamics and changes in learning; images in and other, and computer modeling of choice. The cognition; symbolic brain (language, mathematics, course also includes an introduction to the design music); memory formation; and creative thought of empirical behavioral research. Offered as COGS and brain mechanisms. The major paper will be 316 and COGS 416. added to each student’s SAGES writing portfolio. In addition, near the end of the semester, each student will make an oral presentation on a chosen COGS 318. Thinking Communication in Ancient topic. Offered as: BIOL 302 and COGS 322. and Medieval Literature. 3 Units.

The ancients were much concerned with the nature and validity of signs: Important decisions depended on the flight of birds or the coloration of the liver of a sacrificial victim. The relationship of language to truth, i.e., a reality beyond the contingent, was a crucial issue, not least because of the rise of sophistic rhetoric: for an orator, language was a tool in a contest rather than a means to true understanding. The discipline of medicine, developed by such important figures as Galen and Hippocrates, depended on the interpretation of physical signs to diagnose and treat ailments of mind and body. The term for the theory of signs - semiotics - is derived from the Greek term "semeiotike", and for many Greek philosophers and their Roman and medieval successors the sign was a key issue. For Christians especially, new forms of vision and discerning truth presented particular problems: after all, the Christian God revealed his intentions through "portents" that had to be read and interpreted. And even if sacred scripture was in some way understood as encapsulating the whole word, there were countless passages requiring clarification or adaptation to contemporary situations. In other words, the concern was with the relationship between a universe of structured signs (the subject of semiotics) and structures of interpersonal communication (pragmatics). Offered as CLSC 313 and COGS 318. Prereq: WLIT 211 or WLIT 212. 154 College of Arts and Sciences

COGS 324. Discourse and Cognition. 3 Units. COGS 325. Cognitive Approaches to Literature. 3 Units. This course explores discourse and interaction from a cognitive linguistic perspective, with special This course approaches literature as a window emphasis on mental space, conceptual integration, into language, in which cognition is characterized and cognitive grammar. Cognitive linguistics by the same imaging and imaginary properties as is a paradigm of language study that seeks to artistic literature. It is an attempt to identify and understand language structure, acquisition, and analyze procedures as aesthetically interesting and use as a function of embodied conceptualization. generally relevant forms of human thinking, feeling, This means that it seeks to describe and explain imagining, fantasizing, and conceptualizing. The language as a symbolic activity involving general course introduces current theories of literature in cognitive processes, such as perception, attention, relation to language and mind, and it presents and memory, categorization, framing and sensory- discusses practical applications in critical reading motor activities. Another burgeoning area of and text analysis, using examples from modern interest among cognitive linguists is social- literature in the main genres. A student may earn cognition, gesture, and interaction. In each of these credit for either COGS 325 or COGS 425 but not endeavors, the goal is to explain as much about both. Recommended preparation: COGS 101, language without having to posit autonomous COGS 202. Offered as COGS 325 and COGS 425. and language-specific faculties. While cognitive linguists have always been seen discourse as a legitimate object of study, many still take the COGS 326. Cognitive Approaches to Music. 3 sentence, clause, and phrase as their primary Units. unit of analysis. In this course, we shall focus on the relationship between discourse and relevant This course will study the ways in which the cognitive processes such as attention, memory, presence of music relates to cognition and the categorization, framing, and kinesthetic experience, semiotics of inter-subjective communication at with the intention of exploring who these cognitive large--the emergence of language, gesture, and processes shape discourse in English and other symbolization of time. Topics of interests include: languages. We will subsequently reverse our the ways that specific works of musical art invite orientation and explore how discourse (in text as semantic interpretation; how intelligible musical well as embodied/face-to-face) in turn shapes how structure relates to meaning; how musical activities we pay attention, remember, categorize, frame, correspond to brain activity; and how music and even experience the world. The readings, relates to and/or induces emotion. Recommended discussion, and/or research projects for this course preparation: COGS 101, COGS 202. Offered as may include the following topics: interactional COGS 326 and COGS 426. conduct, intersubjectivity, consciousness, co- speech gesture, mental spaces, prosody, time and temporality, and working memory. The international COGS 327. Gesture in Cognition and structure of this course will likely lead to focused Communication. 3 Units. discussion and research projects on English as a Most people never notice that when they are Second Foreign Language. Offered as COGS 324 talking, they’re also gesturing. Why do we produce and COGS 424. these gestures? What can studying them tell us about the human mind? This course surveys scientific research on gesture, exploring topics such as the role of gesture in communication, cross- cultural differences in gesture, and the relationship between gesture and signed languages. The course will focus on gestures produced with speech, but will cover symbolic and ritualized gesture in the visual arts and in dance. Offered as COGS 327 and COGS 427 and MLIT 327. Case Western Reserve University 155

COGS 328. Cognition and Visual Aesthetic COGS 340. Seminar in Enlightenment Art and Experience. 3 Units. Literature: Piranesi and Vico. 3 Units.

This course is offered as a reciprocal exchange This course explores aspects of the European between new research on the mind/brain and eighteenth century as a transformative epoch existing theories of visual aesthetics. It would in the history of western culture. Though the appeal to students from diverse majors, ranging Enlightenment is usually associated especially with from art, language or philosophy, to psychology, France, in this course we will focus on Italy, as the computer science or pre-medicine. The material irresistible goal of travelers taking part in the "Grand covered links a traditional approach to philosophical Tour," and as a landscape of powerful ancient aesthetics with a most up-to-date research and modern architecture and artworks universally on visual perception and brain functioning. recognized as exemplary. In particular we will Recommended preparation: COGS 101, COGS study one of the strangest and most fascinating 202. visual artists of the period, the self-proclaimed architect Giovani Battista Piranesi (1720-1778) famous no less now than in his own time for his COGS 329. Performance and the Embodied fantastic prison engravings as well as his views Mind. 3 Units. of Rome, involving a radical rethinking of the city as a particular kind of inhabited as well as In the past twenty years cognitive scientists imagined space. Piranesi’s polemical response to working in neuroscience, psychology, linguistics, the advocates of the Greek revival, then coming philosophy, and related fields have made great into fashion, will lead into discussion of the key progress in understanding perception, empathy, philosophical debates and aesthetic shifts of the the human mind’s sense of space and movement, time, notably the emergence of the notion of the emotions, meaning-making, and many other sublime as a category eventually subversive of cognitive areas that are crucial to producing, western ideals of rationality and still present -- and enacting, and responding to performances on potent -- in our own culture. Finally we will place stage. This course will look at ways of incorporating Piranesi within a current of discussion of the origins many of the insights of cognitive science into and nature of language and of human society in the existing work of theatre and performance general, not least as manifested in architecture and scholarship. The course will thus link a more other symbolic practices. The leading figure here is traditional approach to the body in theatre the Neapolitan G.B. Vico, whose New Science of and dance studies, where it has commonly 1725 remains one of the most stimulating texts in been considered one of the main means of the western intellectual tradition. Offered as CLSC communication, to a most up-to-date research on 340, COGS 340, WLIT 340, CLSC 440, and WLIT embodied cognition. Observation of live and pre- 440. recorded dance and theatre performances will regularly be used to supplement the theoretical discussion. Recommended preparation: COGS 101, COGS 202. 156 College of Arts and Sciences

COGS 349. Biocultural Approaches to Religion. COGS 363. Philosophy and Social 3 Units. Neuroscience. 3 Units.

This course studies religious beliefs and rituals from A philosophical examination of recent research in a biocultural perspective. A biocultural approach to human cognition and emotion at the intersection religion is based on the idea that human religiosity of the social sciences and neurological sciences. is informed by both our evolutionary biological The course provides the student with background makeup and by our ability to construct culture to knowledge of brain processes underlying such adapt to variable social worlds and environments. social and cultural phenomena as bonding, According to a biocultural view, humans are aggression, imitation, mind-attribution, language, biologically constrained but have the cultural sexual behavior, moral action, and creativity. capacity to adapt to the world in a variety of ways. The approach of this course is at once scientific Thus, a biocultural approach to religion, asserts that (comparing methods, findings and questions biology and culture operate in tandem and that both as they arise in clinical and experimental biological and cultural insights are required in order neuropsychology, brain imaging, neurolinguistics, to understand and explain religious beliefs and and behavioral neuroscience) and humanistic, practices. This course explores these assumptions asking critical questions about the nature and and examines them against specific religious data. methods of a science of cognition, and surveying This course introduces students to major ideas, moral responses from a neurologic and philosophic concepts, and questions that motivate biocultural perspective. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101 approaches to religion. The course requires or COGS 201. Offered as COGS 363 and PHIL students to apply course material to a final research 363. project that explores particular religious beliefs and/or practices in terms of the intersection of cultural choices and biological constraints. Students COGS 365. Advanced Topics in Cognitive will present their research findings to the class. Neuroscience. 3 Units. Students who take this course under the COGS designation are expected to engage substantively This course focuses on specific areas of research with the contemporary scientific study of the human in cognitive neuroscience in some depth. The first mind in their research project and other course half of the semester covers basics and fundamental work. Offered as RLGN 349 and RLGN 449 and research areas (e.g., perception, attention) and COGS 349. examines the (sometimes controversial) theoretical issue of what cognitive neuroscience techniques tell us about the mind. The second half of the semester COGS 352. Language, Cognition, and Religion. is dedicated to examining selected research topics 3 Units. of interest to students. Students research and write ’grant proposals’ for cognitive neuroscience This course utilizes theoretical approaches found experiments. The class culminates with students in cognitive semantics -- a branch of cognitive and invited faculty simulating a funding panel, linguistics -- to study the conceptual structures and deciding which grants to ’fund’ from a limited and meanings of religious language. Cognitive budget. Prereq: COGS 102. semantics, guided by the notion that conceptual structures are embodied, examines the relationship between conceptual systems and the construction COGS 366. Functional Magnetic Resonance of meaning. We consider such ideas as conceptual Imaging. 3 Units. metaphor theory, conceptual blending, Image schemas, cross-domain mappings, metonymy, fMRI is the workhorse of cognitive neuroscience mental spaces, and idealized cognitive models. We research. This course will take an in-depth look at apply these ideas to selected Christian, Buddhist, this methodology, including hands on experience and Chinese religious texts in order to understand analyzing imaging data. The course will address ways in which religious language categorizes and the following issues: How do MRI and fMRI work? conceptualizes the world. We examine both the What does fMRI actually measure and how does universality of cognitive linguistic processes and the that relate to cognition? What are the standard culturally specific metaphors, conceptual blends, steps involved in processing and analyzing fMRI image schemas, and other cognitive operations data to help answer specific questions? The course that particular texts and traditions utilize. Offered as culminates in the production of a report of a novel RLGN 352, RLGN 452, COGS 352 and COGS 452. analysis of imagining data that the students have performed (in small groups), including a broader description of what that analysis reveals about the neural basis of cognition. Prereq: COGS 102. Case Western Reserve University 157

COGS 373. Intelligence and Cognition. 3 Units. COGS 381. Philosophy and Cognitive Neuroscience. 3 Units. This course will focus on the notion and meaning of intelligence. What is intelligence? How is it This course will focus on the various methodologies measured, and are these measures adequate to the used in the cognitive neurosciences, and explore task? Is there more than one kind of intelligence? their strengths and weaknesses from scientific What is the relationship between individuals, and philosophical standpoints. We will begin genetic factors, biological factors, and socio- by examining baseline measures (including IQ cultural-economic factors in the development of tests, tasks of cognitive flexibility, verbal and intelligence? How are language and thought related visual memory, causal/sequential thinking and to intelligence? What is the difference between narrative tasks) and their experimental design. intelligence and talent? Intelligence seems to Lesion methods will follow, with an eye toward be necessary for culture, art, religious belief, the understanding the strength of inferences that creation of theories and the quest for knowledge, can be drawn from such data. The course will truth and morality; thus intelligence is a necessary also focus on imaging techniques (CAT, PET, condition for the study of itself. To attempt to SPECT, fMRI, TMS, etc.) as well as measures understand intelligence is an undertaking in of electrical activity such as EEG and single-cell which we will ask questions about the self and the recordings. Students will become familiar with common nature of humanity, while simultaneously many fundamental assumptions necessary for the examining the abilities of animals and machines. implementation of each method, and philosophical What is the mark of intelligence? Recommended questions associated with these endeavors and preparation: PHIL 101 or COGS 201. Offered as their potential impact on our knowledge and society. COGS 373 and PHIL 373. Recommend preparation: PHIL 101 or COGS 201. Offered as COGS 381 and PHIL 381. COGS 378. Computational Neuroscience. 3 Units. COGS 383L. Vocalization and Cognition Lab. 1 Unit. Computer simulations and mathematical analysis of neurons and neural circuits, and the computational This is a laboratory section intended to provide properties of nervous systems. Students are hands-on training and experience with sound taught a range of models for neurons and neural processing and analysis of animal vocalizations in circuits, and are asked to implement and explore the context of cognitive science, philosophy, and the computational and dynamic properties of biology. Students will ask and answer questions these models. The course introduces students surrounding language, meaning, mind, mental to dynamical systems theory for the analysis of states, animal and human cognition. How does a neurons and neural learning, models of brain science of content and language actually proceed? systems, and their relationship to artificial and How do we measure behavior for use as an neural networks. Term project required. Students indicator of cognition? What pragmatic constraints enrolled in MATH 478 will make arrangements are found when we explore the natural world? with the instructor to attend additional lectures What causes us to interpret certain symbols as and complete additional assignments addressing systematic? The laboratory work begins with an mathematical topics related to the course. understanding of different software for sound Recommended preparation: MATH 223 and MATH analysis with an emphasis on the bioacoustic 224 or BIOL 300 and BIOL 306. Offered as BIOL experimental method. Frog vocalization exercises 378, COGS 378, MATH 378, BIOL 478, EBME 478, will familiarize students with the process of data EECS 478, MATH 478 and NEUR 478. categorization, analysis and comparison, and will be the foundation for understanding hypothesis testing within a Darwinian theoretical backdrop. Cetacean vocalization analysis will press students to move beyond comparison and analysis to consider and evaluate the standard evidence types used in cognitive science to measure the mind. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101 or COGS 201. Offered as COGS 383L and PHIL 383L. 158 College of Arts and Sciences

COGS 390. Introduction to General Semiotics. 3 COGS 401. Special Topics in Cognitive Science. Units. 3 Units.

Semiotics, the study of meaning and signs Special Topics in Cognitive Science at the 400- conveying meaning, is a central part of cognitive level. Topics vary. Permission of department is semiotics, or ’high level’ cognitive semantics. required. This discipline is typically taught in departments of linguistics, cognitive science, philosophy, or cultural studies. The domain of semiotics is in fact COGS 404. Conceptual Integration. 3 Units. widely intersecting with other disciplines (general linguistics, philosophy, neuroscience, anthropology, Conceptual Integration, otherwise known as music, literature, architecture, and the arts). Sign "blending", is a defining feature of higher-order theory, text theory, studies of narrative structure, human cognition, indispensable for all behaviors enunciation, natural logic, rhetoric and poetics, typically taken as distinctive to human beings. speech act forms, are important components in this This course presents the cognitive mechanisms field. of conceptual integration, the constraints on its operation, and its deployment and expression in a range of human behaviors such as learning, COGS 391. Introduction to Text Semiotics. 3 invention, mathematical and scientific discovery, Units. language, art music, gesture, social understanding, institutional performance, reasoning, decision, Introduction to Text Semiotics addresses both judgment, choice, design, and engineering. A students of Literature and students in Cognitive student in the class will work on an individual Science. Most of the authors included in the reading research project in any of a variety of fields, list extend their linguistic approach towards fields including engineering (e.g. designing with blends), that intersect literature, psychology, philosophy, computer science, the arts, the humanities, the aesthetics, and anthropology. The scholarly social sciences, cognitive neuroscience, and traditions of text analysis and structural theory linguistics. Only one of COGS 304 and COGS 404 of meaning, including authors from classical can be taken for credit within any degree program. formalism, structuralism, structural semiotics, and Offered as COGS 304 and COGS 404. new criticism will be connected to cognitive theories of meaning construction in test, discourse, and cultural expressions in general. The focus of this COGS 407. Theory of Cognitive Linguistics II. 3 course, taught as a seminar, is on empirical studies, Units. specific text analyses, discourse analyses, speech act analyses, and other studies of speech, writing, COGS 407 is the second course in a two-course and uses of language in cultural contexts. This sequence designed to provide an introduction to course thus introduces to a study of literature and theory of cognitive linguistics at the MA level. It cultural expressions based on cognitive science covers contemporary theory in cognitive linguistics and modern semiotics--the new view that has be in greater detail and supports student work in coined Cognitive Semiotics. Offered as COGS 391 COGS 408 and 409, the Workshop courses. and WLIT 391. Prereq: COGS 406 or consent of instructor.

COGS 397. SAGES Capstone in Cognitive COGS 408. Workshop on Cognitive Linguistics Science. 3 Units. I. 3 Units.

Supervised original research on a topic in cognitive This is the first in a two-course sequence (408 science, culminating in a public presentation. The 409) designed to provide experience in research research may be in the form of an independent methods in cognitive linguistics at the MA level. research project, a literature review, or some other A workshop in which students read examples of form approved by the department. cognitive linguistics research, develop their own topics (theoretical or empirical), and work on them to produce a final paper. COGS 399. Independent Studies in Cognitive Science. 1 - 3 Unit.

This course is for students with special interests and commitments that are not fully addressed in regular courses, and who wish to work independently. Case Western Reserve University 159

COGS 409. Workshop in Cognitive Linguistics II. COGS 424. Discourse and Cognition. 3 Units. 3 Units. This course explores discourse and interaction The second course in a two-course sequence (408 from a cognitive linguistic perspective, with special 409) designed to provide experience in research emphasis on mental space, conceptual integration, methods in cognitive linguistics at the MA level. and cognitive grammar. Cognitive linguistics A workshop in which students read examples of is a paradigm of language study that seeks to cognitive linguistics research, develop their own understand language structure, acquisition, and topics (theoretical or empirical), and work on them use as a function of embodied conceptualization. to produce a final paper. Prereq: COGS 408 or This means that it seeks to describe and explain consent of instructor. language as a symbolic activity involving general cognitive processes, such as perception, attention, memory, categorization, framing and sensory- COGS 413. Special Topics in Cognitive motor activities. Another burgeoning area of Linguistics. 3 Units. interest among cognitive linguists is social- cognition, gesture, and interaction. In each of these This course covers special topics in the field of endeavors, the goal is to explain as much about cognitive linguistics. Topics will vary from semester language without having to posit autonomous to semester. Offered as COGS 313 and COGS 413. and language-specific faculties. While cognitive linguists have always been seen discourse as a legitimate object of study, many still take the COGS 415. Mental Space Theory. 3 Units. sentence, clause, and phrase as their primary This course covers theory of mental spaces and unit of analysis. In this course, we shall focus on methodology of mental space analysis, with special the relationship between discourse and relevant emphasis on the use of mental space theory to cognitive processes such as attention, memory, analyze human performance in various areas of categorization, framing, and kinesthetic experience, cognition, including reasoning, judgment, decision, with the intention of exploring who these cognitive counterfactual thought, inference, planning, processes shape discourse in English and other communication and language, gesture, social languages. We will subsequently reverse our cognition, cognitive design and engineering, orientation and explore how discourse (in text as representation, learning, humor, symbol systems, well as embodied/face-to-face) in turn shapes how and invention. It includes a consideration of we pay attention, remember, categorize, frame, experimental methods that have arisen under the and even experience the world. The readings, influence of mental space theory. A student may discussion, and/or research projects for this course earn credit for either COGS 315 or COGS 415, but may include the following topics: interactional not both. Offered as COGS 315 and COGS 415. conduct, intersubjectivity, consciousness, co- speech gesture, mental spaces, prosody, time and temporality, and working memory. The international COGS 416. Decision-Making. 3 Units. structure of this course will likely lead to focused discussion and research projects on English as a This course is a topical introduction to decision- Second Foreign Language. Offered as COGS 324 making,, a major area of cognitive social science, and COGS 424. with connections to economics, law, political science, business, policy, and related fields. Topics include game theory and rational calculation, equilibria, kinds of choice, heuristics, the role of affect in decision, framing bounded rationality, mechanisms of choice such as heuristics, the role of social cognition in choice, concepts of self and other, and computer modeling of choice. The course also includes an introduction to the design of empirical behavioral research. Offered as COGS 316 and COGS 416. 160 College of Arts and Sciences

COGS 425. Cognitive Approaches to Literature. COGS 452. Language, Cognition, and Religion. 3 Units. 3 Units.

This course approaches literature as a window This course utilizes theoretical approaches found into language, in which cognition is characterized in cognitive semantics -- a branch of cognitive by the same imaging and imaginary properties as linguistics -- to study the conceptual structures artistic literature. It is an attempt to identify and and meanings of religious language. Cognitive analyze procedures as aesthetically interesting and semantics, guided by the notion that conceptual generally relevant forms of human thinking, feeling, structures are embodied, examines the relationship imagining, fantasizing, and conceptualizing. The between conceptual systems and the construction course introduces current theories of literature in of meaning. We consider such ideas as conceptual relation to language and mind, and it presents and metaphor theory, conceptual blending, Image discusses practical applications in critical reading schemas, cross-domain mappings, metonymy, and text analysis, using examples from modern mental spaces, and idealized cognitive models. We literature in the main genres. A student may earn apply these ideas to selected Christian, Buddhist, credit for either COGS 325 or COGS 425 but not and Chinese religious texts in order to understand both. Recommended preparation: COGS 101, ways in which religious language categorizes and COGS 202. Offered as COGS 325 and COGS 425. conceptualizes the world. We examine both the universality of cognitive linguistic processes and the culturally specific metaphors, conceptual blends, COGS 426. Cognitive Approaches to Music. 3 image schemas, and other cognitive operations Units. that particular texts and traditions utilize. Offered as RLGN 352, RLGN 452, COGS 352 and COGS 452. This course will study the ways in which the presence of music relates to cognition and the semiotics of inter-subjective communication at COGS 499. Independent Studies. 1 - 3 Unit. large--the emergence of language, gesture, and symbolization of time. Topics of interests include: This course is a face-to-face seminar between the ways that specific works of musical art invite students and instructor, aiming at letting and semantic interpretation; how intelligible musical helping the students independently develop original structure relates to meaning; how musical activities research on well-defined topics in the field of correspond to brain activity; and how music cognitive linguistics. Themes can vary within the relates to and/or induces emotion. Recommended wide area of cognition and culture. preparation: COGS 101, COGS 202. Offered as COGS 326 and COGS 426. COGS 651. Thesis. 1 - 6 Unit.

COGS 427. Gesture in Cognition and Conduct independent research and writing in Communication. 3 Units. Cognitive Linguistics under the guidance of a faculty adviser from Cognitive Science. The precise Most people never notice that when they are requirements of the course are to be determined by talking, they’re also gesturing. Why do we produce the faculty advisor. Prereq: COGS 406 and COGS these gestures? What can studying them tell 407 and COGS 408. Coreq: COGS 409. us about the human mind? This course surveys scientific research on gesture, exploring topics such as the role of gesture in communication, cross- cultural differences in gesture, and the relationship between gesture and signed languages. The course will focus on gestures produced with speech, but will cover symbolic and ritualized gesture in the visual arts and in dance. Offered as COGS 327 and COGS 427 and MLIT 327. Case Western Reserve University 161

Department of Dance

Mather Dance Center One of the following: 3 http://dance.case.edu/spotlight/ DANC 415 Choreography and Music Karen Potter, Department Chair DANC 416 Choreography and Theatrical Elements [email protected] DANC 426 Advanced Topics in Choreography DANC 445 Kinesiology for Dance The Department of Dance offers education and DANC 446 Topics in Dance Medicine, Science, and participation in many aspects of dance, with course Wellness offerings in modern dance and ballet technique, Senior Capstone departmental course: 3 choreography, kinesiology, history, production and DANC 396 SAGES Senior Capstone in Dance more. Students have the opportunity to perform (recommended) on stage as well as to serve on the technical Total Units 47-57 crews in dance concerts. The high ratio of faculty Total hours, not including DANC 385 Rehearsal and to students ensures that students will be able to Production/DANC 386 Rehearsal and Performance: work closely with highly skilled professionals. The 40-43 department treats all performances as educational experiences and welcomes the participation of all students, particularly in MaDaCol, regardless of their academic majors and career goals. Departmental Honors

Graduates of the dance program are currently All majors are encouraged to apply for honors employed as modern dance company members studies, DANC 397 Honors Studies I and DANC (regionally and nationally), company directors/ 398 Honors Studies II, in their final year. This adds choreographers, and dance production managers, 6 hours to the total. and as teachers, program directors, and administrators in colleges and universities. Others have transitioned into such disciplines as physical therapy and massage therapies. Minor

DANC 103 First-Year Modern Dance Techniques I 3 DANC 104 First-Year Modern Dance Techniques II 3 Undergraduate Programs DANC 203 Second-Year Modern Dance Techniques I 3 DANC 204 Second-Year Modern Dance Techniques II 3 Major One of the following: 1 DANC 460 Ballet Technique for Modern Dance The basic course requirements for all dance majors Students I are as follows: DANC 461 Ballet Technique for Modern Dance Students II DANC 303 Third-Year Modern Dance Techniques I 3 DANC 121 Dance in Culture - Ethnic Forms 3 DANC 304 Third-Year Modern Dance Techniques II 3 or DANC 122 Dance in Culture - Theatrical Forms Total Units 19 DANC 203 Second-Year Modern Dance Techniques I 3 DANC 204 Second-Year Modern Dance Techniques II 3 THTR 101 Acting I: Fundamentals 3 Graduate Programs At least 4 but no more than 8 hours of: 4-8 DANC Rehearsal and Production 385/386 Master of Arts Six hours from Anatomy, Art, English, Music, or Philosophy 6 at or above the 300 level Although the graduate dance program is geared DANC 303 Third-Year Modern Dance Techniques I 3 toward the Master of Fine Arts degree (see below), DANC 304 Third-Year Modern Dance Techniques II 3 all graduate students begin in the MA program. DANC 355 History of Modern Dance 3 Advancement to the MFA program occurs upon DANC 403 Fourth-Year Modern Dance Technique I 1-3 faculty recommendation to the Dean of Graduate DANC 404 Fourth-Year Modern Dance Technique II 1-3 Studies in the third semester. The course work for DANC 414 The Craft of Choreography 3 the MA may be similar to that for the Master of Fine DANC 423 Light Design for Theatrical Dance 2 Arts, enhanced by related studies in theater and DANC 451 Costume Design and Construction for 2 other departments. The candidate’s program of Dance study will be designed by the primary dance faculty. DANC 460 Ballet Technique for Modern Dance 1-03 Students I As required by the School of Graduate Studies, or DANC 461 Ballet Technique for Modern Dance Students II 162 College of Arts and Sciences

students must maintain a minimum grade point At the end of each semester in residence, the average of 2.75. student’s skill and creative ability are evaluated in light of his or her work in the department. MA candidates must complete a minimum of 30 Only students who have clearly demonstrated hours, following a program similar to that suggested growth and excellence are permitted to remain below. The principal faculty advisor may suggest in the program. The award of the MFA degree is modifications. contingent upon the student’s academic progress and upon the faculty’s assessment that the Technique Classes: 9-12 candidate possesses the potential to work in the DANC 417 Advanced Modern Dance Technique I field of dance on a professional level. & DANC and Advanced Modern Dance Technique II 418 Requirements for the MFA degree include: DANC 403 Fourth-Year Modern Dance Technique I DANC 460 Ballet Technique for Modern Dance 1. A minimum of 60 semester hours of graduate & DANC Students I work beyond the bachelor’s degree 461 and Ballet Technique for Modern Dance Students II 2. A cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for all Choreography: 6-9 course work on the graduate level DANC 414 The Craft of Choreography DANC 415 Choreography and Music 3. Completion of the course requirements for the DANC 416 Choreography and Theatrical Elements MFA Thesis Portfolio Eurhythmics: 12 MUDE 501 Special Reading (M.M. and M.A.) 1 4. Successful completion of the third year in 2-6 hours in Kinesiology and topics in dance medicine, 2-6 performance in the Mather Dance Center main- science, and wellness: stage season DANC Kinesiology for Dance 3 445/446 One of the following suggested advanced electives: 3 Specific requirements for the MFA degree are as DANC 535 Modern Dance Pedagogy follows: DANC 455 History of Modern Dance DANC 505 Music Resources for Modern Dance 3 18-24 hours of dance technique 18-24 Project-oriented seminars: 2-4 11-12 hours of choreography 11-12 DANC 601 Special Projects 4 hours (two each) of light and costume design 4 DANC 423 Light Design for Theatrical Dance MUDE 501 Special Reading (M.M. and M.A.) 1 DANC 451 Costume Design and Construction for 3 hours of contemporary dance history 3 Dance 3 hours of music resources 3 Total Units 41-53 12-15 hours of kinesiology, pedagogy, or allied fields, 12-15 The program recommends Plan B, with chosen in consultation with advisor requirements including a non-performance, non- 6 hours of creative thesis 6 production thesis on a topic approved by the Total Units 58-68 primary program faculty. The thesis must be a Department Faculty substantial contribution to the field, with potential for publication or presentation. The MA thesis must be Karen Potter, MFA completed no later than one academic year beyond (Case Western Reserve University) the completion of the course requirements. Associate Professor and Chair Contemporary dance technique; choreography; pedagogy Master of Fine Arts Gary Galbraith, MFA (Contemporary Dance) (Case Western Reserve University) Associate Professor; Artistic Director, Mather The Master of Fine Arts degree, available with Dance Ensemble emphasis areas in choreography, performance, Contemporary dance technique; choreography; pedagogy, and complementary courses in dance dance wellness; production and technology science, is a terminal pre-professional degree. Candidacy for the MFA program requires an Andre Megerdichian, MFA undergraduate degree with (ideally) a major in (California Institute of the Arts) dance, equivalent training and experience, or Assistant Professor demonstrable potential for work at the MFA level. In Choreography addition, each candidate must provide evidence of technical skill and creative ability. Participation as a part-time student is not recommended. Case Western Reserve University 163

Courses DANC 189. Improvisation I. 1 Unit.

DANC 103. First-Year Modern Dance Movement and dance structures designed to Techniques I. 3 Units. engage responsivity in group dynamics applied to challenge specific technical components which Comprehensive perspective of theory established, include time, effort, shape, and kinetic awareness. through active participation, to serve individual Recommended preparation: DANC 103. development of normative movement principles in a broad spectrum of applications including theater movement dance, and sports. Content is directly DANC 190. Improvisation II. 1 Unit. and fundamentally serviceable to subsequent specialized training applications of the actor, Continuation of DANC 189. Recommended dancer, musician, athlete, physiotherapist, and preparation: DANC 189. educator. DANC 203. Second-Year Modern Dance DANC 104. First-Year Modern Dance Techniques I. 3 Units. Techniques II. 3 Units. For the performing arts student, normative Continuation of DANC 103. movement principles are formally extended in both theory and application to include individual correction, modification of adaptation as DANC 121. Dance in Culture - Ethnic Forms. 3 foundational preparation for the subsequent Units. specialized training needs of the actor, dancer, and singer. Prereq: DANC 103 and DANC 104. A lecture class designed to introduce dance as an art form and the many roles it plays in a variety of cultures. Focus will be on ethnic forms and primal DANC 204. Second-Year Modern Dance cultures. Techniques II. 3 Units. Continuation of DANC 203. Prereq: DANC 103 and DANC 122. Dance in Culture - Theatrical Forms. DANC 104. 3 Units.

Introduction to an historical and cultural overview of DANC 237. Religion and Dance in South Asia. 3 many different forms of dance from various cultures Units. specifically selected to encompass geographic diversity and represent different periods in history. This is an experimental interdisciplinary course Basic craft elements of the structures of dance will in religion, dance, and South Asian studies. We be introduced to provide a foundation for viewing will explore the performance of religion in bharata dance and developing a personal aesthetic. natyam, one storytelling dance form from South Asia. This dance style draws upon Hindu devotional (bhakti) allegories of sacred and profane love in DANC 160. Introduction to Ballet Technique I. 3 its choreography. Lover and beloved, as the ideal Units. relationship between God and the human, becomes the model for the performed relationship between This introductory-level course offers the beginning heroes and heroines (nayaka-nayaki) danced on ballet student the basic tenets and principles of stages and , more recently, Bollywood screens. To ballet technique. Classwork will involve strong this end we will examine primary and secondary emphasis on proper alignment of the body, dynamic sources on bharata natyam and aesthetic theory/ timings, and a command of ballet terminology. classical dramatics. We will also observe dance performances in the greater Cleveland area. Offered as RLGN 237 and DANC 237. DANC 161. Introduction to Ballet Technique II. 3 Units. DANC 260. Second-Year Ballet Technique I. 3 Continuation of DANC 160. Prereq: DANC 160 or Units. consent of department. In-depth exploration of principles and foundations of ballet technique as preparation for the specialized training needs of dancers. 164 College of Arts and Sciences

DANC 261. Second-Year Ballet Technique II. 3 DANC 324. Dance Production Resources. 3 Units. Units.

Continuation of DANC 260. Prereq: DANC 260 or An examination of dance production resources consent of department. such as costumes construction, lighting design, and management. Exercises include design, construction, and implementation to emphasize DANC 303. Third-Year Modern Dance practical applications. Techniques I. 3 Units.

For the dance major and advanced non-major. DANC 335. Modern Dance Pedagogy. 3 Units. Durational formalities of dance technique as a contemporary American art form structure the The study and investigation of the approaches aesthetic and technical challenges of development. and methods of teaching modern dance. Detailed Prereq: DANC 204. study is made of kinesthetic, oral, and creative factors in teaching dance. Opportunity to assist and teach under supervision. Offered as DANC 335 and DANC 304. Third-Year Modern Dance DANC 535. Techniques II. 3 Units.

Continuation of DANC 303. Recommended DANC 345. Kinesiology for Dance. 3 Units. preparation: DANC 303 or consent of department. Seminar and laboratory for assessment of kinesiological and biomechanical principles as DANC 314. The Craft of Choreography. 3 Units. related to dance. Assessment of current research will be implemented to affect cross-training An in-depth investigation of choreographic craft protocols. Offered as DANC 345 and DANC 445. elements is presented through lecture, practical involvement and specified studies. Emphasized are tools to discover primary movement vocabulary, DANC 355. History of Modern Dance. 3 Units. development of vocabulary through permutative investigations and the co-ordering of movement Origins and development of contemporary dance vocabulary into phrases, structural units, and larger in its historical context. Prereq: 100 level first year sections. Offered as DANC 314 and DANC 414. seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, or FSCS. Prereq or Coreq: FSTS 100. DANC 315. Choreography and Music. 3 Units. DANC 360. Ballet Technique for Modern Dance Combining craft resources with emphasis on use Students I. 1 - 3 Unit. of music. Music selections, historically categorized, are chosen for the purpose of analyzing metric Ballet Technique for Dancers will focus on and structural characteristics in accord with which developing the ballet skills required of the Modern choreography will be created. Offered as DANC Dance major. The technical level of the class 315 and DANC 415. Prereq: DANC 314 or requisite will range from intermediate to advanced where not met permission. applicable in barre work as well as center. Offered as DANC 360 and DANC 460. DANC 317. Advanced Modern Dance Technique I. 1 - 3 Unit. DANC 361. Ballet Technique for Modern Dance Students II. 1 - 3 Unit. Emphasis on performing skills enlarged to include rehearsal and performance of full repertory works. Ballet Technique for Dancers will focus on Adaptability, versatility, and fidelity to choreographic developing the ballet skills required of the Modern intention stressed. Offered as DANC 317 and Dance major. The technical level of the class DANC 417. Prereq: DANC 304 will range from intermediate to advanced where applicable in barre work as well as center. Offered as DANC 361 and DANC 461. Prereq: DANC 360. DANC 318. Advanced Modern Dance Technique II. 1 - 3 Unit.

Continuation of DANC 317/417. Offered as DANC 318 and DANC 418. Prereq: DANC 317. Case Western Reserve University 165

DANC 385. Rehearsal and Production. 1 - 3 Unit. DANC 403. Fourth-Year Modern Dance Technique I. 1 - 3 Unit. Practicum for students participating in production work in the Department of Dance. Supervised A logical progression of advanced technique. laboratory experience in technical theater, Performing skills assessed and developmentally construction techniques, scenery, costumes, stressed. Sections from repertory works learned. lighting, and props; production; ticket office Prereq: DANC 303. operations, promotion, publicity and public relations; house management; wardrobe responsibilities; stage management; assistant directing; and other DANC 404. Fourth-Year Modern Dance production positions relating to the mainstage Technique II. 1 - 3 Unit. performances in Mather Dance Center. Students are recommended to take one credit hour per Continuation of DANC 403. Prereq: DANC 403. production, with a maximum of 8 credit hours allowed during their undergraduate career. DANC 405. Improvisation I. 1 Unit.

DANC 386. Rehearsal and Performance. 1 Unit. Movement and dance structures designed to engage responsivity in group dynamics applied Practicum for students participating in performance to challenge specific technical components in the Department of Dance, relating to the which include time and effort, shape, and kinetic mainstage productions at Mather Dance Center. awareness. This course may be repeated, for a maximum total of 2 credits. DANC 406. Improvisation II. 1 Unit.

DANC 396. SAGES Senior Capstone in Dance. 3 Continuation of DANC 405. Units.

The course will be centered on creative work in DANC 408. Fourth-Year Modern Dance dance, its culmination in public performance, and its Techniques II. 1 - 3 Unit. extension into a community-based project. Through Continuation of DANC 407. a review of relevant creative material and building upon skills developed through the dance program curriculum, a capstone project will be developed DANC 414. The Craft of Choreography. 3 Units. that represents a culmination of the undergraduate dance experience in the SAGES program. Prereq: An in-depth investigation of choreographic craft DANC 203, DANC 204, DANC 303, DANC 304, elements is presented through lecture, practical DANC 355, DANC 414, DANC 423, or DANC 451. involvement and specified studies. Emphasized are tools to discover primary movement vocabulary, development of vocabulary through permutative DANC 397. Honors Studies I. 3 Units. investigations and the co-ordering of movement vocabulary into phrases, structural units, and larger Individual projects in dance. sections. Offered as DANC 314 and DANC 414.

DANC 398. Honors Studies II. 3 Units. DANC 415. Choreography and Music. 3 Units.

Individual projects in dance. Combining craft resources with emphasis on use of music. Music selections, historically categorized, DANC 399. Independent Study in Dance. 1 - 3 are chosen for the purpose of analyzing metric Unit. and structural characteristics in accord with which choreography will be created. Offered as DANC Independent research and project work in areas of 315 and DANC 415. Prereq: DANC 414. dance and pedagogy. 166 College of Arts and Sciences

DANC 416. Choreography and Theatrical DANC 445. Kinesiology for Dance. 3 Units. Elements. 3 Units. Seminar and laboratory for assessment of Use of properties, costumes, and scenic elements kinesiological and biomechanical principles as in both "first- and second-function" (Northrop) related to dance. Assessment of current research or "literal" and "abstract" applications challenge will be implemented to affect cross-training the functional and aesthetic appropriateness of protocols. Offered as DANC 345 and DANC 445. conjoined choices. Dance structures fully developed under supervision. Successful results may be programmed for performance and tested for DANC 446. Topics in Dance Medicine, Science, applicability to the Production sequence. Prereq: and Wellness. 1 - 3 Unit. DANC 414. Review and application of continually emerging information from the fields of Dance Medicine and DANC 417. Advanced Modern Dance Technique Science that impacts general dancer health and the I. 1 - 3 Unit. care and prevention and treatment of dance specific injuries. Participation in the Dancer Wellness Emphasis on performing skills enlarged to include Program is encouraged to facilitate continued rehearsal and performance of full repertory works. application of principles developed in DANC 445. Adaptability, versatility, and fidelity to choreographic intention stressed. Offered as DANC 317 and DANC 417. Prereq: DANC 404. DANC 451. Costume Design and Construction for Dance. 2 Units.

DANC 418. Advanced Modern Dance Technique Lecture and studio course in selecting fabrics, II. 1 - 3 Unit. draping techniques, construction, and design for concert dance. Continuation of DANC 317/417. Offered as DANC 318 and DANC 418. Prereq: DANC 417. DANC 455. History of Modern Dance. 3 Units.

DANC 423. Light Design for Theatrical Dance. 2 Origin and development of modern dance in its Units. historical context.

Elements of stage light design and technology for theatrical dance. Lectures and laboratory DANC 460. Ballet Technique for Modern Dance experience on color, instruments, and computerized Students I. 1 - 3 Unit. design. Ballet Technique for Dancers will focus on developing the ballet skills required of the Modern DANC 426. Advanced Topics in Choreography. Dance major. The technical level of the class 3 Units. will range from intermediate to advanced where applicable in barre work as well as center. Offered Introduction and investigation of advanced topics in as DANC 360 and DANC 460. choreography including but not limited to dance and technology, directing ensemble dance, and dance and the narrative. This course work is explored DANC 461. Ballet Technique for Modern Dance in the format of in-studio practicum and lecture, Students II. 1 - 3 Unit. discussion, and peer and instructor review of student generated work. Structured studies will be Ballet Technique for Dancers will focus on developed under instructor supervision; students developing the ballet skills required of the Modern will be required to dedicate time and energy in Dance major. The technical level of the class the studio outside of class meetings to develop will range from intermediate to advanced where choreography studies for in-class presentation and applicable in barre work as well as center. Offered review. Prereq: DANC 414 and DANC 415 and as DANC 361 and DANC 461. Prereq: DANC 460. DANC 416. DANC 485. Rehearsal, Performance and Production. 1 - 3 Unit.

(See DANC 385.) Case Western Reserve University 167

DANC 505. Music Resources for Modern Dance. 3 Units.

Resources in the various periods and styles of music for the dancer/choreographer. Study of the choreographic use of music.

DANC 509. Seminar: Introduction to Performance Theory. 3 Units.

Research seminar designed to acquaint the dance student with the major theoretical writings of performance theory. Readings on the creative process and archetypal mythology. Exploration of anthropological, psychological, and cultural sources of art and the theatrical impulse.

DANC 535. Modern Dance Pedagogy. 3 Units.

The study and investigation of the approaches and methods of teaching modern dance. Detailed study is made of kinesthetic, oral, and creative factors in teaching dance. Opportunity to assist and teach under supervision. Offered as DANC 335 and DANC 535.

DANC 601. Special Projects. 1 - 3 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.)

DANC 610. Professional Internship. 1 - 4 Unit.

Involvement in intensive internships with professional dance companies in the Cleveland area bridging academic and professional lives. Internships range from six weeks to one semester.

DANC 640. M.F.A. Thesis Production I. 3 Units.

Preproduction conception in area of specialization researched and documented under appointed advisement, in accord with production syllabus, and subcommittee approval.

DANC 641. M.F.A. Thesis Production II. 3 Units.

Production implementation, post production evaluation/defense, and advisory assessment.

DANC 644. M.A. Project. 1 - 12 Unit.

Research and development of a Master of Arts project in Dance. 168 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Economics

The College of Arts and Sciences awards the Bachelor of Arts degree in economics. The required courses for the major and minor are offered by the Department of Economics in the Weatherhead School of Management. For details about the department’s undergraduate programs, please consult the Weatherhead School of Management section of this bulletin. Case Western Reserve University 169

Department of English

106B Guilford House and American literature. The library also houses http://www.case.edu/artsci/engl an outstanding collection of several thousand Mary Grimm, Department Chair films and other audiovisual materials, supported in [email protected] part by English department endowment funds. In Strosacker Auditorium, the Film Society maintains The Department of English offers courses of facilities capable of projecting 35 mm and 16 mm study leading to the Bachelor of Arts, Master of films. In the library’s Freedman Center, students Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Included have access to video cameras, state-of-the-art among the department’s offerings are literary and digital editing software, and stations where they cultural studies, linguistics, film, journalism and new can view audiovisual materials from the library media, creative writing, visual rhetoric, rhetoric, and collection. professional writing.

Combining the intellectual resources of a major Teacher Licensure in Integrated Language Arts | research university with a scale and set of values Integrated Graduate Studies | Minors more typical of a liberal arts college, the department puts great stress on class discussion, individual conferences or tutorials, and other opportunities for students and faculty to work closely together. Undergraduate Programs Likewise, the curriculum is deliberately flexible to respond to student needs and interests and to encourage close cooperation with the faculty in Major planning a course of study. The major in English includes two tracks. The A major in English prepares one for various sorts of primary track consists of at least 30 semester hours careers. Three paths are common: in English above the 100 level (including 15 hours at the 300 level or above). The required courses • English leads readily to careers that put a are: premium on writing skills and on the ability to analyze complex human situations. In addition ENGL 300 English Literature to 1800 3 to the fields that have often been of first interest ENGL 302 English Literature since 1800 3 to English majors (writing and publishing, or ENGL 308 American Literature journalism, advertising, the film industry, public ENGL 380 Departmental Seminar 3 relations, and teaching), significant opportunities ENGL 395 Capstone Seminar 3 exist in the corporate world, in government, and One of the following: 3 in nonprofit organizations such as those devoted ENGL 310 History of the English Language to social service, the environment, or the arts. ENGL 312 Chaucer • The BA in English is usually essential to anyone ENGL 320 Renaissance Literature expecting to do graduate work in English or to ENGL 323 Milton pursue a career as a teacher or a scholar in the ENGL 324 Shakespeare: Histories and Tragedies field. ENGL 325 Shakespeare: Comedies and Romances ENGL 327 Eighteenth-Century Literature • The BA in English traditionally has been ENGL 328 Studies in the Eighteenth Century an important steppingstone to success in ENGL 329 English Literature, 1780-1837 professional school, and many of our English Fifteen additional hours of English courses, at least 3 of 15 which must be at the 300 level majors choose this path. A significant number go Total Units 30 on to law school, many to medical or business school, and some to nursing, journalism, social Because of the flexibility of departmental work, or library school, as well as directly into the requirements and the variety of career paths to business world. which the major may lead, all students should confer frequently and closely with advisors. No courses outside the department are required for the Facilities major, but the department recommends courses in comparative literature, history, philosophy, history In addition to manuscript and rare-book holdings and criticism of the fine arts, theater, and literature in the Special Collections Division, Kelvin Smith in other languages. Students planning to go to Library has strengths in Renaissance literature, 18th-, 19th-, and 20th-century English literature; 170 College of Arts and Sciences

graduate school are reminded of the importance of ENGL 256 Major American Writers 3 foreign language study. ENGL 380 Departmental Seminar 3 ENGL 255 Major British Writers 3 Completion of the University composition ENGL 324 Shakespeare: Histories and Tragedies 3 requirement (ENGL 150 Expository Writing or or ENGL 325 Shakespeare: Comedies and Romances SAGES First Seminar) is a prerequisite for most Take one of the following English courses at the 200 level and above. ENGL 301 Linguistic Analysis 3 or ENGL 379 Topics in Language Studies or COSI 313 Language Development Departmental Honors Two of the following: 6 ENGL 257B Poetry To qualify for honors, English majors follow a ENGL 270 Introduction to Gender Studies track consisting of at least 36 hours above the ENGL 363H African-American Literature 100 level, including the general requirements for ENGL 365E The Immigrant Experience the major (see above); ENGL 387 Literary and ENGL 365N Topics in African-American Literature Critical Theory, or approved substitute; at least 18 ENGL 365Q Post-Colonial Literature hours of approved electives in literary and cultural ENGL 366G Minority Literatures studies; and one of the following language courses, One of the following: 3 or an equivalent in a language for which 300-level ENGL 368A Film History, Theory, and Criticism literature courses are available: ENGL 368B History of Film ENGL 368C Topics in Film Recommended Electives: FRCH 202 Intermediate French II 4 ENGL 203 Introduction to Creative Writing GREK 202 Introduction to Greek Poetry 3 ENGL 213 Introduction to Fiction Writing GRMN 202 Intermediate German II 4 ENGL 214 Introduction to Poetry Writing JAPN 202 Intermediate Japanese II 4 ENGL 303 Intermediate Writing Workshop: Fiction LATN 202 Vergil 3 ENGL 304 Intermediate Writing Workshop: Poetry SPAN 202 Intermediate Spanish II 4 ENGL 310 History of the English Language The award of honors requires a minimum GPA of ENGL 392 Classroom Teaching 3.5 in courses taken for the honors program. ENGL 480 ESL Composition Theory Back to top Back to top

Teacher Licensure in Integrated Integrated Graduate Studies Language Arts The Department of English participates in the Integrated Graduate Studies Program, which makes A special program is available that leads to the it possible to complete both a BA and an MA in BA and candidacy for licensure by the State of English in about five years of full-time study. The Ohio to teach Integrated Language Arts in grades department particularly recommends the program 7-12 (Adolescents to Young Adults). The teaching to qualified students who are interested in seeking credential is valid in Ohio and honored in many admission to highly competitive professional other states. The program consists of a more schools or PhD programs. Interested students prescriptive form of the normal English major and should note the general requirements and the a series of education courses that includes student admission procedures elsewhere in this bulletin. teaching in a local school. (See the program description for Teacher Licensure elsewhere in Back to top this bulletin.) Because of the student teaching and because some of the education courses must be taken at John Carroll University, early and careful planning is vital. Consult Judith Oster, the advisor Minors for teacher licensure in language arts, for details about this program. Minor in English The subject area requirements for teacher licensure The minor in English consists of at least 15 hours (42 credit hours) are as follows: above the 100 level. Students who wish to minor in English arrange their sequence of courses in ENGL 150 Expository Writing 3 consultation with the department advisor. Minors ENGL 200 Literature in English 3 are strongly advised to take ENGL 200 Literature ENGL 202 Advanced Expository Writing 3 in English early in the sequence. They should also ENGL 204 Introduction to Journalism 3 keep in mind that the flexibility of the department’s Case Western Reserve University 171

requirements often makes it possible to take A maximum of six semester hours of transfer credit English as a second major. will be accepted from another institution, provided they were earned in graduate-level courses, with the approval of the department and the dean of graduate studies. Such courses must have been Minor in Film Studies taken within five years of matriculation at Case Western Reserve University and passed with Like the minor in English, the minor in Film Studies grades of B or better. The department welcomes requires 15 hours: part-time students.

ENGL 367 Introduction to Film (Though students are 3 Although not formally a requirement for graduate not required to take this course first, it is degrees, teaching is viewed as part of the recommended that they take it first or as education of every graduate student. The early in the sequence as possible.) department provides opportunities for graduate Up to 12 credits in the following: 3-12 assistants to gain teaching experience in a variety ENGL 368A Film History, Theory, and Criticism of English courses. Other teaching opportunities ENGL 368B History of Film exist elsewhere in the university and in Greater ENGL 368C Topics in Film Cleveland. ENGL 316 Screenwriting Up to 6 credits of elective courses * 0-6 New and continuing graduate students may apply Total Units 6-21 for graduate student assistantships, which are awarded by the dean on recommendation of the * Many courses taught across the University department. Applicants with previous teaching can qualify as elective courses, and new experience are preferred. Graduate assistants ones are coming along all the time. Past without previous teaching experience will be courses that would qualify include Latin required to take ENGL 400 Rhetoric and Teaching American Cinema, Religion and Film, The of Writing before the first semester in which they Hollywood Musical, Topics in German teach. Cinema, Film Music, Jewish Image in Popular Film, French Cinema, and Folklore & Myth in Department Faculty Japanese Film. Michael Clune, PhD (Johns Hopkins University) Assistant Professor Graduate Programs American literature; literature and science; poetry Kimberly Emmons, PhD The Department of English offers programs in (University of Washington) American and English literature and language Associate Professor; Director of Composition leading to the Master of Arts and Doctor of Rhetoric; composition; gender and language; Philosophy degrees. At either the MA or PhD medical humanities level, students may elect a concentration in Writing History and Theory. The department Christopher Flint, PhD also collaborates with the Department of Modern (University of Pennsylvania) Languages and Literatures in offering a Master of Associate Professor Arts in world literature. 18th-century English literature; print culture Candidates for graduate work in English should T. Kenneth Fountain, PhD present an undergraduate major in English or (University of Minnesota) a minimum of 18 semester hours of English (or Assistant Professor its equivalent) beyond the freshman level. In Scientific and technical communication; visual some cases, students will be required to make culture; rhetorical theory up deficiencies without graduate credit. The Jessica Gerard, PhD department requires all candidates for admission (University of Arizona) to submit their scores on the aptitude sections of Instructor; Director, SAGES ESL Program the Graduate Record Examination. Candidates are Applied educational linguistics; ESL writing also required to submit a writing sample, consisting pedagogy of at least 15 pages of academic writing. Students whose native language is not English are normally Sarah Gridley, MFA admitted only as provisional students. After 12 (University of Montana) semester hours of satisfactory work, they are Assistant Professor granted regular status. Creative writing (poetry); feminist and eco-poetics 172 College of Arts and Sciences

Mary Grimm, MA Robert Spadoni, PhD (Cleveland State University) (University of Chicago) Associate Professor and Chair Associate Professor Creative writing (fiction); contemporary literature; Film studies graphic novels Gary Lee Stonum, PhD Megan Swihart Jewell, PhD (Johns Hopkins University) (Duquesne University) Oviatt Professor of English Instructor; Director, Writing Resource Center American literature; literary theory American literature; writing studies; poetics Thrity Umrigar, PhD Kurt Koenigsberger, PhD (Kent State University) (Vanderbilt University) Professor Associate Professor; Director of Graduate Studies Creative writing (fiction and memoir); journalism; 19th- and 20th-century British literature; African-American literature postcolonial literature Athena Vrettos, PhD James Kuzner, PhD (University of Pennsylvania) (Johns Hopkins University) Associate Professor Assistant Professor 19th-century British literature; literature and Renaissance literature; Shakespeare medicine; literature and psychology; women’s and gender studies William H. Marling, PhD (University of California, Santa Barbara) Martha Woodmansee, PhD Professor (Stanford University) American and world literature; modernism; popular Professor; Professor of Law culture Literary theory; 18th- and 19th-century comparative literature; copyright Marilyn Sanders Mobley, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) Professor Toni Morrison; Black women writers; African Courses American literature; cultural studies ENGL 148. Introduction to Composition. 3 Units. Erika Mae Olbricht, PhD (University of New Hampshire) Practice and training in various modes and genres Instructor; SAGES Instructional Coordinator of writing. Undergraduate CIM students placed into 16th- and 17th- century British literature and ENGL 148 must complete the course with a grade theatre; landscape studies of C or higher in order to enroll in ENGL 150. John M. Orlock, MFA (Pennsylvania State University) ENGL 150. Expository Writing. 3 Units. Samuel B. and Virginia C. Knight Professor of Humanities Substantial training and practice in academic Playwriting; screenwriting writing. Judith Oster, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) ENGL 180. Writing Tutorial. 1 Unit. Professor American literature; poetry; cross-cultural literature; Substantial scheduled tutorial work in writing. the teaching of English

James Sheeler, MA ENGL 181. Reading Tutorial. 1 Unit. (University of Colorado) Shirley Wormser Professor of Journalism and Scheduled tutorial work in reading as well as Media Writing; Director of Undergraduate Studies time management and study strategies for both Journalism native and non-native speakers who need work beyond SAGES, or who come to the Writing William R. Siebenschuh, PhD Resource Center seeking substantial help. May (University of California, Berkeley) work individually with instructor or in small groups. Professor May be repeated in special instances, but only one 18th- and 19th-century British literature; biography semester-hour will count towards the degree. and autobiography Case Western Reserve University 173

ENGL 183. Academic Writing Studio. 1 Unit. ENGL 204. Introduction to Journalism. 3 Units.

Practice and training in various aspects of Students will learn the basics of reporting and academic writing in a small group workshop writing news stories, but also the traditions behind environment. Offered concurrently with First the craft and the evolving role of journalism in Seminar; provides supplementary instruction to society. Instruction will include interviewing skills, help students meet First Seminar writing objectives. fact-checking, word choice and story structure-- Please note: only one semester hour of English 183 all framed by guidance on making ethically sound will count toward a degree, but the course may be decisions. Assignments could include stories repeated. from a variety of beats (business, entertainment, government, science), along with deadline stories and breaking news Web updates, profiles and ENGL 184. Research Writing Studio. 1 Unit. obituaries. Practice and training in various aspects of research in a small-group workshop environment. Offered ENGL 213. Introduction to Fiction Writing. 3 concurrently with University Seminar; provides Units. supplementary instruction to help students meet University Seminar writing objectives. Please note: A beginning workshop in fiction writing, introducing only two semester hours of English 184 will count such concepts as voice, point of view, plot, towards a degree. characterization, dialogue, description, and the like. May include discussion of literary examples, both classic and contemporary, along with student work. ENGL 200. Literature in English. 3 Units. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. This course introduces students to the reading of literature in the English language. Through close attention to the practice of reading, students ENGL 214. Introduction to Poetry Writing. 3 are invited to consider some of the characteristic Units. forms and functions imaginative literature has taken, together with some of the changes that A beginning workshop, focusing on such have taken place in what and how readers read. elements of poetry as verse-form, syntax, figures, Recommended preparation: Concurrent enrollment sound, tone. May include discussion of literary in ENGL 150 or USFS 100. examples as well as student work. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. ENGL 202. Advanced Expository Writing. 3 Units. ENGL 217A. Business and Professional Writing. 3 Units. A workshop-style course for students that offers practice and training in genres of nonfiction prose. An introduction to professional communication Special attention paid to style and presentation. in theory and practice. Special attention paid Prereq: 100 level first seminar in FSCC, FSNA, to audience analysis, persuasive techniques in FSSO, or FSSY. written and oral communication, document design strategies, and ethical communication practices. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 ENGL 203. Introduction to Creative Writing. 3 level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, Units. FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. A course exploring basic issues and techniques of writing narrative prose and verse through exercises, analysis, and experiment. For students who wish to try their abilities across a spectrum of genres. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. 174 College of Arts and Sciences

ENGL 217B. Writing for the Health Professions. ENGL 270. Introduction to Gender Studies. 3 3 Units. Units.

This course offers practice and training in the This course introduces women and men students professional and technical writing skills common to the methods and concepts of gender studies, to health professions (e.g., medicine, nursing, women’s studies, and feminist theory. An dentistry). Attention will be paid to the writing interdisciplinary course, it covers approaches used processes of drafting, revising, and editing. Typical in literary criticism, history, philosophy, political assignments include: letters, resumes, personal science, sociology, anthropology, psychology, film essays, professional communication genres (e.g., studies, cultural studies, art history, and religion. email, reports, patient charts, and histories), and It is the required introductory course for students scholarly genres (e.g., abstracts, articles, and taking the women’s and gender studies major. reviews). Recommended preparation: FSCC 100 or Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS equivalent. 100. Offered as ENGL 270, HSTY 270, PHIL 270, RLGN 270, SOCI 201, and WGST 201. ENGL 255. Major British Writers. 3 Units. ENGL 285. Special Topics Seminar. 1 Unit. Introduction to literary studies and survey of selected English authors from the Medieval One-credit seminars on special topics in literature period to the present. Recommended preparation: or language; see departmental listings for topics Concurrent enrollment in ENGL 150 or USFS 100. each term. Maximum of 3 credits. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. ENGL 256. Major American Writers. 3 Units. ENGL 290. Masterpieces of Continental Fiction. Introduction to literary studies and survey of 3 Units. literature of United States from colonial times to the present. Recommended preparation: Concurrent Major works of fiction from the 19th century and enrollment in ENGL 150 or USFS 100. earlier. Offered as ENGL 290 and WLIT 290.

ENGL 257A. The Novel. 3 Units. ENGL 291. Masterpieces of Modern Fiction. 3 Units. Introductory readings in the novel. May be organized chronologically or thematically. Some Major works of fiction of the 20th century. Offered attention to the novel as a historically situated as ENGL 291 and WLIT 291. genre. ENGL 300. English Literature to 1800. 3 Units. ENGL 257B. Poetry. 3 Units. A survey of major British authors from Chaucer to Introductory readings in poetry. May be organized Milton and Dryden. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing chronologically or thematically. Attention to the letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in formal qualities of poetry in relation to meaning, USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. expressivity, etc. ENGL 301. Linguistic Analysis. 3 Units.

Analysis of modern English from various theoretical perspectives: structural, generative, discourse analytical, sociolinguistic, psycholinguistic, and cognitive linguistic. Some attention to the major dialects of American English. Offered as ENGL 301 and ENGL 401. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. Case Western Reserve University 175

ENGL 302. English Literature since 1800. 3 ENGL 308. American Literature. 3 Units. Units. A survey of major American authors from the A survey of major British authors from Wordsworth Puritans to the present. Prereq: ENGL 150 or to the present. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. FSCS.

ENGL 303. Intermediate Writing Workshop: ENGL 309. Topics in Journalism. 3 Units. Fiction. 3 Units. Study and practice of specialized forms of Continues developing the concepts and practice of journalism. Maximum of six credits. Recommended the introductory courses, with reading, writing, and preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. discussion of fiction in various forms, including the short story, the novella and the novel. Maximum 6 credits. Prereq: ENGL 203 or ENGL 213. ENGL 310. History of the English Language. 3 Units.

ENGL 304. Intermediate Writing Workshop: An introductory course covering the major periods Poetry. 3 Units. of English language development: Old, Middle, and Modern. Students will examine both the linguistic Continues developing the concepts and practice forms and the cultures in which the forms were of the introductory courses, with emphasis on used. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or experiment and revision as well as consideration of USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 310 and ENGL 410. poetic genres through examples from established poets. Maximum 6 credits. Prereq: ENGL 203 or ENGL 214. ENGL 312. Chaucer. 3 Units. An introduction to the work of Geoffrey Chaucer, ENGL 305. Playwriting. 3 Units. with emphasis on "The Canterbury Tales." Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first Theory and practice of dramatic writing, in the year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, context of examples, classic and contemporary. FSTS, FSCS. Recommended preparation: ENGL 203 or ENGL 213 or ENGL 214 or ENGL 303 or ENGL 304. Offered as ENGL 305 and THTR 312. ENGL 314. Advanced Playwriting. 3 Units. Theory and practice of dramatic writing with special ENGL 306. Intermediate Writing Workshop: focus on the craft of writing a full-length play. Creative Non-Fiction. 3 Units. Offered as ENGL 314 and THTR 314. Prereq: ENGL 305 or THTR 312. A writing workshop that focuses on non-fiction. Students will study and write narrative journalism, the memoir, and the personal essay. Prereq: ENGL ENGL 316. Screenwriting. 3 Units. 203 or ENGL 213 or ENGL 214. A critical exploration of the craft of writing for film, in which reading and practicum assignments will ENGL 307. Intermediate Writing Workshop: culminate in the student submitting an original full- Journalism. 3 Units. length screenplay. Offered as ENGL 316 and THTR 316. Continues developing the concepts and practices of the introductory course, with emphasis on feature writing for magazines, story structure, and repertorial techniques. Prereq: ENGL 204 and either ENGL 150 or 100 level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, or FSCS. 176 College of Arts and Sciences

ENGL 320. Renaissance Literature. 3 Units. ENGL 327. Eighteenth-Century Literature. 3 Units. Aspects of English Renaissance literature and its contexts from 1500-ca. 1620. Genres studied might Survey of a variety of writings from or relevant to include poetry, drama, prose fiction, expository and the eighteenth century. Writers discussed may polemic writing, or some works from Continental include Dryden, Behn, Defoe, Pope, Swift, Gay, Europe. Writers such as Skelton, More, Erasmus, Fielding, Richardson, Burney, Wollstonecraft Wyatt, Sidney, Spenser, Marlowe, Lanier, Wroth, and others working in drama, lyric and epic Shakespeare, Donne. Maximum 6 credits. Offered poetry, biography and autobiography, political and as ENGL 320 and ENGL 420. Prereq: ENGL 150 philosophical writings and prose fiction. Thematic or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year approaches may include: satire, journalism and seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, literature, the rise of the novel. Maximum 6 credits. FSTS, FSCS. Offered as ENGL 327 and ENGL 427. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, ENGL 323. Milton. 3 Units. FSTS, FSCS. Poetry and selected prose, including the careful study of "Paradise Lost." Offered as ENGL 323 and ENGL 328. Studies in the Eighteenth Century. 3 ENGL 423. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter Units. grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. This course examines selected topics in the English literary culture of the eighteenth century, a culture which extended to the Americas and to other ENGL 324. Shakespeare: Histories and English colonies. Literary writings will be examined Tragedies. 3 Units. in relation to other aspects of the century culture, which may include visual arts, marital institutions, Close reading of a selection of Shakespeare’s the printing industry, property law, medicine, and tragedies and history plays (e.g., "Richard the other topics. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL Third," "Julius Caesar," "Hamlet," "King Lear"). 328 and ENGL 428. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing Topics of discussion may include Renaissance letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in drama as a social institution, the nature of tragedy, USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. national history, gender roles, sexual politics, the state and its opponents, theatrical conventions. Assessment may include opportunities for ENGL 329. English Literature, 1780-1837. 3 performance. Offered as ENGL 324, ENGL 424, Units. and THTR 334. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, Aspects of English literature and its contexts in the FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. early 19th century. Genres might include poetry, prose fiction, political and philosophical writing, literary theory of the period. Writers such as the ENGL 325. Shakespeare: Comedies and Wordsworth, Coleridge, Blake, Austen, Byron, the Romances. 3 Units. Shelleys. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 329 and ENGL 429. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter Close reading of selected plays of Shakespeare grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, in the genres of comedy and romance (e.g., "The FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. Merchant of Venice," "Twelfth Night," "Measure for Measure," "The Tempest"). Topics of discussion may include issues of sexual desire, gender ENGL 330. Victorian Literature. 3 Units. roles, marriage, the family, genre conventions. Assessment may include opportunities for Aspects of English literature and its contexts performance. Offered as ENGL 325, ENGL 425, during the reign of Queen Victoria. Genres studied and THTR 335. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter might include poetry, prose fiction, political and grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, philosophical writing. Writers such as the Brontes, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. Gaskell, Dickens, Eliot, Hardy, Tennyson, the Brownings, Arnold, Carlyle, Ruskin, Gosse, Swinburne, and Hopkins. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 330 and ENGL 430. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. Case Western Reserve University 177

ENGL 331. Studies in the Nineteenth-Century. 3 ENGL 343. Language and Gender. 3 Units. Units. This course introduces students to the study Individual topics in English literary culture of the of language and gender by exploring historical 19th century. Topics might be thematic or formal, and theoretical trends, methods, and research such as literature and science; medicine; labor; findings on the ways gender, sexuality, language, sexuality; Empire; literature and other arts; Gothic and discourse interact with and even shape fiction; decadence. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as each other. Topics may include "grammatical" ENGL 331 and ENGL 431. Prereq: ENGL 150 or versus "biological" gender, feminine ecriture, passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar the women and language debate, speech acts in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, and queer performativity, nonsexist language FSCS. policy, discourses of gender and sexuality, feminist stylistics, and LGBT sociolinguistics. Offered as: ENGL 343, ENGL 443, and WGST 343. Prereq: ENGL 332. Twentieth-Century British Literature. ENGL 150 or USFS 100. 3 Units.

Aspects of British literature (broadly interpreted) ENGL 353. Major Writers. 3 Units. and its contexts during the 20th century. Genres studied might include poetry, fiction, and drama. Close and detailed study of the work of one or two Such writers as Joyce, Woolf, Conrad, Ford, writers: development, social and aesthetic contexts, Lawrence, Mansfield, Shaw, Beckett, Stoppard, reception, interpretation, significance. Maximum Yeats, Edward or Dylan Thomas, Stevie Smith, 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 353 and ENGL 453. Bowen, Spark. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 ENGL 332 and ENGL 432. Prereq: ENGL 150 or level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. ENGL 356. American Literature Before 1865. 3 Units. ENGL 333. Studies in the Twentieth and Twenty- first Centuries. 3 Units. Aspects of American literature and its contexts from the colonial period through the end of the Civil Individual topics in twentieth-and twenty-first War. Writers such as Bradstreet, Taylor, Franklin, century literary culture. Particular issues and topics Poe, Stowe, Alcott, Melville, Hawthorne, Emerson, may cross national boundaries and genre lines as Douglass. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL well as exploring political, psychological, and social 356 and ENGL 456. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing themes, such as movements, comparative studies letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in across the arts, literature and war, literature and USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. occultism. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 333 and ENGL 433. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in ENGL 357. American Literature 1865-1914. 3 USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. Units. Aspects of American literature and its contexts from ENGL 341. Rhetoric of Science and Medicine. 3 the Civil War to the First World War. Writers such Units. as Whitman and Dickinson, Twain, Howells, James, Chopin, Wharton. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as This course explores the roles language and ENGL 357 and ENGL 457. Prereq: ENGL 150 or rhetoric play in constructing, communicating, and passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar understanding science and medicine. It surveys in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, current and historical debates, theories, research, FSCS. and textual conventions of scientific and medical discourse. May be taught with a specific focus, such as scientific controversies, concepts of health and illness, visualizations of science, the body in medicine, and the history of scientific writing. Offered as: ENGL 341 and ENGL 441. Prereq: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. 178 College of Arts and Sciences

ENGL 358. American Literature 1914-1960. 3 ENGL 365E. The Immigrant Experience. 3 Units. Units. Study of fictional and/or autobiographical narrative Aspects of American literature and its contexts by authors whose families have experienced from the First World War to the Cold War. Genres immigration to the U.S. Among the ethnic groups studies might include fiction, poetry, drama, represented are Asian-American, Jewish-American, polemics. Writers such as T.S. Eliot, Pound, Hispanic-American. May include several ethnic Stevens, Moore, W.C. Williams, Dos Passos, West, groups or focus on a single one. Attention is paid Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Cather, Faulkner, Barnes, to historical and social aspects of immigration Miller, T. Williams, O’Neill. Maximum 6 credits. and ethnicity. Maximum 6 credits. Recommended Offered as ENGL 358 and ENGL 458. Prereq: preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first ENGL 365E, WLIT 365E, ENGL 465E, and WLIT year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, 465E. FSTS, FSCS. ENGL 365N. Topics in African-American ENGL 359. Studies in Contemporary American Literature. 3 Units. Literature. 3 Units. Selected topics and writers from Individual topics in literary culture since the 1960s. nineteenth,twentieth, and twenty-first century Topics may include the Beats, literature of the African-American literature. May focus on a genre, Vietnam war, post-modern fiction, contemporary a single author or a group of authors, a theme or poetry, the documentary novel. Maximum 6 credits. themes. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL Offered as ENGL 359 and ENGL 459. Prereq: 365N, ETHS 365N, WLIT 365N, ENGL 465N, and ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first WLIT 465N. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, FSTS, FSCS. FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS.

ENGL 360. Studies in American Literature. 3 ENGL 365Q. Post-Colonial Literature. 3 Units. Units. Readings in national and regional literatures Individual topics in American literary culture such from former European colonies such as Australia as regionalism, realism, impressionism, literature and African countries. Maximum 6 credits. and popular culture, transcendentalism, the lyric, Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS proletarian literature, the legacy of the Civil War. 100. Offered as ENGL 365Q, ETHS 365Q, WLIT Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 360 and 365Q, ENGL 465Q, and WLIT 465Q. ENGL 460. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. ENGL 366G. Minority Literatures. 3 Units. A course dealing with literature produced by ethnic ENGL 363H. African-American Literature. 3 and racial minority groups within the U.S. Individual Units. offerings may include works from several groups studied comparatively, or focus on a single group, A historical approach to African-American literature. such as Native Americans, Chicanos/Chicanas, Such writers as Wheatley, Equiano, Douglass, Asian-Americans, Caribbean-Americans. African- Jacobs, DuBois, Hurston, Hughes, Wright, Baldwin, American works may also be included. May cover Ellison, Morrison. Topics covered may include slave the entire history of the U.S. or shorter periods. narratives, African-American autobiography, the Maximum 6 credits. Recommended preparation: Harlem Renaissance, the Black Aesthetic, literature ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 366G, of protest and assimilation. Maximum 6 credits. WLIT 466G, ENGL 466G, and WLIT 466G. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 363H, ETHS 363H, WLIT 363H, ENGL 463H, and WLIT 463H. Case Western Reserve University 179

ENGL 367. Introduction to Film. 3 Units. ENGL 371. Topics in Women’s Studies. 3 Units.

An introduction to the aesthetics of film form. We Individual topics and issues in women’s studies will analyze the elements that make up a film, relating to writing by and about women, such as screening films that facilitate our discussion of feminist theory and criticism; the politics of gender how these elements interact with one another to and sexuality; women in popular culture; women in constitute whole formal systems that generate the writing business. Maximum 6 credits. Offered meanings and other effects. We will bring various as ENGL 371 and ENGL 471. Prereq: ENGL 150 theoretical and historical considerations to bear or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year as we explore and appreciate the art of cinema. seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, Offered as ENGL 367 and ENGL 467. FSTS, FSCS.

ENGL 368A. Film History, Theory, and Criticism. ENGL 372. Studies in the Novel. 3 Units. 3 Units. Selected topics in the history and formal This course is an introduction to the three major development of the novel, such as detective novels; approaches to cinema that together constitute science fiction; epistolary novels; the rise of the the field of film studies. The course will be broken novel; the stream of consciousness novel; the into three units: film theory; film criticism; and Bildungsroman in English. Maximum 6 credits. film history. Screening one film per week, we will Offered as ENGL 372 and ENGL 472. Prereq: consider each film in light of the particular unit’s and ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first week’s focus. Recommended preparation: ENGL year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 368A, WLIT FSTS, FSCS. 368A, ENGL 468A, and WLIT 468A. ENGL 373. Studies in Poetry. 3 Units. ENGL 368B. History of Film. 3 Units. Selected topics and issues in the study of poetry, Analysis of selected topics in film history, such as such as reading poetry, the elegy, pastoral poetry, film before 1940, American cinema 1940 to the love poetry, the long poem, form and meter in present, European or Asian cinema since 1940. poetry. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 373 Maximum 6 credits. Recommended preparation: and ENGL 473. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 368B grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, and ENGL 468B. FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS.

ENGL 368C. Topics in Film. 3 Units. ENGL 374. Internship in Journalism. 3 - 6 Units.

Individual topics in film, such as a particular national Students work as interns at area newspapers, cinema, horror films, films of Alfred Hitchcock, magazines, trade publications, radio or television images of women in film, film comedy, introduction and meet as a class to share their experiences to film genres, Asian-cinema and drama, dance as interns and to focus on editorial issues-- on screen, science fiction films, storytelling and reporting, writing, fact-checking, editing--that are cinema, and literature and film. Maximum 12 a part of any journalistic enterprise. Students are credits. Offered as ENGL 368C, WLIT 368C, ENGL responsible for pre-arranging their internship prior 468C, and WLIT 468C. to the semester they intend to take the class but can expect guidance from the instructor in this regard. Recommended preparation: ENGL 204 or ENGL 369. Children’s Literature. 3 Units. permission of the department. Individual topics in 19th-, 20th-, and 21st century children’s literature. Topics may focus on narrative and thematic developments in the genre, historical contexts, literary influences, or adaptations of children’s literature into film and other media. Offered as ENGL 369 and ENGL 469. Prereq: 100 level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSCS or ENGL 150. 180 College of Arts and Sciences

ENGL 375. Internship in Technical ENGL 380. Departmental Seminar. 3 Units. Communication. 3 - 6 Units. A topical course, emphasizing disciplinary forms of Students create technical and professional writing. Required of all English majors, preferable in documents in a selected corporate or organizational the junior year; also fulfills a SAGES requirement. setting, do assigned reading, and meet as a class Prereq: ENGL 300. to participate in seminar discussions and review of work. Students must pre-arrange internship assignment with instructor prior to semester. ENGL 385. Special Topics in Literature. 3 Units. Recommended preparation: ENGL 317 or ENGL 398N and permission of department. Close study of a theme or aspect of literature not covered by traditional generic or period rubrics, such as "spatial imagination," "semiotics of fashion ENGL 376. Studies in Genre. 3 Units. in literature," "epistolarity." Maximum 9 credits. Offered as ENGL 385 and ENGL 485. Prereq: Topics in literary genres, such as comedy, ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first biography and autobiography, satire, allegory, the year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, short story, the apologue, narrative poetry. May FSTS, FSCS. cross over the prose/poetry boundary. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 376 and ENGL 476. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 ENGL 386. Studies in Literature and Culture. 3 level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, Units. FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. Boundary-crossing study of the relations between literary and other aspects of a particular culture ENGL 378. Topics in Visual and New Media or society, including theoretical and critical issues Studies. 3 Units. raised by such study. For example, literature and medicine, law and literature, gay and lesbian This course will focus on selected topics in the literature, Asian/Western literary relations, emotion study of visual rhetoric and/or new media, including in literature, philosophy and literature, literature and theoretical, critical, and historical issues raised by music. Maximum 9 credits. Offered as ENGL 386 texts and media platforms that communicate largely and ENGL 486. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter through visual means or through the interaction of grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, visual and verbal modes. Possible syllabi may focus FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. on topics such as visual rhetoric; new media storytelling; historical perspectives on visual rhetoric and/or new media; concentrations on a particular ENGL 387. Literary and Critical Theory. 3 Units. genre (for instance, the graphic novel, video games, etc); visual narrative; theories of new media; etc. A survey of major schools and texts of literary and Offered as ENGL 378 and ENGL 478. Prereq: critical theory. May be historically or thematically ENGL 150 or first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, organized. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL FSSO, FSSY, FSCS, or FSTS. 387, WLIT 387, ENGL 487, and WLIT 487. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, ENGL 379. Topics in Language Studies. 3 Units. FSTS, FSCS.

Aspects of contemporary language studies. Topics might include history/theories of rhetoric, discourse ENGL 390. Independent Study and Creative studies, cognitive linguistics, metaphor, language Projects. 1 - 3 Unit. acquisition, stylistics. Maximum 9 credits. Offered as ENGL 379 and ENGL 479. Prereq: ENGL 150 Up to three semester hours of independent study or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year may be taken in a single semester. Must have prior seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, approval of faculty member directing the project. FSTS, FSCS. Projects may be critical or creative in nature. Case Western Reserve University 181

ENGL 392. Classroom Teaching. 3 Units. ENGL 401. Linguistic Analysis. 3 Units.

For undergraduate students who assist in the Analysis of modern English from various theoretical teaching of ENGL 150, 180, or 181. Interested perspectives: structural, generative, discourse students should check with the director of analytical, sociolinguistic, psycholinguistic, and composition (for ENGL 150, 180, 181) before the cognitive linguistic. Some attention to the major beginning of the semester in which they wish to dialects of American English. Offered as ENGL 301 participate. May be repeated only once; not more and ENGL 401. than three semester hours in ENGL 392 may be counted toward the major. May also include up to three semester hours of supervised peer tutoring at ENGL 406. Advanced Creative Writing. 3 Units. the University Writing Center. Workshop for serious undergraduate and graduate writers. Offered alternate years; alternates between ENGL 395. Capstone Seminar. 3 Units. poetry and fiction. Admission requires review of writing sample by faculty. Maximum 6 credits. Capstone course, to be taken in the senior year. Open to non-English majors. Required for all English majors in senior year. Features individual ENGL 410. History of the English Language. 3 projects in a workshop environment; students have Units. the option of a research-based or a creative writing project. Approved SAGES capstone. Prereq: ENGL An introductory course covering the major periods 300 and ENGL 302 or ENGL 308 and ENGL 380. of English language development: Old, Middle, and Modern. Students will examine both the linguistic forms and the cultures in which the forms were ENGL 398. Professional Communication for used. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or Engineers. 2 Units. USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 310 and ENGL 410.

A writing course for Engineering students only, covering academic and professional genres ENGL 420. Renaissance Literature. 3 Units. of written and oral communication. Taken in conjunction with Engineering 398, English 398 Aspects of English Renaissance literature and its constitutes an approved SAGES Departmental contexts from 1500-ca. 1620. Genres studied might Seminar. Prereq: 100 level first year seminar in include poetry, drama, prose fiction, expository and USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, or polemic writing, or some works from Continental FSCS. Coreq: ENGR 398. Europe. Writers such as Skelton, More, Erasmus, Wyatt, Sidney, Spenser, Marlowe, Lanier, Wroth, Shakespeare, Donne. Maximum 6 credits. Offered ENGL 398N. Professional Communication for as ENGL 320 and ENGL 420. Engineers. 3 Units.

Principles and practices of effective communication ENGL 423. Milton. 3 Units. in the workplace, with an emphasis on computer- mediated communication. Topics include analyzing Poetry and selected prose, including the careful audience needs in context, visual communication, study of "Paradise Lost." Offered as ENGL 323 and computer-mediated documents, ethics, and team ENGL 423. writing. Typical assignments include e-mail, memos, letters, reports, documentation, and oral presentations. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter ENGL 424. Shakespeare: Histories and grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, Tragedies. 3 Units. FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. Close reading of a selection of Shakespeare’s tragedies and history plays (e.g., "Richard the ENGL 400. Rhetoric and Teaching of Writing. 3 Third," "Julius Caesar," "Hamlet," "King Lear"). Units. Topics of discussion may include Renaissance drama as a social institution, the nature of tragedy, Classical and modern theories of rhetoric; their national history, gender roles, sexual politics, the application in the classroom. Required of graduate state and its opponents, theatrical conventions. assistants and tutors who have had no prior Assessment may include opportunities for experience in the teaching of composition. Prereq: performance. Offered as ENGL 324, ENGL 424, Graduate standing. and THTR 334. 182 College of Arts and Sciences

ENGL 425. Shakespeare: Comedies and ENGL 430. Victorian Literature. 3 Units. Romances. 3 Units. Aspects of English literature and its contexts Close reading of selected plays of Shakespeare during the reign of Queen Victoria. Genres studied in the genres of comedy and romance (e.g., "The might include poetry, prose fiction, political and Merchant of Venice," "Twelfth Night," "Measure for philosophical writing. Writers such as the Brontes, Measure," "The Tempest"). Topics of discussion Gaskell, Dickens, Eliot, Hardy, Tennyson, the may include issues of sexual desire, gender Brownings, Arnold, Carlyle, Ruskin, Gosse, roles, marriage, the family, genre conventions. Swinburne, and Hopkins. Maximum 6 credits. Assessment may include opportunities for Offered as ENGL 330 and ENGL 430. Prereq: performance. Offered as ENGL 325, ENGL 425, Graduate standing or permission of instructor. and THTR 335. ENGL 431. Studies in the Nineteenth-Century. 3 ENGL 427. Eighteenth-Century Literature. 3 Units. Units. Individual topics in English literary culture of the Survey of a variety of writings from or relevant to 19th century. Topics might be thematic or formal, the eighteenth century. Writers discussed may such as literature and science; medicine; labor; include Dryden, Behn, Defoe, Pope, Swift, Gay, sexuality; Empire; literature and other arts; Gothic Fielding, Richardson, Burney, Wollstonecraft fiction; decadence. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as and others working in drama, lyric and epic ENGL 331 and ENGL 431. poetry, biography and autobiography, political and philosophical writings and prose fiction. Thematic approaches may include: satire, journalism and ENGL 432. Twentieth-Century British Literature. literature, the rise of the novel. Maximum 6 credits. 3 Units. Offered as ENGL 327 and ENGL 427. Prereq: Graduate standing or permission of instructor. Aspects of British literature (broadly interpreted) and its contexts during the 20th century. Genres studied might include poetry, fiction, and drama. ENGL 428. Studies in the Eighteenth Century. 3 Such writers as Joyce, Woolf, Conrad, Ford, Units. Lawrence, Mansfield, Shaw, Beckett, Stoppard, Yeats, Edward or Dylan Thomas, Stevie Smith, This course examines selected topics in the English Bowen, Spark. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as literary culture of the eighteenth century, a culture ENGL 332 and ENGL 432. which extended to the Americas and to other English colonies. Literary writings will be examined in relation to other aspects of the century culture, ENGL 433. Studies in the Twentieth and Twenty- which may include visual arts, marital institutions, first Centuries. 3 Units. the printing industry, property law, medicine, and other topics. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL Individual topics in twentieth-and twenty-first 328 and ENGL 428. century literary culture. Particular issues and topics may cross national boundaries and genre lines as well as exploring political, psychological, and social ENGL 429. English Literature, 1780-1837. 3 themes, such as movements, comparative studies Units. across the arts, literature and war, literature and occultism. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL Aspects of English literature and its contexts in the 333 and ENGL 433. early 19th century. Genres might include poetry, prose fiction, political and philosophical writing, literary theory of the period. Writers such as the Wordsworth, Coleridge, Blake, Austen, Byron, the Shelleys. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 329 and ENGL 429. Case Western Reserve University 183

ENGL 441. Rhetoric of Science and Medicine. 3 ENGL 458. American Literature 1914-1960. 3 Units. Units.

This course explores the roles language and Aspects of American literature and its contexts rhetoric play in constructing, communicating, and from the First World War to the Cold War. Genres understanding science and medicine. It surveys studies might include fiction, poetry, drama, current and historical debates, theories, research, polemics. Writers such as T.S. Eliot, Pound, and textual conventions of scientific and medical Stevens, Moore, W.C. Williams, Dos Passos, West, discourse. May be taught with a specific focus, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Cather, Faulkner, Barnes, such as scientific controversies, concepts of health Miller, T. Williams, O’Neill. Maximum 6 credits. and illness, visualizations of science, the body Offered as ENGL 358 and ENGL 458. in medicine, and the history of scientific writing. Offered as: ENGL 341 and ENGL 441. Prereq: Graduate standing. ENGL 459. Studies in Contemporary American Literature. 3 Units.

ENGL 443. Language and Gender. 3 Units. Individual topics in literary culture since the 1960s. Topics may include the Beats, literature of the This course introduces students to the study Vietnam war, post-modern fiction, contemporary of language and gender by exploring historical poetry, the documentary novel. Maximum 6 credits. and theoretical trends, methods, and research Offered as ENGL 359 and ENGL 459. findings on the ways gender, sexuality, language, and discourse interact with and even shape each other. Topics may include "grammatical" ENGL 460. Studies in American Literature. 3 versus "biological" gender, feminine ecriture, Units. the women and language debate, speech acts and queer performativity, nonsexist language Individual topics in American literary culture such policy, discourses of gender and sexuality, feminist as regionalism, realism, impressionism, literature stylistics, and LGBT sociolinguistics. Offered as: and popular culture, transcendentalism, the ENGL 343, ENGL 443, and WGST 343. Prereq: lyric, proletarian literature, the legacy of the Civil Graduate standing. War. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 360 and ENGL 460. Prereq: Graduate standing or permission of instructor. ENGL 453. Major Writers. 3 Units.

Close and detailed study of the work of one or two ENGL 463H. African-American Literature. 3 writers: development, social and aesthetic contexts, Units. reception, interpretation, significance. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 353 and ENGL 453. A historical approach to African-American literature. Such writers as Wheatley, Equiano, Douglass, Jacobs, DuBois, Hurston, Hughes, Wright, Baldwin, ENGL 456. American Literature Before 1865. 3 Ellison, Morrison. Topics covered may include slave Units. narratives, African-American autobiography, the Harlem Renaissance, the Black Aesthetic, literature Aspects of American literature and its contexts of protest and assimilation. Maximum 6 credits. from the colonial period through the end of the Civil Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS War. Writers such as Bradstreet, Taylor, Franklin, 100. Offered as ENGL 363H, ETHS 363H, WLIT Poe, Stowe, Alcott, Melville, Hawthorne, Emerson, 363H, ENGL 463H, and WLIT 463H. Douglass. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 356 and ENGL 456.

ENGL 457. American Literature 1865-1914. 3 Units.

Aspects of American literature and its contexts from the Civil War to the First World War. Writers such as Whitman and Dickinson, Twain, Howells, James, Chopin, Wharton. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 357 and ENGL 457. 184 College of Arts and Sciences

ENGL 465E. The Immigrant Experience. 3 Units. ENGL 467. Introduction to Film. 3 Units.

Study of fictional and/or autobiographical narrative An introduction to the aesthetics of film form. We by authors whose families have experienced will analyze the elements that make up a film, immigration to the U.S. Among the ethnic groups screening films that facilitate our discussion of represented are Asian-American, Jewish-American, how these elements interact with one another to Hispanic-American. May include several ethnic constitute whole formal systems that generate groups or focus on a single one. Attention is paid meanings and other effects. We will bring various to historical and social aspects of immigration theoretical and historical considerations to bear and ethnicity. Maximum 6 credits. Recommended as we explore and appreciate the art of cinema. preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as Offered as ENGL 367 and ENGL 467. ENGL 365E, WLIT 365E, ENGL 465E, and WLIT 465E. ENGL 468A. Film History, Theory, and Criticism. 3 Units. ENGL 465N. Topics in African-American Literature. 3 Units. This course is an introduction to the three major approaches to cinema that together constitute Selected topics and writers from the field of film studies. The course will be broken nineteenth,twentieth, and twenty-first century into three units: film theory; film criticism; and African-American literature. May focus on a genre, film history. Screening one film per week, we will a single author or a group of authors, a theme or consider each film in light of the particular unit’s and themes. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL week’s focus. Recommended preparation: ENGL 365N, ETHS 365N, WLIT 365N, ENGL 465N, and 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 368A, WLIT WLIT 465N. 368A, ENGL 468A, and WLIT 468A.

ENGL 465Q. Post-Colonial Literature. 3 Units. ENGL 468B. History of Film. 3 Units.

Readings in national and regional literatures Analysis of selected topics in film history, such as from former European colonies such as Australia film before 1940, American cinema 1940 to the and African countries. Maximum 6 credits. present, European or Asian cinema since 1940. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS Maximum 6 credits. Recommended preparation: 100. Offered as ENGL 365Q, ETHS 365Q, WLIT ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 368B 365Q, ENGL 465Q, and WLIT 465Q. and ENGL 468B.

ENGL 466G. Minority Literatures. 3 Units. ENGL 468C. Topics in Film. 3 Units.

A course dealing with literature produced by ethnic Individual topics in film, such as a particular national and racial minority groups within the U.S. Individual cinema, horror films, films of Alfred Hitchcock, offerings may include works from several groups images of women in film, film comedy, introduction studied comparatively, or focus on a single group, to film genres, Asian-cinema and drama, dance such as Native Americans, Chicanos/Chicanas, on screen, science fiction films, storytelling and Asian-Americans, Caribbean-Americans. African- cinema, and literature and film. Maximum 12 American works may also be included. May cover credits. Offered as ENGL 368C, WLIT 368C, ENGL the entire history of the U.S. or shorter periods. 468C, and WLIT 468C. Maximum 6 credits. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 366G, WLIT 466G, ENGL 466G, and WLIT 466G. ENGL 469. Children’s Literature. 3 Units. Individual topics in 19th-, 20th-, and 21st century children’s literature. Topics may focus on narrative and thematic developments in the genre, historical contexts, literary influences, or adaptations of children’s literature into film and other media. Offered as ENGL 369 and ENGL 469. Prereq: Graduate Standing or Requisites not met permission. Case Western Reserve University 185

ENGL 471. Topics in Women’s Studies. 3 Units. ENGL 479. Topics in Language Studies. 3 Units.

Individual topics and issues in women’s studies Aspects of contemporary language studies. Topics relating to writing by and about women, such as might include history/theories of rhetoric, discourse feminist theory and criticism; the politics of gender studies, cognitive linguistics, metaphor, language and sexuality; women in popular culture; women in acquisition, stylistics. Maximum 9 credits. Offered the writing business. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as as ENGL 379 and ENGL 479. ENGL 371 and ENGL 471. ENGL 480. ESL Composition Theory. 3 Units. ENGL 472. Studies in the Novel. 3 Units. Study of theories related to teaching ESL Selected topics in the history and formal composition, including second language acquisition; development of the novel, such as detective novels; specialized grammar related to common ESL science fiction; epistolary novels; the rise of the problems; cultural and affective issues; different novel; the stream of consciousness novel; the Englishes; composition theory and research as it Bildungsroman in English. Maximum 6 credits. relates to ESL. Offered as ENGL 372 and ENGL 472. ENGL 485. Special Topics in Literature. 3 Units. ENGL 473. Studies in Poetry. 3 Units. Close study of a theme or aspect of literature not Selected topics and issues in the study of poetry, covered by traditional generic or period rubrics, such as reading poetry, the elegy, pastoral poetry, such as "spatial imagination," "semiotics of fashion love poetry, the long poem, form and meter in in literature," "epistolarity." Maximum 9 credits. poetry. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 373 Offered as ENGL 385 and ENGL 485. and ENGL 473. ENGL 486. Studies in Literature and Culture. 3 ENGL 476. Studies in Genre. 3 Units. Units.

Topics in literary genres, such as comedy, Boundary-crossing study of the relations between biography and autobiography, satire, allegory, the literary and other aspects of a particular culture short story, the apologue, narrative poetry. May or society, including theoretical and critical issues cross over the prose/poetry boundary. Maximum 6 raised by such study. For example, literature and credits. Offered as ENGL 376 and ENGL 476. medicine, law and literature, gay and lesbian literature, Asian/Western literary relations, emotion in literature, philosophy and literature, literature and ENGL 478. Topics in Visual and New Media music. Maximum 9 credits. Offered as ENGL 386 Studies. 3 Units. and ENGL 486. This course will focus on selected topics in the study of visual rhetoric and/or new media, including ENGL 487. Literary and Critical Theory. 3 Units. theoretical, critical, and historical issues raised by texts and media platforms that communicate largely A survey of major schools and texts of literary and through visual means or through the interaction of critical theory. May be historically or thematically visual and verbal modes. Possible syllabi may focus organized. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL on topics such as visual rhetoric; new media story- 387, WLIT 387, ENGL 487, and WLIT 487. telling; historical perspectives on visual rhetoric and/or new media; concentrations on a particular genre (for instance, the graphic novel, video games, ENGL 501. Theories of Rhetoric. 3 Units. etc); visual narrative; theories of new media; etc. Offered as ENGL 378 and ENGL 478. Prereq: Graduate Standing.

ENGL 502. Critical Theory. 3 Units.

Theories and methods of contemporary literary study. Prereq: Graduate standing or permission of instructor. 186 College of Arts and Sciences

ENGL 506. Professional Writing: Theory and ENGL 524. Seminar: Criticism and Other Special Practice. 3 Units. Topics. 3 Units.

Prepares graduate students to teach disciplinary Prereq: Graduate Standing. forms of writing, including technical and professional writing, in academic and non-academic settings. Prereq: ENGL 400. ENGL 525. Intellectual Property and the Construction of Authorship. 3 Units.

ENGL 508. Seminar: English Literature Study of the concepts, laws, norms, and practices 1550-1660. 3 Units. through which writers and other creative producers establish "property" in their work. Offered as ENGL Prereq: Graduate Standing. 525 and HSTY 525. Prereq: Graduate standing or permission. ENGL 510. Research Methods. 3 Units. ENGL 550. External Seminar. 3 Units. This course focuses on methods and resources for research in English, including substantial Coursework offered in cooperation with participating treatments of narrative, poetics, and close-reading English departments in the region; content and skills. It also introduces graduate students to approach vary. Requires prior approval of the questions of textuality, genre, medium, authorship, Graduate Director. reception, historiography, and bibliography.. Prereq: Graduate standing or permission of instructor. ENGL 590. Special Reading or Research. 3 Units. ENGL 517. Seminar: American Literature. 3 Units. Independent study as arranged with individual instructors. Prereq: Graduate status or consent of Prereq: Graduate Standing. department.

ENGL 518. Seminar: English Literature ENGL 601. Directed Reading. 1 - 6 Unit. 1660-1800. 3 Units. Preparation for the Ph.D. general examination. Prereq: Graduate Standing. Prereq: Graduate status.

ENGL 519. Seminar: English Literature ENGL 651. Thesis M.A.. 1 - 18 Unit. 1800-1900. 3 Units. Prereq: Graduate standing. Prereq: Graduate Standing. ENGL 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit. ENGL 520. Seminar: 20th Century Literature. 3 Units. Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. Prereq: Graduate Standing.

ENGL 521. Seminar: The Novel. 3 Units.

Prereq: Graduate Standing.

ENGL 522. Seminar: Topics in Poetry. 3 Units.

Prereq: Graduate Standing. Case Western Reserve University 187

Department of Geological Sciences

112 A. W. Smith Building with an understanding of environmental problems, http://geology.case.edu with employable skills, and with a background for Gerald Matisoff, Department Chair graduate study or professional school. [email protected] All students participate in a three-semester Senior The geological sciences encompass a wide Project sequence in which they propose a research range of inquiries into the physical, chemical, project, conduct the research, write a thesis, and and biological processes that shape the earth present it to the department. and the planets. Application of these inquiries to understanding a planet’s evolution through time is a unique attribute of geological investigations. Geological Sciences Major Knowledge of the past and present reveals the constraints of our environment and serves as a Required courses: guide for the future. One of the following: 3 In recent years, significant advances have been GEOL 101 The Earth and Planets made in the understanding of plate tectonics, GEOL 110 Physical Geology properties of the earth’s interior, the nature of GEOL 115 Introduction to Oceanography surface and near-surface processes, the history GEOL 119 Geology Laboratory 1 of the earth’s climate, the ecology of living GEOL 210 Historical Geology/Paleontology 3 and ancient organisms, and the comparative GEOL 301 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation 3 geology of other planets. Geologic knowledge GEOL 315 Structural Geology and Geodynamics 3 is fundamental to resource conservation, land GEOL 317 Introduction to Field Methods 3 use planning, environmental geochemistry, GEOL 341 Mineralogy 4 hydrology, engineering construction works, and GEOL 344 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology 4 other environmental concerns. GEOL 360 Summer Field Camp 6 GEOL 390 Introduction to Geological Research 3 Department faculty focus their research in four GEOL 391 Senior Project 2 areas: surficial processes, planetary materials, GEOL 392 Professional Presentation 2 geochemistry, and sedimentary basin analysis. Nine hours of geology electives (at least two of these 9 The department offers degree programs leading to courses must be at the 200 level or higher) the Bachelor of Arts (BA) and Bachelor of Science Additional Required Courses (BS) in geological sciences, BA in environmental CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 geology, BA in environmental studies, Master of CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 Science (MS), and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD). CHEM 113 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 2 The Environmental Studies Program is described MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 elsewhere in this bulletin. Managerial, and Social Sci I or MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I MATH 126 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 Managerial, and Social Sci II Undergraduate Programs or MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II or MATH 124 Calculus II Majors PHYS 115 Introductory Physics I 4 or PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics Students in geological sciences obtain a solid or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics background in basic science and mathematics PHYS 116 Introductory Physics II 4 as well as intensive training in the major. In or PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and Magnetism addition, because of the wide variety of ways or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and Magnetism in which geologic knowledge can be applied, Total Units 70 all students are encouraged to take electives in subjects appropriate to their personal objectives, GEOL 360 Summer Field Camp provides which may be as diverse as the engineering comprehensive field training in the summer applications of geology or the socioeconomic and between the junior and senior years (this course legal systems bearing on environmental issues. necessitates transfer credit, which must be The undergraduate programs stress practical approved by the department). experience and fieldwork as well as classroom study. The environmental geology major combines courses in geological sciences with courses in basic and applied sciences to provide students 188 College of Arts and Sciences

Environmental Geology Major Graduate Programs Required courses: GEOL 110 Physical Geology 3 Graduate programs leading to the Master of GEOL 119 Geology Laboratory 1 Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees GEOL 210 Historical Geology/Paleontology 3 are offered. Both programs are flexible so as GEOL 220 Environmental Geology 3 to meet the needs of the individual student. GEOL 303 Environmental Law 3 General areas of study include aquatic or GEOL 202 Global Environmental Problems systems, aquatic and groundwater chemistry, GEOL 305 Geomorphology and Remote Sensing 3 environmental geochemistry, benthic ecology, GEOL 317 Introduction to Field Methods 3 biostratigraphy and paleontology, environmental GEOL 321 Hydrogeology 3 and urban geology, geomorphology, limnology, GEOL 390 Introduction to Geological Research 3 paleoclimatology, petrology, sedimentary GEOL 391 Senior Project 2 geochemistry, sedimentation and stratigraphy, GEOL 392 Professional Presentation 2 stable isotope studies, meteoritics, planetary Geology electives (three additional courses at the 200 9 materials, geodynamics of planetary interiors, level or higher which relate to the science or societal and planetary geology. More specific information implications of environmental concerns. Must be approved is available from the departmental office, the by department advisor.) departmental Web page, and the Office of Additional Required Courses Admission of the School of Graduate Studies. BIOL 114 Principles of Biology 3 CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 CHEM 113 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 2 Facilities ESTD 101 Introduction to Environmental Thinking 3 STAT 201 Basic Statistics for Social and Life Sciences 3 The department’s research facilities include MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 Managerial, and Social Sci I thin sectioning and mineral separation or MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I facilities; laboratories for chemical analysis MATH 126 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 4 of water, including an ion chromatograph, Managerial, and Social Sci II colorimetric spectrometer, atomic absorption or MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II spectrophotometer, electrochemistry equipment, PHYS 115 Introductory Physics I 4 and an environmental glove box; alpha and gamma or PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics spectroscopic facilities for analysis of environmental or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics nuclides; equipment for studying animal- Total Units 67 sediment relations, including a scanning gamma spectrometer; scanning electron microscope; In the above majors, the student and his or her electron microprobe; chemical reactors and a advisor will design the remainder of the curriculum diamond anvil press for high-temperature and high- based on individual interests, in accordance with pressure geochemical experiments; and high-speed departmental and college requirements. Through computing equipment. the Integrated Graduate Studies Program, students may earn a bachelor’s and a master’s degree in five Also housed in the department are laboratories years. Special programs, such as interdisciplinary for paleontological and micropaleontological majors, also may be arranged. investigations and for work in ecology and sedimentology. A well-field owned by the university is available for groundwater sampling and analysis. Minor The department also contains a wide range of other equipment, such as reflected and transmitted Students may complete a minor in geological light microscopes, fluid inclusion microscope, sciences by taking at least 15 hours of coursework. cathodoluminescence microscope, submicron and clay-silt-sand particle size analyzers, GEOL 119 Geology Laboratory 1 high magnetic field mineral separator, X-ray Three of the following courses: 9 diffractometer, and field equipment for groundwater GEOL 101 The Earth and Planets and geophysical work, including resistivity meter, GEOL 110 Physical Geology seismic refraction instrument, ground conductivity GEOL 115 Introduction to Oceanography meter, magnetometer, and gravimeter and field GEOL 117 Weather and Climate equipment for soil and sediment sampling. Upper-level GEOL courses totaling 15 hours 5 Total Units 15 Case Western Reserve University 189

Department Faculty Michael Ketterer, PhD (University of Colorado) Gerald Matisoff, PhD Adjunct Professor; Northern Arizona University (Johns Hopkins University) Analytical chemistry Professor and Chair Sedimentary and environmental geochemistry David Saja, PhD (University of Pennsylvania) Ralph P. Harvey, PhD Adjunct Assistant Professor; Cleveland Museum of (University of Pittsburgh) Natural History Associate Professor Minerology Planetary geology Richard C. Schmidt, PhD Steven A. Hauck, II, PhD (McGill University, Canada) (Washington University in St. Louis) Adjunct Professor Assistant Professor Economic geology Geodynamics Peter L. McCall, PhD, JD Emeritus (Yale University) Professor; Director, Environmental Studies Program Samuel M. Savin, PhD Benthic ecology; paleoecology (California Institute of Technology) Jesse Earl Hyde Professor Emeritus of Geological Beverly Z. Saylor, PhD Sciences and Dean Emeritus, College of Arts and (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) Sciences Associate Professor Isotope geochemistry Sedimentary geology James A. Van Orman, PhD (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) Courses Associate Professor Geochemistry GEOL 100. Introduction to Geology in the Field. 3 Units. Peter J. Whiting, PhD (University of California, Berkeley) This 3 week field course will serve as in introduction Associate Professor and Associate Dean to geology by looking at the land around us: glacial Geomorphology; surface water hydrology; features, sedimentary rocks, and the structures environmental geology they form when continents collide. We will travel by van to six different states and visit some famous Adjunct Faculty rock outcrops and glacial features, collect from some of the best fossil localities in the world, Philip O. Banks, PhD investigate some environmental geology problems (California Institute of Technology) (hazardous waste disposal and groundwater Adjunct Associate Professor pollution, landslides, mining benefits and costs), Geology; geochronology and see how the Appalachian Mountains were made. The course is constructed, operated, and George Collins, PhD graded assuming no prior geologic experience. (University of Wisconsin) Students will have multiple opportunities to observe, Adjunct Professor measure, and interpret at the outcrop level, and Astronomy work together to piece together the history of a region. Discussion will proceed from what is Andrew Dombard, PhD observed to what is interpreted/inferred to its (Washington University in St. Louis) regional/larger significance. The course is carried Adjunct Associate Professor; University of Illinois- out mostly in the field away from Cleveland; tent Chicago camping and hiking are required. Course fee in Planetary geophysics addition to summer tuition rates. Joseph Hannibal, PhD (Kent State University) Adjunct Associate Professor; Cleveland Museum of Natural History Invertebrate paleontology 190 College of Arts and Sciences

GEOL 101. The Earth and Planets. 3 Units. GEOL 202. Global Environmental Problems. 3 Units. An examination of the geological processes that have shaped the planets and moons of the inner Global Environmental Problems is a course solar system, focusing on those with relevance to designed to provide students with an understanding our own planet Earth. Following an introduction to of, and an appreciation for, human-influenced the fundamentals of planetary geology, lectures and environmental changes that are global in scope. exercises will explore how the inner planets (the Accordingly, much of the material will focus asteroids, Mercury, Venus, Earth, the Moon, and on the nature and structure of natural global Mars) exhibit the effects of planetary differentiation, systems, how and where in those systems human impact cratering, volcanic activity, tectonics, influences occur, and will delve deeply into a climate, and interactions with life. few particular problems and solutions of current interest, such as population growth, climate change, ozone depletion, and fisheries, from a variety of GEOL 110. Physical Geology. 3 Units. viewpoints. Offered as: ESTD 202 and GEOL 202. Introduction to geologic processes and materials that shape the world we live in. Hydrologic cycle GEOL 210. Historical Geology/Paleontology. 3 and evolution of landscapes. Earthquakes, Units. volcanoes, plate tectonics, and geologic resources. Students desiring laboratory experience should History of life as recorded in sedimentary rocks. enroll in GEOL 119 concurrently. Case histories of important basins of deposition; the interrelationships of paleogeography, plate tectonics, and evolution. Two lectures and one GEOL 115. Introduction to Oceanography. 3 laboratory weekly. Units.

The sciences of oceanography. Physical, chemical, GEOL 220. Environmental Geology. 3 Units. biologic, and geologic features and processes of the oceans. Differences and similarities between Geological attributes of environmental settings. the oceans and large lakes including the Great Analysis of geologic conditions pertinent to Lakes. Required: Sunday field trip. engineering works. Site development, resource availability, urban planning, recognition and assessment of geologic hazards. Recommended GEOL 117. Weather and Climate. 3 Units. preparation: GEOL 110 and GEOL 119. Introduction to the study of weather and climate. Covers the basics of meteorology, climate GEOL 225. Evolution. 3 Units. zones, the hydrologic cycle, and weather prediction. Lectures address timely topics including Multidisciplinary study of the course and processes greenhouse warming, past global climates, and of organic evolution provides a broad understanding recent advances in meteorology. of the evolution of structural and functional diversity, the relationships among organisms and their environments, and the phylogenetic relationships GEOL 119. Geology Laboratory. 1 Unit. among major groups of organisms. Topics include the genetic basis of micro- and macro-evolutionary Principles and techniques common to the change, the concept of adaptation, natural geological sciences including rock and mineral selection, population dynamics, theories of species identification, map interpretation, land form formation, principles of phylogenetic inference, analysis, application of geological information to biogeography, evolutionary rates, evolutionary engineering works, and more. One three-hour convergence, homology, Darwinian medicine, and laboratory or field trip weekly. Recommended conceptual and philosophic issues in evolutionary preparation: GEOL 110. theory. Offered as ANTH 225, BIOL 225, GEOL 225, HSTY 225, and PHIL 225. Case Western Reserve University 191

GEOL 301. Stratigraphy and Sedimentation. 3 GEOL 317. Introduction to Field Methods. 3 Units. Units.

Formation, distribution, and composition of Practice in field procedures, recognition and testing sediments and sedimentary rocks. Modern of hypotheses in the field, field mapping and depositional environments and their ancient analysis of sedimentary, igneous, and metamorphic analogues; principles of stratigraphic and rocks in deformed and tectonically active settings. biostratigraphic correlation. Two lectures and one Weekly meeting plus spring break field trip. laboratory per week. Students required to pay partial cost of meals, lodging, and travel. Prereq: GEOL 119. GEOL 303. Environmental Law. 3 Units. GEOL 318. Topics in Field Methods. 3 Units. Introduction to treatment of environmental issues in legal proceedings. Sources of environmental Field analysis of geological and environmental law, legal procedure, common law remedies (toxic problems. Topics and locations will vary. Requires torts and human health, nuisance, contract law), preparatory meetings and week-long field trip, statutes and regulations, endangered species, usually during spring break. Students required public lands, toxics regulation, nuclear power, coal. to pay partial cost of meals, lodging, and travel. The course employs the case method of reading Recommended preparation: GEOL 119 or and recitation of appellate judicial opinions. We permission of instructor. read both classic cases in environmental law as well as current controversies. Offered as: ESTD 303 and GEOL 303. GEOL 321. Hydrogeology. 3 Units. Basic and applied concepts pertaining to the GEOL 305. Geomorphology and Remote occurrence and movement of groundwater. Sensing. 3 Units. Definitions, basic equations, applications to a variety of geologic settings, wells. Requires one Recognition and interpretation of land forms and Saturday field trip to make field measurements, their significance in revealing present and past collect and analyze data, and prepare a report. geologic processes. Introduction to acquisition and Offered as GEOL 321 and GEOL 421. analysis of data through aerial photography and satellite imagery. Two lectures and one laboratory weekly. Recommended preparation: GEOL 110 and GEOL 330. Geophysical Field Methods and GEOL 119. Offered as GEOL 305 and GEOL 405. Laboratory. 4 Units. Use of seismic refraction and reflection, gravity, GEOL 307. Evolutionary Biology and electrical, magnetic, and electromagnetic methods Paleobiology of Invertebrates. 3 Units. to infer the earth’s structure and composition. Application of inverse theory to estimate model Important events in the evolution of invertebrate parameters. Requires students to make field life; structure, function, and phylogeny of major measurements, analyze data, and prepare a report. invertebrate groups. Includes several required Saturday field trips. Offered as GEOL 330, GEOL 430. GEOL 315. Structural Geology and Geodynamics. 3 Units. GEOL 336. Aquatic Chemistry. 4 Units.

Theoretical analysis of deformation in earth Chemical equilibria occurring in natural waters. materials, with illustrations of deformational styles Quantitative methods of describing acid-base, metal in various tectonic settings and the dynamics of the ion/ligand, precipitation/dissolution, and oxidation/ Earth’s interior. Recommended preparation: GEOL reduction reactions. Geochemical cycling of trace 110. Offered as GEOL 315 and GEOL 415. metals and nutrients. Offered as GEOL 336 and GEOL 436. 192 College of Arts and Sciences

GEOL 341. Mineralogy. 4 Units. GEOL 367. Topics in Evolutionary Biology. 3 Units. Crystallography, hand specimen mineralogy and petrology, principles of crystal structure and crystal The focus for this course on a special topic of chemistry, elementary thermodynamics and phase interest in evolutionary biology will vary from one diagrams, and an introduction to the petrographic offering to the next. Examples of possible topics microscope. Three lectures and one three-hour include theories of speciation, the evolution of laboratory weekly. Recommended preparation: language, the evolution of sex, evolution and GEOL 119. biodiversity, molecular evolution. ANAT/ANTH/ GEOL/PHIL 467/BIOL 468 will require a longer, more sophisticated term paper, and additional class GEOL 344. Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology. presentation. Offered as ANTH 367, BIOL 368, 4 Units. GEOL 367, PHIL 367, ANAT 467, ANTH 467, BIOL 468, GEOL 467, and PHIL 467. Composition, classification, and genesis of igneous and metamorphic rocks, emphasizing physical and chemical principles governing their origin. GEOL 390. Introduction to Geological Research. Laboratory study of rocks in thin section. Two 3 Units. lectures and two three-hour laboratories weekly. Prereq: GEOL 341. Examination of factors in the selection, design, and conduct of research projects and in the analysis and interpretation of research results. Consideration GEOL 345. Planetary Materials. 1 - 3 Unit. of ethical issues in scientific research. Development of a written research proposal and oral presentation An introduction to the materials that make up of proposed research. Consultations with the solid matter of the solar system. Student department faculty in development of research presentations will review our current understanding proposal. Research initiation. Offered as GEOL 390 of accessible primitive materials such as and GEOL 490. meteorites, cosmic dust, lunar and ancient terrestrial rocks, and their relationship to modern natural materials and solar system processes. GEOL 391. Senior Project. 2 Units. Offered as GEOL 345 and GEOL 445. Research project required of all department majors, based on formal project proposals presented to GEOL 349. Geological Problems. 1 - 3 Unit. department faculty. Proposals may be submitted prior to the semester in which GEOL 391 is taken. Special work arranged according to the Grading based on project progress presentation qualifications of the student. that will include a statement of the problem, a literature review, a description of their field/lab work and presentation of their data collected to date. This GEOL 350. Geochemistry. 3 Units. course is the first of a 2 semester Senior Capstone Introduction to geochemistry. Properties of the (GEOL 391, 392) sequence. Recommended elements, elemental and isotopic fractionation, preparation: GEOL 390. SAGES Senior Capstone. element transport, geochemical systems, geochronology, mineral reactions, the solid GEOL 392. Professional Presentation. 2 Units. Earth, Earth in the solar system. A quantitative approach to modeling geochemical processes will Preparation and presentation of final written be emphasized throughout. Offered as GEOL 350 and oral reports on individual Senior Projects. and GEOL 450. Class meetings focus on group discussion of problem areas in analysis and interpretation of project results, and in styles of writing poster and GEOL 360. Summer Field Camp. 6 Units. oral presentation as demonstrated by practice Six-week course in geologic field methods and examples. This course is the second in a two- mapping. Not offered at CWRU; must be taken course (GEOL 391, 392) Senior Capstone at another college or university. Credits will be sequence. Prereq: GEOL 390 and GEOL 391. Or transferred. Coreq: GEOL 390. Case Western Reserve University 193

GEOL 394. Seminar in Evolutionary Biology. 3 GEOL 421. Hydrogeology. 3 Units. Units. Basic and applied concepts pertaining to the This seminar investigates 20th-century evolutionary occurrence and movement of groundwater. theory, especially the Modern Evolutionary Definitions, basic equations, applications to a synthesis and subsequent expansions of variety of geologic settings, wells. Requires one and challenges to that synthesis. The course Saturday field trip to make field measurements, encompasses the multidisciplinary nature of collect and analyze data, and prepare a report. the science of evolution, demonstrating how Offered as GEOL 321 and GEOL 421. disciplinary background influences practitioners’ conceptualizations of pattern and process. This course emphasizes practical writing and research GEOL 425. Geotectonics. 3 Units. skills, including formulation of testable theses, grant proposal techniques, and the implementation of Interpretation of the major crustal features of the original research using the facilities on campus earth in terms of plate tectonics and associated and at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. phenomena. Offered as ANTH 394, BIOL 394, GEOL 394, HSTY 394, PHIL 394, ANTH 494, BIOL 494, GEOL 494, HSTY 494, and PHIL 494. GEOL 430. Geophysical Field Methods and Laboratory. 4 Units.

GEOL 396. Undergraduate Research in Use of seismic refraction and reflection, gravity, Evolutionary Biology. 3 Units. electrical, magnetic, and electromagnetic methods to infer the earth’s structure and composition. Students propose and conduct guided research Application of inverse theory to estimate model on an aspect of evolutionary biology. The research parameters. Requires students to make field will be sponsored and supervised by a member of measurements, analyze data, and prepare a report. the CASE faculty or other qualified professional. A Includes several required Saturday field trips. written report must be submitted to the Evolutionary Offered as GEOL 330, GEOL 430. Biology Steering Committee before credit is granted. Offered as ANTH 396, BIOL 396, GEOL 396, and PHIL 396. GEOL 436. Aquatic Chemistry. 4 Units. Chemical equilibria occurring in natural waters. GEOL 405. Geomorphology and Remote Quantitative methods of describing acid-base, metal Sensing. 3 Units. ion/ligand, precipitation/dissolution, and oxidation/ reduction reactions. Geochemical cycling of trace Recognition and interpretation of land forms and metals and nutrients. Offered as GEOL 336 and their significance in revealing present and past GEOL 436. geologic processes. Introduction to acquisition and analysis of data through aerial photography and satellite imagery. Two lectures and one laboratory GEOL 437. Chemistry of Natural Waters. 3 Units. weekly. Recommended preparation: GEOL 110 and Advanced topics in aquatic chemistry. GEOL 119. Offered as GEOL 305 and GEOL 405. Thermodynamics models for ion/ligand speciation in natural waters; origin and composition of seawater, GEOL 415. Structural Geology and chemical and mineralogical sequence during Geodynamics. 3 Units. evaporation, chemical weathering, groundwater and river water chemistry, chemical cycling and a global Theoretical analysis of deformation in earth mass balances; perturbations on natural systems materials, with illustrations of deformational styles by man. Predictive capabilities of box models. in various tectonic settings and the dynamics of the Earth’s interior. Recommended preparation: GEOL 110. Offered as GEOL 315 and GEOL 415. 194 College of Arts and Sciences

GEOL 444. Flow and Sediment Transport. 3 GEOL 467. Topics in Evolutionary Biology. 3 Units. Units.

This course focuses on open channel flow and The focus for this course on a special topic of sediment transport mechanics. A mathematical interest in evolutionary biology will vary from one framework for the description of free surface offering to the next. Examples of possible topics flow and various modes of particle transport include theories of speciation, the evolution of is built. This framework is used in discussions language, the evolution of sex, evolution and of geomorphic and sedimentologic processes biodiversity, molecular evolution. ANAT/ANTH/ and features. Specific topics covered include GEOL/PHIL 467/BIOL 468 will require a longer, dimensional analysis, forces on settling particles, more sophisticated term paper, and additional class fluid flow, initiation of particle movement, bedload presentation. Offered as ANTH 367, BIOL 368, and suspended load transport and their calculation, GEOL 367, PHIL 367, ANAT 467, ANTH 467, BIOL and channel form. 468, GEOL 467, and PHIL 467.

GEOL 445. Planetary Materials. 1 - 3 Unit. GEOL 490. Introduction to Geological Research. 3 Units. An introduction to the materials that make up the solid matter of the solar system. Student Examination of factors in the selection, design, and presentations will review our current understanding conduct of research projects and in the analysis of accessible primitive materials such as and interpretation of research results. Consideration meteorites, cosmic dust, lunar and ancient of ethical issues in scientific research. Development terrestrial rocks, and their relationship to modern of a written research proposal and oral presentation natural materials and solar system processes. of proposed research. Consultations with Offered as GEOL 345 and GEOL 445. department faculty in development of research proposal. Research initiation. Offered as GEOL 390 and GEOL 490. GEOL 450. Geochemistry. 3 Units.

Introduction to geochemistry. Properties of the GEOL 494. Seminar in Evolutionary Biology. 3 elements, elemental and isotopic fractionation, Units. element transport, geochemical systems, geochronology, mineral reactions, the solid This seminar investigates 20th-century evolutionary Earth, Earth in the solar system. A quantitative theory, especially the Modern Evolutionary approach to modeling geochemical processes will synthesis and subsequent expansions of be emphasized throughout. Offered as GEOL 350 and challenges to that synthesis. The course and GEOL 450. encompasses the multidisciplinary nature of the science of evolution, demonstrating how disciplinary background influences practitioners’ GEOL 455. Isotope Geochemistry. 3 Units. conceptualizations of pattern and process. This course emphasizes practical writing and research Principles and applications of naturally occurring skills, including formulation of testable theses, grant variations of isotopic abundances in geologic, proposal techniques, and the implementation of hydrologic, and biologic systems. Includes original research using the facilities on campus consideration of radioactive and radiogenic isotopes and at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. and their use in geochronology and as tracers; Offered as ANTH 394, BIOL 394, GEOL 394, HSTY consideration of isotopic fractionations (especially 394, PHIL 394, ANTH 494, BIOL 494, GEOL 494, of light stable isotopes), their thermodynamic and HSTY 494, and PHIL 494. kinetic causes, and their use in understanding mechanisms and conditions of geologic processes and as tracers. GEOL 503. Seminar: Geomorphology/Glacial Geology. 1 Unit.

GEOL 504. Seminar: Geochemistry. 1 Unit. Case Western Reserve University 195

GEOL 506. Seminar in Geophysics. 1 - 3 Unit.

Selected topics in geophysics: advanced research issues, classical papers, current state of the field, advanced techniques. Course content will vary depending on interests of students and faculty.

GEOL 509. Seminar: Graduate Research. 1 Unit.

GEOL 511. Special Readings in Geology. 1 - 6 Unit.

Detailed study of a selected topic in geology under the guidance of a faculty member.

GEOL 512. Special Readings in Geology. 1 - 6 Unit.

Detailed study of a selected topic in geology under the guidance of a faculty member.

GEOL 536. Seminar in Great Lakes Issues. 1 - 3 Unit.

Selected topics related to Great Lakes basin studies: research problems, scientific processes, classic research papers, current events, policy issues, and legislative initiatives. Course content will vary depending on interests of students and faculty. Offered as BIOL 536 and GEOL 536.

GEOL 601. Special Problems and Research. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.)

GEOL 651. Thesis M.S.. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.)

GEOL 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. 196 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of History

106 Mather House British history, technology, and business. The http://www.case.edu/artsci/hsty university has also pioneered the development Alan Rocke, Acting Department Chair (2011-2012) of electronic connections to other libraries and [email protected] to research resources in general; Ohio’s many colleges and universities have one of the nation’s The Department of History offers comprehensive leading interlibrary loan programs. undergraduate and graduate programs, with particular emphases on American history; the history of science, technology, environment, and medicine; and social history and policy. Undergraduate Programs Historical studies are sometimes categorized among humanistic studies and sometimes among Major the social sciences. Allied with both traditions, historians seek an understanding of the past by The history major may be elected in one of two analyzing societies and how they change over time. formats: the regular major or the teacher licensure major. The Department of History offers instruction within the customary frameworks that have formed the basis of historical studies, and it also has developed special emphases in social, cultural, political, Regular Major and economic perspectives that allow instruction and research on such topics as the African- The regular major requires a minimum of 30 hours American experience, the environment, business in history courses, including: and economy, technology and science, medicine, women’s history and gender studies, legal history, HSTY 112 Introduction to American History 3 and comparative social history. Courses in history, HSTY 113 Introduction to Modern World History 3 or a formal major or minor in history, traditionally HSTY 250 Issues and Methods in History 3 have been attractive to students as preparation HSTY 398 Senior Research Seminar 3 for a wide variety of career and professional The major also requires six additional courses interests, including teaching, law, government, in history, four of which must be agreed upon in and journalism, and such public history activities consultation with the departmental advisor to form as archival administration, historical museum a coherent field of historical inquiry. All majors are administration, restoration and preservation of encouraged to take at least two courses focused historic sites, and writing. in geographical areas outside of Europe and the United States. With permission, one course in a related discipline outside of the history department Facilities may be accepted towards the requirements of the major. Case Western Reserve University, the other institutions in University Circle, and the Cleveland area in general offer excellent facilities for historical Teacher Licensure Major research. These facilities are especially strong in the fields of social history and policy and in The teacher licensure major requires 30 hours of the history of medicine, health care, nonprofit history, including the same four courses required for organizations, technology, and science. The the regular major and a minimum of six semester university library’s extensive collections in these hours in each of three focus areas: United States fields are significantly augmented by the holdings history, world/European studies, and Asian, African, of the nationally ranked Allen Memorial Library in and Latin American studies. Candidates for teacher the history of medicine and health care, and of the licensure (Integrated Social Studies, Adolescents equally distinguished Western Reserve Historical and Young Adults) must also take courses in Society in regional economic, social, nonprofit, economics, political science, and sociology (9 ethnic, African-American, and Jewish history. hours), and 35 hours in education courses offered Both the Allen Memorial Library and the Western through Case Western Reserve and John Carroll Reserve Historical Society library are adjacent to University culminating in student teaching. Students the campus. The Cleveland Public Library, just five interested in pursuing this option should confer with miles from campus in downtown Cleveland, is the third largest public library in the U.S.; it maintains excellent research collections in Ohio, U.S., and Case Western Reserve University 197

the department’s undergraduate advisor. See the requirement may be met with HSTY 256 American Teacher Licensure section in this bulletin Political History.) Subject area requirements:

HSTY 112 Introduction to American History 3 Integrated Graduate Studies HSTY 113 Introduction to Modern World History 3 The Department of History participates in the HSTY 250 Issues and Methods in History 3 Integrated Graduate Studies (IGS) Program. HSTY 398 Senior Research Seminar 3 Interested students should note the general Two of the following: 6 requirements and procedures of the Graduate HSTY 152 Technology in America School, but must also consult the departmental HSTY 206 Ancient and Medieval Spain: Prehistory to 1492 advisor about the specific requirements, guidelines, HSTY 255 Economic History of the United States and opportunities for IGS in history. HSTY 256 American Political History HSTY 257 Immigrants in America HSTY 260 U.S. Slavery and Emancipation Minor HSTY 262 African-American History Since 1945 HSTY 325 U.S. Politics, Culture, and Society: A minor in history is available to all undergraduate 1790-1860 students. It consists of 15 hours in history, including HSTY 353 Women in American History I HSTY 112 Introduction to American History and HSTY 354 Women in American History II HSTY 113 Introduction to Modern World History HSTY 355 Age of American Civil War 1815-80 (history core courses) and three additional courses, HSTY 356 Industrial America: 1880-1940 chosen in consultation with the departmental HSTY 358 America Since 1940 advisor; these courses must form a coherent field of HSTY 378 North American Environmental History historical inquiry. Two of the following: 6 HSTY 151 Technology in European Civilization HSTY 200 The Ancient World HSTY 211 The Medieval World, 300-1500 Advanced Placement Credit HSTY 212 Modern European History HSTY 254 The Holocaust Students with Advanced Placement (AP) scores HSTY 309 Reformation Europe, 1500-1650 of 5 or better will receive three semester hours of HSTY 310 The French Revolutionary Era college credit, applicable to the total number of HSTY 334 History of 19th Century Germany credits required for graduation as well as to any HSTY 335 History of 20th Century Germany major, minor, or sequence in history. AP credit HSTY 342 Water may not be applied to the HSTY 112 Introduction Two of the following: 6 to American History and HSTY 113 Introduction to HSTY 135 Introduction to Modern African History Modern World History core courses. Credit by way HSTY 258 History of Southern Africa of AP examination in U.S. history is given for HSTY HSTY 268 Colonialism in Africa 256 American Political History or in European HSTY 280 History of Modern Mexico history for HSTY 212 Modern European History. HSTY 282 Modern China HSTY 285 Modern Japan HSTY 383 The People’s Republic of China Graduate Programs One of the following: 3 ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics The Department of History offers both the MA ECON 103 Principles of Macroeconomics and the PhD in history, but it emphasizes its two POSC 260 Introduction to Comparative Politics focused PhD programs: (1) Social History and One of the following: 3 Policy, and (2) History of Science, Technology, SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology Environment and Medicine. In practice, these two SOCI 113 Critical Problems in Modern Society programs are closely related. The department SOCI 302 Race and Ethnic Minorities in American Society also joins with the Law School to offer an MA/ SOCI 310 The Individual in Society JD dual-degree program. All applicants for Total Units 36 graduate degrees in history must submit transcripts from all previous undergraduate, graduate, and (With advisor approval, the economics requirement professional study, scores on the GRE or a may be met with HSTY 255 Economic History of comparable standardized test, and three letters of the United States, the sociology requirement may recommendation. The department recommends, be met with HSTY 262 African-American History but does not require, an undergraduate major in Since 1945 or HSTY 325 U.S. Politics, Culture, history. and Society: 1790-1860, and the political science 198 College of Arts and Sciences

institutions as well as through federal, state, and local legislatures and executives. Master of Arts Applicants to the Social History and Policy Program must submit GRE scores and three The MA in history requires 27 hours of course letters of recommendation. The program does not work, including 6 hours of carefully supervised work require an MA in history and has admitted several on a master’s thesis (a work of original research students with JD, MSW, library science, or other based on primary sources). For the joint JD/MA degrees, but it often requires students with limited program, students must be admitted to both the backgrounds in U.S. history to take extra course history graduate program and the law school. They work. More tightly structured than the traditional can earn the degree in either three and one-half PhD, the Social History and Policy Program years or three years and two summers of study, requires 18 hours of course work (and possibly completing a total of 106 hours (including double additional hours to prepare for examinations); credits of up to nine hours). qualifying examinations in U.S. history and in the history of social policy; a cognate field; and a dissertation. The program also includes an Doctor of Philosophy option for the student to complete a policy-related internship; recent internships have been conducted Students are admitted into the history department’s with the Cleveland Federation for Community graduate programs with or without a master’s or Planning, the Interchurch Council of Greater professional degree. Students who do not have Cleveland, the Bureau of Jewish Education, a master’s degree in history may be required to the Sisters of Charity of St. Augustine, and the complete that degree in the department before Hathaway Brown School. moving on to the PhD; those who have earned graduate or professional degrees closely related to their PhD programs may petition for direct History of Science, Technology, admission to the PhD program. Students who Environment and Medicine Program first complete their MA in history at Case Western Reserve must complete an additional 24 hours of The History of Science, Technology, Environment course work, pass the qualifying exams required and Medicine Program was established in 1961 by their program of study, and prepare a PhD as the first in the nation to emphasize the history dissertation while enrolling in at least 18 hours of of technology as well as the history of science. supervised dissertation-writing work. Students who The program’s areas of particular strength include have completed their master’s-level work before the social and cultural history of technology, both coming to Case Western Reserve must complete American and European; technology and science at least 24 hours of course work before taking their policy; the history of the physical sciences since qualifying exams. All PhD students are required to the Renaissance; gender issues in technology and take: science; the history of medicine; and the history of the environment. The course of study for the PhD HSTY 470 Historiography, Method, and Theory 3 includes the MA requirements, written and oral HSTY 477 Modern Policy History of the United States 3 qualifying examinations, and a dissertation. While HSTY 479 Historical Research and Writing 3 most graduates of the program teach in universities, others work in museums or archives or deal with science policy questions. Social History and Policy Program The Social History and Policy Program is designed U.S. History to prepare students for careers either as analysts and administrators of social policy or as teachers The Department of History also offers a traditional and researchers in colleges and universities. The PhD program in U.S. history. For this program, program defines social policy broadly to include which does not admit students every year, an MA not only welfare, family and juvenile matters, aging, in history is strongly recommended. This program health care, and medicine, but also education, requires 24 hours of course work beyond the MA urban history, environmental history, cultural as well as comprehensive oral examinations in the policies regarding museums, libraries and similar general field (U.S. history from the colonial period to agencies, and labor. The program recognizes that the present), in a major field (a period or subfield of social policies are made and put into practice by U.S. history), and in two cognate fields, at least one private, nonprofit organizations and through legal of which is a field other than U.S. history. Case Western Reserve University 199

Department Faculty Marixa Lasso, PhD (University of Florida) Alan Rocke, PhD Associate Professor (University of Wisconsin, Madison) Latin American and Caribbean history; race and Henry Eldridge Bourne Professor of History; nationalism; urban history Director, History and Philosophy of Science Program; Acting Chair (2011-2012) Kenneth F. Ledford, PhD, JD History of science; science, technology, and society (Johns Hopkins University; University of North Carolina) Jonathan Sadowsky, PhD Associate Professor (Johns Hopkins University) Modern German history; Modern European history; Theodore J. Castele Professor; Associate Professor European legal history; history of the professions and Chair Medical history; African history; comparative history Miriam R. Levin, PhD (University of Massachusetts, Amherst) Molly W. Berger, PhD Professor (Case Western Reserve University) history of industrial societies and cultures; history of Instructor; Associate Dean, College of Arts and modern France; women in science Sciences History of technology; U.S. cultural history; Renée M. Sentilles, PhD nineteenth and twentieth centuries (College of William and Mary) Associate Professor; Director, American Studies John Broich, PhD Program, Undergraduate Program director (Stanford University) American women’s history; U.S. cultural history; Assistant Professor American studies; children’s studies British history; British Empire; environmental history; history of public health Peter Shulman, PhD (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) Daniel Cohen, PhD Assistant Professor (Brandeis University) History of science, technology and American Associate Professor politics; environmental history and the history of Colonial America; U.S. cultural history energy; United States foreign relations John H. Flores, PhD Theodore L. Steinberg, PhD (University of Illinois at Chicago) (Brandeis University) Assistant Professor Adeline Barry Davee Distinguished Professor of Mexican American; Immigration; Labor History; Professor of Law U.S. environmental and legal history Jia-Chen Fu, PhD (Yale University) Gillian L. Weiss, PhD Assistant Professor (Stanford University) Qing and 20th-century China; history of medicine; Associate Professor history of the body Early modern France; comparative slavery; the Mediterranean Jay Howard Geller, PhD (Yale University) Rhonda Y. Williams, PhD Samuel Rosenthal Professor of Judaic Studies; (University of Pennsylvania) Associate Professor Associate Professor; Director, CWRU Social Justice Jewish history, modern European history, modern Institute; Director, Postdoctoral Fellowship in German history African American Studies African American history; U.S. social history John Grabowski, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) Krieger-Mueller Associate Professor in Applied Secondary Faculty History United States history; immigration and ethnicity; Rachel Sternberg local history (Bryn Mawr College) Associate Professor of Classics David C. Hammack, PhD Greek language and literature; Greek social history; (Columbia University) history of emotion; reception of the classical Hiram C. Haydn Professor of History tradition in the age of Jefferson American social and urban history; economic history; history of civil society and philanthropy 200 College of Arts and Sciences

Peter J. Whitehouse, MD, PhD HSTY 111. Greek Civilization. 3 Units. (Johns Hopkins University) Professor of Neurology This course constitutes the first half of a year-long Geriatric neurology; behavioral neurology; sequence on classical civilization. It examines the dementia; history of neurology enduring significance of the Greeks studied through their history, literature, art, and philosophy. Lectures and discussion. (For the second course in the Adjunct Faculty sequence, see CLSC 112.) Offered as CLSC 111 and HSTY 111. Virginia Dawson, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) Adjunct Associate Professor HSTY 112. Introduction to American History. 3 History of science and technology Units.

James M. Edmonson, PhD History of the United States from the first (University of Delaware) settlements to the present. Emphasis on themes Adjunct Associate Professor; Director, Dittrick such as political and social revolution, slavery and Medical History Center race relations, industrialism, and national cultures. Medical history

Gladys Haddad, PhD HSTY 113. Introduction to Modern World (Case Western Reserve University) History. 3 Units. Adjunct Professor; Director, Regionally Speaking American studies; women’s education The history of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries in global context. Emphasis on the Bernard Jim, PhD forces that have created or shaped the modern (Case Western Reserve University) world: industrialization and technological change; Part-time lecturer; SAGES Fellow political ideas and movements such as nationalism; 19th- and 20th-century US history; American history European imperialism and decolonization; and the of science and technology; gender; methodology interplay of cultural values. Elizabeth Todd, PhD (The Ohio State University) Part-time Lecturer HSTY 117. Introduction to American Studies. 3 Medieval history; Reformation Europe Units. John Vacha, MA This course is designed to introduce students (Case Western Reserve University) to the interdisciplinary field of American Studies Adjunct Assistant Professor; Director, History Day while also empowering them to use the tools and Theater history perspectives of several disciplines, such as history, literature, art history, and anthropology. This course aims to introduce students to the various disciplines that constitute American Studies while Courses paying special attention to the ways in which these disciplines can work together to illuminate the study HSTY 101. Technology American Culture. 3 of American cultures, past and present. Students Units. will combine different methodologies in the process of completing assignments designed to make use of a variety of University Circle institutions. For the purposes of this course, biography is treated HSTY 110. Roman Civilization. 3 Units. as a constructed genre that comes in a variety of forms, including autobiography, biographical novels, The enduring significance of the Romans studied oral histories, and film. The class will discuss through their history, literature, art, and philosophy. how certain biographies have created archetypal Lectures and discussion. Offered as CLSC 112 and American identities, and how gender/race/class/ HSTY 110. historical context, etc. have affected the writing and reading of biography and restructured notions of identity. Offered as AMST 117 and HSTY 117. Case Western Reserve University 201

HSTY 133. Introduction to Chinese History and HSTY 136. Introduction to Latin American Civilization. 3 Units. History. 3 Units.

This course explains the continuities and This course provides an introduction to the discontinuities in the history of China by stressing historical and cultural development of Latin the development and distinctive adaptations of America, in an attempt to identify the forces, cultural, religious, and political patterns from the both internal and external, which shape the origins of the Chinese civilization to the present. social, economic and political realities in present By focusing on major cultural, socioeconomic, and day Latin America. Beginning with its pre- political issues such as Confucianism, Buddhism, Columbian civilizations, the course moves trade relations, imperialism, and intellectual through the conquest and colonial period of the discourse in the overall Asian context (with Americas, the wars of independence and the particular reference to Korea and Japan), we emergence of nation-states in the nineteenth discuss the historical development of China and its century, and the issues confronting the region situation on entering the 21st century. Taking into throughout the turbulent twentieth century, such account the key historical events in the last century, as migration and urbanization, popular protest and we examine the emergence of China as a modern revolution, environmental degradation, great power nation-state and the fundamental transformation of intervention, the drug trade and corruption, and the Chinese society in the postwar period. Offered as integration of the region into the global economy. ASIA 133 and HSTY 133. Offered as ETHS 253B and HSTY 136.

HSTY 134. Introduction to Japanese History and HSTY 151. Technology in European Civilization. Civilization. 3 Units. 3 Units.

This course provides an introduction to various The history of technology in ancient Mediterranean, aspects of Japanese civilization, from its origins medieval, and modern European society until the to the present. By focusing on major cultural, First World War. The course introduces students to socio-economic, and political issues such as the the relationship between technology and its social, adaptation and transformation of Confucianism, political, and cultural settings, and to the values Buddhism, Shintoism, social structures, material invested in technology at significant historical culture, foreign relations, militarism, nationalism, moments. There will be visits to local industrial and intellectual discourse in the overall Asian sites, architectural and engineering monuments, context (with particular reference to Korea and and the Cleveland Museum of Art. China), we discuss the historical development of Japan and the country’s position on entering the 21st century. We examine the emergence of Japan HSTY 152. Technology in America. 3 Units. as a modern nation-state and the fundamental transformation of its society in the post-war period. Origins and significance of technological Offered as ASIA 134 and HSTY 134. developments in American history, from the first settlements to the present. Emphasis on the social, cultural, political, and economic significance of HSTY 135. Introduction to Modern African technology in American history. History. 3 Units.

A general introduction to major themes in modern African history, with an emphasis on the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Topics include oral tradition and narrative, economic structure and dynamics, religious movements, colonialism, nationalism, and the dilemmas of independent African states. Offered as ETHS 253A and HSTY 135. 202 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 163. Modern Britain and Its Empire. 3 HSTY 204. Introduction to the Nonprofit Sector. Units. 3 Units.

This lecture and discussion course covers the The United States has by far the largest and history of Britain at the height of its political and most important "nonprofit sector" in the world, a industrial power and the history of the expanding sector consisting of voluntary non-governmental and contracting British Empire. Britain was a nation organizations that provide health care, education of great technological, economic, and military and social services as well as arts, religious, power, but it also experienced extraordinary and advocacy activities. Using mostly primary stresses. Industrialization meant material prosperity sources, this course considers the significance for some, but hardship and dehumanization for of the nonprofit sector in the U.S., its advantages others. Many questioned how overwhelming and disadvantages, its uses for different groups of poverty and ignorance could be allowed to stand Americans, and current trends. Students have the beside such vast affluence. And subjects of the option of writing either a standard term paper, or a British in India, Ireland, and elsewhere struggled study of strategic challenges facing a contemporary for independence from an empire that claimed to nonprofit organization. Offered as HSTY 204 and bring freedom, reason, and equality. The British HSTY 404. learned to their cost, too, that decolonization often meant being caught in the crossfire of ethnic rivals. This course will explore the many paradoxes of the HSTY 206. Ancient and Medieval Spain: history of the British at their most dominant. Prehistory to 1492. 3 Units. This course focuses on the history of the Iberian HSTY 200. The Ancient World. 3 Units. peninsula from before the Roman conquest from the Iberians, Greek, and Carthaginian settlements, Ancient Western history from the origins of through Roman, Visigothic, and Muslim rule to civilization in Mesopotamia to the dissolution of the the conquest of Ferdinand and Isabella of the last Roman Empire in the West. Offered as CLSC 201 non-Christian territory on the peninsula in 1492. and HSTY 200. The issues of conquest, frontier, cultural diversity, and change, tolerance, and intolerance will be examined. Offered as CLSC 206, HSTY 206. HSTY 201. Science in Western Thought I. 3 Units. HSTY 207. Natural Philosophy II. 3 Units. The development of Western thinking about the natural world and our relation to it, as part of Conceptual, methodological, and epistemological culture, from pre-classical civilizations to the age of issues about science: concept formation, Newton. explanation, prediction, confirmation, theory construction and status of unobservables; metaphysical presuppositions and implications HSTY 202. Science in Western Thought II. 3 of science; semantics of scientific language; Units. illustrations from special sciences. Second half of a year-long sequence. Offered as HSTY 207 and The development of Western thinking about the PHIL 204. natural world and our relation to it, as part of culture, from Newton to the modern age. HSTY 201 is not a prerequisite. HSTY 208. Social History of Crime. 3 Units.

This course explores the relationship between HSTY 203. Natural Philosophy I. 3 Units. law and history in American society. It uses social history methodology to suggest new ways of Historical and philosophical interpretation of understanding how the law works as a system of some epochal events in development of science. power to advance certain interests at the expense Copernican revolution, Newtonian mechanics, of less powerful groups. Emphasis is on issues of Einstein’s relativity physics, quantum mechanics, pressing concern to America’s poor and working and evolutionary theory; patterns of scientific class, including the death penalty, abortion, rape, growth; structure of scientific "revolutions;" science the war on drugs, and the prison industry. and "pseudo-science." First half of a year-long sequence. Offered as HSTY 203 and PHIL 203. Case Western Reserve University 203

HSTY 210. Byzantine World 300-1453. 3 Units. HSTY 214. Comparative Slavery. 3 Units.

Development of the Byzantine empire from People around the world have been enslaving the emperor Constantine’s conversion to one another since the beginning of time. From Christianity and founding of the eastern capital the seventeenth to the nineteenth centuries, at Constantinople to the fall of Constantinople to millions of African chattel labored on southern Turkish forces in 1453. Offered as CLSC 210 and plantations, supporting the "peculiar institution" HSTY 210. whose terrible legacy remains with us today. For hundreds of years before European slave traders began ferrying human cargo across the Atlantic, HSTY 211. The Medieval World, 300-1500. 3 however, coercive bondage was a well-entrenched Units. feature of Mediterranean civilizations, justified by religious and secular law alike. This course will Medieval history and civilization from the fall of explore diverse types of unfree labor, from slavery the Roman Empire to the age of the Renaissance. in ancient Greece and Rome, serfdom in medieval Interactions between medieval Europe and other Europe, captivity in North Africa and indentured Mediterranean and Eurasian cultures. servitude in colonial America. Did earlier systems of domination around the Mediterranean prepare the way for the establishment of Atlantic slavery? How HSTY 212. Modern European History. 3 Units. did ideologies about religious difference, ethnicity, The history of Europe from the late eighteenth and race help justify this ultimate form of human century to the present. Themes include political degradation? Offered as: EHTS 214, HSTY 214 upheavals and movements, as well as industrial, social, intellectual, and cultural changes. This HSTY 215. Europe in the 20th Century. 3 Units. course provides a solid foundation for those wishing to take more specialized courses in European The twentieth century has seen stupendous history. transformations in the internal structures of European politics, economics, society, and culture and in Europe’s place in the world. This course HSTY 213. Earthquake, Flood, and Fire: Natural traces Europe’s transition from a continent of Disaster in History. 3 Units. sovereign nation-states or empires ruled by The wind blows, mobile homes take flight, and monarchs with starkly hierarchical social structures, people die. Natural disasters are that simple. Or are through wars, revolution, dictatorships, destruction, they? This course employs a historical approach division, and destitution, to a conflicted present. to penetrate the mythology of natural disaster, The contradictory combination of peace, freedom, focusing on the human dimension behind these and pluralism combined with cultural critique of the so-called natural acts. By peeling back the layers very consumer society that has reduced conflict of obfuscation, deposited there by successive challenges students’ linear notions of historical generations of city boosters and technocrats, development. we learn that there is nothing simple or natural behind hurricane, tornado, flood, and earthquake HSTY 216. Vikings and Medieval Scandinavia. 3 calamities. Units.

A survey of the history of the Vikings and medieval Scandinavia, covering approximately the eighth to the fifteenth centuries AD. Topics explored include: causes of the "outbreak" and cessation of Viking expeditions, the role of the Vikings as raiders and/ or traders in Western Europe, the role of the Vikings in the emerging states of Russia, Iceland and medieval Scandinavian law, the historicity of the saga literature, and Viking descendents--Normans and "Rus." 204 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 217. History of Corporate America. 3 HSTY 220. The Early Modern Mediterranean. 3 Units. Units.

This course will explore the origins and evolution of For centuries before Columbus crossed the big business’s role in American society. It is not a Atlantic Ocean, travelers and traders, pirates course about the history of corporations but rather and pilgrims, mercenaries and missionaries a course that examines how corporate entities explored the contours of the Mediterranean Sea-- have affected fundamental aspects of political, and engaged in commerce, as well as religious, social, and economic life. It will deal with the period economic and military competition. If religion and from the late nineteenth century to the present ethnicity divided Muslims, Christians and Jews and cover such topics as diverse as labor relations from Algiers to Athens, did shared geography, and advertising to media issues and lobbying. Our foodstuffs, and cultural values bind them together? goal is to examine how an historical perspective This course examines the unity and diversity of this can help us come to grips with topics of pressing maritime region by considering the peoples, beliefs, importance to us as Americans today. commodities and diseases that circulated through it during the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries. Does the early modern Mediterranean HSTY 218. Jews in Early Modern Europe. 3 showcase a clash of civilizations or provide an Units. enduring model for coexistence? Topics include merchant culture, diplomacy, honor and shame, This course surveys the history of Jews in slavery and colonization. Offered as ETHS 220, Europe and the wider world from the Spanish HSTY 220. expulsion through the French Revolution. Tracking peregrinations out of the Iberian Peninsula to the British Isles, France, Holland, Italy, Germany, HSTY 224. Early Modern Europe. 3 Units. Poland-Lithuania, the Ottoman Empire, and the American colonies, it examines the diverse ways Europe has not always existed. To find out Jews organized their communities, interacted who created it and when, this course will ask with their non-Jewish neighbors, and negotiated two fundamental questions: First, how did the their social, economic, and legal status within geographic, linguistic, religious and ethnic different states and empires. What role did characteristics of European identity develop over Jews play and what symbolic place did they the course of the sixteenth, seventeenth and occupy during a period of European expansion, eighteenth centuries? Second, how did Europeans technological innovation, artistic experimentation, in this period influence other parts of the world? and religious and political turmoil? What internal Through close readings of memoirs, treatises and and external dynamics affected Jewish experiences chronicles, and discussions of secondary literature, in the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth we will explore the political, social, and religious centuries? Through a selection of inquisitorial history of Europe from roughly 1500 to 1800. Topics transcripts, government records, memoirs, and include: exploration and conquest; Protestant historical literature, we will explore topics such as and Catholic reformations; witchcraft and popular persecution, conversion, messianism, toleration, culture; science and medicine; Enlightenment and emancipation, and assimilation. Offered as HSTY Revolution. 218, JDST 218, and ETHS 218. HSTY 225. Evolution. 3 Units.

Multidisciplinary study of the course and processes of organic evolution provides a broad understanding of the evolution of structural and functional diversity, the relationships among organisms and their environments, and the phylogenetic relationships among major groups of organisms. Topics include the genetic basis of micro- and macro-evolutionary change, the concept of adaptation, natural selection, population dynamics, theories of species formation, principles of phylogenetic inference, biogeography, evolutionary rates, evolutionary convergence, homology, Darwinian medicine, and conceptual and philosophic issues in evolutionary theory. Offered as ANTH 225, BIOL 225, GEOL 225, HSTY 225, and PHIL 225. Case Western Reserve University 205

HSTY 228. African Americans and HSTY 234. France and Islam. 3 Units. Internationalism, 1885-1960s. 3 Units. This seminar examines French encounters with This course explores the development and the Muslim world from the Middle Ages to the articulation of African American Internationalism present. Over the last millennium, France has from the formal advent of the colonial project viewed Saracens, Moriscos, Turks, Berbers, with the Berlin Conference in 1884-1885 up and Arabs with admiration and fear, disdain and through the early stages of African decolonization incomprehension. Between the eleventh and in the 1960s. Internationalism is defined here, thirteenth centuries, French soldiers battled in especially as it relates to African Americans, as the Holy Land; for several hundred years after the sustained interest among governmental and that, France and the Ottoman Empire exchanged non-governmental actors in promoting a foreign diplomats, traders and slaves. The colonial policy agenda that sought to impact events in the occupation of Algeria that began in 1830 ended Diaspora and on the African continent itself. Using violently in 1962. By then, the empire that struck Africa, Asia and the Caribbean as case studies, back had also come home through large waves this course will excavate the role of governmental of immigration. Today, the social and economic and non-governrmental actors such as the African status, religious affiliation, political significance American press, church, civil rights organizations, and cultural impact of French citizens of North advocacy groups and diplomats in developing a African descent are the subject of burning national viable African American foreign policy constituency. debate. Taking a long view on Franco-Muslim This course will stress the centrality of race, gender relations, the course will explore such topics as and transnationalism as central proponents in the the Crusades, Mediterranean piracy and captivity, development of black internationalism. This course Napoleon’s Egyptian campaign, the Algerian War of will examine a number of global events and the Independence, the "veil affair," riots in the suburbs roles played by African Americans in shaping the of Paris and World Cup soccer. Offered as ETHS outcomes including the Berlin Conference (1885), 234, HSTY 234. The Spanish American War (1898), the Russo- Japanese War (1905), The Mexican Revolution (1910-1920), World War I (1914-1919), the Italo- HSTY 235. Pirates in Early Modern World Ethiopian War (1935), World War II (1939-1945), History. 3 Units. and the beginning of the formal decolonization of Africa with Ghanaian independence in 1957 and From the Caribbean to Somalia, pirates have the subsequent challenges faced by various African captivated the American Imagination. Beyond countries in the early 1960s. The course will utilize examining images of heroic outlaws and biographies, case studies, and primary documents bloodthirsty criminals in popular culture and current to examine these issues. affairs, this course investigates maritime predators of the early modern period (16th-18th centuries). With a focus on the Mediterranean and the Atlantic- and forays into the Indian Ocean, the Red Sea and elsewhere-It considers the motivations and strategies of sea robbers and the responses of states. What, it asks, can Barbary corsairs, Dutch freebooters, Spanish "sea dogs," and Catholic privateers, teach us about social rebellion, religious conflict, economic development, political authority, legal norms, naval power and imperial expansion?

HSTY 238. Jews in the Modern World. 3 Units.

Investigation of the impact of modernity on the Jewish community. In particular, the course will examine the influence of the Emancipation and Enlightenment on the social situation of the Jews in Europe and America and the corresponding changes in Judaic religion, philosophy, social structure, and culture. Attention will be paid to the creation of a modern Jewish identity in the secular culture of the post-Modern world. Offered as HSTY 238, JDST 231, and RLGN 231. 206 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 240. The Body in History. 3 Units. HSTY 246. People and the Land in Pre-Modern Europe. 3 Units. This course examines the changing experiences of human bodies in history. It shows how science and This course explores the relationship between culture have shaped diverse human experiences the peoples of Europe and their environments as which often appear immutable, including sexuality, Europe changed from a backwater of the Roman eating, race, and sickness. Empire into the seat of a number of globe-spanning empires. It examines how Europeans changed the land over time in order to derive a subsistence, HSTY 241. Inventing Public Health. 3 Units. produce profit, and, later, to fuel the growth and power of early modern state. The course will delve The core principle of this course is that public into the ways that Europeans thought about nature health is a concept that was formed in different and conceived of their place in it. It will also explore ways at different times in different places. It had how the environment itself influenced the courses no existence as we know it before the nineteenth of European societies; how climate and disease, century, but course participants will learn how it animals and energy sources affected population grew out of an ancient tradition of the political elite’s growth, industrial activity, and even legal systems. concern that its subjects were a threat to them and As European powers sent their conquerors and the stability of the realm. Course participants will colonists across the globe, they carried with discover how, in the nineteenth century, it became them a tradition of thinking about, and interacting a professional practice as we know it and realized with, the environment in ways that had dramatic advances in human health, longevity, and security consequences for the world beyond Europe, and perhaps greater than any made since. At the same this course investigates whence this tradition came. time, the course will also cover how many of the assumptions of those that inaugurated public health were completely alien to present-day practitioners-- HSTY 250. Issues and Methods in History. 3 even though in many ways it is a practice that Units. helped inaugurate the modern world so familiar to us. Course participants will learn about the close A methodological introduction to historical research. relationship between public health agencies and Students use a variety of approaches to interpret agendas and various kinds of social authority: and study historical problems. Specific topics and political power, moral influence, colonial power, and instructors normally vary from year to year. others. Ultimately, the aim of the course is to show participants that even though public health seems a supremely common sense practice, it had a highly HSTY 252A. Introduction to African-American contested birth and early life that was anything Studies. 3 Units. but natural or pre-ordained. That complicated birth continues to shape public health to this day. This course is designed to introduce students to the study of Black History, cultures, economics, and politics. Students will learn about the development HSTY 243. The Age of Prozac: Social and of the field by exploring theoretical questions, Cultural Aspects of Depression. 3 Units. methodological approaches, and major themes that have shaped the study of black people, Although often experienced as an intensely primarily in the U.S. context. This is a seminar-style, individual, private, and painfully isolated affliction, discussion-based course that emphasizes critical depression has profound social and cultural analysis and expository writing. Offered as ETHS dimensions. This course will neglect neither 252A and HSTY 252A. biological (neurochemical or genetic) perspectives, nor personal or psychological aspects, but will emphasize perspectives derived from history, HSTY 254. The Holocaust. 3 Units. anthropology, and sociology. While there may be tangential attention to bi-polar disorder ("manic History of racism in European society from 18th depression"), the emphasis will be on unipolar to 20th century; investigation, from perspectives depression. The course will conclude with an in- of history, psychology, literature, philosophy, and depth exploration of the rise of pharmaceutical religion, of how bureaucracy could exterminate treatments. six million Jews; responses of individuals, groups, institutions, and nations to deliberate extermination of nearly a whole people. Offered as HSTY 254 and RLGN 254. Case Western Reserve University 207

HSTY 255. Economic History of the United HSTY 259. Introduction to Latina/o Studies. 3 States. 3 Units. Units.

The growth of the American economy from Interdisciplinary introduction to the basis for the colonial period to the present. Competing a Latina/o ethnicity through an exploration of explanations of economic growth; significant commonalities and differences in the peoples attention to the political and legal environment in of Latin American and Caribbean origin within which the U.S. economy developed; "lessons" of the continental United States. Topics include past experience for contemporary policy; some methodological and theoretical formulations attention to inequality and the changing distribution central to the field (e.g., racial, gender, and sexual of wealth and income. Offered as ECON 255 and formations, modes and relations of production HSTY 255. and class, nation and transnation), history and contemporary issues of identity, family, community, immigration, and the potential for HSTY 256. American Political History. 3 Units. a pan-ethnic identity. Discussions will focus on major demographic, social, economic and From the origins of American politics in the political trends: historical roots of Latinas/os in colonial period to the present. The Revolution and the U.S.; the evolution of Latina/o ethnicity and Constitutional debate; presidential politics and identity; immigration and the formation of Latina/ leadership; voters and voting patterns; Congress o communities; schooling and language usage; and the courts. Emphasis both on the ideas that tendencies and determinants of socioeconomic and animated American politics and on the relation of labor force status; discrimination, segregation and politics to society. bias in contemporary America; racial and gender relations; and political behavior among Latinas/os. Offered as: ETHS 252B and HSTY 259. HSTY 257. Immigrants in America. 3 Units.

Immigration to America has constantly reshaped HSTY 260. U.S. Slavery and Emancipation. 3 the way the nation views itself. This course Units. examines the overall history of immigration to the United States, but places that movement within a Begins with the African encounter with Europeans global context. It also pays particular attention to during the emergence of the modern slave the roles that policy and technology have played in trade. Students are introduced to the documents controlling or defining immigration to America. and secondary literature on the creation and maintenance of slavery, first in colonial America, and then in the United States. The course HSTY 258. History of Southern Africa. 3 Units. concludes with the destruction of slavery. Offered A survey of southern Africa from about 1600. as ETHS 260 and HSTY 260. Topics include the social structure of pre-colonial African societies, the beginnings of European HSTY 261. African-American History 1865-1945. settlement, the rise of Shaka, the discovery 3 Units. of minerals and the development of industry, Zimbabwe’s guerrilla war and independence, and Explores the fashioning of a modern African- the rise and apparent demise of apartheid. Offered American culture between emancipation and the as ETHS 258 and HSTY 258. end of World War II. Emergence of a northern- based leadership, the challenge of segregation, emergence of bourgeois culture, the fashioning of racial consciousness and black nationalism, the shift from a primarily southern and rural population to one increasingly northern and urban, the creation and contours of a modern African-American culture, the construction of racial/gender and racial/class consciousness. Offered as ETHS 261 and HSTY 261. 208 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 262. African-American History Since 1945. HSTY 272. Sports in America: From Play to 3 Units. Profit. 3 Units.

Completes the three-term sequence of the African- This course reviews the history of sports in America American history survey (although the first two from the colonial period to the present. It gives courses are not prerequisites for this course). particular attention to the evolution of sports as a Explores some of the key events and developments major business and to the roles of gender, ethnicity, shaping African-American social, political, and and race in the history of America sport, as well cultural history since 1945. Offered as HSTY 262 as to the emergence of sport as a major defining and ETHS 262. characteristic of America life and society.

HSTY 265. History of the Professions. 3 Units. HSTY 278. Nineteenth-Century Europe. 3 Units.

Professions are one of the central occupational This course examines the history of Europe during structures of modern society. This course teaches the so-called long nineteenth century, lasting from about the historical context of the professions that the French Revolution, which signaled the end of many students will seek to join. It covers the three the Old Order, through World War I, which led to classic "learned" professions of clergy, law, and the end of the European primacy in the world. Major medicine, and newer ones such as accountancy, themes for the years 1789 through 1848 include engineering, management, and nursing. It is decline of aristocratic hegemony, the emergence of comparative and interdisciplinary, examining the new ideologies (especially nationalism, liberalism, liberal, small-state, contexts of England and the and socialism), and the rise of the bourgeoisie. United States, and the contrasting strong-state After 1870, principal themes include domestic contexts of France, Germany, and Russia, applying politics, culture in Europe’s golden age, and theory from sociology, anthropology, and gender increasing national rivalry and competition. The studies. course will examine political, social, philosophical, artistic, and literary movements with the goal of giving students a broad-based image of life HSTY 268. Colonialism in Africa. 3 Units. and events in the decades between the French Revolution and the end of World War I. To this Examines the immense social and cultural changes end, readings include primary source documents, which took place in Africa as a result of colonial philosophical treatises, and novels from the era occupations, in the period roughly from 1880 to under examination, as well as secondary historical 1965. It is organized around three major rubrics works and artistic works (literature and film) created which were central to the colonial experience: the after the era. spread of Christianity, economic forces which led to new forms of labor, and the growth of nationalist resistance. Offered as ETHS 268 and HSTY 268. HSTY 280. History of Modern Mexico. 3 Units.

This course explores the major issues that have HSTY 270. Introduction to Gender Studies. 3 influenced the formation of modern Mexico. This Units. class is organized around three major themes. First, we will examine Mexican identity formation and This course introduces women and men students its political implications, Second, we will assess to the methods and concepts of gender studies, Mexican life in relation to the development of the women’s studies, and feminist theory. An Mexican economy. Finally, we will survey how interdisciplinary course, it covers approaches used elite and popular forms of violence have affected in literary criticism, history, philosophy, political Mexican society. Throughout the course, we will science, sociology, anthropology, psychology, film discuss the significance of the colonial heritage, studies, cultural studies, art history, and religion. regional distinctions, racial and gender stratification, It is the required introductory course for students and the creation and reconfiguration of various taking the women’s and gender studies major. types of borders. Offered as HSTY 280 and ETHS Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 280. 100. Offered as ENGL 270, HSTY 270, PHIL 270, RLGN 270, SOCI 201, and WGST 201. Case Western Reserve University 209

HSTY 282. Modern China. 3 Units. HSTY 287. State, War, Drugs, and Coffee in Colombia: History of Modern Colombia. 3 Units. Beginning with the Opium Wars, we review the historical development of intellectual discourse, This course will analyze the major forces that have public reaction, and political protest in late Imperial shaped Colombian history from the 19th century and Republican China from the early 19th century to the present. Colombia is one of the largest to the communist revolution in 1949. In contrast and most fascinating countries in Latin America. to the conventional description of China from a It has been intricately linked to the U.S. market Western point of view, this course tries to explain as a major coffee producer and, more recently, the emergence of modern China in the context as a major supplier of illicit drugs. Colombia has of its intellectual, political, and socio-economic always been one of the wealthier Latin American transformation as experienced by Chinese in the countries, and it has a high degree of electoral 19th and 20th century. By discussing the influence democracy. Paradoxically, however, Colombia has of the West, domestic rebellions, and political also experienced rather high levels of regionalism radicalism, we examine how the Chinese state and and political violence. This course seeks to explore society interacted in search for modernization and the history of these paradoxes. It will situate reforms, how these reforms were continued during Colombia’s contemporary conflicts within a larger the Republican period, and to what extent historical historical perspective. Offered as ETHS 287 and patterns can be identified in China’s present-day HSTY 287. development. HSTY 292. Energy and Environment in American HSTY 284. Daily Life in Imperial China. 3 Units. History 1750-2010. 3 Units.

This course is an interdisciplinary study of Chinese This course uses the prism of energy to examine society using methodological approaches from the history of the United States from the colonial the fields of social, cultural, economic, and art period to the present. We will consider how energy history. In order to explore the fabric of society in has affected, and is affected by, American society, Imperial China (from the beginning to the early culture, science and technology, politics, diplomacy, 20th century) in a creative, interactive way-- and the environment. Four broad, thematic including folk customs, life at the court, in city questions will recur throughout the semester. and countryside, religious activities, gender roles, First, how has increasing energy use transformed material culture, consumption, entertainment, and American social life, the economy, and politics? social hierarchies--we use the excellent Chinese Second, what are the relationships between energy collection in the Cleveland Museum of Art and consumption and environmental change? Third, various visual aids such as slides and CD-ROMs what are the relationships between scientific in the classroom. Offered as ASIA 284 and HSTY discoveries, technological innovation and social 284. change? And finally, how did the United States grow to be the largest consumer of energy in the history of the world? Addressing these questions HSTY 285. Modern Japan. 3 Units. will reveal the fundamental ways in which energy has shaped American history. This course introduces students to the many changes that characterize the social, political, economic, and intellectual history of modern Japan HSTY 293. History of Drugs. 3 Units. from the mid-19th century to the present. We discuss to what extent the Meiji state was built upon This course will survey the rise and political, Japan’s "traditional" heritage, how modernization social, and cultural effects of drugs in modern and Western influence were implemented in and societies with an emphasis on the late 19th and perceived by society, and which factors led the 20th century United States. First we will examine government to adopt extreme imperialist and the global emergence and popularization of drugs militarist policies in the early 20th century. Looking as part of what David Courtwright has coined the at the emergence of a new Japan after World "psychoactive revolution." Then, we will narrow this War II, we focus on employment structures, mass broad lens by shifting our gaze to narcotics in the culture, urbanization, gender roles, and social expanding U.S. nation. Specifically, we will examine patterns in order to understand the transformation the shifting demographics, nature of, and debates of modern Japanese society. regarding narcotic consumption, regulation, and policy--and how these disparately affect and shape the lives of diverse populations. Finally, we will explore the human toll of narcotics in post-World War II culture and cities. 210 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 298. Departmental Seminar. 3 Units. HSTY 306. History of Museums: Theory and Reality. 3 Units. The Department of History Departmental Seminar. A topical course, emphasizing disciplinary forms This course is an intensive summer internship (10 of writing, it is recommended for students before hours per week) at the Western Reserve Historical the end of their junior years. The class will advance Society, complemented by extensive readings the goals of SAGES within the disciplinary context in museum/archival theory and public historical of history by focusing on close readings of texts, perception. It is designed both to introduce analytical writing, and intensive seminar-style students to museum/archival work and to compare classroom discussions. theoretical concepts with actual museum situations. Interns will be assigned a specific project within one of the Society’s curatorial or administrative HSTY 299. Topics in History. 3 Units. divisions, but will have the opportunity to work on ancillary tasks throughout the Historical Society’s Subject matter will vary with instructor but will focus headquarters in University Circle. Offered as HSTY on some particular topic or historical approach. 306 and HSTY 406. Course description available from departmental office. HSTY 307. Development of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering. 3 Units. HSTY 302. Ancient Greece: Archaic, Classical, and Hellenistic Periods. 3 Units. The development of chemical ideas; theories of matter, composition, structure, and reaction; the The rise of Hellenic thought and institutions from application of chemistry and chemical theory from the eighth to the third centuries B.C., the rise of the antiquity to the 20th century; all considered in social polis, the evolution of democracy at Athens, the context. crises of the Persian and Peloponnesian Wars, fifth- century historiography, the growth of individualism, and the revival of monarchy in the Hellenistic HSTY 309. Reformation Europe, 1500-1650. 3 period. Offered as CLSC 302 and HSTY 302. Units.

Origins and development of Protestantism, the HSTY 303. History of the Early Church: First Catholic Counter-Reformation, and the interaction Through Fourth Centuries. 3 Units. between secular power and religious identity in Christian Europe. Offered as HSTY 309 and RLGN Explores the development of the diverse traditions 374. of Christianity in the Roman Empire from the first through the fourth centuries C.E. A variety of New Testament and extra-Biblical sources are examined HSTY 310. The French Revolutionary Era. 3 in translation. Emphasis is placed on the place of Units. Christianity in the larger Roman society, and the variety of early Christian ideals of salvation, the Causes, progress, and results of the internal Church, and Church leadership. Offered as HSTY transformation of France from 1789 to 1815; impact 303 and RLGN 373. of revolutionary ideas on other European and non- European societies. HSTY 304. Ancient Rome: Republic and Empire. 3 Units.

Growth and development of the Roman state from the unification of Italy in the early third century B.C. to the establishment of the oriental despotism under Diocletian and Constantine. The growth of empire in the Punic Wars, the uncertain steps toward an eastern hegemony, the crisis in the Republic from the Gracchi to Caesar, the new regime of Augustus, the transformation of the leadership class in the early Empire, and the increasing dominance of the military over the civil structure. Offered as CLSC 304 and HSTY 304. Case Western Reserve University 211

HSTY 311. Seminar: Modern American HSTY 315. Heresy and Dissidence in the Middle Historiography. 3 Units. Ages. 3 Units.

This seminar examines the approaches that Survey of heretical individuals and groups in professional historians of the United States Western Europe from 500 - 1500 A.D., focusing have taken to the writing of American history in on popular rather than academic heresies. The the past fifty years, with emphasis on changes development of intolerance in medieval society and in historical concerns, master debates among the problems of doing history from hostile sources historians, and contemporary interests. Topics will also be explored. Offered as HSTY 315 and covered include national politics and government, RLGN 315. economic development, social history, the history of ethnicity, race, and gender, and foreign policy and international relations. Each student will read widely HSTY 318. History of Black Women in the U.S.. 3 and will prepare a series of reports on selected Units. books and authors. Offered as HSTY 311 and HSTY 411. Chronologically arranged around specific issues in black women’s history organizations, participation in community and political movements, labor HSTY 312. European Legal History. 3 Units. experiences, and expressive culture. The course will use a variety of materials, including Examines the development of the legal systems of autobiography, literature, music, and film. Offered Central and Western Europe since the reception as ETHS 318, HSTY 318, and WGST 318. of Roman law. Focus will fall upon the alliance of Roman law and the absolutist state, the rise of bureaucratic absolutism, codification and the rise of HSTY 319. The Crusades. 3 Units. liberal constitutional and legal thought, the Central European Rechtsstaat tradition, the historical This course is a survey of the history of the idea of school and legal positivism, the differing trajectories "crusade," the expeditions of Western Europeans of development of bars in private practice, and the to the East known as crusades, the Muslim and shape of modern European civil law systems, all in Eastern Christian cultures against which these their social contexts. movements were directed, as well as the culture of the Latin East and other consequences of these crusades. Offered as HSTY 319 and RLGN 319. HSTY 314. Impostors in Early Modern Europe. 3 Units.

Religious persecution during the early modern period (16th-18th centuries) compelled Jews to attend Mass, Muslims to baptize their children and Protestants of count Hail Marys on a rosary. European exploration of Asia, Africa and the Americas inspired an Englishman to pass himself off as Taiwanese and an African to present himself as a European. The choice between marriage and a convent led one woman to cut off her hair, sew her skirt into britches and make herself into a conquistador in Peru. In pursuit of social mobility, courtiers remade themselves to suit the conventions of the court. Posing, passing and pretending, these early modern Europeans crossed lines of religion, gender, race and class. Today we might call some of these figures impostors but praise others as self-made men and women. What was the difference between lying and self- fashioning in early modern Europe? What forces and phenomena compelled people to remake themselves? Was the early modern period the age of dissimulation? This course explores these questions by reading memoirs, handbooks, inquisitorial documents and plays from the period of light of contemporary theoretical literature. 212 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 320. Departmental Seminar: Alexander the HSTY 327. Comparative Environmental History. Great. 3 Units. 3 Units.

This course is the Classics Departmental Seminar Environmental history is the study of how humans in the Sages sequence, though it can also be taken have influenced the environments around them for regular credit in Classics or History. The seminar and how the environment itself has influenced the on Alexander the Great is normally taken in the course of human societies. This course provides Spring semester of junior year, and offers students students with the skill to identify and analyze these a firm grounding in the diverse materials, methods, interactions. It introduces course participants to the and approaches that can be brought to bear on the main themes of environmental history literature and study of Greco-Roman antiquity of its legacy up to the driving questions guiding environmental history today.. Alexander’s career is urgently relevant today research by examining case studies drawn around for two primary reasons: the establishment of new the globe, including Pre-Columbian America, forms of interaction between European/"western" Medieval Japan, Colonial Africa, and Modern and Asian/"eastern" civilizations; and the idea of Germany. This course will help course participants global domination, wedding Greek and Asian as recognize the important patterns and developments well as African (Egyptian) conceptions of rule and that have led to present day human-environmental governance. Beyond the exploration of the ancient relationships. Offered as HSTY 327 and HSTY 427. world of, or shaped by, Alexander, we will focus also on the reception of the historical figure, i.e., on the sometimes fantastic image of Alexander HSTY 328. Comparative Perspectives on diffused in later epics (Islamic, medieval) as well as Museum and Archive History and Practice. 3 on the more critical but often ideologically slanted Units. early modern approach. Because of the expansion of the scope of the seminar (as Alexander himself) Comparative Perspectives on Archives and beyond Europe and the critical examination of Museum History and Practice is a distance learning the traditional separation of East and West - or based course shared with students at Bilkent the three continents (Europe, Africa, and Asia) University in Ankara, Turkey. The course focuses distinguished in antiquity - this course qualifies as a on a comparison of the history and development Global and Cultural Diversity course. of archives and museums in the United States and in late Ottoman and Republican Turkey. Topics considered include the "ownership" of culture; HSTY 325. U.S. Politics, Culture, and Society: state vs. private control of heritage; marketing of 1790-1860. 3 Units. museums; and the impact of evolving technologies on the presentation and preservation of culture. This is a survey of the history of the United States Students work together via a shared, live lecture during the years between the Revolutionary era format. In addition to the instructor, museum and and the Civil War, exploring the transformation of archive professionals from both the US and Turkey American politics, religion, and culture, as well as provide lectures and lead discussions during the the emergence of distinctive regional economies semester. The primary intellectual product of the and social systems in the South, the Midwest, course is a final paper/project which compares and the Northeast. It focuses especially on the the history, operational structure, and mission emergence of the social institutions, patterns, and of a museum/archive in the US with a similar conflicts that still characterize the United States institution in Turkey. The paper/project is created during the early twenty-first century. Particular by collaborative effort between a student at CWRU attention is also paid to the experience of women and one at Bilkent. Provided grant funding is and African Americans. available, the course may involve exchange visits to Turkey and the US. Offered as HSTY 328 and HSTY 428. Case Western Reserve University 213

HSTY 329. Museums and Globalization. 3 Units. HSTY 333. Reading Capital: Political Economy in the Age of Modern Industry. 3 Units. Museums are everywhere contested spaces today. Historically designed as agents of public education Since its first publication in German in 1867, and and community formation, now they are centers of its appearance in English in 1886, Karl Marx¿s public controversy on a global scale. From Paris Capital: A Critique of Political Economy, Volume to Nairobi museums figure in conflicts over urban I, has occupied a seminal position in European redevelopment, national identity, cultural diversity, thought. Beginning with the presumptions of and global tourism. Questions we will consider in classical liberal political economy, Marx employed this course: what are the fundamental features his techniques of the materialist dialectic to of museums as institutions; how have they been unmask, in his view, the contradictions and structured; what ties have linked them to wider structural limitations that the capitalist mode national and international communities, political, of production imposed upon capitalists and economic and social concerns; how have they used proletarians alike. Much mentioned, but seldom resources such as research, collecting, buildings, read, Volume I of Capital remains a crucial window display technologies, and geographic location to into understanding the intellectual, economic, carry out these functions; how do museums in Asia, social, and cultural currents of the 19th century, Africa the Middle East and Latin America figure in and its impact extends into the 21st . This course the current international contention over the issue of consists of a close, directed reading of the entire heritage: This is an innovative course offered jointly text of this volume, combined with discussion, by JHU and CWRU using web-based technologies research, and coordinated exploration, so that that allow students to collaborate on projects and students can bring this powerful critique to bear access museums across the globe through internet on their reading of history and economics in the resources with "visitors" from other countries modern era. participating on-line and students buildings web links for their presentations and written projects. This is an innovative course using web-based HSTY 334. History of 19th Century Germany. 3 technologies that allow discussions between Units. students and "visitors" from other countries, as well as student collaboration on projects and access Examines the political, social, economic, and to museums across the globe through internet cultural history of Germany from the late eighteenth resources. Offered as HSTY 329 and HSTY 429. century to 1914. Explores the intellectual and social background to the rise of German liberalism and nationalism, the struggle with bureaucratic HSTY 332. European Diplomacy in the Age of absolutism, the revolutions of 1848, industrial Nationalism: 1789-1945. 3 Units. capitalism and the emergence of a class society, unification under Bismarck, the role of the state, Presents a broad interpretation of the development culture, religion, and changes of mentality, the of the international system in Europe between development of mass politics, and the coming of the French Revolution of 1789 and the end of the World War I. European era in 1945. It explains why and how the closed European state system at the beginning of the nineteenth century evolved into an international HSTY 335. History of 20th Century Germany. 3 transcontinental system by the early twentieth Units. century. Approved SAGES Departmental Seminar. Examines the tumultuous history of Germany from 1914 to the unification of the two Germanys in 1989-1990. From the totalizing and traumatic experience of World War I, through a failed revolution, the republican experiment of Weimar, the National Socialist dictatorship under Hitler and the divided Germany suspended between the superpowers, to the newly unified democratic Federal Republic. Examines the ways in which Germans have tried to reconcile the state to their society, economy, and individual lives. 214 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 336. The Struggle for Justice in Latin HSTY 339. The British Empire and the Origins of America. 3 Units. the Arab-Israeli Conflict. 3 Units.

This course looks at how indigenous peoples, The British Empire took control of Palestine after women, students, workers, peasants, and Afro- driving the Germans and Turks from the region Latin Americans struggled for justice in Latin near the end of World War I. From that moment America. It will study how notions of justice have on, the British had an increasingly difficult time changed from colonial times to the present. It administering the region. Jewish colonists had will also examine how different sectors of Latin already been settling in the land for decades, and American society understood the meaning of justice with their takeover, the British gave them and and how that understanding evolved through time. other Zionists reason to believe that the Empire This class seeks to familiarize students with the would facilitate Jewish efforts. At the same time, history of the idea of justice in Latin America. At the indigenous Arabs of Palestine appealed to the end of this course students will understand the British to protect their very birthright, to keep the complex intellectual and political differences their country from passing into someone else’s behind Latin America’s apparent chaotic and hands. The British gave Arabs, too, reason to tumultuous political history. Second, it seeks to believe that they would recognize and defend their develop students’ critical thinking by examining how claims. In the few decades that the British Mandate an abstract term, such as justice, changes across governed Palestine it oversaw riots, revolution, time and space. Offered as ETHS 336 and HSTY and terrorist bombings. When it withdrew from 336. Palestine, its legacy was a brutal war between Arabs and Jews; and the legacy of that war holds an iron grip on the course of world history to this HSTY 338. History of the American West. 3 day. Had the British Empire not been in Palestine, Units. and not made the fateful decisions that it did, there would be no Israel and no Arab-Israeli conflict as The U.S. West has meant many things throughout we know them. Course materials include histories American history--early explorers called it the Great of Zionism, pre-Zionist Palestine, the British American Desert, railroad boosters lured settlers Mandate years, the British Empire in other Arab to it by promising to make the arid land bloom into lands, and the 1948 war and aftermath. Primary an agricultural Eden, urban immigrants looked to sources from the perspective British officials on its limitless stretches of land as an escape from the ground in Palestine receive much attention. industrial labor, children read dime novels that The histories of engineering and agriculture are glorified its heroes, and millions of tourists celebrate highlighted alongside traditional social and political its raw beauty by visiting Yellowstone, Yosemite, perspectives. and the Grand Canyon. The West has also been home diverse native societies for thousands of years, Asian immigrants who viewed it as an eastern frontier, women who struggled to feed their children in an arid land, and Latin Americans, whose ancestors often preceded the entry of White Americans. This course introduces students to the themes, questions, and debates central to the study of the American west by drawing in primary source material and scholarly interpretations. The goal of this course is to provide students with an understanding of the human history of the American west and the ability to express that history in clear, passionate writing and in-class discussion.` Case Western Reserve University 215

HSTY 340. A History of Workers in the United HSTY 342. Water. 3 Units. States. 3 Units. This seminar will explore the history of the meaning This course examines the experience of working of water--that is, the social, cultural, and/or political people in the United States with an emphasis on significance placed on water by individuals and twentieth-century social movements. It explores governments in different times and places. It the lives of the women and men, skilled and will also examine how humans have acted upon unskilled, and rural and urban laborers that produce water, and how it has acted upon humans, with the goods and provide the services that society great consequences for human life. This seminar consumes. At crucial moments, working people will look at the history of water in the context of have created or helped sustain national social science, technology and society; public health; movements in an effort to improve some aspect political science; and environmental history. Case of their lives. We therefore will assess laborers in studies will be drawn from a wide chronological relation to several known and less known American and geographical range; from the ancient world social movements, such as the eight-hour day to Renaissance Italy, nineteenth century India, movement during the late nineteenth century, the modern Britain, Egypt, and the U.S. The course peace movement during WWI, and the Civil Rights provides a wide perspective on the themes of the movement in the wake of WWII. Throughout the history of human-water interactions, but will also course we will also discuss the politics of time- focus closely on some critical cases. Seminar managed work; the influence of public policy and participants will write a research paper on the topic government institutions; the role of unions within of their choice in the environmental history of water. a competitive market economy; the relationship Offered as: HSTY 342, HSTY 442, POSC 342, between industrial economies and functional blue- POSC 442. collar communities; and the correlation between immigration and globalization. Offered as HSTY 340 and ETHS 340. HSTY 344. Origins of the British Empire 1450-1750. 3 Units.

HSTY 341. Jewish Urban History. 3 Units. How did early modern England come to rule an empire upon which the sun never set? What This course examines the relationship between compelled individuals to seek their fortunes abroad, Jews and the modern urban environment. It planting the flag of St. George in the outlying areas seeks to answer questions such as: How did the of the archipelago and halfway across the globe? modernization of cities affect Jews and Jewish This course examines the troubled birth of an communities? In what ways did Jews contribute empire and of a place called "Britain" at the same to modern urban cultural and social forms? What time. This seminar provides history majors with an is Jewish urban space, is it unique, and how is experience of working with early modern primary it remembered later on? Are there differences documents of a wide variety; essays and book between the patterns in Europe, the Middle East, chapters will be paired with documents from early and the Americas? Offered as HSTY 341 and JDST modern England itself. How do documents, images, 341. and quantitative analyses help historians explain how the British Empire came into being? Offered as HSTY 344 and HSTY 444. 216 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 346. Guns, Germs, and Steel. 3 Units. HSTY 352. The Era of the American Revolution, 1763 - 1789. 3 Units. Jared Diamond’s Guns, Germs, and Steel won the Pulitzer for non-fiction in 1998. Diamond, a This is an intensive survey of the Revolutionary physiologist, explains that Western Europe came period of American history, from the end of the to occupy and dominate large areas of the globe French and Indian War in 1763 to the ratification of because of natural resources present in certain the U.S. Constitution in 1789, focusing especially regions of the Old World since the end of the on the underlying causes of the American last Ice Age. Where a historian might look for Revolution, the chain of events leading to the answers in the written evidence left by historical Declaration of independence, the war with England, individuals, Diamond examines ancient patterns the Constitutional Convention, and the ratification of plant diffusion or the place of mountain ranges struggle that followed, with some background on and deserts in the development of technologies. the earlier period (1607-1763). This seminar is about applying the history of a specific time and place namely North America from European contact to 1850 - to Diamond’s HSTY 353. Women in American History I. 3 general environmental explanations and models. Units. Placing Diamond’s broad explanations within specific historical contexts is revealing. A range The images and realities of women’s social, of alternative methods, perspectives, primary political, and economic lives in early America. Uses sources from North America, and case studies primary documents and biographers to observe (especially within environmental history) help individuals and groups of women in relation to legal, develop a critical understanding of the complexities religious, and social restrictions. Offered as HSTY of European expansion into the New World. The 353, WGST 353, and HSTY 453. course engages in an extended comparative exploration of the worldviews of different world cultures, most extensively comparing European HSTY 354. Women in American History II. 3 worldviews with Native American, but also paying Units. significant attention to Asian worldviews. The Native With HSTY 353, forms a two-semester introduction American cultures under consideration include to women’s studies. The politics of suffrage those of both North and South America. and the modern woman’s efforts to balance marriage, motherhood, and career. (HSTY 353 not HSTY 348. History of Modern Political and a prerequisite.) Offered as HSTY 354, WGST 354, Social Thought. 3 Units. and HSTY 454.

This course explores the responses of philosophers, economic theorists, culture critics, HSTY 355. Age of American Civil War 1815-80. 3 and public policy makers to changes in western Units. society wrought by industrialization by focusing on This course examines the causes and their concerns with technological change. Offered consequences of the Civil War, focusing on the as HSTY 348 and HSTY 448 and POSC 348. rise of sectionalism, the dynamics of conflict, and reconstruction. Heavy emphasis is placed on HSTY 351. Colonial America 1607-1763. 3 Units. archival research in relevant first person accounts from the period. The formative years of American society and culture. Slavery and racism, expansionism, regionalism, the family, pluralism, sense of mission, HSTY 356. Industrial America: 1880-1940. 3 and republican ideology. Units. The social, economic, and political adaptation of American society to the industrial age. The impact of industrialism on such recurrent historical problems as technological change, race relations, social reform, urbanization, and political participation. Case Western Reserve University 217

HSTY 358. America Since 1940. 3 Units. HSTY 364. City, Town, and Suburban American History. 3 Units. A comprehensive introduction to the recent history of the Unites States, organized around changes Nearly all Americans now live in the big cities, in national policy and politics. Special emphasis suburbs, and nearby towns of large metropolitan on the impact of World War II and the Cold War; regions; one hundred years ago most Americans the expansion of the federal government through lived in the countryside. This course explores the Great Society and beyond; the Civil Rights and the rise of cities and metropolitan regions as the Women’s Rights movements; challenges to the settings for American life. It considers the timing of legitimacy of politics; and the efforts to maintain the urban and suburban movements, explanations economic growth. for urbanization and suburbanization, and the changing character of city, suburban, and small town life. The course pays special attention to HSTY 361. Crime and Culture in Early America. the consequences of urban and metropolitan 3 Units. growth for economic opportunity, for metropolitan government, for social life and conflict, and for This course explores the intersection of crime, cultural expression and cultural change. punishment, and popular culture in colonial British America and the early United States through 1860 by closely examining a series of popular crime HSTY 366. Science, Technology, and genres, including execution sermons, criminal Government. 3 Units. conversion narratives, criminal autobiographies, and trial reports. Readings in modern scholarship-- Traces the development and influence of federal drawing on several disciplines--will shed light on technology and science policies from colonial times the popular literature and on underlying patterns to the present, with emphasis on the 20th century. of crime and punishment, while students will Offered as HSTY 366 and POSC 365. critically evaluate modern scholarly interpretations in light of the early crime publications. Types of crimes explored in the readings include witchcraft, HSTY 368. Modern American Legal History. 3 piracy, burglary, robbery, and various types of Units. murder, such as infanticide, familicide (cases of men murdering their wives and children), and Examines the workings of the modern American sexual homicide. Each student will write several legal system from the Civil War to the present. short analytical papers drawn from the shared Focus on the relationships between the law readings and, at the end of the semester, produce and social, economic, and professional change. an independent research paper. Offered as HSTY Lectures, discussions, and analysis of legal 361 and HSTY 461. documents.

HSTY 363. Gender in America. 3 Units. HSTY 371. Jews under Islam and Christianity. 3 Units. Gender is the term used to describe the social characteristics attributed to the different sexes This course examines the social and political status by the larger contextual society. This social of Jews under Muslim and Christian rule since the and cultural history seminar allows students to Middle Ages. Themes include interfaith relations, explore various constructions of masculine and Islamic and Christian beliefs regarding the Jews, feminine identity in America between the late-18th Muslim and Christian regulation of Jewry, and the century and the end of the 20th century. This is a Jewish response. Offered as HSTY371, JDST 371, multicultural course using a mixture of historical and RLGN 371. tests, gender theory, and personal biography to explore changing notions of gender (and with it sexuality, race, and religion) over time in the United States. Offered as HSTY 363 and HSTY 463 and WGST 363. 218 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 373. Advanced Topics in American HSTY 378. North American Environmental Women’s History. 3 Units. History. 3 Units.

This advanced seminar is designed to allow This course introduces major questions and students to investigate aspects of American approaches in the study of environmental history. women’s history that are not deeply explored Taking North American as our subject, we explore in other courses. The two central purposes of how humans have shaped the environment of the course are to move students forward in their the continent and how human history has, in turn study of American women’s history and to provide been shaped by the natural world form antiquity advanced study for graduate students and other to the present. Major topics include Pleistocene students interested in women-focused topics. extinctions, the Columbian exchange, the market The topic is subject to change, but may be any revolution in agriculture, American epidemics, of the following or something similar: women industrialization, the origins of conservation, the and medicine, images of women in popular environmental movement, and the globalization culture, growing up female, women and political of America’s environmental footprint. Offered as: movements, women and war, etc. Recommended HSTY 378 and HSTY 468. preparation: HSTY 353/453 or HSTY 354/454. Offered as HSTY 373, WGST 373, and HSTY 473. HSTY 380. The Sixties in America. 3 Units.

HSTY 375. Advance Readings in Latin American This course examines social, cultural, and political History. 3 Units. changes in the United States during the 1960s. We begin by examining the economic prosperity This course will introduce graduate students and and "fragile" political consensus of the post-WWII upper level undergraduates to the most important period, as well as the undercurrent of poverty, debates in the field of Latin American History. It dissent, and Cold War fears. We then cover the civil will provide an overview of the evolution of the rights movement, student activism, the women’s (English language) historical literature on Latin movement, the growth of Liberal America and the America during the past three decades. It will also welfare state, the Vietnam War, the counterculture help students with a field in Latin American history and conservative youth movements, the growth of a prepare for their comprehensive examinations. The national consumer-driven, mass-mediated market, course readings have been chosen thematically and the music, art, and pop culture--as well as their and chronologically. Student will critically engage growing reliance on technological intervention-- a group of monographs that stand out for their during this period of creative efflorescence. We will historiographical and methodological value and that do this through reading books, but also through will help illuminate the discussions and approaches "reading" contemporary evidence of life in America, that guide research in this field. Offered as HSTY including listening to music, viewing films, analyzing 375 and HSTY 475. pictures and artifacts.

HSTY 377. Nuclear Weapons and Arms Control. HSTY 381. City as Classroom. 3 Units. 3 Units. In this course, the city is the classroom. We will National and international problems concerning engage with the urban terrain. We will meet weekly nuclear weapons, and the past and present off-campus, interact with community members, attempts both to control their spread and to prevent and interface--both literally and figuratively--with their use. Topics covered include the science and the city as a way to examine the linkages between technology of fission and fusion warheads and historical, conceptual, and contemporary issues, delivery vehicles; history, domestic policies, and with particular attention paid to race and class international relations concerning nuclear weapons; dynamics, inequality, and social justice. This course and arms control treaties and their verification. will have four intersecting components, primarily Offered as HSTY 377 and POSC 375. focusing on American cities since the 1930s: the social and physical construction of urban space, the built environment, life and culture in the city, and social movements and grassroots struggles. Offered as HSTY 381, POSC 381, SOCI 381, HSTY 481, POSC 481, and SOCI 481. Case Western Reserve University 219

HSTY 383. The People’s Republic of China. 3 HSTY 387. Growing Up in America: 1607 - 2000. Units. 3 Units.

Now more than ever, the Chinese state and Children have been growing up in the United society are facing tremendous economic, States since it was declared independent, in social, and political challenges. This course 1776, but how adults conceive of (and therefore presents an overview of the development of legislate and interpret) children and childhood Chinese Communist theory and practice from constantly changes to fit current circumstances. 1949 to the present day. Among the topics The experiences of children themselves have covered are the Great Leap Forward, the Cultural varied not only in terms of race, class, gender, and Revolution, the economic reforms of the 1980s, religion but also depending on specific events (i.e., the Tiananmen student protests, the Communist coming of age during the Civil War versus the Civil party’s crisis of legitimacy, the Taiwan problem, Rights movement) or geography (i.e., growing up ecological challenges, the new socialist market in rural Hawaii vs. urban New Jersey). We cannot economy, and current social developments cover all of those histories in one course, so this from domestic migration to youth culture and seminar course instead focuses on exploring the new forms of nationalism. The class involves a interplay of ideas about children and the expressed mixture of lectures and discussion and draws or historical experiences of children. When the on a combination of primary and secondary puritans and plantations members (slave, bonded sources, including current news reports, films, and free) came to the Atlantic shore, they brought documentaries, and fiction in translation. with them particular ideas about what is meant to be a child, and to experience childhood. They encountered already established residents who also HSTY 385. Readings in Society and Culture in had ideas about childhood. How did those concepts Modern Chinese History. 3 Units. adjust/meld/contrast over time, and how do we see those ideas reflected or reshaped by actual The primary goal of this course is to provide experiences? This course engages particular lines students an opportunity to explore at greater length of inquiry: How and why do understanding about specific topics in Chinese social and cultural history. what is "natural" for children change over time? The period covered by the assigned readings How do variables like race, class, gender, etc., roughly spans the late eighteenth century through uphold effects the manifesting of such concepts? the first half of the twentieth century. Readings will What is the role of the state in children’s lives and cover a wide range of topical themes, including how has that changed over time? What is the childhood, gender and sexuality, urban life, print impact of mass culture on modern childhood? media, religion, and the environment. Offered as HSTY 385 and HSTY 485. 220 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 388. The United States in the World. 3 HSTY 390. Senior Research Seminars in History Units. and Philosophy of Science. 3 Units.

Traditional accounts of American history usually Directed independent research seminar for seniors stay within the geographical boundaries of the who are majors in the History and Philosophy of modern United States. Recent historical research, Science program. The goal of the course is to however, has found that many well known events develop and demonstrate command of B.A.-level of the past, from the Revolution to Progressive Era factual content, methodologies, research strategies, social reforms to the environmental movement, historiography, and theory relevant to the field of make more sense when examined from a global history of science and/or philosophy of science. The perspective. Through approaches variously course includes both written and oral components. known as "transnational history", "International Offered as HSTY 380 and PHIL 390. history", "global history", and "borderlands history", historians have come to redefine the United States’ role in the world. This course offers an introduction HSTY 391. Food in History. 3 Units. to this literature. Motivating questions range over time and topic: How were the Americans a product Food is inextricably interconnected with the of Early Modern globalization? Was (or is) the development of agriculture and other technologies, United States an empire? How has the meaning of with the rise and fall of empires, with increasing this term changed over time? What role have racial understanding of diet and nutrition, with laws issues played in American involvement overseas and regulations, with the arts, with economic as well as at home? How have the global flows development and consumer culture, and with of commodities shaped economic development? religious and ethnic identities. By examining How was the American Civil War actually a global selective and representative episodes pertaining to event? How was domestic social policy shaped each of these topics, this course explores the global by the exchange of ideas across the globe? How history of food, from the agricultural revolution of did American ideas about political rights and the the neolithic era to the consumer revolution of the consumer economy become globalized? How did last generation. Offered as HSTY 391 and HSTY Americans use new forms of media technologies 491. to interpret and affect people from other parts of the world? This is not a course in the history of American diplomacy (though diplomacy will often HSTY 393. Advanced Readings in the History of come up), nor is it a history of American warfare Race. 3 Units. abroad (though war, too, will often come up as This course examines the concept of race as well). Instead, it is a broad, thematic survey of the a social construction that carries political and ways that American ideas, institutions, and people economic implications. We begin by examining have shaped--and been shaped--by the rest of the histories of the early racial taxonomists (e.g., the world. Primary emphasis is placed on reading Bernier, Linnaeus, and Blumenbach among others) and discussing recent historical work: books and and the contexts that informed their writings. We articles, but also essays, fiction, and visual art as then assess how the concept of race changed well. from the nineteenth to the twentieth century in the United States. We conclude by evaluating how the HSTY 389. Zionism. 3 Units. ideology of race has influenced U.S. domestic life and foreign policy at specific historical moments. This course seeks to elucidate several major Offered as HSTY 393 and ETHS 393. strands of Zionism, their origins, how they have interacted, and their impact on contemporary Israeli society. It will also examine the differences in the appeal of Zionism to Jews in different places. Offered as HSTY 389 and JDST 389. Case Western Reserve University 221

HSTY 394. Seminar in Evolutionary Biology. 3 HSTY 399. Advanced Readings in Black History. Units. 3 Units.

This seminar investigates 20th-century evolutionary This is an advanced readings course that may theory, especially the Modern Evolutionary change from semester to semester. This course will synthesis and subsequent expansions of provide students with an opportunity to more deeply and challenges to that synthesis. The course explore special themes and theoretical issues in encompasses the multidisciplinary nature of the field of black history that are often quickly and the science of evolution, demonstrating how briefly covered in broad survey courses. Readings disciplinary background influences practitioners’ may be organized around specific topics such as conceptualizations of pattern and process. This resistance and social protest, black intellectual course emphasizes practical writing and research history, black nationalism and identity, black film skills, including formulation of testable theses, grant and historical literacy black cultural forms and proposal techniques, and the implementation of politics, black urban history, or some such other original research using the facilities on campus combination. Students may take this course more and at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. than once and receive credit as long as the course Offered as ANTH 394, BIOL 394, GEOL 394, HSTY topic differs. Students should contact the History 394, PHIL 394, ANTH 494, BIOL 494, GEOL 494, Department for more details on course content HSTY 494, and PHIL 494. during any given semester. Offered as: ETHS 391 and HSTY 399 and HSTY 499. HSTY 395. History of Medicine. 3 Units. HSTY 400. Graduate Topical Seminar. 3 Units. This course treats selected topics in the history of medicine, with an emphasis on social and A rotating graduate seminar, offered every cultural history. Focusing on the modern period, semester by a different faculty member. we examine illnesses, patients, and healers, with Each semester focuses on a topic of central attention to the ways sickness and medicine touch historiographical or methodological importance. larger questions of politics, social relations and Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor permission. identity. Offered as HSTY 395 and HSTY 495. HSTY 402. Introduction to Historiography of HSTY 397. Undergraduate Tutorial. 1 - 3 Unit. Science. 3 Units.

Individual instruction with members of the history A graduate-level historiographic review of the faculty. Recommended preparation: 12 hours of history of the sciences from the seventeenth History. century to the present. Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor permission. HSTY 398. Senior Research Seminar. 3 Units. HSTY 404. Introduction to the Nonprofit Sector. Training in the nature and methods of historical 3 Units. writing and research. Prereq: Majors only, Senior standing. The United States has by far the largest and most important "nonprofit sector" in the world, a sector consisting of voluntary non-governmental organizations that provide health care, education and social services as well as arts, religious, and advocacy activities. Using mostly primary sources, this course considers the significance of the nonprofit sector in the U.S., its advantages and disadvantages, its uses for different groups of Americans, and current trends. Students have the option of writing either a standard term paper, or a study of strategic challenges facing a contemporary nonprofit organization. Offered as HSTY 204 and HSTY 404. Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor permission. 222 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 406. History of Museums: Theory and HSTY 427. Comparative Environmental History. Reality. 3 Units. 3 Units.

This course is an intensive summer internship (10 Environmental history is the study of how humans hours per week) at the Western Reserve Historical have influenced the environments around them Society, complemented by extensive readings and how the environment itself has influenced the in museum/archival theory and public historical course of human societies. This course provides perception. It is designed both to introduce students with the skill to identify and analyze these students to museum/archival work and to compare interactions. It introduces course participants to the theoretical concepts with actual museum situations. main themes of environmental history literature and Interns will be assigned a specific project within the driving questions guiding environmental history one of the Society’s curatorial or administrative research by examining case studies drawn around divisions, but will have the opportunity to work on the globe, including Pre-Columbian America, ancillary tasks throughout the Historical Society’s Medieval Japan, Colonial Africa, and Modern headquarters in University Circle. Offered as HSTY Germany. This course will help course participants 306 and HSTY 406. Prereq: Graduate standing or recognize the important patterns and developments instructor permission. that have led to present day human-environmental relationships. Offered as HSTY 327 and HSTY 427. Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor permission. HSTY 410. Seminar: Early American Historiography. 3 Units. HSTY 428. Comparative Perspectives on This seminar examines the historiography of early Museum and Archive History and Practice. 3 America. It is designed to acquaint history doctoral Units. students with the major themes, methods, and scholars of American history from the seventeenth Comparative Perspectives on Archives and century to the mid-nineteenth century. Students will Museum History and Practice is a distance learning be expected to read and report on major works in based course shared with students at Bilkent the field. Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor University in Ankara, Turkey. The course focuses permission. on a comparison of the history and development of archives and museums in the United States and in late Ottoman and Republican Turkey. Topics HSTY 411. Seminar: Modern American considered include the "ownership" of culture; Historiography. 3 Units. state vs. private control of heritage; marketing of museums; and the impact of evolving technologies This seminar examines the approaches that on the presentation and preservation of culture. professional historians of the United States Students work together via a shared, live lecture have taken to the writing of American history in format. In addition to the instructor, museum and the past fifty years, with emphasis on changes archive professionals from both the US and Turkey in historical concerns, master debates among provide lectures and lead discussions during the historians, and contemporary interests. Topics semester. The primary intellectual product of the covered include national politics and government, course is a final paper/project which compares economic development, social history, the history of the history, operational structure, and mission ethnicity, race, and gender, and foreign policy and of a museum/archive in the US with a similar international relations. Each student will read widely institution in Turkey. The paper/project is created and will prepare a series of reports on selected by collaborative effort between a student at CWRU books and authors. Offered as HSTY 311 and and one at Bilkent. Provided grant funding is HSTY 411. Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor available, the course may involve exchange visits permission. to Turkey and the US. Offered as HSTY 328 and HSTY 428. Case Western Reserve University 223

HSTY 429. Museums and Globalization. 3 Units. HSTY 442. Water. 3 Units.

Museums are everywhere contested spaces today. This seminar will explore the history of the meaning Historically designed as agents of public education of water--that is, the social, cultural, and/or political and community formation, now they are centers of significance placed on water by individuals and public controversy on a global scale. From Paris governments in different times and places. It to Nairobi museums figure in conflicts over urban will also examine how humans have acted upon redevelopment, national identity, cultural diversity, water, and how it has acted upon humans, with and global tourism. Questions we will consider in great consequences for human life. This seminar this course: what are the fundamental features will look at the history of water in the context of of museums as institutions; how have they been science, technology and society; public health; structured; what ties have linked them to wider political science; and environmental history. Case national and international communities, political, studies will be drawn from a wide chronological economic and social concerns; how have they used and geographical range; from the ancient world resources such as research, collecting, buildings, to Renaissance Italy, nineteenth century India, display technologies, and geographic location to modern Britain, Egypt, and the U.S. The course carry out these functions; how do museums in Asia, provides a wide perspective on the themes of the Africa the Middle East and Latin America figure in history of human-water interactions, but will also the current international contention over the issue of focus closely on some critical cases. Seminar heritage: This is an innovative course offered jointly participants will write a research paper on the topic by JHU and CWRU using web-based technologies of their choice in the environmental history of water. that allow students to collaborate on projects and Offered as: HSTY 342, HSTY 442, POSC 342, access museums across the globe through internet POSC 442. resources with "visitors" from other countries participating on-line and students buildings web links for their presentations and written projects. HSTY 448. History of Modern Political and This is an innovative course using web-based Social Thought. 3 Units. technologies that allow discussions between students and "visitors" from other countries, as well This course explores the responses of as student collaboration on projects and access philosophers, economic theorists, culture critics, to museums across the globe through internet and public policy makers to changes in western resources. Offered as HSTY 329 and HSTY 429. society wrought by industrialization by focusing on Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor permission. their concerns with technological change. Offered as HSTY 348 and HSTY 448 and POSC 348.

HSTY 440. Science and Society Through Literature. 3 Units. HSTY 451. History of European Technology. 3 Units. This course will examine the interaction of scientific investigation and discovery with the society it A graduate-level, research seminar on the history of occurred in. What is the effect of science on society European technology from the Industrial Revolution and, as importantly, what is the effect of society to the present. Special emphasis is on cultural on science? An introduction will consider the history of technology with a transatlantic view. The heliocentric controversy with focus on Galileo. Two themes of the seminar vary from year to year, but broad areas, tuberculosis and the Frankenstein include: communications, industrialization, control, myth, will then be discussed covering the period cultural and intellectual approaches to the history 1800-present. With tuberculosis, fiction, art and of technology. Required work includes a research music will be examined to understand the changing paper based on original sources. Prereq: Graduate views of society towards the disease, how society’s standing or instructor permission. perception of tuberculosis victims changed, and how this influenced their treatments and research. With Frankenstein, the original novel in its historical HSTY 452. Readings in the History of American context will be examined. Using fiction and film, Technology. 3 Units. the transformation of the original story into myth A graduate-level review of the history of American with different connotations and implications will technology. Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor be discussed. Most classes will be extensive permission. discussions coupled with student presentations of assigned materials. Offered as PHRM 340, BETH 440, PHRM 440, and HSTY 440. 224 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 453. Women in American History I. 3 HSTY 463. Gender in America. 3 Units. Units. Gender is the term used to describe the social The images and realities of women’s social, characteristics attributed to the different sexes political, and economic lives in early America. Uses by the larger contextual society. This social primary documents and biographers to observe and cultural history seminar allows students to individuals and groups of women in relation to legal, explore various constructions of masculine and religious, and social restrictions. Offered as HSTY feminine identity in America between the late-18th 353, WGST 353, and HSTY 453. Prereq: Graduate century and the end of the 20th century. This is a standing or instructor permission. multicultural course using a mixture of historical tests, gender theory, and personal biography to explore changing notions of gender (and with it HSTY 454. Women in American History II. 3 sexuality, race, and religion) over time in the United Units. States. Offered as HSTY 363 and HSTY 463 and WGST 363. With HSTY 353, forms a two-semester introduction to women’s studies. The politics of suffrage and the modern woman’s efforts to balance HSTY 468. North American Environmental marriage, motherhood, and career. (HSTY 353 History. 3 Units. not a prerequisite.) Offered as HSTY 354, WGST 354, and HSTY 454. Prereq: Graduate standing or This course introduces major questions and instructor permission. approaches in the study of environmental history. Taking North American as our subject, we explore how humans have shaped the environment of HSTY 461. Crime and Culture in Early America. the continent and how human history has, in turn 3 Units. been shaped by the natural world form antiquity to the present. Major topics include Pleistocene This course explores the intersection of crime, extinctions, the Columbian exchange, the market punishment, and popular culture in colonial British revolution in agriculture, American epidemics, America and the early United States through 1860 industrialization, the origins of conservation, the by closely examining a series of popular crime environmental movement, and the globalization genres, including execution sermons, criminal of America’s environmental footprint. Offered conversion narratives, criminal autobiographies, as: HSTY 378 and HSTY 468. Prereq: Graduate and trial reports. Readings in modern scholarship-- standing or instructor permission. drawing on several disciplines--will shed light on the popular literature and on underlying patterns of crime and punishment, while students will HSTY 470. Historiography, Method, and Theory. critically evaluate modern scholarly interpretations 3 Units. in light of the early crime publications. Types of crimes explored in the readings include witchcraft, a graduate level survey of fundamental themes piracy, burglary, robbery, and various types of in historiography, method, and theory, as well as murder, such as infanticide, familicide (cases of interdisciplinary methods and theories. Prereq: men murdering their wives and children), and Graduate standing or instructor permission. sexual homicide. Each student will write several short analytical papers drawn from the shared readings and, at the end of the semester, produce an independent research paper. Offered as HSTY 361 and HSTY 461. Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor permission. Case Western Reserve University 225

HSTY 473. Advanced Topics in American HSTY 477. Modern Policy History of the United Women’s History. 3 Units. States. 3 Units.

This advanced seminar is designed to allow This course offers a historical perspective on students to investigate aspects of American policy and policy making in the United States women’s history that are not deeply explored since the late nineteenth century. It emphasizes in other courses. The two central purposes of the increasing role of the federal government, the the course are to move students forward in their persisting importance of the states, the significance study of American women’s history and to provide of the courts, the revolutionary impact of the advanced study for graduate students and other women’s and civil rights movements, and the students interested in women-focused topics. consequences of the growth and transformation The topic is subject to change, but may be any of the American economy. Each student selects a of the following or something similar: women policy area for detailed exploration; students often and medicine, images of women in popular choose topics related to civil rights, women’s rights, culture, growing up female, women and political health care, environmental reform, non-profit and movements, women and war, etc. Recommended non-governmental organizations, the arts, and preparation: HSTY 353/453 or HSTY 354/454. education, but other topics are also appropriate. Offered as HSTY 373, WGST 373, and HSTY 473. Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor permission. Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor permission. HSTY 479. Historical Research and Writing. 3 HSTY 475. Advance Readings in Latin American Units. History. 3 Units. A research seminar for historians. Students will This course will introduce graduate students and produce a research paper based on primary upper level undergraduates to the most important sources. There will be substantial attention to the debates in the field of Latin American History. It mechanics of writing. Prereq: Graduate standing or will provide an overview of the evolution of the instructor permission. (English language) historical literature on Latin America during the past three decades. It will also help students with a field in Latin American history HSTY 480. Public Policy and Aging. 3 Units. prepare for their comprehensive examinations. The course readings have been chosen thematically Overview of aging and the aged. Concepts in and chronologically. Student will critically engage the study of public policy. Policies on aging and a group of monographs that stand out for their conditions that they address. The politics of policies historiographical and methodological value and that on aging. Emergent trends and issues. Offered will help illuminate the discussions and approaches as ANTH 498, BETH 496, EPBI 408, GERO 496, that guide research in this field. Offered as HSTY HSTY 480, MPHP 408, NURS 479, NURS 579, 375 and HSTY 475. POSC 480, and SOCI 496.

HSTY 476. Seminar in Comparative History. 3 HSTY 481. City as Classroom. 3 Units. Units. In this course, the city is the classroom. We will An introduction to comparative method for engage with the urban terrain. We will meet weekly historians. The topics will vary year to year, but the off-campus, interact with community members, course will require exposure to historical contexts and interface--both literally and figuratively--with outside of the United States. Prereq: Graduate the city as a way to examine the linkages between standing or instructor permission. historical, conceptual, and contemporary issues, with particular attention paid to race and class dynamics, inequality, and social justice. This course will have four intersecting components, primarily focusing on American cities since the 1930s: the social and physical construction of urban space, the built environment, life and culture in the city, and social movements and grassroots struggles. Offered as HSTY 381, POSC 381, SOCI 381, HSTY 481, POSC 481, and SOCI 481. 226 College of Arts and Sciences

HSTY 485. Readings in Society and Culture in HSTY 495. History of Medicine. 3 Units. Modern Chinese History. 3 Units. This course treats selected topics in the history The primary goal of this course is to provide of medicine, with an emphasis on social and students an opportunity to explore at greater length cultural history. Focusing on the modern period, specific topics in Chinese social and cultural history. we examine illnesses, patients, and healers, with The period covered by the assigned readings attention to the ways sickness and medicine touch roughly spans the late eighteenth century through larger questions of politics, social relations and the first half of the twentieth century. Readings will identity. Offered as HSTY 395 and HSTY 495. cover a wide range of topical themes, including Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor permission. childhood, gender and sexuality, urban life, print media, religion, and the environment. Offered as HSTY 385 and HSTY 485. HSTY 497. Graduate Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit.

HSTY 491. Food in History. 3 Units. Independent reading and research programs with individual members of the faculty. Food is inextricably interconnected with the development of agriculture and other technologies, with the rise and fall of empires, with increasing HSTY 499. Advanced Readings in Black History. understanding of diet and nutrition, with laws 3 Units. and regulations, with the arts, with economic development and consumer culture, and with This is an advanced readings course that may religious and ethnic identities. By examining change from semester to semester. This course will selective and representative episodes pertaining to provide students with an opportunity to more deeply each of these topics, this course explores the global explore special themes and theoretical issues in history of food, from the agricultural revolution the field of black history that are often quickly and of the neolithic era to the consumer revolution of briefly covered in broad survey courses. Readings the last generation. Offered as HSTY 391 and may be organized around specific topics such as HSTY 491. Prereq: Graduate standing or instructor resistance and social protest, black intellectual permission. history, black nationalism and identity, black film and historical literacy black cultural forms and politics, black urban history, or some such other HSTY 494. Seminar in Evolutionary Biology. 3 combination. Students may take this course more Units. than once and receive credit as long as the course topic differs. Students should contact the History This seminar investigates 20th-century evolutionary Department for more details on course content theory, especially the Modern Evolutionary during any given semester. Offered as: ETHS 391 synthesis and subsequent expansions of and HSTY 399 and HSTY 499. Prereq: Graduate and challenges to that synthesis. The course standing or instructor permission. encompasses the multidisciplinary nature of the science of evolution, demonstrating how disciplinary background influences practitioners’ HSTY 525. Intellectual Property and the conceptualizations of pattern and process. This Construction of Authorship. 3 Units. course emphasizes practical writing and research skills, including formulation of testable theses, grant Study of the concepts, laws, norms, and practices proposal techniques, and the implementation of through which writers and other creative producers original research using the facilities on campus establish "property" in their work. Offered as ENGL and at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. 525 and HSTY 525. Prereq: Graduate standing or Offered as ANTH 394, BIOL 394, GEOL 394, HSTY permission. 394, PHIL 394, ANTH 494, BIOL 494, GEOL 494, HSTY 494, and PHIL 494. HSTY 601. Independent Studies. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.)

HSTY 651. Thesis M.A.. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) Case Western Reserve University 227

HSTY 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) Limited to Ph.D. candidates actively engaged in the research and writing of their dissertations. Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. 228 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Mathematics

220 Yost Hall Teacher Licensure I BS in Mathematics | BS in http://www.case.edu/artsci/math Applied Mathematics | BS in Mathematics and Daniela Calvetti, Department Chair Physics | Integrated BS/MS | Minors [email protected] The Department of Mathematics at Case Western Reserve University is an active center for Undergraduate Programs mathematical research. Faculty members conduct research in algebra, analysis, applied mathematics, convexity, dynamical systems, geometry, imaging, Majors inverse problems, life sciences applications, mathematical biology, modeling, numerical A Bachelor of Arts in mathematics, a Bachelor of analysis, probability, scientific computing, stochastic Science in mathematics, a Bachelor of Science systems, and other areas. in mathematics and physics, and a Bachelor of Science in applied mathematics are available to The department offers a variety of programs leading students at Case Western Reserve University. All to both undergraduate and graduate degrees in undergraduate mathematics degrees are based on traditional and applied mathematics. Undergraduate a four-course sequence in calculus and differential degrees are Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of equations and a five-course mathematics core in Science in mathematics and Bachelor of Science analysis and algebra. in applied mathematics. Graduate degrees are Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The BS/MS program allows a student to earn Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics a Bachelor of Science in either mathematics or applied mathematics and a master’s degree from The BA degree requires at least 38 hours of the mathematics department or another department mathematics courses, including: in five years. The department, in cooperation with John Carroll University, offers a program for * individuals interested in pre-college teaching. It also The following four courses: 14 offers a specialized program with the Department of MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I Physics. MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III Mathematics plays a central role in the physical, MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations biological, economic, and social sciences. Because MATH 307 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I 3 of this, employment prospects are always strong for MATH 308 Introduction to Abstract Algebra II 3 individuals with degrees in mathematics, and there MATH 321 Fundamentals of Analysis I 3 are excellent career opportunities. A bachelor’s MATH 322 Fundamentals of Analysis II 3 degree in mathematics or applied mathematics MATH 324 Introduction to Complex Analysis 3 offers a strong background for graduate school in or MATH 425 Complex Analysis I many areas (including computer science, medicine, Three approved technical electives: ** 9 and law, in addition to mathematics and science) or ENGR 131 *** 3 a position in the private sector. A master’s degree Elementary Computer Programming (in mathematics or applied mathematics, or an Total Units 41 undergraduate degree in applied mathematics combined with a master’s in a different area) is * Or an equivalent sequence. an excellent basis for employment in the private sector in a technical field. A PhD degree is usually ** No more than one can be from outside the necessary for college teaching and research. department. Students, both undergraduate and graduate, have *** Or other approved computer science course. opportunities to interact personally with faculty and other students, and research and other activities are available. In addition, undergraduates can obtain teaching experience via the department’s Teacher Licensure supplemental instruction program. Students interested in teaching mathematics at the high school level can prepare for teacher licensure Case Western Reserve University 229

through a joint program with John Carroll University. The requirements are: * Or an equivalent sequence. (a) Completion of the BA program in mathematics, ** No more than 9 hours may be from outside including the following as the three approved the department. technical electives.: *** Or other approved computer science course.

MATH 150 Mathematics from a Mathematician’s 3 Perspective MATH 304 Discrete Mathematics 3 Back to top STAT 312 Basic Statistics for Engineering and Science 3 (b) The completion of a second major in teacher education. Students interested in this option should Bachelor of Science in Applied consult the description of the Teacher Licensure Mathematics Program elsewhere in this bulletin or contact the director of teacher education. The BS degree in applied mathematics requires at least 50 hours of course work in mathematics and related subjects, in addition to a professional core Back to top that is specific to the area of application of interest to the student. A student in this degree program must design a program of study in consultation with Bachelor of Science in Mathematics his or her academic advisor. This program of study must explicitly list the mathematics electives and The BS degree in mathematics requires at least 50 the professional core in the area of application. hours of mathematics courses. Areas of research in applied mathematics well represented in the department include: The following four courses: * 14 MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I • Applied dynamical systems MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III • Applied probability and stochastic processes MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations MATH 307 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I 3 • Imaging MATH 308 Introduction to Abstract Algebra II 3 • Life science MATH 321 Fundamentals of Analysis I 3 MATH 322 Fundamentals of Analysis II 3 • Scientific computing MATH 324 Introduction to Complex Analysis 3 or MATH 425 Complex Analysis I MATH 330 Introduction of Scientific Computing 3 Study plans with emphasis on areas of application Six approved technical electives ** 18 closely related to mathematics but centered in other * departments will also be considered. Such areas The following three courses: 9 might include engineering applications, biology, PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics cognitive science, or economics. PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and Magnetism PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics The following four courses: * 14 One of the following sequences: 6 MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I ASTR 201 The Sun and its Planets MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II & ASTR and Stars, Galaxies, and the Universe MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 202 MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I & CHEM and Principles of Chemistry II MATH 304 Discrete Mathematics 3 106 MATH 307 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I 3 CHEM 111 Principles of Chemistry for Engineers MATH 321 Fundamentals of Analysis I 3 & ENGR and Chemistry of Materials MATH 322 Fundamentals of Analysis II 3 145 MATH 330 Introduction of Scientific Computing 3 GEOL 110 Physical Geology One of the following two courses: 3 & GEOL and Introduction to Oceanography 115 MATH 324 Introduction to Complex Analysis GEOL 110 Physical Geology MATH 425 Complex Analysis I & GEOL and Historical Geology/Paleontology Approved mathematics electives: 18 210 Four courses specific to the concentration area of interest Total Units 65 to the student (12 units) Two MATH courses at the 300 level or higher (6 units) 230 College of Arts and Sciences

Professional Core requirement 12 or MATH 227 Calculus III 12 approved credit hours specific to an area of MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 application. This requirement is intended to promote or MATH 228 Differential Equations scientific breadth and encourage application of MATH 307 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I 3 mathematics to other fields. MATH 308 Introduction to Abstract Algebra II 3 Non-mathematics requirements or MATH 330 Introduction of Scientific Computing * 9 The following three courses: MATH 321 Fundamentals of Analysis I 3 PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics MATH 322 Fundamentals of Analysis II 3 PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and MATH 324 Introduction to Complex Analysis 3 Magnetism * 6 PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics Approved Mathematics electives One of the following sequences: 6-8 --- (35 hours in Mathematics) ASTR 201 The Sun and its Planets B. Physics requirements & ASTR and Stars, Galaxies, and the Universe PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 202 or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 & CHEM and Principles of Chemistry II Magnetism 106 or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and CHEM 111 Principles of Chemistry for Engineers Magnetism & ENGR and Chemistry of Materials PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 145 PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics 3 GEOL 110 Physical Geology PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 & GEOL and Introduction to Oceanography 115 PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 or GEOL Historical Geology/Paleontology or PHYS 481 Quantum Mechanics I 210 PHYS 332 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II 3 Total Units 77-79 or PHYS 482 Quantum Mechanics II One of the following: 3 * Or equivalent sequence PHYS 315 Introduction to Solid State Physics PHYS 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics PHYS 326 Physical Optics PHYS 327 Quantum Electronics Back to top PHYS 328 Cosmology and the Structure of the Universe PHYS 336 Modern Cosmology Bachelor of Science in Mathematics and PHYS 365 General Relativity Physics PHYS 423 Classical Electromagnetism 3 PHYS 472 Graduate Physics Laboratory 3 In contrast to the BS in applied mathematics or Two of the following: ** 6 the BS in physics with a mathematical physics PHYS 250 Computational Methods in Physics concentration, this degree provides a synergistic, PHYS 349 Methods of Mathematical Physics I coherent, and parallel education in mathematics PHYS 350 Methods of Mathematical Physics II and physics. To a close approximation, the --- (38 hours in Physics) challenging course work corresponds to combining C. Senior project and seminar; one of two options: *** 6-7 the mathematics and physics cores, with the C(i) Mathematics option Physics Laboratory cluster replaced by a single, MATH 351 Senior Project for the Mathematics and fourth-year laboratory semester. A student in this Physics Program **** new program may use either of two official advisors, SAGES departmental seminar in Mathematics one available from each department, who would C(ii) Physics option also constitute a committee for the administration of PHYS 303 Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar the degree and the approval of curriculum petitions. PHYS 351 Senior Physics Project The total number of required credits for the major is PHYS 352 Senior Physics Project Seminar 126, with at least 35 in MATH, at least 38 in PHYS, --- 6-7 in senior project and departmental seminar, and D. Other science requirements (9-11 hours) 9-11 in other science. The remainder of the hours CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3-04 include SAGES requirements, CAS distribution or CHEM 111 Principles of Chemistry for Engineers requirements, and open electives. CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3-04 or ENGR 145 Chemistry of Materials ENGR 131 Elementary Computer Programming 3 A. Mathematics requirements Total Units 88-91 MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 or MATH 124 Calculus II MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 Case Western Reserve University 231

Introduction to Abstract Algebra I (MATH 3 * Subject to the approval of the advisory 307) committee. These may be chosen from the *** Non-major courses 9 general list of mathematics courses at the 300 level or higher. Subject to approval, Classical Mechanics (PHYS 310) 3 ** students may substitute an appropriate MP Group I 3 course from outside the mathematics and Elementary Differential Equations (MATH 3 physics departments. 224) or Differential Equations (MATH 228) ** Subject to the approval of the advisory Introduction to Abstract Algebra II (MATH 3 308) committee, students may substitute an or Introduction of Scientific Computing appropriate course from outside the (MATH 330) mathematics and physics departments. Year Total: 18 12

*** Either option satisfies the SAGES capstone Third Year Units and departmental seminar requirements. Fall Spring **** MATH 351 Senior Project for the Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 Mathematics and Physics Program is a year- (PHYS 313) long course, 2 credits per semester. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 (PHYS 331) or Quantum Mechanics I (PHYS 481) Fundamentals of Analysis I (MATH 321) 3 In addition to the major coursework listed, there are ** 3 requirements of 10 hours of SAGES freshman and MP Group II university seminars, 12 hours of CAS distribution Non-major courses*** 9 requirements, and enough open electives to bring Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II 3 the total number of hours to at least 126. (PHYS 332) or Quantum Mechanics II (PHYS 482) Fundamentals of Analysis II (MATH 322) 3 First Year Units Introduction to Complex Analysis (MATH 3 Fall Spring 324) General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS 121) 4 MP Group III** 3 or Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics Year Total: 21 12 (PHYS 123)

Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 (MATH 121) Fourth Year Units Elementary Computer Programming (ENGR 3 Fall Spring 131) PHYS 3XX**** 3 * 3 Principles of Chemistry I (CHEM 105) Graduate Physics Laboratory (PHYS 472) 3 or Principles of Chemistry for Engineers ** (CHEM 111) MP Group IV 3 SAGES freshman seminar 4 SAGES Department seminar***** 3 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory (CHEM 2 Classical Electromagnetism (PHYS 423) 3 113) Senior Project***** 3-4 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 Magnetism (PHYS 122) Non-major courses*** 12 or Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and Magnetism (PHYS 124) Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 (MATH 122) or Calculus II (MATH 124) Principles of Chemistry II (CHEM 106)* 3 or Chemistry of Materials (ENGR 145) Principles of Chemistry Laboratory (CHEM 2 113) Other non-major course*** 3 Year Total: 20 16

Second Year Units Fall Spring Introduction to Modern Physics (PHYS 221) 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 (MATH 223) or Calculus III (MATH 227) 232 College of Arts and Sciences

Year Total: 12 18-19 attaining senior status (completion of 90 semester hours). Generally, this means that a student will Total Units in Sequence: 129-130 submit the application during his/her sixth semester of undergraduate course enrollment and will have * If approved by the M&P committee, no fewer than two semesters of remaining BS other science sequence courses may be requirements to complete. Applicants should substituted. consult the dean of undergraduate studies. ** The "M&P group" of four courses A student admitted to the program may, in the corresponds to two physics courses and senior year, take up to nine hours of graduate two mathematics courses. The physics courses (400 level and above) that will count courses would be chosen from P250, P349, towards both BS and MS requirements. The and P350. The mathematics courses are courses to be doubled-counted must be specified at subject to approval by the advisory committee the time of application. Any undergraduate course and are thereby referred to as ’approved work that is to be applied to the MS must be beyond electives.’ They may be chosen from the that used to satisfy BS degree requirements and general list of mathematics courses at the must conform to university, graduate school, and 300 level or higher. Also subject to approval, department rules. Students may petition to transfer students may choose a course from outside graduate course work taken prior to application the mathematics and physics departments as to the BS/MS program subject to the rules of the a substitute in the M&P group. graduate school.

*** The number of open electives will vary Students for whom the master’s project or thesis depending on whether students choose is a continuation and development of the senior 3-credit or 4-credit courses to fulfill other project should register for (or the appropriate requirements (chemistry, senior project) project course) during the senior year and are expected to complete all other courses for the BS **** An advanced physics course to be before enrolling in further MS course work and selected from the following list: PHYS 315 thesis (continuing the senior project). Students for Introduction to Solid State Physics, PHYS whom the master’s thesis or project is distinct from 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle the senior project will be expected to complete the Physics, PHYS 326 Physical Optics, PHYS BS degree before taking further graduate courses 327 Quantum Electronics, PHYS 328 for the master’s degree. Cosmology and the Structure of the Universe, PHYS 336 Modern Cosmology, PHYS 365 General Relativity. Integrated BS/MS in Applied Mathematics and Another Discipline ***** The Senior Project and SAGES departmental seminar should either be the Mathematics There is the possibility of an integrated five-year option (MATH 351 Senior Project for the study plan leading to a BS in applied mathematics Mathematics and Physics Program and and an MS in the area of application. In order a Mathematics departmental seminar), or to complete the requirements for the BS/MS in the Physics option (PHYS 303 Advanced five years, students must choose an area outside Laboratory Physics Seminar, PHYS 351 mathematics that integrates well with mathematics, Senior Physics Project, and PHYS 352 such as computing/information science, operations Senior Physics Project Seminar). research, systems engineering, control theory, biology, or cognitive science. The general academic requirements for Integrated BS/MS programs must be followed. (Since the graduate courses Back to top required for the MS degree are determined by the respective department, each student in the dual- degree program should have a secondary advisor Integrated BS/MS Program in in that department, starting no later than the junior Mathematics and/or Applied year, and consult with this advisor concerning Mathematics requirements for the MS degree.)

The integrated BS/MS program is intended for highly motivated candidates for the BS in Back to top mathematics and applied mathematics who wish to pursue an advanced degree. Application to the BS/MS program must be made after completion of 75 semester hours of course work and prior to Case Western Reserve University 233

Minor more specific requirements of the department to earn either a master’s or doctoral degree. Each A minor in mathematics is available to all graduate student is assigned a faculty advisory undergraduates.It consists of 17 credit hours of committee during the first year of study. The approved course work in mathematics. No more committee’s primary responsibility is to help the than two courses can be used to satisfy both student plan an appropriate and sufficiently broad minor requirements and the requirements of the program of course work and study that will satisfy student’s major field (meaning departmental degree both the degree requirements and the special requirements, including departmental technical interests of the student. With the aid of the advisory electives and common course requirements of committee, each student must present a study the student’s school). The 17 hours must be from plan indicating how he or she intends to satisfy the among the following MATH courses: requirements for a graduate degree. The main requirements are as follows. MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 or MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, Managerial, and Social Sci I MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Master of Science in Mathematics or MATH 124 Calculus II or MATH 126 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, A minimum of 27 credit hours of approved course Managerial, and Social Sci II work, at least 18 of which must be at the 400 MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 level or higher, is required for the MS degree in or MATH 227 Calculus III mathematics. Courses in two of the following three MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 basic areas must be included among the 27 credit or MATH 228 Differential Equations hours required for graduation: MATH 150 Mathematics from a Mathematician’s 3 Perspective * Abstract Algebra 6 MATH 201 Introduction to Linear Algebra 3 MATH 401 Abstract Algebra I or MATH 307 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I MATH 402 Abstract Algebra II MATH 301 Undergraduate Reading Course 1-3 Analysis 6 MATH 302 Departmental Seminar 3 MATH 423 Introduction to Real Analysis I MATH 303 Elementary Number Theory 3 MATH 424 Introduction to Real Analysis II MATH 304 Discrete Mathematics 3 or MATH Complex Analysis I MATH 308 Introduction to Abstract Algebra II 3 425 MATH 321 Fundamentals of Analysis I 3 Topology 3 MATH 322 Fundamentals of Analysis II 3 MATH 461 Introduction to Topology MATH 324 Introduction to Complex Analysis 3 Total Units 15 MATH 327 Convexity and Optimization 3 MATH 330 Introduction of Scientific Computing 3 The student must pass a comprehensive oral MATH 333 Mathematics and Brain 3 examination on three areas, two of which must be MATH 338 Introduction to Dynamical Systems 3 selected from the basic ones listed above (although MATH 343 Theoretical Computer Science 3 no particular courses are specified). The third area MATH 363 Knot Theory 3 for the examination may be any approved subject. MATH 380 Introduction to Probability 3 A student in the MS program in mathematics may Or any 400-level MATH course substitute the comprehensive exam examination * To count toward a minor in Mathematics, requirement with an expository or original thesis, MATH 150 Mathematics from a which will count as 6 credit hours of course work. Mathematician’s Perspective must be taken The thesis will be defended in the course of an in the first or second year. oral examination, during which the student will be questioned about the thesis and related topics. These two variants correspond to the graduate school’s plan A and plan B. Graduate Programs

The department offers programs leading Master of Science in Applied to the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. At both the master’s and the Mathematics doctoral levels, students may pursue degrees in The department offers specialized programs in mathematics or applied mathematics. applied mathematics. For each of the programs, A student must satisfy all of the general there is a minimum requirement of 27 credit hours requirements of the graduate school as well as the of course work, at least 18 of which must be at the 234 College of Arts and Sciences

400 level or higher. Students in the program must complete course work requirements in each of the * Not suitable for credit towards the PhD following groups: requirements.

• At least 15 hours offered by the Department of Other suitable courses for students in applied Mathematics mathematics include: • At least 6 hours of courses offered outside the Department of Mathematics MATH 424 Introduction to Real Analysis II 3 MATH 425 Complex Analysis I 3 • 6 hours of thesis work (see below) or successful MATH 427 Convexity and Optimization 3 completion of a comprehensive exam MATH 428 Fourier Analysis 3 MATH 444 Mathematics of Data Mining and Pattern 3 Recognition Given the great diversity of topics used in MATH 475 Mathematics of Imaging in Industry and 3 applications, there cannot be a large common Medicine core of requirements for the MS in applied MATH 492 Probability II 3 mathematics. Still, all students pursuing this The student must pass a comprehensive oral degree are strongly advised to take MATH 431 examination on three areas, two of which must be Introduction to Numerical Analysis I and MATH 441 on the list of breadth areas (although no particular Mathematical Modeling. In addition, to add breadth courses are specified). The third area for the to the student’s education, the set of courses taken examination may be any approved subject. within the department must include three credit hours of approved course work in at least three of A student in the MS program in applied the following seven breadth areas. (The list includes mathematics may substitute the comprehensive suitable courses for each area. Please note that examination requirement with an expository or a course may be used to satisfy only one breadth original thesis, which will count as 6 credit hours area requirement.) of course work. The thesis will be defended in the course of an oral examination, during which the student will be questioned about the thesis and Applied Mathematics Breadth Areas related topics. These two variants correspond to the graduate school’s plan A and plan B. Analysis and Linear Analysis: MATH 471 Advanced Engineering Mathematics * MATH 423 Introduction to Real Analysis I PhD Program MATH 405 Advanced Matrix Analysis Probability and its Applications: The doctorate is conferred not merely upon MATH 439 Integrated Numerical and Statistical completion of a stipulated course of study, but Computations rather upon clear demonstration of scholarly MATH 491 Probability I attainment and capability of original research work Numerical Analysis and Scientific Computing: in mathematics. A doctoral student may plan either MATH 431 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I a traditional program of studies in mathematics MATH 432 Numerical Differential Equations (mathematics track) or a program of studies MATH 433 Numerical Solutions of Nonlinear Systems oriented toward applied mathematics (applied and Optimization mathematics track). In either case, each student Differential Equations: must take 36 credit hours of approved courses MATH 435 Ordinary Differential Equations with a grade average of B or better. For students MATH 445 Introduction to Partial Differential Equations entering with a master’s degree in a mathematical MATH 449 Dynamical Models for Biology and Medicine subject compatible with our program, as determined Inverse Problems and Imaging: by the graduate committee, this requirement is MATH 439 Integrated Numerical and Statistical reduced to 18 credit hours of approved courses. Computations MATH 440 Computational Inverse Problems In addition to the course work, all PhD students in MATH 475 Mathematics of Imaging in Industry and both tracks must complete the following specific Medicine requirements: Logic and Discrete Mathematics: MATH 406 Mathematical Logic and Model Theory • Pass the PhD qualifying examination, which MATH 408 Introduction to Cryptology consists of examinations on three different Life Science: subjects. All examinations are general proficiency MATH 441 Mathematical Modeling examinations which may or may not be MATH 449 Dynamical Models for Biology and Medicine connected to specific courses. The topics for MATH 478 Computational Neuroscience each subject are spelled out in a syllabus, periodically updated, which is available to the Case Western Reserve University 235

student. Students are expected to take the qualifying examination by the end of the second Abstract Algebra: 6 year of study and to successfully pass all parts MATH 401 Abstract Algebra I of it by the beginning of their sixth semester in MATH 402 Abstract Algebra II the PhD program. The subject requirements are Analysis: 9 different in the two tracks; see below. MATH 423 Introduction to Real Analysis I MATH 424 Introduction to Real Analysis II • Write an acceptable thesis that constitutes an MATH 425 Complex Analysis I original contribution to mathematical knowledge. Topology: 3 It is the responsibility of the student to find MATH 461 Introduction to Topology a thesis advisor who is willing to help plan a 18 credit hours of approved course work 18 program and guide his or her research. This Total Units 36 should be done immediately after passing the A student with a master’s degree in a mathematical qualifying examination. A copy of a student’s subject compatible with our program, as determined thesis is to be available no later than 10 by the graduate committee, must take 18 credit days prior to the final oral examination (see hours of approved courses. The graduate below), and the student is required to deliver committee will determine which of the specific an expository lecture on the subject of his course requirements stated above have been or her thesis sometime prior to the final oral satisfied by the master’s course work. examination. This lecture is open to all students and faculty. Applied Mathematics Track

• Pass a final oral examination consisting of A student in the applied mathematics track must a defense of the thesis. The examination demonstrate knowledge of scientific computing, committee, which consists of not fewer than mathematical modeling, and differential equations. four members of the faculty, including one This includes taking qualifying examinations in whose appointment is outside the mathematics the areas of computational mathematics and department, is responsible for certifying that mathematical modeling, and taking certain courses the material presented in the thesis meets in these three areas, as specified below. acceptable scholarly standards. The examination may also include an inquiry into the student’s competence in the major and related fields. All Qualifying Examination faculty members are welcome to attend. A doctoral student in the applied mathematics track must take examinations in an area of computational Requirements specific to the different mathematics and in an area of mathematical tracks modeling. The third area of examination may be a more applied subject, including but not Mathematics Track restricted to fluid mechanics, statistical mechanics, epidemiology, neuroscience, or a more traditional A student in the traditional mathematics program field of mathematics. must demonstrate knowledge of the basic concepts and techniques of algebra, analysis (real and complex), and topology. This includes taking all courses in the three basic areas, and successfully completing qualifying examinations in algebra and MATH 431 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I 3 analysis. One of the following: 3 MATH 432 Numerical Differential Equations MATH 433 Numerical Solutions of Nonlinear Systems and Optimization Qualifying Examination MATH 441 Mathematical Modeling 3 One of the following: 3 A doctoral student in the mathematics track must MATH 435 Ordinary Differential Equations take examinations on abstract algebra and real MATH 445 Introduction to Partial Differential Equations analysis. The third subject is to be selected from the * 24 following list: complex analysis, control and calculus 24 hours of approved courses of variations, differential equations, dynamical Total Units 36 systems, functional analysis, geometry, probability, and topology. The choice of the examination * Must include at least 9 hours of courses subjects should be finalized by the end of the first offered outside the Department of year of study. Mathematics and at least 9 credit hours offered by the Department of Mathematics. 236 College of Arts and Sciences

A student with a master’s degree in a mathematical MATH 439 Integrated Numerical and Statistical 3 subject compatible with our program, as determined Computations by the graduate committee, must take 18 credit or hours of approved courses, which must include at MATH 440 Computational Inverse Problems 3 least 6 credit hours of courses offered outside the MATH 441 Mathematical Modeling 3 Department of Mathematics and at least 9 credit MATH 445 Introduction to Partial Differential Equations 3 hours offered by the Department of Mathematics. MATH 449 Dynamical Models for Biology and Medicine 3 The graduate committee will determine which of the MATH 478 Computational Neuroscience 3 specific course requirements stated above have Application area 9 been satisfied by the master’s course work.

Sample study plans for students with Stochastics Concentration concentrations in scientific computing, imaging, mathematical biology, and stochastics follow. The MATH 423 Introduction to Real Analysis I 3 graduate committee will entertain ideas for other MATH 424 Introduction to Real Analysis II 3 serious study plans or qualifying exam subjects in MATH 431 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I 3 addition to the most common variants. MATH 441 Mathematical Modeling 3

MATH 491 Probability I 3 MATH 492 Probability II 3 Scientific Computing Concentration Application area 9

MATH 431 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I 3 PhD students entering with a bachelor’s degree MATH 432 Numerical Differential Equations 3 are subject to the same breadth requirements MATH 433 Numerical Solutions of Nonlinear Systems 3 as students pursuing the MS degree in applied and Optimization mathematics. MATH 439 Integrated Numerical and Statistical 3 Computations or MATH 440 Computational Inverse Problems MATH 441 Mathematical Modeling 3 Petitions MATH 445 Introduction to Partial Differential Equations 3 Any exceptions to departmental regulations or MATH 449 Dynamical Models for Biology and Medicine 3 requirements must have the formal approval of the or department’s graduate committee. Such exceptions or MATH 478 Computational Neuroscience are to be sought by a written petition, approved by Application area 9 the student’s advisory committee or thesis advisor, to the graduate committee. Imaging Concentration Any exception to university rules and regulations must be approved by the dean of graduate studies. MATH 428 Fourier Analysis 3 Such exceptions are to be sought by presenting MATH 431 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I 3 a written petition to the graduate committee for MATH 432 Numerical Differential Equations 3 departmental endorsement and approval prior to MATH 433 Numerical Solutions of Nonlinear Systems 3 forwarding the petition to the dean. and Optimization MATH 439 Integrated Numerical and Statistical 3 Department Faculty Computations or MATH 440 Computational Inverse Problems Daniela Calvetti, PhD MATH 441 Mathematical Modeling 3 (University of North Carolina) MATH 444 Mathematics of Data Mining and Pattern 3 Armington Professor and Chair Recognition Scientific computing; imaging, inverse problems; MATH 445 Introduction to Partial Differential Equations 3 modeling and simulation in life science MATH 475 Mathematics of Imaging in Industry and 3 Medicine Christopher Butler, MS EBME 410 Medical Imaging Fundamentals 3 (Case Western Reserve University) PHYS 431 Physics of Imaging 3 Instructor and Theodore M. Focke Professorial PHYS 460 Advanced Topics in NMR Imaging 3 Fellow Teaching of mathematics

Life Science Concentration

MATH 431 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I 3 MATH 432 Numerical Differential Equations 3 MATH 433 Numerical Solutions of Nonlinear Systems 3 and Optimization Case Western Reserve University 237

John Duncan, PhD Elizabeth Meckes, PhD (Yale University) (Stanford University) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor The structure theory of vertex algebras; applications Quantitative limit theorems in probability; Stein’s of vertex algebra in representation theory; algebraic method; high-dimensional phenomena in geometry; number theory; topology probability; geometry; statistics Weihong Guo, PhD Mark Meckes, PhD (University of Florida) (Case Western Reserve University) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Image processing and analysis; compressive Geometry in high dimensions; random matrix sensing; computational neuroscience; computer theory; geometry probability vision Benjamin Nill, PhD David Gurarie, PhD (Eberhard-Karls-Universitat) (Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel) Assistant Professor Professor Algebraic and toric geometry; convex and discrete Applied mathematics: differential equations; geometry; cummutative algebra; geometric geophysical fluid dynamics (turbulence, transport, combinations; tropical geometry chemistry); mathematical biology: infectious disease modeling, epidemiology, immunology David A. Singer, PhD (University of Pennsylvania) Michael Hurley, PhD Professor (Northwestern University) Geometry; dynamical systems; variational problems Professor Dynamical systems; dynamics of cellular automata; Erkki Somersalo, PhD dynamics of numerical methods (University of Helsinki) Professor Steven H. Izen, PhD Modeling and simulation of complex biological (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) systems; inverse problems and Bayesian scientific Professor computing; medical imaging Image reconstruction from projections, both theoretically and in applied situations Stanislaw J. Szarek, PhD (Mathematical Institute, Polish Academy of Peter Kotelenez, PhD Science) (Universität Bremen) Kerr Professor of Mathematics Professor Geometric functional analysis and its applications to Stochastic partial and ordinary differential study of high-dimensional phenomena; asymptotic equations; transitions from microscopic to geometric analysis macroscopic equations for particle systems; correlated Brownian motions and depletion Peter Thomas, PhD phenomena in colloids; stochastic models in (University of Chicago) nanotechnology and complex systems Assistant Professor Synchronization and reliability of neural activity; Joel Langer, PhD gradient sensing, signal transduction and (University of California, Santa Cruz) information theory; pattern formation in the visual Professor cortex; malaria informatics Static and dynamics of curves and related physical models; the interplay between geometry and Catalin Turc, PhD integrable Hamiltonian systems; geometry of finite (University of Minnesota, Minneapolis) and infinite dimensional spaces of curves Assistant Professor Numerical analysis; scientific computing; Marshall J. Leitman, PhD computational electromagnetism; partial differential (Brown University) equation Professor and Theodore M. Focke Professioral Fellow Elisabeth Werner, PhD Continuum physics; integral equations; functional (Université Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris VI) analysis; mechanics of materials Professor Convex geometry; analysis; probability; applications to approximation theory; mathematical physics; quantum information theory 238 College of Arts and Sciences

Secondary Faculty MATH 121. Calculus for Science and Engineering I. 4 Units. Colin McLarty, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) Functions, analytic geometry of lines and Truman P. Handy Professor, Department of polynomials, limits, derivatives of algebraic Philosophy and trigonometric functions. Definite integral, Logic; philosophy of mathematics, history of antiderivatives, fundamental theorem of calculus, mathematics change of variables. Prereq: Three and one half years of high school mathematics. Adjunct Faculty MATH 122. Calculus for Science and Carsten Schütt, PhD Engineering II. 4 Units. (Christian-Albrecht Universität, Kiel) Adjunct Professor Continuation of MATH 121. Exponentials and Convex geometry; Banach Space theory; functional logarithms, growth and decay, inverse trigonometric analysis functions, related rates, basic techniques of integration, area and volume, polar coordinates, Richard Varga, PhD parametric equations. Taylor polynomials and (Harvard University) Taylor’s theorem. Prereq: MATH 121 or MATH 123 Adjunct Professor or MATH 126. Rational approximation; Riemann hypothesis; Gershgorin disks MATH 124. Calculus II. 4 Units.

Review of differentiation. Techniques of integration, Courses and applications of the definite integral. Parametric equations and polar coordinates. Taylor’s theorem. MATH 110. Introduction to Mathematical Sequences, series, power series. Complex Communication and Software. 1 Unit. arithmetic. Introduction to multivariable calculus. Prereq: MATH 123 or placement by department. Mathematical text editors. Mathematical composition and exposition. Posting mathematical material on the Web. Basics of computer symbolic MATH 125. Math and Calculus Applications for manipulation (Mathematica). Computer vector/ Life, Managerial, and Social Sci I. 4 Units. matrix manipulation and applications (MATLAB). Basic computer statistical methods (Minitab). Discrete and continuous probability; differential and Integration of output from computer calculations into integral calculus of one variable; graphing, related text. rates, maxima and minima. Integration techniques, numerical methods, volumes, areas. Applications to the physical, life, and social sciences. Students MATH 120. Elementary Functions and Analytic planning to take more than two semesters of Geometry. 3 Units. introductory mathematics should take MATH 121. Prereq: Three and one half years of high school Polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, and mathematics. trigonometric functions (emphasis on computation, graphing, and location of roots) straight lines and conic sections. Primarily a precalculus course MATH 126. Math and Calculus Applications for for the student without a good background in Life, Managerial, and Social Sci II. 4 Units. trigonometric functions and graphing and/or analytic geometry. Not open to students with credit for Continuation of MATH 125 covering differential MATH 121 or MATH 125. Prereq: Three years of equations, multivariable calculus, discrete methods. high school mathematics. Partial derivatives, maxima and minima for functions of two variables, linear regression. Differential equations; first and second order equations, systems, Taylor series methods; Newton’s method; difference equations. Prereq: MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 125. Case Western Reserve University 239

MATH 150. Mathematics from a Mathematician’s MATH 228. Differential Equations. 3 Units. Perspective. 3 Units. Elementary ordinary differential equations: first An interesting and accessible mathematical order equations; linear systems; applications; topic not covered in the standard curriculum is numerical methods of solution. Prereq: MATH 227 developed. Students are exposed to methods of or placement by the department. mathematical reasoning and historical progression of mathematical concepts. Introduction to the way mathematicians work and their attitude toward MATH 301. Undergraduate Reading Course. 1 - 3 their profession. Should be taken in freshman Unit. year to count toward a major in mathematics. Prereq: Three and one half years of high school Students must obtain the approval of a supervising mathematics. professor before registration. More than one credit hour must be approved by the undergraduate committee of the department. MATH 201. Introduction to Linear Algebra. 3 Units. MATH 302. Departmental Seminar. 3 Units. Matrix operations, systems of linear equations, vector spaces, subspaces, bases and linear A seminar devoted to understanding the formulation independence, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, and solution of mathematical problems. SAGES diagonalization of matrices, linear transformations, Department Seminar. Students will investigate, determinants. Less theoretical than MATH 308. from different possible viewpoints, via case studies, May not be taken for credit by mathematics majors. how mathematics advances as a discipline--what Only one of MATH 201 or MATH 308 may be taken mathematicians do. The course will largely be in for credit. Prereq: MATH 122 or MATH 124 or a seminar format. There will be two assignments MATH 126. involving writing in the style of the discipline. Enrollment by permission (limited to majors depending on demand). MATH 223. Calculus for Science and Engineering III. 3 Units. MATH 303. Elementary Number Theory. 3 Units. Introduction to vector algebra; lines and planes. Functions of several variables: partial derivatives, Primes and divisibility, theory of congruencies, gradients, chain rule, directional derivative, maxima/ and number theoretic functions. Diophantine minima. Multiple integrals, cylindrical and spherical equations, quadratic residue theory, and other coordinates. Derivatives of vector valued functions, topics determined by student interest. Emphasis velocity and acceleration. Vector fields, line on problem solving (formulating conjectures and integrals, Green’s theorem. Prereq: MATH 122 or justifying them). Prereq: MATH 122 or MATH 124. MATH 124. MATH 304. Discrete Mathematics. 3 Units. MATH 224. Elementary Differential Equations. 3 Units. A general introduction to basic mathematical terminology and the techniques of abstract A first course in ordinary differential equations. First mathematics in the context of discrete mathematics. order equations and applications, linear equations Topics introduced are mathematical reasoning, with constant coefficients, linear systems, Laplace Boolean connectives, deduction, mathematical transforms, numerical methods of solution. Prereq: induction, sets, functions and relations, algorithms, MATH 223 or MATH 227. graphs, combinatorial reasoning. Offered as EECS 302 and MATH 304. Prereq: MATH 122 or MATH 124 or MATH 126. MATH 227. Calculus III. 3 Units.

Vector algebra and geometry. Linear maps and matrices. Calculus of vector valued functions. Derivatives of functions of several variables. Multiple integrals. Vector fields and line integrals. Prereq: MATH 124 or placement by the department. 240 College of Arts and Sciences

MATH 305. Introduction to Advanced MATH 319. Applied Probability and Stochastic Mathematics. 3 Units. Processes for Biology. 3 Units.

A course on the theory and practice of writing, and Applications of probability and stochastic processes reading mathematics. Main topics are logic and the to biological systems. Mathematical topics will language of mathematics, proof techniques, set include: introduction to discrete and continuous theory, and functions. Additional topics may include probability spaces (including numerical generation introductions to number theory, group theory, of pseudo random samples from specified topology, or other areas of advanced mathematics. probability distributions), Markov processes in Prereq: MATH 122 or MATH 124 or MATH 126. discrete and continuous time with discrete and continuous sample spaces, point processes including homogeneous and inhomogeneous MATH 307. Introduction to Abstract Algebra I. 3 Poisson processes and Markov chains on graphs, Units. and diffusion processes including Brownian motion and the Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process. First semester of an integrated, two-semester Biological topics will be determined by the interests theoretical course in abstract and linear algebra, of the students and the instructor. Likely topics studied on an axiomatic basis. The major algebraic include: stochastic ion channels, molecular structures studied are groups, rings, fields, motors and stochastic ratchets, actin and tubulin modules, vector spaces, and inner product spaces. polymerization, random walk models for neural Topics include homomorphisms and quotient spike trains, bacterial chemotaxis, signaling structures, the theory of polynomials, canonical and genetic regulatory networks, and stochastic forms for linear transformations and the principal predator-prey dynamics. The emphasis will be axis theorem. This course is required of all students on practical simulation and analysis of stochastic majoring in mathematics. Only one of MATH 201 or phenomena in biological systems. Numerical MATH 307 may be taken for credit. Prereq: MATH methods will be developed using both MATLAB 122 or MATH 124. and the R statistical package. Student projects will comprise a major part of the course. Offered as BIOL 319, EECS 319, MATH 319, BIOL 419, EBME MATH 308. Introduction to Abstract Algebra II. 3 419, and PHOL 419. Prereq: MATH 224 or MATH Units. 223 and BIOL 300 or BIOL 306 and MATH 201 or Continuation of MATH 307. Prereq: MATH 307. MATH 307 or consent of instructor.

MATH 321. Fundamentals of Analysis I. 3 Units.

Abstract mathematical reasoning in the context of analysis in Euclidean space. Introduction to formal reasoning, sets and functions, and the number systems. Sequences and series; Cauchy sequences and convergence. Required for all mathematics majors. Additional work required for graduate students. (May not be taken for graduate credit by graduate students in the Department of Mathematics.) Offered as MATH 321 and MATH 421. Prereq: MATH 223 or MATH 227. Case Western Reserve University 241

MATH 322. Fundamentals of Analysis II. 3 Units. MATH 330. Introduction of Scientific Computing. 3 Units. Continuation of MATH 321. Point-set topology in metric spaces with attention to n- An introductory survey to Scientific Computing dimensional space; completeness, compactness, from principles to applications. Topics which will connectedness, and continuity of functions. be covered in the course include: solution of Topics in sequences, series of functions, uniform linear systems and least squares, approximation convergence, Fourier series and polynomial and interpolation, solution of nonlinear systems, approximation. Theoretical development of numerical integration and differentiation, and differentiation and Riemann integration. Required numerical solution of differential equations. Projects for all mathematics majors. Additional work where the numerical methods are used to solve required for graduate students. (May not be taken problems from various application areas will be for graduate credit by graduate students in the assigned throughout the semester. Prereq or Department of Mathematics.) Offered as MATH 322 Coreq: MATH 224 or MATH 228. and MATH 422. Prereq: MATH 321. MATH 333. Mathematics and Brain. 3 Units. MATH 324. Introduction to Complex Analysis. 3 Units. This course is intended for upper undergraduate students in Mathematics, Cognitive Science, Properties, singularities, and representations of Biomedical Engineering, Biology or Neuroscience analytic functions, complex integration. Cauchy’s who have an interest in quantitative investigation theorems, series residues, conformal mapping and of the brain and its functions. Students will be analytic continuation. Riemann surfaces. Relevance introduced to a variety of mathematical techniques to the theory of physical problems. Prereq: MATH needed to model and simulate different brain 224 or MATH 228. functions, and to analyze the results of the simulations and of available measured data. The mathematical exposition will be followed - when MATH 326. Geometry and Complex Analysis. 3 appropriate - by the corresponding implementation Units. in Matlab. The course will cover some basic topics in the mathematical aspects of differential The theme of this course will be the interplay equations, electromagnetism, Inverse problems between geometry and complex analysis, algebra and Imaging related to brain functions. Validation and other fields of mathematics. An effort will and falsification of the mathematical models be made to highlight significant, unexpected in the light of available experimental data will connections between major fields, illustrating the be addressed. This course will be a first step unity of mathematics. The choice of text(s) and towards organizing the different brain investigative syllabus itself will be flexible, to be adapted to the modalities within a unified mathematical framework. range of interests and backgrounds of pre-enrolled A final presentation and written report are part of students. Possible topics include: the Mobius the course requirements. Prereq: MATH 224 or group and its subgroups, hyperbolic geometry, MATH 228. elliptic functions, Riemann surfaces, applications of conformal mapping, and potential theory in classical physical models. Offered as MATH 326 and MATH MATH 338. Introduction to Dynamical Systems. 426. Prereq: MATH 324. 3 Units.

Nonlinear discrete dynamical systems in one and MATH 327. Convexity and Optimization. 3 Units. two dimensions. Chaotic dynamics, elementary bifurcation theory, hyperbolicity, symbolic dynamics, Introduction to the theory of convex sets and structural stability, stable manifold theory. Prereq: functions and to the extremes in problems in areas MATH 223 or MATH 227. of mathematics where convexity plays a role. Among the topics discussed are basic properties of convex sets (extreme points, facial structure of polytopes), separation theorems, duality and polars, properties of convex functions, minima and maxima of convex functions over convex set, various optimization problems. Offered as MATH 327, MATH 427, and OPRE 427. Prereq: MATH 223 or MATH 227. 242 College of Arts and Sciences

MATH 342. Introduction to Research in MATH 352. Mathematics Capstone. 3 Units. Mathematical Biology. 1 Unit. Mathematics Senior Project. Students pursue The purpose of this seminar is to introduce students a project based on experimental, theoretical or to some of the research being done at Case teaching research under the supervision of a that explores questions at the intersection of mathematics faculty member, a faculty member mathematics and biology. Students will explore from another Case department or a research roughly five research collaborations, spending scientist or engineer from another institution. A two weeks with each research group. In the first departmental Senior Project Coordinator must three classes of each two-week block, students approve all project proposals and this same person will read and discuss relevant papers, guided by will receive regular oral and written progress members of that research group, and the two-week reports. Final results are presented at the end of period will culminate in a talk in which a member the second semester as a paper in a style suitable of the research group will present a potential for publication in a professional journal as well as undergraduate project in that area. After the final an oral report in a public Mathematics Capstone group’s talk, students will divide themselves into symposium. groups of two to four people and choose one project for further exploration. Together, they will write up this project as a research proposal, MATH 361. Geometry I. 3 Units. introducing the problem, explaining how it connects to broader scientific questions, and outlining the An introduction to the various two-dimensional proposed work. It is expected that students will use geometries, including Euclidean, spherical, the associated research group as a resource, but hyperbolic, projective, and affine. The course the proposal should be their own work. Students will examine the axiomatic basis of geometry, will submit a first draft, receive feedback, and then with an emphasis on transformations. Topics submit a revised draft. Offered as BIOL 309 and include the parallel postulate and its alternatives, MATH 342. isometrics and transformation groups, tilings, the hyperbolic plane and its models, spherical geometry, affine and projective transformations, MATH 343. Theoretical Computer Science. 3 and other topics. We will examine the role of Units. complex and hypercomplex numbers in the algebraic representation of transformations. The Introduction to mathematical logic, different classes course is self-contained. Prereq: MATH 224. of automata and their correspondence to different classes of formal languages, recursive functions and computability, assertions and program MATH 363. Knot Theory. 3 Units. verification, denotational semantics. MATH/EECS 343 and MATH 410 cannot both be taken for credit. An introduction to the mathematical theory of Offered as EECS 343 and MATH 343. Prereq: knots and links, with emphasis on the modern MATH 304 and EECS 340. combinatorial methods. Reidemeister moves on link projections, ambient and regular isotopies, linking number tricolorability, rational tangles, MATH 351. Senior Project for the Mathematics braids, torus knots, seifert surfaces and genus, the and Physics Program. 2 Units. knot polynomials (bracket, X, Jones, Alexander, HOMFLY), crossing numbers of alternating knots A two-semester course (2 credits per semester) in and amphicheirality. Connections to theoretical the joint B.S. in Mathematics and Physics program. physics, molecular biology, and other scientific Project based on numerical and/or theoretical applications will be pursued in term projects, as research under the supervision of a mathematics appropriate to the background and interests of the faculty member, possibly jointly with a faculty students. Prereq: MATH 223 or MATH 227. member from physics. Study of the techniques utilized in a specific research area and of recent literature associated with the project. Work leading to meaningful results which are to be presented as a term paper and an oral report at the end of the second semester. Supervising faculty will review progress with the student on a regular basis, including detailed progress reports made twice each semester, to ensure successful completion of the work. Case Western Reserve University 243

MATH 376. Dynamics of Biological Systems II: MATH 380. Introduction to Probability. 3 Units. Tools for Mathematical Biology. 3 Units. Combinatorial analysis. Permutations and Building on the material in Biology 300, this combinations. Axioms of probability. Sample space course focuses on the mathematical tools used and events. Equally likely outcomes. Conditional to construct and analyze biological models, with probability. Bayes’ formula. Independent events and examples drawn largely from ecology but also from trials. Discrete random variables, probability mass epidemiology, developmental biology, and other functions. Expected value, variance. Bernoulli, areas. Analytic "paper and pencil" techniques are binomial, Poisson, geometric, negative binomial emphasized, but we will also use computers to help random variables. Continuous random variables, develop intuition. By the end of the course, students density functions. Expected value and variance. should be able to recognize basic building blocks Uniform, normal, exponential, Gamma random in biological models, be able to perform simple variables. The De Moivre-Laplace limit theorem. analysis, and be more fluent in translating between Joint probability mass functions and densities. verbal and mathematical descriptions. Offered as Independent random variables and the distribution BIOL 306 and MATH 376. Prereq: BIOL 300 or of their sums. Covariance. Conditional expectations MATH 224 or consent of instructor. and distributions (discrete case). Moment generating functions. Law of large numbers. Central limit theorem. Additional topics (time permitting): the MATH 378. Computational Neuroscience. 3 Poisson process, finite state space Markov chains, Units. entropy. Prereq: MATH 223 or MATH 227. Computer simulations and mathematical analysis of neurons and neural circuits, and the computational MATH 400. Mathematics Teaching Practicum. 1 properties of nervous systems. Students are Unit. taught a range of models for neurons and neural circuits, and are asked to implement and explore Practicum for teaching college mathematics. the computational and dynamic properties of Includes preparation of syllabi, exams, lectures. these models. The course introduces students Grading, alternative teaching styles, use of to dynamical systems theory for the analysis of technology, interpersonal relations and motivation. neurons and neural learning, models of brain Handling common problems and conflicts. systems, and their relationship to artificial and neural networks. Term project required. Students enrolled in MATH 478 will make arrangements MATH 401. Abstract Algebra I. 3 Units. with the instructor to attend additional lectures and complete additional assignments addressing Basic properties of groups, rings, modules and mathematical topics related to the course. fields. Isomorphism theorems for groups; Sylow Recommended preparation: MATH 223 and MATH theorem; nilpotency and solvability of groups; 224 or BIOL 300 and BIOL 306. Offered as BIOL Jordan-Holder theorem; Gauss lemma and 378, COGS 378, MATH 378, BIOL 478, EBME 478, Eisenstein’s criterion; finitely generated modules EECS 478, MATH 478 and NEUR 478. over principal ideal domains with applications to abelian groups and canonical forms for matrices; categories and functors; tensor product of modules, bilinear and quadratic forms; field extensions; fundamental theorem of Galois theory, solving equations by radicals. Prereq: MATH 308.

MATH 402. Abstract Algebra II. 3 Units.

A continuation of MATH 401. Prereq: MATH 401. 244 College of Arts and Sciences

MATH 405. Advanced Matrix Analysis. 3 Units. MATH 422. Fundamentals of Analysis II. 3 Units.

An advanced course in linear algebra and matrix Continuation of MATH 321. Point-set theory. Topics include variational characterizations topology in metric spaces with attention to n- of eigenvalues of Hermitian matrices, matrix dimensional space; completeness, compactness, and vector norms, characterizations of positive connectedness, and continuity of functions. definite matrices, singular value decomposition Topics in sequences, series of functions, uniform and applications, perturbation of eigenvalues. This convergence, Fourier series and polynomial course is more theoretical than MATH 431, which approximation. Theoretical development of emphasizes computational aspects of linear algebra differentiation and Riemann integration. Required Prereq: MATH 307. for all mathematics majors. Additional work required for graduate students. (May not be taken for graduate credit by graduate students in the MATH 406. Mathematical Logic and Model Department of Mathematics.) Offered as MATH 322 Theory. 3 Units. and MATH 422. Prereq: MATH 321 or MATH 421. Propositional calculus and quantification theory; consistency and completeness theorems; Gödel MATH 423. Introduction to Real Analysis I. 3 incompleteness results and their philosophical Units. significance; introduction to basic concepts of model theory; problems of formulation of arguments General theory of measure and integration. in philosophy and the sciences. Offered as PHIL Measures and outer measures. Lebesgue 306, MATH 406 and PHIL 406. measure on n-space. Integration. Convergence theorems. Product measures and Fubini’s theorem. Signed measures. Hahn-Jordan MATH 408. Introduction to Cryptology. 3 Units. decomposition, Radon-Nikodym theorem, and Lebesgue decomposition. SpaceP-integrable Introduction to the mathematical theory of function. Lebesgue differentiation theorem in n- secure communication. Topics include: classical space. Prereq: MATH 322 or MATH 422. cryptographic systems; one-way and trapdoor functions; RSA, DSA, and other public key systems; Primality and Factorization algorithms; birthday MATH 424. Introduction to Real Analysis II. 3 problem and other attack methods; elliptic curve Units. cryptosystems; introduction to complexity theory; other topics as time permits. Recommended Measures on locally compact spaces. Riesz preparation: MATH 303. representation theorem. Elements of functional analysis. Normed linear spaces. Hahn-Banach, Banach-Steinhaus, open mapping, closed graph MATH 421. Fundamentals of Analysis I. 3 Units. theorems. Weak topologies. Banach-Alaoglu theorem. Function spaces. Stone-Weierstrass Abstract mathematical reasoning in the context and Ascoli theorems. Basic Hilbert space theory. of analysis in Euclidean space. Introduction to Application to Fourier series. Additional topics: Haar formal reasoning, sets and functions, and the measure on locally compact groups. Prereq: MATH number systems. Sequences and series; Cauchy 423. sequences and convergence. Required for all mathematics majors. Additional work required for graduate students. (May not be taken for graduate MATH 425. Complex Analysis I. 3 Units. credit by graduate students in the Department of Mathematics.) Offered as MATH 321 and MATH Analytic functions. Integration over paths in the 421. complex plane. Index of a point with respect to a closed path; Cauchy’s theorem and Cauchy’s integral formula; power series representation; open mapping theorem; singularities; Laurent expansion; residue calculus; harmonic functions; Poisson’s formula; Riemann mapping theorem. More theoretical and at a higher level than MATH 324. Prereq: MATH 322 or MATH 422. Case Western Reserve University 245

MATH 426. Geometry and Complex Analysis. 3 MATH 431. Introduction to Numerical Analysis I. Units. 3 Units.

The theme of this course will be the interplay Numerical linear algebra for scientists and between geometry and complex analysis, algebra engineers. Matrix and vector norms, computer and other fields of mathematics. An effort will arithmetic, conditioning and stability, orthogonality. be made to highlight significant, unexpected Least squares problems: QR factorization, normal connections between major fields, illustrating the equations and Singular Value Decomposition. unity of mathematics. The choice of text(s) and Direct solution of linear system: Gaussian syllabus itself will be flexible, to be adapted to the elimination and Cholesky factorization. Eigenvalues range of interests and backgrounds of pre-enrolled and eigenvectors: the QR algorithm, Rayleigh students. Possible topics include: the Mobius quotient, inverse iteration. Introduction to iterative group and its subgroups, hyperbolic geometry, methods. Students will be introduced to MATLAB. elliptic functions, Riemann surfaces, applications of Prereq: MATH 201 or MATH 307. conformal mapping, and potential theory in classical physical models. Offered as MATH 326 and MATH 426. MATH 432. Numerical Differential Equations. 3 Units.

MATH 427. Convexity and Optimization. 3 Units. Numerical solution of differential equations for scientists and engineers. Solution of ordinary Introduction to the theory of convex sets and differential equations by multistep and single functions and to the extremes in problems in areas step methods. Stability, consistency, and of mathematics where convexity plays a role. convergence. Stiff equations. Finite difference Among the topics discussed are basic properties schemes. Introduction to the finite element method. of convex sets (extreme points, facial structure Introduction to multigrid techniques. The diffusion of polytopes), separation theorems, duality and equation: numerical schemes and stability analysis. polars, properties of convex functions, minima Introduction to hyperbolic equations. MATLAB will and maxima of convex functions over convex set, be used in this course. Prereq: MATH 224 or MATH various optimization problems. Offered as MATH 228. 327, MATH 427, and OPRE 427. MATH 433. Numerical Solutions of Nonlinear MATH 428. Fourier Analysis. 3 Units. Systems and Optimization. 3 Units.

Introduction to the mathematical aspects of The course provides an introduction to numerical Fourier analysis and synthesis. Accessible solution methods for systems of nonlinear to upper level undergraduates and graduate equations and optimization problems. The course students in the sciences and engineering. is suitable for upper-undergraduate and graduate Periodic functions. Fourier series. Convergence students with some background in calculus and theorems. The classical sine and cosine series. linear algebra. Knowledge of numerical linear General orthogonal systems. Multiple Fourier algebra is helpful. Among the topics which will be series. Applications. Fourier integrals and Fourier covered in the course are Nonlinear systems in one Transforms. Integrable and square integrable variables; Newton’s method for nonlinear equations function theory. Inversion theorems. Classical sine and unconstrained minimization; Quasi-Newton and cosine transforms. Multiple Fourier Transform. methods; Global convergence of Newton’s methods Spherical symmetry. Other important transforms. and line searches; Trust region approach; Secant Applications. Prereq: MATH 224 or MATH 228. methods; Nonlinear least squares. Prereq: MATH 223 or MATH 227, and MATH 431 or permission. 246 College of Arts and Sciences

MATH 434. Optimization of Dynamic Systems. 3 MATH 440. Computational Inverse Problems. 3 Units. Units.

Fundamentals of dynamic optimization with This course will introduce various computational applications to control. Variational treatment of methods for solving inverse problems under control problems and the Maximum Principle. different conditions. First the classical regularization Structures of optimal systems; regulators, terminal methods will be introduced, and the computational controllers, time-optimal controllers. Sufficient challenges which they pose, will be addressed. conditions for optimality. Singular controls. Following this, the statistical methods for solving Computational aspects. Selected applications. inverse problems will be studied and their computer Recommended preparation: EECS 408. Offered as implementation discussed. We will combine the EECS 421 and MATH 434. two approaches to best exploit their potentials. Applications arising from various areas of science, engineering, and medicine will be discussed MATH 435. Ordinary Differential Equations. 3 throughout the course. Units.

A second course in ordinary differential equations. MATH 441. Mathematical Modeling. 3 Units. Existence, uniqueness, and continuation of solutions of ODE. Linear systems, fundamental Mathematics is a powerful language for describing matrix, qualitative methods (phase plane). real world phenomena and providing predictions Dependence on initial data and parameters that otherwise are hard or impossible to obtain. (Gronwall’s inequality, nonlinear variation of The course gives the students pre-requisites for parameters). Stability for linear and nonlinear translating qualitative descriptions given in the equations, linearization, Poincare-Bendixson professional non-mathematical language into the theory. Additional topics may include regular quantitative language for mathematics. While the and singular perturbation methods, autonomous variety in the subject matter is wide, some general oscillations, entrainment of forced oscillators, and principles and methodologies that a modeler bifurcations. Prereq: MATH 224 and either MATH can pursue are similar in many applications. The 201 or MATH 307. course focuses on these similarities. The course is based on representative case studies that are discussed and analyzed in the classroom, MATH 439. Integrated Numerical and Statistical the emphasis being on general principles of Computations. 3 Units. developing and analyzing mathematical models. The examples will be taken from different fields of This course will embed numerical methods into a science and engineering, including life sciences, Bayesian framework. The statistical framework will environmental sciences, biomedical engineering make it possible to integrate a prori information and physical sciences. Modeling relies increasingly about the unknowns and the error in the data on computation, so the students should have basic directly into the most efficient numerical methods. skills for using computers and programs like Matlab A lot of emphasis will be put on understanding the or Mathematica. Prereq: MATH 224 or MATH 228. role of the priors, their encoding into fast numerical solvers, and how to translate qualitative or sample- based information--or lack thereof--into a numerical MATH 444. Mathematics of Data Mining and scheme. Confidence on computed results will also Pattern Recognition. 3 Units. be discussed from a Bayesian perspective, at the light of the given data and a priori information. The This course will give an introduction to a class of course should be of interest to anyone working on mathematical and computational methods for the signal and image processing statistics, numerical solution of data mining and pattern recognition analysis and modeling. Recommended Preparation: problems. By understanding the mathematical MATH 431. Offered as MATH 439 and STAT 439. concepts behind algorithms designed for mining data and identifying patterns, students will be able to modify to make them suitable for specific applications. Particular emphasis will be given to matrix factorization techniques. The course requirements will include the implementations of the methods in MATLAB and their application to practical problems. Prereq: MATH 201 or MATH 307. Case Western Reserve University 247

MATH 445. Introduction to Partial Differential MATH 465. Differential Geometry. 3 Units. Equations. 3 Units. Manifolds and differential geometry. Vector Method of characteristics for linear and quasilinear fields; Riemannian metrics; curvature; intrinsic equations. Second order equations of elliptic, and extrinsic geometry of surfaces and curves; parabolic, type; initial and boundary value structural equations of Riemannian geometry; the problems. Method of separation of variables, Gauss-Bonnet theorem. Prereq: MATH 321. eigenfunction expansions, Sturm-Liouville theory. Fourier, Laplace, Hankel transforms; Bessel functions, Legendre polynomials. Green’s functions. MATH 467. Differentiable Manifolds. 3 Units. Examples include: heat diffusion, Laplace’s equation, wave equations, one dimensional gas Differentiable manifolds and structures on dynamics and others. Appropriate for seniors and manifolds. Tangent and cotangent bundle; vector graduate students in science, engineering, and fields; differential forms; tensor calculus; integration mathematics. Prereq: MATH 201 or MATH 308 and and Stokes’ theorem. May include Hamiltonian MATH 224 or MATH 228. systems and their formulation on manifolds; symplectic structures; connections and curvature; foliations and integrability. Prereq: MATH 322. MATH 449. Dynamical Models for Biology and Medicine. 3 Units. MATH 471. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Introduction to discrete and continuous dynamical 3 Units. models with applications to biology and medicine. Topics include: population dynamics and ecology; Vector analysis, Fourier series and integrals. models of infectious diseases; population genetics Laplace transforms, separable partial differential and evolution; biological motion (reaction-diffusion equations, and boundary value problems. Bessel and chemotaxis); Molecular and cellular biology and Legendre functions. Emphasis on techniques (biochemical kinetics, metabolic pathways, and applications. Prereq: MATH 224 or MATH 228. immunology). The course will introduce students to the basic mathematical concepts and techniques of dynamical systems theory (equilibria, stability, MATH 475. Mathematics of Imaging in Industry bifurcations, discrete and continuous dynamics, and Medicine. 3 Units. diffusion and wave propagation, elements of system The mathematics of image reconstruction; theory and control). Mathematical exposition is properties of radon transform, relation to Fourier supplemented with introduction to computer tools transform; inversion methods, including convolution, and techniques (Mathematica, Matlab). Prereq: backprojection, rho-filtered layergram, algebraic MATH 224 or MATH 228, or BIOL/EBME 300, and reconstruction technique (ART), and orthogonal MATH 201. polynomial expansions. Reconstruction from fan beam geometry, limited angle techniques used MATH 461. Introduction to Topology. 3 Units. in MRI; survey of applications. Recommended preparation: PHYS 431 or MATH 471. Metric spaces, topological spaces, and continuous functions. Compactness, connectedness, path connectedness. Topological manifolds; topological groups. Polyhedra, simplical complexes. Fundamental groups. Prereq: MATH 224 or MATH 228.

MATH 462. Algebraic Topology. 3 Units.

The fundamental group and covering spaces; van Kampen’s theorem. Higher homotopy groups; long-exact sequence of a pair. Homology theory; chain complexes; short and long exact sequences; Mayer-Vietoris sequence. Homology of surfaces and complexes; applications. Prereq: MATH 461. 248 College of Arts and Sciences

MATH 478. Computational Neuroscience. 3 MATH 528. Analysis Seminar. 1 - 3 Unit. Units. Continuing seminar on areas of current interest Computer simulations and mathematical analysis of in analysis. Allows graduate and advanced neurons and neural circuits, and the computational undergraduate students to become involved in properties of nervous systems. Students are research. Topics will reflect interests and expertise taught a range of models for neurons and neural of the faculty and may include functional analysis, circuits, and are asked to implement and explore convexity theory, and their applications. May the computational and dynamic properties of be taken more than once for credit. Consent of these models. The course introduces students department required. to dynamical systems theory for the analysis of neurons and neural learning, models of brain systems, and their relationship to artificial and MATH 535. Applied Mathematics Seminar. 1 - 3 neural networks. Term project required. Students Unit. enrolled in MATH 478 will make arrangements with the instructor to attend additional lectures Continuing seminar on areas of current interest and complete additional assignments addressing in applied mathematics. Allows graduate and mathematical topics related to the course. advanced undergraduate students to become Recommended preparation: MATH 223 and MATH involved in research. Topics will reflect interests 224 or BIOL 300 and BIOL 306. Offered as BIOL and expertise of the faculty and may include topics 378, COGS 378, MATH 378, BIOL 478, EBME 478, in applied probability and stochastic processes, EECS 478, MATH 478 and NEUR 478. continuum mechanics, numerical analysis, mathematical physics or mathematical biology. May be taken more that once for credit. MATH 491. Probability I. 3 Units.

Probabilistic concepts. Discrete probability, MATH 549. Mathematical Life Sciences Seminar. elementary distributions. Measure theoretic 1 - 3 Unit. framework of probability theory. Probability spaces, sigma algebras, expectations, distributions. Continuing seminar on areas of current interest in Independence. Classical results on almost sure the applications of mathematics to the life sciences. convergence of sums of independent random Allows graduate and advanced undergraduate variables. Kolmogorov’s law of large numbers. students to become involved in research. Recurrence of sums. Weak convergence of Topics will reflect interests and expertise of the probability measures. Inversion, Levy’s continuity faculty and may include mathematical biology, theorem. Central limit theorem. Introduction to the computational neuroscience, mathematical central limit problem. Prereq: MATH 423. modeling of biological systems, models of infectious diseases, computational cell biology, mathematical ecology and mathematical biomedicine broadly MATH 492. Probability II. 3 Units. constructed. May be taken more than once for credit. Conditional expectations. Discrete parameter martingales. Stopping times, optional stopping. Discrete parameter stationary processes and MATH 601. Reading and Research Problems. 1 - ergodic theory. Discrete time Markov processes. 18 Unit. Introduction to continuous parameter stochastic processes. Kolmogorov’s consistency theorem. Presentation of individual research, discussion, and Gaussian processes. Brownian motion theory investigation of research papers in a specialized (sample path properties, strong Markov property, field of mathematics. Martingales associated to Brownian motion, functional central limit theorem). Prereq: MATH 491. MATH 651. Thesis (M.S.). 1 - 18 Unit.

MATH 499. Special Topics. 3 Units. MATH 701. Dissertation (Ph.D.). 1 - 18 Unit.

Special topics in mathematics. Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. Case Western Reserve University 249

Department of Modern Languages and Literatures

103 Guilford House http://www.case.edu/artsci/dmll Antonio Candau, Department Chair [email protected] Placement Procedure The Department of Modern Languages and Students with prior experience in French, Literatures is committed to helping students German, or Spanish, however gained (e.g., become informed and liberally educated citizens in high school, with or without AP courses, at of the world. Through the acquisition of language another institution, via study abroad), must take skills and cultural awareness, our students prepare a placement examination before the first week for careers that have an international dimension. of the semester in which they enroll in one of To that end, we strongly encourage them to those languages. Placement depends both on spend their junior year abroad in order to immerse examination results and on consultation with themselves in a foreign culture and perfect their individual faculty members. language skills. We also run our own study abroad The academic policy of Case Western Reserve programs: one German program (“The Munich Experience”), two French programs (“The Paris University is to award credit for a 101 course in Experience” and “The Montreal Experience”), two any language only upon completion of 102 in that Spanish programs (“The Buenos Aires Experience” language. and “Advanced Spanish in Spain”), and one in Italy. We work closely with other university departments Majors and interdisciplinary programs as well as with the cultural institutions of University Circle to provide French, German, Japanese Studies, and students with a broad understanding of the many opportunities that language and culture study Spanish offer. The department has strong interdisciplinary Majors in French, German, Japanese Studies, ties with the college’s programs in Asian studies, and Spanish are expected: 1) to acquire the French and Francophone studies, German studies, ability to understand, speak, read, and write the international studies, women’s and gender studies, language(s) of their choice; and 2) to develop and world literature. Students also gain practical a sound understanding of the relevant cultures experience in different cultural and language and literatures. The major in French, German, environments through service learning in the Japanese Studies, or Spanish consists of 30-32 Spanish, French, and Russian communities of hours of course work and will vary based on Cleveland. students’ background in the language. Individual counseling and placement tests are provided by the Undergraduate Programs department. Course requirements are as follows: The Department of Modern Languages and • For students placed into the 200 level: 201-202 Literatures offers courses of study leading to the and eight courses at the 300 level taught in the Bachelor of Arts in French, German, Japanese target language, or six 300-level courses plus two Studies, and Spanish. In addition, the department related courses. offers minors in Chinese, Hebrew, Italian, and Russian, as well as course work in Arabic and Portuguese. Except in the case of courses cross- • For students placed into the 300-level: ten 300- listed with the World Literature Program, all courses level courses taught in the language, or eight in modern languages and literatures are taught 300-level courses plus two related courses. primarily in the target language. In addition to class meetings, work outside of class with audio materials is an integral part of all elementary Related courses are those outside the department and intermediate language courses taught by which are closely related to French, German, the department. Career opportunities exist in Japanese, and Spanish cultures, as well as those college and university teaching, translation and departmental courses cross-listed with World interpretation, diplomatic and other government Literature. service, business, international nonprofit agencies, and the arts, and are often enhanced by a double major. 250 College of Arts and Sciences

Departmental Honors University. See the Teacher Licensure section in this bulletin. The departmental honors program is for especially talented and dedicated majors. Requirements for honors in modern languages and literatures are: 1) French subject area requirements a GPA of at least 3.5 in the major, and 2) an honors thesis (FRCH, GRMN, JAPN, or SPAN 397 and FRCH 201 * 4 398, beyond the 30-32 hours required for the major) Intermediate French I * devoted to the investigation of a literary, linguistic, FRCH 202 Intermediate French II 4 or cultural topic. The thesis is written in the target FRCH 308 The Paris Experience ** 3 language, except in the case of Japanese Studies, FRCH 310 Advanced Composition and Reading 3 which may permit papers in English. It must be read FRCH 311 Advanced Conversation I 3 and approved by two readers and will be accepted FRCH 314 Translation Techniques 3 for honors only if it achieves a grade of B or better. FRCH 315 Business French ** 3 Students who qualify receive their degree “with FRCH 316 Contemporary France 3 Honors in Modern Languages and Literatures.” A FRCH 317 French Cinema 3 registration form for students electing honors is FRCH 318 The Origins of France 3 available in the departmental office. FRCH 319 Modern France 3 FRCH 320 Introduction to French Literature 3 FRCH 331 Seventeenth-Century French Literature ** 3 Integrated Graduate Studies FRCH 341 Eighteenth Century French Literature ** 3 (French) FRCH 351 Nineteenth-Century French Literature ** 3 FRCH 361 Twentieth-Century French Literature 3 The department participates in the Integrated ** Graduate Studies Program, which makes it possible ** to complete both a BA and an MA in French in FRCH 372 Topics in French Drama 3 about five years of full-time study. The department FRCH 373 The Novel and the Novella ** 3 particularly recommends the program to qualified FRCH 374 Major Writers and Literary Movements ** 3 students who are interested in seeking admission FRCH 375 ** 3 to highly competitive professional schools or Francophone Literature ** PhD programs. Interested students should note FRCH 376 Women Writers 3 the general requirements and the admission FRCH 377 Special Topics ** 3 procedures listed elsewhere in the general bulletin. FRCH 398 Honors Thesis II ** 3 FRCH 399 Independent Study ** 1-3

Teacher Licensure Option (French * Required only for students who begin their and Spanish) French major at the intermediate level.

A program leading to teacher licensure in French ** Students at the intermediate (200) level and Spanish (K-12) is also available. Students select five courses (15 credit hours); students participating in the teacher licensure program entering the program at the advanced (300) complete a 45- to 47-semester-hour major in level select seven courses (21 credit hours). French or Spanish, including course work in French or Spanish language, culture, and literature, and a 35-hour sequence in professional education. Course work in French and Spanish begins in the Spanish subject area requirements freshman year with a language course appropriate to the student’s proficiency level and continues SPAN 201 Intermediate Spanish I * 4 until the student has completed a range of upper- SPAN 202 Intermediate Spanish II * 4 level courses and has met the goals of the program. SPAN 308 ** 3 Students are strongly urged to complete some of Advanced Spanish in Spain their course work in a French- or Spanish-speaking SPAN 310 Advanced Composition and Reading 3 country and are assisted in identifying opportunities SPAN 311 Advanced Spanish Conversation 3 for study abroad. Interested students should SPAN 314 Practice of Translation 3 ** contact Professors Antonio Candau (Spanish) SPAN 315 Latin American Cultural Conflicts 3 or Christine Cano (French). The professional SPAN 316 Studies in Civilization 3 education component begins with a sequence taken SPAN 317 Contemporary Latin American Culture 3 at Case Western Reserve, followed by 20 semester SPAN 318 Contemporary Spanish Culture 3 hours (including student teaching) at John Carroll SPAN 319 Spanish for Legal Professionals 3 Case Western Reserve University 251

SPAN 320 Introduction to Readings in Hispanic 3 • The MA in world literature, emphasizing Literature Francophone and Anglophone literature, requires SPAN 322 Latin American Short Story ** 3 27 hours. SPAN 331 Spanish Golden Age Literature ** 3 SPAN 340 Contemporary Latin-American Narrative ** 3 Full-time students are expected to complete the MA SPAN 342 Latin American Feminist Voices ** 3 within two academic years. SPAN 343 ** 3 The New Drama in Latin American Department Faculty SPAN 345 Hispanic Autobiographical Writing ** 3 SPAN 350 Spanish Fiction ** 3 Antonio Candau, PhD ** (University of Massachusetts, Amherst) SPAN 351 Hispanic Turn of the Century Literature 3 Associate Professor and Chair SPAN 353 ** 3 Transatlantic Vanguard 19th- to 21st-century Peninsular Spanish culture; SPAN 358 Latin American Cinema ** 3 Golden Age literature SPAN 370 Special Topics in Spanish ** 3 Christine Cano, PhD SPAN 385 ** 3 Hispanic Literature in Translation (Yale University) SPAN 398 Honors Thesis II ** 3 Associate Professor SPAN 399 Independent Study ** 1-3 19th- and 20th-century French literature and culture * Required only for students who begin their Denise Caterinacci, MA Spanish major at the intermediate level. (Kent State University) Instructor ** Students at the intermediate (200) level Italian language and culture; language pedagogy; select five courses (15 credit hours); students the role of motivation in language learning entering the program at the advanced (300) level select seven courses (21 credit hours). M. Gabriela Copertari, PhD (Georgetown University) Associate Professor Minors Latin American literature and film, especially Argentinian; women’s writing; the modernista novel Chinese, French, German, Hebrew, Italian, Japanese Studies, Russian, Margaretmary Daley, PhD Spanish (Yale University) Associate Professor Course requirements for the minors are as follows: 18th- and 19th-century German literature; German women writers; women’s studies; feminist literary • For students placed into the introductory level (no criticism previous knowledge of the language): 101, 102, 201, 202, and one 300-level course. Gilbert Doho, Docteur d’Etat (University of the Sorbonne Nouvelle) Associate Professor • For students placed into the 200 level or higher: French drama; African Francophone theater five courses at the 200 and 300 levels. and film; people theater and social movements; playwriting; African performing arts Hebrew language courses may also count toward Linda C. Ehrlich, PhD the minor in Judaic Studies. (University of Hawaii/East-West Center) Associate Professor Asian (Japanese) cinema; traditional Asian theatre; Graduate Programs set design, landscape architecture, and film; Japanese poetry; literature and film; cinema of The department offers the Master of Arts degree Spain in French and, together with the Departments of Takao Hagiwara, PhD English and Classics, the Master of Arts degree in (University of British Columbia) world literature. Associate Professor • The standard MA in French requires 27-28 Japanese literature, especially modern prose and semester hours. An MA in French with a minor poetry; classical and modern Japanese literature; concentration in German, Japanese, or Spanish pre-modern Japanese sensibilities and (post) requires 36 hours. modernism 252 College of Arts and Sciences

Jutta Ittner, PhD Peter Jianhua Yang, PhD (University of Hamburg) (University of Utah) Associate Professor Associate Professor 20th-century German literature; contemporary German literature, emphasis on 20th-century women writers; poetry; literary translation; German German literature; German theater; technology- culture; representation of animals in contemporary enhanced language teaching; teaching pedagogy; literature business German; theatricality Marie Lathers, PhD Tatiana Zilotina, PhD (Brown University) (University of Virginia) Elizabeth M. and William C. Treuhaft Professor of Instructor Humanities 19th- and 20th-century Russian literature; the Women and the visual arts; 19th-century French poetry of Marina Tsvetaeva; women writers; literature and the arts (painting, sculpture, Russian culture; Russian folklore photography, film); gender, science, and technology; feminist theory; space studies Lecturers Yuxiu Liang, MA (Cleveland State University, Case Western Reserve Bernadette Beroud, MA University) (Université Jean Moulin, Lyon III) Instructor Lecturer (French) Chinese language and culture; social theory Yoram Daon, MBA Jacqueline C. Nanfito, PhD (Keller Graduate School of Management, DeVry (University of California, Los Angeles) University) Associate Professor Lecturer (Hebrew) Colonial and 19th-century Latin American literature; Golden Age Hispanic literature; literary theory; Mauricio Duarte, MA Chicano literature; contemporary Latin American (Arizona State University) women writers Lecturer (Spanish) Damaris Punales-Alpizar, PhD Elena Fernández, MA (University of Iowa) (Cleveland State University) Assistant Professor Lecturer (Spanish) 20th-century Latin American literature; Latin Margaret M. Fitzgerald, MA American cinema; Cuban cinema; contemporary (The Ohio State University) Cuban and Caribbean narrative; 19th- and 20th- Lecturer (Japanese) century Latin American poetry; 20th-century peninsular literature Ramez Islambouli, MA (Case Western Reserve University) Cheryl Toman, PhD Lecturer (Arabic) (University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign) Assistant Professor Yoshiko Kishi, MA African and Middle Eastern Francophone literature, (New York University) especially Cameroon; women’s writing; immigrant Lecturer (Japanese) communities in France Clara Lipszyc-Arroyo, MA Susanne Vees-Gulani, PhD (University of Western Ontario) (University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign) Lecturer (Portuguese and Spanish) Associate Professor 20th- and 21st-century literature and literary Enno Lohmeyer, PhD movements; German cultural studies; science and (University of Kansas) literature; medicine and literature; trauma studies; Lecturer (German) victim discourses; literary and cultural responses to World War II; German civil defense strategies in Silvia Marotta, MA World War II (Youngstown State University) Lecturer (Italian) Carolina Perera Olivares, MA (University of South Florida) Lecturer (Spanish) Case Western Reserve University 253

Fabienne Pizot-Haymore, MA ARAB 301. Advanced Arabic I. 3 Units. (Université Paul Valéry, Montpellier III) Lecturer (French) This is a higher level of Arabic study. The course objectives are to enhance the student’s language skills and to develop ability to use high-level Arabic effectively. It is designed to help students move ARAB Courses from the intermediate level of proficiency, which centers on daily life and the immediate world, to ARAB 101. Beginning Arabic I. 4 Units. the advanced, which broadens to include topics of general and professional interest. Recommended The course introduces learners of Arabic to the preparation: ARAB 202 or equivalent. sound and writing systems of this language and provides them with basic structural and lexical knowledge to enable them to say things in Arabic, ARAB 399. Independent Study in Arabic. 1 - 3 such as greeting others, thanking someone, Unit. introducing oneself, describing one’s background, seeking and providing info and so forth. The ability Topics will be constructed to fit the interest of a to perform these language functions in real-life student who has already taken an advanced course or lifelike situations is developed by engaging in Arabic. Prereq: ARAB 301. the learner in structured functional activities and grammatical exercises.

ARAB 102. Beginning Arabic II. 4 Units. CHIN Courses

Arabic 102 builds on the proficiency that students CHIN 101. Elementary Chinese I. 4 Units. should have acquired in Arabic 101. The course follows a student-centered communicative Introductory course in speaking, understanding, approach in which class time is used in active reading and writing Chinese. Students are expected learning through pair or group activities, role-play, to achieve control of the sound system and basic games, selective listening and reading and other sentence patterns of standard Mandarin Chinese. activities. The course emphasizes the four basic The course emphasizes speaking and aural skills, reading, speaking, listening and writing. comprehension. Students will be exposed to real audiovisual material in order to enhance comprehension and they will have to develop short oral and written CHIN 102. Elementary Chinese II. 4 Units. responses about it. Aspects of culture across the Arab world will be included as a element of learning Continuation of CHIN 101. Recommended the language. Recommended preparation: ARAB preparation: Consent of department. 101 CHIN 201. Intermediate Chinese I. 4 Units. ARAB 201. Intermediate Arabic I. 4 Units. Emphasizes basic structures of standard Intensive review of grammar and conversational Mandarin Chinese; helps students improve skills in modern Arabic through readings, reading, writing, listening and speaking abilities. discussions and other activities that explore Chinese culture, society, and people introduced contemporary Arab life and culture. Recommended through supplementary materials and activities. preparation: ARAB 102 or equivalent. Recommended preparation: CHIN 102 or equivalent.

ARAB 202. Intermediate Arabic II. 4 Units. CHIN 202. Intermediate Chinese II. 4 Units. ARAB 202 is a continuation of ARAB 201 and will enable the students to develop advanced Continuation of CHIN 201. Students must use communicative skills for the use of Modern Arabic. course material offered by the Online Language It will focus on speaking, listening, reading and Learning Center in addition to class meetings. writing skills, and emphasize creative use of the Recommended preparation: CHIN 201. language. Recommended preparation: ARAB 201 or equivalent. 254 College of Arts and Sciences

CHIN 203. Intermediate Chinese III. 4 Units. CHIN 315. Business Chinese. 3 Units.

As the continuation of CHIN 202, CHIN 203 is the The Business Chinese course is designed to third course at the intermediate level in Chinese enhance students’ listening, speaking, reading, language at CWRU. In this course, students focus and writing skills in Chinese through a variety of on conversation combined with further study of activities. It will focus on China’s contemporary grammatical and syntactic rules, and of cultural international business issues and practices. At the elements. The objective is a further development end of the semester, the students will have a basic of communicative skills in listening, speaking, knowledge of China’s socio-cultural values, trade reading, and writing. Upon completion of this policy, and role in the world economy after its entry course, students’ proficiency will be optimal for into the WTO and the ability to hold conversations entering CHIN 301. The course is a 4 credit course. on selected business topics with correct business The course uses integrated Chinese Level 2, Part vocabulary and in a culturally appropriate manner; 1, from the same series of textbooks for CHIN to read business-related materials; and to write 201 and 202. The course covers 7 lessons of basic business communications including letters, the book, two weeks for each lesson, in average. reports and resumes. It is taught in Chinese and Students are expected to preview each lesson English. Offered as CHIN 315 and CHIN 415. before class, to complete the assigned homework, Prereq: CHIN 202 or equivalent. and to study after class the content covered that day. The final grade will be based on the mid-term and final exams, and on quizzes. There will be CHIN 399. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit. a quiz at the end of each lesson. Chinese word- processing ability is one of the objectives of this Directed study for those students who have course. Students will learn how to type Chinese progressed beyond available course offerings. texts using the Pinyin input method. Prereq: CHIN Prereq: CHIN 202. 202, or two years of study, or requisites not met permission. CHIN 415. Business Chinese. 3 Units.

CHIN 301. Advanced Chinese I. 4 Units. The Business Chinese course is designed to enhance students’ listening, speaking, reading, Students work to achieve fluency in listening, and writing skills in Chinese through a variety of speaking, reading and writing. Students must attend activities. It will focus on China’s contemporary Language Resource Center in addition to class international business issues and practices. At the meetings. Recommended preparation: CHIN 202 or end of the semester, the students will have a basic equivalent. knowledge of China’s socio-cultural values, trade policy, and role in the world economy after its entry into the WTO and the ability to hold conversations CHIN 302. Advanced Chinese II. 4 Units. on selected business topics with correct business vocabulary and in a culturally appropriate manner; Continuation of CHIN 301. to read business-related materials; and to write basic business communications including letters, reports and resumes. It is taught in Chinese and CHIN 303. Topics in Chinese. 3 Units. English. Offered as CHIN 315 and CHIN 415. Prereq: CHIN 202 or equivalent. Work with authentic materials to improve proficiency in Chinese. Emphasis on contemporary culture of China. Recommended preparation: CHIN 302.

CHIN 304. Topics in Chinese. 3 Units.

Work with authentic materials to improve proficiency in Chinese. Emphasis on contemporary culture of China. Recommended preparation: CHIN 303. Case Western Reserve University 255

FRCH Courses FRCH 295. The Francophone World. 3 Units.

FRCH 101. Elementary French I. 4 Units. The course offers an introduction to the Francophone World from a historical, cultural, Emphasizes conversational skills. Students are and literary perspective. The Francophone expected to achieve control of sound system and World includes countries and regions around basic sentence structures of French. Students the globe with a substantial French-speaking must use the course material offered by the Online population (and where French is sometimes, but Language Learning Center in addition to scheduled not always, an official language): North America class meetings. (Louisiana, Quebec, and Acadia); North Africa (Tunisia, Morocco, Algeria, and Egypt); the Middle-East (Lebanon, Syria); the Caribbean FRCH 102. Elementary French II. 4 Units. (Martinique, Guadeloupe, Haiti); South-East Asia (Vietnam); and Europe (France, Belgium, Continuation of FRCH 101. Recommended Switzerland, and Luxembourg). FRCH 295 provides preparation: FRCH 101. a comprehensive overview of the Francophone World, while focusing on a particular area or areas in any given semester. Offered as ETHS 295, FRCH 201. Intermediate French I. 4 Units. FRCH 295, and WLIT 295. Intensive review of grammar and usage through readings, discussions and other activities that FRCH 308. The Paris Experience. 3 Units. emphasize contemporary French life. Students must complete assignments at the Online Three-week immersion learning experience living Language Learning Center in addition to scheduled and studying in Paris. The focus of the course is class meetings. Recommended preparation: FRCH the literature and culture of the African, Arab, and 102 or equivalent. Asian communities of Paris. Students spend a minimum of fifteen hours per week visiting cultural centers and museums and interviewing authors FRCH 202. Intermediate French II. 4 Units. and students about the immigrant experience. Assigned readings complement course activities. A continuation of FRCH 201, the course focuses Students enrolled in FRCH 308/408 do coursework on the acquisition of intermediate-level skills in in French. WLIT 308/408 students have the option language and culture. Students must complete of completing coursework in English. Graduate assignments at the Online Language Learning students have additional course requirements. Center in addition to scheduled class meetings. Offered as FRCH 308, WLIT 308, FRCH 408, and Recommended preparation: FRCH 201 or WLIT 408. Prereq: FRCH 202. equivalent.

FRCH 310. Advanced Composition and Reading. FRCH 208. The Montreal Experience. 1 Unit. 3 Units.

One-week immersion learning experience An initiation to the literature of Francophone performing community service in Montreal, Canada. expression with a focus on close reading. Texts Students meet several times for orientation may include short stories, essays, and novels. before spending spring break in French-speaking Students engage in the discussion of their readings Montreal. Community service may include and learn how to express their ideas both orally and volunteering in a homeless center, a hospital, or in written form. Prereq: FRCH 202 or equivalent. school. Application available from Department office. This course may be repeated once. Permit required. Prereq or Coreq: FRCH 202 or equivalent. FRCH 311. Advanced Conversation I. 3 Units.

Designed to enhance pronunciation, speaking and listening-comprehension through the discussion of French literature and media for children. Required for Teacher Licensure candidates. Prereq: FRCH 202 or equivalent. 256 College of Arts and Sciences

FRCH 312. Advanced Conversation II. 3 Units. FRCH 319. Modern France. 3 Units.

A functional approach to conversation. Students A study of France’s political, social and cultural work to develop fluency in spoken French using history from the French Revolution to World War current colloquial vocabulary and focusing on II, with emphasis on the events, movements, and current issues. Practice in using speech appropriate people that have shaped Modern France. Highly to a variety of situations, including public debates. recommended for students of Nineteenth- and Prereq: FRCH 202 or equivalent. Twentieth-Century French culture. Recommended preparation: FRCH 310. Prereq: FRCH 202. FRCH 314. Translation Techniques. 3 Units. FRCH 320. Introduction to French Literature. 3 Contrastive grammar analysis and stylistics are Units. used to foster linguistic awareness and to introduce students to the methods and skills of translation. Taught in French. An introduction to literary Recommended preparation: FRCH 310. Prereq: analysis through the study of important works of FRCH 202. French literature. Written assignments are designed to develop skills in close reading, to introduce students to literary terminology in French, and to FRCH 315. Business French. 3 Units. develop a capacity for clear, precise communication of an argument. Classes are discussion-based. Business French is an upper-level course with a Recommended preparation: FRCH 310. Prereq: focus on the economic life of France and other FRCH 202 or equivalent. Francophone countries. Students gain knowledge of the economic structures and the business organization of Francophone countries as they FRCH 331. Seventeenth-Century French enhance the linguistic skills used in professional Literature. 3 Units. communication. Prereq: FRCH 202 or equivalent. The Age of Classicism, from Racine to Mme de Lafayette. Authors, works and topics may vary. FRCH 316. Contemporary France. 3 Units. Prereq: FRCH 320. A study of contemporary France, this course features discussions and lectures on a variety FRCH 335. Women in Developing Countries. 3 of topics (geography, political and social life, Units. contemporary culture) to develop factual knowledge about France and a sound understanding of current This course will feature case studies, theory, and issues as presented in the media. Prereq: FRCH literature of current issues concerning women 202 or equivalent. in developing countries primarily of the French- speaking world. Discussion and research topics include matriarchal traditions and FGM in Africa, FRCH 317. French Cinema. 3 Units. the Tunisian feminist movement, women, Islam, and tradition in the Middle East, women-centered An exploration of modern France, its images and power structures in India (Kerala, Pondichery), values as presented in French films. French press and poverty and women in Vietnam, Laos, and reviews are used for discussion. A unique linguistic Cambodia. Guest speakers and special projects and cultural immersion. Recommended preparation: are important elements of the course. Seminar- FRCH 310. Prereq: FRCH 202. style format, taught in English, with significant disciplinary writing in English for WGST, ETHS, and some WLIT students, and writing in French for FRCH 318. The Origins of France. 3 Units. FRCH and WLIT students. Writing assignments Examination through texts, films, and other include two shorter essays and a substantial media of major historical, intellectual, and artistic research paper. Offered as ETHS 335, FRCH 335, influences that have shaped the evolution of WLIT 335, WGST 335, FRCH 435 and WLIT 435. French civilization. Students will attempt to identify the values and myths that have contributed to the formation of modern France and continue to influence French actions. Recommended preparation: FRCH 310. Prereq: FRCH 202. Case Western Reserve University 257

FRCH 338. The Cameroon Experience. 3 Units. FRCH 373. The Novel and the Novella. 3 Units.

Three-week immersion learning experience living A study of narrative fiction focused on either and studying in Cameroon. The focus of the the analysis of a particular genre (the novel, the course is the culture, literature, and language of short story) or a particular type of novel (e.g., Francophone Cameroon, with some emphasis on psychological novel, realist novel, detective novel); Anglophone Cameroon. Students spend a minimum the tale (the fantastic tale, the fairytale) or novella. of fifteen hours per week visiting cultural sites and Offered as FRCH 373 and FRCH 473. Prereq or attending arranged courses at the University of Coreq: FRCH 320. Buea. Students will prepare a research paper. Coursework is in French. To do coursework in English, students should enroll in WLIT 338/438 or FRCH 374. Major Writers and Literary ETHS 338/438. Offered as ETHS 338, FRCH 338, Movements. 3 Units. WLIT 338, ETHS 438, FRCH 438, and WLIT 438. Prereq: FRCH 202. In-depth study of the work of a major writer, film director, or intellectual figure; or of a significant literary, intellectual, or artistic movement. FRCH 341. Eighteenth Century French Approaches, content, and instructor will vary. Literature. 3 Units. Offered as FRCH 374 and FRCH 474. Prereq: FRCH 320. Topics from the Age of Enlightenment, from libertinage to revolution. Authors and works may vary. Offered as FRCH 341 and FRCH 441. Prereq FRCH 375. Francophone Literature. 3 Units. or Coreq: FRCH 320. An examination of Francophone literature focused on the problematics of identity within the colonial FRCH 351. Nineteenth-Century French and post-colonial context. Writers and works may Literature. 3 Units. vary. Offered as FRCH 375 and FRCH 475. Prereq or Coreq: FRCH 320. Romanticism, realism, and naturalism in the novel and the drama. Authors, works, and topics may vary. Offered as FRCH 351 and FRCH 451. Prereq FRCH 376. Women Writers. 3 Units. or Coreq: FRCH 320. Examination of important literary texts by French and Francophone women writers. Critical essays FRCH 361. Twentieth-Century French Literature. are also studied to introduce historical and 3 Units. theoretical perspectives. Offered as FRCH 376 and FRCH 476. Prereq or Coreq: FRCH 320. Study of representative novelists (e.g., Proust, Gide, Colette, Sartre, Beauvoir) and playwrights (e.g., Claudel, Beckett, Genet) in historical context. FRCH 377. Special Topics. 3 Units. Authors, works, and topics vary. Offered as FRCH 361 and FRCH 461. Prereq or Coreq: FRCH 320. The special topics course is designed to provide a forum for specific themes or subjects not otherwise covered in the curriculum. Approaches and content FRCH 372. Topics in French Drama. 3 Units. will vary. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as FRCH 377 and FRCH 477. Prereq or Coreq: FRCH 320. A topical approach to issues and problems specific to drama. Plays, playwrights, aesthetic theories, and historical periods studied in this course may FRCH 395. French Literature in Translation. 3 vary. Offered as FRCH 372 and FRCH 472. Prereq Units. or Coreq: FRCH 320. Topics vary according to student and faculty interest. May include Francophone literature, literature and cinema, women writers, contemporary literature. Counts toward French major only as related course. No knowledge of French required. Offered as FRCH 395, WLIT 395, FRCH 495, and WLIT 495. 258 College of Arts and Sciences

FRCH 396. Senior Capstone - French. 3 Units. FRCH 435. Women in Developing Countries. 3 Units. The Senior Capstone in French in an independent study project chosen in consultation with a This course will feature case studies, theory, and capstone advisor. The capstone project should literature of current issues concerning women reflect both the student’s interest within French in developing countries primarily of the French- and/or Francophone Studies and the courses he speaking world. Discussion and research topics or she has taken to fulfill the major. The project include matriarchal traditions and FGM in Africa, requires independent research using an approved the Tunisian feminist movement, women, Islam, bibliography and plan of action. In addition to and tradition in the Middle East, women-centered written research, the student will also present the power structures in India (Kerala, Pondichery), capstone project in a public forum that is agreed and poverty and women in Vietnam, Laos, and upon by the project advisor and the student. Prereq: Cambodia. Guest speakers and special projects Senior status required. Major in French required. are important elements of the course. Seminar- style format, taught in English, with significant disciplinary writing in English for WGST, ETHS, FRCH 397. Honors Thesis I. 3 Units. and some WLIT students, and writing in French for FRCH and WLIT students. Writing assignments Intensive study of a literary, linguistic, or cultural include two shorter essays and a substantial topic with a faculty member, leading to the writing research paper. Offered as ETHS 335, FRCH 335, of a research paper in French. Limited to senior WLIT 335, WGST 335, FRCH 435 and WLIT 435. majors. Permit required.

FRCH 438. The Cameroon Experience. 3 Units. FRCH 398. Honors Thesis II. 3 Units. Three-week immersion learning experience living Continuation of FRCH 397. Limited to senior and studying in Cameroon. The focus of the majors. Permit required. Prereq: FRCH 397. course is the culture, literature, and language of Francophone Cameroon, with some emphasis on Anglophone Cameroon. Students spend a minimum FRCH 399. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit. of fifteen hours per week visiting cultural sites and The course is for students who have special attending arranged courses at the University of interests and commitments that are not addressed Buea. Students will prepare a research paper. in regular courses, and who wish to work Coursework is in French. To do coursework in independently. English, students should enroll in WLIT 338/438 or ETHS 338/438. Offered as ETHS 338, FRCH 338, WLIT 338, ETHS 438, FRCH 438, and WLIT 438. FRCH 408. The Paris Experience. 3 Units.

Three-week immersion learning experience living FRCH 441. Eighteenth Century French and studying in Paris. The focus of the course is Literature. 3 Units. the literature and culture of the African, Arab, and Asian communities of Paris. Students spend a Topics from the Age of Enlightenment, from minimum of fifteen hours per week visiting cultural libertinage to revolution. Authors and works may centers and museums and interviewing authors vary. Offered as FRCH 341 and FRCH 441. and students about the immigrant experience. Assigned readings complement course activities. FRCH 451. Nineteenth-Century French Students enrolled in FRCH 308/408 do coursework Literature. 3 Units. in French. WLIT 308/408 students have the option of completing coursework in English. Graduate Romanticism, realism, and naturalism in the novel students have additional course requirements. and the drama. Authors, works, and topics may Offered as FRCH 308, WLIT 308, FRCH 408, and vary. Offered as FRCH 351 and FRCH 451. WLIT 408. Prereq: Graduate standing. Case Western Reserve University 259

FRCH 461. Twentieth-Century French Literature. FRCH 477. Special Topics. 3 Units. 3 Units. The special topics course is designed to provide a Study of representative novelists (e.g., Proust, forum for specific themes or subjects not otherwise Gide, Colette, Sartre, Beauvoir) and playwrights covered in the curriculum. Approaches and content (e.g., Claudel, Beckett, Genet) in historical context. will vary. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as FRCH 377 Authors, works, and topics vary. Offered as FRCH and FRCH 477. 361 and FRCH 461. FRCH 495. French Literature in Translation. 3 FRCH 472. Topics in French Drama. 3 Units. Units.

A topical approach to issues and problems specific Topics vary according to student and faculty to drama. Plays, playwrights, aesthetic theories, interest. May include Francophone literature, and historical periods studied in this course may literature and cinema, women writers, contemporary vary. Offered as FRCH 372 and FRCH 472. literature. Counts toward French major only as related course. No knowledge of French required. Offered as FRCH 395, WLIT 395, FRCH 495, and FRCH 473. The Novel and the Novella. 3 Units. WLIT 495. Coreq: Graduate standing. A study of narrative fiction focused on either the analysis of a particular genre (the novel, the FRCH 590. Seminar: Topics in Modern Literature short story) or a particular type of novel (e.g., and Culture. 3 Units. psychological novel, realist novel, detective novel); the tale (the fantastic tale, the fairytale) or novella. French literature and culture since the Revolution Offered as FRCH 373 and FRCH 473. of 1789. Topics vary depending on student and instructor interests; may include realism and naturalism, Proust, contemporary film, or French FRCH 474. Major Writers and Literary philosophy. Maximum 9 credits. Prereq: Graduate Movements. 3 Units. standing. In-depth study of the work of a major writer, film director, or intellectual figure; or of a significant FRCH 595. Independent Research. 1 - 3 Unit. literary, intellectual, or artistic movement. Approaches, content, and instructor will vary. Graded independent work on a literary topic Offered as FRCH 374 and FRCH 474. Prereq: arranged individually with the instructor. Prereq: Graduate standing. Graduate standing.

FRCH 475. Francophone Literature. 3 Units. FRCH 601. Independent Study. 1 - 18 Unit.

An examination of Francophone literature focused For individual students or larger groups with special on the problematics of identity within the colonial interests. and post-colonial context. Writers and works may vary. Offered as FRCH 375 and FRCH 475. FRCH 651. Thesis M.A.. 6 - 9 Units.

FRCH 476. Women Writers. 3 Units. Thesis M.A. serves the graduate plan A of the Graduate Handbook. Examination of important literary texts by French and Francophone women writers. Critical essays are also studied to introduce historical and theoretical perspectives. Offered as FRCH 376 and FRCH 476. 260 College of Arts and Sciences

GRMN Courses GRMN 308. The Munich Experience: Spring Course/Summer Study Advanced Level. 3 Units. GRMN 101. Elementary German I. 4 Units. A semester seminar class, conducted in German, Introductory course emphasizing conversational which culminates with a three-week immersion skills. Students achieve control of the sound system learning experience spent living and studying in and basic sentence structures of spoken and Munich. Students reside with German families, written German. Students must use the course study German daily in a formal setting, and practice material offered by the Online Language Learning comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Center in addition to class meetings. Regular visits to museums, galleries, and cultural events; first-hand observation of history, life, and architecture of a major cultural center; day trips GRMN 102. Elementary German II. 4 Units. to cultural phenomena and events in the German countryside. Prereq or Coreq: GRMN 202 or Continuation of GRMN 101, emphasizing equivalent. conversational skills. Prereq: GRMN 101 or equivalent. GRMN 310. Advanced German Reading and Composition. 3 Units. GRMN 201. Intermediate German I. 4 Units. An advanced-level skills course focusing on reading Emphasizes both language and culture and is and writing for students who have already studied taught in German. Review of grammar and usage of intermediate German. Develops abilities to read German while studying texts and videotapes which authentic, unabridged texts, such as contemporary focus on contemporary life in Germany. Prereq: newspaper and magazine articles; readings GRMN 102 or equivalent. increase progressively in length and vary in genre. Also practices composition skills by composing academic prose such as objective summaries, GRMN 202. Intermediate German II. 4 Units. reviews, precis, letters, short creative texts, and analytic written forms such as short essays to Continuation of GRMN 201; conducted in German. produce increasingly sophisticated analytical Study of texts and videotapes which focus on compositions in German. Includes instruction on contemporary life in Germany. Prereq: GRMN 201 use of English- and German-language research or equivalent. tools, German-German dictionaries, and study guides. Taught in German. Prereq: GRMN 202 or GRMN 303. German Culture Civilization. 3 Units. equivalent.

Examines aspects of contemporary Germany, GRMN 311. Advanced Conversation. 3 Units. including political and social systems and cultural life through seminar discussions of texts, films, and Students work to improve fluency in spoken other media. Along with oral presentations and German. Topics include contemporary issues; essay tests, students must select a research topic current vocabulary is stressed. Students practice of interest to the discipline and write an analytic using speech appropriate to various situations. essay in German on the topic. Prereq: GRMN 202. Prereq: GRMN 202 or equivalent.

GRMN 312. German Proficiency Through Drama. 3 Units.

Readings begin with single scenes and progress to full length radio plays and theater plays which gradually increase in linguistic difficulty and complexity of central themes. Introduction to the elements of drama such as dialogue, character and dramatic structure, as well as the genres of tragedy, comedy, and tragicomedy. Focus: effective communication of critical, interpretative, and analytic ideas in discussion and in writing. Prereq: GRMN 202 or equivalent. Case Western Reserve University 261

GRMN 313. Intro to German Literature. 3 Units. GRMN 330. Topics in German Cinema. 3 Units.

Introduction to German literature and the cultural Overview of German Cinema from the beginning to issues it addresses. Readings include the main the present. Film selection representative of major literary and folk genres (short texts or excerpts), directors, major periods (such as expressionism gradually increasing in linguistic difficulty and or The New German Cinema), particular themes complexity of central themes. They cover the from different historical perspectives, and literature major literary periods from the 18th to the 21st in film. All films are in German. Taught in German. centuries. Focus: effective communication of Prereq: One 300-level GRMN course. critical, interpretative, and analytic ideas in discussion and in writing. Prereq: GRMN 202 or equivalent. GRMN 340. Topics in German Drama. 3 Units. Overview of German drama from the beginning to GRMN 315. Business German. 3 Units. the present. Explores German plays by applying different disciplinary approaches such as historical, This course is taught in German. It is designed to cultural, and literary analyses. All plays are in enhance students’ German listening, speaking, German. Taught in German. Prereq: One 300-level reading, and writing skills through a variety of GRMN course. activities. It also aims at developing students’ cross- cultural awareness and communicative competence in the specialized field of German for Business and GRMN 350. Topics in German Lyric. 3 Units. Economics in an increasingly global workplace. The course will explore German demography and This course presents a detailed study of German economic geography; the European Union, the lyric through the frequent writing of critical papers Euro, and Germany’s role in this union; German and literary analysis of the formal elements of economic systems, industries, banking systems, poetry: rhyme schemes, diction, meter, figures of advertising and sales, transportation and tourism; speech. The poems selected cover a variety of Germany’s corporate culture, industrial relations, styles, a range of historical periods, and a sampling codetermination in German companies, etc. Prereq: of authors. Readings and discussions in German. GRMN 202 or equivalent. Prereq: One 300-level GRMN course.

GRMN 320. Topics in Narrative. 3 Units. GRMN 360. Topics in Major German Authors. 3 Units. This course examines representative prose works (tales, novellas, short novels, letters, and essays) Concentrates on a specific author or small group chosen to present reactions and impressions to of authors within an aesthetic or historical context, social and aesthetic conditions in German-speaking for example: Goethe, Heine, Bachmann, Junges countries and to introduce students to different Deutschland, or die Gruppe 47. Examines the styles and varieties of German prose. Prereq: One breadth of themes and styles and may include 300-level GRMN course. literary, philosophical, biographical, and other kinds of texts. Readings and discussions in German. Prereq: One 300-level GRMN course. GRMN 326. Witches, Weddings, and Wolves. 3 Units. GRMN 365. German Literature in Translation. 3 Intensive study of German Folk Tales as collected Units. and altered by the Brothers Grimm. The Maerchen as both children’s and adult literature. Prereq: One Goethe defined "World Literature" (Weltliteratur) 300-level GRMN course. as "Intellectual Trade Relations" (geistiger Handelsverkehr). This course gives students the opportunity to study German literary works in translation and thus to trade intellectual relations with a literary culture previously unknown to them. Counts toward the German major only as a related course. No knowledge of German required. Offered as GRMN 365 and WLIT 365. 262 College of Arts and Sciences

GRMN 367. German Classicism/Romanticism. 3 GRMN 397. Honors Thesis I. 3 Units. Units. Intensive study of a literary, linguistic, or cultural Selected works of Goethe, Schiller, Hoelderlin, von topic with a faculty member, leading to the writing Kleist, and others. Prereq: One 300-level GRMN of a research paper in German. Limited to senior course. majors. Permit required. Prereq: One 300-level GRMN course. GRMN 370. Topics in Literary Periods. 3 Units. GRMN 398. Honors Thesis II. 3 Units. Overview of German literary periods from the beginning to the present. Explores German literary Continuation of GRMN 397. Limited to senior works in all three major genres from the historical, majors. Permit required. Prereq: GRMN 397. social, and literary perspectives. All works are in German. Taught in German. Prereq: One 300-level GRMN course. GRMN 399. Independent Study in German. 1 - 3 Unit.

GRMN 380. Topics in Advanced German Culture For majors and advanced students under special Studies. 3 Units. circumstances. Permit required.

Exploration of the culture of the arts, political culture, and the cultural self-expression of the German-speaking countries from their beginnings to the present. Focus: The cultural changes within HBRW Courses certain historical periods. Examination of particular aspects such as culture as mass deception in HBRW 101. Elementary Modern Hebrew I. 4 fascist Germany and the GDR, the reflection of Units. contemporary culture in literature and cinema, problems of cultural identity and multiculturalism, The course objective is to enable students to and the role of postmodern culture industry and the develop basic communicative skills in standard critical discourse today. Taught in German. Prereq: Modern Hebrew. Students will become acquainted One 300-level GRMN course. with the Hebrew alphabet and vowels, and with basic grammar and vocabulary.

GRMN 395. Special Topics in German Literature. 3 Units. HBRW 102. Elementary Modern Hebrew II. 4 Units. For majors and advanced students upon presentation of a written plan of investigation. The course objective is to continue to develop the Consent of department required. Prereq: One 300- students’ basic communicative skills in standard level GRMN course. Modern Hebrew. Students will be introduced to more complex grammatical constructs, linguistic forms and vocabulary. Prereq: HBRW 101 or GRMN 396. Senior Capstone - German. 3 Units. consent of department.

The Senior Capstone in German in an independent study project chosen in consultation with a HBRW 201. Intermediate Modern Hebrew I. 4 capstone advisor. The capstone project should Units. reflect both the student’s interest within German and/or German studies and the courses he or The course objective is to advance the students’ she has taken to fulfill the major. The project Hebrew communicative skills by studying the requires independent research using and approved language in its cultural context. The focus will bibliography and plan of action. In addition to be on speaking, reading, and writing, with an written research, the student will also present the emphasis on the use of the language as reflected capstone project in a public forum that agreed upon in Israeli culture. Prereq: HBRW 102 or consent of by the project advisor and the students. Prereq: department. Senior status required. Major in German required. Case Western Reserve University 263

HBRW 202. Intermediate Modern Hebrew II. 4 ITAL 201. Review and Progress in Italian. 4 Units. Units.

The course objectives are to enhance and Emphasizes language and culture. Review of Italian strengthen the students’ Hebrew language skills, grammar and usage while studying written forms. and to develop the ability to express thoughts, Independent laboratory practice is required in ideas and opinions freely, in both verbal and written addition to scheduled class meetings. Prereq: ITAL forms. Prereq: HBRW 201or consent of department. 102 or equivalent.

HBRW 301. Advanced Modern Hebrew I. 3 Units. ITAL 202. Read and Discuss Italian Texts. 4 Units. The course objectives are to enhance the students’ language skills and to develop their ability to use Focus on increasing proficiency acquired in an advanced level of Hebrew effectively. Classes elementary Italian and on mastering short will be conducted in Hebrew, and will focus on narratives. Review of Italian grammar and usage speaking, reading, and writing with an emphasis through reading, conversation, and media. on active and creative use of the language. Prereq: Independent laboratory practice is required in HBRW 202 or consent of department. addition to scheduled class meetings. Prereq: ITAL 201 or equivalent. HBRW 302. Advanced Modern Hebrew II. 3 Units. ITAL 308. The Italian Experience. 3 Units.

The course objectives are to enhance the students’ A three-week summer study abroad course spent language skills within the domain of Modern at a university in an Italian city well-known for Hebrew literature, and to enable them to use their its cultural and linguistic heritage and at other Hebrew skills to perform detailed literary analyses important sites during travel. Focus: Language in Hebrew. Classes will be conducted in Hebrew. immersion and processing of cultural experience. Prereq: HBRW 301 or consent of department. Main features: 1. Intense collaboration with an Italian university. Students interact with Italian peers; seminars are co-taught by Italian faculty. 2. HBRW 399. Independent Studies. 1 - 3 Unit. Creation of an individual journal that synthesizes students’ perception of and reflections on their The course is for students with special interests and experience, records the progress of their final commitments that are not fully addressed in regular project, and documents their improvement in courses, and who wish to work independently. language proficiency. 3. Final project. Students Prereq: HBRW 301 or consent of department. meet M-F in a formal setting for advanced language study designed to improve proficiency in speaking, comprehension, reading, and writing. They attend seminars on varied topics in literature, history, and civilization. Visits to museums, galleries, and ITAL Courses attendance at cultural events are included. Prereq: ITAL 101. Elementary Italian I. 4 Units. ITAL 202 or equivalent.

Introductory course; stress on mastery of the sound ITAL 311. Conversation in Italian. 3 Units. system and basic sentence structure of spoken and written Italian. Independent laboratory practice is a Focused on oral communication, ITAL 311 is requirement. designed to enhance listening/comprehension skills in Italian. Using audio-visual materials, ITAL 102. Elementary Italian II. 4 Units. students acquire the skills necessary to understand conversations between native-speakers and to Continuation of ITAL 101; independent laboratory emulate them. The situational and functional practice is required in addition to scheduled class approach to the course facilitates progress towards meetings. Prereq: ITAL 101. advanced-level fluency in Italian. Prereq: ITAL 202 or equivalent. 264 College of Arts and Sciences

ITAL 370. Special Topics in Italian Literature. 3 JAPN 225. Japanese Popular Culture. 3 Units. Units. This course highlights salient aspects of modern Special topics in Italian literature, literary criticism, Japanese popular culture as expressed in and culture. Prereq: ITAL 202 or equivalent. animation, comics and literature. The works examined include films by Hayao Miyazaki, writings by Kenji Miyazawa, Haruki Murakami and Banana ITAL 399. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit. Yoshimoto, among others. The course introduces students to essential aspects of modern Japanese The course is for students with special interests and popular culture and sensibility. Offered as JAPN commitments that are not fully addressed in regular 225 and WLIT 225. courses, and who wish to work independently.

JAPN 245. Classical Japanese Literature in Translation. 3 Units.

JAPN Courses Readings, in English translation, of classical Japanese poetry, essays, narratives, and drama JAPN 101. Elementary Japanese I. 4 Units. to illustrate essential aspects of Japanese culture and sensibility before the Meiji Restoration (1868). Introduction to understanding, speaking, reading, Lectures explore the sociohistorical contexts and and writing Japanese. Students learn to read and the character of major literary genres; discussions write hiragana and katakana syllabaries and 50 focus on interpreting the central images of human kanji characters. Students are expected to achieve value within each period. Japanese sensibilities control of the sound system and basic structure of compared to and contrasted with those of Western the language. Emphasizes aural comprehension and other cultures. Offered as JAPN 245 and WLIT and speaking. 245.

JAPN 102. Elementary Japanese II. 4 Units. JAPN 255. Modern Japanese Literature in Translation. 3 Units. Continuation of JAPN 101. Emphasizes aural comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing. Focus on the major genres of modern Japanese Students learn approximately 100 new kanji literature, including poetry, short story, and novel characters. Recommended preparation: JAPN 101. (shosetsu). No knowledge of Japanese language or history is assumed. Lectures, readings, and JAPN 201. Intermediate Japanese I. 4 Units. discussions are in English. Films and slides complement course readings. Offered as JAPN 255 Further study of fundamental structures of and WLIT 255. Japanese. Students improve aural comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing abilities and learn JAPN 301. Advanced Japanese I. 4 Units. approximately 100 new characters. Recommended preparation: JAPN 102 or equivalent. Emphasizes conversational proficiency and reading. Students must use the course material JAPN 202. Intermediate Japanese II. 4 Units. offered by the Online Language Learning Center in addition to class meetings. Recommended Continuation of JAPN 201. Students learn an preparation: JAPN 202 or equivalent. additional 100 kanji characters. With the completion of JAPN 201 - 202, students should have control of JAPN 302. Advanced Japanese II. 4 Units. the fundamentals of modern Japanese and a firm foundation in the writing system. Recommended Continuation of JAPN 301; emphasizes preparation: JAPN 201 or equivalent. conversational proficiency and reading. Japanese life and culture introduced through supplemental materials and activities. Students must use the course material offered by the Online Language Learning Center in addition to class meetings. Recommended preparation: JAPN 301 or equivalent. Case Western Reserve University 265

JAPN 345. Japanese Women Writers. 3 Units. JAPN 396. Senior Capstone - Japanese. 3 Units.

Contributions of women writers to the literature The Senior Capstone in Japanese is an of pre-modern and modern Japan; investigations independent study project chosen in consultation of how their works exemplify and diverge from with a capstone advisor. The capstone project "mainstream" literary practices. Emphasis on the should reflect both the student’s interest within social and cultural contexts of the texts. Offered as Japanese and the courses he or she has taken to JAPN 345 and WLIT 345. fulfill the major. The project requires independent research using an approved bibliography and plan of action. In addition to written research, the student JAPN 350. Contemporary Japanese Texts I. 3 will also present the capstone project in a public Units. forum that is agreed upon by the project advisor and the student. Prereq: Senior status required. The primary aim of this course is to develop Major in Japanese required. communication skills in Japanese based on those that the students have acquired in JAPN 302 or equivalent. The students will read and discuss JAPN 397. Senior Thesis I. 3 Units. various texts such as daily conversations, essays, and news scripts with the assistance of vocabulary Intensive study of a literary, linguistic, or cultural and kanji (Chinese character) lists and formal topic with a faculty member, leading to the writing of grammar explanations. Attention also will be given a research paper in English or Japanese. Limited to to enhancing the students’ writing and aural/oral senior majors. Permit required. proficiencies through regularly assigned homework, presentations, tape listening, video viewing, and classroom discussion. Recommended preparation: JAPN 398. Senior Thesis II. 3 Units. JAPN 302 or equivalent. Continuation of JAPN 397. Limited to senior majors. Prereq: JAPN 397. JAPN 351. Contemporary Japanese Texts II. 3 Units. JAPN 399. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit. This course is a continuation of JAPN 350 and its primary aim overlaps with that of JAPN 350: Directed study for students who have progressed to develop more sophisticated communication beyond available course offerings. skills in Japanese. Students will read and discuss various texts such as daily conversations, essays, and news scripts largely with the assistance of JAPN 450. Japanese in Cultural Context I. 3 vocabulary and kanji (Chinese character) lists. Units. Attention will be given to enhancing the students’ The primary aim of this graduate course is to writing and aural/oral proficiencies through regularly develop sophisticated communication skills assigned homework, presentations, tape listening, (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) in video viewing, and classrooms discussion. Prereq: Japanese. The students will read and discuss JAPN 350 or consent of instructor. various texts in the original, such as essays, news scripts, and literary works. Classroom JAPN 355. Modern Japanese Novels and the instruction and discussion will be conducted in West. 3 Units. Japanese. The students also will be required to write a research paper of 4000-6000 letters/ This course will compare modern Japanese and characters (10-15 genkoyoshi pages) in Japanese Western novellas, drama, and novels. Comparisons on a topic related to Japan and the student’s will focus on the themes of family, gender and specialty. Recommended preparation: JAPN 351 or alienation, which subsume a number of interrelated equivalent. sub-themes such as marriage, home, human sexuality, amae (dependence), innocence, experience, death, God/gods, and nature (the ecosystem). Offered as JAPN 355, WLIT 355. 266 College of Arts and Sciences

JAPN 451. Japanese in Cultural Context II. 3 MLIT 327. Gesture in Cognition and Units. Communication. 3 Units.

This course is a continuation of JAPN 450 and Most people never notice that when they are it aims at a further development of sophisticated talking, they’re also gesturing. Why do we produce communication skills (listening, speaking, reading, these gestures? What can studying them tell and writing) in Japanese. The students will read us about the human mind? This course surveys and discuss various texts in the original, such scientific research on gesture, exploring topics such as essays, news scripts, and literary works both as the role of gesture in communication, cross- classical and modern. Classroom instruction cultural differences in gesture, and the relationship and discussion will be conducted in Japanese. between gesture and signed languages. The course The students also will be required to write a will focus on gestures produced with speech, but research paper of 6000-8000 letters/characters will cover symbolic and ritualized gesture in the (15-20 genkoyoshi pages) in Japanese on a topic visual arts and in dance. Offered as COGS 327 and related to Japan and the student’s specialty. COGS 427 and MLIT 327. Recommended preparation: JAPN 450 or equivalent. MLIT 328. Seminar in Intercultural Communication: A Multilingual Media Approach. 3 Units. MLIT Courses This seminar will study communication, especially news communication, through current media in MLIT 315. Mysticism and Literature. 3 Units. different languages and cultures. It will compare discourse, terminology, vocabulary, and general This co-taught seminar will explore and compare rhetorical features of the genres of media-borne mystical elements in selected literary and languages taught in the department. It will enhance theoretical works from the West and the East. the student’s general knowledge of contemporary Comparisons will focus on a number of interrelated use of discourse in the foreign language. sub-themes such as mind, language, alienation, innocence, experience, life, death, cosmogony, cosmology, good, evil, God/gods, and nature (the MLIT 415. Mysticism and Literature. 3 Units. ecosystem). Offered as MLIT 315, WLIT 315, MLIT 415 and WLIT 415. This co-taught seminar will explore and compare mystical elements in selected literary and theoretical works from the West and the East. MLIT 325. Seminar in Cognitive Poetics and Text Comparisons will focus on a number of interrelated Analysis. 3 Units. sub-themes such as mind, language, alienation, innocence, experience, life, death, cosmogony, This seminar will cover the methodology of text cosmology, good, evil, God/gods, and nature (the analysis and the theory of cognitive poetics. ecosystem). Offered as MLIT 315, WLIT 315, MLIT The latter includes the study of formal semantic 415 and WLIT 415. structures occurring in the primarily aesthetic aspects of written language. The seminar will cover narratology, metaphor, metonymy, and related MLIT 425. Seminar in Cognitive Poetics and Text conceptual phenomena in texts and discourse. Analysis. 3 Units. Offered as MLIT 325 and MLIT 425. This seminar will cover the methodology of text analysis and the theory of cognitive poetics. The latter includes the study of formal semantic structures occurring in the primarily aesthetic aspects of written language. The seminar will cover narratology, metaphor, metonymy, and related conceptual phenomena in texts and discourse. Offered as MLIT 325 and MLIT 425. Case Western Reserve University 267

PORT Courses RUSN 201. Intermediate Russian. 4 Units.

PORT 101. Elementary Portuguese I. 4 Units. Furthers students’ ability in four basic language skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing; Introductory course. Students achieve control of expands knowledge of Russian grammar and the sound system and basic sentence structures vocabulary. Recommended preparation: RUSN of spoken and written Portuguese. Students use 102. materials offered through the Language Center in addition to class meetings. RUSN 202. Introduction to Contemporary Civilization. 4 Units. PORT 102. Elementary Portuguese II. 4 Units. Continuation of RUSN 201; introduces Continuation of PORT 101, emphasizing contemporary Russian culture through readings and conversational skills. Prereq: PORT 101 or discussion. Recommended preparation: RUSN 201. equivalent. RUSN 311. Advanced Conversation. 3 Units. PORT 201. Intermediate Portuguese I. 4 Units. Students work to improve fluency in spoken PORT 201 is an intermediate language course. Russian. Topics of conversation include aspects It assumes a fair knowledge of basic grammar of contemporary civilization; current vocabulary is that is reviewed and expanded. The course needs stressed. Recommended preparation: RUSN 202. the student to show a strong determination to engage in conversation in Portuguese, and to commit to develop better writing in Portuguese. The RUSN 319. Life in Modern Russia. 3 Units. student learns more about cultural aspects in the Portuguese-speaking world. The course is taught Examines aspects of life in modern Russia, completely in Portuguese. Prereq: PORT 102 or between the 1917 Revolution and the present, equivalent. including political and social systems and cultural life through the study of texts, films and other media. Recommended preparation: RUSN 202. PORT 399. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit.

This course is for students with special interests RUSN 320. Introduction to Russian Literature. 3 and commitments that are not addressed in regular Units. courses and who wish to work independently. Introduction to major literary movements, principal writers, and outstanding works of Russian literary works. Recommended preparation: RUSN 202 or equivalent. RUSN Courses

RUSN 101. Elementary Russian I. 4 Units. RUSN 375. Russian Literature in Translation. 3 Units. Introductory course emphasizing conversational skills. Students achieve control of alphabet, sound Topics vary according to student and faculty system, and basic sentence structures in spoken interest. May include Russian classical and modern and written Russian. Students must use the course literature, cinema, women writers, individual material offered by the Online Language Learning authors. May count towards Russian minor. No Center in addition to class meetings. knowledge of Russian required. Offered as RUSN 375 and WLIT 375.

RUSN 102. Elementary Russian II. 4 Units. RUSN 399. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit. Continuation of RUSN 101, emphasizing audiolingual practice. Recommended preparation: RUSN 101. 268 College of Arts and Sciences

SPAN Courses SPAN 305. Spanish for Political Science and International Relations. 3 Units. SPAN 101. Elementary Spanish I. 4 Units. Spanish 305 is an upper-level Spanish language Introductory course. Students achieve control of course designed to give students interested in the sound system and basic sentence structures political science and international relations, specific of spoken and written Spanish. Students must use field-related vocabulary, and cultural information the course material offered by the Online Language not found in basic textbooks. The course is divided Learning Center in addition to class meetings. into two parts: the first deals with political science; the second with international relations. Readings, discussions, and lectures are conducted in Spanish. SPAN 102. Elementary Spanish II. 4 Units. Prereq: SPAN 202 or requisites not met permission

Continuation of SPAN 101, emphasizing conversational skills. Recommended preparation: SPAN 307. Spanish Phonetics and Phonology. 3 SPAN 101. Units. Spanish Phonetics and Phonology is designed SPAN 201. Intermediate Spanish I. 4 Units. to introduce students to the study and practice of the sound system of Spanish. The course will Intensive review of grammar and usage through focus on the articulatory descriptions of native readings, discussions, and other activities. pronunciations, the differences between letters Recommended preparation: SPAN 102 or and sounds, and the classification of sounds. The equivalent. course will focus mainly on the sounds of Spanish but will also include the differences with English Language sounds. It will also develop awareness of SPAN 202. Intermediate Spanish II. 4 Units. the different dialectal variations of Spanish across the world. In addition, cultural competency will be Continues grammar review of SPAN 201. Students achieved through a contextualized approach. The will study texts and cultural documents which main goal of this course is to improve pronunciation focus on contemporary life in Hispanic countries. and intonation in Spanish with special emphasis in Recommended preparation: SPAN 201 or the production of native-like sounds. Prereq: SPAN equivalent. 202

SPAN 285. The Hispanophone World. 3 Units. SPAN 308. Advanced Spanish in Spain. 3 Units.

A survey of the imaginative literatures in a variety of Three week study-abroad intensive course that genres from the Spanish-speaking world, including takes place in Valladolid, Spain. The course texts authored by Hispanics living in the United combines the unique advantages of a total States. The selections will help students gain a immersion environment in Spanish with a greater understanding and appreciation of the classroom curriculum that includes grammar impact and adaptation of Spanish language and review, conversation practice, and study of culture among widely diverse populations of the relevant cultural issues. The focus of the culture world over the past centuries. Counts towards curriculum is the study of Spain’s key historical Spanish major as related course. No knowledge of moments through the city of Valladolid and nearby Spanish required. Offered as SPAN 285 and WLIT communities: their literature, visual arts, films, and 285. music. The cultural component is enhanced by visits to historic and cultural sites and museums. Four different one-hour orientation meetings during Spring semester. Prereq: SPAN 202 or equivalent. Case Western Reserve University 269

SPAN 309. The Buenos Aires Experience. 3 SPAN 313. Spanish for Health Professionals. 3 Units. Units.

Three week study-abroad intensive course that Designed for students who are majoring in, or takes place in Buenos Aires, Argentina. The considering a major in, a health-related field. Focus course combines the unique advantages of a on the vocabulary and expressions needed for total immersion environment in Spanish with a the workplace, task-based practical skills, and classroom curriculum that includes grammar grammatical structures. Prereq: SPAN 202 or review, conversation practice, and study of relevant equivalent. cultural issues. The focus of the culture curriculum is the study of the city of Buenos Aires’ history and culture through its literature, visual arts, films, and SPAN 314. Practice of Translation. 3 Units. music. The cultural component is enhanced by visits to historic and cultural sites and museums. Students learn necessary skills and techniques for Four different one-hour orientation meetings during solving linguistic problems in translation. Texts with Spring semester. Prereq: SPAN 202 or equivalent. a variety of contents, including articles from current press, will be translated from English into Spanish and occasionally from Spanish into English. Prereq: SPAN 310. Advanced Composition and Reading. SPAN 202. 3 Units.

Designed to facilitate the transition between SPAN 315. Latin American Cultural Conflicts. 3 lower and upper division courses in Spanish, and Units. focus upon the simultaneous development of the reading and writing skills expected of students in all Evolution of Latin American socioeconomic advanced Spanish courses. Prereq: SPAN 202. characteristics and artistic production up to the present. Class discussions of diverse literary works, social research essays, and testimonials focus on SPAN 311. Advanced Spanish Conversation. 3 conflicting elements in class structures, ethnicity, Units. and urban modernization as well as family ethos, religious trends, cultural identity, and educational Engages students in conversation so that they problems. Prereq: SPAN 202. develop oral proficiency. Short essays and newspaper articles dealing with everyday activities, socio-cultural roles and experiences, and self- SPAN 316. Studies in Civilization. 3 Units. awareness and life goals discussed; some literary materials discussed. Prereq: SPAN 202. Major historical, intellectual, and artistic influences that have shaped the evolution of Spanish civilization. Prereq: SPAN 202. SPAN 312. Business Spanish. 3 Units.

Spanish for business is an upper-level language SPAN 317. Contemporary Latin American and culture course which is designed for students Culture. 3 Units. at the advance intermediate level. The course stresses the vocabulary and expressions used An intensive study of Latin American culture and to describe economic and commercial structure, civilization through the examination of its arts: the language to solve problems and conduct literature, music, film, painting, photography, negotiations, and the culture of specific aspects popular art. Designed to bring together the various of the Spanish world of the business. Students strands of Latin American realities, emphasis is will continue being exposed to listening, speaking, placed on the predominant view among Latin reading and writing through a variety of activities. American intellectuals that artists and intellectuals Prereq: SPAN 202 or permission. have the power and the obligation to modify society. Prereq: SPAN 202. 270 College of Arts and Sciences

SPAN 318. Contemporary Spanish Culture. 3 SPAN 325. HIspanic Intellectuals and Society: A Units. Critical Approach. 3 Units.

Study of several key historical moments and This course offers an overview of the most several key aspects in contemporary Spain: important critical approaches to Spanish American Spanish civil war, Franco’s dictatorship, and culture and literature, with a socio-historical democratic Spain; rural-urban differences, emphasis. Some of the authors we will discuss industrialization and migratory movements; are Angel Rama, Jose Antonio Cornejo Polar nationalism and terrorism; foreign immigration and and Nestor Garcia Canclini. We will analyze how tourism, the cultural renaissance and the cultural the Latin American intellectuals had thought wars in Madrid and Barcelona. Feature films and about specific issues such as identity, race, literary texts will illustrate the issues under study. ideology, colonial and postcolonial relations with Prereq: SPAN 202. the metropolis and the process of formation of the nations in the continent. The class, the discussions, exams, oral presentations and papers will be in SPAN 319. Spanish for Legal Professionals. 3 Spanish. Some of the readings must be in English, Units. but most of them will be in Spanish. Prereq: SPAN 320. Spanish for Legal Professionals is designed to familiarize students with technical language, legal topics and documents used in legal professions. SPAN 326. The Fantastic in Latin American The course will focus in the American common law Prose. 3 Units. system but will also include comparison with the civil law tradition as applied in Latin America. It will Introduction to a distinctive trend in contemporary also develop oral and written communication skills Latin American literature, the prose portrayal of in order to improve the communication with Spanish the "fantastic," a new narrative mode in Latin speaking clients and the Hispanic community as America. Critical examination of selected texts required. In addition, cultural competency will be reveals new concepts of space and time and an achieved through a contextualized approach. This increasing complexity of structure and style, one course reviews the grammar studied in previous which juxtaposes and analyzes fantasy and reality. courses and promotes class discussions and Offered as SPAN 326 and SPAN 426. Prereq: includes readings as well as translation of legal SPAN 320. documents. Prereq: SPAN 202 or equivalent. SPAN 331. Spanish Golden Age Literature. 3 SPAN 320. Introduction to Readings in Hispanic Units. Literature. 3 Units. Through close reading and discussion of Introduction to major literary movements and representative texts, we will study different genres, and the works of outstanding authors of examples of Spanish and Latin American writing Spanish and Latin American literature through from the Middle Ages, Renaissance and Baroque close readings and seminar-based discussions periods. We will stress connections between of the texts, as well as to disciplinary modes of Spain and Latin America, as well as cultural and inquiry and presentation. Requirements include literary topics of special relevance for contemporary active participation in seminar discussions, Hispanic cultures. Prereq: SPAN 320. oral presentations, tests, and several written assignments, such as response papers, in-class writing exercises, and an analytic essay in Spanish SPAN 333. Contemporary Caribbean Literature. on a research topic of interest to the discipline. 3 Units. Prereq: SPAN 202. In addition to developing a general familiarity with the literature and history of this region, students SPAN 322. Latin American Short Story. 3 Units. will acquire an awareness of the interrelation of national identity, memory, and language in the texts The history and development of the Latin American produced by contemporary Caribbean authors, short story from the nineteenth century to the and of the cultural hybridity characteristic of this present. Intertextuality, rise of the Nuevo Cuento, production. The themes treated by these authors and major characteristics of the works. Prereq: include colonialism and postcolonialism, cultural SPAN 320. and religious syncretism, and sexual politics. Prereq: SPAN 320. Case Western Reserve University 271

SPAN 336. Chicana/o Literature. 3 Units. SPAN 343. The New Drama in Latin American. 3 Units. An introduction to Chicana/o literature written after 1943. Literary history, clarification of linguistic Representative works of contemporary Latin terminology, and an examination of the cultural American drama. Critical examination of selected components of each work. Readings, discussions, dramatic works of twentieth-century Latin America and lectures in Spanish. Prereq: SPAN 320. provides students insight into the nature of drama and into the structural and stylistic strategies utilized by Latin American dramatists to create the SPAN 339. Latin American Poetic Revolt. 3 "new theater," one which is closely related to Latin Units. American political history. Prereq: SPAN 320. Introduction to most important poets in contemporary Latin America, a region home to SPAN 345. Hispanic Autobiographical Writing. 3 a significant number of eminent poets, including Units. Nobel Laureates from Chile, Gabriela Mistral and Pablo Neruda. The course focuses on detailed The course studies issues of self-representation textual analysis of pivotal works, combined with through the reading of autobiographical works from historical-literary perspective, so students gain different periods from Latin America, Spain, and the insight into the diverse styles and tendencies U.S., and of theoretical works that address topics that reflect the tumultuous history of poetry’s of first-person narratives, autobiography, and sub- development in a relentless search for a Latin alternity. IT SATISFIES GLOBAL AND CULTURAL American cultural identity. Prereq: SPAN 320. DIVERSITY REQUIREMENT. Offered as SPAN 345 and SPAN 445. Prereq: SPAN 320. SPAN 340. Contemporary Latin-American Narrative. 3 Units. SPAN 350. Spanish Fiction. 3 Units.

Students explore the most significant narrative Narrative masterpieces from Cervantes and the techniques since 1945 in Latin American fiction: picaresque (El Lazarillo) to the short stories and Borges, Cortazar, Garcia Marquez, Vargas Llosa, novels of 19th and 20th century authors. Prereq: Isabel Allende. Prereq: SPAN 320. SPAN 320.

SPAN 342. Latin American Feminist Voices. 3 SPAN 351. Hispanic Turn of the Century Units. Literature. 3 Units.

Examination of the awakening of feminine and Cultural and political transitions between 19th and feminist consciousness in the literary production 20th Century, between Spain and Latin America, of Latin American women writers, particularly from and between literary models. Study of Spanish and the 1920s to the present. Close attention paid to Latin American writers and their literary connections the dominant themes of love and dependency; (Generation of 1898, modernistas) in the context of imagination as evasion; alienation and rebellion; colonial conflicts and economic changes. Offered sexuality and power; the search for identity and the as SPAN 351 and SPAN 451. Prereq: SPAN 320. self-preservation of subjectivity. Readings include prose, poetry, and dramatic texts of female Latin American writers contributing to the emerging of feminist ideologies and the mapping of feminist identities. Prereq: SPAN 320. 272 College of Arts and Sciences

SPAN 353. Transatlantic Vanguard. 3 Units. SPAN 370. Special Topics in Spanish. 3 Units.

Presentation of transatlantic tendencies of the This course is designed to respond to students’ early vanguard movements represented by poets and faculty interest in specific themes or from Spain, Central and South America. Beginning issues not otherwise covered in the curriculum. with the advent of Modernism in Latin America Approaches, content, and instructor will vary and Symbolism in Spain, this course will trace and this course may have a focus that crosses the development of resulting movements in the generic, artistic, historical, disciplinary, and early twentieth century. Surrealism, Creationism, geographical boundaries. The honing of analytical Futurism, Ultraism and Dadaism forged a vital link and interpretative skills as well as the further between poets and artists from the Americas and development of Spanish language skills also their European counterparts. We will focus on the are integral objectives of this course. The class similarities and differences between these "isms" is conducted in Spanish. Prereq: SPAN 320 or while drawing conclusions about the uniqueness of equivalent. vanguard movements on both sides of the Atlantic. Offered as SPAN 353 and SPAN 453. Prereq: SPAN 320. SPAN 385. Hispanic Literature in Translation. 3 Units.

SPAN 356. Afro-Hispanic Literature. 3 Units. Critical analysis and appreciation of representative literary masterpieces from Spain and Latin America, This course will survey the literary and cultural and by Hispanics living in the U.S. Texts cover a production of writers and artists of African descent variety of genres and a range of literary periods, in Latin America and the Caribbean, paying from works by Cervantes to those of Gabriel Garcia attention to both their creative and theoretical texts. Marquez. The course will examine the relationship Discussion of questions of race and ethnicity will between literature and other forms of artistic allow students to explore the ways in which these production, as well as the development of the texts reformulate the idea of national identity and Hispanic literary text within the context of historical cultural belonging in the context of the nation-state, events and cultural production of the period. Counts whose traditional centrality is being weakened toward Spanish major only as related course. No through the effects of migration and exile. Readings knowledge of Spanish required. Offered as ETHS include works by writers from Cuba, Puerto Rico, 385, ETHS 485, SPAN 385, SPAN 485, WLIT 385, Dominican Republic, Costa Rica, Colombia, and WLIT 485. Panama, Ecuador, and Peru. Prereq: SPAN 320 or equivalent. SPAN 396. Senior Capstone - Spanish. 3 Units.

SPAN 358. Latin American Cinema. 3 Units. The Senior Capstone in Spanish in an independent study project chosen in consultation with a This course is designed to introduce students to the capstone advisor. The capstone project should basic tools of film analysis as well as to the major reflect both the student’s interest within Spanish trends and movements in Latin American cinema and the courses he or she has taken to fulfill the from the 1960s to the present. Through the analysis major. The project requires independent research of representative films from Latin America, the using an approved bibliography and plan of action. course will examine the development of a variety of In addition to written research, the student will cinematic styles, paying particular attention to the also present the capstone project in a public forum historical contexts in which the films were produced that is agreed upon by the project advisor and the and to the political, cultural, and aesthetic debates student. Senior status required. Major in Spanish that surrounded their production. Prereq: SPAN 320 required. or equivalent. SPAN 397. Honors Thesis I. 3 Units.

Intensive study of a literary, linguistic, or cultural topic with a faculty member, leading to the writing of a research paper in Spanish. Limited to senior majors. Case Western Reserve University 273

SPAN 398. Honors Thesis II. 3 Units. SPAN 453. Transatlantic Vanguard. 3 Units.

Continuation of SPAN 397. Limited to senior Presentation of transatlantic tendencies of the majors. Permit required. Prereq: SPAN 397. early vanguard movements represented by poets from Spain, Central and South America. Beginning with the advent of Modernism in Latin America SPAN 399. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit. and Symbolism in Spain, this course will trace the development of resulting movements in the The course is for students with special interests and early twentieth century. Surrealism, Creationism, commitments that are not fully addressed in regular Futurism, Ultraism and Dadaism forged a vital link courses, and who wish to work independently. between poets and artists from the Americas and their European counterparts. We will focus on the similarities and differences between these "isms" SPAN 426. The Fantastic in Latin American while drawing conclusions about the uniqueness of Prose. 3 Units. vanguard movements on both sides of the Atlantic. Introduction to a distinctive trend in contemporary Offered as SPAN 353 and SPAN 453. Latin American literature, the prose portrayal of the "fantastic," a new narrative mode in Latin SPAN 485. Hispanic Literature in Translation. 3 America. Critical examination of selected texts Units. reveals new concepts of space and time and an increasing complexity of structure and style, one Critical analysis and appreciation of representative which juxtaposes and analyzes fantasy and reality. literary masterpieces from Spain and Latin America, Offered as SPAN 326 and SPAN 426. and by Hispanics living in the U.S. Texts cover a variety of genres and a range of literary periods, from works by Cervantes to those of Gabriel Garcia SPAN 445. Hispanic Autobiographical Writing. 3 Marquez. The course will examine the relationship Units. between literature and other forms of artistic The course studies issues of self-representation production, as well as the development of the through the reading of autobiographical works from Hispanic literary text within the context of historical different periods from Latin America, Spain, and the events and cultural production of the period. Counts U.S., and of theoretical works that address topics toward Spanish major only as related course. No of first-person narratives, autobiography, and sub- knowledge of Spanish required. Offered as ETHS alternity. IT SATISFIES GLOBAL AND CULTURAL 385, ETHS 485, SPAN 385, SPAN 485, WLIT 385, DIVERSITY REQUIREMENT. Offered as SPAN and WLIT 485. Prereq: Graduate standing. 345 and SPAN 445. Prereq: SPAN 320.

SPAN 451. Hispanic Turn of the Century Literature. 3 Units.

Cultural and political transitions between 19th and 20th Century, between Spain and Latin America, and between literary models. Study of Spanish and Latin American writers and their literary connections (Generation of 1898, modernistas) in the context of colonial conflicts and economic changes. Offered as SPAN 351 and SPAN 451. 274 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Music

201 Haydn Hall http://music.case.edu BA in Music | BS in Music Education | Minor Mary E. Davis, Department Chair [email protected] The Department of Music provides a range Undergraduate Programs of educational opportunities and professional programs that balance humanistic knowledge of music with excellence in performance. The Majors department offers the following degree programs: Students who wish to major in music must pass a • Music (Bachelor of Arts within the context of performance audition on an acceptable instrument liberal arts; see list of concentrations under or in voice and take a music theory placement “Majors” below) test. Arrangements for this audition and test must be made directly with the department. Once • Music education (Bachelor of Science, Master admitted as a music major, a student is required to of Arts, Master of Arts for Teacher Licensure, participate in one or more of the university’s musical Doctor of Philosophy) organizations each semester and to attend recital class. Performance juries and other requirements • Early music performance practices (Master of are detailed in the Undergraduate Music Handbook. Arts, Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor of Musical Arts) Double Major and Dual-Degree Opportunities. The department encourages qualified students • Music history and literature (Master of Arts) to consider a double or dual major in music and another subject. More than one half of music • Musicology (Doctor of Philosophy) majors at Case Western Reserve pursue a double major. Typical combinations include the Bachelor of Arts in music with theater, English, classics, Since 1968, the department has participated in a psychology, sociology, or the natural sciences. Joint Music Program with the Cleveland Institute Once the Arts and Sciences SAGES requirements of Music (http://www.cim.edu/) (CIM), which allows (39 hours) have been met, a BA student can undergraduate and graduate students at both add another major by meeting the course and institutions to pursue studies at both schools. hour requirements found in this bulletin under Students thus benefit from the specialization of a the appropriate department. In most cases, it is professional conservatory and the resources of a possible to finish a double major with music in four major university. Both institutions share a campus years. setting in University Circle, one of the nation’s richest concentrations of cultural life, which is home It is also possible to receive two degrees, although to the Cleveland Orchestra, the Cleveland Museum this usually takes five years. Typical combinations of Art, the Music Settlement, and some forty other of dual degrees include the Bachelor of Arts in cultural institutions. music with the Bachelor of Science in engineering, or the Bachelor of Science in music education with The department offers special areas of the Bachelor of Music degree from the Cleveland concentration at both the undergraduate and the Institute of Music. All admissions requirements graduate levels. One such area is early music must be met for each school, and course and hour performance practices, where musical research requirements for each degree must be fulfilled. in early music, instruments, and performance Students interested in dual degrees should declare problems is directly applied to performance. The their intent as early as possible and receive advice supporting performance organizations are the from faculty about both degrees. Case Western Reserve University Collegium Musicum, the Case/CIM Baroque Orchestra, and Back to top the Case Early Music Singers. Faculty, staff and visiting artists provide professional instruction and coaching. The Collegium Musicum and Case/CIM Baroque Orchestra use the Kulas Collection of Historical Instruments. More information about the department’s facilities and applied music offerings is available on the Graduate page. Case Western Reserve University 275

Additional course requirements for each Bachelor of Arts in Music concentration are as follows: The Bachelor of Arts degree in music stresses a humanistic orientation and situates music study in the context of the liberal arts. Music History Approximately one half of the total 120 semester Additional applied music study at the 200 level 2 credit hours necessary for the degree are devoted Three electives from music history or literature courses at 9 to music study, with the remaining credits devoted the 300 level or above to the SAGES requirements (39 hours), a possible Foreign Language 6-8 minor program, and a liberal selection of elective Total Units 17-19 courses. The specific program of study differs from student to student. Music Theory The department offers several concentrations within the music portion of the degree: music history, Additional applied music study at the 200 level. 2 music theory, early music performance practices, MUTH 311 16th Century Counterpoint (CIM class) 2 performance, general musicianship, and audio MUTH 312 Eighteenth Century Counterpoint (CIM 3 recording technology. The general musicianship class) concentration is particularly suitable for students One elective from music history or literature courses at the 3 interested in music as part of a double major or dual 300 level or above degree. Total Units 10 Core courses for the Bachelor of Arts in music are as follows: Early Music Performance Practices Music theory: Additional applied music study at the 200 level 2 MUHI 341 Introduction to Early Music Performance 3 MUTH 107 Theory for Music Majors I (CIM class) 4 Practice MUTH 108 Theory for Music Majors II (CIM class) 4 MUHI 342 Seminar in Early Music Performance 3 MUTH 207 Theory for Music Majors III (CIM class) 4 Practice One of the following: 3 One elective from music history or literature courses at the 3 MUTH 208 Theory for Music Majors IV (CIM class) 300 level or above MUTH 101/ Harmony-Keyboard I (CIM class) Foreign Language 6-8 MUTH 102/ Harmony-Keyboard II (CIM class) Total Units 17-19 MUTH 201/ Harmony-Keyboard III (CIM class) MUTH 202/ Harmony-Keyboard IV (CIM class) MUTH 320 Form and Analysis (CIM class) 3 Performance

Music history and literature: Additional applied music study at the 300 and 400 levels 6 One elective from music history or literature courses at the 3 MUHI 301 History of Western Music I 3 300 level or above MUHI 302 History of Western Music II 3 Foreign Language 6-8 MUHI 303 History of Western Music III 3 Total Units 15-17 Performance instruction: MUAP (applied music) for a minimum of 10 semester hours General Musicianship Additional requirements: One elective from music history or literature 1. Participation in assigned musical ensemble courses at the 300 level or above (3) every semester of major (6 semesters for audio concentration)

2. Participation in additional musical ensemble for Audio Recording Technology one year (audio concentration excepted) MUAR 151B Case Audio Internship I 1 3. Recital class attendance and performance MUAR 152B Case Audio Internship II 1 every year of principal MUAP study MUAR 153B Case Audio Internship III 1 MUAR 154B Case Audio Internship IV 1 4. Two semesters of eurhythmics (fulfills physical MUAR 251B Case Audio Recording Internship I 0 education requirement) MUAR 252B Case Audio Recording Internship II 0 MUAR 253B Case Audio Recording Internship III 0 276 College of Arts and Sciences

MUAR 254B Case Audio Recording Internship IV 0 on” experiences by teaching sample lessons and MUAR 200 Audio Recording I (CIM class) 2 conducting rehearsals in actual teaching situations. MUAR 201 Audio Recording II (CIM class) 2 MUAR 300 Advanced Recording Techniques I (CIM 2 Requirements for the Bachelor of Science in music class) education are as follows: MUAR 301 Advanced Recording Techniques II (CIM 2 class) A. Core courses: MUAR 302 Multitrack Recording Techniques I (CIM 2 class) Music theory/Musicianship; eurythmics: 19 MUAR 303 Multitrack Recording Techniques II (CIM 2 MUTH 107 Theory for Music Majors I (CIM class) class) or MUTH Harmony-Keyboard I MUAR 310 Recording Studio Maintenance I (CIM class) 1 101/ MUAR 311 Recording Studio Maintenance II (CIM 1 MUTH 108 Theory for Music Majors II (CIM class) class) or MUTH Harmony-Keyboard II MUAR 380 Junior Recording Techniques Thesis (CIM 3 102/ class) MUTH 207 Theory for Music Majors III (CIM class) MUAR 390 Senior Recording Tech Thesis/Senior 6 or MUTH Harmony-Keyboard III Capstone (CIM class) 201/ MUAR 320 Acoustics of Music I (CIM class) 1 MUTH 208 Theory for Music Majors IV (CIM class) MUAR 321 Acoustics of Music II (CIM class) 1 or MUTH Harmony-Keyboard IV MUAR 385 Recording Studio Internship (CIM class) 4 202/ MUAR 322 Recording Workshop I (CIM class) 1 MUTH 320 Form and Analysis (CIM class) MUAR 323 Recording Workshop II (CIM class) 1 MUDE 101 Eurhythmics I (Fulfills SAGES Phys Ed A minor in electronics is available from the Requirement (CIM class)) MUDE 102 Eurhythmics II (Fulfills SAGES Phys Ed Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Requirement (CIM class)) Science in the Case School of Engineering. A five- Music history/literature: 9 year, dual-degree program is also available in MUHI 302 History of Western Music II (Fulfills SAGES which the student earns a BA in music/audio and a Arts and Humanities requirement) BS in an elective field of engineering. MUHI 303 History of Western Music III (Fulfills SAGES Arts and Humanities requirement) Back to top MUED 305 World Music in Education (Fulfills SAGES Global and Cultural Diversity requirement) Applied music lessons (every semester except student 14 teaching): Bachelor of Science in Music MUAP 121 Principal Performance Area I MUAP 122 Principal Performance Area II Education MUAP 221 Principal Performance Area III MUAP 222 Principal Performance Area IV The mission of the Music Education Program is MUAP 321 Principal Level Performance Area V to prepare proactive scholar-practitioners who MUAP 322 Principal Level Performance Area VI will develop into leaders, teachers, and talented MUAP 421 Principal Level Performance Area VII (CIM musicians in the field of music education. The class) nationally recognized program faculty specialize Recital Class (every semester except student teaching): 0 in research in music education, music technology, MUAP 11 Recital Class (CIM class) string pedagogy, and wind conducting and Ensembles: repertoire. The faculty are active in their respective Required Home Ensemble (every semester except professional organizations and as clinicians, student teaching) * conductors, lecturers, and authors. The Bachelor of Science degree in music education requires a total of 122 credits and is designed to educate professional teachers of music education for public and private schools. The program meets the requirements of the Ohio Department of Education to prepare students to take the state- mandated teacher exam (Praxis II) and apply for teaching licensure. Most states recognize the Ohio teaching license through reciprocity. Music education students benefit from a wide range of instrumental, vocal, and general classroom methods courses. As an additional part of the program, students benefit from plentiful “hands- Case Western Reserve University 277

Added ensemble (one full year, keyboard students may sign MUED Student Teaching Seminar in Music up for 386 as their added ensemble) 396B Education (fulfills SAGES Senior Capstone) Total Units 42 Total Units 40 * • Strings:MUEN 385 Case/University Circle * See required courses below Orchestra or MUEN 386 Case Camerata Chamber Orchestra ** PSCL 101 is a prerequisite

• Winds/Percussion: MUEN 383 Symphonic Winds Required Methods and Secondary • Piano: Instrument Courses by Music Education Focus Area • Voice: MUEN 382 Case Concert Choir or MUEN 387 University Singers; in some Choral/General Focus cases, MUEN 396 Early Music Singers Required Methods Specialization Class: MUED 353 Choral Methods and Materials • Guitar: MUEN 355 Miscellaneous Secondary Instruments: Ensembles MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Voice 200A MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Guitar B. Music Education Sequence: 200B MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Percussion 200P * Methods: 15 MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Strings MUED 240 Foundations of Music Education 200H MUED 320 Technology Assisted Music Teaching and Two of the following: Learning MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Upper Brass MUED 350 General Music Methods A 200C MUED 355 Instructional Design in Music Education MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Lower Brass (Fulfills SAGES Departmental Seminar 200D requirement) MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Clarinet and MUED 352 Instrumental Methods and Materials 200E Saxophone or MUED Choral Methods and Materials MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Double Reeds 353 200F and Flute Conducting and arranging: 7 Instrumental Focus - Winds/Percussion MUED 275 Elements of Conducting Required Methods Specialization Class: MUED 276 Advanced Conducting MUED 352 Instrumental Methods and Materials MUED 310 Instrumental and Choral Arranging Secondary Instruments: Secondary instrument classes: * 6 MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Voice 200A MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Voice 200A MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Violin 200G MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Guitar 200B or MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Strings 200H MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Upper Brass 200C MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Percussion 200P MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Lower Brass 200D Three of the following: MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Clarinet and MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Upper Brass 200E Saxophone 200C MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Double Reeds MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Lower Brass 200F and Flute 200D MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Violin MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Clarinet and 200G 200E Saxophone MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Strings MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Double Reeds 200H 200F and Flute MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Percussion Instrumental Focus - Strings 200P Required Methods Specialization Class: Student Teaching: 12 MUED 352 Instrumental Methods and Materials MUED Student Teaching in Music Education Secondary Instruments: 396A MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Voice 200A 278 College of Arts and Sciences

MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Upper Brass 5. submission of a signed Statement of 200C Assurance of Good Moral Character, and or MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Lower Brass 200D 6. a satisfactory interview with music education MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Clarinet and faculty, documented on the Teacher Licensure 200E Saxophone Admission Assessment Form or MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Double Reeds and 200F Flute MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Violin 200G Decision Point 2: Application for MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Strings Advanced Standing 200H MUED Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Percussion Application for Advanced Standing should be 200P submitted by week 10 of the second semester after Decision Point 1 (usually the spring of the C. Professional Education Courses: sophomore year). Application for Advanced Standing requires: EDUC 301 Introduction to Education 3 EDUC 304 Educational Psychology 3 1. a successful review of the updated Teaching EDUC 255 Literacy Across the Content Areas 3 ePortfolio Total Units 9 2. submission of a current Academic SAGES Requirements (22 hours in addition Requirements Report documenting the to those major courses that fulfill SAGES following: a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or better, a requirements) music GPA of 2.5 or better, and an education GPA of 3.0 or better

3. a passing score on the Candidate Disposition Admission and Retention in Music Assessment Inventory completed by the music Education education faculty There are four decision points in the Music Education Program. For each of the decision points, Decision Point 3: Application for there are three possible outcomes: unconditional Student Teaching admission; conditional admission with a prescribed remedial plan which when successfully completed Application for Student Teaching should be will result in unconditional admission; or denial of completed by Week 4 of the semester prior to admission. Denial of admission at any decision student teaching. The application requires: point means the student is no longer able to pursue a music education degree at Case Western 1. a successful review of the updated Teaching Reserve. ePortfolio 2. submission of a current Academic Requirements Report documenting the Decision Point 1: Application for following: a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or better, a Admission to the Program music GPA of 2.5 or better, and an education GPA of 3.0 or better Official admission to the Music Education Program generally occurs at the end of the freshman year. 3. a passing score on the Candidate Disposition Admission to the program requires: Assessment Inventory completed by the music education faculty 1. being accepted to Case Western Reserve 4. passing a TB test 2. being accepted as a music major through an audition process before matriculation 5. presenting documentation of Hepatitis B vaccination 3. successful completion of MUED 240 Foundations of Music Education, including 6. passing an official criminal background check evaluation of an initial Teaching ePortfolio

4. a cumulative Case Western Reserve GPA of 2.5 or better Case Western Reserve University 279

Decision Point 4: Application for Initial the music faculty, nomination by a faculty member, Licensure and acceptance by the music faculty. The honors project must first be approved by the faculty project Application for Initial Licensure occurs after advisor, with the specific project timeline to be successful completion of all degree requirements. determined in consultation with the advisor. The This application requires: student must submit a proposal to the faculty before the project start date, typically by the midpoint of 1. a successful review of the updated Teaching the spring semester preceding the senior year. ePortfolio For BA students, second-semester sophomore 2. submission of a current Academic or junior standing is required for admission Requirements report documenting the to honors status. The honors project should following: a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or better, a then be completed as part of the SAGES music GPA of 2.5 or better, and an education Capstone Seminar. For BS students, admission GPA of 3.0 or better to honors status requires advanced standing in music education. The student must register for 3. a passing score on the Candidate Disposition independent study or an approved seminar during Assessment Inventory completed by the music the project period, and the honors project may not education faculty be pursued or completed during student teaching. 4. achievement of state-mandated scores on the Back to top two Praxis II national teacher exams

5. completion of the Case Teacher Licensure Exit Interview and Survey Minor

6. completion of the Case Student Teaching Music Theory: 6 Final Assessment by the cooperating teacher MUTH 103 Theory I and university supervisor with a grade of B or MUTH 104 Theory II better: Music History (one of the following): 6 MUGN 201 Introduction to Music: Listening Experience I & MUGN and Introduction to Music: Listening 202 Experience II MUED 396A Student Teaching in Music Education 12 MUHI 301 History of Western Music I & MUED 396B and Student Teaching Seminar in Music & MUHI 302 and History of Western Music II Education At least 3 additional hours, either in MUAP or MUEN 3 MUED 496A Student Teaching in Music Education 12 Total Units 15 & MUED 496B and Student Teaching Seminar in Music Education (for master’s students seeking A minor in music education may be devised in licensure) consultation with a music education advisor. CIM After successfully completing all requirements students may pursue a minor in music history by at the four decision points, the student is taking 15 hours of MUHI courses. The department recommended by the university’s director of teacher welcomes students’ initiative in the development of education for the Ohio Provisional Music (Pre-K-12) minor programs suited to their needs. License to teach music in the public schools in Ohio and more than 40 reciprocating states. Completion of the Bachelor of Science degree does Electives for Non-Music Majors not ensure that the State of Ohio music teacher license will be awarded. Additional information is Electives designed for students not majoring in available from the Teacher Licensure section in this music are: bulletin. MUTH 103 Theory I 3 MUTH 104 Theory II 3 MUGN 201 Introduction to Music: Listening Experience I 3 Departmental Honors MUGN 202 Introduction to Music: Listening Experience 3 II Departmental honors programs for the Bachelor MUGN 215 History and Styles of Jazz 3 of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees have the following admission and completion requirements: MUGN 308 Computers and Music is designed for music majors but is open to non-music majors For all students, admission to honors status with the permission of the instructor. Non-music requires an overall GPA of at least 3.2, a music majors may also audition for admission to music GPA of at least 3.5, evidence of exceptional ensembles (MUEN). Individual instruction (MUAP) musicianship and scholarly interests, petition to 280 College of Arts and Sciences

in keyboard, voice, and orchestral instruments is available with consent of the department. Music History 9 Research 6-9 More information about the department’s applied Theory-Analysis 6 music offerings is available on the Graduate page. Electives 6-9 Total Units 27-33

MA Programs | PhD and DMA Programs | Facilities The concentration in early music performance | Applied Music practices presupposes the same strong liberal arts training as the music history and literature concentration, plus a strong performance interest and background. Research and its application Graduate Programs to music performance are stressed. Within the 27 hours required, the following are minimum requirements: The following graduate degree programs, administered by the university, are offered as part of the Joint Music Program with The Cleveland Bibliography and Research 3 Institute of Music. General descriptions are given Performance Practice 6 here; complete information on all degrees is Notation Theory 6 available from the department. Admission to each Lecture-Recital and Document 6 degree follows established guidelines of the School Total Units 21 of Graduate Studies. Scores from the Graduate In both concentrations, remaining hours are freely Record Examination are required for admission to elected in music history and research with advisor’s programs in music history, musicology, and early approval. For students pursuing the degree in early music performance practices, and an audition is music performance practices, however, at least two necessary for students interested in the early music semesters of applied music (0 credits) are required, performance practices program. in addition to MUAP 651 M.A. Lecture - Recital Back to top and Document, near the completion of the degree program. Ensemble participation is also required for performance practices students but does not earn credit hours toward the degree. Master of Arts Degree Examinations include initial placement tests in The Master of Arts degree is offered in the fields of: history and theory, and a reading test in a foreign language pertinent to the student’s field. In addition, 1. music history and literature performance practices students must audition as part of the admissions process. At least 18 credit 2. music education hours must be at the 400 level or higher.

Within music history and literature, students may choose concentrations in music history and Fast Track MA/PhD Program literature or in early music performance practices. Master’s degree candidates in music education Students in the MA in music history and literature may also choose to add course work that will qualify program are eligible for a fast track option to the them to take teaching licensure exams for the State PhD in historical musicology. To qualify for this of Ohio. option, students must complete 36 hours in the MA program and are advised to pursue the thesis option. By the end of the third semester of study (prior to the completion of the 36 hours), the student Master of Arts in Music History and must inform the director of graduate studies of Literature his/her desire to enter the PhD program, and, in consultation with the director, must present a The concentration in music history and literature petition to the musicology faculty for candidacy. emphasizes research, history, literature, and the Once faculty consent is secured, all remaining theory of music. Within the 30 hours required, the requirements of the degree program, as detailed following are minimum requirements: above, remain the same. Case Western Reserve University 281

Master of Arts in Music Education For more information, contact the director of music education. This degree is built on a set of foundation courses in philosophy, curriculum, psychology, research, Back to top evaluation, and musicianship. Additional courses and independent studies enable students to tailor programs to their interests and needs. Doctor of Philosophy Degree Three degree options are available. Students who choose Plan A (thesis option) write a thesis The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered in two based on original research and defend the fields: (1) musicology (with concentrations in music thesis in an oral examination. Students who history and early music performance practices), and choose Plan B (comprehensive exam option) (2) music education. complete a comprehensive examination in music education. Applicants for Plans A or B should have a bachelor’s degree in music education, an Doctor of Philosophy in Musicology undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or better, and at least one year of successful music teaching experience, The PhD in historical musicology is granted usually in the public schools. in recognition of superior scholarly ability and attainment. Award of the degree is based not only Students seeking teacher licensure credentials on computation of time or enumeration of courses, pursue Plan C (MA for Licensure, or MAL). The but also upon distinguished work. Highly qualified program includes a core of graduate music applicants may enter this program directly upon education courses, graduate music courses, completion of a bachelor’s degree. All programs of undergraduate music education methods courses, study are formulated to suit the individual needs of and one semester of student teaching. Applicants the student and require the consent of the advisor. for MAL should have a bachelor’s degree in music (BA or BM), an undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or better, and some prior experience in working with Music History Concentration children. The regulations for students in the BS program regarding advanced standing, grade point The PhD requires 36 credit hours of course work averages, and the Praxis II exam apply to graduate and an additional 18 credit hours of dissertation students in Plan C as well. Completion of the Plan research. Required course work includes MUHI 610 C degree does not ensure that the State of Ohio Bibliography and Research Methods in Music and music teacher license will be awarded. MUTH 424 Introduction to Schenkerian Analysis Foundation courses for Plan A and Plan B include: as well as three doctoral seminars. In the first two years, students will be expected to take three courses (or 9 credits) per semester, for a total of 36 Music education core of philosophy, curriculum, and 12 hours. research Music core of history, theory, and applied music 9-12 Students admitted to the program will take Electives 0-9 diagnostic examinations prior to the start of classes Total Units 21-33 in their first year. Based on these examinations, Students in Plan A receive 6 credit hours for students may be required to enroll in specific thesis research. Students in Plan B complete courses to address deficiencies; these course a comprehensive written examination at the credits may be applied toward the degree conclusion of course work, whereas students requirements. At the end of the first year of study, in Plan C complete a comprehensive oral the musicology faculty will conduct a formal review examination. with each student. This process will include an evaluation of progress to date and advisement A minimum of 30 credit hours is required for Plans regarding the remainder of the program. A and B. Plan C requires a minimum of 65 hours, including: A written summary of this review, along with course grades and materials, will constitute the beginnings of the portfolio maintained by the Music education licensure core 35 director of graduate studies that will be the basis for Teacher licensure professional education core 9 considering each student’s advancement into the Graduate music education core 12 PhD program. Graduate music core 9 Total Units 65 At the end of the second year of course work, To remain in Plan C’s MAL program, students must students will be asked to submit a qualifying meet GPA and professional standards each year. paper, which will be added to the portfolio. At the beginning of the fall in the third year of study, 282 College of Arts and Sciences

students will take comprehensive examinations, comprehensive examinations in history and which will also function as qualifying exams theory, including written and oral sections, prior to for advancement to the PhD program. These admission to candidacy. Upon completion of the examinations will consist of written and oral dissertation, an oral defense is held. In addition, sections, and will be conducted and evaluated by performance practices students must audition as the musicology faculty. Following the examinations, part of the admissions process. The candidate must the faculty will review each student’s portfolio and, teach a college-level course in music history and based on work contained therein, make a decision literature (or early music performance practices) regarding advancement to candidacy in the PhD under the supervision of a faculty member, or program. Students who do not advance but who have had the equivalent experience before the have done satisfactory work will be eligible to dissertation is completed. receive the MA in music history at this juncture. Students who advance to candidacy for the PhD will register for dissertation research credits and begin Doctor of Philosophy in Music research for the dissertation. Working with a faculty Education advisor, each student will develop a proposal for the dissertation, which will be presented in writing The doctorate in music education is offered to to the faculty no later than the end of the third persons who have shown a strong and continuing year of study. It is expected that the fourth and dedication to music teaching and scholarship. possibly fifth year of study will be devoted to work Applicants must have completed at least three on the dissertation. Upon completion of the thesis, years of full-time music teaching, usually in each student will present a formal defense to the the public schools. The degree is designed to musicology faculty. prepare professionals to assume positions of leadership in elementary, secondary, and collegiate Under the rules of the School of Graduate Studies, instruction. Prior to graduation, doctoral students a student must complete the thesis no later than demonstrate competency in teaching, research, five years after registering for the first dissertation and musicianship. Every effort will be made to plan research (701) credits. a program based on individual student needs and interests while maintaining standards of musical and scholarly excellence. Electives, therefore, will Early Music Performance Practices be chosen in consultation with a faculty advisor Concentration in order to ensure a balance between individual interests and traditional graduate expectations. To The PhD in historical musicology with a remain in the program, students must meet GPA concentration in early music performance practices and professional standards each year. For more requires a minimum of 36 hours of course work, information, contact the director of music education. seminars, and tutorials, and an additional 18 credit hours of dissertation research. Course distribution A total of 60 credit hours is required for the doctoral is as follows: degree beyond the master’s level. Courses include:

Bibliography and research 3 Music education: research, philosophy, cognition/ 15 psychology, curriculum, and assessment Performance practices 9 Music: theory, history, applied music 9-12 Notation-theory 9 Outside cognate 6 Doctoral Seminars 6 Music education electives 9-12 MUAP 751 DMA Recital Document I 3 Dissertation 18 Total Units 30 Total Units 57-63 Remaining hours are freely elected in music history A comprehensive examination follows the and research with the advisor’s approval. At least completion of course work, prior to beginning three semesters of applied music (0 credits) are research for the dissertation. Upon completion required. Ensemble participation is also required for of the dissertation, an oral defense is held. The performance practices students but does not earn dissertation topic is chosen by the student in credit hours toward the degree. consultation with the faculty. For other musicology students, private lessons at the 400 level, although not required, may be counted up to a maximum of six credits, at the Doctor of Musical Arts in Early discretion of the advisor. Music Examinations include initial placement tests in history and theory; reading tests in two foreign This doctorate is granted in recognition of languages pertinent to the student’s field; and outstanding performing ability in early music Case Western Reserve University 283

combined with superior scholarly ability in the field to the Robinson Music Library of the Cleveland of early music performance practices. All programs Institute of Music. The Case Western Reserve are formulated to suit the needs of the individual Kulas Music Library and the CIM Robinson Music student and require the consent of a faculty advisor. Library coordinate acquisitions and services, and their collections reflect institutional strengths as well A minimum of 36 hours of course work, seminars, as support the CWRU-CIM Joint Music Program. and tutorials is required. Distribution is as follows:

Bibliography and Research 3 Performance Practices 6-9 Center for Music and Technology Notation-Theory 9 The Department of Music’s Center for Music and Doctoral Seminars 3-6 Technology houses ten Apple computers and MUAP 751 DMA Recital Document I 3 is classified as a level II Technology-Enhanced MUAP 752 DMA Recital Document II 3 Classroom. By supporting the most current music Electives chosen from music history and research (with 3 advisor approval) notation software, the center provides a resource MUAP 753 DMA Recital Document III 6 for the production of professional typeset-quality Total Units 36-42 scores and papers by faculty and students. The center also works closely with faculty in providing Applied music (0 credits) must be taken every support facilities for the department’s technology- semester the student is on campus. Ensemble related courses. For example, students enrolled in participation is required but does not earn credit MUGN 308 Computers and Music use the center to hours toward the degree. explore computerized notation, music sequencing, film scoring, and internet multimedia creation, Examinations include a performance audition; while students enrolled in MUED 320 Technology initial placement tests in history and theory; reading Assisted Music Teaching and Learning / MUED 420 tests in two foreign languages pertinent to the Technology Assisted Music Teaching and Learning student’s field; and a comprehensive examination discuss and experience new ways to incorporate with history, theory, performance practices, and oral technology into their K-12 music classrooms. While sections. Exceptional students may be admitted it is designed to meet music-specific needs, the to a combined MA/DMA degree program in early center supports an array of non-musical software, music. including word processing, graphic and web design, Back to top and video editing. It also provides state-of-the- art video and audio recording equipment and a professional video editing workstation. Facilities Kulas Collection of Early Harkness Chapel Instruments

Harkness Chapel, built in 1902, features neo- The department maintains an impressive collection Gothic architecture, antique oak and Georgia pine of modern reproductions of early instruments. woodwork, and Tiffany windows. It is a warm, The instruments are used by the Collegium intimate, and acoustically resonant space for the Musicum, the Case/CIM Baroque Orchestra, performance of vocal and instrumental chamber and the department’s program in early music music. The building provides space for concerts, performance practices. The collection includes music classes, and department recitals, and is medieval, Renaissance, and baroque strings, as the home of the department’s early music concert well as brass, woodwinds, and keyboards. series.

Music Education Resource Center Kulas Music Library The department provides a resource center for Kulas Music Library is a satellite library of Kelvin music education students to prepare educational Smith Library, the university’s main library. It materials and research projects. The center contains more than 45,000 items, including music contains a variety of audiovisual media, including scores, books on music, sound recordings, video a library of education-oriented music software. recordings, microforms, and music periodicals. Students may borrow items from a large collection The library also contains a listening room for use of music textbooks, educational recordings, testing of the sound recording and video collections. Music majors at the university also have access 284 College of Arts and Sciences

materials, vocal and instrumental books, curriculum Ensembles guides, and classroom instruments. A number of music ensembles are open to all The Music Education and Technology Software students. Entrance into ensembles may be subject Registry (MET) is a collection of instructional to space limitations, and an audition may be software packages designed for all ages of learners required. Students may elect to earn one credit per and for a wide range of musical tasks. Both Apple semester for participation. Auditions for ensembles and PC workstations are available to all music are generally held during the first week of classes education students and area music teachers so each semester. Dates and times are available from they can use and evaluate most of the music the department. software that is commercially marketed today. Use of the MET is encouraged, and sometimes required, Department Faculty for many of the projects and assignments in courses throughout the music education curriculum. Mary E. Davis, PhD (Harvard University) Back to top Professor and Chair 20th-century music; music and fashion; popular music Applied Music William I. Bauer, PhD (Kent State University) Private Instruction Associate Professor; Director, Music Education Music teacher education; research; technology The Department of Music offers private instruction on the usual orchestral instruments, piano, and L. Peter Bennett, D Phil voice, as well as on Renaissance and Baroque (Oxford University) instruments. Students have the opportunity to Associate Professor study with outstanding teachers, most of whom 17th-century French music; early music are faculty at the Cleveland Institute of Music. performance Music majors should consult with their advisors Francesca Brittan, PhD before registering for lessons. Non-major students (Cornell University) interested in private instruction should visit the Assistant Professor department office (Haydn 201) to begin the lesson 19th-century France; Romantic aesthetics; popular registration process and learn further details. music Private lessons carrying credit are available to all Gary M. Ciepluch, PhD university students. Permission for study, level of (University of Wisconsin, Madison) study, and amount of credit are determined by the Associate Professor faculty of the Department of Music in consultation Director of bands; conducting; music teacher with the Cleveland Institute of Music. Charges for education private lessons are covered by the university tuition rate for undergraduate music and music education Georgia J. Cowart, PhD majors only; all other students pay an additional (Rutgers University) fee. The amount of the fee depends on the faculty Professor involved and the length of the lessons. For fee 17th and 18th centuries; music, the arts, and schedule, contact the Cleveland Institute of Music. politics Students normally earn 1 or 2 semester hours of credit for private instruction based on either half- Ross W. Duffin, DMA hour or hour lessons. (Stanford University) Fynette H. Kulas Professor of Music All Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degree Early music performance practices; Shakespeare students in the department must satisfy the applied music requirements specified in their degree Paul S. Ferguson, MM programs. Graduate students who anticipate private (Eastman School of Music) lesson instruction in their programs should consult Instructor an advisor before registration. Students register Jazz studies and contempory media for individual applied music instruction in courses titled Principal Performance Area and Secondary Performance Area. Case Western Reserve University 285

Matthew L. Garrett, PhD Adjunct Instructor (Florida State University) Assistant Professor Bruce Egre Choral music education; conducting (Northwestern University) Audio recording Daniel Goldmark, PhD (UCLA) Associate Professor American popular music; film music; history of the MUAP Courses music industry MUAP 10. Progress Jury Examination. 0 Units. Stephen E. Hefling, PhD (Yale University) Progress Jury Examination (All BA and BS Music Professor Majors) Mahler; 18th and 19th centuries; chamber music; analysis MUAP 11. Recital Class. 0 Units. Kathleen A. Horvath, PhD (Ohio State University) Associate Professor Music teacher education; string education and MUAP 121. Principal Performance Area I. 2 pedagogy Units. Lisa L. Koops, PhD Limited to music and music education majors. (Michigan State University) Recommended preparation: Entrance Jury/Audition Assistant Professor Music teacher education; general music MUAP 122. Principal Performance Area II. 2 Susan McClary, PhD Units. (Harvard University) Professor Limited to music and music education majors. Musicology Prereq: MUTH 003 and MUAP 121. Coreq: MUTH 003. David J. Rothenberg, PhD (Yale University) Associate Professor MUAP 131. Secondary Performance Area I. 1 - 2 Medieval; Renaissance; musical symbolism Unit.

Robert Walser, PhD Open to all university students. (University of Minnesota) Professor American music; jazz history; popular music MUAP 132. Secondary Performance Area II. 1 - 2 studies; implications of recent neuroscience for Unit. humanistic scholarship; contemporary music production technology Open to all university students. Prereq: MUAP 131.

Full-time Lecturers MUAP 133. Secondary Performance Area III. 1 - 2 Unit. Julie Andrijeski, DMA (Case Western Reserve University) Open to all university students. Prereq: MUAP 132. Director, Case/CIM Baroque Orchestra Performance practice; dance MUAP 134. Secondary Performance Area IV. 1 - Juanita Karpf, DMA 2 Unit. (University of Georgia) Music history; admissions and undergraduate Open to all university students. Prereq: MUAP 133. advising

MUAP 135. Secondary Performance Area V. 1 - 2 Unit.

Open to all university students. Prereq: MUAP 134. 286 College of Arts and Sciences

MUAP 136. Secondary Performance Area VI. 1 - MUAP 25. BA Exit Jury Examination. 0 Units. 2 Unit. BA Exit Jury Examination (Audio and General Open to all university students. Prereq: MUAP 135. Music Concentrations)

MUAP 20. Level Jury Examination. 0 Units. MUAP 26. BA Exit Jury Examination. 0 Units.

Level Jury Examination BA Exit Jury Examination (Music History, Music Theory, and Early Music Performance Practice) MUAP 221. Principal Performance Area III. 2 Units. MUAP 30. BA Performance Exit Jury Examination. 0 Units. Limited to music and music education majors. Prereq: MUTH 107 or MUTH 101/105, MUAP 122, BA Performance Exit Jury Examination Passed Progress Jury. Coreq: MUTH 107 or MUTH 101/105. MUAP 321. Principal Level Performance Area V. 2 Units. MUAP 222. Principal Performance Area IV. 2 Units. Limited to music and music education majors. Prereq: MUTH 108 or MUTH 102/106; MUAP 222, Limited to music and music education majors. Passed Level Jury. Coreq: MUTH 108 or MUTH Prereq: MUTH 108 or MUTH 102/106, MUAP 221, 102/106. Passed Progress Jury. Coreq: MUTH 108 or MUTH 102/106. MUAP 322. Principal Level Performance Area VI. 2 Units. MUAP 223. Principal Performance Area V. 2 Units. Limited to music and music education majors. Prereq: MUTH 208, or MUTH 202/206, MUAP 321. Limited to music and music education majors. Coreq: MUTH 207 or MUTH 202/206. Prereq: MUTH 207 or MUTH 201/205, MUAP 222. Coreq: MUTH 207 or MUTH 201/205. MUAP 323. Principal Performance Area VII. 2 Units. MUAP 224. Principal Performance Area VI. 2 Units. Limited to music performance and music education majors Limited to music and music education majors. Prereq: MUTH 208 or MUTH 202/206, MUAP 223. Coreq: MUTH 207 or MUTH 202/206. MUAP 324. Principal Performance Area VIII. 2 Units.

MUAP 225. Principal Performance Area VII. 2 Limited to music performance and music education Units. majors

Limited to music and music education majors. Prereq: MUAP 224. MUAP 35. BS Music Education Jury Examination. 0 Units.

MUAP 226. Principal Performance Area VIII. 2 BS Music Education Jury Examination Units.

Limited to music and music education majors. MUAP 421. Principal Level Performance Area Prereq: MUAP 225. VII. 2 Units. Limited to music and music education majors. Prereq: MUAP 322. Case Western Reserve University 287

MUAP 422. Principal Level Performance Area MUAP 534. Secondary Performance Area IX. 0 - VII. 2 Units. 3 Units.

Limited to music and music education majors. Open to all university students. Prereq: MUAP 421. MUAP 535. Secondary Performance Area IX. 0 - MUAP 521. Principal Performance Area IX. 0 - 3 3 Units. Units. Open to all university students. Limited to music and music education majors. MUAP 536. Secondary Performance Area IX. 0 - MUAP 522. Principal Performance Area IX. 0 - 3 3 Units. Units. Open to all university students. Limited to music and music education majors. MUAP 651. M.A. Lecture - Recital and MUAP 523. Principal Performance Area IX. 0 - 3 Document. 6 Units. Units. M.A. Lecture - Recital for students in Early Music Limited to music and music education majors. Performance Practices.

MUAP 524. Principal Performance Area IX. 0 - 3 MUAP 751. DMA Recital Document I. 3 Units. Units.

Limited to music and music education majors. MUAP 752. DMA Recital Document II. 3 Units.

MUAP 525. Principal Performance Area IX. 0 - 3 Units. MUAP 753. DMA Recital Document III. 6 Units. Limited to music and music education majors.

MUAP 526. Principal Performance Area IX. 0 - 3 Units. MUAR Courses Limited to music and music education majors. MUAR 151B. Case Audio Internship I. 1 Unit.

MUAP 531. Secondary Performance Area IX. 0 - Development of recording engineering skills 3 Units. through professional level work in the Harkness audio service. Recommended preparation: Open Open to all university students. only to audio recording majors.

MUAP 532. Secondary Performance Area X. 0 - 3 MUAR 152B. Case Audio Internship II. 1 Unit. Units. Recommended preparation: MUAR 151B. Open to all university students. MUAR 153B. Case Audio Internship III. 1 Unit. MUAP 533. Secondary Performance Area IX. 0 - 3 Units. Recommended preparation: MUAR 152B.

Open to all university students. MUAR 154B. Case Audio Internship IV. 1 Unit.

Recommended preparation: MUAR 153B. 288 College of Arts and Sciences

MUAR 200. Audio Recording I. 2 Units. MUAR 302. Multitrack Recording Techniques I. 2 Units. A study of basic recording principles and systems and techniques of recording and editing. A study of multitrack recording and mixdown Recommended preparation: Audio recording majors techniques. Recommended preparation: MUAR only. 301. Audio recording majors only.

MUAR 201. Audio Recording II. 2 Units. MUAR 303. Multitrack Recording Techniques II. 2 Units. Further study of basic recording principles and systems with an introduction to digital recording. Further study of multitrack recording and mixdown Recommended preparation: MUAR 200. techniques, with an emphasis on synchronization to video. Recommended preparation: MUAR 302. MUAR 251B. Case Audio Recording Internship I. 0 Units. MUAR 310. Recording Studio Maintenance I. 1 Unit. Professional level work in the Case Western Reserve University Harkness audio service. Study of techniques for optimizing professional recording equipment performance. Recommended preparation: MUAR 201. Audio recording majors MUAR 252B. Case Audio Recording Internship only. II. 0 Units.

MUAR 311. Recording Studio Maintenance II. 1 Unit. MUAR 253B. Case Audio Recording Internship III. 0 Units. Study of techniques for optimizing professional recording equipment performance. Recommended preparation: MUAR 201. MUAR 254B. Case Audio Recording Internship IV. 0 Units. MUAR 320. Acoustics of Music I. 1 Unit.

A seminar in the basic concepts of musical acoustics and research in this area. The students MUAR 300. Advanced Recording Techniques I. 2 actively participate in experiments exploring various Units. topics in musical acoustics. A study of advanced microphone, recording, and monitoring systems and techniques with MUAR 321. Acoustics of Music II. 1 Unit. an emphasis on two track digital recordings of classical music and critical listening. Recommended A seminar in the basic concepts of musical preparation: MUAR 201. acoustics and research in this area. The students actively participate in experiments exploring various topics in musical acoustics. MUAR 301. Advanced Recording Techniques II. 2 Units. MUAR 322. Recording Workshop I. 1 Unit. Further study of advanced microphone, recording, and monitoring systems and techniques, with Recording Workshop provides an increased an emphasis on two track digital recordings of level of hands-on intensive study of microphone large ensemble classical music. Recommended placement. Each week a different instrument preparation: MUAR 300. or group of instruments will be available for experimentation. Each class represents a recording session centered on a specific instrument, resulting in a comprehensive set of test recordings at the end of each semester. These will provide the basis of reference for future recording decisions. Recommended preparation: MUAR 200. Case Western Reserve University 289

MUAR 323. Recording Workshop II. 1 Unit. MUED Courses

Recording Workshop provides an increased MUED 200A. Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Voice. level of hands-on intensive study of microphone 1 Unit. placement. Each week a different instrument or group of instruments will be available for Designed for music education majors to provide experimentation. Each class represents a recording the fundamentals of teaching methods for various session centered on a specific instrument, resulting instruments. Recommended preparation: Music in a comprehensive set of test recordings at the education majors. Non-music majors accepted with end of each semester. These will provide the consent of department. basis of reference for future recording decisions. Recommended preparation: MUAR 200. MUED 200B. Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Guitar. 1 Unit. MUAR 380. Junior Recording Techniques Thesis. 3 Units. Designed for music education majors to provide the fundamentals of teaching methods for various instruments. Recommended preparation: Music education majors. Non-music majors accepted with MUAR 385. Recording Studio Internship. 4 consent of department. Units.

MUED 200C. Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Upper Brass. 1 Unit. MUAR 390. Senior Recording Tech Thesis/ Senior Capstone. 6 Units. Designed for music education majors to provide the fundamentals of teaching methods for various Students will originate, design, organize, and instruments. Recommended preparation: Music complete a project that will demonstrate and education majors. Non-music majors accepted with document proficiency with his/her accumulated consent of department. audio recording technology skills. This project must include evidence of critical thinking, clear planning, and establishment of reasonable goals with an MUED 200D. Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Lower appropriate plan of action. There is a significant Brass. 1 Unit. written component that requires regular submission of drafts, progress reports, evidence of project Designed for music education majors to provide advancement, and a final written document. There the fundamentals of teaching methods for various must also be a public presentation of the project in instruments. Recommended preparation: Music a venue approved by the department. education majors. Non-music majors accepted with consent of department.

MUED 200E. Basic Skills and Pedagogy: MUCP Courses Clarinet and Saxophone. 1 Unit.

MUCP 399. Undergraduate Independent Studies. Designed for music education majors to provide 1 - 3 Unit. the fundamentals of teaching methods for various instruments. Recommended preparation: Music Each student develops a topic of interest to be education majors. Non-music majors accepted with explored with a faculty member. consent of department.

MUCP 751. Composition Document-D.M.A.. 3 MUED 200F. Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Double Units. Reeds and Flute. 1 Unit.

Designed for music education majors to provide the fundamentals of teaching methods for various instruments. Recommended preparation: Music education majors. Non-music majors accepted with consent of department. 290 College of Arts and Sciences

MUED 200G. Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Violin. MUED 275. Elements of Conducting. 2 Units. 1 Unit. This course is designed to develop the physical Designed for music education majors to provide tools, and philosophical and aesthetic ideologies the fundamentals of teaching methods for various necessary for students to conduct in an instruments. Recommended preparation: Music effective and appropriate manner. Students education majors. Non-music majors accepted with develop baton technique through systematic consent of department. physical pattern exercises, and class and field conducting experiences (elementary through adult). Observations and written evaluations of MUED 200H. Basic Skills and Pedagogy: Cleveland Orchestra rehearsals and concerts, Strings. 1 Unit. along with video analysis/self-evaluation of personal conducting experiences are among Designed for music education majors to provide the activities required in this course. Topics and the fundamentals of teaching methods for various content include: philosophical foundations for the instruments. Recommended preparation: Music conductor, considerations for selecting repertoire education majors. Non-music majors accepted with and creating a supportive learning environment; consent of department. rehearsal techniques; planning for the rehearsal and record keeping; rehearsal management; group motivation; score analysis and preparation; MUED 200P. Basic Skills and Pedagogy: participation in professional activities; effective Percussion. 1 Unit. use of technology for the conductor; and national, Designed for music education majors to provide state, and professional standards. Clinical/Field the fundamentals of teaching methods for various experiences (all ages) required. instruments. Recommended preparation: Music education majors. Non-music majors accepted with MUED 276. Advanced Conducting. 2 Units. consent of department. This course continues in-depth development of the physical tools, and philosophical and aesthetic MUED 240. Foundations of Music Education. 3 ideologies presented in MUED 275. Students Units. develop baton techniques (with experiences in An introduction to and overview of the music complex and changing time signatures) through education profession. Philosophical, historical and systematic physical/pattern exercises, along with psychological perspectives on music education in continuous evaluations, from their class and field schools, including contemporary topics and trends. conducting experiences (elementary through Introduction of Ohio academic content standards adult), observations and written evaluations of and curriculum model for music, along with K-12 Cleveland Orchestra Rehearsals and Concerts, National Music Standards. Observation of area written critiques from historically significant Master music teachers and peer-teaching experience. Conductors (from videos in the University’s Music Recommended preparation: Music education major Library), along with video analysis of personal or permission. class and field conducting, are among the activities required in this course. Topics and content include: philosophical foundations for the conductor, considerations for selecting repertoire and creating a supportive learning environment; rehearsal techniques; planning for the rehearsal and record keeping; rehearsal management; group motivation; score analysis and preparation; participation in professional activities; effective use of technology for the conductor; and national and state standards. Clinical/Field experiences (all ages) required. Case Western Reserve University 291

MUED 305. World Music in Education. 3 Units. MUED 350. General Music Methods A. 3 Units.

This course acquaints students with the use of General Music A introduces student to methods world music, or multicultural music, in the music and materials for planning and implementing education classroom. Students are given an general music experiences for all ages, with overview of the history of world music within concentration on Pre-K through sixth grade American music education, discuss topics related children. Topics of the course include: multiple to world music in education, research diverse world meanings of music for children; characteristics/ music practices, and lead lessons based on this needs of young children and creating a supportive research. Topics and content include: definitions learning environment; theories of music learning of world/multicultural music; philosophical basis for and teaching; learning styles and collaborative world music in education; diversity in our Cleveland learning; assorted teaching methods, rhythm, community; authenticity; ethnomusicology; informal/ pitch, listening, movement, performing, composing; formal music learning; international perspectives; curriculum design; technology for music instruction; pedagogical approaches; addressing the State multicultural music; music for exceptional children; and National Standards through world music integrating music with the arts and other curricula; in education; and the development of culturally motivation and classroom management; lesson informed music pedagogy based on the study of planning and record keeping; developing a personal diverse music. Throughout the course students philosophy of music education; national, state, and will become acquainted with the music of diverse professional standards; and assessment. Clinical/ cultures and people groups; these will be chosen Field experiences (Clinical-all ages; Field-focus on in part based on student’s own research interests. Pre-K through elementary) required. In addition to the musical cultures chosen by students for study and presentation, the music of The Gambia, West Africa; the Caribbean; and India MUED 352. Instrumental Methods and Materials. will be highlighted during in-class activities and 3 Units. lessons. Recommended preparation: MUED 240. This course acquaints students with effective ways to develop, organize and maintain a successful MUED 310. Instrumental and Choral Arranging. instrumental program for any age group, based 3 Units. on a comprehensive instrumental music education model. Students are given a "womb to tomb" Techniques of writing and arranging for instruments view of the instrumentalists’ development, of the band and orchestra and voice. Study of including physiological development and age scoring problems for school instrumental and vocal appropriate instrumental exceptions. Topics and groups of all ages and abilities. content include: philosophical basis for music education, considerations for selecting repertoire including multicultural music; rehearsal techniques; MUED 320. Technology Assisted Music assessment and record keeping; planning for the Teaching and Learning. 3 Units. rehearsal; recruitment, auditioning, and placement; motivation and classroom management; team Fundamental concepts and skills for using teaching and collaborative learning; managing an technology in music teaching and learning. This instrumental program; participation in professional project-oriented class will develop knowledge activities; effective use of technology in the and competencies related to electronic musical instrumental program; philosophy; and national, instruments, MIDI sequencing, music notation state, and professional standards. Clinical/Field software, computer-assisted instruction, digital experiences (all ages) required. media, the Internet, information processing, computer systems, and lab management as they relate to music education in K-12 schools. Recommended preparation: MUED 240. Offered as MUED 320 and MUED 420. 292 College of Arts and Sciences

MUED 353. Choral Methods and Materials. 3 MUED 391. Music in Early Childhood. 3 Units. Units. The goal of the course is to provide students with This course acquaints students with effective ways an understanding of the role of music in early to develop a successful choral program for any childhood and approaches to music education age group, based on a comprehensive choral with young children. Students will experience music education model. Students are given a an overview of selected theories of musical "womb to tomb" view of the singing voice, including development of young children, discuss the physiological development, age appropriate vocal importance of music to various areas of child expectations, and establishing and maintaining development, explore cultural perspectives and vocal health. Topics include: philosophical basis influences on musical development, evaluate for vocal music education; the child voice, the curricular materials and methods used in early adolescent voice, and the adult voice; vocal childhood music education, observe children’s tone; considerations for selecting repertoire music making in early childhood classrooms, and including ensemble assessment, music evaluation, develop teaching skills for early childhood music and multicultural music; rehearsal techniques, settings. Topics and content of this course include: collaborative learning, and motivation; planning for music’s role in early childhood development; music the rehearsal; developing conducting technique; aptitude and its measurement; theories of early recruitment, auditioning, placement, score childhood music learning; early childhood making; analysis and preparation; classroom management; evaluating curricular materials for early childhood managing a choral program; participation in music; the importance of play in early childhood professional activities; effective use of technology musical development; incorporating State and in a choral program; and national state, and National Music Education Standards; designing professional standards. Clinical/Field experiences instruction for early childhood music settings; (all ages) required. Recommended preparation: assessment in early childhood music; cultural MUED 276. perspectives on music in early childhood; cultural influences on musical development; music therapy with young children; benefits of family interaction MUED 355. Instructional Design in Music in music; the role of listening in early childhood Education. 3 Units. musical development; and formal music instruction with young children The class will participate in a This Music Education Department Seminar brings weekly service learning project providing music together all strands of the Music Education program instruction for young children and parents or by focusing on curriculum as the organizational caregivers from an underserved population. Offered element of instruction. Topics and content include: as MUED 391 and MUED 491. understanding the issues presented by special learners; techniques for integrating special learners into the music teaching environment; developing MUED 396A. Student Teaching in Music learning outcomes; designing instruction; planning Education. 9 Units. classroom experiences; defining assessment and measurement; assessment techniques and Teaching music in both elementary and secondary instruments for the music classroom; and exploring schools, full-time five days a week for 15 weeks. elements of school music program organization Closely supervised field experiences of all types and administration. Professional writing and clinical with a wide variety of students. Emphasis on and field experiences will be a large part of the planning lessons and organizing materials, activities in this course. This course is presented teaching methodologies, motivation, and in a seminar format that provides for discussions student assessment. Topics addressed include of classroom topics and commentary on field communications and the arts, technology in experiences. learning, interdisciplinary learning, collaborative learning and teaching, creating a supportive environment, and professional development. Development of skills needed for self-assessment as well as student assessment. Clinical/Field experiences (all ages) required. Recommended preparation: Concurrent enrollment in MUED 396B. Offered as MUED 396A and MUED 496A. Case Western Reserve University 293

MUED 396B. Student Teaching Seminar in MUED 441. Philosophical Foundations of Music Music Education. 3 Units. Education. 3 Units.

This is the SAGES Senior Capstone requirement In this course, students explore major aesthetic for students majoring in Music Education. Taken at philosophies that have influenced contemporary the same time as the student teaching experience music education, and discuss current issues central (MUED 396A/496A), this seminar will guide to our field. Among topics included: basic views students through preparation for entering the about art/music; creating art/music; meaning in art/ professional world of music education, and music, experiencing art/music; music and aesthetic mentor them in their preparation of their Senior education; criticism in music; multicultural music; Capstone Project and Presentation. Recommended and critical theories and inquiry regarding music preparation: Concurrent enrollment in MUED 496A. education. Students are asked to assess their own Offered as MUED 396B and MUED 496B. roles in music education, as well as their obligations and potential capacities for leadership in the profession. Students will work toward development MUED 399. Undergraduate Independent Studies. of a personal professional philosophy of music 1 - 3 Unit. education. Each student develops a topic of interest to be explored with a faculty member. MUED 442. Curriculum and Assessment in Music Education. 3 Units.

MUED 400. Clinical/Field Experience. 3 Units. This course is designed to give graduate music education students thorough knowledge of the This provides clinical/field experiences with all ages overarching role of curriculum and assessment as of students in all teaching areas. Students from a the organizational elements of instruction. In depth variety of socioeconomic and cultural backgrounds coverage of such topics as: the role of assessment are encountered. Clinical/Field experiences (all and measurement in teaching; epistemology; scope ages) required. and sequence; backward design; instructional goals; validity; reliability; performance assessments; measuring assessment; curriculum design; and MUED 420. Technology Assisted Music teaching for understanding. These concepts Teaching and Learning. 3 Units. and procedures will be explored in depth to give Fundamental concepts and skills for using daily music instruction a global framework in the technology in music teaching and learning. This larger organizational structure of profession, state, project-oriented class will develop knowledge national, and accreditation standards for P-12 and and competencies related to electronic musical college music settings. instruments, MIDI sequencing, music notation software, computer-assisted instruction, digital MUED 443. Music Cognition and Learning. 3 media, the Internet, information processing, Units. computer systems, and lab management as they relate to music education in K-12 schools. Survey and critical review of the literature as it Recommended preparation: MUED 240. Offered as relates to music teaching and learning, and music MUED 320 and MUED 420. performance. Specific topics may include basic psychoacoustical processes, auditory perception, cognitive organization of musical sound, tonal and musical memory, neuromusical research, affective and physiological responses to music, learning theory, musical aptitude, developmental processes, and motivation. 294 College of Arts and Sciences

MUED 444. Research in Music Education. 3 MUED 496A. Student Teaching in Music Units. Education. 9 Units.

Paradigms and methods in music education Teaching music in both elementary and secondary research. Specific topics and assignments include schools, full-time five days a week for 15 weeks. research-related resources, tools and materials; Closely supervised field experiences of all types research problems; research literature; research with a wide variety of students. Emphasis on procedures, research proposals; qualitative and planning lessons and organizing materials, quantitative research studies; computer-assisted teaching methodologies, motivation, and data analysis; and empirical research reports. student assessment. Topics addressed include communications and the arts, technology in learning, interdisciplinary learning, collaborative MUED 491. Music in Early Childhood. 3 Units. learning and teaching, creating a supportive environment, and professional development. The goal of the course is to provide students with Development of skills needed for self-assessment an understanding of the role of music in early as well as student assessment. Clinical/Field childhood and approaches to music education experiences (all ages) required. Recommended with young children. Students will experience preparation: Concurrent enrollment in MUED 396B. an overview of selected theories of musical Offered as MUED 396A and MUED 496A. development of young children, discuss the importance of music to various areas of child development, explore cultural perspectives and MUED 496B. Student Teaching Seminar in influences on musical development, evaluate Music Education. 3 Units. curricular materials and methods used in early childhood music education, observe children’s This is the SAGES Senior Capstone requirement music making in early childhood classrooms, and for students majoring in Music Education. Taken at develop teaching skills for early childhood music the same time as the student teaching experience settings. Topics and content of this course include: (MUED 396A/496A), this seminar will guide music’s role in early childhood development; music students through preparation for entering the aptitude and its measurement; theories of early professional world of music education, and childhood music learning; early childhood making; mentor them in their preparation of their Senior evaluating curricular materials for early childhood Capstone Project and Presentation. Recommended music; the importance of play in early childhood preparation: Concurrent enrollment in MUED 496A. musical development; incorporating State and Offered as MUED 396B and MUED 496B. National Music Education Standards; designing instruction for early childhood music settings; assessment in early childhood music; cultural MUED 501. Special Reading (M.A. and M.M.). 1 - perspectives on music in early childhood; cultural 18 Unit. influences on musical development; music therapy with young children; benefits of family interaction in music; the role of listening in early childhood musical development; and formal music instruction MUED 544. Advanced Research in Music with young children The class will participate in a Education. 3 Units. weekly service learning project providing music Advanced studies in models and methods of music instruction for young children and parents or education research. Research projects using caregivers from an underserved population. Offered data analysis. In-depth examination of selected as MUED 391 and MUED 491. quantitative and/or qualitative research designs according to student interests. Discussion of thesis and dissertation proposal format process. Recommended preparation: MUED 444. Case Western Reserve University 295

MUED 591. Music Education Seminar in MUEN 357. New Music Ensemble. 1 - 2 Unit. Conducting. 3 Units.

In this course, students focus on advanced score study, preparation, and analysis. In depth MUEN 365. Case Chamber Music. 0 - 1 Units. conducting techniques on contemporary music and mixed meter compositions, along with the This course will utilize wind instruments in different development of a comprehensive conducting combinations, performing chamber music dating bibliography are the major components in this from the Renaissance to the 21st Century. The seminar. Historical research, analytical evaluation, creation of new works and the adaptations of other and the practical elements of the physical repertoire will also be encouraged for unique/ techniques required for one to conduct a chosen non-standard instrumentations. All combinations composition are all addressed for each composition of Woodwinds, Brass, Voice, Strings, Guitar, studies. Seminar discussions include aesthetic Harp, Percussion, and Keyboard instruments will and philosophical ideologies, and the practical be considered; repertoire will be determined by issues a conductor faces when put in control of the available instrumentation. Membership is contingent advanced ensemble. on an audition that demonstrates moderate proficiency and the ability to read music. Audition materials can be acquired through the director. MUED 601. Special Readings (Ph.D./D.M.A.). 1 - 18 Unit. MUEN 373. Jazz Ensemble I. 0 - 1 Units.

Recommended preparation: Audition required. MUED 651. Thesis (M.A. and M.M.). 1 - 6 Unit. MUEN 374. Jazz Ensemble II. 0 - 1 Units.

MUED 696. College Teaching Practicum. 0 Units. MUEN 382. Case Concert Choir. 0 - 1 Units.

MUED 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit. This select choral group performs a wide variety of a cappella and accompanied choral works. Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced Membership is gained only through an audition with to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. the director. Recommended preparation: Audition required.

MUEN 383. Symphonic Winds. 0 - 1 Units. MUEN Courses Performance of advanced symphonic band MUEN 324. Case Percussion Ensemble. 0 - 2 repertoire. Open to all Case students, faculty and Units. staff. Audition required for part placement only.

The Case Percussion Ensemble is open to all interested Case-affiliated individuals who seek to MUEN 384. Spartan Marching Band. 0 - 1 Units. continue their musical development by performing percussion ensemble literature. Membership is contingent on an audition that demonstrates moderate percussion ability and the ability to read MUEN 385. Case/University Circle Orchestra. 0 - music. Audition materials can be acquired through 1 Units. the director. Recommended preparation: Audition required. The orchestra is comprised of Case students, faculty, staff and community players who play strings, woodwinds, brass and percussion. MUEN 355. Miscellaneous Ensembles. 0 - 2 Recommended preparation: Audition required. Units. 296 College of Arts and Sciences

MUEN 386. Case Camerata Chamber Orchestra. MUEN 398. Cleveland Orchestra Chorus. 0 - 1 0 - 1 Units. Units.

This chamber string ensemble is open to all Recommended preparation: Audition required. interested Case affiliated individuals who seek to continue their music development by performing orchestral literature. Each person is required to audition to determine initial placement, section assignment, and seating. All members are required MUGN Courses to perform a minimum of 2 concerts per academic year. Recommended preparation: Audition required. MUGN 201. Introduction to Music: Listening Experience I. 3 Units.

MUEN 387. University Singers. 0 - 1 Units. A flexible approach to the study of the materials and literature of music. Aural and analytical skills Chorus performing a wide variety of traditional and primarily for classical music. popular choral works. Open to all Case students. No audition required. MUGN 202. Introduction to Music: Listening Experience II. 3 Units. MUEN 389. Keyboard Ensemble. 0 - 1 Units. Application of the skills developed in MUGN 201 to Intensive study of the repertory for keyboard the understanding of historical and stylistic content instruments, including solo literature, chamber of Western music. Focus is on particular works in music, and other collaborative genres. Master context of the era of composition. Recommended class format with regular performances by enrolled preparation: MUGN 201 or consent of department. students. Enrollment limited to CWRU keyboard majors. Must be enrolled in applied lessons. MUGN 212. History of Rock and Roll. 3 Units.

MUEN 393. Baroque Chamber Ensembles. 0 - 1 This course surveys the history of rock and roll, Units. from its origins in the 1940s (and earlier) to today. The relationship of popular song to important Designed for students interested in exploring currents in American life and culture will be baroque music in a chamber setting on historical examined. The origins of various styles of song in instruments. Prereq: Audition required. the cultures of different ethnic and national groups will be discussed, along with subsequent diffusion and transformation of such music through mass MUEN 394. Baroque Dance Ensemble. 0 - 1 mediation. The characteristics and meanings of Units. music, lyrics and images will be discussed, with the aid of sound recordings, music videos and films. This course allows musicians and dancers alike Prereq: For Non-Music Majors only. to explore historical dance steps and notation. History of dance and its relationships to music will be emphasized as students learn and perform MUGN 215. History and Styles of Jazz. 3 Units. historical dances. Prereq: MUHI 342 or MUHI 442 or permission of Instructor. Musical styles and structures of jazz and American popular music since 1900. Recommended preparation: MUGN 201. MUEN 395. Collegium Musicum. 0 - 1 Units.

Recommended preparation: Audition required.

MUEN 396. Early Music Singers. 0 - 1 Units.

Recommended preparation: Audition required.

MUEN 397. Baroque Orchestra. 0 - 1 Units.

Recommended preparation: Audition required. Case Western Reserve University 297

MUGN 308. Computers and Music. 3 Units. MUHI Courses

Course focuses on digital music creation and MUHI 301. History of Western Music I. 3 Units. composition using audio sequencing software. Topics include song writing, synthesizers, Developments in Western music from early recording, editing, mixing, and film scoring. Course Christian times to c1700. Recommended is open to music majors, minors, and non-majors preparation or concurrent enrollment: MUTH 102, with sufficient musical background. Emphasis on MUTH 104, or MUTH 108. group work, creativity, and imagination. All work done on Macintosh computers in The Core, the Department of Music’s multimedia classroom. MUHI 302. History of Western Music II. 3 Units.

Developments in Western music from c1700 to MUGN 319. Jazz Skills I. 3 Units. c1900. Recommended preparation: MUTH 102, MUTH 104, or MUTH 108. This class is designed to teach students basic skills in jazz improvisation, jazz keyboard, arranging/ composition and pedagogy. Basic theory is MUHI 303. History of Western Music III. 3 Units. required. Students will eventually arrange their own composition for big band, which will feature them as Music of the twentieth century, covering history, the improvising soloist. Recommended preparation: analysis, and aesthetic issues. Recommended MUTH 102/MUTH 106, MUHI 108 or permission of preparation: MUHI 301 or MUHI 302, MUTH 104 or instructor. MUTH 108.

MUGN 320. Jazz Skills II. 3 Units. MUHI 310. Music Cultures of the World: Music of Asia and Africa. 3 Units. This course will build on the foundational skills developed in Jazz Skills I, providing a more A one-semester introduction to musics of Asia intensive study of jazz harmony, improvisation and and Africa, focusing on the relationship of musical melodic construction. It is designed to give students traditions and practices to culture and society. an advanced experiential understanding of the Recommended preparation: MUTH 106. theory and performance of jazz. Recommended preparation: MUGN 319. MUHI 311. Music Cultures of the World II: Music of the Americas. 3 Units. MUGN 399. Undergraduate Independent Studies. 1 - 3 Unit. Introduction to selected multicultural musics of North America and Latin America, focusing on the Each student develops a topic of interest to be relationship of musical traditions and practices to explored with a faculty member. culture and society. Recommended preparation: MUTH 106.

MUGN 501. Special Reading (M.A. and M.M.). 1 - 18 Unit. MUHI 312. History of Rock and Roll: The Deep View. 3 Units.

This course surveys American popular song from MUGN 651. Thesis: (M.A. and M.M.). 1 - 6 Unit. the 1890s to the present, with an emphasis on rock ’n’ roll and pop music of the last sixty years. The relationship of popular song to important currents in American life and culture will be examined. The MUGN 751. Recital Document I-D.M.A.. 1 - 3 origins of various styles of song in the cultures Unit. of different ethnic and national groups will be discussed, along with the subsequent diffusion and transformation of such music through mass MUGN 752. Recital Document II - D.M.A.. 1 - 3 mediation. The characteristics and meanings of Unit. music, lyrics, and images will be discussed, with the aid of sound recordings, music videos and films. Students taking this course may not receive credit for MUGN 212. Prereq; For Music Majors only. 298 College of Arts and Sciences

MUHI 315. History of Jazz and American Popular MUHI 399. Undergraduate Independent Studies. Music. 3 Units. 1 - 3 Unit.

Musical styles and structures of jazz and American Each student develops a topic of interest to be popular music; emphasis on music since 1900. explored with a faculty member. Recommended preparation: MUTH 202 or MUHI 302. MUHI 401. Methodologies of Music History. 3 Units. MUHI 341. Introduction to Early Music Performance Practice. 3 Units. Introduction to the scholarly study of music, including principles of music bibliography, Summary and perspective of the problems and techniques of library research, and evaluation of issues associated with the field of early music editions. Special emphasis given to the relationship performance practices. Recommended preparation: between musical performance and research in the MUHI 301 and MUHI 302. Offered as MUHI 341 history and criticism of music. Attention will also and MUHI 441. be given to design of program notes and essays. Required of first-year students in the Master of Music degree program. MUHI 342. Seminar in Early Music Performance Practice. 3 Units. MUHI 430. Music History for Educators. 3 Units. Seminar in a specific instrument and/or vocal area of performance practices, such as baroque Examines the intersections of composers’ musical vocal, instrumental, or keyboard practices. May output as it overlaps with theories of general be repeated because topics vary. Recommended education, music education, and pedagogy. preparation: MUHI 341. Offered as MUHI 342 and MUHI 442. MUHI 431. Medieval Music: Early Christian to 1425. 3 Units. MUHI 350. Topics in Music History. 3 Units. The mass, liturgical drama, and early polyphony Close study of a theme or aspect of music such as through the Ars Nova. "Music and Gender," "Symphonies of Mahler," and "Wagner’s Ring." Offered as MUHI 350 and MUHI 450. MUHI 432. Music of the Renaissance. 3 Units. Vocal polyphonic music from the Burgundian school MUHI 390. Undergraduate Seminar in Music through the Elizabethan madrigal. History. 3 Units.

An intensive research seminar in music history for MUHI 433. Music of the Baroque. 3 Units. music majors. Musical developments from Monteverdi to Bach and Handel. MUHI 395. SAGES Capstone for Music Majors. 3 - 6 Units. MUHI 434. Viennese Classicism. 3 Units. Required for music majors, except in the case of double majors or dual degree candidates who opt to Development of the symphony, concerto, chamber fulfill the capstone in the area of the second major. music, and opera in the works of the Mannheim Course consists of projects varying according to composers, Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven. the student’s area of study and interests, but each must include a document of appropriate length and scope. The project must be presented publicly in an MUHI 435. Nineteenth Century Music. 3 Units. appropriate forum. Romanticism and other 19th century trends in music up to impressionism. Case Western Reserve University 299

MUHI 436. Twentieth Century Music. 3 Units. MUHI 610. Bibliography and Research Methods in Music. 3 Units. Critical and analytical study of music since 1900. Examination and discussion of stylistic Seminar in research methods and techniques, characteristics and aesthetic aims of contemporary stressing the analytic and functional approaches to composers. bibliography.

MUHI 441. Introduction to Early Music MUHI 611. Doctor of Musical Arts Seminar. 3 Performance Practice. 3 Units. Units.

Summary and perspective of the problems and Recommended preparation: MUHI 610. issues associated with the field of early music performance practices. Recommended preparation: MUHI 301 and MUHI 302. Offered as MUHI 341 MUHI 651. Thesis (M.A. and M.M.). 1 - 6 Unit. and MUHI 441.

MUHI 442. Seminar in Early Music Performance MUHI 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit. Practice. 3 Units. Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced Seminar in a specific instrument and/or vocal to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. area of performance practices, such as baroque vocal, instrumental, or keyboard practices. May be repeated because topics vary. Recommended MUHI 751. Recital Document I-D.M.A.. 1 - 3 Unit. preparation: MUHI 341. Offered as MUHI 342 and MUHI 442. MUHI 752. Recital Document II - D.M.A.. 1 - 3 Unit. MUHI 443. Medieval/Renaissance Notation. 3 Units.

Theory of chant, modal, mensural, and tablature MUHI 753. Recital Document III-D.M.A.. 1 - 6 notations. Practice in making literal transcriptions, Unit. editing, and preparing scores for performances.

MUHI 450. Topics in Music History. 3 Units. Close study of a theme or aspect of music such as MUTH Courses "Music and Gender," "Symphonies of Mahler," and "Wagner’s Ring." Offered as MUHI 350 and MUHI MUTH 101. Harmony-Keyboard I. 2 Units. 450. Scales, intervals, triads, seventh chords, and their inversions. Harmonization of melodies and basses, MUHI 501. Special Reading (M.A. and M.M.). 1 - chorale study, modulation, analysis. Creative use 18 Unit. of material. Correlated and taken concurrently with MUTH 105 and 106. Both aspects of the course must be passed in order to complete requirements. MUHI 590. Seminar in Musicology. 3 Units. MUTH 102. Harmony-Keyboard II. 2 Units. Problems in musical criticism, aesthetics, and analysis, as well as interdisciplinary methodologies. (See MUTH 101.)

MUHI 601. Special Readings Ph.D./D.M.A.. 1 - 18 Unit. 300 College of Arts and Sciences

MUTH 103. Theory I. 3 Units. MUTH 207. Theory for Music Majors III. 4 Units.

Music theory for the nonmusic major. Intervals, This course is the third of four semesters of scales, rhythmic drill, sight singing, eartraining, music theory for music majors. Continued study keyboard work, and harmony through inversions of harmony, analysis, eartraining, sightsinging, of triads and seventh chords. Not open to music and keyboard, including use of dissonance and majors. chromaticism, diatonic modulation. Students cannot earn credit for both MUTH 201/205 and MUTH 207. Recommended preparation: MUTH 108 or MUTH 104. Theory II. 3 Units. placement exam through department. (See MUTH 103.) Recommended preparation: MUTH 103 or consent of department. MUTH 208. Theory for Music Majors IV. 4 Units.

This course is the fourth of four semesters of music MUTH 107. Theory for Music Majors I. 4 Units. theory for CWRU music majors. Continued study of harmony, analysis, eartraining, sightsinging, and This course is the first of four semesters of music keyboard. Use of dissonance and chromaticism, theory requirements for Case music majors. It will chromatic voice leading technique, tonal and post- include the study of harmony, analysis, eartraining, tonal topics. Recommended preparation: MUTH and keyboard skills. Recommended preparation: 207 or placement exam through department. Placement exam through department.

MUTH 311. 16th Century Counterpoint. 2 Units. MUTH 108. Theory for Music Majors II. 4 Units. Sixteenth century modal counterpoint. Exercises This course is the second of four semesters of in the five species. Writing of short compositions music theory for Case music majors. It includes and motets in two, three and four voices. further study of harmony, analysis, eartraining, Recommended preparation: MUTH 202 or MUTH sightsinging, and keyboard. Recommended 206. preparation: MUTH 107 or placement exam through department. MUTH 312. Eighteenth Century Counterpoint. 3 Units. MUTH 201. Harmony-Keyboard III. 2 Units. Analysis and writing of inventions in two parts, and Continuation of MUTH 101 and 102. Chromatically fugues in three and four parts. Recommended altered triads and 7th chords; 9th, 11th, 13th. preparation: MUTH 202 or MUTH 206. Neapolitan and augmented 6th chords, regular and irregular solutions. Correlated and taken concurrently with MUTH 205 and 206. Both aspects MUTH 320. Form and Analysis. 3 Units. of the course must be passed in order to complete requirements. Students cannot earn credit for both Aural and visual analysis of structural and stylistic MUTH 201/205 and MUTH 207. Recommended features of 16th through 20th century music. preparation: MUTH 102 or placement examination. Prereq: MUTH 208 or MUTH 202 and MUTH 206.

MUTH 202. Harmony-Keyboard IV. 2 Units. MUTH 399. Undergraduate Independent Studies. 1 - 3 Unit. (See MUTH 201.) Recommended preparation: MUTH 102 or placement examination. Each student develops a topic of interest to be explored with a faculty member.

MUTH 416. Pre-common Practice Theory and Analysis. 3 Units.

An exploration of treatises and analytical methods appropriate to music of the Medieval and Renaissance eras. Case Western Reserve University 301

MUTH 424. Introduction to Schenkerian Analysis. 3 Units.

An introduction to the theories of Heinrich Schenker and their application to the analysis of tonal music. Intensive analytical work and selected readings. Recommended preparation: MUTH 400 competency. 302 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Philosophy

203 Clark Hall 6 hours (two 3-credit courses) of the required 18 http://www.case.edu/artsci/phil hours of philosophy electives in another field or Laura Hengehold, Department Chair other fields. Such a request should be supported [email protected] by considerations showing how the substitution(s) would strengthen the student’s major in philosophy. The Department of Philosophy offers an The advisor must approve the substitution(s) in undergraduate major leading to the Bachelor of advance. Arts degree. A student majoring in philosophy must satisfy the Arts and Sciences General Education Requirements. The department also offers minor Major Required Courses programs for undergraduates as well as graduate- PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 level courses for candidates for the Master of Arts PHIL 201 Introduction to Logic 3 degree in such fields as biomedical ethics, history, PHIL 301 Ancient Philosophy 3 English, mathematics, and the sciences. PHIL 302 Modern Philosophy 3 Six philosophy electives chosen in consultation with advisor. 18 The department’s course offerings are designed With permission of advisor, up to 6 hours may be taken outside the department. not only to provide knowledge and skills required Total Units 30 for students whose main interest is in philosophy, but also to educate students in general about the intellectual issues that a reflective person is likely to encounter in various contexts of civilized life. Departmental Honors The department emphasizes the relevance of philosophy to mathematics, computer science, The department offers an honors program for the natural sciences, the social sciences, the students pursuing a major in philosophy. Students humanities and arts, and law. in this program must complete a substantial thesis, pass an oral examination on the thesis, and The major program in philosophy, besides maintain a B average in philosophy courses. To offering a solid foundation for advanced study be eligible for admission, a student should have in philosophy and enriching programs in other an overall grade point average of B or better, and disciplines, develops the skills for analytical a grade of B or better in each philosophy course and critical thinking, effective communication, already taken. A student normally should have and rational decision making needed in a wide taken at least four, and at most seven, philosophy range of endeavors. The program thus provides courses at the time of application for admission. majors with unusual flexibility in the choice of An honors student should register for PHIL 399 subsequent careers, including law, medicine, and Directed Study to do honors work. Interested management, while complementing the pursuit of students should apply for admission to the program career objectives with a greater perspective and a during the first semester of junior year. richer quality of intellectual life. In collaboration with the Department of History, the department participates in an interdisciplinary major Minor program in the history and philosophy of science and technology, leading to the Bachelor of Arts The department offers a range of possible minor degree. The department also participates in, and programs, each of which must include PHIL 101 contributes courses to, the interdisciplinary minor in and four other courses in philosophy at the 200 or artificial intelligence. 300 level (excluding PHIL 390 and 399), chosen to meet the specific needs of students majoring in other fields. The undergraduate advisor will assist Undergraduate Programs students in devising minor programs.

Major Major Courses PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 12 The major consists of 30 hours (ten 3-credit courses) in philosophy, including PHIL 101, Total Units 15 201, 301, 302, and six other elective philosophy courses to be determined in consultation with the department’s undergraduate advisor. However, a student may request permission to take up to Case Western Reserve University 303

Philosophy Capstone Secondary Faculty

Students may fulfill their SAGES capstone Insoo Hyun, PhD requirement in philosophy by registering for PHIL (Brown University) 399 Directed Study after devising a suitable project Associate Professor, Department of Bioethics in consultation with the undergraduate advisor and Bioethics; moral and political philosophy the supervising faculty member. Anthony Jack, PhD Department Faculty (University College London) Assistant Professor, Department of Cognitive Laura E. Hengehold, PhD Science (Loyola University of Chicago) Cross-cultural study of theory of mind and moral Associate Professor and Chair reasoning Political and social philosophy; philosophy of feminism; Foucault; contemporary continental Deepak Sarma, PhD philosophy (University of Chicago) Associate Professor, Department of Religious Jeremy Bendik-Keymer, PhD Studies (University of Chicago) Hinduism; Indian philosophy; philosophy of religion; Elmer G. Beamer-Hubert H. Schneider Professor in method and theory Ethics; Associate Professor Ethics and moral philosophy; environmental philosophy; philosophy of education; meta- philosophy; history of ethics and moral philosophy Courses Shannon D. French, PhD PHIL 101. Introduction to Philosophy. 3 Units. (Brown University) Inamori Professor of Ethics; Associate Professor Basic problems of philosophy and methods of Military ethics; leadership ethics; professional philosophical thinking. Problems raised by science, ethics; moral psychology; biomedical and morality, religion, politics, and art. Readings from environmental ethics classical and contemporary philosophers. Normally given in multiple sections with different instructors Chris Haufe, PhD and possibly with different texts. All sections share (Columbia University) core materials in theory of knowledge, metaphysics, Assistant Professor and ethics despite differences that may exist in Philosophy of science, philosophy of biology emphasis. Chin-Tai Kim, PhD (Harvard University) PHIL 102. Ethics, An Interdisciplinary Professor Introduction. 3 Units. History of philosophy (17th, 18th, and 19th centuries); theory of knowledge; metaphysics; This course will introduce methods and literature foundations of ethics; phenomenology; comparative of several disciplines, including philosophy, that philosophy bear on contemporary ethical issues. The goal is to prepare students for a lifetime of ethical reflection, Colin McLarty, PhD discussion, and problem-solving, as well as more (Case Western Reserve University) advanced study in the disciplines introduced by Truman P. Handy Professor of Philosophy enhancing their understanding of ethical concepts Logic; philosophy of logic; philosophy of and moral reasoning. Topics include lying, moral mathematics; philosophy of science; contemporary responsibility, and power, specifically rights and French philosophy responsibilities of citizens, students, teachers, engineers, health care providers, and accountants. Adjunct Faculty PHIL 201. Introduction to Logic. 3 Units. Joel Levin, DPhil (University of Oxford, U.K.) Presentation, application, and evaluation of formal Adjunct Associate Professor; Adjunct Professor, methods for determining the validity of arguments. Case Western Reserve University School of Law Discussion of the relationship between logic and Philosophy of law; political philosophy; ethical other disciplines. theory 304 College of Arts and Sciences

PHIL 203. Natural Philosophy I. 3 Units. PHIL 206. Contemporary Moral Issues: Experiential. 3 Units. Historical and philosophical interpretation of some epochal events in development of science. What is good and how is it different from evil? How Copernican revolution, Newtonian mechanics, do you know when you have done the right thing? Einstein’s relativity physics, quantum mechanics, Is there an absolute grounding to morality? What and evolutionary theory; patterns of scientific is the role of reason in our lives? What is human growth; structure of scientific "revolutions;" science nature? Are human beings essentially creatures and "pseudo-science." First half of a year-long of emotion? What bearing do these questions sequence. Offered as HSTY 203 and PHIL 203. have on our basic moral determinations of good and evil? How are all these questions related to concerns about personal identity? Using sources PHIL 204. Natural Philosophy II. 3 Units. from different eras and schools of philosophic thought, students will become more informed about Conceptual, methodological, and epistemological the intricacies involved in thinking clearly about issues about science: concept formation, these issues. explanation, prediction, confirmation, theory construction and status of unobservables; metaphysical presuppositions and implications PHIL 221. Indian Philosophy. 3 Units. of science; semantics of scientific language; illustrations from special sciences. Second half of A survey of Indian philosophical thought with a year-long sequence. Offered as HSTY 207 and emphasis on the Vedas, early Hindu, and Jain PHIL 204. literature. Offered as PHIL 221 and RLGN 221.

PHIL 205. Contemporary Moral Problems. 3 PHIL 225. Evolution. 3 Units. Units. Multidisciplinary study of the course and processes Examination of selected contemporary moral of organic evolution provides a broad understanding problems and contemporary faces of perennial of the evolution of structural and functional diversity, moral problems such as: when, if ever, lying is the relationships among organisms and their justified; the value of honesty and of confidentiality; environments, and the phylogenetic relationships under what circumstances, if any, various types among major groups of organisms. Topics include of killing (suicide, execution, in war, euthanasia, the genetic basis of micro- and macro-evolutionary killing of lower animals or ecosystems) are change, the concept of adaptation, natural justified. Additional moral problems raised by new selection, population dynamics, theories of species knowledge (such as genetic information) or new formation, principles of phylogenetic inference, technology (such as rights to digital information), biogeography, evolutionary rates, evolutionary and responsible uses of these and other sources of convergence, homology, Darwinian medicine, and power. Clarification of the concepts of value, ethical conceptual and philosophic issues in evolutionary evaluation and justification, ethical argument, moral theory. Offered as ANTH 225, BIOL 225, GEOL relevance, and the notion of a moral problem itself. 225, HSTY 225, and PHIL 225. Readings will draw on classical and contemporary sources in philosophy. PHIL 270. Introduction to Gender Studies. 3 Units.

This course introduces women and men students to the methods and concepts of gender studies, women’s studies, and feminist theory. An interdisciplinary course, it covers approaches used in literary criticism, history, philosophy, political science, sociology, anthropology, psychology, film studies, cultural studies, art history, and religion. It is the required introductory course for students taking the women’s and gender studies major. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 270, HSTY 270, PHIL 270, RLGN 270, SOCI 201, and WGST 201. Case Western Reserve University 305

PHIL 271. Bioethics: Dilemmas. 3 Units. PHIL 304. Science and Engineering Ethics. 3 Units. We have the genetic technology to change nature and human nature, but should we? We have the This course prepares students to recognize ethical medical technology to extend almost any human problems that commonly arise in the scientific life, but is this always good? Should we clone and engineering workplace, to understand ethical humans? Should we allow doctor-assisted suicide concepts, to evaluate ethical arguments, and to for the terminally ill? This course invites students critically examine responses to problems and their from all academic disciplines and fields to examine ethical ramifications. It addresses questions such current and future issues in bioethics--e.g., theory as: What are the criteria of fairness in crediting and methods in bioethics; death and dying; organ contributions to research? How safe is safe transplantation; genetics; aging and dementia; enough? What are professional responsibilities, and fertility and reproduction; distributive justice in how do they change over time? What is research health care access. The course will include guest misconduct? When is ignorance culpable? What lecturers from nationally-known Bioethics faculty. is intellectual property and what protections does Offered as BETH 271, PHIL 271. it deserve? When is biological testing of workers justified? What are responsible ways of raising concerns, and what supports do good organizations PHIL 301. Ancient Philosophy. 3 Units. give for raising them? What treatment counts as harassment or as an expression of prejudice? Western philosophy from the early Greeks to the What are good means for controlling it? What Skeptics. Emphasis on the pre-Socratics, Plato and are scientists’ and engineers’ responsibilities for Aristotle. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101 and environmental protection? What is a "conflict of consent of department. Offered as CLSC 301 and interest" and how is it controlled? What protections PHIL 301. for human research subjects are warranted? What, if any, use of animals in research is justified? Recommended preparation: PHIL 101 or PHIL 102 PHIL 302. Modern Philosophy. 3 Units. or PHIL 205. Offered as PHIL 304 and PHIL 404. British empiricism: Bacon, Hobbes, Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. Continental rationalism: PHIL 305. Ethics. 3 Units. Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz. The critical philosophy of Kant. Recommended preparation: Analysis of ethical theories and concepts of PHIL 101 or consent of instructor. goodness, right, and obligation. Discussion of nature of justice, problem of justification of moral principles, and relation between facts and values. PHIL 303. Topics in Philosophy of Science. 3 Recommended preparation: PHIL 101, PHIL 102 or Units. PHIL 205. Offered as PHIL 305 and PHIL 405. In-depth study of selected topics in general philosophy of science or philosophy of physical, PHIL 306. Mathematical Logic and Model biological, or social science. Topics may Theory. 3 Units. include: theories of explanation, prediction, and confirmation; semantics of scientific Propositional calculus and quantification theory; language; reductionism; space, time and relativity; consistency and completeness theorems; Gödel philosophical issues about quantum mechanics; incompleteness results and their philosophical philosophical issues about life sciences (e.g., significance; introduction to basic concepts of evolution, teleology, and functional explanation); model theory; problems of formulation of arguments explanation and understanding in social sciences; in philosophy and the sciences. Offered as PHIL value in social science. Recommended preparation: 306, MATH 406 and PHIL 406. PHIL 101 or PHIL 201 or PHIL 203. Offered as PHIL 303 and PHIL 304. 306 College of Arts and Sciences

PHIL 309. Philosophical Issues in Genetics. 3 PHIL 315. Selected Topics in Philosophy. 3 Units. Units.

A philosophical examination of the history and Examination of views of a major philosopher or cultural connections of the science of genetics philosophical school, a significant philosophical and its precursors. Genetics is a phenomenon topic, or a topic that relates to philosophy and other of the twentieth century. Thus, it is new. Yet, its discipline. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101. implications and dilemmas are enmeshed in old Offered as PHIL 315 and PHIL 415. traditions and stereotypes, and the dynamics of cultural change. To explore the breadth of philosophical repercussions of genetics, this course PHIL 316. African Political Thought. 3 Units. will draw on science, technology, medicine, and their histories, but will also range wider to include Introduction to select themes in the work of aspects of the social history of racism and class contemporary African philosophers, with special relations, changing attitudes toward sexuality, emphasis on political thought. In this course, the intricacies of big business and international students will learn something about factors affecting cooperation, and other such diverse areas. the creation and flow of knowledge and ideas about Recommended preparation: PHIL 101 or PHIL 203 Africa and discuss the relative importance of the or PHIL 204. Offered as PHIL 309 and PHIL 409. "nation-state" as an idea in Europe, pre-colonial Africa, and postcolonial Africa. Offered as PHIL 316/416 and ETHS 316/416. Prereq: PHIL 101. PHIL 313. Philosophy of Mathematics. 3 Units.

Logical paradoxes and their effects on foundations PHIL 317. War and Morality. 3 Units. of mathematics. Status of mathematical entities and nature of mathematical truths. Formalist, The aim of this course is to explore a wide range logicist, and intuitionist positions. Recommended of ethical issues relating to the decision to take preparation: PHIL 101 or PHIL 201. Offered as a nation to war, how wars are conducted, and PHIL 313 and PHIL 413. efforts to establish order in the wake of a conflict. Topics include the Just War tradition, pacifism, humanitarian intervention, moral repair and the PHIL 314. Animal Cognition and establishment of a just peace, conduct of war, Consciousness. 4 Units. warrior codes, warrior transitions, and civil-military relations. We will be examining the ethics of war This course examines the notions of intelligence, from the perspectives of both states and individuals. cognition, reasoning, consciousness, and mental War is a crucible that strips those caught up in its content as they appear in the philosophical views horrors down to their fundamental selves inspiring and empirical studies of animals in individual and acts of both inhuman depravity and seemingly social contexts. We will review scientific findings superhuman nobility. This course is presented in a that suggest striking likenesses and intriguing seminar format with lively discussions centering on differences in the (apparent) thought processes contemporary readings in military ethics from texts of humans and animals, and ask whether the and journals. Offered as PHIL 317 and PHIL 417. research techniques that brought us these results are fully adequate to measuring such unobservable entities as conscious experience and thought. PHIL 320. The Phenomenological Tradition. 3 Techniques of measurement range from naturalistic Units. observation, to the processing of vocalizations, to memory and problem solving tasks, and the The background of phenomenology: Descartes, imaging of brain processes through fMRI scans, Kant, and Brentano. The epistemological etc. Students will face the challenges and rewards rationale of Husserl’s phenomenology and its of practicing these techniques and reworking ontological implications; the powers and limits philosophical theories in the service component of of the phenomenological method. Heidegger’s the course. Students will participate in veterinary or transformation of phenomenology to interpretive shelter work to provide needed animal care while ontology of human existence. The development of studying animal behavior using cognitive ethological interpretation theory as the foundation of all human methods. We will compare methods for measuring existence. The development of interpretation consciousness and intelligence in animals to those theory as the foundation of all human sciences in used for human beings, and ask questions about Gadamer and Ricoeur. Recommended preparation: the possibility of machine consciousness and the PHIL 101. Offered as PHIL 320 and PHIL 420. emergent property of group consciousness. Offered as BIOL 314, COGS 314, PHIL 314 and PHIL 414. Case Western Reserve University 307

PHIL 321. Advanced Indian Philosophy. 3 Units. PHIL 333. Philosophy of Religion. 3 Units.

We will closely examine a limited number of texts Topics include: classical and contemporary in Jain, Hindu, and/or Buddhist philosophy. Our arguments for God’s existence; divine concern will be the methods, presuppositions, foreknowledge and human freedom; the problem arguments, and goals of these schools and of evil and theodicy; nature and significance trajectories of thought. What were their theories of religious experience; mysticism; varieties of on the nature of the person, the nature of reality, religious metaphysics; knowledge, belief and and the nature and process of knowing? What were faith; nature of religious discourse. Readings the debates between the schools and the major from traditional and contemporary sources. points of controversy? We will spend the majority Recommended preparation for PHIL 433 and RLGN of time analyzing the arguments or positions as 433: PHIL 101 or RLGN 102. Offered as PHIL 333, they are found in primary texts (In translation). We RLGN 333, PHIL 433, and RLGN 433. will rely on the primary sources found in Sarma introduction to Classical Indian Philosophy as well as PDFs provided by the instructor. Students will PHIL 334. Political and Social Philosophy. 3 read texts out loud in class and will be expected to Units. comment on the passage or passages. Students are expected to use outside sources in their Justification of social institutions, primarily preparations. The goal of the class is to continue political ones. Such distinctions as that between to learn how to make and write arguments against de facto and legitimate authority; analysis of (or in support of) the various positions using the criteria for evaluation, such as social justice and prasangika (reductlo ad absurdum) method. The equality; inquiry into theories of justification of papers are rigorous ones and require the student the state; theory of democratic government and to present the position and then to posit arguments its alternatives. Readings from classical and against it, finding internal incoherences. This is contemporary sources. Recommended preparation: a writing-intensive class. Students will continue PHIL 101. Offered as PHIL 334, POSC 354, PHIL to learn how to write as per the genre of Indian 434, and POSC 454. philosophy. Offered as RLGN 321 and PHIL 321. Prereq: RLGN 221 or PHIL 221. PHIL 335. Philosophy of Law. 3 Units.

PHIL 325. Philosophy of Feminism. 3 Units. This is an examination of the general nature of law, the broad concerns of jurisprudence, the study of Dimensions of gender difference. Definition of comparative law, and many of the issues raised feminism. Critical examination of feminist critiques in the literature of legal philosophy. Students will of culture, including especially politics, ideology, examine the principles of legal positivism, mitigated epistemology, ethics, and psychology. Readings natural law, and rights theory. Selected readings from traditional and contemporary sources. Offered and cases will illustrate these theories, which will as PHIL 325 and PHIL 425 and WGST 325. Prereq: also be examined in the context of rule selection PHIL 101. by new governments in developing or revolutionary societies. The course also looks at the general nature of legal systems: how politics, morality, and PHIL 330. Topics in Ethics. 3 Units. individual views of justice and rights affect particular court cases and the course and development of law Examination of views in ethics of a major generally. Topics will include abortion, obscenity philosopher or philosophical school, a significant and sin, civil disobedience, affirmative action, philosophical topic in ethics, or a topic that relates surrogatehood, and the death penalty. This is ethics to philosophy and another discipline. unlike any other of the legal theory or jurisprudence Recommended preparation: PHIL 101, PHIL 102, or courses, and those who have sampled legal theory PHIL 205. Offered as PHIL 330 and PHIL 430. elsewhere in a different form are welcome and encouraged to enroll. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101. Offered as LAWS 353, PHIL 335, and PHIL 332. Classical Jewish Religious Thought. 3 PHIL 435. Units.

The thought of some major biblical and Rabbinic writings and of the classic age of medieval Jewish philosophy. Offered as JDST 330, PHIL 332, and RLGN 330. 308 College of Arts and Sciences

PHIL 345. Epistemology and Metaphysics. 3 PHIL 363. Philosophy and Social Neuroscience. Units. 3 Units.

Traditional problems of epistemology, such as A philosophical examination of recent research in definition of knowledge, justification of belief, nature human cognition and emotion at the intersection of evidence and foundationalism, skepticism, of the social sciences and neurological sciences. the a priori, and the role of sense perception in The course provides the student with background knowledge. Metaphysical presuppositions and knowledge of brain processes underlying such implications of epistemological views. Forms social and cultural phenomena as bonding, of realism and anti-realism. Recommended aggression, imitation, mind-attribution, language, preparation: PHIL 101. Offered as PHIL 345 and sexual behavior, moral action, and creativity. PHIL 445. The approach of this course is at once scientific (comparing methods, findings and questions as they arise in clinical and experimental PHIL 355. 19th and Early 20th Century neuropsychology, brain imaging, neurolinguistics, Philosophy. 3 Units. and behavioral neuroscience) and humanistic, asking critical questions about the nature and History of philosophy after Kant up to and including methods of a science of cognition, and surveying logical empiricism. Interpretation and comparison of moral responses from a neurologic and philosophic important philosophers and philosophical schools of perspective. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101 the period in terms of common methods, problems, or COGS 201. Offered as COGS 363 and PHIL themes, doctrines, and ideologies. Emphasis on 363. Schopenhauer, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Marx, and Nietzsche. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101. Offered as PHIL 355 and PHIL 455. PHIL 365. Philosophy of Mind. 3 Units.

Traditional problems such as the relation of mind PHIL 356. Comparative Philosophy. 3 Units. and body, knowledge of other minds, free will and determination, and nature of psychological Philosophy is the etymological sense of the term, explanation. Analysis of chief theories of mind. love of wisdom, subsumes ontological, ethical and Analysis of mental concepts such as intention, epistemological inquires addressing fundamental action, decision, emotion, and will. Recommended questions about reality, the place of human in that preparation: PHIL 101. Offered as PHIL 365 and reality, the values of things and human obligations, PHIL 465. and the sources of knowledge. The major purpose of this course is to discover, understand, explicate and articulate the affinities and differences in the PHIL 367. Topics in Evolutionary Biology. 3 way the fundamental questions are addressed in Units. different cultural contexts, thereby to appreciate the cross-cultural kinship among human minds The focus for this course on a special topic of as well as to be challenged by the differences interest in evolutionary biology will vary from one that may engender conflicts. We will explore offering to the next. Examples of possible topics the possibility of building a trans-cultural meta- include theories of speciation, the evolution of discourse in which thinkers from many traditions language, the evolution of sex, evolution and can participate on equal footing. We will come to biodiversity, molecular evolution. ANAT/ANTH/ face up to the question whether truly universal GEOL/PHIL 467/BIOL 468 will require a longer, philosophy is possible, upon what conditions. more sophisticated term paper, and additional class Representative texts from Western, Chinese presentation. Offered as ANTH 367, BIOL 368, and Buddhist traditions including selected works GEOL 367, PHIL 367, ANAT 467, ANTH 467, BIOL of Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Descartes, Kant, 468, GEOL 467, and PHIL 467. Nietzsche, Heidegger, Lao Tzu, Confucius, Chuang Tzu, Dhammapada of the Buddha and D. Suzuki’s Zen Buddhism will be read. Offered as PHIL 356 and PHIL 456. Prereq: PHIL 101 or requisites not met permission. Case Western Reserve University 309

PHIL 368. Evolutionary Biology Capstone. 3 PHIL 375. Issues in Aesthetics. 3 Units. Units. This course will seek to offer insight into the nature This course focuses on a special topic of interest of artistic expression, the role of criticism in the in evolutionary biology that will vary from one arts, and the place of the arts in society. The term offering to the next. Examples of possible topics "arts" will be construed broadly to include painting, include theories of speciation, the evolution of photography, theater, film, music, dance, poetry, language, the evolution of sex, evolution and etc. The following are examples of questions we will biodiversity, molecular evolution. Students will discuss. What does the term "beautiful" mean? Are participate in discussions and lead class seminars there other measures of aesthetic value besides on evolutionary topics and in collaboration with an beauty? Do the arts, like the sciences, offer us advisor or advisors, select a topic for a research knowledge of the world? What value do the arts paper or project. Each student will write a major have for society? Can aesthetic value conflict with research report or complete a major project and moral value? Do artists have a responsibility to will make a public presentation of her/his findings. society? Should art ever be censored? What is Offered as ANTH 368, BIOL 369, PHIL 368. the relationship between art and entertainment? Is the meaning and value of an artistic work a matter of individual opinion? What is the purpose of art PHIL 373. Intelligence and Cognition. 3 Units. critics? How are interpretations and evaluations of art influenced by race, gender, class, etc.? What is This course will focus on the notion and meaning creativity in the arts? Does it differ from creativity of intelligence. What is intelligence? How is it in the sciences? How important is originality in art? measured, and are these measures adequate to the Offered as PHIL 375 and PHIL 475. Prereq: PHIL task? Is there more than one kind of intelligence? 101 or requisite not met permission. What is the relationship between individuals, genetic factors, biological factors, and sociocultural-economic factors in the development of PHIL 381. Philosophy and Cognitive intelligence? How are language and thought related Neuroscience. 3 Units. to intelligence? What is the difference between intelligence and talent? Intelligence seems to This course will focus on the various methodologies be necessary for culture, art, religious belief, the used in the cognitive neurosciences, and explore creation of theories and the quest for knowledge, their strengths and weaknesses from scientific truth and morality; thus intelligence is a necessary and philosophical standpoints. We will begin condition for the study of itself. To attempt to by examining baseline measures (including IQ understand intelligence is an undertaking in tests, tasks of cognitive flexibility, verbal and which we will ask questions about the self and the visual memory, causal/sequential thinking and common nature of humanity, while simultaneously narrative tasks) and their experimental design. examining the abilities of animals and machines. Lesion methods will follow, with an eye toward What is the mark of intelligence? Recommended understanding the strength of inferences that preparation: PHIL 101 or COGS 201. Offered as can be drawn from such data. The course will COGS 373 and PHIL 373. also focus on imaging techniques (CAT, PET, SPECT, fMRI, TMS, etc.) as well as measures of electrical activity such as EEG and single-cell recordings. Students will become familiar with many fundamental assumptions necessary for the implementation of each method, and philosophical questions associated with these endeavors and their potential impact on our knowledge and society. Recommend preparation: PHIL 101 or COGS 201. Offered as COGS 381 and PHIL 381. 310 College of Arts and Sciences

PHIL 383L. Vocalization and Cognition Lab. 1 PHIL 394. Seminar in Evolutionary Biology. 3 Unit. Units.

This is a laboratory section intended to provide This seminar investigates 20th-century evolutionary hands-on training and experience with sound theory, especially the Modern Evolutionary processing and analysis of animal vocalizations in synthesis and subsequent expansions of the context of cognitive science, philosophy, and and challenges to that synthesis. The course biology. Students will ask and answer questions encompasses the multidisciplinary nature of surrounding language, meaning, mind, mental the science of evolution, demonstrating how states, animal and human cognition. How does a disciplinary background influences practitioners’ science of content and language actually proceed? conceptualizations of pattern and process. This How do we measure behavior for use as an course emphasizes practical writing and research indicator of cognition? What pragmatic constraints skills, including formulation of testable theses, grant are found when we explore the natural world? proposal techniques, and the implementation of What causes us to interpret certain symbols as original research using the facilities on campus systematic? The laboratory work begins with an and at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. understanding of different software for sound Offered as ANTH 394, BIOL 394, GEOL 394, HSTY analysis with an emphasis on the bioacoustic 394, PHIL 394, ANTH 494, BIOL 494, GEOL 494, experimental method. Frog vocalization exercises HSTY 494, and PHIL 494. will familiarize students with the process of data categorization, analysis and comparison, and will be the foundation for understanding hypothesis PHIL 396. Undergraduate Research in testing within a Darwinian theoretical backdrop. Evolutionary Biology. 3 Units. Cetacean vocalization analysis will press students to move beyond comparison and analysis to Students propose and conduct guided research consider and evaluate the standard evidence types on an aspect of evolutionary biology. The research used in cognitive science to measure the mind. will be sponsored and supervised by a member of Recommended preparation: PHIL 101 or COGS the CASE faculty or other qualified professional. A 201. Offered as COGS 383L and PHIL 383L. written report must be submitted to the Evolutionary Biology Steering Committee before credit is granted. Offered as ANTH 396, BIOL 396, GEOL PHIL 390. Senior Research Seminars in History 396, and PHIL 396. and Philosophy of Science. 3 Units.

Directed independent research seminar for seniors PHIL 399. Directed Study. 3 Units. who are majors in the History and Philosophy of Science program. The goal of the course is to Under faculty supervision, students will undertake a develop and demonstrate command of B.A.-level project that demonstrates critical thinking, has clear factual content, methodologies, research strategies, goals, features periodic reporting of progress, and historiography, and theory relevant to the field of will result in a final report and public presentation. history of science and/or philosophy of science. The course includes both written and oral components. Offered as HSTY 380 and PHIL 390. PHIL 403. Topics in Philosophy of Science. 3 Units.

In-depth study of selected topics in general philosophy of science or philosophy of physical, biological, or social science. Topics may include: theories of explanation, prediction, and confirmation; semantics of scientific language; reductionism; space, time and relativity; philosophical issues about quantum mechanics; philosophical issues about life sciences (e.g., evolution, teleology, and functional explanation); explanation and understanding in social sciences; value in social science. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101 or PHIL 201 or PHIL 203. Offered as PHIL 303 and PHIL 304. Case Western Reserve University 311

PHIL 404. Science and Engineering Ethics. 3 PHIL 409. Philosophical Issues in Genetics. 3 Units. Units.

This course prepares students to recognize ethical A philosophical examination of the history and problems that commonly arise in the scientific cultural connections of the science of genetics and engineering workplace, to understand ethical and its precursors. Genetics is a phenomenon concepts, to evaluate ethical arguments, and to of the twentieth century. Thus, it is new. Yet, its critically examine responses to problems and their implications and dilemmas are enmeshed in old ethical ramifications. It addresses questions such traditions and stereotypes, and the dynamics as: What are the criteria of fairness in crediting of cultural change. To explore the breadth of contributions to research? How safe is safe philosophical repercussions of genetics, this course enough? What are professional responsibilities, and will draw on science, technology, medicine, and how do they change over time? What is research their histories, but will also range wider to include misconduct? When is ignorance culpable? What aspects of the social history of racism and class is intellectual property and what protections does relations, changing attitudes toward sexuality, it deserve? When is biological testing of workers the intricacies of big business and international justified? What are responsible ways of raising cooperation, and other such diverse areas. concerns, and what supports do good organizations Recommended preparation: PHIL 101 or PHIL 203 give for raising them? What treatment counts as or PHIL 204. Offered as PHIL 309 and PHIL 409. harassment or as an expression of prejudice? What are good means for controlling it? What are scientists’ and engineers’ responsibilities for PHIL 413. Philosophy of Mathematics. 3 Units. environmental protection? What is a "conflict of interest" and how is it controlled? What protections Logical paradoxes and their effects on foundations for human research subjects are warranted? What, of mathematics. Status of mathematical entities if any, use of animals in research is justified? and nature of mathematical truths. Formalist, Recommended preparation: PHIL 101 or PHIL 102 logicist, and intuitionist positions. Recommended or PHIL 205. Offered as PHIL 304 and PHIL 404. preparation: PHIL 101 or PHIL 201. Offered as PHIL 313 and PHIL 413.

PHIL 405. Ethics. 3 Units. PHIL 414. Animal Cognition and Analysis of ethical theories and concepts of Consciousness. 4 Units. goodness, right, and obligation. Discussion of nature of justice, problem of justification of moral This course examines the notions of intelligence, principles, and relation between facts and values. cognition, reasoning, consciousness, and mental Recommended preparation: PHIL 101, PHIL 102 or content as they appear in the philosophical views PHIL 205. Offered as PHIL 305 and PHIL 405. and empirical studies of animals in individual and social contexts. We will review scientific findings that suggest striking likenesses and intriguing PHIL 406. Mathematical Logic and Model differences in the (apparent) thought processes Theory. 3 Units. of humans and animals, and ask whether the research techniques that brought us these results Propositional calculus and quantification theory; are fully adequate to measuring such unobservable consistency and completeness theorems; Gödel entities as conscious experience and thought. incompleteness results and their philosophical Techniques of measurement range from naturalistic significance; introduction to basic concepts of observation, to the processing of vocalizations, model theory; problems of formulation of arguments to memory and problem solving tasks, and the in philosophy and the sciences. Offered as PHIL imaging of brain processes through fMRI scans, 306, MATH 406 and PHIL 406. etc. Students will face the challenges and rewards of practicing these techniques and reworking philosophical theories in the service component of the course. Students will participate in veterinary or shelter work to provide needed animal care while studying animal behavior using cognitive ethological methods. We will compare methods for measuring consciousness and intelligence in animals to those used for human beings, and ask questions about the possibility of machine consciousness and the emergent property of group consciousness. Offered as BIOL 314, COGS 314, PHIL 314 and PHIL 414. 312 College of Arts and Sciences

PHIL 415. Selected Topics in Philosophy. 3 PHIL 425. Philosophy of Feminism. 3 Units. Units. Dimensions of gender difference. Definition of Examination of views of a major philosopher or feminism. Critical examination of feminist critiques philosophical school, a significant philosophical of culture, including especially politics, ideology, topic, or a topic that relates to philosophy and other epistemology, ethics, and psychology. Readings discipline. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101. from traditional and contemporary sources. Offered Offered as PHIL 315 and PHIL 415. as PHIL 325 and PHIL 425 and WGST 325.

PHIL 416. African Political Thought. 3 Units. PHIL 430. Topics in Ethics. 3 Units.

Introduction to select themes in the work of Examination of views in ethics of a major contemporary African philosophers, with special philosopher or philosophical school, a significant emphasis on political thought. In this course, philosophical topic in ethics, or a topic that relates students will learn something about factors affecting ethics to philosophy and another discipline. the creation and flow of knowledge and ideas about Recommended preparation: PHIL 101, PHIL 102, or Africa and discuss the relative importance of the PHIL 205. Offered as PHIL 330 and PHIL 430. "nation-state" as an idea in Europe, pre-colonial Africa, and postcolonial Africa. Offered as PHIL 316/416 and ETHS 316/416. PHIL 433. Philosophy of Religion. 3 Units. Topics include: classical and contemporary PHIL 417. War and Morality. 3 Units. arguments for God’s existence; divine foreknowledge and human freedom; the problem The aim of this course is to explore a wide range of evil and theodicy; nature and significance of ethical issues relating to the decision to take of religious experience; mysticism; varieties of a nation to war, how wars are conducted, and religious metaphysics; knowledge, belief and efforts to establish order in the wake of a conflict. faith; nature of religious discourse. Readings Topics include the Just War tradition, pacifism, from traditional and contemporary sources. humanitarian intervention, moral repair and the Recommended preparation for PHIL 433 and RLGN establishment of a just peace, conduct of war, 433: PHIL 101 or RLGN 102. Offered as PHIL 333, warrior codes, warrior transitions, and civil-military RLGN 333, PHIL 433, and RLGN 433. relations. We will be examining the ethics of war from the perspectives of both states and individuals. War is a crucible that strips those caught up in its PHIL 434. Political and Social Philosophy. 3 horrors down to their fundamental selves inspiring Units. acts of both inhuman depravity and seemingly superhuman nobility. This course is presented in a Justification of social institutions, primarily seminar format with lively discussions centering on political ones. Such distinctions as that between contemporary readings in military ethics from texts de facto and legitimate authority; analysis of and journals. Offered as PHIL 317 and PHIL 417. criteria for evaluation, such as social justice and equality; inquiry into theories of justification of the state; theory of democratic government and PHIL 420. The Phenomenological Tradition. 3 its alternatives. Readings from classical and Units. contemporary sources. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101. Offered as PHIL 334, POSC 354, PHIL The background of phenomenology: Descartes, 434, and POSC 454. Kant, and Brentano. The epistemological rationale of Husserl’s phenomenology and its ontological implications; the powers and limits of the phenomenological method. Heidegger’s transformation of phenomenology to interpretive ontology of human existence. The development of interpretation theory as the foundation of all human existence. The development of interpretation theory as the foundation of all human sciences in Gadamer and Ricoeur. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101. Offered as PHIL 320 and PHIL 420. Case Western Reserve University 313

PHIL 435. Philosophy of Law. 3 Units. PHIL 456. Comparative Philosophy. 3 Units.

This is an examination of the general nature of law, Philosophy is the etymological sense of the term, the broad concerns of jurisprudence, the study of love of wisdom, subsumes ontological, ethical and comparative law, and many of the issues raised epistemological inquires addressing fundamental in the literature of legal philosophy. Students will questions about reality, the place of human in that examine the principles of legal positivism, mitigated reality, the values of things and human obligations, natural law, and rights theory. Selected readings and the sources of knowledge. The major purpose and cases will illustrate these theories, which will of this course is to discover, understand, explicate also be examined in the context of rule selection and articulate the affinities and differences in the by new governments in developing or revolutionary way the fundamental questions are addressed in societies. The course also looks at the general different cultural contexts, thereby to appreciate nature of legal systems: how politics, morality, and the cross-cultural kinship among human minds individual views of justice and rights affect particular as well as to be challenged by the differences court cases and the course and development of law that may engender conflicts. We will explore generally. Topics will include abortion, obscenity the possibility of building a trans-cultural meta- and sin, civil disobedience, affirmative action, discourse in which thinkers from many traditions surrogatehood, and the death penalty. This is can participate on equal footing. We will come to unlike any other of the legal theory or jurisprudence face up to the question whether truly universal courses, and those who have sampled legal theory philosophy is possible, upon what conditions. elsewhere in a different form are welcome and Representative texts from Western, Chinese encouraged to enroll. Recommended preparation: and Buddhist traditions including selected works PHIL 101. Offered as LAWS 353, PHIL 335, and of Plato, Aristotle, Augustine, Descartes, Kant, PHIL 435. Nietzsche, Heidegger, Lao Tzu, Confucius, Chuang Tzu, Dhammapada of the Buddha and D. Suzuki’s Zen Buddhism will be read. Offered as PHIL 356 PHIL 445. Epistemology and Metaphysics. 3 and PHIL 456. Units.

Traditional problems of epistemology, such as PHIL 465. Philosophy of Mind. 3 Units. definition of knowledge, justification of belief, nature of evidence and foundationalism, skepticism, Traditional problems such as the relation of mind the a priori, and the role of sense perception in and body, knowledge of other minds, free will knowledge. Metaphysical presuppositions and and determination, and nature of psychological implications of epistemological views. Forms explanation. Analysis of chief theories of mind. of realism and anti-realism. Recommended Analysis of mental concepts such as intention, preparation: PHIL 101. Offered as PHIL 345 and action, decision, emotion, and will. Recommended PHIL 445. preparation: PHIL 101. Offered as PHIL 365 and PHIL 465. PHIL 455. 19th and Early 20th Century Philosophy. 3 Units. PHIL 467. Topics in Evolutionary Biology. 3 Units. History of philosophy after Kant up to and including logical empiricism. Interpretation and comparison of The focus for this course on a special topic of important philosophers and philosophical schools of interest in evolutionary biology will vary from one the period in terms of common methods, problems, offering to the next. Examples of possible topics themes, doctrines, and ideologies. Emphasis on include theories of speciation, the evolution of Schopenhauer, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Marx, and language, the evolution of sex, evolution and Nietzsche. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101. biodiversity, molecular evolution. ANAT/ANTH/ Offered as PHIL 355 and PHIL 455. GEOL/PHIL 467/BIOL 468 will require a longer, more sophisticated term paper, and additional class presentation. Offered as ANTH 367, BIOL 368, GEOL 367, PHIL 367, ANAT 467, ANTH 467, BIOL 468, GEOL 467, and PHIL 467. 314 College of Arts and Sciences

PHIL 470. Philosophy and Literature. 3 Units.

Affinities and tensions between philosophy and literature and issues that arise in their interface. Topics include: philosophical use of literary devices; literary use of philosophical ideas; literary philosophy and philosophical literature; and hermeneutics of literature and philosophy. Readings in philosophy and literature from both traditional and contemporary sources. Team- taught by faculty of the philosophy and literature departments. Recommended preparation: PHIL 101.

PHIL 475. Issues in Aesthetics. 3 Units.

This course will seek to offer insight into the nature of artistic expression, the role of criticism in the arts, and the place of the arts in society. The term "arts" will be construed broadly to include painting, photography, theater, film, music, dance, poetry, etc. The following are examples of questions we will discuss. What does the term "beautiful" mean? Are there other measures of aesthetic value besides beauty? Do the arts, like the sciences, offer us knowledge of the world? What value do the arts have for society? Can aesthetic value conflict with moral value? Do artists have a responsibility to society? Should art ever be censored? What is the relationship between art and entertainment? Is the meaning and value of an artistic work a matter of individual opinion? What is the purpose of art critics? How are interpretations and evaluations of art influenced by race, gender, class, etc.? What is creativity in the arts? Does it differ from creativity in the sciences? How important is originality in art? Offered as PHIL 375 and PHIL 475.

PHIL 494. Seminar in Evolutionary Biology. 3 Units.

Department of Physics

Rockefeller Building Bachelor of Arts in Physics http://phys.case.edu Kathleen Kash, Department Chair The BA physics major includes a large number of [email protected] elective courses, making it easy for the student to pursue other interests or complete a second major The Department of Physics offers programs while earning a degree in physics. leading to the following undergraduate degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science in physics, Bachelor of Science in mathematics and physics, Major courses: and Bachelor of Science in engineering with PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 an engineering physics major. Associated with or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics the Bachelor of Science in physics degree are PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 optional concentrations in mathematical physics Magnetism or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and and in biophysics. The department also offers the Magnetism graduate degrees Master of Science and Doctor of PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 Philosophy, as well as a unique master’s degree in PHYS 250 Computational Methods in Physics 3 entrepreneurship. PHYS 203A Analog and Digital Electronics for B.A. 2 All of these programs involve the study of the PHYS 301B Advanced Laboratory Physics for B.A. 2 basic laws of nature and the properties of PHYS 303 Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar 1 energy and matter in their various forms. The PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 curriculum reflects the varied interests of the PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 faculty and will prepare students for a wide PHYS 351 Senior Physics Project 2 range of future activities. At the undergraduate PHYS 352 Senior Physics Project Seminar 1 level, open electives and engineering physics Two of the following courses: 6 concentration area courses tailor the programs PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics to the student’s interests and career plans. PHYS 315 Introduction to Solid State Physics Employment opportunities at the bachelor’s level PHYS 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics include research, development, and technical PHYS 324 Electricity and Magnetism I assistance (engineering, computer programming, PHYS 326 Physical Optics management) in industrial, government, and PHYS 327 Quantum Electronics university settings. PHYS 328 Cosmology and the Structure of the Universe A similar flexibility exists in the first few years of or PHYS Modern Cosmology graduate study. The research leading to the PhD 336 degree normally centers on a specific area of PHYS 365 General Relativity physics. However, even at this stage, the broad Additional required courses: background and training characteristic of a physics MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 degree are emphasized. MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 or MATH 124 Calculus II MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 BA in Physics | BS in Physics | BSE in Engineering or MATH 227 Calculus III Physics | BS Math and Physics | Minor MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 or MATH 228 Differential Equations ENGR 131 Elementary Computer Programming (or 3 appropiate alternative) Undergraduate Programs A two-course science sequence chosen from the following: 6-8 CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I & CHEM and Principles of Chemistry II Majors 106 CHEM 111 Principles of Chemistry for Engineers Course requirements and typical schedules for the & ENGR and Chemistry of Materials majors are summarized in the tables below. 145 BIOL 214 Genes, Evolution and Ecology Back to top & BIOL and Genes, Evolution and Ecology Lab 214L and Cells and Proteins & BIOL 215 and Cells and Proteins Laboratory & BIOL 215L Total Units 57-59 316 College of Arts and Sciences

or MATH 227 Calculus III MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 Teacher Licensure Option or MATH 228 Differential Equations ENGR 131 Elementary Computer Programming (or 3 A teacher certification program (grades 7-12), approproriate alternative) based on the BA degree, is available for students CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 7 interested in a career teaching physics at the & CHEM 111 and Principles of Chemistry for Engineers secondary level. In addition to content (subject CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 7 area) requirements, a 36 semester-hour sequence & ENGR 145 and Chemistry of Materials in professional education is required, comprising Total Units 88 courses taken at Case Western Reserve University Back to top and at John Carroll University, and culminating in student teaching. (For details on education course work, see the program description for Teacher Licensure elsewhere in this bulletin.) BSE Degree in Engineering Back to top Physics The BSE degree in engineering physics supplies an excellent background for graduate studies in Bachelor of Science in Physics physics, but is also designed for students who value an engineering credential and who are considering The BS degree has two alternatives to the standard a career in engineering, either through employment program: a mathematical physics concentration and following the BSE or through engineering graduate a biophysics concentration. studies. This degree is awarded by the Case School of Engineering and includes the Engineering Major courses: Core Curriculum. The technical electives in this PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 program are concentrated in any of fifteen specific or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics engineering areas. PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 Magnetism Major Courses: or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and PHYS 208 Instrumentation and Signal Analysis 4 Magnetism Laboratory PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 PHYS 250 Computational Methods in Physics 3 PHYS 203 Analog and Digital Electronics 4 PHYS 303 Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar 1 PHYS 204 Advanced Instrumentation Laboratory 4 PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics 3 PHYS 250 Computational Methods in Physics 3 PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 PHYS 301 Advanced Laboratory Physics I 3 PHYS 315 Introduction to Solid State Physics 3 PHYS 302 Advanced Laboratory Physics II 4 PHYS 317 Engineering Physics Laboratory I 3 PHYS 303 Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar 1 PHYS 318 Engineering Physics Laboratory II 4 PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics 3 PHYS 324 Electricity and Magnetism I 3 PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 PHYS 325 Electricity and Magnetism II 3 PHYS 324 Electricity and Magnetism I 3 PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 PHYS 325 Electricity and Magnetism II 3 PHYS 352 Senior Physics Project Seminar 1 PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 PHYS 353 Senior Engineering Physics Project 2 PHYS 332 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II 3 Additional Required Courses: PHYS 351 Senior Physics Project 2 One course from the following: 3 PHYS 352 Senior Physics Project Seminar 1 EECS 321 Semiconductor Electronic Devices One of the following: 3 EECS 420 Solid State Electronics I PHYS 315 Introduction to Solid State Physics EMSE 314 Electrical, Magnetic, and Optical Properties PHYS 326 Physical Optics of Materials PHYS 327 Quantum Electronics EMSE 405 Dielectric, Optical and Magnetic Properties One of the following: 3 of Materials PHYS 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics PHYS 327 Quantum Electronics PHYS 328 Cosmology and the Structure of the PHYS 332 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II Universe Engineering Physics Concentration: Approved sequence of 12 PHYS 336 Modern Cosmology four courses in engineering. PHYS 365 General Relativity Total Units 51 Additional required courses: Back to top MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 or MATH 124 Calculus II MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 Case Western Reserve University 317

BS in Mathematics and Physics * The Case School of Engineering has a policy stating that “no more than two The BS in mathematics and physics is a single courses taken for the minor may be used degree for students interested in advanced simultaneously to satisfy the requirements mathematics and theoretical physics and in their of the student’s major field, including relationships. This degree is distinct from the departmental requirements, technical mathematical physics concentration in the BS in electives and the Engineering Core.” Thus, physics degree. The program is jointly administered engineering students may have to choose by the Departments of Physics and Mathematics, between using physics courses as technical and students may be advised by faculty members electives or counting them as part of a minor from either department. in physics. All BS, BA, and BSE candidates complete a year- long senior project in which they work one-on-one with a faculty researcher, write a senior thesis, and present their work in public. Graduate Programs

Back to top The Department of Physics offers programs of study and research leading to both the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Minor Graduate assistantships are available for the full- time support of qualified students. All MS programs Course requirements for the minor in physics are as in physics, with or without a thesis, normally can be follows: completed in less than two years. The requirements for the PhD degree in physics include a flexible program of courses that typically is completed PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 within three years, and a concurrent program of or PHYS 116 Introductory Physics II directed research with less course work and more or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics research in each succeeding year. PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 Magnetism or PHYS 116 Introductory Physics II or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and Master of Science in Magnetism PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 Entrepreneurship Two of the following courses: 6 In addition to a traditional physics program, PHYS 204 Advanced Instrumentation Laboratory the department has created a Physics or PHYS Instrumentation and Signal Analysis Laboratory 208 Entrepreneurship master’s degree program, PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics which is part of the university’s larger Science and PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics Technology Entrepreneurship Program. This two- PHYS 315 Introduction to Solid State Physics year program is designed to empower physicists as PHYS 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics entrepreneurs. It enables students and graduates PHYS 324 Electricity and Magnetism I to build on their physics skills to start new high- PHYS 326 Physical Optics tech businesses or to launch new product lines in PHYS 328 Cosmology and the Structure of the existing companies. The program provides top-level Universe academic instruction and real-world entrepreneurial or PHYS Modern Cosmology experience while connecting students with the 336 business executives and leaders, experts, and PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I venture capitalists who are crucial to success in PHYS 332 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II start-up and growing ventures. Total Units 17

Doctor of Philosophy

For the PhD degree, the student is required to pass a general qualifying examination in physics, which is normally taken after the first year of study, and a topical oral examination within one year of joining a research group. The student must then prepare a dissertation based on the results of independent research. There is no foreign language requirement. Research pursuant to any of the 318 College of Arts and Sciences

graduate degree programs in physics may be carried out in five areas: Requirements Tables for Condensed Matter Physics. An extensive Physics Programs experimental and theoretical program in the electronic properties of solids; quantum liquids; Bachelor of Arts in Physics mesoscopic physics; localization and quantum Hall effect; the physics of polymers, liquid crystals, The Bachelor of Arts degree with a physics major and complex fluids; thin films; fluids dynamics; requires completion of the Arts and Sciences materials synthesis; the physics of surfaces and General Education Requirements (GER) and interfaces; electronic structure of materials and their 120 total credits, of which 60 are specified by the defects; vibrational properties of solids (phonons); physics department as shown below. Courses magnetism and magnetic materials; nano- and specified for this major satisfy the 6-credit Arts and organic electronics. Sciences GER in Sciences and Mathematics. Particle/Astrophysics and Cosmology. The experimental efforts in this area include the study Select one of the following: 4 of the nature of dark matter in the universe, PHYS 115 Introductory Physics I observations of high-energy gamma rays and PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics cosmic rays, and measurements of the cosmic PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics microwave background. Theoretical studies Select one of the following: 4 include neutrino astrophysics, stellar evolution, the PHYS 116 Introductory Physics II PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and cosmic microwave background, extra dimensions, Magnetism gravitational lensing, dark matter, large-scale PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and structure, extra dimensions, topological defects, Magnetism phase transitions, and early-universe cosmology. PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 Other related work includes activities in general PHYS 250 Computational Methods in Physics 3 relativity. PHYS 203A Analog and Digital Electronics for B.A. 2 PHYS 301B Advanced Laboratory Physics for B.A. 2 The Center for Education and Research in PHYS 303 2 1 Cosmology and Astrophysics (CERCA) comprises Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar groups from the Departments of Physics and PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 Astronomy and the Cleveland Museum of Natural PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 History. The center organizes international PHYS 351 Senior Physics Project 2 2 conferences, hosts visitors and lectures, and PHYS 352 Senior Physics Project Seminar 2 1 supports students and faculty in their research. Choose two of the following: 6 As it grows, it will provide postdoctoral research PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics positions and will also prepare public programs on PHYS 324 Electricity and Magnetism I cosmology and astrophysics. PHYS 315 Introduction to Solid State Physics PHYS 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics Elementary Particle Physics. Theoretical studies in PHYS 326 Physical Optics the strong, weak, and electromagnetic interactions PHYS 327 Quantum Electronics of the elementary particles, and in all areas of PHYS 328 Cosmology and the Structure of the particle theory, gravitation, and cosmology. Universe 3 Optics and Optical Materials. Both experimental PHYS 336 Modern Cosmology and theoretical programs in nonlinear optics, PHYS 365 General Relativity integrated optics, ultrafast optics, and the optical Intro Science 1 4 3 properties of fluids, liquid crystals, polymers, and Intro Science 2 4 3 crystals, including semiconductors, semiconductor ENGR 131 5 3 mesoscopic systems, photonic crystals, and Elementary Computer Programming nanoscopic systems. MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 or MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, Imaging Physics, Biophysics, and Inverse Managerial, and Social Sci I Problems. An experimental and theoretical program MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 in aspects of non-invasive imaging, including MATH 124 Calculus II 4 magnetic resonance imaging and ultrasound; or MATH 126 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, medical diagnostic techniques to measure iron in Managerial, and Social Sci II the liver; and industrial and medical applications in MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 electromagnetic field modeling. or MATH 227 Calculus III MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 PHED Physical Education (2 semesters) 0 SAGES First and University Seminars 10 Case Western Reserve University 319

Breadth Requirements 6 12 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 (MATH 122) Open electives 7 38 Intro Science Elective II 3 Total Units 121 University Seminar 3 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 1 Course usually taken in this year; F or S PHED Physical Education Activities 0 indicates it is offered only in the fall or spring. Year Total: 18 17

2 PHYS 303 + PHYS 352 satisfy the SAGES departmental seminar requirement. PHYS Second Year Units 351 is an approved SAGES capstone course. Fall Spring Introduction to Modern Physics (PHYS 221) 3 3 Students may choose only one of these two Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 courses to satisfy the requirements of the BA (MATH 223) degree. University Seminar 3 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 4 A two-course science sequence chosen from Open Elective 3 CHEM 105 and 106; CHEM 111 and ENGR Computational Methods in Physics (PHYS 3 145; BIOL 214 and BIOL 215; or another 250) two-course sequence totaling 6 or more Physics Elective 3 credits in a quantitative science (other than Elementary Differential Equations (MATH 3 physics), with written approval of the physics 224) undergraduate curriculum committee. Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 Open Elective 3 5 Or other approved computational course. Year Total: 15 15

6 The breadth requirements include 6 hours Third Year Units of Social Sciences and 6 hours of Arts and Humanities. This may increase by 3 Fall Spring credits if the required Global and Cultural Analog and Digital Electronics for B.A. 2 Diversity course is not also one of the breadth (PHYS 203A) requirement courses. Courses required for Advanced Laboratory Physics for B.A. 2 (PHYS 301B) the BA in Physics satisfy the 6-credit GER Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar 1 for Natural Sciences and Mathematics as (PHYS 303) well as the Quantitative Reasoning course Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 requirement. (PHYS 313) Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 7 The BA degree requires a minimum of 30 (PHYS 331) semester hours at the 300-400 level, of which Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 only 22 are specified as PHYS courses. Open Elective 3 Physics Elective 3 Typical Schedule Global and Cultural Diversity Elective 3 Open Elective 3 First Year Units Open Elective 3 Open Elective 3 Fall Spring Year Total: 17 15 Introductory Physics I (PHYS 115) 4 or General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS 121) Fourth Year Units or Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics (PHYS 123) Fall Spring Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 Senior Physics Project (PHYS 351) 2 (MATH 121) Senior Physics Project Seminar (PHYS 1 Intro Science Elective I 3 352) Elementary Computer Programming (ENGR 3 Open Elective 3 131) Open Elective 3 SAGES First Seminar 4 Open Elective 3 PHED Physical Education Activities 0 Open Elective 3 Introductory Physics II (PHYS 116) 4 Senior Physics Project (PHYS 351) 2 or General Physics II - Electricity and Senior Physics Project Seminar (PHYS 1 Magnetism (PHYS 122) 352) or Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and Open Elective 3 Magnetism (PHYS 124) Open Elective 3 320 College of Arts and Sciences

Open Elective 3 Breadth Requirements 4 12 Open Elective 3 Open Electives 5 38 Year Total: 15 15 Total Units 140

Total Units in Sequence: 127 1 Course usually taken in this year; F or S indicates it is offered only in the fall or spring. Bachelor of Science in Physics 2 PHYS 303 + PHYS 352 satisfy the SAGES The Bachelor of Science in physics requires departmental seminar requirement. PHYS completion of the courses listed in the table below 351 is an approved SAGES capstone course. as well as the Arts and Sciences General Education Requirements, for a total of 127 credits. Many 3 Or other approved computational course. courses may be taken at times other than those shown in the following tables. 4 The breadth requirements include 6 hours of Social Sciences and 6 hours of Arts PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 and Humanities. This may increase by 3 or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics credits if the required Global and Cultural PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 Diversity course is not also one of the breadth Magnetism requirement courses. Courses required for or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and the BS in physics satisfy the 6-credit GER Magnetism for Natural Sciences and Mathematics as PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 well as the Quantitative Reasoning course PHYS 203 Analog and Digital Electronics 4 requirement. PHYS 204 Advanced Instrumentation Laboratory 4 PHYS 250 Computational Methods in Physics 3 5 The number of open electives may vary, PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics 3 depending on how many credits a student PHYS 301 Advanced Laboratory Physics I 3 needs to reach the required total of 127. PHYS 303 Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar 2 1 PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 PHYS 332 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II 3 Typical Schedule PHYS 302 Advanced Laboratory Physics II 4 PHYS 324 Electricity and Magnetism I 3 First Year Units PHYS 325 Electricity and Magnetism II 3 Fall Spring 2 PHYS 351 Senior Physics Project 2 General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS 121) 4 PHYS 352 Senior Physics Project Seminar 2 1 or Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics (PHYS 123) Choose one of the following: 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 PHYS 315 Introduction to Solid State Physics (MATH 121) PHYS 326 Physical Optics Principles of Chemistry I (CHEM 105) 3 PHYS 327 Quantum Electronics or Principles of Chemistry for Engineers Choose one of the following: 3 (CHEM 111) PHYS 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics Elementary Computer Programming (ENGR 3 PHYS 328 Cosmology and the Structure of the 131) Universe SAGES First Seminar 4 PHYS 336 Modern Cosmology PHED Physical Education Activities 0 PHYS 365 General Relativity General Physics II - Electricity and 4 CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 Magnetism (PHYS 122) or CHEM 111 Principles of Chemistry for Engineers or Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 Magnetism (PHYS 124) or ENGR 145 Chemistry of Materials Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 (MATH 122) ENGR 131 3 3 Elementary Computer Programming Principles of Chemistry II (CHEM 106) 3 MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 or Chemistry of Materials (ENGR 145) or University Seminar 3 MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 or MATH 124 Calculus II PHED Physical Education Activities 0 MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 Year Total: 18 17 or MATH 227 Calculus III

MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 Second Year Units PHED Physical Education (2 semesters) 0 SAGES First and University Seminars 10 Fall Spring Analog and Digital Electronics (PHYS 203) 4 Case Western Reserve University 321

Introduction to Modern Physics (PHYS 221) 3 Several of the laboratory courses are replaced by Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 advanced mathematics courses, and some of the (MATH 223) undergraduate physics courses are replaced by University Seminar 3 graduate courses. Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 Advanced Instrumentation Laboratory 4 This program is not the same as the BS program (PHYS 204) in mathematics and physics, which provides Computational Methods in Physics (PHYS 3 a coherent and parallel education in both 250) mathematics and physics. Classical Mechanics (PHYS 310) 3 Elementary Differential Equations (MATH 3 The following table shows the requirements for the 224) Bachelor of Science in physics with mathematical Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 physics concentration. Those courses in the Year Total: 16 16 standard BS program that are replaced are shown in brackets and are followed by their replacements. Third Year Units PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 Fall Spring PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 Advanced Laboratory Physics I (PHYS 301) 3 Magnetism Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar 1 or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and (PHYS 303) Magnetism Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 (PHYS 313) PHYS 203 Analog and Digital Electronics (or M-Group 4 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 1²) (PHYS 331) PHYS 204 Advanced Instrumentation Laboratory 4 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 PHYS 250 Computational Methods in Physics 3 Advanced Laboratory Physics II (PHYS 4 PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics 3 302) PHYS 301 Advanced Laboratory Physics I 3 Electricity and Magnetism I (PHYS 324) 3 or PHYS 349 Methods of Mathematical Physics I Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II 3 PHYS 303 3 1 (PHYS 332) Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar Global and Cultural Diversity Elective 3 M-Group 2 2 3 Open Elective 3 PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 Year Total: 13 16 PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 or PHYS 481 Quantum Mechanics I Fourth Year Units PHYS 302 Advanced Laboratory Physics II 4 PHYS 324 Electricity and Magnetism I 3 Fall Spring or PHYS 423 Classical Electromagnetism Electricity and Magnetism II (PHYS 325) 3 PHYS 332 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II 3 Senior Physics Project (PHYS 351) 2 or PHYS 482 Quantum Mechanics II Senior Physics Project Seminar (PHYS 1 PHYS 325 Electricity and Magnetism II 3 352) or PHYS 350 Methods of Mathematical Physics II Condensed Matter Physics Elective 3 M-Group 3 2 4 Open Elective 3 PHYS 351 3 2 Senior Physics Project (PHYS 351) 2 Senior Physics Project Senior Physics Project Seminar (PHYS 1 PHYS 352 Senior Physics Project Seminar 3 1 352) Choose one of the following: 3 Particle/Astrophysics Elective 3 PHYS 315 Introduction to Solid State Physics Open Elective 3 PHYS 326 Physical Optics Open Elective 3 PHYS 327 Quantum Electronics Year Total: 12 12 Choose one of the following: 3 PHYS 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics Total Units in Sequence: 120 PHYS 328 Cosmology and the Structure of the Universe Bachelor of Science in Physics PHYS 336 Modern Cosmology with Mathematical Physics PHYS 365 General Relativity CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 Concentration or CHEM 111 Principles of Chemistry for Engineers CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 Students who are interested in theoretical or ENGR 145 Chemistry of Materials physics and who have a strong background in ENGR 131 4 3 mathematics may consider this concentration. The Elementary Computer Programming program is based on the BS in physics, but with MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 certain substitutions in the course requirements. or 322 College of Arts and Sciences

MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Principles of Chemistry II (CHEM 106) 3 or MATH 124 Calculus II or Chemistry of Materials (ENGR 145) MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 University Seminar 3 or MATH 227 Calculus III Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 PHED Physical Education Activities 0 PHED 2 semesters 0 Year Total: 18 17 SAGES First and University Seminars 10 Breadth Requirements 4 12 Second Year Units Open Electives 5 38 Fall Spring Total Units 147 Introduction to Modern Physics (PHYS 221) 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 1 Course usually taken in this year; F or S (MATH 223) indicates it is offered only in the fall or spring. University Seminar 3 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 2 M-group 1, 2 and 3 are to be chosen from Open Elective 3 among approved advanced mathematics or Advanced Instrumentation Laboratory 4 statistics courses. (PHYS 204) Computational Methods in Physics (PHYS 3 3 PHYS 303 + PHYS 352 satisfy the SAGES 250) departmental seminar requirement. PHYS Classical Mechanics (PHYS 310) 3 351 is an approved SAGES capstone course. Elementary Differential Equations (MATH 3 224) 4 Or other approved computational course. Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 Year Total: 15 16 5 The breadth requirements include 6 hours

of Social Sciences and 6 hours of Arts and Humanities. This may increase by 3 Third Year Units credits if the required Global and Cultural Fall Spring Diversity course is not also one of the breadth Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar 1 requirement courses. Courses required for (PHYS 303) the BS in physics satisfy the 6-credit GER Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 for Natural Sciences and Mathematics as (PHYS 313) well as the Quantitative Reasoning course Methods of Mathematical Physics I (PHYS 3 requirement. 349) Classical Electromagnetism (PHYS 423) 3 6 The number of open electives may vary, Quantum Mechanics I (PHYS 481) 3 depending on the number of credits a student Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 needs to reach the required total of 127. Advanced Laboratory Physics II (PHYS 4 302) Methods of Mathematical Physics II (PHYS 3 350) Quantum Mechanics II (PHYS 482) 3 Typical Schedule Global and Cultural Diversity Elective 3 Advanced Mathematics Elective 3 First Year Units Year Total: 16 16 Fall Spring General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS 121) 4 Fourth Year Units or Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics (PHYS 123) Fall Spring Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 Senior Physics Project (PHYS 351) 2 (MATH 121) Senior Physics Project Seminar (PHYS 1 Principles of Chemistry I (CHEM 105) 3 352) or Principles of Chemistry for Engineers Condensed Matter Physics Elective 3 (CHEM 111) Advanced Mathematics Elective 3 Elementary Computer Programming (ENGR 3 Open Elective 3 131) Open Elective 3 SAGES First Seminar 4 Senior Physics Project (PHYS 351) 2 PHED Physical Education Activities 0 Senior Physics Project Seminar (PHYS 1 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 352) Magnetism (PHYS 122) or Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and Particle/Astrophysics Elective 3 Magnetism (PHYS 124) Advanced Mathematics Elective 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Open Elective 3 (MATH 122) Open Elective 3 Case Western Reserve University 323

Year Total: 15 15 B-Group 2 5 3-4

B-Group 3 5 3 Total Units in Sequence: 128 B-Group 4 5 3 Bachelor of Science in Physics B-Group 5 5 3-4 with Biophysics Concentration PHED 2 Semesters 0 SAGES First and University Seminars 10 This concentration is directed towards students Breadth Requirements 6 12 interested in the combined study of biology and Open Electives 7 20 physics. The degree is a track within the standard Total Units 139-142 BS in physics, in which four physics courses and certain open electives are replaced by a 1 Course usually taken in this year; F or S “biogroup” of five courses and a technical elective. indicates it is offered only in the fall or spring. All substitutions must be approved by a physics faculty committee. 2 Suggested technical electives include PHYS 315, 316, 326, 327, 328, 336, 365. The following table illustrates the requirements for the Bachelor of Science in physics with biophysics 3 PHYS 303 + PHYS 352 satisfy the SAGES concentration. Those courses in the standard BS departmental seminar requirement. PHYS program that are replaced are shown in brackets; 351 is an approved SAGES capstone course. their replacements are found either in the same entry or in the biogroup category. 4 Or other approved computational course.

5 PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 B-group 1-5 are to be chosen from among or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics approved biology, biophysics, biochemistry, PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 and biomedical engineering courses, Magnetism including certain prerequisites as needed or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and (e.g., chemistry). BIOL 214 and BIOL 215 are Magnetism suggested for B-group 1 and 2. The listing PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 of credits includes numbers for the most PHYS 203 Analog and Digital Electronics 4 likely choices of courses and, in parentheses, PHYS 204 Advanced Instrumentation Laboratory 4 possible alternatives. PHYS 250 Computational Methods in Physics 3 PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics 3 6 The breadth requirements include 6 hours PHYS 301 Advanced Laboratory Physics I 3 of Social Sciences and 6 hours of Arts PHYS 303 Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar 3 1 and Humanities. This may increase by 3 PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 credits if the required Global and Cultural PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 Diversity course is not also one of the breadth PHYS 302 Advanced Laboratory Physics II 4 requirement courses. Courses required for PHYS 324 Electricity and Magnetism I 3 the B.S. in physics satisfy the 6-credit GER PHYS 332 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II 3 for Natural Sciences and Mathematics as PHYS 315 Introduction to Solid State Physics (or Tech 3 well as the Quantitative Reasoning course elective²) requirement. PHYS 325 Electricity and Magnetism II 3 3 7 The number of open electives may vary, PHYS 351 Senior Physics Project 2 depending on the number of credits a student PHYS 352 3 1 Senior Physics Project Seminar needs to reach the required total of 127. PHYS 316 Introduction to Nuclear and Particle Physics 3 CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 or CHEM 111 Principles of Chemistry for Engineers Typical Schedule CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 3 or ENGR 145 Chemistry of Materials First Year Units CHEM 113 Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 2 Fall Spring 4 ENGR 131 Elementary Computer Programming 3 General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS 121) 4 MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 or Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics or (PHYS 123) MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 (MATH 121) or MATH 124 Calculus II Principles of Chemistry I (CHEM 105) 3 MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 or Principles of Chemistry for Engineers or MATH 227 Calculus III (CHEM 111) MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 Elementary Computer Programming (ENGR 3 B-Group 1 5 3-4 131) 324 College of Arts and Sciences

SAGES First Seminar 4 Senior Physics Project (PHYS 351) 2 PHED Physical Education Activities 0 Senior Physics Project Seminar (PHYS 1 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 352) Magnetism (PHYS 122) Biogroup Elective 3 or Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 Magnetism (PHYS 124) Open Elective 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Open Elective 3 (MATH 122) Principles of Chemistry II (CHEM 106) 3 Year Total: 15 15 or Chemistry of Materials (ENGR 145) Principles of Chemistry Laboratory (CHEM 2 Total Units in Sequence: 127 113) Biogroup Elective 3 Bachelor of Science in PHED Physical Education Activities 0 Engineering with Engineering Year Total: 18 16 Physics Major

Second Year Units The engineering physics major allows students with Fall Spring strong interests in both physics and engineering Analog and Digital Electronics (PHYS 203) 4 to concentrate their studies in the common areas Introduction to Modern Physics (PHYS 221) 3 of these disciplines. The major prepares students Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 to pursue careers in industry, either directly after (MATH 223) undergraduate studies, or following graduate study Biogroup Elective 3 in engineering or physics. Many employers value University Seminar 3 the unique problem-solving approach of physics, Advanced Instrumentation Laboratory 4 especially in industrial research and development. (PHYS 204) Students majoring in engineering physics complete Computational Methods in Physics (PHYS 3 250) the Engineering Core as well as a rigorous course Classical Mechanics (PHYS 310) 3 of study in physics. Students select a concentration Elementary Differential Equations (MATH 3 area from an engineering discipline, and must 224) complete a sequence of at least four courses University Seminar 3 in this discipline. In addition, a senior research Year Total: 16 16 project under the guidance of a faculty member is required. The project includes a written report and participation in the senior seminar and symposium. Third Year Units Fall Spring First Year Units Advanced Laboratory Physics I (PHYS 301) 3 Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar 1 Fall Spring (PHYS 303) General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS 121)b 4 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 (PHYS 313) (MATH 121)a Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 (PHYS 331) Principles of Chemistry for Engineers 4 (CHEM 111) Biogroup Elective 3 SAGES First Seminar 4 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 PHED Physical Education Activities 0 Electricity and Magnetism I (PHYS 324) 3 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 Biogroup Elective 3 Magnetism (PHYS 122)b Global and Cultural Diversity Elective 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 (MATH 122)a Open Elective 3 Elementary Computer Programming (ENGR 3 Year Total: 16 15 131) Chemistry of Materials (ENGR 145) 4 Fourth Year Units University Seminar 3 Fall Spring PHED Physical Education Activities 0 Electricity and Magnetism II (PHYS 325) 3 Year Total: 16 18 Senior Physics Project (PHYS 351) 2 Senior Physics Project Seminar (PHYS 1 Second Year Units 352) Fall Spring Physics Elective 3 Introduction to Modern Physics (PHYS 221) 3 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 Open Elective 3 (MATH 223) Case Western Reserve University 325

Statics and Strength of Materials (ENGR 3 Year Total: 15 15 200) Introduction to Circuits and Instrumentation 4 Total Units in Sequence: 129 (ENGR 210) University Seminar 3 a Selected students may be invited to take Instrumentation and Signal Analysis 4 MATH 123, 124, 227, and 228 in place of Laboratory (PHYS 208) MATH 121, 122, 223, and 224. Computational Methods in Physics (PHYS 3 250) b Selected students may be invited to take Classical Mechanics (PHYS 310) 3 PHYS 123, 124 (Physics and Frontiers I, II Elementary Differential Equations (MATH 3 Honors) in place of PHYS 121, 122. 224) Thermodynamics, Fluid Dynamics, Heat 4 c Engineering physics concentration courses and Mass Transfer (ENGR 225) are flexible, but they must be in a specific Year Total: 16 17 engineering discipline or study area and approved by an advisor. Possible Third Year Units concentration areas include aerospace Fall Spring engineering, biomedical engineering Advanced Laboratory Physics Seminar 1 “hardware,” biomedical engineering (PHYS 303) “software,” chemical engineering, civil Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 engineering (solid mechanics, structural (PHYS 313) and geotechnical, environmental), computer Engineering Physics Laboratory I (PHYS 3 science, computer systems hardware, 317) computer systems software, control systems Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 and automation, electrical engineering, (PHYS 331) macromolecular science, materials science Engineering Concentrationc 3 and engineering, mechanical engineering, Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 signal processing, systems analysis and Engineering Physics Laboratory II (PHYS 4 decision making. 318) Electricity and Magnetism I (PHYS 324) 3 d PHYS 332, PHYS 327/427, EEAP 321, EEAP Professional Communication for Engineers 3 420, EMSE 314, or EMSE. Students may (ENGL 398N) choose to fulfill this requirement in their third Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 year. Engineering Concentrationc 3 Year Total: 16 16 Bachelor of Science in Mathematics and Physics Fourth Year Units Fall Spring MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 Introduction to Solid State Physics (PHYS 3 or 315) MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Electricity and Magnetism II (PHYS 325) 3 or MATH 124 Calculus II Senior Physics Project Seminar (PHYS 1 PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics 4 352) or PHYS 123 Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics Senior Engineering Physics Project (PHYS 2 PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 353) Magnetism Engineering Concentrationc 3 or PHYS 124 Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 Magnetism 2 Senior Physics Project Seminar (PHYS 1 CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I 3 352) or CHEM 111 Principles of Chemistry for Engineers Senior Engineering Physics Project (PHYS 2 CHEM 106 Principles of Chemistry II 2 3 353) or ENGR 145 Chemistry of Materials Applied Quantum Mechanicsd 3 ENGR 131 Elementary Computer Programming 3 3 c 3 Engineering Concentration PHYS 221 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 4 MP Group 1 3 Open Elective 3 MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 or MATH 227 Calculus III MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 MATH 307 Introduction to Abstract Algebra I 3 MATH 308 Introduction to Abstract Algebra II 3 PHYS 310 Classical Mechanics 3 326 College of Arts and Sciences

PHYS 313 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 Breadth Requirements 8 12 PHYS 331 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 Open Electives 9 16 or PHYS 481 Quantum Mechanics I Total Units 124 PHYS 332 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II 3 or PHYS 482 Quantum Mechanics II 1 Course usually taken in this year; F or S MP Group 2 4 3 indicates it is offered only in the fall or spring. MP Group 3 4 3 2 MATH 321 Fundamentals of Analysis I 3 Other science sequence courses may be MATH 322 Fundamentals of Analysis II 3 substituted if approved by the mathematics MATH 324 Introduction to Complex Analysis 3 and physics (MP) committee. 5 3 Advanced Physics Elective 3 Or other approved computational course MP Group 4 4 3 MATH 351 Senior Project for the Mathematics and 4 4 The “MP group” of four courses corresponds & PHYS 351 Physics Program to two physics courses and two mathematics and Senior Physics Project 6 courses. The physics courses are chosen PHYS 423 Classical Electromagnetism 3 from PHYS 250, 349, and 350. The PHYS 472 Graduate Physics Laboratory 3 mathematics courses are subject to approval SAGES Dept Seminar 7 by the MP committee and are hence referred PHED 2 semesters 0 to as “approved electives.” They may be SAGES First and University Seminars 10 chosen from the general list of mathematics courses at the 300 level or higher. It may also be possible to choose a course outside the mathematics and physics departments as a substitute in the MP group, subject to approval by the committee.

5 An advanced physics course to be selected from the following list: PHYS 315, 316, 326, 327, 328, 336, 365.

6 PHYS 303 + PHYS 352 satisfy the SAGES departmental seminar requirement. PHYS 351 is an approved SAGES capstone course.

7 Students may take either the math or physics SAGES departmental seminar. The physics version consists of 1 credit of PHYS 303 plus two credits of PHYS 352.

8 The breadth requirements include 6 hours of Social Sciences and 6 hours of Arts and Humanities. This may increase by 3 credits if the required Global and Cultural Diversity course is not also one of the breadth requirement courses. Courses required for the BS in mathematics and physics satisfy the 6-credit GER for Natural Sciences and Mathematics as well as the Quantitative Reasoning course requirement.

9 The number of open electives may vary, depending on how many credits the student needs to reach the required total of 126. Case Western Reserve University 327

Typical Schedule Fundamentals of Analysis II (MATH 322) 3 Introduction to Complex Analysis (MATH 3 324) First Year Units Global and Cultural Diversity Elective 3 Fall Spring Year Total: 15 15 General Physics I - Mechanics (PHYS 121) 4 or Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics (PHYS 123) Fourth Year Units Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 Fall Spring (MATH 121) SAGES Capstone 3 Principles of Chemistry I (CHEM 105) 3 Physics Elective 3 or Principles of Chemistry for Engineers (CHEM 111) Classical Electromagnetism (PHYS 423) 3 Elementary Computer Programming (ENGR 3 MATH/PHYS Elective 3 131) Open Elective 3 SAGES First Seminar 4 Graduate Physics Laboratory (PHYS 472) 3 PHED Physical Education Activities 0 MATH/PHYS Elective 3 General Physics II - Electricity and 4 MATH/PHYS Elective 3 Magnetism (PHYS 122) Open Elective 3 or Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity and Magnetism (PHYS 124) Open Elective 3 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 Year Total: 15 15 (MATH 122) Principles of Chemistry II (CHEM 106) 3 Total Units in Sequence: 125 or Chemistry of Materials (ENGR 145) University Seminar 3 Department Faculty Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 Kathleen Kash, PhD PHED Physical Education Activities 0 (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) Year Total: 18 17 Professor and Chair Experimental condensed matter and mesoscopic Second Year Units physics; synthesis of novel semiconductors Fall Spring Introduction to Modern Physics (PHYS 221) 3 Daniel S. Akerib, PhD Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 (Princeton University) (MATH 223) Professor or Calculus III (MATH 227) Experimental astrophysics Introduction to Abstract Algebra I (MATH 3 307) Jesse Berezovsky, PhD University Seminar 3 (University of California, Santa Barbara) Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 Assistant Professor Classical Mechanics (PHYS 310) 3 Imaging coherent transport in mesoscopic Elementary Differential Equations (MATH 3 graphene; optical readout of single spin dynamics 224) in a quantum dot; spin dynamics in layered core/ Introduction to Abstract Algebra II (MATH 3 shell nanocrystal quantum dots; measurements 308) of nuclear and electron spin at a ferromagnetic/ MATH/PHYS Elective 3 semiconductor interface; spatio-temporal imaging Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 and simulation of magnetization dynamics in Year Total: 15 15 ferromagnetic structures

Robert W. Brown, PhD Third Year Units (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) Fall Spring Distinguished University Professor and Institute Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics 3 Professor (PHYS 313) Particle physics theory; cosmology; medical Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I 3 imaging; industrial physics (PHYS 331) or Quantum Mechanics I (PHYS 481) Gary S. Chottiner, PhD Fundamentals of Analysis I (MATH 321) 3 (University of Maryland) MATH/PHYS Elective 3 Professor and Director of Undergraduate Studies Humanities/Social Science Elective 3 Experimental physics of surfaces and thin films SAGES Departmental Seminar 3 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics II 3 (PHYS 332) or Quantum Mechanics II (PHYS 482) 328 College of Arts and Sciences

Corbin E. Covault, PhD Jie Shan, PhD (Harvard University) (Columbia University) Professor Associate Professor Experimental high-energy astrophysics Experimental condensed matter physics; ultrafast optics; terahertz spectroscopy Diana I. Driscoll, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) Thomas A. Shutt, PhD Instructor (University of California, Berkeley) Introductory physics Agnar Pytte Professor Experimental astrophysics Xuan Gao, PhD (Columbia University) Kenneth D. Singer, PhD Assistant Professor (University of Pennsylvania) Experimental condensed matter physics; Ambrose Swasey Professor of Physics; Director, nanomaterials; correlated electrons in low Engineering Physics dimensions Experimental condensed matter physics; nonlinear optics Kenneth L. Kowalski, PhD (Brown University) Glenn D. Starkman, PhD Professor (Stanford University) Theoretical and experimental particle physics Professor; Director, Center for Education and Research in Cosmology and Astrophysics (CERCA) Walter R. Lambrecht, PhD Theoretical cosmology, particle physics, (University of Ghent) astrophysics Professor Theoretical condensed matter physics; electronic Cyrus C. Taylor, PhD structure-based physics of materials (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) Albert A. Michelson Professor in Physics; Dean, Michael A. Martens, PhD College of Arts and Sciences (Case Western Reserve University) Theoretical and experimental particle physics; Associate Professor physics entrepreneurship Harsh Mathur, PhD Philip L. Taylor, PhD (Yale University) (University of Cambridge) Associate Professor Distinguished University Professor and Perkins Condensed matter theory, particle-astrophysics Professor of Physics theory Theory of solids, polymers and other materials Rolfe G. Petschek, PhD Norman Tien, PhD (Harvard University) (University of California, Berkeley) Professor Professor and Ohio Eminent Scholar in Condensed Theoretical condensed matter; optical materials Matter Physics; Dean, Case School of Engineering Claudia de Rham, PhD MEMS for micro-optical applications in (Cambridge University) communications and biomedical systems Assistant Professor Andrew J. Tolley, PhD Massive gravity and degravitation; Supersymmetric (Cambridge University) Large Extra Dimensions (SLED); physics of Baldwin Assistant Professor codimension-2 objects; cosmological perturbations Charles Rosenblatt, PhD Secondary Faculty (Harvard University) Professor and Director of Graduate Studies J. Iwan Alexander, PhD Experimental condensed matter; liquid crystals and (Washington State University) complex fluids Professor, Department of Mechanical and John E. Ruhl, PhD Aerospace Engineering, Case School of (Princeton University) Engineering Professor Fluid dynamics, energy research Experimental astrophysics and cosmology Case Western Reserve University 329

Mark A. Griswold, PhD Craig J. Copi, PhD (University of Wuerzburg) (University of Chicago) Associate Professor, Department of Radiology, Adjunct Instructor; Senior Research Associate School of Medicine Theoretical cosmology; particle physics; Medical imaging, MRI astrophysics Eckhard Jankowsky, PhD Jeffrey S. Dyck, PhD (Dresden Institute of Technology) (Case Western Reserve University) Associate Professor, Department of Biochemistry, Assistant Professor, John Carroll University School of Medicine Experimental condensed matter physics Proteins and enzymes; structural biology; regulation of gene expression Hiroyuki D. Fujita, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) R. Earle Luck, PhD Senior Research and Development Scientist, USA (University of Texas at Austin) Instruments, Inc. Worcester R. and Cornelia B. Warner Professor of RF instrumentation in imaging Astronomy Stellar and galactic chemical evolution; stellar E. Mark Haacke, PhD spectrophotometry (University of Toronto) Professor, Wayne State University J. Christopher Mihos, PhD Physics of imaging; experimental biophysics (University of Michigan) Professor, Department of Astronomy Jingzhi Liu, PhD Galaxy formation and evolution; galaxy (Case Western Reserve University) interactions; clusters of galaxies; observational and Senior Staff Scientist, Cleveland Clinic Foundation computational astrophysics Functional imaging and biophysics Heather Morrison, PhD Gerald T. Mearini, PhD (Australian National University) (Case Western Reserve University) Professor, Department of Astronomy Genvac Aerospace Corporation Galactic structure; stellar populations; dark matter Andrey Petukhov, PhD Idit Zehavi, PhD (St. Petersburg State Technical University) (Hebrew University of Jerusalem) Associate Professor of Physics, South Dakota Assistant Professor, Department of Astronomy School of Mines and Technology Astrophysics Irina Shiyanovskaya, PhD (Institute of Physics, National Academy of Science Lecturer of Ukraine) Kent Displays, Inc. Edward M. Caner, MS Shmaryu Shvartsman, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) (Tomsk State University) Director, Science and Technology Entrepreneurship Senior Staff Scientist, Phillips Medical Systems Program Magnetic field systems research and development Science entrepreneurship Mano Singham, PhD (University of Pittsburgh) Adjunct Faculty Director, University Center for Innovation in Teaching and Education (UCITE) James H. Andrews, PhD Particle physics; physics teaching (Case Western Reserve University) Professor of Physics, Youngstown State University Smio Tani, PhD Optical materials (University of Tokyo) Professor Emeritus, Marquette University Pierre Carlès, PhD, Habilitation Theoretical particle physics (National Polytechnic Institute, Toulouse) Associate Professor, Université Pierre et Marie Michael Thompson, PhD Curie, Paris (Case Western Reserve University) Fluid mechanics; critical behavior; stability Senior Staff Scientist, Phillips Medical Systems Signal processing 330 College of Arts and Sciences

Visiting Faculty PHYS 115. Introductory Physics I. 4 Units.

Gavin Buxton, PhD First part of a two-semester sequence directed (Sheffield-Hallam University) primarily towards students working towards a B.A. Visiting Assistant Professor in science, with an emphasis on the life sciences. Theoretical condensed matter physics; polymers Kinematics; Newton’s laws; gravitation; simple and biological physics harmonic motion; mechanical waves; fluids; ideal gas law; heat and the first and second laws of Volodimyr Duzhko, PhD thermodynamics. This course has a laboratory (Technical University of Munich) component. Visiting Assistant Professor Experimental condensed matter physics; molecular optoelectronics and photovoltaics PHYS 116. Introductory Physics II. 4 Units.

Electrostatics, Coulomb’s law, Gauss’s law; Research Professors capacitance and resistance; DC circuits; magnetic fields; electromagnetic induction; RC and RL Michael R. Dragowsky, PhD circuits; light; geometrical optics; interference and (Oregon State University) diffraction; special relativity; introduction to quantum Research Associate Professor mechanics; elements of atomic, nuclear and particle Nuclear and particle astrophysics experiment physics. This course has a laboratory component. Prereq: PHYS 115.

Courses PHYS 121. General Physics I - Mechanics. 4 Units. PHYS 101. Distinguishing Science from Pseudo- Science. 3 Units. Particle dynamics, Newton’s laws of motion, energy and momentum conservation, rotational motion, There are many current issues arising in popular and angular momentum conservation. This course discourse, ranging from the believability of ESP has a laboratory component. Recommended to reincarnation, to "free energy" machines, which preparation: MATH 121 or MATH 123 or MATH 125 can benefit from simple physical analyses. This or one year of high school calculus. course will provide an introduction to the use of basic principles of physics to explore the viability of these ideas. A seminar format will be utilized with PHYS 122. General Physics II - Electricity and specific topics presented by students and by the Magnetism. 4 Units. instructor. Recommended preparation: PHYS 100, PHYS 115, PHYS 121, or PHYS 123. Electricity and magnetism, emphasizing the basic electromagnetic laws of Gauss, Ampere, and Faraday. Maxwell’s equations and electromagnetic PHYS 113A. Principles of Physics Laboratory - waves, interference, and diffraction. This course Mechanics. 1 Unit. has a laboratory component. Prereq: PHYS 121 or PHYS 123. Prereq or Coreq: MATH 122 or MATH The laboratory portion of first semester introductory 124 or MATH 126. physics.

PHYS 123. Physics and Frontiers I - Mechanics. PHYS 113B. Principles of Physics Laboratory - 4 Units. Electricity and Magnetism. 1 Unit. The Newtonian dynamics of a particle and of The laboratory portion of the second semester of rigid bodies. Energy, momentum, and angular physics. momentum conservation with applications. A selection of special frontier topics as time permits, including fractals and chaos, special relativity, fluid mechanics, cosmology, quantum mechanics. This course has a laboratory component. Admission to this course is by invitation only. Case Western Reserve University 331

PHYS 124. Physics and Frontiers II - Electricity PHYS 203. Analog and Digital Electronics. 4 and Magnetism. 4 Units. Units.

Time-independent and time-dependent electric Elements of both analog and digital electronics from and magnetic fields. The laws of Coulomb, Gauss, the practical viewpoint of the experimental scientist; Ampere, and Faraday. Microscopic approach to AC circuits, linear and non-linear operation of op- dielectric and magnetic materials. Introduction to amps, logic gates, flip-flops, counters, display, the usage of vector calculus; Maxwell’s equations memory, transducers, A/D and D/A conversion. in integral and differential form. The role of special Laboratory work involves quantitative investigation relativity in electromagnetism. Electromagnetic of the operation of all these elements, together radiation. This course has a laboratory component. with projects that explore their combination. Prereq: PHYS 123. Prereq or Coreq: MATH 122 or Recommended preparation: PHYS 122 or PHYS MATH 124. 124.

PHYS 137. The Scientific Frontier: Origins, from PHYS 203A. Analog and Digital Electronics for the Big Bang to Life on Earth. 3 Units. B.A.. 2 Units.

This course will provide undergraduates, This course is the first half of the laboratory both science and non-science majors, with a requirement for the B.A. degree in Physics and general perspective of the modern state of our is the first half of PHYS 203. Elements of both physical understanding of the universe, including analog and digital electronics from the practical outstanding puzzles at the forefront of modern viewpoint of the experimental scientist; AC circuits, science, focusing on the questions of origins: the linear and non-linear operation of op-amps, digital origin of the universe, of our galaxy, of matter, of circuits including logic gates. This course includes life, etc. weekly lecture and laboratory work in electronics; it may also include an additional weekly lecture, associated with PHYS 301, on topics such as error PHYS 166. Physics Today and Tomorrow. 1 analysis, technical writing and oral presentations. Unit. Recommended preparation: PHYS 116, PHYS 122, or PHYS 124. This course will provide students with an opportunity to learn about the most exciting and timely research areas in physics, as well as PHYS 204. Advanced Instrumentation other topics germane to being a professional Laboratory. 4 Units. physicist. These discussions will cover fields such as nanoscience, ultrafast optics, exotic materials, Principles of experimental design; limits of biophysics, cosmology, string theory and the role resolution via band-width, thermal noise, of physicists in developing new technologies. background signals; data acquisition and control by Each week a member of the faculty will meet with computer; computer simulation; signal processing students to discuss a topic of current interest, techniques in frequency and time domains, FFT, how a physicist approaches the problem, and how correlations, and other transform methods; counting physicists interact with others to find a solution. techniques. Applications include lock-in amplifiers, Other topics germane to being a professional digitizing oscilloscopes and data acquisition physicist also will be discussed, including the systems. Recommended preparation: PHYS 203 relationship among academic, industrial, and and PHYS 221. governmental laboratories; ethics, and non- traditional careers for students trained in physics. PHYS 208. Instrumentation and Signal Analysis Laboratory. 4 Units.

AC circuit theory, Fourier series, discrete Fourier series. Fourier integral, discrete Fourier integral; analysis in time and frequency domains, correlation, cross-correlation and other transform techniques; computer control of experiments via IEEE488 interface; advanced instrumentation; DMM, arbitrary waveform generator, multiplexing and digitizing oscilloscopes; experimental design, noise; design, construction, and testing of a lock-in amplifier. Recommended preparation: PHYS 221. 332 College of Arts and Sciences

PHYS 221. Introduction to Modern Physics. 3 PHYS 302. Advanced Laboratory Physics II. 4 Units. Units.

Concepts in special relativity, statistical mechanics Several projects using research-quality equipment and quantum mechanics. Applications to in contemporary fields of experimental physics. atomic structure, and selected topics in nuclear, Each requires reading appropriate literature, condensed matter physics, particle physics, and choosing appropriate instrumentation, performing cosmology. Prereq: PHYS 116 or PHYS 122 or data acquisition and analysis, and writing a PHYS 124. technical paper. Topics include particle counting techniques, neutron activation, gamma-ray spectroscopy, a range of condensed matter PHYS 250. Computational Methods in Physics. 3 experiments including temperature dependent Units. properties between 10 and 350 K, modern optics, ultrahigh vacuum surface science. Recommended Numerical methods, data analysis, and error preparation: PHYS 301. analysis applied to physical problems. Use of personal computers in the solution of practical problems encountered in physics. Interpolation, PHYS 303. Advanced Laboratory Physics roots of equations, integration, differential Seminar. 1 Unit. equations, Monte Carlo techniques, propagation of errors, maximum likelihood, convolution, Fourier Students will discuss various issues associated transforms. Prereq: ENGR 131. Prereq or Coreq: with physics research. These include how to MATH 224. judge the quality of an experiment and data (error analysis), how to present your work in written and oral formats, safety and ethical concerns in the PHYS 301. Advanced Laboratory Physics I. 3 laboratory. Recommended preparation: PHYS 250. Units.

Problem solving approach with a range of available PHYS 310. Classical Mechanics. 3 Units. experiments in classical and modern physics. Emphasis on experimental techniques, data and Lagrangian formulation of mechanics and its error analysis, and the formal presentation of the application to central force motion, scattering work performed. Recommended preparation: PHYS theory, rigid body motion, and systems of many 204. Coreq: PHYS 303. degrees of freedom. Recommended preparation: PHYS 221 and either MATH 223 or MATH 227. PHYS 301B. Advanced Laboratory Physics for B.A.. 2 Units. PHYS 313. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. 3 Units. This course is the second half of the laboratory requirement for the B.A. degree in Physics and Thermodynamic laws, entropy, and phase is the second half of PHYS 301. Problem solving transitions from the quantum mechanical viewpoint. approach with a range of available experiments Gibbs and Boltzmann factors. Ideal, degenerate in classical and modern physics. Emphasis on fermion, degenerate boson, photon, and phonon experimental technique and data and error analysis, gases. Correlation functions and transport and the formal presentation of the work performed. phenomena. Applications ranging from solid state Recommended preparation: PHYS 203 or PHYS physics to astrophysics. Prereq: PHYS 221. 203A and concurrent enrollment in PHYS 303. Case Western Reserve University 333

PHYS 315. Introduction to Solid State Physics. 3 PHYS 324. Electricity and Magnetism I. 3 Units. Units. First half of a sequence that constitutes a detailed Characterization and properties of solids; crystal study of the basics of electromagnetic theory structure, thermal properties of lattices, quantum and many of its applications. Electrostatics and statistics, electronic structure of metals and magnetostatics of free space, conductors, dielectric semiconductors. PHYS 415 for graduate students and magnetic materials; basic theory illustrated with in engineering and science. (May not be taken applications drawn from condensed matter physics, for departmental credit by graduate students in optics, plasma physics, and physical electronics. the Department of Physics.) Prerequisite may be Prereq: PHYS 116 or PHYS 122 or PHYS 124. waived with consent of department. Recommended preparation for PHYS 415: PHYS 331. Offered as PHYS 315 and PHYS 415. Prereq: PHYS 331 or PHYS 325. Electricity and Magnetism II. 3 Units. PHYS 481. (Continuation of PHYS 324.) Electrodynamics, Maxwell’s equations, electromagnetic waves, PHYS 316. Introduction to Nuclear and Particle electromagnetic radiation and its interaction with Physics. 3 Units. matter, potential formulation of electromagnetism, and relativity. Prereq: PHYS 324. The physics of nuclei and elementary particles; experimental methods used to determine their properties; models and theories developed to PHYS 326. Physical Optics. 3 Units. describe their structure. Prereq: PHYS 331 or PHYS 481. Geometrical optics and ray tracing, wave propagation, interaction of electromagnetic radiation with matter, interference, diffraction, PHYS 317. Engineering Physics Laboratory I. 3 and coherence. Supplementary current topics Units. from modern optics such as nonlinear optics, holography, optical trapping and optical computing. Laboratory course for engineering physics majors. Prerequisite(s) may be waived with consent of Emphasis is on experimental techniques, data and department. Offered as PHYS 326 and PHYS 426. error analysis, and written and oral presentation of Prereq: PHYS 122 or PHYS 124. work. Four experiments drawn from classical and modern physics are carried out. These emphasize condensed matter, material and optical physics. PHYS 327. Quantum Electronics. 3 Units. Experiments include electric fields, resistivity of materials, optical interference, chaotic systems, and An introduction to theoretical and practical quantum spectroscopy. Design of data analysis systems and electronics covering topics in quantum optics, software is required. Prereq: PHYS 208. Coreq: laser physics, and nonlinear optics. Topics to be PHYS 303. addressed include the physics of two-level quantum systems including the density matrix formalism, rate equations, and semiclassical radiation PHYS 318. Engineering Physics Laboratory II. 4 theory; laser operation including oscillation, gain, Units. resonator optics, transverse and longitudinal modes, Q-switching, mode-locking, and coherence; Laboratory course for engineering physics majors. and nonlinear optics including the nonlinear Several projects using research-quality equipment susceptibility, parametric interactions, stimulated in contemporary fields of experimental physics. processes, and self-action. Recommended Open-ended experiments each require reading preparation for PHYS 427: PHYS 331 or PHYS appropriate literature, designing the experiment, 481. Offered as PHYS 327 and PHYS 427. Prereq: performing data analysis, and writing a technical PHYS 331 or PHYS 481. paper. Topics are drawn from areas of modern physics, and concentrate on condensed matter, material, and optical physics. Prereq: PHYS 317. 334 College of Arts and Sciences

PHYS 328. Cosmology and the Structure of the PHYS 349. Methods of Mathematical Physics I. 3 Universe. 3 Units. Units.

Distances to galaxies. The content of the distant Analysis of complex functions: singularities, universe. Large scale structure and galaxy clusters. residues, contour integration; evaluation and Physical cosmology. Structure and galaxy formation approximation of sums and integrals; exact and and evolution. Testing cosmological models. approximate solution of ordinary differential Offered as ASTR 328, PHYS 328, ASTR 428, and equations; transform calculus; Sturm-Liouville PHYS 428. Prereq: ASTR 222. theory; calculus of variations. Additional work required for graduate students. Offered as PHYS 349 and PHYS 449. Prereq: MATH 224. PHYS 329. Independent Study. 1 - 4 Unit.

An individual reading course in any topic of mutual PHYS 350. Methods of Mathematical Physics II. interest to the student and the faculty supervisor. 3 Units.

(Continuation of PHYS 349/449.) Special functions, PHYS 331. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics orthogonal polynomials, partial differential I. 3 Units. equations, linear operators, group theory, tensors, selected specials topics. Additional work required Quantum nature of energy and angular momentum, for graduate students. Prereq: PHYS 349. wave nature of matter, Schroedinger equation in one and three dimensions; matrix methods; Dirac notation; quantum mechanical scattering. Two PHYS 351. Senior Physics Project. 2 Units. particle wave functions. Prereq: PHYS 221. A two semester course required for senior BS and BA physics majors. Students pursue a project PHYS 332. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics based on experimental, theoretical or teaching II. 3 Units. research under the supervision of a physics faculty member, a faculty member from another CWRU Continuation of PHYS 331. Spin and fine structure; department or a research scientist or engineer from Dirac equation; symmetries; approximation another institution. A departmental Senior Project methods; atomic and molecular spectra; time Committee must approve all project proposals dependent perturbations; quantum statistics; and this same committee will receive regular oral applications to electrons in metals and liquid and written progress reports. Final results are helium. Prereq: PHYS 331. presented at the end of the second semester as a paper in a style suitable for publication in a professional journal as well as an oral report in PHYS 336. Modern Cosmology. 3 Units. a public symposium. Prereq: PHYS 303. Coreq: An introduction to modern cosmology and an PHYS 352. exploration of current topics in the field. The first half of the course will cover the mathematical and PHYS 352. Senior Physics Project Seminar. 1 physical basis of cosmology, while the second will Unit. delve into current questions and the observations that constrain them. Offered as PHYS 336 and This two semester seminar is taken concurrently PHYS 436. Prereq: PHYS 221. with the student’s two semester senior project. Students meet weekly to discuss their projects and the research experience. The class will include PHYS 339. Seminar. 1 - 3 Unit. dialogues about professional issues such as Conducted in small sections with presentation of ethics, graduate school, jobs, funding, professional papers by students and informal discussion. Special organizations, public obligations, writing and problem seminars and research seminars offered speaking. Assignments include proposals, progress according to interest and need, often in conjunction reports and posters. Coreq: PHYS 351 or PHYS with one or more research groups. 353. Case Western Reserve University 335

PHYS 353. Senior Engineering Physics Project. PHYS 414. Classical and Statistical Mechanics 2 Units. II. 3 Units.

A two semester course required for BSE A continuation of PHYS 413. Noninteracting Engineering Physics majors. Students are expected systems, statistical mechanics of solids, liquids, to complete a research project in their concentration gases, fluctuations, irreversible processes, phase area under the supervision of a faculty member transformations. Recommended preparation: PHYS in science, engineering, or, with approval, a 413 or consent of department. researcher at another institution or company. The project may be calculational, experimental or theoretical, and will address both the underlying PHYS 415. Introduction to Solid State Physics. 3 physics and appropriate engineering and design Units. principles. A program Senior Project Committee must approve all project proposals and will Characterization and properties of solids; crystal receive regular oral and written progress reports. structure, thermal properties of lattices, quantum Final results are presented at the end of the statistics, electronic structure of metals and second semester as a paper in a style suitable for semiconductors. PHYS 415 for graduate students publication in a professional journal as well as an in engineering and science. (May not be taken oral report in a public symposium. Prereq: PHYS for departmental credit by graduate students in 318. Coreq: PHYS 352. the Department of Physics.) Prerequisite may be waived with consent of department. Recommended preparation for PHYS 415: PHYS 331. Offered as PHYS 365. General Relativity. 3 Units. PHYS 315 and PHYS 415.

This is an introductory course in general relativity. The techniques of tensor analysis will be developed PHYS 423. Classical Electromagnetism. 3 Units. and used to describe the effects of gravity and Einstein’s theory. Consequences of the theory as Electromagnetic theory in the classical limit. Gauge well as its experimental tests will be discussed. An invariance and special relativity. Applications introduction to cosmology will be given. Additional to electrostatic, magnetostatic, and radiation work required for graduate students. Offered as problems using advanced mathematical techniques. PHYS 365 and PHYS 465. Dielectric, magnetic, and conducting materials. Wave propagation in open and confined geometries. Radiation from accelerating charges. PHYS 390. Undergraduate Research in Physics. Cherenkov, synchrotron, and transition radiation. 3 - 6 Units.

Research conducted under the supervision of a PHYS 426. Physical Optics. 3 Units. faculty member in the Department of Physics. Arrangements must be made with a faculty member Geometrical optics and ray tracing, wave and a written description of these arrangements propagation, interaction of electromagnetic must be submitted to and approved by the radiation with matter, interference, diffraction, department before a permit will be issued to register and coherence. Supplementary current topics for this course. A final report must be supplied to from modern optics such as nonlinear optics, the department at the end of the semester. holography, optical trapping and optical computing. Prerequisite(s) may be waived with consent of department. Offered as PHYS 326 and PHYS 426. PHYS 413. Classical and Statistical Mechanics I. 3 Units.

An integrated approach to classical and statistical mechanics. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formulations, conservation laws, kinematics and dynamics, Poisson brackets, continuous media, derivation of laws of thermodynamics, the development of the partition function. To be followed by PHYS 414. 336 College of Arts and Sciences

PHYS 427. Quantum Electronics. 3 Units. PHYS 441. Physics of Condensed Matter I. 3 Units. An introduction to theoretical and practical quantum electronics covering topics in quantum optics, Crystal structure, x-ray diffraction, band theory and laser physics, and nonlinear optics. Topics to be applications. Free electron theory of metals and addressed include the physics of two-level quantum electrons in magnetic fields. systems including the density matrix formalism, rate equations, and semiclassical radiation theory; laser operation including oscillation, gain, PHYS 442. Physics of Condensed Matter II. 3 resonator optics, transverse and longitudinal Units. modes, Q-switching, mode-locking, and coherence; and nonlinear optics including the nonlinear Continuation of PHYS 441. Lattice susceptibility, parametric interactions, stimulated vibrations, thermal properties of solids, processes, and self-action. Recommended semiconductors, magnetic properties of solids, and preparation for PHYS 427: PHYS 331 or PHYS superconductivity. Prerequisite may be waived with 481. Offered as PHYS 327 and PHYS 427. consent of department. Recommended preparation: PHYS 441.

PHYS 428. Cosmology and the Structure of the Universe. 3 Units. PHYS 449. Methods of Mathematical Physics I. 3 Units. Distances to galaxies. The content of the distant universe. Large scale structure and galaxy clusters. Analysis of complex functions: singularities, Physical cosmology. Structure and galaxy formation residues, contour integration; evaluation and and evolution. Testing cosmological models. approximation of sums and integrals; exact and Offered as ASTR 328, PHYS 328, ASTR 428, and approximate solution of ordinary differential PHYS 428. equations; transform calculus; Sturm-Liouville theory; calculus of variations. Additional work required for graduate students. Offered as PHYS PHYS 431. Physics of Imaging. 3 Units. 349 and PHYS 449.

Description of physical principles underlying the spin behavior in MR and Fourier imaging in multi- PHYS 451. Empirical Foundations of the dimensions. Introduction of conventional, fast, Standard Model. 3 Units. and chemical-shift imaging techniques. Spin echo, gradient echo, and variable flip-angle methods. The experimental basis for modeling the Projection reconstruction and sampling theorems. electroweak and strong interactions in terms Bloch equations, T1 and T2 relaxation times, rf of fundamental fermions, quarks and leptons, penetration, diffusion and perfusion. Flow imaging, and gauge bosons, photons, the weak bosons, MR angiography, and functional brain imaging. and gluons; particle accelerators and detection Sequence and coil design. Prerequisite may be techniques; phenomenology of particle reactions, waived with consent of instructor. Recommended decays and hadronic structure; space, time and preparation: PHYS 122 or PHYS 124 or EBME 410. internal symmetries; symmetries; symmetry Offered as EBME 431 and PHYS 431. breaking.

PHYS 436. Modern Cosmology. 3 Units. PHYS 460. Advanced Topics in NMR Imaging. 3 Units. An introduction to modern cosmology and an exploration of current topics in the field. The first Frontier issues in understanding the practical half of the course will cover the mathematical and aspects of NMR imaging. Theoretical descriptions physical basis of cosmology, while the second will are accompanied by specific examples of pulse delve into current questions and the observations sequences, and basic engineering considerations that constrain them. Offered as PHYS 336 and in MRI system design. Emphasis is placed PHYS 436. on implications and trade-offs in MRI pulse sequence design from real-world versus theoretical perspectives. Recommended preparation: EBME 431 or PHYS 431. Offered as EBME 460 and PHYS 460. Prereq: Graduate standing or Undergraduate with Junior or Senior standing and a cumulative GPA of 3.2 or above. Case Western Reserve University 337

PHYS 465. General Relativity. 3 Units. PHYS 492. Modern Physics for Innovation II. 3 Units. This is an introductory course in general relativity. The techniques of tensor analysis will be developed Continuation of PHYS 491, with an emphasis on and used to describe the effects of gravity and current and prospective opportunities for Physics Einstein’s theory. Consequences of the theory as Entrepreneurship. Longer term opportunities for well as its experimental tests will be discussed. An Physics Entrepreneurship in emerging areas introduction to cosmology will be given. Additional including, but not limited to, nanoscale physics and work required for graduate students. Offered as nanotechnology; biophysics and applications to PHYS 365 and PHYS 465. biotechnology; physics-based opportunities in the context of information technology. Recommended preparation: PHYS 491. PHYS 472. Graduate Physics Laboratory. 3 Units. PHYS 493. Feasibility and Technology Analysis. A series of projects designed to introduce the 3 Units. student to modern research techniques such as automated data acquisition. Students will This course provides the tools scientists need be assessed as to their individual needs and a to determine whether a technology is ready for sequence of projects will be established for each commercialization. These tools include (but are individual. Topics may include low temperature not limited to): financial analysis, market analysis, phenomena, nuclear gamma ray detection and industry analysis, technology analysis, intellectual measurement and optics. property protection, the entrepreneurial process and culture, an introduction to entrepreneurial strategy and new venture financing. Deliverables will include PHYS 481. Quantum Mechanics I. 3 Units. a technology feasibility analysis on a possible application in the student’s scientific area. Offered Quantum mechanics with examples of applications. as BIOL 493, CHEM 493, and PHYS 493. Schroedinger method; matrix and operator methods. Approximation methods including WKB, variational and various perturbation methods. PHYS 494. Technology-Based Venture Creation. Applications to atomic, molecular and nuclear 3 Units. physics including both bound states and scattering problems. Applications of group theory to quantum This course provides the advanced tools needed mechanics. to develop, articulate, and launch a venture plan for a technology identified as likely to be successful through a feasibility analysis. Additional topics PHYS 482. Quantum Mechanics II. 3 Units. include: entrepreneurial strategy, communication, sales, negotiation, entrepreneurial finance, and Continuation of PHYS 481, including quantum field leadership in an entrepreneurial environment. theory. Prerequisite may be waived with consent of Guest speakers will be featured in nearly every department. Recommended preparation: PHYS 481 class session. Prereq: BIOL 493 or CHEM 493 or or consent of department. PHYS 493.

PHYS 491. Modern Physics for Innovation I. 3 PHYS 539. Special Topics Seminar. 1 - 3 Unit. Units. Individual or small group instruction on topics of The first half of a two-semester sequence providing interest to the department. Topics include, but are an understanding of physics as a basis for not limited to, particle physics, astrophysics, optics, successfully launching new high-tech ventures. The condensed matter physics, biophysics, imaging. course will examine physical limitations to present Several such courses may run concurrently. technologies, and the use of physics to identify potential opportunities for new venture creation. The course will provide experience in using physics for both identification of incremental improvements, and as the basis for alternative technologies. Case studies will be used to illustrate recent commercially successful (and unsuccessful) physics-based venture creation, and will illustrate characteristics for success. 338 College of Arts and Sciences

PHYS 541. Quantum Theory of Solids I. 3 Units. PHYS 581. Quantum Mechanics III. 3 Units.

Elementary excitations in solids, including lattice Continuation of PHYS 482. The methods of vibrations, spin waves, helicons, and polarons. quantum field theory applied to the nonrelativistic Quasiparticles and collective coordinates. BCS many-body problem, radiation theory, and theory of superconductivity. Quasicrystals. relativistic particle physics. Second quantization Transport properties. Conduction electrons in using canonical and path integration techniques, magnetic fields and the quantum Hall effect. constrained systems, and gauge theories. Green function methods of many-body systems. Graphical perturbative methods and graphs Recommended preparation: PHYS 442 or consent summation approaches. Topological aspects of field of department. theories. Recommended preparation: PHYS 482 and consent of department. PHYS 561. Statistical Methods for Scientific Research. 3 Units. PHYS 591. Gauge Field Theory I. 3 Units.

This course will introduce students to traditional and Noether’s theorem, symmetries and conserved novel statistical methods useful for experimental currents, functional integral techniques, scientists. The emphasis will be on understanding quantization, Feynman rules, anomalies, QED, theory and techniques that are used in research. electroweak interactions, QCD, renormalization, We shall consider problems from astronomy, renormalization group, asymptotic freedom and biology and particle-astro physics. The course assorted other topics. Prereq: PHYS 581. will also cover topics of interest to engineers. Current collaborative research problems of the instructor will motivate some of the advanced PHYS 592. Gauge Field Theory II. 3 Units. statistical techniques. Topics to be covered include: Measuring uncertainty and probability distributions (See PHYS 591.) Recommended preparation: (low and high dimensional); point and interval PHYS 591. estimation; curve fitting; likelihood and score type tests required for an experiment; posterior probabilities; dealing with small samples (which PHYS 601. Research in Physics. 1 - 9 Unit. arise in search experiments); over- and under- coverage using confidence belts; and Monte Carlo simulation methods for planning experiments and PHYS 651. Thesis M.S.. 1 - 9 Unit. evaluating the statistical significance of the results. "GGobi" and "R" open source software will be used for visualization (via dynamic and interactive graphics) and exploring high-dimensional data. PHYS 666. Frontiers in Physics. 0 Units. Offered as BIOL 561 and PHYS 561. Weekly colloquia given by eminent physicists from around the world on topics of current interest in PHYS 566. Cosmology. 3 Units. physics. Introduction to our current understanding of the origin and evolution of the Universe and connection PHYS 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 9 Unit. between our understanding of elementary particle physics and cosmology. Specific topics will include: Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced General Parameters of Cosmology: Expansion, to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. Lifetime, and Density of the Universe. The Early Universe, Constraints on Elementary Particles, Dark Matter and Dark Energy, Nucleosynthesis, Cosmic Microwave Background, Inflation, Stellar Evolution, Gravitational Waves, Baryogenesis. Some background in general relativity and particle physics phenomenology is recommended. Case Western Reserve University 339

Department of Political Science

111 Mather House through the Washington Center program is http://politicalscience.case.edu excluded from this limitation. Joseph White, Department Chair [email protected] The study of political science is primarily concerned Departmental Honors with the state, governmental structures and processes in world societies, citizen-state relations, Majors who maintain a grade point average of and the exercise of political power. Faculty at least 3.3 overall on completion of senior year specialties in the department include American and 3.7 in political science courses, and who earn politics and governmental institutions; elections and a grade of A in POSC 396, will be eligible to be political parties in the United States and abroad; nominated to receive their degrees “with Honors violence and civil disorder; public policy analysis, in Political Science.” To be considered for Honors, including environmental policy and economic POSC 396 must be taken in the penultimate and welfare state issues; international relations semester of the senior year, with the prospectus conceived broadly; international political economy; submitted no later than the end of the first week religious and ethnic conflict; state-building; the of the semester for late Fall registrants. Faculty politics of gender; political strategies; research will use the following semester to vote on honors. methods; and comparative politics, with various The project advisor must nominate (but can refuse) regional concentrations. In its programs leading the paper for honors consideration. Two additional to the BA, MA, and PhD, the department makes readers, who will be appointed by the department a strong effort to relate the study of politics to chair, must agree with the recommendation for students’ needs and concerns and to reflect in its honors. If one reader agrees and the other does courses both the excitement and seriousness of not, honors will not be awarded. real-world politics. Students who entered the university prior to Fall The study of political science can build a foundation 2011 have the option of earning honors under an for many types of future employment. Many political equivalent of the rules previously in effect. Under science majors are preparing for graduate study those rules, honors could be earned with an overall or law school. Others intend to pursue careers in departmental GPA of 3.8 and a grade of A in POSC journalism, teaching, or public administration, or 396. in private industry and business. Both the public and private sectors hold career possibilities for the political science major. Integrated Graduate Studies

Application to the Integrated Graduate Studies Undergraduate Programs (IGS) program in political science must occur no later than the beginning of the second semester Major of the junior year, but preferably earlier. Upon completion of 90 undergraduate hours, the student The major in political science leads to the Bachelor must have satisfied all general requirements of Arts degree. The degree requires 30 hours of for the BA, including at least 21 hours in the course work, distributed as follows: political science major, the General Education Requirements, and one minor program, and must have a 3.5 grade point average in political Required Courses: science courses and 3.3 overall. If admitted to POSC 109 The American Political System 3 the IGS program, the student will take 30 hours Two POSC courses at the 200 level 6 of graduate-level political science courses during Six POSC courses at the 300 level 18 the senior year, adhering to the departmental POSC 396 Senior Project SAGES Capstone 3 regulations governing the master’s degree program. Total Units 30 If completed successfully, these hours will count Students select courses based on their specific simultaneously toward both degrees in political interests, with approval of the faculty advisor. No science. more than six hours of independent study (i.e., The BA will be awarded upon completion of all POSC 395 Special Projects and/or POSC 396 requirements for that degree, including total Senior Project SAGES Capstone) may count hours. The MA will be awarded upon successful toward the major. Independent study completed 340 College of Arts and Sciences

completion of the 30 hours of graduate-level score of 550 on the paper version of the Test of courses and the MA examination. English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), or at least 215 on the computer version of the TOEFL; the minimum GRE scores indicated above; and transcripts of all undergraduate study, indicating Minor completion of a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree program. A minor in political science consists of 15 hours (five courses) in the department, of which 9 The Master of Arts in political science is a broadly hours must be at the 300 level. An elected minor based program in which the student is expected to sequence must be approved by a political science acquire and exhibit general knowledge and skills. faculty advisor. Therefore, within the 30 hours of graduate-level course work (400 level and above) required for the A minor in public policy is available to master’s, 12 hours must be distributed as follows: undergraduates in the College of Arts and Sciences and to undergraduates in the economics and management programs in the Weatherhead School 3 hours in the area of American government and politics 3 of Management. 3 hours in the area of comparative politics 3 3 hours in the area of international relations 3 The public policy minor ordinarily includes: POSC 449 Political Science Research Methods 3 Total Units 12 One of the following: 3 Students who receive permission (due to special ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics circumstances) from the graduate coordinator One of the following: 3 may take an alternative research methods course POSC 386 Making Public Policy outside the department. POSC 383 Health Policy and Politics in the United States Among the remaining 18 hours of electives, the POSC 306 Interest Groups in the Policy Process student may take courses oriented toward a One of the following: 3 general Master of Arts, covering the four broad HSTY 256 American Political History areas listed above. Alternatively, the student may HSTY 358 America Since 1940 specialize in one area—one of these four or some POSC 308 The American Presidency other—approved by the graduate coordinator. A POSC 310 The Legislative Process maximum of 9 hours may be taken outside the POSC 323 Judicial Politics Department of Political Science, with prior approval POSC 385 U.S. Bureaucratic Politics from the graduate coordinator, for specialized work Two courses in a specific policy field * 6 related to the master’s degree for which no political Total Units 15 science course is appropriate. A maximum of nine hours of independent study (POSC 601 Individual * e.g., health care, the environment, business Investigation) may count toward the degree. and the economy, science and technology A minimum grade point average of 3.0 must be policy, nonprofit and charitable organizations, maintained throughout the Master of Arts program. social policy, etc., as approved by the public A master’s student who fails to maintain a GPA policy minor advisor of 3.0 will be placed on academic probation for one semester. If the GPA is not returned to the 3.0 minimum by the end of the probationary semester, Graduate Programs the student will be separated from further study in the department. Master of Arts Upon completion of no fewer than 30 hours and no more than 42 hours of master’s-level course Applicants to the Master of Arts program in work, the student must request scheduling of political science are required to submit their the political science Master of Arts examination. undergraduate transcripts and three letters of The examination will cover the fields of American recommendation from former instructors. The government and politics, comparative politics, and admission requirements also include a minimum international relations. score of 500 on the verbal and quantitative segments of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) and 4.5 on the analytical section. The Doctor of Philosophy department strongly prefers that applicants have a minimum GPA of 3.2 overall and a minimum GPA Requirements for admission to the Doctor of of 3.4 in political science courses. For students from Philosophy program in political science are other countries, the requirements are a minimum Case Western Reserve University 341

the same as for admission to the Master of must complete a dissertation, typically 150-400 Arts program, with the following additions. The pages in length, that draws on the student’s original department strongly prefers that applicants without research to make a contribution to the field of an MA in political science have a minimum GPA political science. of 3.2 overall and a minimum GPA of 3.4 in undergraduate political science courses, and that applicants with an MA degree in political science have a minimum GPA of 3.4 overall in their MA Dual JD/MA work. Because the department faculty is small, applicants should determine, prior to applying, Students accepted to the School of Law may whether one or more members of the department pursue a Masters of Arts in Political Science in faculty are active in the applicant’s field of interest. conjunction with their JD degree. Completion of PhD applications must specify the applicant’s the program requires 97 hours of course work, and field(s) of interest, as the Graduate Studies so would be expected to require seven semesters. Committee will not recommend the admission of Students wishing to enroll in the dual-degree an applicant where the department faculty cannot program must be separately admitted to each support the applicant’s proposed course of study. program, but the department will waive the GRE Students who are accepted into the department’s requirement and accept the LSAT within the MA program and then decide they would like to admissions process. Students must complete earn the PhD are expected to apply to the PhD a total of 21 hours of credit within the political program and meet the admission requirements. All science department, including at least three credit PhD students must complete 45 hours of graduate- hours in American politics, comparative politics, level courses, plus at least 18 hours of POSC 701 international relations, and research methods. Dual- (Dissertation) credit. The required 45 hours of degree students will normally begin study in the doctoral courses taken before dissertation credits law school and defer enrollment in the MA program must be distributed as follows: until their second year. They must pass the MA comprehensive examination upon completion of their political science course work. 12 hours in a primary subfield (American, comparative, or 12 international relations) Department Faculty 9 hours in secondary subfield (one of the remaining two 9 fields) Joseph White, PhD 6 hours in the remaining subfield 6 (University of California, Berkeley) 6 hours in Research Methods: 6 Luxenberg Family Professor of Public Policy and POSC 449 Political Science Research Methods Chair; Director, Center for Policy Studies and Public 12 hours of electives 12 Policy Program; Professor of Epidemiology and Total Units 45 Biostatistics, School of Medicine A maximum of 9 hours of independent study (POSC American government; Congress; public policy; 601 Individual Investigation) may be undertaken. health and welfare policy; comparative politics of University regulations require PhD students to rich democracies spend at least one academic year in full-time Karen Beckwith, PhD residence (two consecutive regular semesters with (Syracuse University) a minimum of 9 hours’ registration each semester). Flora Stone Mather Professor Doctoral students whose MA in political science has Politics of gender; mass political participation; been certified, and doctoral students with an MA in comparative political movements; democracy and political science from Case Western Reserve, need representation complete only 18 of the 45 hours of doctoral course Justin Buchler, PhD work. The graduate coordinator will set distribution (University of California, Berkeley) requirements on an individual basis, reflecting Associate Professor the course work completed for the MA. Doctoral Congress; redistricting; political strategy; parties students without a completed MA must pass the and elections MA examination. They must take the examination upon completion of no fewer than 30 hours and no Jessica F. Green, PhD more than 36 hours of course work. A student who (Princeton University) does not pass this examination may not continue Assistant Professor in the PhD program. See the description of the MA Global governance; international environmental examination above for further information. law and policy; international law; international organizations; transnational regulation; qualitative Upon completion of 45 hours of course work, methods the student must pass the PhD comprehensive examinations in his or her primary and secondary subfields. After passing the examinations, a student 342 College of Arts and Sciences

Alexander P. Lamis, PhD, JD Jonathan L. Entin, JD (Vanderbilt University; University of Maryland) (Northwestern University) Associate Professor Professor, School of Law American government; electoral politics; American constitutional law; social science and the constitutional law law Kathryn C. Lavelle, PhD (Northwestern University) Adjunct Faculty Ellen and Dixon Long Professor in World Affairs; Associate Professor Lev Gonick, PhD International relations; international organizations; (York University, Toronto) Congress in world politics; politics of stock markets; Adjunct Professor, CWRU Vice President for governing institutions of national and international Information Technology finance; U.S. foreign economic policy; Congress Comparative historical international political and banking policy economy; technology and government Vincent E. McHale, PhD Karl Kaltenthaler, PhD (Pennsylvania State University) (Washington University) M. A. Hanna Professor of Political Science; Co- Adjunct Professor Director, International Studies Program Comparative politics, political behavior/public Comparative politics; Europe; political sociology; opinion, political extremism and violence, political methodology economy, Europe Kelly M. McMann, PhD Andrew M. Lucker, PhD (University of Michigan) (Case Western Reserve University) Associate Professor; Co-Director, International Adjunct Assistant Professor Studies Program American government; state politics and Comparative politics; Central Asia; Russia and government; history of political science former East Bloc; democratization Peter W. Moore, PhD (McGill University) Courses Associate Professor Comparative politics and political economy of the POSC 109. The American Political System. 3 Middle East and Africa Units. Elliot Posner, PhD Introduction to the study of American politics, (University of California, Berkeley) addressing the questions "Who rules?" and Associate Professor "Who benefits?" in the American political system. International relations; international and Explores the nature of constitutional limits, the comparative political economy; politics of finance; role of public participation, the impact of pressure international organizations; European Union groups, and the influence of various governmental institutions on American political life. Laura Y. Tartakoff, JD, MA (Case Western Reserve University School of Law; Tufts University) POSC 260. Introduction to Comparative Politics. Instructor 3 Units. Constitutional law; civil liberties; comparative constitutionalism Comparative politics is the study of processes and institutions within countries. Prompted by real- world puzzles, comparativists investigate broad, Secondary Faculty theoretical questions: What constitutes a revolution, and why do revolutions occur? How does one Robert H. Binstock, PhD country become more democratic than another? (Harvard University) Why do relations between some ethnic groups turn Henry R. Luce Professor of Aging, Health and violent? This course introduces students to some Society, Department of Epidemiology and of the central puzzles and theories of comparative Biostatistics, School of Medicine politics in order to help them better understand American government; public policy; health care world events. and aging Case Western Reserve University 343

POSC 272. Introduction to International POSC 308. The American Presidency. 3 Units. Relations. 3 Units. The sources of, strategies of, and restraints on Survey of the principles of international relations, presidential leadership in the United States. politics, law and organization; the rise, development Emphasis on problems of policy formation, and change of the nation-state system; presidential relations with Congress and executive development of international cooperation; methods agencies, and the electoral process. Offered as of studying international relations. POSC 308 and POSC 408.

POSC 301. Decision-Making in American Cities. POSC 310. The Legislative Process. 3 Units. 3 Units. Legislative, representative, and other functions of Localities are the primary interface with government Congress and state legislatures; legislative relations and provide the basic psychological place with the executive and with private interests; identification for most Americans. The course powers and limitations of the legislature as a policy- will explore this assertion in the context of urban making institution. Offered as POSC 310 and America today. How are decisions made in cities? POSC 410. Who shapes these decisions and why? What role is played by shifting demographics, race, and poverty? What can the individual do to influence POSC 320B. The U.S. Midterm Elections. 3 local decision-making? Offered as POSC 301 and Units. POSC 401. Analysis of the midterm elections in the United States. Covers congressional and state elections POSC 302. State Politics and Policy. 3 Units. in all regions, focusing on the issues, personalities, campaign strategies, and voter trends in this key State governments may make more decisions that electoral battle held between presidential elections. affect the life of an average citizen than does the Offered every four years in conjunction with the federal government. The study of state politics and election cycle. Offered as POSC 320B and POSC policy includes the different ways states organize 420B. the basic parts of American political systems (such as legislatures, executives, courts and parties); how state cultures, economies, and other factors POSC 320C. The Presidential Election. 3 Units. shape how political institutions work; institutions of state governance that do not exist at the national Analysis of the upcoming presidential election level (such as the initiative and referendum); and in the United States. Focuses on the issues and the continual contest between state and federal personalities, polls and public opinion, campaign governments to control policy, shift costs, and avoid strategies, and electoral behavior. Offered every blame. Offered as POSC 302 and POSC 402. four years in conjunction with the United States presidential election cycle. Offered as POSC 320C and POSC 420C. POSC 306. Interest Groups in the Policy Process. 3 Units. POSC 321. News Media and Politics. 3 Units. Introduction to the institutions and processes that make up the political environment of nonprofit Analysis of the political role of the news media in and other organizations in the United States, American government and politics. Examines the beginning with an examination of the role of civil fascinating relationship between reporters and society in a democracy and continuing with the politicians. Covers the overall structure and legal framing of issues, role of political entrepreneurs position of the media as well as the media’s impact and organized interests, elections, the legislative on the American political system. Offered as POSC process and strategies for influencing it, and the 321 and POSC 421. roles of executive institutions and the courts. Offered as POSC 306 and POSC 406. 344 College of Arts and Sciences

POSC 322. Political Movements and Political POSC 326. Constitutions in Practical Politics. 3 Participation. 3 Units. Units.

Political Movements and Political Participation is Overview of ancient Greek and Roman constitution- concerned with the variety of ways citizens engage making, medieval principles, emergence of in collective activism in the United States and modern constitutionalism, and the constitutionalist across national boundaries, and with the conditions vision of the American and French Revolutions. under which citizens identify common concerns and Examination of contemporary constitutional issues join together in political movements to bring about and developments in countries such as Canada, change. The course begins with an examination France, Germany, Great Britain, Ethiopia, India, of three general bodies of theory and research and the United States. Offered as POSC 326 and on political movements: resource mobilization, POSC 426. political opportunity structures, and cultural framing. We will also investigate frameworks of political participation for understanding the relationships POSC 327. Civil Liberties in America. 3 Units. among different expressions of collective activism and representation. In the context of these Supreme Court’s interpretation of the First sometimes competing theories, we will consider 1) Amendment: liberty of religion through the the conditions under which political movements are establishment and free exercise clauses, freedoms likely to emerge, as well as the circumstances in of speech and the press, of assembly and which collective political action is precluded; 2) how association. The "pure tolerance" view examined citizens come to recognize collective grievances against subversive speech, "fighting words," libel, and shared political identities; 3) the strategies and and obscenity. Survey of content-neutral regulation, tactics of organized movements, and their likelihood symbolic expression, and current efforts to limit of political success; and 4) the relationship between expression (campus speech codes and the feminist political movements, political parties, and the state. anti-pornography movement). Offered as POSC Offered as POSC 322 and POSC 422. 327 and POSC 427.

POSC 323. Judicial Politics. 3 Units. POSC 328. Topics in Civil Liberties. 3 Units.

Rejecting the view that judges mechanically apply Rights of the accused as outlined in the Fourth, the law, the study of judicial politics seeks to Fifth, Sixth, and Eighth Amendments. Topics understand the behavior of judges as political covered are (1) arrests, searches, and seizures, (2) actors with policy goals. Topics include judicial the privilege against compelled self-incrimination, selection and socialization, judicial policy change, (3) the rights to counsel, confrontation, and jury judicial strategy (especially the strategic interaction trial, and (4) the prohibition against cruel and of judges on multi-judge panels), the interaction unusual punishments. Case-specific approach of courts in hierarchical judicial systems, the but presents interplay of history, philosophy, and policy impact of judicial decisions, and the politics as background of each topic. Offered as courts’ interactions with coordinate branches POSC 328 and POSC 428. of government (the executive, Congress, state governments, state courts). Primary focus will be on the federal judiciary, with some discussion of state POSC 334. Violence and the Political System. 3 judicial systems. Offered as POSC 323 and POSC Units. 423. Empirical analysis of various theories advanced in the cross-cultural explanation of factors which POSC 325. American Constitutional Law. 3 cause and mediate the occurrence of violence-- Units. revolutions, terrorism, and civil disorder--within the political system. Offered as POSC 334 and POSC An introductory survey of U.S. constitutional 434. law. Special attention given to the historical, philosophical, and political dimensions of landmark Supreme Court cases. Judicial review, federalism, separation of powers, due process, and equal protection. Supreme Court’s involvement in major political controversies: the New Deal, abortion, physician-assisted suicide, school desegregation, and affirmative action. Offered as POSC 325 and POSC 425. Case Western Reserve University 345

POSC 341. Elections, Voters, and Political POSC 346. Women and Politics. 3 Units. Parties. 3 Units. Women and Politics involves a critical examination Examination of American political parties, their of the impact of gender on the forms and activities, organization, characteristics, and distributions of power and politics, with primary functions. Candidate strategies and electoral history reference to the experience of women in the United viewed within the context of voter orientations and States. Major concerns of the course include predispositions, stressing linkages between citizen what we mean by "sex," "gender," and "politics"; and party and between party and government. the relationship between women and the state; Offered as POSC 341 and POSC 441. how women organize collectively to influence state policies; and how the state facilitates and constrains women’s access to and exercise of POSC 342. Water. 3 Units. political power. The course is organized around four foci central to the study of women and politics. This seminar will explore the history of the meaning The first section of the course focuses on what of water--that is, the social, cultural, and/or political we mean by "women," "gender," and "politics." In significance placed on water by individuals and this section, we will consider how these concepts governments in different times and places. It intersect and the ways in which each may be used will also examine how humans have acted upon to deepen our understanding of the workings of water, and how it has acted upon humans, with governments and political systems, and of women’s great consequences for human life. This seminar relative political powerlessness. The second will look at the history of water in the context of section of the course employs these concepts to science, technology and society; public health; understand the (re) emergence of the US feminist political science; and environmental history. Case movement, its meanings, practices, and goals, and studies will be drawn from a wide chronological its transformation across US political history. In and geographical range; from the ancient world the third section, we turn to conventional electoral to Renaissance Italy, nineteenth century India, politics, focusing on women’s candidacies, their modern Britain, Egypt, and the U.S. The course campaigns, and women’s voting behavior. In the provides a wide perspective on the themes of the final section of the course, we consider those history of human-water interactions, but will also general factors that might provide for increased focus closely on some critical cases. Seminar gender equality and improved life status for women, participants will write a research paper on the topic in global, comparative perspective. Offered as of their choice in the environmental history of water. POSC 346 and POSC 446 and WGST 346. Offered as: HSTY 342, HSTY 442, POSC 342, POSC 442. POSC 348. History of Modern Political and Social Thought. 3 Units. POSC 343. Public Opinion and American Democracy. 3 Units. This course explores the responses of philosophers, economic theorists, culture critics, Examination of theories, concepts and empirical and public policy makers to changes in western research related to attitudes and the political society wrought by industrialization by focusing on behavior of mass publics. Offered as POSC 343 their concerns with technological change. Offered and POSC 443. as HSTY 348 and HSTY 448 and POSC 348. 346 College of Arts and Sciences

POSC 349. Political Science Research Methods. POSC 357. Democratic Politics: Theory and 3 Units. Practice. 3 Units.

This course examines approaches that political Study of the theory and application of democracy. scientists use to understand events and processes. The concept of democracy will be examined from In doing so, the course provides students with skills the Athenian model to contemporary debates over helpful to completing senior projects, such as the participatory and deliberative models. Then the ability to evaluate and conduct research. Through concept will be applied to understanding issues exercises and projects, students will take part in the of democratic practice and the study of politics in research process from constructing a question to American, comparative, and international arenas. developing a research design to interpreting results. Finally, the course will address the potential effects, Students will learn and apply key techniques, both good and ill, of technological innovation including inductive and deductive reasoning, on democratic practices, such as "distance" hypothesis construction, operationalization of participation, the Internet, and other communication concepts, measurements, sampling and probability, technology. Offered as POSC 357 and POSC 457. causal inference, and the logic of controls. They will produce materials common to the discipline, such as research designs. Offered as POSC 349 and POSC 358. Political Strategy. 3 Units. POSC 449. This course examines practical applications of prominent political science theories. It is partly POSC 351. Modern Political Thought. 3 Units. a how-to course covering a broad range of political activities, but the primary objective is Examination of a limited topic in the study of to link practical issues with theories to help you modern political thought. Topics vary. Offered as understand why events happen the way they do. POSC 351 and POSC 451. The course focuses on American politics, but the materials will be applicable to a wide range of situations. The course is a seminar requiring POSC 352. American Political Thought. 3 Units. regular student presentations that will generate discussion about the readings and current events. Examination of the unique contribution to the Papers consist of analysis of current events, and science of government made by American political require students to analyze the strategies used by thinkers. Offered as POSC 352 and POSC 452. prominent figures in the context of the theories we discuss in class. Offered as POSC 358 and POSC 458. POSC 354. Political and Social Philosophy. 3 Units. POSC 361. State-Building and State Collapse. 3 Justification of social institutions, primarily Units. political ones. Such distinctions as that between de facto and legitimate authority; analysis of Are nation-states the most effective means of criteria for evaluation, such as social justice and organizing society? This course explores this equality; inquiry into theories of justification of question by examining the historical rationales the state; theory of democratic government and behind the development of the nation-state, its alternatives. Readings from classical and contemporary challenges to the nation-state, and contemporary sources. Recommended preparation: potential alternatives to the nation-state. Possible PHIL 101. Offered as PHIL 334, POSC 354, PHIL challenges to the nation-state include multinational 434, and POSC 454. corporations, international humanitarian intervention, and regional integration. Alternative providers of state services include charities, POSC 355. Modern Political Ideologies. 3 Units. companies, and mercenaries. Offered as POSC Substance and nature of ideological thinking in 361 and POSC 461. the contemporary world via a survey of political "isms"--for example, liberalism, libertarianism, conservatism, fascism, socialism, and even more recent trends such as feminism, environmentalism, etc. Offered as POSC 355 and POSC 455. Case Western Reserve University 347

POSC 362. Politics of Central Asia. 3 Units. POSC 366. Government and Politics of Africa. 3 Units. Once an unfamiliar region to many people of the world, Central Asia took center stage in the fall Comparative analysis of the political forces and of 2001 as a result of the U.S. campaign against organizations currently functioning in Africa, as well terrorism. This course will introduce students to the as a survey of the formal government institutions. politics of Central Asia, focusing on the region today Special emphasis on single-party rule, military rule, composed of Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan, Tajikistan, and the political ramifications of African socialism, Kyrgiszstan, and Kazakkhstan. We will review the tribalism and the problems of national integration. nationalism, foreign relations, religion, ethnicity, and Offered as ETHS 366, POSC 366, and POSC 466. economics of the region. Offered as ETHS 362, POSC 362, and POSC 462. POSC 367. Western European Political Systems. 3 Units. POSC 363. Comparative Analysis of Elections and Electoral Systems. 3 Units. Comparative analysis of sociopolitical systems of selected Western European industrial democracies, Elections involve more than a simple act of voting using North American systems as a point of to express individual preferences. The rules under comparison. Offered as POSC 367 and POSC 467. which worldwide elections are held determine who controls the executive and how votes are converted into legislative seats. The mechanics of POSC 369. Current Controversies in Latin various electoral arrangements will be examined American Politics and Society. 3 Units. in detail and the consequences for the political system discussed in terms of strategies and desired In addition to questions about race, religion, outcomes on the part of contestants. Students will abortion, the drug industry, immigration, research individual countries and analyze recent democracy, private property, and free trade, elections from both qualitative and quantitative the course will tackle Latin America’s apparent perspectives, including introduction to geospatial shift to the political and ideological left, Chavez’s data for mapping variations in electoral behavior. "Imperialism," and Cuba’s humanitarian aid. Offered Offered as POSC 363 and POSC 463. as ETHS 369, POSC 369 and POSC 469.

POSC 364. Dictatorship and Democracy in POSC 370A. Political Economy. 3 Units. Modern Latin America. 3 Units. Focus on debates concerning the proper Examination of political leadership in 20th-century relationship between political and economic Latin America, exploring the nature, causes, and systems, including conservative, liberal, and consequences of dictatorship and democracy in the radical perspectives. The politics of international region, moving from the collapse of oligarchic rule economics and the economics of international and the emergence of populism in the 1930s and politics receive separate attention. The course 1940s, to the end of democracy and establishment concludes with study of "modern" political economy of military regimes in the 1960s and 1970s, and and the application of economic theory to the study ultimately to the contemporary processes of of political systems. Offered as POSC 370A and democratization and economic liberalization. POSC 470A. Offered as ETHS 364, POSC 364, and POSC 464.

POSC 365. Science, Technology, and Government. 3 Units.

Traces the development and influence of federal technology and science policies from colonial times to the present, with emphasis on the 20th century. Offered as HSTY 366 and POSC 365. 348 College of Arts and Sciences

POSC 370C. The United States and Asia. 3 POSC 370G. U.S. Intelligence and National Units. Security. 3 Units.

Survey and analysis of U.S.-Asia relations in the Examination of the impact of the intelligence post-World War II period. Focus specifically is on process on foreign policy making and superpower the interaction of politics and economics in the relations. Covers the life cycle of United States United States’ relations with Japan, China, and strategic intelligence from the collection of data Southeast Asian countries. Topics will include to formulation of analytic judgments and the the role of Asia in U.S. Cold War policies, the policy-level uses of intelligence. Emphasis on dynamics of U.S.-Japan alliance politics, post-Cold contemporary intelligence issues and processes, War issues involving U.S. foreign policy toward but includes the formative period of modern Asia, a history and analysis of economic conflict American intelligence in the World War II era. cooperation, and an examination of the move Offered as POSC 370G and POSC 470G. toward Asia-Pacific "regionalism." Offered as POSC 370C and POSC 470C. POSC 370H. China’s Foreign Policy. 3 Units.

POSC 370D. The Politics of China. 3 Units. The rise of China is evident in the country’s more forward and robust foreign policy that began in Now more than ever, the Chinese state and society 1979. At every turn, nations throughout the world are facing tremendous economic, social, and must now consider China wherever their interests political challenges. This course presents an are at stake, be it Korea and Northeast Asia, overview of current issues facing the People’s Indochina and Southeast Asia, India/Pakistan and Republic, including a changing (or not) political South Asia, or Afghanistan and Iran in the Middle culture, policy processes and outcomes at the East, not to mention the many African states that national and local levels, reform and economic welcome Chinese investment but chafe at China’s growth, the resultant societal changes and presence. Further, China is increasingly aggressive pressures, and the consequent challenges the in international trade, a major determinant of its Communist Party faces as demand for political foreign policy. This course describes the key factors reform grows. The class involves a mixture that make up Chinese foreign policy, including its of lectures and discussions and draws on a cultural tradition, policy-making institutions, the combination of primary and secondary sources, role of the military, and domestic determinants of including current news reports and films. Offered as foreign policy. The course also examines China’s POSC 370D and POSC 470D. ever-changing foreign policy strategies, from an aggressive posture to charming its neighbors only to become more strident once again. The POSC 370F. Financial Politics in the United course will also examine China’s role involving States and the World. 3 Units. possible mercantilism, currency manipulation, and the hunt for traditional and alternative energy This course explores how political institutions make sources. Throughout the course, we will pay policy in the financial area with particular emphasis attention to how China’s foreign policy relates to on the United States. Using a bureaucratic politics international relations theories and what strategies framework, it examines money, banks and the might be used to manage China’s growing role in securities industry by integrating a wide range international affairs. Offered as POSC 370H and of literature in economics and political science. POSC 470H. Specific objectives include familiarizing students with different approaches to the political economy of finance from different disciplines, exploring the historical evolution of finance, examining the changing relationship between public and private authority within the financial system, considering how politics operates in a crisis, and evaluating the role of international financial institutions in the global economy. By taking this course, students will equip themselves for further research into politics and economics, as well as offer them tools to analyze future policy developments as they unfold. Offered as POSC 370F and POSC 470F. Case Western Reserve University 349

POSC 370J. International Law and POSC 373. Politics of the European Union. 3 Organizations. 3 Units. Units.

Study of international organizations and Study of the origins, operations, and prospects international law as two means for regulating and for the European Union. This can include the coordinating nation-state behavior. History of the historical context for the effort to restrict national two techniques will be traced, covering 19th century rivalries (which fueled two world wars) and create efforts at cooperation, the League of Nations and common interests; the diplomatic challenges in the United Nations, regional and specialized global finding common ground; the tasks and processes organization. The functions of international law in of governance within the EU, including its global politics will be stressed, with primary focus governing institutions, enforcement of terms for on the evolving role of law in dealing with global European Monetary Union and the operations of problems, e.g., war, the environment, economic its bureaucracies; the social pressures that create cooperation, and human rights. Offered as POSC policy challenges (such as agriculture policy and 370J and POSC 470J. immigration); broad tensions within the enterprise (e.g., "broadening" vs. "deepening"), and the EU’s potential place in international politics, especially POSC 370K. Nationalism, Ethnicity, and the efforts to create a common foreign and security Religion in World Politics. 3 Units. policy and the possible implications of the Euro for international political economy. Offered as POSC Examination of the post-Cold War surge in conflicts 373 and POSC 473. among nationalisms, ethnic groups, and religions with particular attention to the former Yugoslavia, Ireland, India, Africa, and the Middle East. Offered POSC 374. Politics of Development in the Global as ETHS 370K, POSC 370K, and POSC 470K. South. 3 Units.

Exploration of the post-World War II emergence of POSC 371. Natural Resources and World the Global South nations of Africa, Asia, the Middle Politics. 3 Units. East, Latin America, and the Eastern Europe arena. Offered as ETHS 374, POSC 374, and POSC 474. Examination of the political causes and ramifications of the uneven distribution of the valuable natural resources for modern industrial POSC 375. Nuclear Weapons and Arms Control. societies. Strategic and military issues and the 3 Units. exploitation of the sea bed. Examination in some detail of selected commodity issues, including National and international problems concerning petroleum, copper and uranium. Offered as POSC nuclear weapons, and the past and present 371 and POSC 471. attempts both to control their spread and to prevent their use. Topics covered include the science and technology of fission and fusion warheads and POSC 372. The United Nations in the Post-Cold delivery vehicles; history, domestic policies, and War World. 3 Units. international relations concerning nuclear weapons; and arms control treaties and their verification. The United Nations has become the focus of Offered as HSTY 377 and POSC 375. a debate over its effectiveness as a global organization dedicated to promoting world peace. Some critics believe it is time for the U.N. to move POSC 376. United States Foreign Policy. 3 forward in this regard, while others see the U.N. Units. as an anachronistic, bloated bureaucracy sorely in need of reform. This course will consider the Focus on U.S. foreign policy making with a dynamic United Nations from the perspective of powerful network of executive and congressional actors states such as the United States, as well as from and organizations; analysis of traditional and the perspective of weaker ones, and also will contemporary U.S. foreign policies from nuclear consider areas such as peacekeeping, human defense to current economic resource issues; future rights, economic development, political reform, and role of the United States in world affairs. Offered as the U.N.’s involvement with non-state actors such POSC 376 and POSC 476. as terrorists. Offered as POSC 372 and POSC 472. 350 College of Arts and Sciences

POSC 377. Politics of Russia. 3 Units. POSC 380. State and War in Africa and the Middle East. 3 Units. Russia faces three problems: the creation of a sovereign state, the development of a new political The Middle East, North Africa, and Sub-Saharan system, and the restructuring of its economy. Africa remain the most volatile and conflict prone In this course we will challenge the assumption regions of the world. Traditional approaches to that the outcome of these three transitions will war and state conflict have emphasized systemic be a strong, democratic, capitalist country. We variables, such as balance of power, military will ask whether civil war, organized crime, an capabilities, perceptions, the security dilemma, immature party system, poor social services, and and of course anarchy. While these concepts have nomenklatura privatization bode poorly for these generated much academic interest, their ability to three transformations. Offered as POSC 377 and explain and understand conflict in the developing POSC 477. world is severely limited. This is due to the basic fact that nearly all conflict in the world today is not between states but is taking place within state POSC 378. International Relations Theory. 3 boundaries. What drives these conflicts? Are the Units. common factors and patterns within the Middle East and Africa? How does sub-state conflict affect This course is a seminar in international relations political and economic development? What are the theory. As such, we will bring a wide range of most likely resolution strategies? theoretical perspectives to bear on issues and debates in the area of international relations by systematically studying the evolution of the POSC 381. City as Classroom. 3 Units. world system. The seminar is roughly divided into a first half focusing on war and the political In this course, the city is the classroom. We will system, and a second half focusing on trade, engage with the urban terrain. We will meet weekly finance and the economic system. Each section off-campus, interact with community members, devotes particular attention to ethical problems and interface--both literally and figuratively--with associated with political and economic issues. This the city as a way to examine the linkages between course should develop students’ ability to read and historical, conceptual, and contemporary issues, critically evaluate academic literature in the field with particular attention paid to race and class of international relations, and enable students to dynamics, inequality, and social justice. This course produce a scholarly paper on one substantive area will have four intersecting components, primarily of the field. Offered as POSC 378 and POSC 478. focusing on American cities since the 1930s: the social and physical construction of urban space, the built environment, life and culture in the city, POSC 379. Introduction to Middle East Politics. and social movements and grassroots struggles. 3 Units. Offered as HSTY 381, POSC 381, SOCI 381, HSTY 481, POSC 481, and SOCI 481. This is an introductory course about Middle East Politics, in regional as well as international aspects. In this course we will explore broad social, POSC 383. Health Policy and Politics in the economic, and political themes that have defined United States. 3 Units. the region since the end of World War Two. Since this is an introductory course, a major goal will be Overview of the principal institutions, processes, to gain comparative knowledge about the region’s social forces, and ideas shaping the U.S. health states and peoples. The countries that comprise the system. Historical, political, economic, and modern Middle East are quire diverse; therefore, we sociological perspectives on the health system are will only be able to focus on a few cases in depth. A explored as well as the intellectual context of recent second goal is to use the tools and theories social policy changes, challenges, and developments. scientists employ to answer broad questions related Students will acquire a sense of how health to the region, such as: How have colonial legacies services are financed and delivered in the U.S. shaped political and economic development in They will also learn how to assess its performance the Middle East? How do oil, religion, and identity compared to that of other similar countries. Offered interact with politics? How have external powers as POSC 383 and POSC 483. affected the region’s political development? What do the uprisings of 2011 hold for the region’s future? Offered as POSC 379 and POSC 479. Case Western Reserve University 351

POSC 384. Ethics and Public Policy. 3 Units. POSC 387. Comparative Public Policy in Advanced Industrial Societies. 3 Units. Evaluation of ethical arguments in contemporary public policymaking discourse. That is, approaches The study of comparative public policy focuses to evaluating not only the efficiency of policy (Will on three obvious questions: First, how do policies this policy achieve its end for the least cost?) but differ among countries? Second, why do policies also the ethics of policy (Are a policy’s intended differ? For example, what explains the differences ends ethically justified or "good," and are our in policies about health or the environment or means to achieve those ends moral or "just"?). energy or pensions? Third, what difference does it Overview of political ideologies that supply U.S. make? Is one set of policies better or worse than political actors with their ethical or moral arguments others? How can we tell? This course will consider when proposing and implementing public policy, each of these questions, focusing especially on followed by an application of these differing the differences between the United States and perspectives to selected policy areas such as other advanced industrial countries, and how these welfare, euthanasia, school choice, drug laws, questions affect political and social life in those censorship, or others. Offered as POSC 384 and countries. Offered as POSC 387 and POSC 487. POSC 484. POSC 388. Politics, Policy, and the Global POSC 385. U.S. Bureaucratic Politics. 3 Units. Environment. 3 Units.

Bureaucracy is one of civilization’s most important This course examines the law, politics and policy inventions. It is a way of coordinating very large surrounding global environmental challenges such numbers of people so as to do work, make as climate change. The course aims to provide decisions, and exercise power. Without it, much of a broad overview of the key concepts, actors, modern life would be impossible. Yet "bureaucracy" debates, and issues in global environmental is normally seen, in public discussion, as a politics. It aims to illustrate the complexities of problem, instead of as a solution. This course will addressing environmental problems-from the consider both the reasons for and pathologies proliferation of global institutions and international of bureaucratic organization. Its special focus is actors, to the absence of central enforcement bureaucracy in American government. The course mechanisms. We examine the causes of therefore will provide some introduction to the study environmental degradation and competing views of American public administration, but with special on the gravity of the problem. Using concepts from emphasis on how the work and performance political science and economics, we investigate the of public bureaucracies in the United States is challenges in getting states to act jointly to address shaped by the specific tasks they are given and the environmental problems. We examine the actors distribution of power in the American political arena. and institutions of global environmental politics, to Offered as POSC 385 and POSC 485. understand how conditions are defined as problems and responses are chosen and implemented. The course concludes by applying the tools and POSC 386. Making Public Policy. 3 Units. concepts to the case of climate change. Offered as POSC 388, ESTD 388, POSC 488. Politics is about who wins, who loses, and why. Policy, by contrast, is often depicted as more "neutral"; policies are the means through which POSC 389. Special Topics in American Politics political decisions are carried out. In this class, and Policy. 3 Units. we examine the notion that policy is the rational, impartial counterpart to the political arena. We will Specific topic will vary but will consist of an in- ask: How are public policies made? Why do some depth investigation of a particular policy area or issues make it on to the agenda, while others do political phenomenon. Topics will involve policy not? Can we separate facts from values, or are both controversies of some current interest. Offered as always contested? We will examine how decision- POSC 389 and POSC 489. making in a group introduces distinct challenges for policymaking. The course focuses on widely applicable themes of policymaking, drawing on both domestic and international examples. Offered as POSC 386 and POSC 486. 352 College of Arts and Sciences

POSC 395. Special Projects. 1 - 6 Unit. POSC 402. State Politics and Policy. 3 Units.

Study of a topic of particular interest, or an State governments may make more decisions that approved internship. The student must submit to affect the life of an average citizen than does the the departmental office a project prospectus form, federal government. The study of state politics and approved and signed by the faculty supervisor, no policy includes the different ways states organize later than the end of the second week of classes. the basic parts of American political systems (such The prospectus must outline the goals of the project as legislatures, executives, courts and parties); and the research methodology to be used and how state cultures, economies, and other factors is part of the basis for grading. The prospectus shape how political institutions work; institutions of form is available from the departmental office. state governance that do not exist at the national Open to juniors and seniors majoring in political level (such as the initiative and referendum); and science. Open to majors in other departments with the continual contest between state and federal consent of faculty. Recommended preparation: governments to control policy, shift costs, and avoid Departmental prospectus form. blame. Offered as POSC 302 and POSC 402.

POSC 396. Senior Project SAGES Capstone. 3 POSC 406. Interest Groups in the Policy Units. Process. 3 Units.

Capstone experience for political science Introduction to the institutions and processes that majors or senior POSC minors as part of the make up the political environment of nonprofit SAGES program, providing opportunity to and other organizations in the United States, do an in-depth paper on a topic of particular beginning with an examination of the role of civil interest to them. Students must obtain approval society in a democracy and continuing with the from a faculty project advisor and list that framing of issues, role of political entrepreneurs advisor on the registration form. The advisor and organized interests, elections, the legislative must sign and student submit to department a process and strategies for influencing it, and the prospectus including goals, schedule, and research roles of executive institutions and the courts. methodology. This paper should demonstrate, Offered as POSC 306 and POSC 406. and ideally even extend, the skills and expertise developed over the course of study in the department. Upon completion of the capstone, POSC 408. The American Presidency. 3 Units. students will be expected to present their work in a public forum. Recommended preparation: Junior The sources of, strategies of, and restraints on or Senior political science major or senior political presidential leadership in the United States. science minor and departmental prospectus form. Emphasis on problems of policy formation, presidential relations with Congress and executive agencies, and the electoral process. Offered as POSC 401. Decision-Making in American Cities. POSC 308 and POSC 408. 3 Units.

Localities are the primary interface with government POSC 410. The Legislative Process. 3 Units. and provide the basic psychological place identification for most Americans. The course Legislative, representative, and other functions of will explore this assertion in the context of urban Congress and state legislatures; legislative relations America today. How are decisions made in cities? with the executive and with private interests; Who shapes these decisions and why? What role powers and limitations of the legislature as a policy- is played by shifting demographics, race, and making institution. Offered as POSC 310 and poverty? What can the individual do to influence POSC 410. local decision-making? Offered as POSC 301 and POSC 401. Case Western Reserve University 353

POSC 420B. The U.S. Midterm Elections. 3 POSC 422. Political Movements and Political Units. Participation. 3 Units.

Analysis of the midterm elections in the United Political Movements and Political Participation is States. Covers congressional and state elections concerned with the variety of ways citizens engage in all regions, focusing on the issues, personalities, in collective activism in the United States and campaign strategies, and voter trends in this key across national boundaries, and with the conditions electoral battle held between presidential elections. under which citizens identify common concerns and Offered every four years in conjunction with the join together in political movements to bring about election cycle. Offered as POSC 320B and POSC change. The course begins with an examination 420B. of three general bodies of theory and research on political movements: resource mobilization, political opportunity structures, and cultural framing. POSC 420C. The Presidential Election. 3 Units. We will also investigate frameworks of political participation for understanding the relationships Analysis of the upcoming presidential election among different expressions of collective activism in the United States. Focuses on the issues and and representation. In the context of these personalities, polls and public opinion, campaign sometimes competing theories, we will consider 1) strategies, and electoral behavior. Offered every the conditions under which political movements are four years in conjunction with the United States likely to emerge, as well as the circumstances in presidential election cycle. Offered as POSC 320C which collective political action is precluded; 2) how and POSC 420C. citizens come to recognize collective grievances and shared political identities; 3) the strategies and tactics of organized movements, and their likelihood POSC 421. News Media and Politics. 3 Units. of political success; and 4) the relationship between Analysis of the political role of the news media in political movements, political parties, and the state. American government and politics. Examines the Offered as POSC 322 and POSC 422. fascinating relationship between reporters and politicians. Covers the overall structure and legal POSC 423. Judicial Politics. 3 Units. position of the media as well as the media’s impact on the American political system. Offered as POSC Rejecting the view that judges mechanically apply 321 and POSC 421. the law, the study of judicial politics seeks to understand the behavior of judges as political actors with policy goals. Topics include judicial selection and socialization, judicial policy change, judicial strategy (especially the strategic interaction of judges on multi-judge panels), the interaction of courts in hierarchical judicial systems, the policy impact of judicial decisions, and the courts’ interactions with coordinate branches of government (the executive, Congress, state governments, state courts). Primary focus will be on the federal judiciary, with some discussion of state judicial systems. Offered as POSC 323 and POSC 423.

POSC 425. American Constitutional Law. 3 Units.

An introductory survey of U.S. constitutional law. Special attention given to the historical, philosophical, and political dimensions of landmark Supreme Court cases. Judicial review, federalism, separation of powers, due process, and equal protection. Supreme Court’s involvement in major political controversies: the New Deal, abortion, physician-assisted suicide, school desegregation, and affirmative action. Offered as POSC 325 and POSC 425. 354 College of Arts and Sciences

POSC 426. Constitutions in Practical Politics. 3 POSC 434. Violence and the Political System. 3 Units. Units.

Overview of ancient Greek and Roman constitution- Empirical analysis of various theories advanced making, medieval principles, emergence of in the cross-cultural explanation of factors which modern constitutionalism, and the constitutionalist cause and mediate the occurrence of violence-- vision of the American and French Revolutions. revolutions, terrorism, and civil disorder--within the Examination of contemporary constitutional issues political system. Offered as POSC 334 and POSC and developments in countries such as Canada, 434. France, Germany, Great Britain, Ethiopia, India, and the United States. Offered as POSC 326 and POSC 426. POSC 441. Elections, Voters, and Political Parties. 3 Units.

POSC 427. Civil Liberties in America. 3 Units. Examination of American political parties, their activities, organization, characteristics, and Supreme Court’s interpretation of the First functions. Candidate strategies and electoral history Amendment: liberty of religion through the viewed within the context of voter orientations and establishment and free exercise clauses, freedoms predispositions, stressing linkages between citizen of speech and the press, of assembly and and party and between party and government. association. The "pure tolerance" view examined Offered as POSC 341 and POSC 441. against subversive speech, "fighting words," libel, and obscenity. Survey of content-neutral regulation, symbolic expression, and current efforts to limit POSC 442. Water. 3 Units. expression (campus speech codes and the feminist anti-pornography movement). Offered as POSC This seminar will explore the history of the meaning 327 and POSC 427. of water--that is, the social, cultural, and/or political significance placed on water by individuals and governments in different times and places. It POSC 428. Topics in Civil Liberties. 3 Units. will also examine how humans have acted upon water, and how it has acted upon humans, with Rights of the accused as outlined in the Fourth, great consequences for human life. This seminar Fifth, Sixth, and Eighth Amendments. Topics will look at the history of water in the context of covered are (1) arrests, searches, and seizures, (2) science, technology and society; public health; the privilege against compelled self-incrimination, political science; and environmental history. Case (3) the rights to counsel, confrontation, and jury studies will be drawn from a wide chronological trial, and (4) the prohibition against cruel and and geographical range; from the ancient world unusual punishments. Case-specific approach to Renaissance Italy, nineteenth century India, but presents interplay of history, philosophy, and modern Britain, Egypt, and the U.S. The course politics as background of each topic. Offered as provides a wide perspective on the themes of the POSC 328 and POSC 428. history of human-water interactions, but will also focus closely on some critical cases. Seminar participants will write a research paper on the topic POSC 429. Courts, Public Policy, and Social of their choice in the environmental history of water. Change. 2 Units. Offered as: HSTY 342, HSTY 442, POSC 342, POSC 442. Examines the social impact of law and use of social research in the legal process, assesses efforts to use law to effect social reform, and POSC 443. Public Opinion and American empirical studies of legal processes and institutions. Democracy. 3 Units. Recommended preparation: Graduate standing or consent of department. Offered as LAWS 285 and Examination of theories, concepts and empirical POSC 429. research related to attitudes and the political behavior of mass publics. Offered as POSC 343 and POSC 443. Case Western Reserve University 355

POSC 446. Women and Politics. 3 Units. POSC 452. American Political Thought. 3 Units.

Women and Politics involves a critical examination Examination of the unique contribution to the of the impact of gender on the forms and science of government made by American political distributions of power and politics, with primary thinkers. Offered as POSC 352 and POSC 452. reference to the experience of women in the United States. Major concerns of the course include what we mean by "sex," "gender," and "politics"; POSC 454. Political and Social Philosophy. 3 the relationship between women and the state; Units. how women organize collectively to influence state policies; and how the state facilitates and Justification of social institutions, primarily constrains women’s access to and exercise of political ones. Such distinctions as that between political power. The course is organized around de facto and legitimate authority; analysis of four foci central to the study of women and politics. criteria for evaluation, such as social justice and The first section of the course focuses on what equality; inquiry into theories of justification of we mean by "women," "gender," and "politics." In the state; theory of democratic government and this section, we will consider how these concepts its alternatives. Readings from classical and intersect and the ways in which each may be used contemporary sources. Recommended preparation: to deepen our understanding of the workings of PHIL 101. Offered as PHIL 334, POSC 354, PHIL governments and political systems, and of women’s 434, and POSC 454. relative political powerlessness. The second section of the course employs these concepts to understand the (re) emergence of the US feminist POSC 455. Modern Political Ideologies. 3 Units. movement, its meanings, practices, and goals, and Substance and nature of ideological thinking in its transformation across US political history. In the contemporary world via a survey of political the third section, we turn to conventional electoral "isms"--for example, liberalism, libertarianism, politics, focusing on women’s candidacies, their conservatism, fascism, socialism, and even more campaigns, and women’s voting behavior. In the recent trends such as feminism, environmentalism, final section of the course, we consider those etc. Offered as POSC 355 and POSC 455. general factors that might provide for increased gender equality and improved life status for women, in global, comparative perspective. Offered as POSC 457. Democratic Politics: Theory and POSC 346 and POSC 446 and WGST 346. Practice. 3 Units.

Study of the theory and application of democracy. POSC 449. Political Science Research Methods. The concept of democracy will be examined from 3 Units. the Athenian model to contemporary debates over participatory and deliberative models. Then the This course examines approaches that political concept will be applied to understanding issues scientists use to understand events and processes. of democratic practice and the study of politics in In doing so, the course provides students with skills American, comparative, and international arenas. helpful to completing senior projects, such as the Finally, the course will address the potential effects, ability to evaluate and conduct research. Through both good and ill, of technological innovation exercises and projects, students will take part in the on democratic practices, such as "distance" research process from constructing a question to participation, the Internet, and other communication developing a research design to interpreting results. technology. Offered as POSC 357 and POSC 457. Students will learn and apply key techniques, including inductive and deductive reasoning, hypothesis construction, operationalization of concepts, measurements, sampling and probability, causal inference, and the logic of controls. They will produce materials common to the discipline, such as research designs. Offered as POSC 349 and POSC 449.

POSC 451. Modern Political Thought. 3 Units.

Examination of a limited topic in the study of modern political thought. Topics vary. Offered as POSC 351 and POSC 451. 356 College of Arts and Sciences

POSC 458. Political Strategy. 3 Units. POSC 463. Comparative Analysis of Elections and Electoral Systems. 3 Units. This course examines practical applications of prominent political science theories. It is partly Elections involve more than a simple act of voting a how-to course covering a broad range of to express individual preferences. The rules under political activities, but the primary objective is which worldwide elections are held determine to link practical issues with theories to help you who controls the executive and how votes are understand why events happen the way they do. converted into legislative seats. The mechanics of The course focuses on American politics, but various electoral arrangements will be examined the materials will be applicable to a wide range in detail and the consequences for the political of situations. The course is a seminar requiring system discussed in terms of strategies and desired regular student presentations that will generate outcomes on the part of contestants. Students will discussion about the readings and current events. research individual countries and analyze recent Papers consist of analysis of current events, and elections from both qualitative and quantitative require students to analyze the strategies used by perspectives, including introduction to geospatial prominent figures in the context of the theories we data for mapping variations in electoral behavior. discuss in class. Offered as POSC 358 and POSC Offered as POSC 363 and POSC 463. 458. POSC 464. Dictatorship and Democracy in POSC 461. State-Building and State Collapse. 3 Modern Latin America. 3 Units. Units. Examination of political leadership in 20th-century Are nation-states the most effective means of Latin America, exploring the nature, causes, and organizing society? This course explores this consequences of dictatorship and democracy in the question by examining the historical rationales region, moving from the collapse of oligarchic rule behind the development of the nation-state, and the emergence of populism in the 1930s and contemporary challenges to the nation-state, and 1940s, to the end of democracy and establishment potential alternatives to the nation-state. Possible of military regimes in the 1960s and 1970s, and challenges to the nation-state include multinational ultimately to the contemporary processes of corporations, international humanitarian democratization and economic liberalization. intervention, and regional integration. Alternative Offered as ETHS 364, POSC 364, and POSC 464. providers of state services include charities, companies, and mercenaries. Offered as POSC 361 and POSC 461. POSC 466. Government and Politics of Africa. 3 Units.

POSC 462. Politics of Central Asia. 3 Units. Comparative analysis of the political forces and organizations currently functioning in Africa, as well Once an unfamiliar region to many people of the as a survey of the formal government institutions. world, Central Asia took center stage in the fall Special emphasis on single-party rule, military rule, of 2001 as a result of the U.S. campaign against and the political ramifications of African socialism, terrorism. This course will introduce students to the tribalism and the problems of national integration. politics of Central Asia, focusing on the region today Offered as ETHS 366, POSC 366, and POSC 466. composed of Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan, Tajikistan, Kyrgiszstan, and Kazakkhstan. We will review the nationalism, foreign relations, religion, ethnicity, and POSC 467. Western European Political Systems. economics of the region. Offered as ETHS 362, 3 Units. POSC 362, and POSC 462. Comparative analysis of sociopolitical systems of selected Western European industrial democracies, using North American systems as a point of comparison. Offered as POSC 367 and POSC 467. Case Western Reserve University 357

POSC 469. Current Controversies in Latin POSC 470F. Financial Politics in the United American Politics and Society. 3 Units. States and the World. 3 Units.

In addition to questions about race, religion, This course explores how political institutions make abortion, the drug industry, immigration, policy in the financial area with particular emphasis democracy, private property, and free trade, on the United States. Using a bureaucratic politics the course will tackle Latin America’s apparent framework, it examines money, banks and the shift to the political and ideological left, Chavez’s securities industry by integrating a wide range "Imperialism," and Cuba’s humanitarian aid. Offered of literature in economics and political science. as ETHS 369, POSC 369 and POSC 469. Specific objectives include familiarizing students with different approaches to the political economy of finance from different disciplines, exploring POSC 470A. Political Economy. 3 Units. the historical evolution of finance, examining the changing relationship between public and private Focus on debates concerning the proper authority within the financial system, considering relationship between political and economic how politics operates in a crisis, and evaluating systems, including conservative, liberal, and the role of international financial institutions in the radical perspectives. The politics of international global economy. By taking this course, students will economics and the economics of international equip themselves for further research into politics politics receive separate attention. The course and economics, as well as offer them tools to concludes with study of "modern" political economy analyze future policy developments as they unfold. and the application of economic theory to the study Offered as POSC 370F and POSC 470F. of political systems. Offered as POSC 370A and POSC 470A. POSC 470G. U.S. Intelligence and National Security. 3 Units. POSC 470C. The United States and Asia. 3 Units. Examination of the impact of the intelligence process on foreign policy making and superpower Survey and analysis of U.S.-Asia relations in the relations. Covers the life cycle of United States post-World War II period. Focus specifically is on strategic intelligence from the collection of data the interaction of politics and economics in the to formulation of analytic judgments and the United States’ relations with Japan, China, and policy-level uses of intelligence. Emphasis on Southeast Asian countries. Topics will include contemporary intelligence issues and processes, the role of Asia in U.S. Cold War policies, the but includes the formative period of modern dynamics of U.S.-Japan alliance politics, post-Cold American intelligence in the World War II era. War issues involving U.S. foreign policy toward Offered as POSC 370G and POSC 470G. Asia, a history and analysis of economic conflict cooperation, and an examination of the move toward Asia-Pacific "regionalism." Offered as POSC 370C and POSC 470C.

POSC 470D. The Politics of China. 3 Units.

Now more than ever, the Chinese state and society are facing tremendous economic, social, and political challenges. This course presents an overview of current issues facing the People’s Republic, including a changing (or not) political culture, policy processes and outcomes at the national and local levels, reform and economic growth, the resultant societal changes and pressures, and the consequent challenges the Communist Party faces as demand for political reform grows. The class involves a mixture of lectures and discussions and draws on a combination of primary and secondary sources, including current news reports and films. Offered as POSC 370D and POSC 470D. 358 College of Arts and Sciences

POSC 470H. China’s Foreign Policy. 3 Units. POSC 471. Natural Resources and World Politics. 3 Units. The rise of China is evident in the country’s more forward and robust foreign policy that began in Examination of the political causes and 1979. At every turn, nations throughout the world ramifications of the uneven distribution of the must now consider China wherever their interests valuable natural resources for modern industrial are at stake, be it Korea and Northeast Asia, societies. Strategic and military issues and the Indochina and Southeast Asia, India/Pakistan and exploitation of the sea bed. Examination in some South Asia, or Afghanistan and Iran in the Middle detail of selected commodity issues, including East, not to mention the many African states that petroleum, copper and uranium. Offered as POSC welcome Chinese investment but chafe at China’s 371 and POSC 471. presence. Further, China is increasingly aggressive in international trade, a major determinant of its foreign policy. This course describes the key factors POSC 472. The United Nations in the Post-Cold that make up Chinese foreign policy, including its War World. 3 Units. cultural tradition, policy-making institutions, the role of the military, and domestic determinants of The United Nations has become the focus of foreign policy. The course also examines China’s a debate over its effectiveness as a global ever-changing foreign policy strategies, from an organization dedicated to promoting world peace. aggressive posture to charming its neighbors Some critics believe it is time for the U.N. to move only to become more strident once again. The forward in this regard, while others see the U.N. course will also examine China’s role involving as an anachronistic, bloated bureaucracy sorely possible mercantilism, currency manipulation, in need of reform. This course will consider the and the hunt for traditional and alternative energy United Nations from the perspective of powerful sources. Throughout the course, we will pay states such as the United States, as well as from attention to how China’s foreign policy relates to the perspective of weaker ones, and also will international relations theories and what strategies consider areas such as peacekeeping, human might be used to manage China’s growing role in rights, economic development, political reform, and international affairs. Offered as POSC 370H and the U.N.’s involvement with non-state actors such POSC 470H. as terrorists. Offered as POSC 372 and POSC 472.

POSC 470J. International Law and POSC 473. Politics of the European Union. 3 Organizations. 3 Units. Units.

Study of international organizations and Study of the origins, operations, and prospects international law as two means for regulating and for the European Union. This can include the coordinating nation-state behavior. History of the historical context for the effort to restrict national two techniques will be traced, covering 19th century rivalries (which fueled two world wars) and create efforts at cooperation, the League of Nations and common interests; the diplomatic challenges in the United Nations, regional and specialized global finding common ground; the tasks and processes organization. The functions of international law in of governance within the EU, including its global politics will be stressed, with primary focus governing institutions, enforcement of terms for on the evolving role of law in dealing with global European Monetary Union and the operations of problems, e.g., war, the environment, economic its bureaucracies; the social pressures that create cooperation, and human rights. Offered as POSC policy challenges (such as agriculture policy and 370J and POSC 470J. immigration); broad tensions within the enterprise (e.g., "broadening" vs. "deepening"), and the EU’s potential place in international politics, especially POSC 470K. Nationalism, Ethnicity, and the efforts to create a common foreign and security Religion in World Politics. 3 Units. policy and the possible implications of the Euro for international political economy. Offered as POSC Examination of the post-Cold War surge in conflicts 373 and POSC 473. among nationalisms, ethnic groups, and religions with particular attention to the former Yugoslavia, Ireland, India, Africa, and the Middle East. Offered as ETHS 370K, POSC 370K, and POSC 470K. Case Western Reserve University 359

POSC 474. Politics of Development in the Global POSC 479. Introduction to Middle East Politics. South. 3 Units. 3 Units.

Exploration of the post-World War II emergence of This is an introductory course about Middle the Global South nations of Africa, Asia, the Middle East Politics, in regional as well as international East, Latin America, and the Eastern Europe arena. aspects. In this course we will explore broad social, Offered as ETHS 374, POSC 374, and POSC 474. economic, and political themes that have defined the region since the end of World War Two. Since this is an introductory course, a major goal will be POSC 476. United States Foreign Policy. 3 to gain comparative knowledge about the region’s Units. states and peoples. The countries that comprise the modern Middle East are quire diverse; therefore, we Focus on U.S. foreign policy making with a dynamic will only be able to focus on a few cases in depth. A network of executive and congressional actors second goal is to use the tools and theories social and organizations; analysis of traditional and scientists employ to answer broad questions related contemporary U.S. foreign policies from nuclear to the region, such as: How have colonial legacies defense to current economic resource issues; future shaped political and economic development in role of the United States in world affairs. Offered as the Middle East? How do oil, religion, and identity POSC 376 and POSC 476. interact with politics? How have external powers affected the region’s political development? What do the uprisings of 2011 hold for the region’s POSC 477. Politics of Russia. 3 Units. future? Offered as POSC 379 and POSC 479. Russia faces three problems: the creation of a sovereign state, the development of a new political POSC 480. Public Policy and Aging. 3 Units. system, and the restructuring of its economy. In this course we will challenge the assumption Overview of aging and the aged. Concepts in that the outcome of these three transitions will the study of public policy. Policies on aging and be a strong, democratic, capitalist country. We conditions that they address. The politics of policies will ask whether civil war, organized crime, an on aging. Emergent trends and issues. Offered immature party system, poor social services, and as ANTH 498, BETH 496, EPBI 408, GERO 496, nomenklatura privatization bode poorly for these HSTY 480, MPHP 408, NURS 479, NURS 579, three transformations. Offered as POSC 377 and POSC 480, and SOCI 496. POSC 477.

POSC 481. City as Classroom. 3 Units. POSC 478. International Relations Theory. 3 Units. In this course, the city is the classroom. We will engage with the urban terrain. We will meet weekly This course is a seminar in international relations off-campus, interact with community members, theory. As such, we will bring a wide range of and interface--both literally and figuratively--with theoretical perspectives to bear on issues and the city as a way to examine the linkages between debates in the area of international relations historical, conceptual, and contemporary issues, by systematically studying the evolution of the with particular attention paid to race and class world system. The seminar is roughly divided dynamics, inequality, and social justice. This course into a first half focusing on war and the political will have four intersecting components, primarily system, and a second half focusing on trade, focusing on American cities since the 1930s: the finance and the economic system. Each section social and physical construction of urban space, devotes particular attention to ethical problems the built environment, life and culture in the city, associated with political and economic issues. This and social movements and grassroots struggles. course should develop students’ ability to read and Offered as HSTY 381, POSC 381, SOCI 381, critically evaluate academic literature in the field HSTY 481, POSC 481, and SOCI 481. of international relations, and enable students to produce a scholarly paper on one substantive area of the field. Offered as POSC 378 and POSC 478. 360 College of Arts and Sciences

POSC 483. Health Policy and Politics in the POSC 486. Making Public Policy. 3 Units. United States. 3 Units. Politics is about who wins, who loses, and why. Overview of the principal institutions, processes, Policy, by contrast, is often depicted as more social forces, and ideas shaping the U.S. health "neutral"; policies are the means through which system. Historical, political, economic, and political decisions are carried out. In this class, sociological perspectives on the health system are we examine the notion that policy is the rational, explored as well as the intellectual context of recent impartial counterpart to the political arena. We will policy changes, challenges, and developments. ask: How are public policies made? Why do some Students will acquire a sense of how health issues make it on to the agenda, while others do services are financed and delivered in the U.S. not? Can we separate facts from values, or are both They will also learn how to assess its performance always contested? We will examine how decision- compared to that of other similar countries. Offered making in a group introduces distinct challenges as POSC 383 and POSC 483. for policymaking. The course focuses on widely applicable themes of policymaking, drawing on both domestic and international examples. Offered as POSC 484. Ethics and Public Policy. 3 Units. POSC 386 and POSC 486. Evaluation of ethical arguments in contemporary public policymaking discourse. That is, approaches POSC 487. Comparative Public Policy in to evaluating not only the efficiency of policy (Will Advanced Industrial Societies. 3 Units. this policy achieve its end for the least cost?) but also the ethics of policy (Are a policy’s intended The study of comparative public policy focuses ends ethically justified or "good," and are our on three obvious questions: First, how do policies means to achieve those ends moral or "just"?). differ among countries? Second, why do policies Overview of political ideologies that supply U.S. differ? For example, what explains the differences political actors with their ethical or moral arguments in policies about health or the environment or when proposing and implementing public policy, energy or pensions? Third, what difference does it followed by an application of these differing make? Is one set of policies better or worse than perspectives to selected policy areas such as others? How can we tell? This course will consider welfare, euthanasia, school choice, drug laws, each of these questions, focusing especially on censorship, or others. Offered as POSC 384 and the differences between the United States and POSC 484. other advanced industrial countries, and how these questions affect political and social life in those countries. Offered as POSC 387 and POSC 487. POSC 485. U.S. Bureaucratic Politics. 3 Units.

Bureaucracy is one of civilization’s most important POSC 488. Politics, Policy, and the Global inventions. It is a way of coordinating very large Environment. 3 Units. numbers of people so as to do work, make decisions, and exercise power. Without it, much of This course examines the law, politics and policy modern life would be impossible. Yet "bureaucracy" surrounding global environmental challenges such is normally seen, in public discussion, as a as climate change. The course aims to provide problem, instead of as a solution. This course will a broad overview of the key concepts, actors, consider both the reasons for and pathologies debates, and issues in global environmental of bureaucratic organization. Its special focus is politics. It aims to illustrate the complexities of bureaucracy in American government. The course addressing environmental problems-from the therefore will provide some introduction to the study proliferation of global institutions and international of American public administration, but with special actors, to the absence of central enforcement emphasis on how the work and performance mechanisms. We examine the causes of of public bureaucracies in the United States is environmental degradation and competing views shaped by the specific tasks they are given and the on the gravity of the problem. Using concepts from distribution of power in the American political arena. political science and economics, we investigate the Offered as POSC 385 and POSC 485. challenges in getting states to act jointly to address environmental problems. We examine the actors and institutions of global environmental politics, to understand how conditions are defined as problems and responses are chosen and implemented. The course concludes by applying the tools and concepts to the case of climate change. Offered as POSC 388, ESTD 388, POSC 488. Case Western Reserve University 361

POSC 489. Special Topics in American Politics and Policy. 3 Units.

Specific topic will vary but will consist of an in- depth investigation of a particular policy area or political phenomenon. Topics will involve policy controversies of some current interest. Offered as POSC 389 and POSC 489.

POSC 495. Independent Study. 3 Units.

Graduate level independent study taken for a grade.

POSC 601. Individual Investigation. 1 - 6 Unit.

The student must submit to the departmental office a project prospectus form, approved and signed by the faculty project supervisor, no later than the end of the second week of classes. The prospectus must outline the goals of the project and the research methodology to be used and is part of the basis for grading. The prospectus form is available from the departmental office. Prereq: Departmental prospectus form, graduate standing, and consent of department.

POSC 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 9 Unit.

Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. 362 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Psychological Sciences

http://www.case.edu/artsci/psychological-sciences gerontological studies. Professionals in human Lee Thompson, Department Chair services fields such as medicine, social work, [email protected] nursing, or education often work with persons with communication disorders. For students interested Communciation Sciences Program I Psychology in academic or research careers, investigation in Program the field of communication disorders is often done The Department of Psychological Sciences alongside investigation of normal human behavior. combines the areas of study found in many For example, one might study the word learning psychology departments with those typically of children with normal language as well as that of found in communication sciences departments. children with language impairment. Our distinctive department offers undergraduate majors and minors in communication sciences and in psychology. We also offer a minor in health communications. For graduate students, our psychology program offers accredited doctoral Psychology training in clinical psychology and in experimental psychology. Our accredited communication 103 Mather Memorial Building sciences program offers a master’s degree in Phone: 216-368-2686 speech-language pathology as well as a doctorate in communication sciences. The Psychology Program offers the combined advantages of a strong liberal arts college and a major university. There are classes in all major areas of the psychology field. We encourage close student-faculty relationships and offer many opportunities for individualized study and research. Communication Sciences Psychology is the study of the mind and behavior. Cleveland Hearing & Speech Center, 11635 Euclid The discipline embraces all aspects of the human Ave, Room 333 experience: from the functions of the brain to the Phone: 216-368-2470 actions of neurons, from child development to care for the aged. In every conceivable setting from The Department of Psychological Sciences scientific research centers to mental health care offers courses of study in communication services, "the understanding of behavior" is the sciences leading to Bachelor of Arts, Master of enterprise of psychologists. An undergraduate Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The major in psychology offers a student preparation communication sciences program prepares for a wide variety of careers. Many majors find undergraduate and graduate students to address psychology to be an excellent preparation for broad issues of human communication processes such service-oriented professions as social work, and disorders through the application of cutting- counseling and guidance, special education, edge technology and rigorous clinical training. We and management. Those who pursue graduate provide a comprehensive foundation in normal and work in one of the many fields of psychology disordered human communication and combine often seek positions in teaching and research or it with innovative interdisciplinary experiences applied human services. In addition, the study that capitalize on the extensive resources of the of psychology provides a knowledge and an university and the surrounding medical community. understanding of behavior that has applications The department enjoys a particularly close in professions such as nursing, medicine, law, relationship with Cleveland Hearing & Speech teaching, business, and public relations. Center (http://www.chsc.org), an outstanding independent, nonprofit provider of care in speech- language pathology and audiology; in fact, the Communication Sciences Program | Psychology program is housed within the center. Program Many students pursue undergraduate study in communication disorders as preparation for further study in other fields or in conjunction with study in other fields. For example, one can combine a major in communication disorders with a major in sociology or psychology or with a minor in Case Western Reserve University 363

Communication Sciences Speech and Hearing Science (COSI 321) 3 Year Total: 9 3

Major Fourth Year Units Fall Spring The major in communication sciences leads to the Introduction to Clinical Practice in Speech- 3 Bachelor of Arts degree. For many students, a BA Language Pathology (COSI 352) in communication sciences is a pre-professional Introduction to Audiology (COSI 370) 3 degree in preparation for graduate study in Communication and Aging (COSI 345) 3 speech-language pathology or audiology. The undergraduate course work emphasizes the basic Year Total: 6 3 processes and acquisition of normal communication in children and adults. Graduate study then focuses Total Units in Sequence: 45 on the study of disordered communication. (Please see the description of the Integrated Graduate * *COSI 109 is offered in the fall and spring Studies Program below.) semesters. All other COSI courses are offered only one semester per year, as Students pursuing the BA are required to take indicated above. 45 credit hours of course work which includes study in communication sciences and disorders, psychology, and English/linguistics, as well as in statistics and research design. A recommended Departmental Honors course sequence is shown below. Please note, however, that an individual student’s sequence may Juniors with a 3.0 overall grade point average and differ from this one. For example, undergraduate a 3.25 average in communication sciences are students may elect to take 400- or 500-level encouraged to apply to the honors program. The graduate courses with departmental/instructor honors program consists of one three-credit course, permission. PSCL 395 Capstone and Honors Program, in which the student carries out an independent project in an area of interest, under the direction of a COSI Suggested Sequence of Required faculty member. Satisfactory completion of the Courses for the Bachelor of Arts Degree project qualifies the student to receive the Bachelor (45 credits) of Arts degree with departmental honors noted on the transcript. Admission to the honors program is First Year Units by faculty approval. Fall Spring The following are prerequisites to PSCL 375 General Psychology I (PSCL 101) 3 Research Design and Analysis: Introduction to Communication Disorders 3 (COSI 109) STAT 201 Basic Statistics for Social and Life Sciences 3 Year Total: 3 3 or PSCL 282 Quantitative Methods in Psychology PSCL 375 Research Design and Analysis 3 Second Year Units Additional information is available from the Fall Spring academic advisor. Phonetics and Phonology (COSI 211) 3 Multicultural Aspects of Human 3 Communication (COSI 260) Child Psychology (PSCL 230) 3 Integrated Graduate Studies Introduction to American Sign Language I 3 (COSI 220) The Integrated Graduate Studies (IGS) Program Quantitative Methods in Psychology (PSCL 3 is intended for undergraduate students who 282) are interested in obtaining a graduate degree Introduction to Linguistics (COSI 355) 3 in communication disorders (speech-language Year Total: 9 9 pathology). Qualified students may be accepted for admission to the School of Graduate Studies after Third Year Units completing 90 hours of undergraduate course work. Fall Spring Typically, a master’s degree requires two Language Development (COSI 313) 3 additional years of study beyond the bachelor’s Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and 3 degree. Through the IGS Program, however, a Hearing Mechanism (COSI 325) student can complete an undergraduate degree Research Design and Analysis (PSCL 375) 3 in communication disorders and a master’s 364 College of Arts and Sciences

degree in communication disorders in five years. The recommended undergraduate sequence for students interested in the IGS Program is Back to top somewhat different from the recommended sequence presented above. Students should consult their academic advisor and the Office of Undergraduate Studies for additional information Psychology concerning IGS requirements. Undergraduate Programs Minor in Communication Sciences Major

The minor in communication sciences requires a Psychology majors must complete 30 hours of minimum of 15 credit hours. It focuses on normal course work in the department. processes of speech, language, and hearing, as well as on the speech, language, and hearing disorders that result from breakdowns in these Required Courses processes. Interested students should meet with an PSCL 101 General Psychology I 3 advisor for specific course requirements. PSCL 282 Quantitative Methods in Psychology 3 Three of the following: 9 PSCL 315 Social Psychology COSI 109 Introduction to Communication Disorders 3 PSCL 352 Physiological Psychology COSI 313 Language Development 3 PSCL 353 Psychology of Learning COSI 325 Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and 3 PSCL 355 Sensation and Perception Hearing Mechanism Two of the following courses: 6 PSCL 357 Cognitive Psychology COSI 211 Phonetics and Phonology PSCL 370 Human Intelligence COSI 220 Introduction to American Sign Language I PSCL 375 Research Design and Analysis COSI 321 Speech and Hearing Science PSCL 382 Psychological Measurement COSI 345 Communication and Aging PSCL 393 Experimental Child Psychology Minimum of 15 credit hours of elective course work chosen 15 Total Units 15 in consultation with advisor. No more than 9 hours of practicum courses (PSCL 231, 334, 335, 336, 338, 339, or 340) may be applied to the major. Minor in Health Communication Total Units 30

The minor in health communication offers introductory and advance study in theoretical and Departmental Honors practical application of communication within a health context. It includes a variety of additional Junior majors with a 3.0 overall GPA and a 3.25 courses that students can choose according to GPA in psychology are encouraged to apply to their specific areas of interest. The course work the department’s honors program. This program is designed to appeal to students in such fields consists of one three-credit course, PSCL 395 as pre-med, nursing, pre-law, public policy, public Capstone and Honors Program, in which students health, communication disorders, gerontological carry out, under faculty supervision, an independent studies, nutrition, health management, and social project in their area of interest. Satisfactory work. completion of a paper based on this research qualifies students to receive their degree with The minor requires 15 credit hours of course work, honors in psychology noted on their academic of which 9 credit hours come from required courses: transcript. PSCL 375 Research Design and Analysis is a prerequisite to PSCL 395 Capstone COSI 101 Introduction to Health Communication 3 and Honors Program. COSI 109 Introduction to Communication Disorders 3 COSI 340 Health Communication 3 Two of the following: 6 COSI 200 Interpersonal Communication Integrated Graduate Studies COSI 260 Multicultural Aspects of Human Communication The Department of Psychology participates in the COSI 280 Organizational Communication Integrated Graduate Studies Program. Interested COSI 332 Persuasion students should note the general requirements and COSI 345 Communication and Aging the admission procedures in this bulletin and may Total Units 15 consult the department for further information. Case Western Reserve University 365

for Autism, Legacy Health Services, and Western Reserve Speech and Language Partners. Minor

Required Courses: Doctor of Philosophy PSCL 101 General Psychology I 3 Four electives chosen in consultation with advisor 12 The Doctor of Philosophy is awarded in recognition Total Units 15 of (1) mastery, at an advanced level, of a body of knowledge in the disciplines of communication sciences and speech-language pathology, and Communication Sciences Program | Psychology (2) a demonstrated ability to perform independent Program research and communicate the results of that research. With the major advisor, the student designs an individual plan of study based on his/ her professional goals and previous experience. Communication Sciences Doctoral students choose a content area (such as communication and aging, medically based speech Master of Arts disorders, or child language development and disorders) as their primary focus of study. However, The principal goal of the Master of Arts program they are also encouraged to enhance their scholarly is to develop clinical scientists who are skilled preparation by completing course work outside of in the management of individuals with speech their primary content area. and language disorders. The master’s program is accredited by the Council on Academic In addition to course work within the department, Accreditation of the American Speech-Language- doctoral students may choose courses from Hearing Association (ASHA). Upon successful graduate programs in other departments of completion of the Master of Arts degree, students the College of Arts and Sciences, as well will also meet the academic and clinical practicum as from several professional schools at the requirements for certification by ASHA and university, including the School of Medicine (e.g., licensure in the State of Ohio. neuroscience, genetics), the Case School of Engineering (e.g., biomedical engineering), the Degree requirements include completion of 42 School of Dental Medicine, the Weatherhead credit hours of course work, including a clinical School of Management, and the Mandel School practicum in communication disorders. In addition, of Applied Social Sciences. Additional information students must satisfactorily complete a clinical about graduate studies and research opportunities research project or write a master’s thesis. is available on the communication sciences program’s Web site.Requirements for the doctoral program include course work, research rotations, Clinical Opportunities in Speech, a supervised classroom teaching experience, Language, and Hearing Disorders written and oral comprehensive examinations, and a dissertation. The program is affiliated with, and located in, the • A minimum of 36 hours of course work is Cleveland Hearing & Speech Center (CHSC), a required, including 9 credit hours in statistics and nonprofit agency that serves children and adults research design and 3 credit hours of directed with communication disorders. CHSC serves as study and research. Fifteen credit hours in the the primary training site for graduate students primary content area are required. enrolled in clinical practica. Its personnel and facilities provide exceptional clinical experiences • Two research rotations are required. One rotation for students seeking clinical certification in speech- is completed in the primary content area with the language pathology. major advisor. The second rotation is completed with a faculty member other than the major The program also draws on clinical resources advisor. The dissertation research is not included in University Circle and the Greater Cleveland in either of the two research rotations. area. In addition to clinical practicum experiences at CHSC, graduate students complete at least • A supervised classroom teaching experience two externships at sites including University () is completed under the guidance of a faculty Hospitals of Cleveland, Rainbow Babies and member in the program. Children’s Hospital, MetroHealth Medical Center, Cuyahoga County Board of Mental Retardation and Developmental Disabilities, Cleveland Clinic Center 366 College of Arts and Sciences

• Written and oral examinations are taken after Patrizia Bonaventura, PhD all course work and research rotations are (The Ohio State University) completed. Assistant Professor Simulation of speech production and biomechanical • A dissertation prospectus is prepared under modeling of the vocal tract; motor contorl the guidance of a committee consisting of mechanisms in normal and disordered speech the dissertation advisor and two additional production; speech technology applications faculty members. A defense of the dissertation prospectus is required prior to commencing the Angela Hein Ciccia, PhD dissertation study. (Case Western Reserve University) Assistant Professor • An oral defense of the dissertation takes place at Neuroscience of communication and the end of the doctoral program. communication disorders in adolescents/adults, with focus on traumatic brain injury Arin M. Connell, PhD (Emory University) Psychology Jesse Hauk Shera Assistant Professor Internalizing problems; coping skills during The Department of Psychological Sciences offers adolescence full-time programs leading to a PhD in clinical or experimental psychology. These programs give Heath A. Demaree, PhD students a thorough grounding in basic areas of (Virginia Tech) psychological fact and theory and prepare them for Associate Professor careers as researchers, teachers, and practitioners. Cerebral and psychophysiological bases of emotion The Master of Arts degree can be earned in the department as part of work toward a doctorate. Douglas K. Detterman, PhD (University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa) Clinical Psychology. The department’s program Louis D. Beaumont University Professor in clinical psychology, which has been approved Human intelligence and intellectual disability by the American Psychological Association, emphasizes the scientist-practitioner model. Anastasia Dimitropoulos, PhD Students participate in an integrated curriculum (Vanderbilt University) of basic and applied courses, research activities, Assistant Professor and practicum and pre-internship placements. Genetic syndromes involving intellectual disabilities; The program’s goal is to prepare students to compulsive behavior in MR/DD; functional make meaningful contributions to the science and neuroimaging profession of psychology by instructing them in Julie J. Exline, PhD broad applications of clinical skills and research (State University of New York, Stony Brook) methods. Associate Professor Experimental Psychology. Doctoral training in Social relationships; transgression; moral and experimental psychology prepares the student for religious issues an academic career in teaching and research. It Joseph F. Fagan III, PhD offers concentrations in developmental psychology, (University of Connecticut) adulthood and aging, cognitive psychology, mental Lucy Adams Leffingwell Professor retardation research, and social psychology. Development of and individual differences in Faculty members help students develop flexible cognition, perception, and intelligence programs of study, according to individual interests. Norah C. Feeny, PhD Additional information about graduate work in (Bryn Mawr College) psychology is available at the departmental Professor website: http://www.case.edu/artsci/psychological- Evaluation of interventions for anxiety (e.g., post- sciences/. traumatic stress disorder) and mood disorders Department Faculty Grover C. Gilmore, PhD (Johns Hopkins University) Lee A. Thompson, PhD Professor; Dean, Mandel School of Applied Social (University of Colorado, Boulder) Sciences Chair; Professor of Psychology Perceptual development and aging; visual Human behavior genetics; child development information processing; memory; psychophysics Case Western Reserve University 367

Robert L. Greene, PhD Patricia O. Carothers, MS, CCC-A (Yale University) (Ithaca College) Professor Fluency disorders Human memory and cognition Tonia Kates Stewart, PhD Barbara Lewis, PhD (Bowling Green State University) (Case Western Reserve University) Health communication Professor Familial and genetic bases of speech/language Kathryn (Kay) McNeal, MS, CCC-SLP (Purdue University) T. J. McCallum, PhD Clinical Program Director (University of Southern California) Speech-language pathology Associate Professor Older adults; caregiving; ethnicity; stress and coping Adjunct Faculty James C. Overholser, PhD Melissa Baker, MS, CCC-SLP (Ohio State University) (Bowling Green State University) Professor Adjunct Instructor; Monarch Center for Autism Adult psychopathology; depression; suicide; Speech-language pathology personality disorders Rachel Berkowitz, MA, CCC-SLP Amy Przeworski, PhD (University of Cincinnati) (Pennsylvania State University) Adjunct Instructor, Mayfield Schools Assistant Professor Speech-language pathology Anxiety disorders; emotion regulation; cultural factors in family interactions Laura Brady, MA, CCC-A (Kent State University) Kathryn (Krya) Rothenberg, PhD Adjunct Instructor; Cleveland Hearing & Speech (Kent State University) Center Instructor Audiology Health communication Lisa Breuning, MS, CCC-SLP Sandra W. Russ, PhD (University of Wisconsin) (University of Pittsburgh) Adjunct Instructor; ALS Association, Northern Ohio Professor Chapter Creativity; affective development in children; Speech-language pathology personality assessment; coping mechanisms in children Jane R. Buder-Shapiro, PhD Adjunct Assistant Professor; private practice Elizabeth J. Short, PhD (University of Notre Dame) Michelle Burnett, MA, CCC-SLP Professor (Michigan State University) Cognitive psychology; applied developmental; Adjunct Instructor; Cleveland Hearing & Speech learning disabilities Center Speech-language pathology Jennell Vick, PhD (University of Washington) Cameron Camp, PhD Assistant Professor Adjunct Professor; Myers Research Institute Study of movements of the face, lips, and tongue Sandra Caramela-Miller, PhD that generate speech; acquisition and development Adjunct Assistant Professor; Cuyahoga County of speech in typically developing infants and Coroner’s Office children; impact of various disorders on speech acquisition, development, and production Barbaara Choudhury, MA, CCC-SLP (Case Western Reserve University) Adjunct Instructor; Cleveland Hearing & Speech Lecturers Center Speech-language pathology Jennifer L. Butler, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) Social psychology 368 College of Arts and Sciences

Margaret Duff, MA, CCC-SLP Jane Nisenboum, MA (Kent State University) (Miami University) Adjunct Instructor; Cleveland Hearing & Speech Adjunct Instructor Center Dysphagia; diagnoses of speech-language Speech-language pathology pathology; communication and aging Michelle Foye, MA, CCC-SLP Shirley Prok (Kent State University) Adjunct Instructor; Sign Language Instructor, Adjunct Instructor; Cleveland Hearing & Speech Cleveland Hearing & Speech Center Center Speech-language pathology Aarti Pyati, PhD Adjunct Assistant Professor; University Counseling Nichole Gerami, MA, CCC-SLP Services (Case Western Reserve University) Adjunct Instructor; private practice Philip Safford, PhD Speech-language pathology Adjunct Professor; Emeritus, Kent State University Robert Goldberg, PhD Ethan Schafer, PhD Adjunct Associate Professor; Louis Stokes Adjunct Assistant Professor; Spectrum Cleveland VA Medical Center Psychological Associates Bernard P. Henri, PhD Jes Sellers, PhD (Northwestern University) Adjunct Assistant Professor; Director, University Adjunct Associate Professor; Director, Cleveland Counseling Services Hearing & Speech Center Jeremy Shapiro, PhD Fluency disorders; professional issues in speech- Adjunct Assistant Professor; Advanced Therapy language pathology; health care management Center Douglas Hicks, PhD Harry Sivec, PhD (Vanderbilt University) Adjunct Assistant Professor; Northcoast Behavioral Adjunct Professor; Cleveland Clinic Foundation Healthcare Voice disorders Kenneth Weiss, PhD Vanessa Jensen, PhD Adjunct Assistant Professor; Louis Stokes Adjunct Assistant Professor; Cleveland Clinic Cleveland VA Medical Center Karen Kantzes, AuD, CCC-A Brigid Whitford, AuD, CCC-A (A.T. Stills University) (A.T. Stills University) Adjunct Instructor, Cleveland Hearing & Speech Adjunct Instructor; Cleveland Hearing & Speech Center Center Audiology Audiology Susan M. Knell, PhD Lucene Wisniewski, Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor; Spectrum Adjunct Assistant Professor; Cleveland Center for Psychological Associates Eating Disorders Marilyn Malkin, PhD Eric Youngstrom, PhD Adjunct Assistant Professor; private practice Adjunct Professor; Associate Professor of Lauren Masuga, MA, CCC-SLP Psychology, University of North Carolina Chapel Hill (Miami University) Adjunct Instructor; Cleveland Hearing & Speech Center Secondary Faculty Speech-language pathology Richard E. Boyatzis, PhD Darlene Moenter-Rodriguez, PhD Professor of Organizational Behavior, Weatherhead (Ohio State University) School of Management Adjunct Assistant Professor; Louis Stokes Alan Castro, PhD Cleveland VA Medical Center Senior Instructor; University Hospitals Case Medical Auditory potentials Center Howard Hall, PsyD, PhD Associate Professor, School of Medicine/Rainbow Babies and Children’s Hospital Case Western Reserve University 369

Rebecca Hazen, PhD Lori L. D’Angelo, PhD Assistant Professor, School of Medicine/Rainbow Clinical Instructor; International Center for Babies and Children’s Hospital Clubhouse Development Leslie L. Heinberg, PhD Lisa Damour, PhD Associate Professor, The Cleveland Clinic Lerner Clinical Instructor; private practice College of Medicine Mathew A. Fuller, PhD Carolyn Landis, PhD Clinical Instructor; Louis Stokes Cleveland VA Associate Professor, School of Medicine/Rainbow Medical Center Babies and Children’s Hospital Maureen Kreick, PhD Britt A. Nielsen, PhD Clinical Instructor; private practice Assistant Professor, Department of Psychiatry, School of Medicine Maryann McGlenn, PhD Clinical Instructor; University Counseling Services Lynn Singer, PhD Professor, School of Medicine/University Hospitals Pamela Nilsson, PhD Clinical Instructor; University Counseling Services Terry Stancin, PhD Professor, School of Medicine/MetroHealth Medical Richard Pazol, PhD Center Clinical Instructor; University Counseling Services Thomas P. Swales, PhD Joy Pengilly-Wyatt, PhD Assistant Professor, School of Medicine/ Clinical Instructor; University Counseling Services MetroHealth Medical Center David Pincus, DMH Gerry Taylor, PhD Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Professor, Department of Pediatrics, School of Psychiatry, School of Medicine Medicine Robert Smith, PhD Carol Sue White, PhD Clinical Assistant Professor; Behavorial Mangement Associate Professor, School of Medicine/ Associates, Inc. MetroHealth Medical Center Terry Tobias, PhD Abraham Wolf, PhD Clinical Assistant Professor; Private Practice Professor, Department of Psychiatry, School of Medicine James M. Yokely, PhD COSI Courses Assistant Professor, Department of Psychiatry, School of Medicine COSI 101. Introduction to Health Communication. 3 Units.

Clinical Faculty An introductory examination of the influences associated with the functions of human life, Laura Abood, PhD communication processes, and research related Clinical Assistant Professor; Louis Stokes to health and the health care industry from Cleveland VA Medical Center interpersonal, cultural, and organizational communication perspectives. The course will Karen Kernberg Bardenstein, PhD include a review of the history and development of Adjunct Assistant Professor; private practice health communication and the understanding and application of communication theories. Richard A. Cirillo, PhD Clinical Assistant Professor; Cuyahoga County Board of Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities Sandra L. Curry, PhD Clinical Assistant Professor; Department of Psychiatry, School of Medicine 370 College of Arts and Sciences

COSI 109. Introduction to Communication COSI 221. Introduction to American Sign Disorders. 3 Units. Language II. 3 Units.

Forty-two million Americans have some type of This class is taught without voice, using communication disorder. How does a person with a functional, whole language approaches and in communication disorder cope with the challenges situ experiences, emphasizing communicative of daily living? This course will examine the competency. It emphasizes sentence structure characteristics of communication disorders via first development, classifiers, and conversational hand and fictionalized accounts in books, films, and regulating behaviors. It also covers inflection, simulated communication disorders experiences. role shifting, adverbial non-manual behaviors, Topics will include disorders of speech, language, temporal aspects, sequencing, and includes a brief and hearing in children and adults. Effects of introduction to ASL English diglossia and biolingual communication disorders on families. aspects. There will be opportunities for discussion of deaf culture. Prereq: COSI 220. COSI 200. Interpersonal Communication. 3 Units. COSI 260. Multicultural Aspects of Human Communication. 3 Units. Communication is a primary means of initiating, maintaining, and dissolving relationships. Introduces intercultural/interracial communication Managing interpersonal relationships is a by discussing specific communication principles human concern across several contexts. and by putting theory into practice by exploring Interpersonal communication is a highly interactive differences in perception, and verbal and nonverbal course whereby participants investigate the communication messages. Course emphasizes foundations, processes, and issues associated relationship between communication, race, culture; with communication in relationships. The student nature of race and culture; and how they influence will become sensitized to theories and processes the communication process. Various theories and via traditional lectures and textbook readings. The approaches to study of intercultural/interracial student is also expected to participate in group communication will be discussed, along with discussions. The result is a continuous dialogue significant concepts, processes and considerations. with others about communication processes, and Practical outcomes of intercultural/interracial outcomes. The goal of this course is to provide encounters also will be discussed. a forum for both investigation and increased competence. COSI 280. Organizational Communication. 3 Units. COSI 211. Phonetics and Phonology. 3 Units. This course includes a review of the development Theoretical and applied study of the speech sounds of organizational communication theories and how of language. The use of the international phonetic application of theories enhances our understanding alphabet as a tool for characterizing normal and of various types of organizations. COSI 280 deviant sound patterns. The linguistic structure and addresses the communication challenges faced by function of speech sound systems of both the adult contemporary organizational leaders and members. and developing child. Knowledge of the theories and development of analytical skills should improve students’ chances for successful interactions in diverse organizational COSI 220. Introduction to American Sign situations and cultures. Language I. 3 Units.

This course offers basic vocabulary training and conversational interaction skills in American Sign Language. Syntactic and semantic aspects of American Sign Language will be addressed. Case Western Reserve University 371

COSI 300. Theories of Human Communication. 3 COSI 302. Instrumental Measurements in Units. Speech Sciences. 3 Units.

An introduction to theories and scholarship of This course will provide hands on experience on communication. Addresses development and techniques for instrumental measurements of evaluation of theories. The focus is on explaining speech and voice parameters, for applications communication phenomena from a variety of to assessment and diagnosis of speech and perspectives and philosophies. Communication voice disorders, to linguistic analysis of speech theories are presented via text, seminal articles, parameters (prosodic and segmental), and lectures, and discussion. Through discussion and to speech production modeling. In particular, case studies students discover new dimensions instrumental measures of voice parameters will in their communicative lives, both personal and be carried out by Electroglottography; evaluation professional. Recommended preparation: COSI of Voice Range Profile and of perturbation of 100. frequency (jitter) and amplitude (shimmer) of the laryngeal waveform, by dedicated KayPentax software (Visi-pitch and Voice Range Profile) and COSI 301. Professional Speaking. 3 Units. by Praat software; spectrographic analyses will be carried out by Praat software, and articulographic This course is designed to introduce students measurements will be performed by an AG200 to theories and practices and to develop their Electromagnetic Articulograph. Nasalance will be abilities to speak effectively in public. Students will measured by a KapyPentax nasometer. Emphasis develop skills in organization and presentation of on use rather than theory. All instrumentation is ideas for public and conference forums, in critical available at the Case Speech Production Lab. listening, and in proper use of technology. Students Recommended preparation: COSI 211, COSI demonstrate abilities via written assignments, skill 321/421 and COGS 203, or bases in phonetics, building exercises, oral presentations, rhetorical linguistics and speech science; also Physics and analysis, and group projects. The expectations in Engineering instrumentation courses are good this course include high levels of participation and preliminaries to this course. Offered as: COSI 302 interaction. This is a departmental seminar course and COSI 402. with a focus on formal presentation in settings related to health care. This course will be beneficial to students planning professions in the health COSI 305. Neuroscience of Communication and sciences where responsibilities include public Communication Disorders. 3 Units. instruction and exposition and for those preparing for capstone presentations in the Department The course focus is neuroanatomy and of Psychological Sciences programs. Activities neurophysiology related to motor control and include: 1. Readings from McKerrow et al. text cognition, particularly aspects of cognition 2. Class discussions related to communication involved in language functions. Topics to be competence in differing communication settings, addressed include: principles of neurophysiology 3. Application opportunities to give speeches, to and neurochemistry; functional neuroanatomy work in groups, and relate with others in one-on- of the central and peripheral nervous systems; one situations, 4. Written assignments Prereq: neurological and neuropsychological assessment Completion of 100 level first year seminar in USFS, of communication; neurodiagnostic methods. In FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, or FSCS and either part, the course material will be presented in a COSI 109 or PSCL 101. problem-based learning format. That is, normal aspects of human neuroscience will be discussed in the context of neurological disorders affecting communication. COSI 405 is an introduction to COSI 557 and COSI 561. Offered as BIOL 379 and COSI 305 and COSI 405. 372 College of Arts and Sciences

COSI 310. Nonverbal Communication. 3 Units. COSI 325. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing Mechanism. 3 Units. Most people are familiar with the idea of "body language," but fewer realize the intricacy and The course will focus on normal anatomy and potential of nonverbal messages. Nonverbal physiology of the body systems involved in the communication is rule governed, culturally processes of speech, language, hearing, and determined, and dependent on encoding swallowing including the following: the auditory, and decoding ability. Studying nonverbal respiratory, phonatory, articulatory, resonatory, communication sensitizes the student to a channel and nervous systems. In part, the course material of communication vital to accomplishing shared will be presented in a problem-based learning meaning. Because nonverbal communication format. That is, normal aspects of human anatomy is closely related to emotional processes, this and physiology will be discussed in the context of course also addresses basic ideas surrounding the disorders that affect the processes of human communication and emotion. Students will read communication and swallowing. seminal and current literature, make naturalistic observation, and report their findings throughout the semester. Students who take COSI 310 may COSI 326. Anatomy and Physiology of Singing not receive credit for USSO 204. Students who take Voice. 1 Unit. USSO 204 may not receive credit for COSI 310. Offered as COSI 310 and USSO 204. For music students with interest in the use of the vocal mechanism in singing. The systems and processes that contribute to a normal voice for COSI 313. Language Development. 3 Units. speaking and singing. Focus on normal respiration and phonation, with consideration of disorders Language acquisition theory and stages of resulting from vocal abuse. development of syntax, semantics, pragmatics, and phonology in children. Contributions of biological, social, cognitive and environmental factors to COSI 332. Persuasion. 3 Units. process of language development. Information on language variation in multicultural populations. This survey course explores the history, theories, Open to majors and non-majors. Recommended and dynamics of persuasion. There is an extensive prerequisite: Child Psychology. Offered as COSI focus on theoretical models of attitude change. 313 and COSI 413. Persuasion also plays a strong role in everyday aspects of our culture. Along these lines, we will investigate persuasion activities in everyday life COSI 321. Speech and Hearing Science. 3 Units. from compliance gaining to media campaigns. Learning is conveyed through lecture, activities, The course will focus on the aspects of normal and observation of the student’s everyday life. At speech production and perception and hearing the end of the semester, the astute student will be perception. The purpose of this course is to literate in a variety of persuasion strategies and provide a foundation in normal aspects of oral dynamics. communication that will prepare students for advance study in the assessment and management of disorders of speech and hearing perception. COSI 340. Health Communication. 3 Units. Topics to be covered include motor speech control, aeromechanics, basic acoustics, phonatory Various communication processes assume a acoustics, speech and hearing acoustics, central role in the acquisition and enactment of psychoacoustics, and speech and hearing health care. This course examines communication perception. Recommended preparation: COSI 325. activity across a broad range of health care Offered as COSI 321 and COSI 421. contexts. Attention will be given to provider-client communication, communication, and ethical concerns, persuasive health promotion efforts, media impact on health, and basics in health communication methodology and research. Students will consider source, message, and receiver aspects of health communication as well as cultural and illness-specific issues. Prerequisite of COSI 101 for 300 - level only. Offered as COSI 340 and COSI 440. Prereq: COSI 101. Case Western Reserve University 373

COSI 345. Communication and Aging. 3 Units. COSI 357. Acquired Neurogenic Communication Disorders. 3 Units. The normal and abnormal psychobiological changes that occur during aging and their This course is designed to provide knowledge effects on communication are addressed, as are about the theoretical foundations, etiologies, and communicative interaction styles, disordered characterizations of acquired language-based communication, and rehabilitation practices. and cognitive-communication disorders in adults. Graduate students are given an opportunity to The organization of the course is designed so that incorporate information from their own disciplines we will discuss communication disorders typically in a special project, where appropriate. Offered as associated with left hemisphere lesions (e.g., COSI 345 and COSI 445. aphasia), right hemisphere lesions (e.g.,RHD), frontal lobe lesions (e.g., traumatic brain injury) and mesial temporal lesions (e.g.,, dementia). COSI 352. Introduction to Clinical Practice in This course is intended to provide students with Speech-Language Pathology. 3 Units. a framework for considering communication disorders of diverse medical etiologies rather Clinical assessment and teaching procedures than specific impairment types. The course is as well as the role of research/theory in clinical meant to provide information that can be used as a practice. Procedures to observe, measure, analyze foundation for a clinically applied course in acquired communication skills. Practical application through language disorders. The course will focus on critical case studies. Students complete 25 hours of thinking, professional presentation (both oral and observation of speech/language assessment and written), and critical consumption of research. intervention. Prereq: COSI 211 or COSI 313. Recommended preparation: Instructor consent for COSI 457 only. Offered as COSI 357 and COSI 457. Prereq: COSI 109. COSI 355. Introduction to Linguistics. 3 Units.

This course provides an introduction to linguistics, COSI 370. Introduction to Audiology. 3 Units. with application to clinical assessment, diagnosis and therapy of language disorders. In particular, Disorders of hearing, assessment of hearing; the course provides an introduction to theory including behavioral and objective measures; and methods of linguistics: universal properties intervention strategies; and identification programs. of human language; phonetic, phonological, Offered as COSI 370 and COSI 470. Prereq: COSI morphological, syntactic, and semantic structures 325. and analysis; nature and form of grammar.

COSI 390. Independent Study. 1 - 6 Unit.

Individual study, under the guidance of a faculty member, involving specific programs of reading, research and special projects.

COSI 395. Honors Program. 3 Units.

Student completes an independent project in the student’s area of interest under the supervision of a faculty member. Prereq: STAT 201 or PSCL 282, and PSCL 375. 374 College of Arts and Sciences

COSI 402. Instrumental Measurements in COSI 413. Language Development. 3 Units. Speech Sciences. 3 Units. Language acquisition theory and stages of This course will provide hands on experience on development of syntax, semantics, pragmatics, and techniques for instrumental measurements of phonology in children. Contributions of biological, speech and voice parameters, for applications social, cognitive and environmental factors to to assessment and diagnosis of speech and process of language development. Information voice disorders, to linguistic analysis of speech on language variation in multicultural populations. parameters (prosodic and segmental), and Open to majors and non-majors. Recommended to speech production modeling. In particular, prerequisite: Child Psychology. Offered as COSI instrumental measures of voice parameters will 313 and COSI 413. be carried out by Electroglottography; evaluation of Voice Range Profile and of perturbation of frequency (jitter) and amplitude (shimmer) of the COSI 421. Speech and Hearing Science. 3 Units. laryngeal waveform, by dedicated KayPentax software (Visi-pitch and Voice Range Profile) and The course will focus on the aspects of normal by Praat software; spectrographic analyses will be speech production and perception and hearing carried out by Praat software, and articulographic perception. The purpose of this course is to measurements will be performed by an AG200 provide a foundation in normal aspects of oral Electromagnetic Articulograph. Nasalance will be communication that will prepare students for measured by a KapyPentax nasometer. Emphasis advance study in the assessment and management on use rather than theory. All instrumentation is of disorders of speech and hearing perception. available at the Case Speech Production Lab. Topics to be covered include motor speech control, Recommended preparation: COSI 211, COSI aeromechanics, basic acoustics, phonatory 321/421 and COGS 203, or bases in phonetics, acoustics, speech and hearing acoustics, linguistics and speech science; also Physics and psychoacoustics, and speech and hearing Engineering instrumentation courses are good perception. Recommended preparation: COSI 325. preliminaries to this course. Offered as: COSI 302 Offered as COSI 321 and COSI 421. and COSI 402. COSI 440. Health Communication. 3 Units. COSI 405. Neuroscience of Communication and Communication Disorders. 3 Units. Various communication processes assume a central role in the acquisition and enactment of The course focus is neuroanatomy and health care. This course examines communication neurophysiology related to motor control and activity across a broad range of health care cognition, particularly aspects of cognition contexts. Attention will be given to provider-client involved in language functions. Topics to be communication, communication, and ethical addressed include: principles of neurophysiology concerns, persuasive health promotion efforts, and neurochemistry; functional neuroanatomy media impact on health, and basics in health of the central and peripheral nervous systems; communication methodology and research. neurological and neuropsychological assessment Students will consider source, message, and of communication; neurodiagnostic methods. In receiver aspects of health communication as well part, the course material will be presented in a as cultural and illness-specific issues. Prerequisite problem-based learning format. That is, normal of COSI 101 for 300 - level only. Offered as COSI aspects of human neuroscience will be discussed 340 and COSI 440. in the context of neurological disorders affecting communication. COSI 405 is an introduction to COSI 557 and COSI 561. Offered as BIOL 379 and COSI 445. Communication and Aging. 3 Units. COSI 305 and COSI 405. The normal and abnormal psychobiological changes that occur during aging and their effects on communication are addressed, as are communicative interaction styles, disordered communication, and rehabilitation practices. Graduate students are given an opportunity to incorporate information from their own disciplines in a special project, where appropriate. Offered as COSI 345 and COSI 445. Case Western Reserve University 375

COSI 452A. Graduate Clinical Practicum I: Case COSI 453. Articulation and Phonology Management. 1 Unit. Disorders. 3 Units.

Addresses professional issues in speech-language Overview of normal speech sound development pathology including case management, clinical and characterization of children with speech sound effectiveness, counseling and working with families disorders. Distinctions between phonology and from diverse backgrounds. Four to ten hours of articulation are drawn. Theoretical as well as clinic contact per week at the Cleveland Hearing assessment and treatment issues are addressed. and Speech Center. (Maximum of 2 credits.) Recommended preparation: COSI 352 and COSI 413. COSI 455. Fluency Disorders. 3 Units. Stuttering and related disorders of rhythm and COSI 452B. Graduate Clinical Practicum II: prosody in terms of the symptomatology, etiology, Professional Issues. 1 Unit. measurement, and treatment of nonfluent speaking behavior. Addresses professional issues in speech-language pathology including case management, managed health care, ethics and interviewing. Four to ten COSI 456. Child Language Disorders. 3 Units. hours of clinic contact per week at the Cleveland Hearing and Speech Center. (Maximum of 2 Nature and characteristics of language disorders credits.) Recommended preparation: COSI 352, in children. Theoretical and clinical issues related COSI 413, COSI 452A, and COSI 453. to effective intervention with children and their families. Assessment and treatment of disorders of syntax, semantics and pragmatics. Strategies for COSI 452C. Graduate Clinical Practicum III: intervention with children from special populations Special Populations. 1 Unit. and multicultural populations.

Addresses professional issues in speech-language pathology including case management, special COSI 457. Acquired Neurogenic Communication clinical populations, collaborating with other Disorders. 3 Units. professionals, teaming, leadership, and use of technology. Fifteen to thirty hours of clinic contact This course is designed to provide knowledge per week at area skilled nursing facilities, hospitals, about the theoretical foundations, etiologies, and rehab centers, early intervention centers, centers characterizations of acquired language-based for developmentally disabled, private practices, and cognitive-communication disorders in adults. etc. (Maximum of 2 credits.) Recommended The organization of the course is designed so that preparation: COSI 352, COSI 452A, COSI 452B, we will discuss communication disorders typically COSI 453, and COSI 456. associated with left hemisphere lesions (e.g., aphasia), right hemisphere lesions (e.g.,RHD), frontal lobe lesions (e.g., traumatic brain injury) COSI 452E. Graduate Clinical Practicum V: and mesial temporal lesions (e.g.,, dementia). Medical Speech Pathology. 1 Unit. This course is intended to provide students with a framework for considering communication Addresses professional issues in speech-language disorders of diverse medical etiologies rather pathology including case management, special than specific impairment types. The course is clinical populations, collaborating with other meant to provide information that can be used as a professionals, documentation, managed health foundation for a clinically applied course in acquired care, and use of technology. Fifteen to thirty language disorders. The course will focus on critical hours of clinic contact per week at area skilled thinking, professional presentation (both oral and nursing facilities, hospitals. (Maximum of 2 credits.) written), and critical consumption of research. Recommended preparation: COSI 352, COSI 452A, Recommended preparation: Instructor consent for COSI 452B, COSI 452C, COSI 453, and COSI 456. COSI 457 only. Offered as COSI 357 and COSI 457. 376 College of Arts and Sciences

COSI 463. Language and Literacy Across COSI 557. Acquired Adult Language Disorders. Content Areas. 3 Units. 3 Units.

This course focuses on research-based theories A model relating communication impairment to of reading, cognition, language, and learning. activities of daily living and quality of life will serve The student will use the content of their area as the study of acquired neurogenic communication (art, music, or speech-language pathology) as disorders in adults. The focus will be on dementia, the target for organizing explicit instruction and aphasia, and the communication disorders strategies for word skills, reading comprehension, associated with traumatic brain injury and right oral expression, vocabulary, and written language hemisphere stroke. Knowledge about the biological development as they apply to the culturally and basis of neurogenic communication disorders linguistically diverse populations present in today’s will be applied in discussion on assessment and schools. Curriculum planning and assessment intervention for these disorders. Prereq: COSI 405 strategies for instructional purposes are addressed. or equivalent. Federal legislation pertaining to the education of children with disabilities is included. COSI 560. Medical Aspects of Speech Pathology I: Voice Disorders. 3 Units. COSI 464. Case Studies in Communication Disorders: Diagnosis and Treatment. 3 Units. Aspects of normal and abnormal voice production, evaluation and management of various voice and Diagnosis as a clinical skill involving scientific resonance disorders. hypothesis testing with clinical problem solving. The course includes academic learning combined with diagnostic clinic experiences. Overview of COSI 561. Med Aspects of Speech Path II: psychometric principles, survey of psychological Neuromotor and Craniofacial Anomalies. 3 communication tests, and measurements. Section Units. on non-biased assessment. Instruction and practice in effective family interviewing techniques. Prereq: Speech disorders resulting from conditions COSI 453 and COSI 456 acting on motor speech production including dysarthria and apraxia will be discussed. The speech production system, diseases and acquired COSI 470. Introduction to Audiology. 3 Units. and congenital neuropathological conditions that affect motor process and resulting speech Disorders of hearing, assessment of hearing; disorders of phonation, articulation, resonance including behavioral and objective measures; and prosody will be reviewed. Also covered will intervention strategies; and identification programs. be the speech, language and hearing disorders Offered as COSI 370 and COSI 470. Prereq: COSI stemming from craniofacial anomalies; cleft lip and 325. palate. Principles and methods of assessment and treatment within an interdisciplinary rehabilitation framework will be reviewed for both types of COSI 497. Methods of Research. 3 Units. disorders. Prereq: COSI 321 or COSI 421 and COSI 405 or equivalent. Pure and applied research design for speech language pathologists. Focus on evaluation of research methodology and the formulation of COSI 562. Medical Aspects of Speech Pathology testable research questions. III: Dysphagia. 2 Units.

Survey of clinical problems involving dysphagia in medical speech pathology. Normal swallowing, pediatric dysphagia, adult dysphagia, the clinical swallowing assessment, the modified barium swallow study, and therapeutic intervention for dysphagia for both adults and children will be addressed. Case Western Reserve University 377

COSI 580. Aural Rehabilitation. 3 Units. PSCL 102. General Psychology II. 3 Units.

The effects of hearing impairment, especially The applications of psychological research in related to speech perception and language normal problems of adjustment. Topics include: processing. Remediation and intervention strategies coping with anxiety, romance and marriage, and for hearing impaired children and adults, including interpersonal behavior. speech reading, auditory training, and the use of hearing aids. PSCL 230. Child Psychology. 3 Units.

COSI 600. Special Problems and Topics. 1 - 3 Basic facts and principles of psychological Unit. development from the prenatal period through adolescence. Recommended preparation: PSCL Topics and instructors by arrangement of the 101. department chair. PSCL 282. Quantitative Methods in Psychology. COSI 601. Directed Study and Research. 1 - 6 3 Units. Unit. The theory and application of basic methods used Individual study and research under the direction of in the analysis of psychological data. Not available a faculty member. for credit to students who have completed STAT 201 or ANTH 319. COSI 651. Thesis M.A.. 1 - 6 Unit. PSCL 313. Psychology of Personality. 3 Units.

The development and organization of personality; COSI 690. Supervised Classroom Teaching. 3 theories of personality and methods for assessing Units. the person; problems of personal adjustment. Required of all doctoral students. Teaching of an undergraduate course planned in conjunction with PSCL 315. Social Psychology. 3 Units. a supervising faculty member. Follows the doctoral student’s earlier experience of observing and Empirical studies of typical human responses to assisting a faculty member in classroom teaching. situations. First impressions, attitude change, effects of cash incentives, behavior in emergencies, interpersonal attraction, impression management, COSI 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit. crowding, stress, vices. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101. Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. PSCL 317. Health Psychology. 3 Units.

Examines psychological processes that affect physical health. Covers the physiological factors PSCL Courses affecting the immune system, chronic physical disorders, pain, compliance with prescribed medical PSCL 101. General Psychology I. 3 Units. treatments, the effects of stress and coping, the effects of the patient-physician interaction, and the Methods, research, and theories of psychological aspects of the hospital and the health psychology. Basic research from such areas care systems. Recommended preparation : PSCL as psychophysiology, sensation, perception, 101. development, memory, learning, psychopathology, and social psychology. PSCL 321. Abnormal Psychology. 3 Units.

Major syndromes of mental disorders, their principal symptoms, dynamics, etiology, and treatment. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101. 378 College of Arts and Sciences

PSCL 325. Psychotherapy and Personality PSCL 350. Behavior Genetics. 3 Units. Change. 3 Units. Examines the impact of both nature and nurture Three methods of psychotherapy (behavioral, on human behavior. Basic quantitative genetic psychoanalytic, and client-centered) are discussed. methodology will be covered. Current family, The therapy techniques and the manner by which twin and adoption studies in the areas of personality change is effected are examined. personality, intelligence, alcoholism, criminality, and Recommended preparation: PSCL 101. psychopathology will be reviewed. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101. PSCL 329. Adolescence. 3 Units. PSCL 352. Physiological Psychology. 3 Units. Psychological perspectives on physical, cognitive, and social development. Recommended This course is designed to teach the fundamentals preparation: PSCL 101. of neural communication and central nervous system structure. Special attention is placed on common neurological illnesses and their PSCL 334C. Seminar and Practicum: psychopharmacological treatments. Neural systems Hospitalized Children. 3 Units. underlying sensory/perceptual, motor, and higher- order cognitive processes are also explored. Supervised field placement and attendance at Prereq: PSCL 101. staff conferences in various child and adolescent settings. Regular seminar meetings. Prereq: PSCL 230. PSCL 353. Psychology of Learning. 3 Units.

The basic methods in the study of learning. The PSCL 335C. Seminar and Practicum: major theories proposed to account for the learning Hospitalized Child. 3 Units. process. Development of the fundamental concepts and principles governing the learning process in Supervised field placement and attendance at both humans and lower animal. Recommended staff conferences in various child and adolescent Preparation: PSCL 101. settings. Regular seminar meetings. Prereq: PSCL 230 and Junior or Senior Status. PSCL 355. Sensation and Perception. 3 Units.

PSCL 338. Seminar and Practicum in The psychological and physiological processes Adolescents. 3 Units. entering into perception. Current research and theory in the light of classical statements of the Supervised field placement and attendance in early problems. The role of learning in perceptual childhood, child, and adolescent settings including functioning. Reading, lectures, demonstrations, and preschools, schools, hospitals, and neighborhood problems. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101. centers. This class is used to fulfill requirements by the Ohio Department of Education teacher licensure program. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101, PSCL 357. Cognitive Psychology. 3 Units. EDUC 301, EDUC 304, and permission of program director. Offered as EDUC 338, PSCL 338, and How individuals encode, store, organize, and use SOCI 338. information. Pattern recognition, attention, memory, and problem solving. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101. PSCL 344. Developmental Psychopathology. 3 Units.

This course will focus on the interplay of biological, psychological, familial, and social determinants of disorders ranging from autism to delinquency and bulimia. Recommended preparation: PSCL 230 or PSCL 321. Offered as PSCL 344 and PSCL 444. Case Western Reserve University 379

PSCL 369. Adult Development and Aging. 3 PSCL 388. Human Sexual Behavior. 3 Units. Units. Sex is approached as a form of personal and An overview of concepts and research relating interpersonal behavior. A broad range of theories to adult development and aging. The lifespan from social psychology will be used to explain perspective will be used in examining major human sexual behavior, and these will be evaluated developmental paradigms. Personality and by using facts and findings from recent research cognitive lines of development will be traced studies. Topics include sexual relationships, gender across the lifespan. Data from both longitudinal differences, promiscuity, rape and coercion, finding and cross-sectional studies will be analyzed. Both and choosing sex partners, sexual risk-taking, normal and pathological aging will be discussed. harassment, sexual identity and orientation, cultural Special emphasis will be given to areas of cognitive influences and differences, evolution of sexual deterioration in aging. Implications for optimal adult motivations, prostitution, pornography, and love. development and aging will also be discussed. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101 and PSCL 315. PSCL 370. Human Intelligence. 3 Units. PSCL 389. Emotion and Emotion Regulation. 3 Survey of individual differences in human Units. intellect including construction and administration of intelligence tests, theories and models This course will focus on academic research of intelligence, and the role of heredity and associated with emotional processes and emotion environment in intelligence and the development regulation. Specifically, we will answer questions of intelligence. This course will also examine the like: What are emotions, and why are they relationships of cognitive abilities to intelligence important? How are emotions communicated, and human to artificial intelligence. Recommended and how do researchers measure them? How do preparation: PSCL 101. emotions influence one’s thinking ability, and visa- versa? What is emotion regulation? How do people differ in terms of their overall happiness and well- PSCL 375. Research Design and Analysis. 3 being, the degree to which they seek/avoid positive/ Units. negative experiences, and how they try to control their emotions? And what brain mechanisms are Conceptual and methodological issues confronted involved in emotional processing and emotion by the behavioral scientist conducting research. regulation? This course is also intended to help Major experimental designs and statistical students read research in a thorough, critical procedures. Intuitive understanding of the manner, which may have a positive impact on mathematical operations. Recommended students considering an academic career. Prereq: preparation: PSCL 282. PSCL 101 and PSCL 352.

PSCL 379. Neurodevelopmental Disabilities. 3 PSCL 390. Seminars in Psychology. 1 - 3 Unit. Units. Surveys of special subject areas. Topics vary in Ways in which neurobehavioral development response to faculty and student interests. Small can go awry, the causes of such deviations, group discussion. Prerequisite depends on content. and their consequences. The course builds on basic psychological and neuroscience concepts to explore the manner in which developmental disabilities occur, ways of preventing disabilities, and approaches to ameliorating and managing disabling conditions. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101 and PSCL 230.

PSCL 382. Psychological Measurement. 3 Units.

The problems and methods of measuring behavior. Scaling theory, rating methods, and the theoretical basis of psychological testing. Recommended preparation: PSCL 282. 380 College of Arts and Sciences

PSCL 391. Psychology Capstone Research PSCL 397. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit. Using Data Archives. 3 Units. Individual study involving specific programs of In this course, each student will derive and address reading, research, and special projects. Prereq: a research question by identifying and analyzing PSCL 101. archived publicly available data. Successful completion of the course will require: training in ethical research involving human participants; PSCL 398C. Child Policy Externship and a critical review of the literature on a specific Capstone. 3 Units. area of psychology with the goal of creating a research question; identification of a set of Externships offered through CHST/ANTH/PSCL variables in a publicly available data set that can 398C give students an opportunity to work directly be used to address the research question, a final with professionals who design and implement written research report in a format acceptable for policies that impact the lives of children and their publication in a psychological research journal, and families. Agencies involved are active in areas an oral presentation of the research. Prereq: PSCL such as childcare, education, juvenile justice, and 101 and PSCL 282 or equivalent (ANTH 319, STAT physical and mental health. Students apply for the 201), and PSCL 375. externships, and selected students are placed in local child policy agencies. Each student develops an individualized learning plan in consultation with PSCL 393. Experimental Child Psychology. 3 the Childhood Studies Program faculty and the Units. supervisor in the agency. Offered as CHST 398C, ANTH 398C, and PSCL 398C. The development of behavior from birth to adolescence. Growth of basic processes such as perception, learning, memory, intelligence, and PSCL 401. Sensation and Perception. 3 Units. language in the light of current theoretical models. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101. Role of sensory and perceptual processes in adjustment. Theories and experimental work dealing with such topics as nativism vs. empiricism, PSCL 394. Psychology Capstone Seminar: perception without awareness, perception and Current Problems. 3 Units. personality, effects of drugs on personality, effects of drugs on perception, pathology of perception. This seminar course will revolve around the Limited to graduate students. identification and critical examination of current problems in society. Insights gained from psychological research will be applied to better PSCL 402. Cognition and Information understand these problems. Successful completion Processing. 3 Units. of the course will require critical analysis of published research, integration of information from Aspects of cognition beyond the area of sensation different areas of psychology and from different and perception, involving symbolic processes, disciplines, an oral presentation, and a final written especially problems of meaning, conceiving, research report including a literature review. Prereq: reasoning, judging, and thinking. PSCL 375. PSCL 403. Physiological Foundations of PSCL 395. Capstone and Honors Program. 3 Behavior. 3 Units. Units. Fundamental neurological processes controlling Supervision in carrying out an independent behavior. research study in the student’s area of interest. Prereq: PSCL 375. PSCL 404. Learning Theory. 3 Units.

PSCL 396. Anxiety and Depression: Symptoms, The research literature in learning; theoretical Etiology, and Treatment. 3 Units. formulations of contemporary learning theorists. Limited to graduate students. A research-based and writing-intensive presentation of current knowledge regarding the symptom, etiology, and treatment of anxiety disorders and mood disorders. Case Western Reserve University 381

PSCL 405. Personality Theory. 3 Units. PSCL 418. History and Systems. 3 Units.

General problems and systematic points of view Historical antecedents of modern psychology. in the analysis of personality. Limited to graduate students. PSCL 424. Clinical Interviewing. 3 Units.

PSCL 407. Research Design and Quantitative Introduction to diagnostic and therapeutic Analysis I. 3 Units. interviewing.

Intermediate research design and statistical analysis used in psychological research. Statistical PSCL 425. Methods of Assessment I. 3 Units. inference from single variables, elementary principles of probability, correlation and regression. Limited to graduate students in clinical psychology. Recommended preparation: PSCL 282. Recommended preparation: Graduate standing in psychology with department permission.

PSCL 408. Research Design and Quantitative Analysis II. 3 Units. PSCL 426. Methods of Assessment II. 3 Units.

Advanced research design and statistical analysis Methods of psychological assessment, emphasizing used in psychological research. Statistical inference personality and family function in childhood and from multiple variables, multiple correlation and adulthood. Recommended preparation: Limited regression, analysis of variance, nonparametric to Grad students in Clinical Psychology. Requires statistics. Recommended preparation: PSCL 407. approval of the Director of Clinical Training.

PSCL 409. Advanced Social Psychology. 3 PSCL 429. Practicum in Assessment I. 1 Unit. Units. Applied experience for clinical psychology graduate Major theories, methods, and problem areas of students in the cognitive assessment of children social psychology. Psychological development of and adults. Recommended preparation: Concurrent the individual group structures and dynamics. enrollment in PSCL 425.

PSCL 410. Developmental Psychology. 3 Units. PSCL 430. Practicum in Assessment II. 1 Unit.

The research literature and theoretical formulation Recommended preparation: Approval of the in the area of developmental psychology. Limited to Director of Clinical Training or concurrent graduate students. enrollment in PSCL 426.

PSCL 412. Measurement of Behavior. 3 Units. PSCL 431. Supervised Field Placement Year 2. 0 Units. Theory and methods of human behavior measurements. Reliability, validity, and test Supervised training in clinical psychology in agency, construction in the objective assessments of traits hospital, or university settings. Required in Fall and abilities. Recommended preparation: PSCL and Spring terms of all second year students 282. in the clinical psychology training program. Recommended preparation: PSCL 425, PSCL 426.

PSCL 417. Multivariate Data Analysis. 3 Units. PSCL 444. Developmental Psychopathology. 3 Major statistical techniques used in experimental Units. and survey research containing more than one dependent variable. Techniques discussed This course will focus on the interplay of biological, include multiple regression, canonical correlation, psychological, familial, and social determinants of multivariate analysis of variance, discrimination disorders ranging from autism to delinquency and analysis, cluster analysis and factor analysis. bulimia. Recommended preparation: PSCL 230 or Recommended preparation: PSCL 408. PSCL 321. Offered as PSCL 344 and PSCL 444. 382 College of Arts and Sciences

PSCL 451. Special Topics in Psychology. 1 Unit. PSCL 510. Psychology and Diversity. 3 Units.

These 1 credit mini-courses should provide Diversity and multiculturalism in psychological enjoyable opportunities for students to explore theory, research and practice. interesting material related to clinical psychology that has not been covered in other required courses. A primary goal is to stimulate interest and PSCL 524. Advanced Psychopathology. 3 Units. discussion in the area. Thus, students will not be expected to write term papers or take any exams. Theoretical issues and current research data In terms of background reading, students should be bearing on major patterns of psychological provided with roughly one journal article per hour of disturbance. class meeting. The course is graded pass/no pass, and grading will be based on class attendance and class participation. PSCL 525. Ethical and Professional Issues in Psychology. 3 Units.

PSCL 453. Seminars in Psychology. 1 - 3 Unit. Consideration of legal and ethical principles in research and practice in clinical psychology A special problem or topic. Content varies with and contemporary controversies in professional student and faculty interest. Recent offerings: psychology. Recommended preparation: Graduate creative thinking in research, community standing in Psychology psychological, evaluation of community processes, experimental and computer methods, consultation, and psychoanalytic ego psychology. PSCL 527. Principles of Intervention. 3 Units. Review of principles of psychological change, PSCL 469. Psychology of Aging. 3 Units. models of intervention, and process/outcome research related to intervention. Normal psychological development in later life; psychological development in the oldest old; definitions and assessment of successful aging. PSCL 529A. Practicum in Intervention I: Behavior Therapy. 1 Unit.

PSCL 497. Graduate Independent Study. 1 - 3 Recommended Preparation: Graduate standing in Unit. clinical psychology.

Independent research and reading programs with individual members of the faculty. PSCL 529C. Practicum in Intervention I: Psychodynamic. 1 Unit.

PSCL 501. Seminar: Pediatric Psychology. 1 - 3 Recommended preparation: Graduate standing in Unit. clinical psychology.

Seminar on current research topics, research design and methodological issues related to PSCL 530A. Practicum in Intervention II: pediatric psychology. Introductory lectures provide Behavior Therapy. 1 Unit. an overview of research populations, methods, Recommended preparation: Graduate standing in and practical issues appropriate to research with clinical psychology. pediatric populations.

PSCL 530C. Practicum in Intervention II: PSCL 502. Seminar: Pediatric Psychology. 1 - 3 Psychodynamic. 1 Unit. Unit. Recommended preparation: Graduate standing in Seminar examining specific topics in pediatric clinical psychology. psychology. Topics will deal with issues of infant development. Infants at risk for disability, neuropsychology and learning disabilities, and childhood psychopathology. Recommended preparation: Limited to Graduate students in Psychology department. Case Western Reserve University 383

PSCL 531A. Seminar in Intervention I: Behavior PSCL 538. Child and Family Case Seminar II. 1 Therapy. 2 Units. Unit.

Theoretical issues and research on psychological Clinical graduate students in child and family field interventions. Recommended preparation: placements present and receive group supervision Graduate standing in clinical psychology. on ongoing cases.

PSCL 531C. Seminar in Intervention I: PSCL 539. Supervised Field Placement Year 3. 0 Psychodynamic. 2 Units. Units.

Theoretical issues and research on psychological Supervised training in clinical psychology in agency, interventions. Recommended preparation: hospital, or university settings. Required in Fall and Graduate standing in clinical psychology. Spring terms of all third year students in the clinical psychology training program. Recommended preparation: PSCL 531A, PSCL 532A. PSCL 532A. Seminar in Intervention II: Behavior Therapy. 2 Units. PSCL 540. Supervised Field Placement Year 4. 0 Theoretical issues and research on psychological Units. interventions. Recommended preparation: Graduate standing in clinical psychology. Supervised training in clinical psychology in agency, hospital, or university settings. Required in Fall and Spring terms of all fourth year students PSCL 532C. Seminar in Intervention II: in the clinical psychology training program. Psychodynamic. 2 Units. Recommended preparation: PSCL 531A, PSCL 532A. Theoretical issues and research on psychodynamic intervention. Recommended preparation: PSCL 531C and graduate standing in clinical psychology. PSCL 601. Special Problems. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) PSCL 535. Child and Family Intervention. 2 Units. PSCL 651. Thesis M.A.. 1 - 18 Unit. A course for advanced clinical graduate students that covers psychodynamic and cognitive (Credit as arranged.) behavioral approaches for working with children and adolescents and systems approaches for working with families. PSCL 700. Internship. 0 Units. Full-time predoctoral internship in clinical PSCL 536. Advanced Child and Family psychology. Required of all students in clinical Intervention. 2 Units. psychology program. Registration requires written consent of director of clinical psychology training A course for advanced clinical graduate students and must be for one calendar year. that covers evidence-based approaches to child and family therapy as well as parent training. Special emphasis on empirically guided treatment PSCL 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit. planning and outcome evaluation. (Credit as arranged.) Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. PSCL 537. Child and Family Case Seminar I. 1 Unit.

Clinical graduate students in child and family field placements present and receive group supervision on ongoing cases. 384 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Religious Studies

243 Tomlinson Hall http://www.case.edu/artsci/rlgn Undergraduate Programs Peter Haas, Department Chair [email protected] Major

The academic study of religion at Case Western Students majoring in religious studies must Reserve University is multicultural, non-sectarian, complete a minimum of 30 semester hours. and both disciplinary and interdisciplinary. Students Requirements for the major are as follows: examine a range of past and present cultures and societies using methods and approaches * drawn from the humanities, arts, social sciences, RLGN 102 Introduction to the Study of Religion 3 and sciences, all of which sharpen critical and RLGN 299 Method and Theory in the Study of Religion 6 evaluative skills. Religious beliefs, institutions, and & RLGN 399 and Major/Minor Seminar ** practices are studied with emphasis placed on the Seven courses dealing with the academic study of religion 21 critical problems and possibilities inherent in current Total Units 30 theories, methods, and technologies. * RLGN 102 will introduce the student to The Department of Religious Studies offers a major various approaches to the academic and a minor—as well as a departmental honors study of religion, including (but not program—for students pursuing the Bachelor of limited to) sociological approaches, Arts degree. Both the major and minor programs cultural/anthropological approaches, and acquaint the student with the texts and traditions psychological approaches. It will also of major religions, as well as cultural and social introduce the student to at least four different aspects of these religions. Majors are encouraged religious traditions. to participate in study abroad programs. ** Subsequent course selections (totaling Where appropriate, courses are designed to 21 credit hours) will be determined in utilize Internet and other technological resources, consultation with the student’s major advisor cultural institutions in University Circle, and the and should display some diversity in themes cultural diversity of Greater Cleveland. Several and topics. Up to six of these credit hours 300-level courses may be taken for graduate may be taken outside the Department of credit by fulfilling additional course requirements. Religious Studies, provided that the courses The Department of Religious Studies also relate to the overall character of the major. contributes courses to and supports a number of the college’s interdisciplinary programs and centers, such as Asian Studies, Environmental Studies, Ethnic Studies, Women’s and Gender Studies, International Studies, and Judaic Studies. Departmental Honors The academic study of religion, combined with Majors who have an overall grade point average appropriate courses in other fields, provides an of 3.5 and a grade point average of 3.5 in religious excellent background for any professional career studies courses may apply for the honors program. that involves interaction with diverse populations Such students should take RLGN 299 Method and —including law, engineering, medicine and health Theory in the Study of Religion in the fall semester care professions, journalism, and social work—and and RLGN 395 Honors Research II (instead of for graduate studies in a number of fields. A major RLGN 399) in the spring semester of the senior in religious studies provides a well-rounded liberal year. During the fall semester, the student will work arts education or can be combined conveniently with an honors advisor to prepare a proposal to with a second major. A minor in religious studies be approved by the department no later than the complements and broadens any field chosen as a end of the first semester. Departmental honors are major. awarded upon completion and satisfactory defense of the senior project before a faculty committee, provided that the required grade point averages are maintained. Case Western Reserve University 385

Minor Lecturers

A minor in religious studies requires at least 18 Ramez Islambouli, MA credit hours, to include the following: (Case Western Reserve University) Part-time Lecturer Islam; Islamic thought, Islamic law RLGN 102 Introduction to the Study of Religion 3 RLGN 299 Method and Theory in the Study of Religion 6 Judith Neulander, PhD & RLGN 399 and Major/Minor Seminar (Indiana University) * Nine hours of elective credit 9 Full-time Lecturer Total Units 18 Folklore, mythology; Jewish popular culture * The nine hours of elective credit hours are chosen in consultation with a departmental advisor. The courses should demonstrate Courses study of diverse religious traditions. RLGN 102. Introduction to the Study of Religion. Department Faculty 3 Units.

Peter J. Haas, PhD Introduction to the academic study of religion and of (Brown University) the religious dimensions of life. Open to all students Abba Hillel Silver Professor of Jewish Studies and but prerequisite for majors and minors in religious Chair; Director, Judaic Studies Program studies. Jewish literature and thought; Western religions; science and religion; religion and culture RLGN 115. Ethical Problems in Local Alice Bach, PhD Perspective. 3 Units. (Union Theological Seminary) Archbishop Paul J. Hallinan Professor of Catholic This course examines contemporary ethical Studies problems -- including abortion, racism, suicide, Literary and cultural studies of the Bible; feminist capital punishment, bioethics, and just war theory thought; film studies; religion and culture -- in light of their impact on the local Cleveland community. Most of us are aware of the national Timothy K. Beal, PhD conversation around these issues; this course (Emory University) explores how local communities and institutions Florence Harkness Professor of Religion address and deal with these ethical problems. Biblical studies; Near Eastern studies; Recommended preparation: Priority given to first environmental studies; religion and culture; gender and second year students. studies Joy R. Bostic, PhD RLGN 190. Sacred Space in Western Religions. (Union Theological Seminary) 3 Units. Assistant Professor African-American religion; women and religion; U.S. A significant problem facing all three of the great urban religion western religious traditions -- Judaism, Christianity and Islam -- is how to establish a sacred space William E. Deal, PhD on earth for the worship of a deity which cannot (Harvard University) be contained. In many ways, architectural and Severance Professor in the History of Religion artistic decisions about the location, internal layout, Buddhism; East Asian religions; method and theory; orientation and other features of such sacred religion and culture; cognitive science of religion spaces reflect deep presuppositions in each religion and ethics about the divine and how worship is to be effected in a human context. This course will be based Deepak Sarma, PhD around visits to a number of religious buildings to (University of Chicago) examine how one might understand and interpret Associate Professor such spaces. Hinduism; Indian philosophy; philosophy of religion; method and theory 386 College of Arts and Sciences

RLGN 204. Introduction to Asian Religions. 3 RLGN 209. Introduction to Biblical Literature. 3 Units. Units.

Principal Asian religious traditions based on a study This course is an introduction to the academic study of classical sources. Classical Chinese thought, of biblical literature, including Hebrew Scriptures Hinduism, and Buddhism. Readings include ("Old Testament") and the New Testament. The selections from the works of Confucius, Mencius, literature will be studied in light of both ancient and Mo Tzu, Lao Tzu, Chuang Tzu, the Mahabharata, contemporary historical contexts, with a particular the Bhagaavad Gita, and the early Buddhist canon. emphasis on the roles it plays in American culture and politics today. Class sessions will be discussion oriented and will involve close, careful analysis and RLGN 206. Religion and Ecology. 3 Units. interpretation of texts. No background in religion is necessary. Evaluation will be based on class Historical and cross-cultural introduction to religious preparation and participation, regular short writing perspectives on nature and ecology, including assignments, two exams, and a major paper. Jewish, Christian, Hindu, Buddhist, and Native American texts and ritual practices. Themes include: ecology of chaos and complexity, urban RLGN 210. Introduction to the Philosophy of ecology, wilderness, and ecological crises. Religion. 3 Units.

An introduction to the central questions in the RLGN 207. Women and Religion. 3 Units. philosophy of religion, such as "Can there be more than one true religion?" These questions Examination of feminist perspectives on religion, will be examined from a number of perspectives, such as the status of women in Western and non- including those presented by modern theologians Western religions, the nature and purpose of and philosophers of religion. religious beliefs and practices from the standpoints of religious and non-religious feminists, the current status of feminist philosophies of religion, and the RLGN 212. Introduction to Christianity. 3 Units. efforts of feminists to transform traditional religions and to create new religions. Offered as RLGN 207 An introduction to the history, thought and culture and WGST 207. of Christianity and its diverse traditions. Course will include field research with local Christian religious institutions. RLGN 208. Introduction to Western Religions. 3 Units. RLGN 215. Religion In America. 3 Units. Basic introduction to the three great monotheistic religions of the Western World: Christianity, Survey of religious histories in North America, Judaism, and Islam. All three of these religious from the trans-Bering migrations to the present. traditions trace their roots to the faith of Biblical Drawing from a variety of approaches such as Israel as revealed by a series of prophets including social history, ritual studies, and institutional and Noah, Abraham, and Moses. Each absorbed the doctrinal histories, this course charts the religious philosophy and science of the Greco-Roman world development of various groups including Native and went on both to influence and struggle with Americans, African Americans, Euro-Americans, each other. Many of the religious problems of the and others. contemporary world, from Afghanistan to the Middle East to Yugoslavia, can be traced to tension within and between these religious groups. Case Western Reserve University 387

RLGN 216. Hinduism I: The Vedic, Epic and RLGN 222. African-American Religions. 3 Units. Puranic Periods. 3 Units. This course is an exploration of the rich diversity This course will provide an introduction to the of African American religions from the colonial Vedic, Epic and Puranic periods in the development period to the present. Attention will be given to key of Hinduism. We will read a range of primary figures, institutional expressions, and significant sources produced during these times. These movements in African American religious history. texts were composed between 1500 BCE and the Major themes include African traditions in American 5th century CE. The course has an emphasis on religions, slavery and religion, sacred music, social research and writing. We will not be examining protest, Black Nationalism in religion, Islam, African contemporary issues or practice. The goal of the American women and religion, and black and class is to gain detailed understanding of the kind womanist theologies. Course requirements will of world(s) that were envisioned in these forms of include field trips to local religious sites. Offered as early "Hinduism." ETHS 222 and RLGN 222.

RLGN 217. Buddhism. 3 Units. RLGN 223. Religious Roots of Conflict in the Middle East. 3 Units. The development of Buddhism. The life and teaching of the Buddha, the formation of the The course is about the rhetoric and symbols early Buddhist church, the schools of Hinayana used by various voices in the Middle East in the Buddhism and Abhidharma philosophy, Nagarguna ongoing debate about the future shape of the and the emergence of Mahayana Buddhism, the region. For historical and cultural reasons, much spread of Buddhism to China, the transformation of the discourse draws on religious symbolism, of Buddhist thought in China, Zen Buddhism, the especially (although not exclusively) Islamic, Jewish spread of Buddhism to the West. and Christian. Because of the long and complex history of the region and the religious communities in it, virtually every act and every place is fraught RLGN 218. Islam: Faith and Politics. 3 Units. with meaning. The course examines the diverse symbols and rhetorical strategies used by the An overview of the relationship between Islam as various sides in the conflict and how they are a religion and Islam as a political system and the understood both by various audiences within each effect of this relationship on Islamic society from its community and among the different communities. origin to the present time.

RLGN 231. Jews in the Modern World. 3 Units. RLGN 219. Islam in America. 3 Units. Investigation of the impact of modernity on the An examination of the experience of Islam in Jewish community. In particular, the course will America and its various religious, educational, and examine the influence of the Emancipation and social manifestations. Beginning with a history of Enlightenment on the social situation of the Jews Islam in America, the course will address topics in Europe and America and the corresponding such as Islam’s relationship with slavery in America, changes in Judaic religion, philosophy, social American Islamic law and theology, ritual practice, structure, and culture. Attention will be paid to the Sufism, and the Islamic community in Cleveland. creation of a modern Jewish identity in the secular culture of the post-Modern world. Offered as HSTY 238, JDST 231, and RLGN 231. RLGN 221. Indian Philosophy. 3 Units.

A survey of Indian philosophical thought with RLGN 233. Introduction to Jewish Folklore. 3 emphasis on the Vedas, early Hindu, and Jain Units. literature. Offered as PHIL 221 and RLGN 221. Exploration of a variety of genres, research methods and interpretations of Jewish folklore, from antiquity to the present. Emphasis on how Jewish folk traditions and culture give us access to the spirit and mentality of the many different generations of the Jewish ethnic group, illuminating its past and informing the direction of its future development. Offered as ANTH 233 and JDST 233. 388 College of Arts and Sciences

RLGN 235. Religion and Visual Culture. 3 Units. RLGN 251. Perspectives in Ethnicity, Race, Religion and Gender. 3 Units. Cross-cultural introduction to complex relations between religion and seeing. Study of visual This course is designed to introduce students to culture, sacred iconography, calligraphy, film, mass the study of ethnicity. Basic concepts such as race, media, and avant-garde fashion. Extensive use of gender, class, and identity construction will be cultural resources in University Circle. examined. Students are encouraged to use the tools and perspectives of several disciplines to address the experiences of ethnic groups in the RLGN 237. Religion and Dance in South Asia. 3 United States. Offered as ETHS 251 and RLGN Units. 251. This is an experimental interdisciplinary course in religion, dance, and South Asian studies. We RLGN 254. The Holocaust. 3 Units. will explore the performance of religion in bharata natyam, one storytelling dance form from South History of racism in European society from 18th Asia. This dance style draws upon Hindu devotional to 20th century; investigation, from perspectives (bhakti) allegories of sacred and profane love in of history, psychology, literature, philosophy, and its choreography. Lover and beloved, as the ideal religion, of how bureaucracy could exterminate relationship between God and the human, becomes six million Jews; responses of individuals, groups, the model for the performed relationship between institutions, and nations to deliberate extermination heroes and heroines (nayaka-nayaki) danced on of nearly a whole people. Offered as HSTY 254 and stages and , more recently, Bollywood screens. To RLGN 254. this end we will examine primary and secondary sources on bharata natyam and aesthetic theory/ classical dramatics. We will also observe dance RLGN 259. Tricksters, Conjurers, and Gods: performances in the greater Cleveland area. Religion in West Africa and Diaspora. 3 Units. Offered as RLGN 237 and DANC 237. This course will present a portrait of West African religious history framed in the religious themes RLGN 238. Alternative Altars: Folk Religion in common to the rest of the world. We will focus America. 3 Units. upon the traditional religions that provided the philosophical, religious, and the ethical basis of the Taking a multidisciplinary approach, students African cultures. Focusing primarily on traditional will become familiar with the distinction between West African religions and their related myths, conventional and unconventional religions, with rituals, divinities, and religious art, the course will the history and personalities associated with new consider African indigenous religions as well as belief systems in America, and with the means, those beliefs, traditions, and ritualism that have motivations and methods of generating faith become part of the religious life in the diaspora in communities. Students will come to understand the Americas. Offered as ETHS 259 and RLGN the role of cultural anxieties, new technologies, 259. changing roles, globalization and other social tensions in the formation and duration of alternative altars. RLGN 260. Introduction to the Qur’an. 3 Units. This course explains the complexities of the Qur’an RLGN 240. The Heavens in Religion and and provides an entree into a text that has shaped Science. 3 Units. the lives of millions for centuries. In addition to a comprehensive introduction to the Qur’an, Review of the relationships between scientific the course will examine problems of translation descriptions of the natural world and the religious and the major subjects addressed in the Qur’an: and ethical implications drawn from those in Muhammad and revelation, God and the Last Western civilizations. Introduction to the close Judgment, prophets in general, and the Qur’an as cooperation between religion and science in the a law book. Also discussed will be the relations of West until the modern period and review of the Muslims to the other Peoples of the Book, namely breakdown of that relationship in the past 200 Jews and Christians. years. Case Western Reserve University 389

RLGN 266. Bible in Fiction - Fiction in the Bible. RLGN 272. Morality and Mind. 3 Units. 3 Units. Recent research in cognitive science challenges Examination of use of biblical themes, tropes, and ethical perspectives founded on the assumption characters in modern fiction and popular culture, that rationality is key to moral knowledge or that e.g., films, librettos, songs. Readings include morality is the product of divine revelation. Bedrock Genesis, Exodus, Numbers, Judges, 1-2 Samuel, moral concepts like free will, rights, and moral haggadic Midrashim, Jewish folktales, and modern agency also have been questioned. In light of fiction. such critiques, how can we best understand moral philosophy and religious ethics? Is ethics primarily informed by nature or by culture? Or is ethics RLGN 268. Women in the Bible: Ethnographic informed by both? This course examines 1) ways Approaches to Rite and Ritual, Story, Song, and in which cognitive science--and related fields Art. 3 Units. such as evolutionary biology--impact traditional moral perspectives, and 2) how the study of Examination of women in Jewish and Christian moral philosophy and comparative ethics forces Biblical texts, along with their Jewish, Christian (and reconsideration of broad cognitive science theories occasionally Muslim) interpretations. Discussion about the nature of ethics. The course examines of how these traditions have shaped images of, the concept of free will as a case study in applying and attitudes toward, women in western civilization. these interpretive viewpoints. Interdisciplinary Offered as RLGN 268 and WGST 268. readings include literature from moral philosophy, religious ethics, cognitive science, and evolutionary biology. Offered as COGS 272, RLGN 272. RLGN 270. Introduction to Gender Studies. 3 Units. RLGN 273. Religion and Healing in the United This course introduces women and men students States. 3 Units. to the methods and concepts of gender studies, women’s studies, and feminist theory. An A cross-cultural exploration of the relationships interdisciplinary course, it covers approaches used between religion, health and healing in the United in literary criticism, history, philosophy, political States. Through an interdisciplinary approach that science, sociology, anthropology, psychology, film includes religious studies, medical anthropology studies, cultural studies, art history, and religion. and ethnic/gender studies, the course investigates It is the required introductory course for students how persons interpret illness and suffering. taking the women’s and gender studies major. Attention is also paid to how different groups Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS utilized, or are served by, the health care system. 100. Offered as ENGL 270, HSTY 270, PHIL 270, RLGN 270, SOCI 201, and WGST 201. RLGN 280. Religion and Politics in the Middle East. 3 Units.

An in-depth look at the relationship between politics and religion in the Middle East. Students will spend the first week on the CWRU campus and the last three weeks in Israel, where time will be divided between classroom teaching, guest lectures, and "field trips" to important sites. Students will have the opportunity to interact directly with members of the region’s diverse religious groups within the political, social, and cultural contexts in which they live. A final research paper will be required. Knowledge of Hebrew is not necessary. Offered as JDST 280 and RLGN 280. 390 College of Arts and Sciences

RLGN 283. Muhammad: The Man and the RLGN 301. Ritual in Religion. 3 Units. Prophet. 3 Units. Drawing from a broad range of approaches and The life of the Prophet Muhammad (c.470-632 academic fields, this seminar offers an introduction CE) which was as crucial to the unfolding Islamic to the study of ritual. The course has three main ideal as it is today. An examination of how he goals: (1) to help students become familiar with attempted to bring peace to war-torn Arabia by important theories of and approaches to ritual evolving an entirely new perspective of the human studies; (2) to explore a number of ritual practices situation, guidance for human lives, and humans’ from different cultures, from ancient priestly rites in relationship with God. The course will include the Bible to contemporary cockfights in Bali; and Western perceptions of Islam, especially in light of (3) to study and discuss several representations of September 11, 2001. ritual in contemporary literature and film.

RLGN 284. Jesus Through Islamic Lens. 3 Units. RLGN 303. Japanese Religions. 3 Units.

An introduction to an image of Jesus little known Thematic and historical survey of major Japanese outside Arabic Islamic culture. It is an image religious ideas and institutions. Emphasis on that might be of interest to those who wish to translated readings in primary texts. Issues covered understand how Jesus was perceived by a religious include Shinto and Buddhist traditions, religion and tradition which greatly revered him but rejected his state, and role of religion in modern Japan. divinity. The course will draw from various Islamic texts to provide a comprehensive selection of excerpts pertaining to the life and moral teaching RLGN 305. Sanskrit Religious Texts. 3 Units. of Jesus. Approaching Christ from an Islamic perspective, this course will offer the students a Introduction to the Sanskrit language and culture rare opportunity to understand the significance of through the reading of selected texts taken from the Jesus in Islam and to gain a better understanding ancient religions of South Asia. Offered as CLSC of the Islamic faith, not only as it contrasts with 305 and RLGN 305. Christianity but also as it compares. RLGN 306. Interpreting Buddhist Texts. 3 Units. RLGN 299. Method and Theory in the Study of Religion. 3 Units. Readings in translation of major texts from the Buddhist tradition. Special emphasis on problems This is an advanced course in method and of textual interpretation, historical context, Buddhist theory in the study of religion and is designed conceptions of the sacred, and Buddhist ethics. for majors in religious studies. The goal is to strengthen the foundation in religious studies first obtained in RLGN 102 and to prepare students for RLGN 309. Advanced Sanskrit Religious Texts. projects to be completed and presented during the 3 Units. second semester in RLGN 399. (or RLGN 395 for This class is a continuation of RLGN 305/CLSC honors). Class time will be devoted to lectures and 305, the introduction to the Sanskrit language and discussions of a variety of authors, methods and culture. In RLGN 309/CLSC 309 students will learn topics. Particular readings will be assigned by the advanced Sanskrit grammar and syntax. Previous designated instructor. Students are expected to knowledge of Sanskrit is required. We will finish attend class regularly, complete assigned reading the lessons from Devavanipravesika that we began and participate in class discussions. Prereq: RLGN in the introductory course. We will then translate 102 and 9 credits in other RLGN courses. sections for the Bhagavad Gita. Offered as CLSC 309 and RLGN 309. Prereq: RLGN 305 or CLSC 305. Case Western Reserve University 391

RLGN 312. The Mythical Trickster. 3 Units. RLGN 320. Palestine Israel: Whose Promised Land? Issues of Religion, Politics Media Few literary figures have as wide a distribution, Coverage. 3 Units. and as long a history, as the mythical Trickster. He is at once sacred and profane, creator and The major focus of this seminar will range from the destroyer; and incorrigible duper who is always ongoing questions of peace and justice in Israel duped. Free of social and moral restraints he is and occupied Palestine to the land and border ruled instead by passions and appetites, yet it is questions; Green line, crossing points, the wall; to through his unprincipled behavior that morals and interpretations from biblical to contemporary texts, values come into being. How are we to interpret this reflecting a multiplicity of agendas. Our primary amazing creature? Using folkloristic theories and focus will be the analysis of recent research and ethnographic methods, we will come to understand scholarship on issues of mass violence, contested the social functions and symbolic meanings of the space and land, gender, race and ethnicity, cross-culture Trickster, over time and across space. religious sectarianism, colonialism/imperialism. Through our readings we will identify the bias and concerns of various interpretive communities RLGN 313. Topics in Biblical Literature:. 3 Units. involved in the ongoing struggles in this very small area. With two peoples claiming the same land A departmental "topics" seminar focused on for different reasons, can this conflict ever be advanced textual analysis and interpretation of resolved? Recommended preparation: One course particular biblical (including apocryphal) texts and about the Middle East. Offered as ETHS 359 and the critical issues of method, theory, theology, RLGN 320. and history that pertain to those texts. Reading assignments will be divided between close, exegetical analysis of small units of texts and RLGN 321. Advanced Indian Philosophy. 3 the study of scholarly criticism of the same texts Units. (commentaries, journal articles, critical notes). Evaluation will be based on class preparation and We will closely examine a limited number of texts participation, weekly short papers, an exegetical in Jain, Hindu, and/or Buddhist philosophy. Our paper focused on a particular pericope of the concern will be the methods, presuppositions, student’s choice, and an interpretive paper based arguments, and goals of these schools and on exegesis of several related passages. Prereq: trajectories of thought. What were their theories RLGN 209 or permission of instructor. on the nature of the person, the nature of reality, and the nature and process of knowing? What were the debates between the schools and the major RLGN 315. Heresy and Dissidence in the Middle points of controversy? We will spend the majority Ages. 3 Units. of time analyzing the arguments or positions as they are found in primary texts (In translation). We Survey of heretical individuals and groups in will rely on the primary sources found in Sarma Western Europe from 500 - 1500 A.D., focusing introduction to Classical Indian Philosophy as well on popular rather than academic heresies. The as PDFs provided by the instructor. Students will development of intolerance in medieval society and read texts out loud in class and will be expected to the problems of doing history from hostile sources comment on the passage or passages. Students will also be explored. Offered as HSTY 315 and are expected to use outside sources in their RLGN 315. preparations. The goal of the class is to continue to learn how to make and write arguments against (or in support of) the various positions using the RLGN 319. The Crusades. 3 Units. prasangika (reductlo ad absurdum) method. The This course is a survey of the history of the idea of papers are rigorous ones and require the student "crusade," the expeditions of Western Europeans to present the position and then to posit arguments to the East known as crusades, the Muslim and against it, finding internal incoherences. This is Eastern Christian cultures against which these a writing-intensive class. Students will continue movements were directed, as well as the culture to learn how to write as per the genre of Indian of the Latin East and other consequences of these philosophy. Offered as RLGN 321 and PHIL 321. crusades. Offered as HSTY 319 and RLGN 319. Prereq: RLGN 221 or PHIL 221. 392 College of Arts and Sciences

RLGN 325. Justice, Religion, and Society. 3 RLGN 341. Religion and Postmodernism. 3 Units. Units.

The ways in which several 20th-century American Consideration of the impact of postmodern thought religious figures, both North and South American, on the study of religion. Examination of how recent have interpreted their religion as requiring them critical theory informs our understanding of religious to struggle for a better society by using direct texts and religious themes in contemporary action to deal with issues of poverty, peace, and literature, arts and film. Utilizing the theories of social justice. Introduction to writings of prominent Focault, Derrida, Kristeva, and others, the class will social justice activists such as Dorothy Day, Daniel explore such postmodern concerns as narrative, Berrigan, Thomas Merton, and others. Course textuality, the author, ideology, gender, and includes service learning within the Cleveland rhetoric. area via association with structured institutions and programs engaged in social justice and urban poverty issues in order to investigate these from the RLGN 342. Mysticism: Sources, Methods, and inside. Traditions. 3 Units. Through an interdisciplinary approach that includes RLGN 330. Classical Jewish Religious Thought. literary, historical and sociological methods, the 3 Units. course examines the history of Christian mysticism and the selected writings of mystics from diverse The thought of some major biblical and Rabbinic Christian traditions. We will explore the social and writings and of the classic age of medieval Jewish religious contexts in which these mystics speak, philosophy. Offered as JDST 330, PHIL 332, and write and act; their impact on social, religious RLGN 330. and political movements; and how perceptions of gender, race and power legitimate or delegitimate their claims of mystic knowledge. The course will RLGN 333. Philosophy of Religion. 3 Units. highlight specific themes, issues and concepts such as religious practice, ritual, mystical itinerary, Topics include: classical and contemporary monasticism, disease and distress, deification, arguments for God’s existence; divine healing, asceticism, art, music, dance, ecology and foreknowledge and human freedom; the problem the role of the body. of evil and theodicy; nature and significance of religious experience; mysticism; varieties of religious metaphysics; knowledge, belief and RLGN 343. Mysticism. 3 Units. faith; nature of religious discourse. Readings from traditional and contemporary sources. A mystical experience can be broadly defined Recommended preparation for PHIL 433 and RLGN as a direct experience of the sacred. The course 433: PHIL 101 or RLGN 102. Offered as PHIL 333, will begin with an exploration of the language of RLGN 333, PHIL 433, and RLGN 433. Prereq: PHIL mystical experience and assess how mystical 101 or RLGN 102. experiences can studied "objectively." Then we will examine mysticism in major religious traditions through primary texts with some commentary for RLGN 338. Black Women and Religion. 3 Units. guidance. In the final classes we will compare the significance of mystical phenomena, as well as This course is an exploration of the common themes and divergent views, across the multidimensional religious experiences of black traditions. women in the United States. These experiences will be examined within particular historical periods and across diverse social and cultural contexts. Course topics and themes include black women and slave religion, spirituality and folk beliefs, religion and feminist/womanist discourse, perspectives on institutional roles, religion and activism, and spirituality and the arts. Offered as: ETHS 339 and RLGN 338 and WGST 339. Case Western Reserve University 393

RLGN 345. Religion and Horror. 3 Units. RLGN 350. Jewish Ethics. 3 Units.

This seminar explores relations among religion, An exploration of Jewish moral and ethical horror, and the monstrous in ancient scripture and discourse. The first half of the course will be contemporary horror. Course readings, discussions, devoted to studying the structure and content and research projects approach the subject from of classical Jewish ethics on issues including two distinct but related directions: first, a focus on marriage, abortion, euthanasia, and social justice. elements of horror and the monstrous in biblical and Students will read and react to primary Jewish related ancient mythic and ritual texts; second, an religious texts. The second half of the course will examination of religious dimensions in the modern focus on various modern forms of Judaism and the horror, especially as found in representations of diversity of moral rhetoric in the Jewish community monstrosity in literature and film. Offered as RLGN today. Readings will include such modern thinkers 345 and RLGN 445. Prereq: RLGN 102. as Martin Buber and Abraham Joshua Heschel. Offered as JDST 350, RLGN 350, and RLGN 450. RLGN 349. Biocultural Approaches to Religion. 3 Units. RLGN 352. Language, Cognition, and Religion. 3 Units. This course studies religious beliefs and rituals from a biocultural perspective. A biocultural approach to This course utilizes theoretical approaches found religion is based on the idea that human religiosity in cognitive semantics -- a branch of cognitive is informed by both our evolutionary biological linguistics -- to study the conceptual structures makeup and by our ability to construct culture to and meanings of religious language. Cognitive adapt to variable social worlds and environments. semantics, guided by the notion that conceptual According to a biocultural view, humans are structures are embodied, examines the relationship biologically constrained but have the cultural between conceptual systems and the construction capacity to adapt to the world in a variety of ways. of meaning. We consider such ideas as conceptual Thus, a biocultural approach to religion, asserts that metaphor theory, conceptual blending, Image biology and culture operate in tandem and that both schemas, cross-domain mappings, metonymy, biological and cultural insights are required in order mental spaces, and idealized cognitive models. We to understand and explain religious beliefs and apply these ideas to selected Christian, Buddhist, practices. This course explores these assumptions and Chinese religious texts in order to understand and examines them against specific religious data. ways in which religious language categorizes and This course introduces students to major ideas, conceptualizes the world. We examine both the concepts, and questions that motivate biocultural universality of cognitive linguistic processes and the approaches to religion. The course requires culturally specific metaphors, conceptual blends, students to apply course material to a final research image schemas, and other cognitive operations project that explores particular religious beliefs that particular texts and traditions utilize. Offered as and/or practices in terms of the intersection of RLGN 352, RLGN 452, COGS 352 and COGS 452. cultural choices and biological constraints. Students will present their research findings to the class. Students who take this course under the COGS RLGN 371. Jews under Islam and Christianity. 3 designation are expected to engage substantively Units. with the contemporary scientific study of the human mind in their research project and other course This course examines the social and political status work. Offered as RLGN 349 and RLGN 449 and of Jews under Muslim and Christian rule since the COGS 349. Middle Ages. Themes include interfaith relations, Islamic and Christian beliefs regarding the Jews, Muslim and Christian regulation of Jewry, and the Jewish response. Offered as HSTY371, JDST 371, and RLGN 371. 394 College of Arts and Sciences

RLGN 372. Anthropological Approaches to RLGN 394. Honors Research I. 3 Units. Religion. 3 Units. Intensive study of a topic or problem leading to the The development of, and current approaches writing of an honors thesis. Requires RLGN 102 to, comparative religion from an anthropological plus 9 RLGN credits and department approval. perspective. Topics include witchcraft, ritual, myth, Prereq: RLGN 102 plus 9 RLGN credits. healing, religious language and symbolism, religion and gender, religious experience, the nature of the sacred, religion and social change, altered states of RLGN 395. Honors Research II. 3 Units. consciousness, and evil. Using material from a wide range of world cultures, critical assessment is made Intensive study of a topic or problem leading to the of conventional distinctions such as those between writing of an honors thesis. By department approval rational/irrational, natural/supernatural, magic/ only. Approved for SAGES Capstone. Prereq: religion, and primitive/civilized. Recommended RLGN 394 and by departmental approval. preparation: ANTH 102. Offered as ANTH 372, RLGN 372 and ANTH 472. RLGN 399. Major/Minor Seminar. 3 Units.

RLGN 373. History of the Early Church: First Capstone course primarily for majors and minors Through Fourth Centuries. 3 Units. in religious studies. Allows students to interact with peers and faculty, reflect critically, and integrate Explores the development of the diverse traditions their learning experiences. Prepares students to of Christianity in the Roman Empire from the first continue their learning in the discipline and in the through the fourth centuries C.E. A variety of New liberal arts. Subject matter varies according to Testament and extra-Biblical sources are examined student and faculty needs and perspectives. May in translation. Emphasis is placed on the place of be repeated once for up to six credit-hours. Prereq: Christianity in the larger Roman society, and the RLGN 299. variety of early Christian ideals of salvation, the Church, and Church leadership. Offered as HSTY 303 and RLGN 373. RLGN 433. Philosophy of Religion. 3 Units. Topics include: classical and contemporary RLGN 374. Reformation Europe, 1500-1650. 3 arguments for God’s existence; divine Units. foreknowledge and human freedom; the problem of evil and theodicy; nature and significance Origins and development of Protestantism, the of religious experience; mysticism; varieties of Catholic Counter-Reformation, and the interaction religious metaphysics; knowledge, belief and between secular power and religious identity in faith; nature of religious discourse. Readings Christian Europe. Offered as HSTY 309 and RLGN from traditional and contemporary sources. 374. Recommended preparation for PHIL 433 and RLGN 433: PHIL 101 or RLGN 102. Offered as PHIL 333, RLGN 333, PHIL 433, and RLGN 433. RLGN 388. Topics in Religion. 3 Units.

Critical assessment of selected topics of historical RLGN 445. Religion and Horror. 3 Units. or current interest. Project must be accepted by a member of the department faculty prior to This seminar explores relations among religion, registration. Offered as RLGN 388 and RLGN 488. horror, and the monstrous in ancient scripture and contemporary horror. Course readings, discussions, and research projects approach the subject from RLGN 392. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit. two distinct but related directions: first, a focus on elements of horror and the monstrous in biblical and Up to three semester hours of independent study related ancient mythic and ritual texts; second, an may be taken in a single semester. Must have prior examination of religious dimensions in the modern approval of faculty member directing the project. horror, especially as found in representations of monstrosity in literature and film. Offered as RLGN 345 and RLGN 445. Case Western Reserve University 395

RLGN 449. Biocultural Approaches to Religion. RLGN 452. Language, Cognition, and Religion. 3 3 Units. Units.

This course studies religious beliefs and rituals from This course utilizes theoretical approaches found a biocultural perspective. A biocultural approach to in cognitive semantics -- a branch of cognitive religion is based on the idea that human religiosity linguistics -- to study the conceptual structures is informed by both our evolutionary biological and meanings of religious language. Cognitive makeup and by our ability to construct culture to semantics, guided by the notion that conceptual adapt to variable social worlds and environments. structures are embodied, examines the relationship According to a biocultural view, humans are between conceptual systems and the construction biologically constrained but have the cultural of meaning. We consider such ideas as conceptual capacity to adapt to the world in a variety of ways. metaphor theory, conceptual blending, Image Thus, a biocultural approach to religion, asserts that schemas, cross-domain mappings, metonymy, biology and culture operate in tandem and that both mental spaces, and idealized cognitive models. We biological and cultural insights are required in order apply these ideas to selected Christian, Buddhist, to understand and explain religious beliefs and and Chinese religious texts in order to understand practices. This course explores these assumptions ways in which religious language categorizes and and examines them against specific religious data. conceptualizes the world. We examine both the This course introduces students to major ideas, universality of cognitive linguistic processes and the concepts, and questions that motivate biocultural culturally specific metaphors, conceptual blends, approaches to religion. The course requires image schemas, and other cognitive operations students to apply course material to a final research that particular texts and traditions utilize. Offered as project that explores particular religious beliefs RLGN 352, RLGN 452, COGS 352 and COGS 452. and/or practices in terms of the intersection of cultural choices and biological constraints. Students will present their research findings to the class. RLGN 488. Topics in Religion. 3 Units. Students who take this course under the COGS designation are expected to engage substantively Critical assessment of selected topics of historical with the contemporary scientific study of the human or current interest. Project must be accepted mind in their research project and other course by a member of the department faculty prior to work. Offered as RLGN 349 and RLGN 449 and registration. Offered as RLGN 388 and RLGN 488. COGS 349. RLGN 601. Special Research. 1 - 6 Unit. RLGN 450. Jewish Ethics. 3 Units. Project must be accepted by a member of the An exploration of Jewish moral and ethical department faculty prior to registration. Prereq: discourse. The first half of the course will be Graduate standing. devoted to studying the structure and content of classical Jewish ethics on issues including marriage, abortion, euthanasia, and social justice. RLGN 651. Thesis M.A.. 1 - 9 Unit. Students will read and react to primary Jewish Project must be accepted by a member of the religious texts. The second half of the course will department faculty prior to registration. focus on various modern forms of Judaism and the diversity of moral rhetoric in the Jewish community today. Readings will include such modern thinkers as Martin Buber and Abraham Joshua Heschel. Offered as JDST 350, RLGN 350, and RLGN 450. 396 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Sociology

226 Mather Memorial Building STAT 201 Basic Statistics for Social and Life Sciences 3 http://www.case.edu/artsci/soci or PSCL 282 Quantitative Methods in Psychology Dale Dannefer, Department Chair An additional 18 hours of electives, consisting of any six 18 [email protected] courses in sociology Total Units 30 The Department of Sociology offers programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, and SOCI 375 Independent Study is available to Doctor of Philosophy degrees. selected majors in their junior or senior year. Sociologists investigate human and social Majors have the option of choosing a general processes in a complex and rapidly changing world, sociology curriculum or one of four concentrations: addressing important and fascinating questions 1. Crime and Delinquency about many aspects of social life. Our department is especially devoted to research and graduate 2. Gender, Work and Family education in the sociology of health and medicine and the sociology of age and the life course. Our 3. Health and Aging undergraduate program also offers concentrations in crime and delinquency, gender and family, health 4. Social Inequality and aging, and social inequality. Many sociology majors participate in field-based Students may choose four courses within any of the learning experiences, both through their classes following specializations for a concentration in that and through their involvement in faculty research area: projects. The department encourages interaction between students and faculty by offering many opportunities for individualized study and research. Crime and Delinquency Concentration It has a long history of combining leadership in research with a friendly, student-centered culture, SOCI 204 Criminology 3 for both graduate and undergraduate students. SOCI 320 Delinquency and Juvenile Justice 3 Especially with the increase in diversity in our SOCI 328 Urban Sociology 3 society, many employers look favorably on the SOCI 333 Sociology of Deviant Behavior 3 breadth of knowledge and perspective provided SOCI 349 Social Inequality 3 by majoring in sociology. Graduates of our SOCI 360 The Sociology of Law 3 program are working in interesting jobs in research institutions, private industry, and the public sector. A sociology degree is also excellent preparation Gender, Work and Family Concentration for graduate or professional study, whether in sociology or in such fields as medicine, law, public SOCI 201 Introduction to Gender Studies 3 health, and social work. SOCI 208 Dating, Marriage, and Family 3 SOCI 222 Gender in U.S. Society 3 SOCI 228 Sociology of Sexuality 3 SOCI 275 Lives in Medicine: Becoming and Being a 3 Undergraduate Programs Physician SOCI 326 Gender, Inequality, and Globalization 3 SOCI 370 Sociology of the Family 3 Major SOCI 372 Work and Family: U.S. and Abroad 3

The major in sociology has been designed to serve the different educational goals of undergraduates: Health and Aging Concentration general education, pre-professional training, postgraduate employment, and preparation for SOCI 203 Human Development: Medical and Social 3 graduate school. The major requires a minimum of SOCI 262 Disability and Society 3 30 hours of course work. All majors complete the SOCI 275 Lives in Medicine: Becoming and Being a 3 common core requirements, plus electives: Physician SOCI 311 Health, Illness, and Social Behavior 3 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 3 SOCI 313 Sociology of Stress and Coping 3 SOCI 300 Modern Sociological Thought 3 SOCI 319 Sociology of Institutional Care 3 SOCI 303 Social Research Methods 3 SOCI 345 Sociology of Mental Illness 3 Case Western Reserve University 397

SOCI 361 The Life Course 3 note the general requirements and the admission SOCI 365 Health Care Delivery 3 procedures in the appropriate section of this SOCI 369 Aging in American Society 3 bulletin and may consult the department for further SOCI 377 Population Dynamics and Changing 3 information. Societies

Social Inequality Concentration Minor The minor consists of 15 credit hours in sociology, SOCI 113 Critical Problems in Modern Society 3 including: SOCI 201 Introduction to Gender Studies 3 SOCI 203 Human Development: Medical and Social 3 SOCI 228 Sociology of Sexuality 3 SOCI 101 Introduction to Sociology 3 SOCI 302 Race and Ethnic Minorities in American 3 SOCI 300 Modern Sociological Thought 3 Society Three additional electives, at least two of which must be 9 SOCI 320 Delinquency and Juvenile Justice 3 300-level courses SOCI 326 Gender, Inequality, and Globalization 3 Total Units 15 SOCI 347 Sociology of Education 3 SOCI 349 Social Inequality 3 SOCI 372 Work and Family: U.S. and Abroad 3 Graduate Programs SOCI 374 Using Law to Designate Public-Private 3 Boundaries for Social Policies The Department of Sociology offers graduate training leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Students may petition for a Master of Arts degree SAGES Participation once they fulfill the requirements outlined below. Sociology of Age and the Life Course, Medical In conjunction with the SAGES program, the Sociology, and Research Methods are the major department offers two special seminars, SOCI 325: areas of emphasis in the department. Departmental Seminar in Sociology: Great Books and SOCI 392: Senior Capstone Experience. These seminars fulfill SAGES requirements but are NOT requirements for the major. They may, however, be Master of Arts counted toward the 30 hours for the sociology major or the 15 hours for the minor. To receive the Master of Arts degree, a student must successfully complete 27 credit hours of course work.

Departmental Honors SOCI 400 Development of Sociological Theory 3 SOCI 406 Sociological Research Methods I 3 Juniors majoring in sociology with a 3.4 overall GPA SOCI 469 Aging in American Society 3 and a 3.6 GPA in sociology are invited to apply for SOCI 443 Medical Sociology 3 the department’s honors program, which consists of One of the following: 3 an intensive, year-long investigation of a research SOCI 401 Contemporary Sociological Theory problem under the guidance of a faculty member. SOCI 407 Sociological Research Methods II Students will earn credit through registration in Four general electives in sociology 12 SOCI 397 Honors Studies and SOCI 398 Honors Total Units 27 Studies. Admission to honors work is by faculty approval. In addition, the student must pass one written comprehensive examination in Sociology of The opportunity to join Alpha Kappa Delta (AKD), Age and the Life Course, Medical Sociology, or the national sociology honors fraternity, is available Research Methods. to junior or senior sociology majors. Membership requires a 3.3 GPA in sociology and a 3.0 GPA overall. Doctor of Philosophy

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is awarded upon Integrated Graduate Studies the completion of all requirements of the School of Graduate Studies and the following departmental The Department of Sociology participates in the requirements: Completion of 63 credit hours beyond Integrated Graduate Studies Program. Students the Bachelor of Arts degree, including 18 credits of in the program are able to obtain BA and MA SOCI 701 Dissertation Ph.D. (dissertation hours). degrees simultaneously. Interested students should 398 College of Arts and Sciences

ten years by the National Cancer Institute. Gary SOCI 400 Development of Sociological Theory 3 Deimling serves as program director and principal SOCI 401 Contemporary Sociological Theory 3 investigator and is assisted by colleagues in the SOCI 406 Sociological Research Methods I 3 Department of Sociology and the Case School of SOCI 407 Sociological Research Methods II 3 Medicine. As with many other research programs SOCI 443 Medical Sociology 3 within the department and the university at large, SOCI 469 Aging in American Society 3 the CSRP also serves as a teaching facility, training Two electives in research methods 6 graduate students in the many methodological and Two electives in medical sociology 6 theoretical aspects of sociomedical research. The Two electives in aging 6 program enables graduate students in sociology Three general electives in sociology 9 to gain hands-on experience in a formal research 18 credit hours of dissertation 18 setting while putting their course work into practice. Total Units 63 In addition, the student must pass two written comprehensive examinations in Sociology of Comparative-Historical Analysis of Age and the Life Course, Medical Sociology, or Children’s Rights: Introducing the Research Methods and successfully defend the Children’s Rights Index dissertation. A predoctoral training program in Health Research The Children’s Rights Index (CRI), developed by and Aging, sponsored by the National Institute of Brian Gran, is an innovative measure of the status Aging, has been offered in conjunction with the of children’s rights in more than 190 countries Elderly Care Research Center of the Department of for 2004. With funding from the National Science Sociology. Foundation, this project is now replicating the CRI for five-year intervals during the period 1984 to 2009. Research Programs Past studies of children’s rights have focused on violations of particular rights, and on specific The Elderly Care Research Center countries where children’s rights are frequently or severely violated. What has been lacking is The Elderly Care Research Center (ECRC) funds systematic scholarship on the various kinds of research projects focusing on theory-based and children’s rights that exist, across countries and public policy-relevant issues in aging and medical over time. This project will examine factors that sociology. Current projects relate to physical promote or hinder children’s rights. A short-term and mental health outcomes of stress, coping, objective is to provide evidence on the status of cancer survivorship, and adaptation to frailty in children’s rights. A long-term objective is to use the late life. Research projects have been funded by CRI to determine whether stronger rights lead to the National Institute of Aging (NIA), the National superior outcomes for children. Cancer Institute (NCI), and the National Institute of Nursing Research. In addition to conducting quantitative surveys and in-depth qualitative FreshLink: Increasing Access to interviews with community-dwelling elders, Healthy Foods in Disadvantaged researchers at the ECRC are also engaged in an Neighborhoods NCI-funded intervention to help elderly patients communicate more effectively with their doctors. The Prevention Research Center for Healthy The Center has been the recipient of an NIA Merit Neighborhoods (PRCNH), a Centers for Disease Award for a long-term study of very old residents Control and Prevention initiative housed in the Case of a retirement community. This research seeks to Western Reserve University School of Medicine, understand health promotion, proactive adaptation, conducts research to improve health and prevent and maintenance of wellness in late life. ECRC chronic disease in Cleveland neighborhoods. serves as a laboratory for student research. Recognizing that obesity and poor nutrition Collaborative and cross-national research involves are the primary drivers of chronic disease at colleagues from multiple disciplines at universities all ages, Principal Investigator Jessica Kelley- in Israel, Hungary, Britain, and Germany. Moore is conducting FreshLink, an intervention study designed to change the neighborhood food Cancer Survivors Research Program environment by increasing access to healthier food options and to education about nutrition. FreshLink The Cancer Survivors Research Program is one of the few intervention projects seeking to (CSRP) investigates important research issues change the food environment instead of focusing on in psychological oncology. Formally started in individual behavior change. This multidimensional September 1998, the CSRP had been funded for study is working in four primary venues: food retail, Case Western Reserve University 399

schools, community gardens, and community Brian Gran, PhD, JD centers. For more information about FreshLink and (Northwestern University; Indiana University- the PRCHN, visit http://prchn.org/freshlink/. Bloomington) Associate Professor Sociology of law; political sociology; comparative Cumulative Dis/Advantage Research sociology; health care policy Group: Trajectories of Inequality Across Susan W. Hinze, PhD the Life Course (Vanderbilt University) Associate Professor Across the entire society, old people are probably Medical sociology; social inequality, sex and the most diverse of any age category of the gender; work and family population.Inequality also appears greatest among older people.How does such inequality come Eva Kahana, PhD about?The Cumulative Dis/Advantage (CDA) (University of Chicago) Research Group analyzes the life-course processes Pierce T. and Elizabeth D. Robson Professor of the – economic, political, interactional and demographic Humanities – that contribute to this phenomenon, and the Sociology of aging; medical sociology; social factors efficacy of social policies designed to ameliorate in stress and coping the effects of social processes that contribute to CDA.Data sources for this project range from large- Jessica Kelley-Moore, PhD scale, longitudinal data sets such as the Health and (Purdue University) Retirement Survey and the National Longitudinal Associate Professor Study of Youth to ethnographic work. Health disparities; sociology of disability; sociology of the life course; race/ethnicity Emilia McGucken, PhD Learning from Those Who Know:Action (University of Akron) Research and Reform Efforts in Long- Senior Instructor term Care Criminology; juvenile delinquency; deviance; theory; urban sociology This project responds to the need to reform and restructure long-term care by incorporating the David Warner, PhD perspectives, insights, and expertise of those whom (Pennsylvania State University) such reforms are intended to serve, yet who often Assistant Professor have little voice in the reform process: the residents Demography of work and retirement; health themselves.Using the method of participatory action inequalities; gender and the life course; marriage research, the project assembles research groups and marital quality; event history and multistate life consisting of residents, staff, family members, and table methods researchers who meet weekly to discuss life in the facility and to identify areas where change could Secondary Faculty benefit those who live (or work) there. David E. Biegel, PhD Department Faculty (University of Maryland, Baltimore) Henry Zucker Professor, Mandel School of Applied Dale Dannefer, PhD Social Sciences (Rutgers University) Family; social networks; caregiving; mental health Selah Chamberlain Professor of Sociology and Department Chair Robert H. Binstock, PhD Aging and the life course; theory; work and family; (Harvard University) research methods Henry R. Luce Professor of Health, Aging and Society, School of Medicine Gary Deimling, PhD Public policy and aging; health care policy (Bowling Green State University) Professor Kathleen Smyth, PhD Family sociology; sociology of aging; medical (Case Western Reserve University) sociology; research methods Associate Professor of Epidemiology and Biostatistics, School of Medicine Medical sociology; research methods; sociology of aging 400 College of Arts and Sciences

Kurt Stange, MD, PhD Courses (University of North Carolina) Professor of Epidemiology and Biostatistics, School SOCI 101. Introduction to Sociology. 3 Units. of Medicine Epidemiology; preventive health care; biostatistics; This course examines the basic principles that disability prevention in the elderly underlie how sociologists look at the world: "The Sociological Imagination". It addresses the basic Aloen Townsend, PhD questions: How is social order possible and how (University of Michigan) does change occur? The course is designed as Associate Professor, Mandel School of Applied a foundation for further study in field of sociology Social Sciences and related disciplines. It introduces the student Adult development and aging; research methods to the role that culture and social institutions and statistics; mental health; families and formal play in modern society and examines important service systems concepts such as socialization, deviance, social May Wykle, PhD, RN, FAAN, FGSA control, patterned inequalities and social change. (Case Western Reserve University) These concepts are discussed in the context of Marvin E. And Ruth Durr Denekas Professor, both contemporary and historical social theories. Frances Payne Bolton School of Nursing Additionally, the student will be introduced to the Mental and physical health; spirituality among older methods of inquiry used by practicing sociologists. adults; selfcare activities of caregivers and elders, including health promotion; caregiving across the SOCI 113. Critical Problems in Modern Society. life span; HIV-related caregiving; black versus white 3 Units. caregiving; minority elder health Focus is on major social problems present in Adjunct Faculty large, complex, industrial societies. Topics include environmental problems, poverty, drug addiction, Gunhild Hagestad, PhD social deviance, and alienation. (University of Minnesota) Professor of Sociology, Agder University College; SOCI 201. Introduction to Gender Studies. 3 Senior Researcher, NOVA (Norwegian Social Units. Research) Life course; gender; social policy This course introduces women and men students Linda Noelker, PhD to the methods and concepts of gender studies, (Case Western Reserve University) women’s studies, and feminist theory. An Associate Director of Research, Benjamin Rose interdisciplinary course, it covers approaches used Institute on Aging in literary criticism, history, philosophy, political Sociology of aging; family sociology; sex and science, sociology, anthropology, psychology, film gender studies, cultural studies, art history, and religion. It is the required introductory course for students Carol Whitlatch, PhD taking the women’s and gender studies major. (The Pennsylvania State University) Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS Assistant Director and Senior Research Scientist II, 100. Offered as ENGL 270, HSTY 270, PHIL 270, Benjamin Rose Institute on Aging RLGN 270, SOCI 201, and WGST 201. Sociology of aging SOCI 203. Human Development: Medical and Social. 3 Units.

Social influences on health and illness across the lifespan. Social determinants of health and health behavior, and delivery of health care. Guest lecturers from the medical school and other health care providers address professional practice issues across the lifespan. Issues include: new approaches to birthing; adolescent substance abuse: myths and realities of AIDS; risk factors of diseases in middle age; menopause, cognition and aging-Alzheimer’s disease; problems in care of elderly; medical ethic of death and dying. Case Western Reserve University 401

SOCI 204. Criminology. 3 Units. SOCI 255. Special Topics. 1 - 3 Unit.

What is crime and to what extent does crime affect Courses taught as special topics seminars focus on you? This course will investigate the nature and selected areas of study in sociology. They tend to extent of crime, theories on the causes of crime, be more specialized and emphasis is placed upon types of crime and criminals, and the efforts society a sociological examination of one social institution makes to cope with and prevent criminal behavior. (such as the media) or on one historical period (such as the ’60s). SOCI 208. Dating, Marriage, and Family. 3 Units. SOCI 262. Disability and Society. 3 Units. What is the family today? How has it changed over the last century? How will it change in This course considers and examines the the future? This course aims to answer these relationship between disability and society. The questions as it explores the influences of work, course covers how we define, represent, and react education, government, health and religion on to disability in modern society. This includes an today’s changing families. The course considers the analysis of stigma and discrimination. We also factors that affect mate selection. It also examines explore the timing and experience of disability parenting, roles of husbands and wives, and family from a life-course perspective. Finally, we examine dysfunction, and divorce. the political, social, and economic influences on disability, including the Disability Rights movement. SOCI 222. Gender in U.S. Society. 3 Units. SOCI 269. Young and Old Face the 21st Century. The focus of this course is on unique and 3 Units. convergent experiences of men and women in U.S. society. Different social expectations and Examines prospects and problems of the young opportunities encountered by men and women and old as a window into the 21st century. An in the context of marriage and the family, work intergenerational perspective is used to highlight settings, and in informal organizations will be opportunities for cooperation and conflict between addressed. Legislation and social policy dealing young and old who face the future together. This with gender issues will be considered. Offered as approach represents a shift in thinking about aging SOCI 222 and WGST 222. as relevant only to the old, to a view that aging is relevant to the future of all individuals, families, and societies. SOCI 228. Sociology of Sexuality. 3 Units.

This course analyzes the issues of sex and sexuality from a sociological point of view. It is centered on the notion that what we consider to be ’normal’ or ’natural’ about sex and sexuality is, in reality, socially constructed. One’s viewpoint on the issues surrounding sexuality are influenced by the social context in which they live, as opposed to the purely biological viewpoint that presupposes some sense of normalcy or naturalness regarding sexual relations. A range of topics will be covered, including readings that discuss the variations of sexuality and the notions of sexual ’’deviance" in order to explore the cultural and societal variation that exists along the lines of gender, race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, age and disability. Offered as SOCI 228 and WGST 228. 402 College of Arts and Sciences

SOCI 275. Lives in Medicine: Becoming and SOCI 303. Social Research Methods. 3 Units. Being a Physician. 3 Units. Principles of making causal inferences about This course applies a sociological approach to human behavior; problem formulation and research medical profession. Medical sociology emerged design; measurement of sociological concepts; as a distinct field of study in the 1950s in part due data collection and analysis methods; evaluation to prominent studies of medical education such of research findings. Prereq: SOCI 101 and as The Student Physician by Robert K. Merton Sophomore standing. and Howard Becker’s Boys in White. Since then, sociologists and other social scientists have written extensively about how issues of race, gender, SOCI 305A. Seminar and Practicum: School- aging and ethnicity are tied to issues of medical Based Peer Court Justice. 3 Units. education, medical training, medical socialization and physician decision-making. Using a life course Regular Seminar Meetings, and occasional perspective, this course will examine how lives in supervised field placements at local high schools. medicine change over time; in particular, we’ll study Study and practice for Case undergraduate changing workforce patterns, physician satisfaction, students and a select group of High School and burnout. Other topics to be covered include students all of whom will be introduced to the contemporary ethical issues and alternative practical application of the "Restorative Peer Court professional health careers. The course provides Justice" system as an alternative to traditional an overview of how medicine and medical practice school disciplinary intervention. The training, have a profound influence on--and are influenced mentoring, and mutual collaboration in the by---social, cultural, political and economic forces. design and implementation of this project provide In short, you’ll become familiar with how scholars active learning experiences leading to a better outside of medicine cast a sociological gaze on the understanding of the offending High School profession. student’s misbehavior, the possibility of reducing the level of reoffending, restoring relationships, and enhancing the social cohesion of the school SOCI 300. Modern Sociological Thought. 3 community. Prereq: SOCI 204 or SOCI 320. Units.

The most profound commentary of industrial society SOCI 310. The Individual in Society. 3 Units. began in the middle of the nineteenth century with thinkers such as Durkheim, Marx, and Max Weber. This course focuses on the relationship between Students will read the work of these scholars as it individuals and the societies in which they live. appeared in the original sources. They thoughtfully Influences of values and culture on individuals’ address concepts such as social integration and selves and identities are discussed as well as alienation, crime and punishment, and the social how individuals attach meaning to personal life impact of modernization. The course is of special experiences and histories in the context of society relevance to students in the social sciences, but at large. Offered as SOCI 310 and SOCI 410. is also recommended for students in other fields Prereq: SOCI 101. who wish to understand the social context in which professional lives will be conducted. Prereq: SOCI 101 and Sophomore standing. SOCI 311. Health, Illness, and Social Behavior. 3 Units.

SOCI 302. Race and Ethnic Minorities in This course considers the role of social factors American Society. 3 Units. (e.g., poverty, occupational and family structure) on health and illness. Discussion will concentrate Has the United States become a melting pot of on the role of health promotion (e.g., anti-smoking ethnic groups or does it remain a salad bowl? campaigns), social behavior and lifestyle in health American society is uniquely diverse in its and health care use. Considerable attention ethnic and racial composition. This diversity is given to understanding health careers and has influenced much of American history and professions and their role in the health of societies had substantial impact on the structure of social and individuals. Offered as SOCI 311 and SOCI organization of present day society. This course 411. Prereq: SOCI 101 and Sophomore standing. familiarizes students with basic concepts of race and ethnicity, relevant theories and their applications to critical issues. Prereq: SOCI 101. Case Western Reserve University 403

SOCI 313. Sociology of Stress and Coping. 3 SOCI 325. Departmental Seminar in Sociology: Units. Great Books. 3 Units.

This course will focus attention on human stress This course fulfills the SAGES requirement of a throughout the lifespan and its role in personal Departmental Seminar. It focuses on close readings health and well-being. There have been exciting of contemporary classics in sociology, analytical advances in recent years in understanding the writing and intensive seminar-type discussion. nature of stress in everyday life as well as elements The course examines theoretical perspectives of extreme stress. Trauma is experienced by many and methodological issues in sociology such that people due to normative events such as illness and students are able to investigate, analyze and bereavement or natural and man-made disasters present research findings in written form. Research such as crime or war. Coping strategies and social is always an inherently collaborative process and supports which ameliorate negative impact of stress thus the course will utilize seminar-style discussions will be considered. Offered as SOCI 313 and SOCI to formulate and examine ideas. The seminar 413. Prereq: SOCI 101 and Sophomore standing. will focus on topics germane to a critical reading of books that inform our understanding of large and small group processes as well as individual SOCI 319. Sociology of Institutional Care. 3 experiences. Students will be introduced to the Units. sociological imagination as an overarching frame work to examine groundbreaking classical and This course focuses on converging issues of contemporary books on topics such as health and theory, research, and practice in general hospitals, aging, gender, work and family, social inequality mental hospitals, nursing homes, hospices, and and crime and delinquency, guided by the instructor correctional institutions. The ecology of institutions of record. Readings will provide a sociological and the adaptation of individuals within institutions perspective for understanding and assessing will also be considered. There will be field trips to macro- and micro-level interactions as well as institutional facilities. Offered as SOCI 319 and encourage and stimulate critical thinking. SOCI 419. Prereq: SOCI 101 and Sophomore standing. SOCI 326. Gender, Inequality, and Globalization. 3 Units. SOCI 320. Delinquency and Juvenile Justice. 3 Units. Using a sociological perspective, this course examines how major societal institutions, including The primary focus of this course is on acquainting the economy, polity, medicine, religion, education the student with the nature and the extent of and family, are structured to reproduce gendered juvenile delinquency. Accordingly, theoretical inequalities across the globe. Attention is given approaches to delinquency causation and the to the intersections of race/ethnicity, social class, prevention, control, and treatment of delinquent gender and sexuality in social systems of power behavior in society are addressed. Important and privilege. Of critical importance is how gender aspects of juvenile justice procedures, policy, and figures in the relationship between Economic practice are examined, and the early history of North and Economic South countries. We will the juvenile justice system and the many changes elucidate how gender norms vary by culture occurring over the years are discussed. Prereq: and exert profound influence on the daily, lived SOCI 101. experiences of women and men. The course will be informed by recent scholarship on feminism, women’s movements, and globalization. Offered as SOCI 326 and WGST 326. Prereq: SOCI 101 or permission of program director. 404 College of Arts and Sciences

SOCI 328. Urban Sociology. 3 Units. SOCI 338. Seminar and Practicum in Adolescents. 3 Units. The goal of this course is to acquaint the student with the realities and the possibilities of our Supervised field placement and attendance in early urban society. Theories and applications of childhood, child, and adolescent settings including urban sociology interpreting city life and structure preschools, schools, hospitals, and neighborhood are reviewed. The transformation of the urban centers. This class is used to fulfill requirements by landscape, the emergence of cities, urban the Ohio Department of Education teacher licensure life, urban problems, and urban planning are program. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101, explored. Issues related to finances, schooling, EDUC 301, EDUC 304, and permission of program transportation, the infrastructure of the city, growth director. Offered as EDUC 338, PSCL 338, and and decline, urban poverty, the homeless, crime, SOCI 338. pollution, as well as the policy issues and questions such concerns provoke are studied. Key aspects of social science theories and research findings SOCI 345. Sociology of Mental Illness. 3 Units. about the nature of spatial, economic and social relationships in cities in developed and developing Focus is on social construction of mental health countries will be analyzed, illuminating some of the and illness and sociology of emotions. Social processes of urban growth, social transition, and determinants of psychological distress will be change. Prereq: SOCI 101. discussed along with social stigma associated with mental illness. Institutional and community options for care of the mentally ill will be considered SOCI 333. Sociology of Deviant Behavior. 3 along with the impact of recent social movements Units. of deinstitutionalization and independent living. Offered as SOCI 345 and SOCI 445. Prereq: SOCI Sociological approaches to causes of deviant 101 and junior/senior standing. behavior, and social psychology of deviance are studied. Illustrations range from juvenile delinquency to scientific misconduct and cover both SOCI 347. Sociology of Education. 3 Units. criminal and noncriminal forms of deviance. Prereq: SOCI 101. This course provides an introduction to the field of sociology of education, which might be more properly called sociology of schooling. SOCI 336. Institutional Care: Research and We will examine the development of schools Reform. 3 Units. historically and competing paradigms for understanding the place of school in society. Major This course is designed to provide an introduction theoretical perspectives concerning the nature to the nature of long term care in the USA and to and consequences of schools for individuals and contemporary issues of reform and culture change. for societies will be reviewed. Issues of individual It also provides an introduction to techniques for opportunity - including how it is organized by race, studying nursing home culture, and for assessing class, and gender - will be covered, as well as culture changes. The issues and problems of long issues institutional dynamics - including tracking, term care are well documented and the need for testing and so-called crisis and reform. Offered as changing practices of long-term care is so widely SOCI 347 and SOCI 447. Prereq: SOCI 101 and recognized and deeply felt that several initiatives junior or senior standing. for "changing the culture" of long term care have gained national notoriety and rapid momentum. While laudatory, such efforts are inevitable criticized SOCI 349. Social Inequality. 3 Units. on numerous grounds, including cost, philosophy and vision, and lack of research evidence to Theory and research on contemporary inequality is support claims of success. The course is designed considered in terms of income, wealth, education, to provide an introduction to these debates in the occupational standing, occupational prestige, status scientific literature and in popular culture, and will categories, racial, ethnic, religious, age, and gender provide an opportunity to develop skills in structured groupings. Offered as SOCI 349 and SOCI 449. observation and action research. Offered as SOCI Prereq: SOCI 101 and Sophomore standing. 336 and SOCI 436. Case Western Reserve University 405

SOCI 355. Special Topics. 3 Units. SOCI 369. Aging in American Society. 3 Units.

One or more sections each semester focusing on Considers the position and participation of selected areas of study in sociology. Offered as aged adults in American society. Sociological SOCI 335 and SOCI 455. perspectives through which to interpret the aging process and old age; social policies; intergenerational relations; lifestyles and how they SOCI 360. The Sociology of Law. 3 Units. affect participation of the aged in American society; dying and death serve as major themes. Offered as This course will focus on the role of rights in the SOCI 369 and SOCI 469. Prereq: SOCI 101 and U.S. legal system and society. In particular, we Sophomore standing. will consider three questions. The first is how do rights fit in the legal system and society? Second, how have different social groups used and thought SOCI 370. Sociology of the Family. 3 Units. about rights? Third, how do legal actors like judges and lawyers think about rights compared to non- This course provides the theoretical and lawyers? Offered as SOCI 360 and SOCI 460. methodological foundation for conducting family Prereq: SOCI 101 and Sophomore standing. research. It also reviews the most current research in the sociology of the family arena such as intergenerational issues, ethnicity and gender, and SOCI 361. The Life Course. 3 Units. family transitions. Offered as SOCI 370 and SOCI 470. Prereq: SOCI 101 and Sophomore standing. Individual experiences and transitions over the life course are considered as the result of societal, cultural, psychological, biological, and historical SOCI 372. Work and Family: U.S. and Abroad. 3 influences. Developmental issues of childhood, Units. adolescence, young adulthood, middle years and late life are discussed in the context of social Covers the impact on human lives of the interface expectations, challenges, and opportunities. between work and family; the different ways gender Emphasis is placed on theoretical readings. Offered structures the experience of work and family as SOCI 361 and SOCI 461. Prereq: SOCI 101 and depending upon racial and ethnic background, Sophomore standing. social class, age, and partner preference; the impact of historical context on work-family experiences; work-family policies in the United SOCI 365. Health Care Delivery. 3 Units. States and other countries. Offered as SOCI 372, WGST 372, and SOCI 472. Prereq: SOCI 101 and Health care in the U.S. may be approaching a Sophomore standing. critical cross-road. Limiting care to older persons and the chronically ill has been proposed as a means to combat rising costs and limited access SOCI 374. Using Law to Designate Public- to health care. What are the alternatives to health Private Boundaries for Social Policies. 3 Units. care rationing? Socialized medicine? National health insurance? This course deals with issues This course studies law and the public-private of cost, quality, and access to health care in the dichotomy. With a basis in important research on United States and other societies. It considers how the sociology of law, it considers three questions: solutions by other societies can provide directions 1) What is the impact of "law" on the boundary for the organization of health care in the U.S. separating the public and private sectors? 2) How Offered as SOCI 355 and SOCI 455. Prereq: SOCI does "law" designate which actors and institutions 101 and Sophomore standing. belong to the public and private sectors? 3) Is the public-private dichotomy adequate for sociological analyses of law and its influences? If not, what alternatives to the public-private dichotomy can we offer? Offered as SOCI 374 and SOCI 474. Prereq: SOCI 101.

SOCI 375. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit.

Prereq: SOCI 101 and SOCI 300. 406 College of Arts and Sciences

SOCI 377. Population Dynamics and Changing SOCI 392. Senior Capstone Experience. 3 Units. Societies. 3 Units. SOCI 392 represents the completion of an Population and social structure are inextricably independent study paper involving exploration of linked, as changes in one elicit changes in a sociology topic to be chosen in consultation with the other. Social demography, as a discipline, the student’s capstone advisor. The student will examines these linkages through the systematic interact regularly with the faculty advisor who will study of the size, composition and distribution of review their progress on the project. This project populations and their relationship to the social, allows for original thought and for the tailoring political and economic organization of societies. of the research to the student’s interests. The This course will pay particular attention to mortality, student will integrate theory, methods and social morbidity and health, fertility, family and household issues as he/she applies critical thinking skills and organization, and migration as the major processes insights to the analysis of some aspects of a subject of population change. The population dynamics chosen from any of the following subfields and of the United States will be emphasized, with concentrations: Gerontology, Social Inequality, select comparisons to developing and developed Medical Sociology, Crime and Delinquency, countries. Offered as SOCI 377 and SOCI 477. The Life Course, Education, Work and Family, Prereq: SOCI 101 or equivalent; 9 hours in SOCI, Sociology of Law, and Deviance. The Capstone ANTH, or ECON. Project has both a written and an oral component. Following the submission of the Capstone paper, the student will give a presentation of the project at SOCI 381. City as Classroom. 3 Units. the Senior Capstone fair, or another forum chosen by the department. Prereq: SOCI 101, SOCI 300, In this course, the city is the classroom. We will SOCI 303, and STAT 201 or PSCL 282. engage with the urban terrain. We will meet weekly off-campus, interact with community members, and interface--both literally and figuratively--with SOCI 397. Honors Studies. 3 Units. the city as a way to examine the linkages between historical, conceptual, and contemporary issues, Intensive investigation of research or conceptual with particular attention paid to race and class problem; original work under supervision of faculty dynamics, inequality, and social justice. This course member. Limited to senior majors. Prereq: Senior will have four intersecting components, primarily status. focusing on American cities since the 1930s: the social and physical construction of urban space, the built environment, life and culture in the city, SOCI 398. Honors Studies. 3 Units. and social movements and grassroots struggles. Offered as HSTY 381, POSC 381, SOCI 381, Intensive investigation of research on conceptual HSTY 481, POSC 481, and SOCI 481. problem; original work under supervision of faculty member. Limited to senior majors.

SOCI 400. Development of Sociological Theory. 3 Units.

This course examines in detail the works of the major social theorists of the 19th and 20th centuries. It is intended to integrate their ideas with the social and historical milieu from which they were born. Questions of intergroup conflict vs. cooperation, interactions between economic, familial, religious, and political institutions, and the development of the self as a function of larger social processes are addressed. Such celebrated figures as Marx, Weber, and Durkheim, as well as modern thinkers will be presented and discussed. Prereq: Graduate standing. Case Western Reserve University 407

SOCI 401. Contemporary Sociological Theory. 3 SOCI 413. Sociology of Stress and Coping. 3 Units. Units.

Current viewpoints in sociological theory are This course will focus attention on human stress explored using contrasting theoretical perspectives. throughout the lifespan and its role in personal health and well-being. There have been exciting advances in recent years in understanding the SOCI 406. Sociological Research Methods I. 3 nature of stress in everyday life as well as elements Units. of extreme stress. Trauma is experienced by many people due to normative events such as illness and The first of a two-semester series in social research bereavement or natural and man-made disasters methodology. Students will learn how to interpret such as crime or war. Coping strategies and social and conduct social science research. The two- supports which ameliorate negative impact of stress semester course covers problem formulation, the will be considered. Offered as SOCI 313 and SOCI logic of causal inference, measurement models, 413. research designs, sampling, data collection, and data analysis. SOCI 414. Qualitative Methods/Field Research. 3 Units. SOCI 407. Sociological Research Methods II. 3 Units. Students explore the theoretical foundations of qualitative social research. The course is designed The second of a two-semester series in social to introduce and provide experience with a range research methodology. (See SOCI 406.) Prereq: of data generation strategies and analytic skills. SOCI 406. The ethnographic techniques of semi-structured interviewing and participant-observation receive particular attention. SOCI 410. The Individual in Society. 3 Units.

This course focuses on the relationship between SOCI 419. Sociology of Institutional Care. 3 individuals and the societies in which they live. Units. Influences of values and culture on individuals’ selves and identities are discussed as well as This course focuses on converging issues of how individuals attach meaning to personal life theory, research, and practice in general hospitals, experiences and histories in the context of society mental hospitals, nursing homes, hospices, and at large. Offered as SOCI 310 and SOCI 410. correctional institutions. The ecology of institutions and the adaptation of individuals within institutions will also be considered. There will be field trips to SOCI 411. Health, Illness, and Social Behavior. 3 institutional facilities. Offered as SOCI 319 and Units. SOCI 419. This course considers the role of social factors (e.g., poverty, occupational and family structure) on health and illness. Discussion will concentrate on the role of health promotion (e.g., anti-smoking campaigns), social behavior and lifestyle in health and health care use. Considerable attention is given to understanding health careers and professions and their role in the health of societies and individuals. Offered as SOCI 311 and SOCI 411. 408 College of Arts and Sciences

SOCI 436. Institutional Care: Research and SOCI 447. Sociology of Education. 3 Units. Reform. 3 Units. This course provides an introduction to the This course is designed to provide an introduction field of sociology of education, which might be to the nature of long term care in the USA and to more properly called sociology of schooling. contemporary issues of reform and culture change. We will examine the development of schools It also provides an introduction to techniques for historically and competing paradigms for studying nursing home culture, and for assessing understanding the place of school in society. Major culture changes. The issues and problems of long theoretical perspectives concerning the nature term care are well documented and the need for and consequences of schools for individuals and changing practices of long-term care is so widely for societies will be reviewed. Issues of individual recognized and deeply felt that several initiatives opportunity - including how it is organized by race, for "changing the culture" of long term care have class, and gender - will be covered, as well as gained national notoriety and rapid momentum. issues institutional dynamics - including tracking, While laudatory, such efforts are inevitable criticized testing and so-called crisis and reform. Offered as on numerous grounds, including cost, philosophy SOCI 347 and SOCI 447. and vision, and lack of research evidence to support claims of success. The course is designed to provide an introduction to these debates in the SOCI 449. Social Inequality. 3 Units. scientific literature and in popular culture, and will provide an opportunity to develop skills in structured Theory and research on contemporary inequality is observation and action research. Offered as SOCI considered in terms of income, wealth, education, 336 and SOCI 436. occupational standing, occupational prestige, status categories, racial, ethnic, religious, age, and gender groupings. Offered as SOCI 349 and SOCI 449. SOCI 443. Medical Sociology. 3 Units.

Course covers theories, research methods, and SOCI 455. Special Topics. 3 Units. problems in sociology of medicine. Topics include social epidemiology, health and illness behavior, One or more sections each semester focusing on and sick role. Structures and functions of delivery selected areas of study in sociology. Offered as systems and their interrelationships with other SOCI 335 and SOCI 455. social institutions are discussed. SOCI 460. The Sociology of Law. 3 Units. SOCI 445. Sociology of Mental Illness. 3 Units. This course will focus on the role of rights in the Focus is on social construction of mental health U.S. legal system and society. In particular, we and illness and sociology of emotions. Social will consider three questions. The first is how do determinants of psychological distress will be rights fit in the legal system and society? Second, discussed along with social stigma associated how have different social groups used and thought with mental illness. Institutional and community about rights? Third, how do legal actors like judges options for care of the mentally ill will be considered and lawyers think about rights compared to non- along with the impact of recent social movements lawyers? Offered as SOCI 360 and SOCI 460. of deinstitutionalization and independent living. Offered as SOCI 345 and SOCI 445. SOCI 461. The Life Course. 3 Units.

Individual experiences and transitions over the life course are considered as the result of societal, cultural, psychological, biological, and historical influences. Developmental issues of childhood, adolescence, young adulthood, middle years and late life are discussed in the context of social expectations, challenges, and opportunities. Emphasis is placed on theoretical readings. Offered as SOCI 361 and SOCI 461. Case Western Reserve University 409

SOCI 465. Health Care Delivery. 3 Units. SOCI 474. Using Law to Designate Public- Private Boundaries for Social Policies. 3 Units. Health care in the U.S. may be approaching a critical cross-road. Limiting care to older persons This course studies law and the public-private and the chronically ill has been proposed as a dichotomy. With a basis in important research on means to combat rising costs and limited access the sociology of law, it considers three questions: to health care. What are the alternatives to health 1) What is the impact of "law" on the boundary care rationing? Socialized medicine? National separating the public and private sectors? 2) How health insurance? This course deals with issues does "law" designate which actors and institutions of cost, quality, and access to health care in the belong to the public and private sectors? 3) Is the United States and other societies. It considers how public-private dichotomy adequate for sociological solutions by other societies can provide directions analyses of law and its influences? If not, what for the organization of health care in the U.S. alternatives to the public-private dichotomy can we Offered as SOCI 355 and SOCI 455. offer? Offered as SOCI 374 and SOCI 474. Prereq: SOCI 101. SOCI 469. Aging in American Society. 3 Units. SOCI 477. Population Dynamics and Changing Considers the position and participation of Societies. 3 Units. aged adults in American society. Sociological perspectives through which to interpret the Population and social structure are inextricably aging process and old age; social policies; linked, as changes in one elicit changes in intergenerational relations; lifestyles and how they the other. Social demography, as a discipline, affect participation of the aged in American society; examines these linkages through the systematic dying and death serve as major themes. Offered as study of the size, composition and distribution of SOCI 369 and SOCI 469. populations and their relationship to the social, political and economic organization of societies. This course will pay particular attention to mortality, SOCI 470. Sociology of the Family. 3 Units. morbidity and health, fertility, family and household organization, and migration as the major processes This course provides the theoretical and of population change. The population dynamics methodological foundation for conducting family of the United States will be emphasized, with research. It also reviews the most current research select comparisons to developing and developed in the sociology of the family arena such as countries. Offered as SOCI 377 and SOCI 477. intergenerational issues, ethnicity and gender, and Prereq: SOCI 101 or equivalent; 9 hours in SOCI, family transitions. Offered as SOCI 370 and SOCI ANTH, or ECON. 470.

SOCI 481. City as Classroom. 3 Units. SOCI 472. Work and Family: U.S. and Abroad. 3 Units. In this course, the city is the classroom. We will engage with the urban terrain. We will meet weekly Covers the impact on human lives of the interface off-campus, interact with community members, between work and family; the different ways gender and interface--both literally and figuratively--with structures the experience of work and family the city as a way to examine the linkages between depending upon racial and ethnic background, historical, conceptual, and contemporary issues, social class, age, and partner preference; the with particular attention paid to race and class impact of historical context on work-family dynamics, inequality, and social justice. This course experiences; work-family policies in the United will have four intersecting components, primarily States and other countries. Offered as SOCI 372, focusing on American cities since the 1930s: the WGST 372, and SOCI 472. social and physical construction of urban space, the built environment, life and culture in the city, and social movements and grassroots struggles. Offered as HSTY 381, POSC 381, SOCI 381, HSTY 481, POSC 481, and SOCI 481. 410 College of Arts and Sciences

SOCI 496. Public Policy and Aging. 3 Units.

Overview of aging and the aged. Concepts in the study of public policy. Policies on aging and conditions that they address. The politics of policies on aging. Emergent trends and issues. Offered as ANTH 498, BETH 496, EPBI 408, GERO 496, HSTY 480, MPHP 408, NURS 479, NURS 579, POSC 480, and SOCI 496.

SOCI 509. Problems of Data Analysis. 3 Units.

Research in social epidemiology, health service research and other applied fields increasingly demands an understanding of social research methodology. This seminar exposes students to state of the art analyses of social science data including: data preparation, factor analysis, regression and structural equation modeling. Students are provided the opportunity to interpret and critically evaluate the methodology used in journal articles, with an emphasis on data analytical techniques. Students will analyze data sets using SPSS and EQS. Prereq: STAT 401 or SOCI 406, and SOCI 407.

SOCI 601. Reading and Research. 1 - 9 Unit.

Individual study and/or project work.

SOCI 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit.

Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. Case Western Reserve University 411

Department of Statistics

323 Yost Hall to work in a research setting or to participate either http://stat.case.edu in interdisciplinary collaboration or in industrial Jill Korbin, Interim Department Chair consulting along with a statistics faculty member. [email protected] Statistics links mathematics to other disciplines in order to understand uncertainty and probability Majors in the abstract and in the context of actual applications to science, medicine, actuarial science, Bachelor of Arts social science, management science, business, engineering, and contemporary life. As technology The BA degree offers flexibility and the chance brings advances, the statistical theory and to pursue a wider range of interests than the BS methodology required to do them justice becomes degree allows. It also offers students the possibility more challenging: higher dimensional, dynamic, of expanding the interdisciplinary aspect of the or computer-intensive. The field of statistics is program by completing a second major. For rapidly expanding to meet the three facets of these example, students may combine statistics with challenges: the underlying mathematical theory, computer science, biology (molecular, organismal, the data analysis and modeling methodology, and or ecological), psychology, economics, accounting, the interdisciplinary collaborations and new fields of or management science. application. The BA degree in statistics requires a minimum of 56 hours of approved course work, including 27 hours in statistics and the remainder in related Undergraduate Programs disciplines and a substantive field of application. The specific requirements are as follows: Students in statistics begin with a foundation in mathematics. Then they add statistical theory, plus Required courses intensive modern data analysis and a concentration MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 in a field of their choice. The goal is to develop an MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 appreciation of each facet of the discipline and a or MATH 124 Calculus II mastery of technical skills. This prepares students MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 to enter a growing profession with opportunities or MATH 227 Calculus III in the academic, governmental, actuarial, and MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 industrial spheres. or MATH 228 Differential Equations MATH 201 Introduction to Linear Algebra (or 3 For the undergraduate student looking toward equivalent) graduate school, the course of study within Two computation classes 6 these guidelines easily incorporates additional ENGR 131 Elementary Computer Programming mathematics in preparation for graduate courses. Plus an additional higher-numbered course in The more specialized option in actuarial science computation from EECS or EPBI 414 expands the basic program in statistics to STAT 325 Data Analysis and Linear Models 3 incorporate topics from operations research and STAT 326 Multivariate Analysis and Data Mining 3 numerical analysis which are fundamental to STAT 345 Theoretical Statistics I 3 actuarial theory and computation. This actuarial STAT 346 Theoretical Statistics II 3 option includes the course work necessary to At least 15 hours of courses in statistical methodology, 15 prepare for Courses 1-3 of the Society of Actuaries to be chosen from courses numbered 300 and higher Exams. offered by the statistics department, or approved courses in statistical methodology or probability taught in biostatistics, All undergraduate majors begin with a foundation electrical engineering and computer science, economics, mathematics, operations research, systems engineering, in mathematics and a core of courses in theoretical etc. At least 6 hours must be in STAT. STAT 243 and 244 statistics, courses in statistical methodology, and may be counted. courses in modern data analysis. Each student’s Two approved courses (or more) numbered 300 or above in 6 program is individualized by: (1) the choice of an an approved discipline outside statistics. applied field of concentration according to the Total Units 56 student’s own talents and interests, and (2) the choice of appropriate statistics electives, drawn Bachelor of Science from offerings by the statistics department and from suitable offerings by other departments at the The BS degree adds a laboratory science university. The senior project option allows students requirement. For students seriously interested in basic science, a natural science is the logical 412 College of Arts and Sciences

choice as a focus for the application, and the BS • STAT 317 Actuarial Science I and STAT 318 degree is the logical choice of program. Actuarial Science II. Students ordinarily can expect to be prepared to take Courses 1-3 of the The BS degree in statistics requires a minimum Society of Actuaries Exams upon graduation. of 68 hours of approved course work, including 27 hours in statistics and the remainder in related disciplines and a substantive field of application. Minor

Required courses A minor in statistics requires a minimum of 15 MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I 4 hours of approved course work. The minor must MATH 122 Calculus for Science and Engineering II 4 satisfy the requirements below and must include or MATH 124 Calculus II a minimum of 9 credits in courses from statistics MATH 223 Calculus for Science and Engineering III 3 department offerings. or MATH 227 Calculus III MATH 224 Elementary Differential Equations 3 Required courses or MATH 228 Differential Equations One of the following sequences: 6 MATH 201 Introduction to Linear Algebra (or 3 STAT 243 Statistical Theory with Application I equivalent) & STAT 244 and Statistical Theory with Application II Two computation classes 6 STAT 345 Theoretical Statistics I ENGR 131 Elementary Computer Programming & STAT 346 and Theoretical Statistics II Plus an additional higher-numbered course in or other approved sequence computation from EECS or EPBI 414 One of the following: 3 STAT 325 Data Analysis and Linear Models 3 STAT 208 Statistics for Business and Management STAT 326 Multivariate Analysis and Data Mining 3 Science II STAT 345 Theoretical Statistics I 3 STAT 312 Basic Statistics for Engineering and Science STAT 346 Theoretical Statistics II 3 STAT 313 Statistics for Experimenters At least 15 hours of courses in statistical methodology, 15 STAT 332 Statistics for Signal Processing to be chosen from courses numbered 300 and higher STAT 333 Uncertainty in Engineering and Science offered by the statistics department, or approved courses in STAT 325 Data Analysis and Linear Models statistical methodology or probability taught in biostatistics, electrical engineering and computer science, economics, Two approved elective courses numbered 300 or above. 6 mathematics, operations research, systems engineering, Total Units 15 etc. At least 6 hours must be in STAT. STAT 243 and 244 may be counted. Two approved courses (or more) numbered 300 or above in 6 an approved discipline outside statistics. Graduate Programs A combined total of 12 hours (or more) in ASTR, BIOL, 12 CHEM, or PHYS which may be counted toward a major The department offers programs leading to the in that field, including at least one of PHYS 121 and 122, Master of Science and to the Doctor of Philosophy CHEM 105 and 106 plus 113, CHEM 107 and 108 plus degrees. Graduate assistantships, both with 113, BIOL 110 and 210 plus 211, or BIOL 110 and 220 plus 221. Students are strongly encouraged to include advanced teaching responsibilities and with research duties, expository or technical writing courses in their programs. are available to qualified applicants. The dual Total Units 68 core of the MS program is mathematical statistics and modern data analysis, with the option of a special Entrepreneurial Track. Expanding from Bachelor’s Degree Option in Actuarial this core, students develop technical facility in a Science variety of statistical methodologies. This breadth of competence is designed to equip graduates The actuarial program leading to either a BA or a to go beyond the appropriate choice of method BS in statistics requires 30 hours in statistics and for implementation and to be able to adapt these actuarial studies and must satisfy the requirements techniques and to construct new methods to meet for the appropriate degree program, with the the specific objectives and constraints of new following in addition to required courses. situations. • At least 12 hours in statistical methodology, to be chosen from courses numbered 300 and higher offered by the statistics department, or Master of Science approved courses taught in EPBI, EECS, ECON, MATH, OPRE, etc. At least 6 hours must be in The MS degree in statistics requires a minimum of STAT courses; STAT 243 Statistical Theory with 27 hours of approved course work in statistics and Application I and STAT 244 Statistical Theory related disciplines and an MS research project or with Application II may be counted. a thesis. Each student’s program is developed in consultation with the director of graduate studies Case Western Reserve University 413 or a senior faculty mentor and must satisfy the Entrepreneurial Track following requirements: The Master of Science in Statistics-Entrepreneurial STAT 425 Data Analysis and Linear Models 6 Track (MSS-ET) is a professional degree designed & STAT 426 and Multivariate Analysis and Data Mining to provide training in statistics focused on STAT 445 Theoretical Statistics I 6 developing data analysis and decision-making & STAT 446 and Theoretical Statistics II skills in industrial, government, and consulting STAT 455 Linear Models 3 environments where uncertainties and related STAT 495A Consulting Forum 3 risks are present. It expands our master’s or STAT 495B Consulting Forum With Practicum program in statistics by creating a professional STAT 621 M.S. Research Project 3 track that includes some business training. The or STAT 651 Thesis M.S. Entrepreneurial Track provides instruction and real- A minimum of six hours of approved graduate-level statistics 6 world business experience to students who have electives a background in statistics and a vision for new and Total Units 25 growing ventures. The MSS-ET program requires a The goals of this program are: minimum of 27 hours. 1. to give each student a balanced view of The required New Venture Creation and statistical theory and the application of Technology Entrepreneurship courses will statistics in practice or in substantive research be offered by the Weatherhead School of Management. Students on internships will sign 2. to have the student develop a broad up for the consulting forum sequence. In addition, competence in statistical methodology. students are required to participate in an intensive (up to 30 hours) one-week annual workshop on the industrial use of statistics from the management The required core course work reflects this perspective. This non-credit workshop will take balance. The first two requirements are for full-year place during the fall or spring undergraduate sequences in data analysis and theory; the third breaks. develops the theory underlying linear modeling. The requirement for applications of statistics will be satisfied through intensive participation in the consulting forum; the selection of an MS research Doctor of Philosophy project provides additional exposure. Graduate students are also required to participate in a forum The doctoral program focuses on research, with or seminar to gain experience in written and oral a plan of study devoted to the development of presentation. statistical methodology or theory with innovative applications. Graduates will be able both to extend The remainder of each student’s program is the theoretical basis for statistics and to bring individualized to address the more specialized statistical thought to scientific research in other statistical demands of the selected field of fields. The objective of preparing students to concentration or the focus of multidisciplinary collaborate in interdisciplinary work demands work. Each student may choose either the applied breadth as well, so advanced knowledge of research project or the thesis option, depending on a substantive field and participation in the individual interests. In either case, the student can collaborative experience are also integral to the expect to work with a faculty mentor in undertaking program. a significant task, the results of which will be suitable for publication or for presentation at Students planning to enter the doctoral program professional society meetings. in statistics should obtain information from the departmental office. Plans of study are prepared A student coming to school from a position as a individually by the graduate student and a faculty professional statistician might choose a statistical advisor to develop the talents and interests of each problem arising in the workplace as the basis for student. an MS research project. A student intending to continue graduate work toward a PhD might choose Department Faculty an MS research project to explore the intimate relationship of statistics to substantive fields. Jill E. Korbin, PhD Alternatively, either student might choose the thesis (University of California-Los Angeles) option to tailor a methodology to a new setting or Interim Chair; Professor of Anthropology to make a first essay at mathematical statistical research. 414 College of Arts and Sciences

Jiayang Sun, PhD Hemant Ishwaran, PhD (Stanford University) (Yale University) Professor Adjunct Associate Professor Simultaneous inference; biased sampling; Data mining; mixture models; nonparametric Bayes; mixtures and measurement errors; data mining genomic data and bioinformatics; semiparametrics and nonparametrics; imaging; general statistics and Mary Rieger, PhD statistics in interdisciplinary and cutting-edge (University of California, Berkeley) research Adjunct Professor Statistical education Patricia Williamson, PhD (Bowling Green University) Yaomin Xu, PhD Instructor (Case Western Reserve University) Bayesian analysis; estimation; hypothesis testing Adjunct Assistant Professor Statistical Genetics and Bioinformatics Wojbor Woyczynski, PhD (Wroclaw University, Poland) Professor Stochastic models; probability; random fields; time Courses series; dynamics of chaotic processes; nonlinear diffusion; turbulence STAT 201. Basic Statistics for Social and Life Sciences. 3 Units.

Lecturers Designed for undergraduates in the social sciences and life sciences who need to use statistical Paula FitzGibbon, MS techniques in their fields. Descriptive statistics, (Miami University) probability models, sampling distributions. Point and General statistics and applications; program confidence interval estimation, hypothesis testing. evaluation for nonprofit organizations; survey Elementary regression and analysis of variance. questionnaire design Not for credit toward major or minor in Statistics. Danhong Song, PhD (Bowling Green University) STAT 207. Statistics for Business and Statistical genetics; linkage analysis and Management Science I. 3 Units. association study Organizing and summarizing data. Mean, variance, moments. Elementary probability, conditional Adjunct Faculty probability. Commonly encountered distributions including binomial, Poisson, uniform, exponential, Manfred Denker, PhD normal distributions. Central limit theorem. Sample (University of Erlangen) quantities, empirical distributions. Reference Adjunct Professor distributions (chi-square, z-, t-, F-distributions). Nonparametric statistics; probability theory; Point and interval estimation; hypothesis tests. complex dynamics Prereq: MATH 122 or MATH 126 Harold S. Haller, PhD (Case Western Reserve University) STAT 208. Statistics for Business and Adjunct Professor Management Science II. 3 Units. Statistical quality control; experimental design Hypothesis testing, analysis of variance. Simple Bo Hu, PhD linear regression and correlation; multiple linear (University of Wisconsin-Madison) regression. Analysis of contingency table data, Adjunct Assistant Professor goodness-of-fit tests. Nonparametric methods Model selection; longitudinal analysis including sign, Wilcoxon, Kruskal-Wallis and runs tests. Introduction to time series analysis and forecasting. Recommended preparation: STAT 207. Case Western Reserve University 415

STAT 243. Statistical Theory with Application I. STAT 313. Statistics for Experimenters. 3 Units. 3 Units. For advanced undergraduates in engineering, Introduction to fundamental concepts of physical sciences, life sciences. Comprehensive statistics through examples including design of introduction to modeling data and statistical an observational study, industrial simulation. methods of analyzing data. General objective is to Theoretical development motivated by sample train students in formulating statistical models, in survey methodology. Randomness, distribution choosing appropriate methods for inference from functions, conditional probabilities. Derivation experimental and observational data and to test of common discrete distributions. Expectation the validity of these models. Focus on practicalities operator. Statistics as random variables, point and of inference from experimental data. Inference interval estimation. Maximum likelihood estimators. for curve and surface fitting to real data sets. Properties of estimators. Prereq: MATH 122 or Designs for experiments and simulations. Student MATH 126 generation of experimental data and application of statistical methods for analysis. Critique of model; use of regression diagnostics to analyze errors. STAT 244. Statistical Theory with Application II. Note: Credit given for only one (1) of STAT 312, 3 Units. 313, 333, 433. Prereq: MATH 122 or equivalent. Extension of inferences to continuous-valued random variables. Common continuous-valued STAT 317. Actuarial Science I. 3 Units. distributions. Expectation operator. Maximum likelihood estimators for the continuous case. Practical knowledge of the theory of interest in Simple linear, multiple and polynomial regression. both finite and continuous time. That knowledge Properties of regression estimators when errors are should include how these concepts are used in the Gaussian. Regression diagnostics. Class or student various annuity functions, and apply the concepts projects gathering real data or generating simulated of present and accumulated value for various data, fitting models and analyzing residuals from fit. streams of cash flows as a basis for future use Prereq: STAT 243 in: reserving, valuation, pricing, duration, asset/ liability management, investment income, capital budgeting, and contingencies. Valuation of discrete STAT 312. Basic Statistics for Engineering and and continuous streams of payments, including Science. 3 Units. the case in which the interest conversion period differs from the payment period will be considered. For advanced undergraduate students in Application of interest theory to amortization of engineering, physical sciences, life sciences. lump sums, fixed income securities, depreciation, Comprehensive introduction to probability models mortgages, etc., as well as annuity functions in and statistical methods of analyzing data with a broad finance context will be covered. Topics the object of formulating statistical models and covered include areas examined in the American choosing appropriate methods for inference from Society of Actuaries Exam 2. Offered as STAT 317 experimental and observational data and for testing and STAT 417. Prereq: MATH 122 or MATH 126 or the model’s validity. Balanced approach with equal requisites not met permission emphasis on probability, fundamental concepts of statistics, point and interval estimation, hypothesis testing, analysis of variance, design of experiments, STAT 318. Actuarial Science II. 3 Units. and regression modeling. Note: Credit given for only one (1) of STAT 312, 313, 333, 433. Prereq: Theory of life contingencies. Life table analysis for MATH 122 or equivalent. simple and multiple decrement functions. Life and special annuities. Life insurance and reserves for life insurance. Statistical issues for prediction from actuarial models. Topics covered include areas examined in the American Society of Actuaries Exam 3. Offered as STAT 318 and STAT 418. Prereq: STAT 317 and STAT 207, or STAT 312, or STAT 345 or requisites not met permission. 416 College of Arts and Sciences

STAT 325. Data Analysis and Linear Models. 3 STAT 333. Uncertainty in Engineering and Units. Science. 3 Units.

Basic exploratory data analysis for univariate Phenomena of uncertainty appear in engineering response with single or multiple covariates. and science for various reasons and can be Graphical methods and data summarization, model- modeled in different ways. The course integrates fitting using S-plus computing language. Linear and the mainstream ideas in statistical data analysis multiple regression. Emphasis on model selection with models of uncertain phenomena stemming criteria, on diagnostics to assess goodness from three distinct viewpoints: algorithmic/ of fit and interpretation. Techniques include computational complexity; classical probability transformation, smoothing, median polish, robust/ theory; and chaotic behavior of nonlinear systems. resistant methods. Case studies and analysis of Descriptive statistics, estimation procedures individual data sets. Notes of caution and some and hypothesis testing (including design of methods for handling bad data. Knowledge of experiments). Random number generators and regression is helpful. Offered as STAT 325 and their testing. Monte Carlo Methods. Mathematica STAT 425. Prereq: STAT 207 or STAT 243 or notebooks and simulations will be used. Note: STAT 312 or EPBI 431 or EPBI 441 or EPBI 458. Credit given for only one (1) of STAT 312, 313, 333, 433. Graduate students are required to do an extra project. Offered as STAT 333 and STAT 433. STAT 326. Multivariate Analysis and Data Prereq: MATH 122 or MATH 223. Mining. 3 Units.

Extensions of exploratory data analysis and STAT 345. Theoretical Statistics I. 3 Units. modeling to multivariate response observations and to non-Gaussian data. Singular value Topics provide the background for statistical decomposition and projection, principal inference. Random variables; distribution and components, factor analysis and latent structure density functions; transformations, expectation. analysis, discriminant analysis and clustering Common univariate distributions. Multiple techniques, cross-validation, E-M algorithm, random variables; joint, marginal and conditional CART. Introduction to generalized linear modeling. distributions; hierarchical models, covariance. Case studies of complex data sets with multiple Distributions of sample quantities, distributions of objectives for analysis. Recommended preparation: sums of random variables, distributions of order STAT 325/425. Offered as STAT 326 and STAT statistics. Methods of statistical inference. Offered 426. as STAT 345, STAT 445, and EPBI 481. Prereq: MATH 122 or MATH 223 or Coreq: EPBI 431. STAT 332. Statistics for Signal Processing. 3 Units. STAT 346. Theoretical Statistics II. 3 Units.

For advanced undergraduate students or beginning Point estimation: maximum likelihood, moment graduate students in engineering, physical estimators. Methods of evaluating estimators sciences, life sciences. Introduction to probability including mean squared error, consistency, "best" models and statistical methods. Emphasis on unbiased and sufficiency. Hypothesis testing; probability as relative frequencies. Derivation likelihood ratio and union-intersection tests. of conditional probabilities and memoryless Properties of tests including power function, bias. channels. Joint distribution of random variables, Interval estimation by inversion of test statistics, transformations, autocorrelation, series of irregular use of pivotal quantities. Application to regression. observations, stationarity. Random harmonic Graduate students are responsible for mathematical signals with noise, random phase and/or random derivations, and full proofs of principal theorems. amplitude. Gaussian and Poisson signals. Offered as STAT 346,STAT 446, and EPBI 482. Modulation and averaging properties. Transmission Prereq: STAT 345 or STAT 445 or EPBI 481. through linear filters. Power spectra, bandwidth, white and colored noise. ARMA processes and forecasting. Optimal linear systems, signal-to- STAT 395. Senior Project in Statistics. 3 Units. noise ratio, Wiener filter. Completion of additional assignments required from graduate students An individual project done under faculty supervision registered in this course. Offered as STAT 332 and involving the investigation and statistical analysis of STAT 432. Prereq: MATH 122. a real problem encountered in university research or an industrial setting. Written report. Case Western Reserve University 417

STAT 401. Statistics for Social and Life STAT 418. Actuarial Science II. 3 Units. Sciences. 3 Units. Theory of life contingencies. Life table analysis for Principles and practice of data presentation and simple and multiple decrement functions. Life and basic models including analysis of variance and special annuities. Life insurance and reserves for multiple linear regression. Content includes analysis life insurance. Statistical issues for prediction from of discrete data in contingency tables, sensitivity actuarial models. Topics covered include areas and specificity, odds ratios, tests of goodness of examined in the American Society of Actuaries fit, display and summarization of data, hypothesis Exam 3. Offered as STAT 318 and STAT 418. testing, and interval estimation. Taught in case- based format with individual and/or collaborative student projects. Primarily for graduate students in STAT 425. Data Analysis and Linear Models. 3 nursing and health sciences. Not for credit toward Units. undergraduate major or minor in Statistics or for credit toward any graduate degree in Statistics. Basic exploratory data analysis for univariate Recommended preparation: STAT 201. response with single or multiple covariates. Graphical methods and data summarization, model- fitting using S-plus computing language. Linear and STAT 412. Statistics for Design and Analysis in multiple regression. Emphasis on model selection Engineering and Science. 3 Units. criteria, on diagnostics to assess goodness of fit and interpretation. Techniques include For graduate students (primarily) and advanced transformation, smoothing, median polish, robust/ undergraduates in engineering, physical sciences, resistant methods. Case studies and analysis of and life sciences. After basic statistical concepts individual data sets. Notes of caution and some are reviewed, the remainder of the course methods for handling bad data. Knowledge of consists of a comprehensive introduction to regression is helpful. Offered as STAT 325 and statistical methods of designing experiments STAT 425. and analyzing data. The general objective is to train students in statistical modeling and in the choice of experimental designs to use in scientific STAT 426. Multivariate Analysis and Data investigations. A variety of experimental designs Mining. 3 Units. are covered, and regression analysis is presented as the primary technique for analyzing data from Extensions of exploratory data analysis and designed experiments, and in discriminating modeling to multivariate response observations between various possible statistical models. The and to non-Gaussian data. Singular value course is oriented toward graduate students decomposition and projection, principal engaged in or embarking on research. Prereq: components, factor analysis and latent structure MATH 122. analysis, discriminant analysis and clustering techniques, cross-validation, E-M algorithm, CART. Introduction to generalized linear modeling. STAT 417. Actuarial Science I. 3 Units. Case studies of complex data sets with multiple objectives for analysis. Recommended preparation: Practical knowledge of the theory of interest in STAT 325/425. Offered as STAT 326 and STAT both finite and continuous time. That knowledge 426. should include how these concepts are used in the various annuity functions, and apply the concepts of present and accumulated value for various STAT 427. Statistical Computing. 3 Units. streams of cash flows as a basis for future use in: reserving, valuation, pricing, duration, asset/ Basic topics in statistical computing: floating point liability management, investment income, capital arithmetic; seminumerical computation including budgeting, and contingencies. Valuation of discrete generation and test of random numbers, Monte and continuous streams of payments, including Carlo methods, variance reduction methods, the case in which the interest conversion period stochastic models and simulation studies; numerical differs from the payment period will be considered. computation including numerical linear algebra, Application of interest theory to amortization of optimization and root-rinding, numerical integration; lump sums, fixed income securities, depreciation, some graphical and symbolic computations, mortgages, etc., as well as annuity functions in special topics in statistical computing: resampling a broad finance context will be covered. Topics methods, EM algorithms, Gibbs sampling and covered include areas examined in the American projection pursuit. Prereq: STAT 345 or STAT 425 Society of Actuaries Exam 2. Offered as STAT 317 or permission of department. and STAT 417. 418 College of Arts and Sciences

STAT 432. Statistics for Signal Processing. 3 STAT 437. Stochastic Models: Time Series and Units. Markov Chains. 3 Units.

For advanced undergraduate students or beginning Introduction to stochastic modeling of data. graduate students in engineering, physical Emphasis on models and statistical analysis of data sciences, life sciences. Introduction to probability with a significant temporal and/or spatial structure. models and statistical methods. Emphasis on This course will analyze time and space dependent probability as relative frequencies. Derivation random phenomena from two perspectives: of conditional probabilities and memoryless Stationary Time Series: Spectral representation channels. Joint distribution of random variables, of deterministic signals, autocorrelation. Power transformations, autocorrelation, series of irregular spectra. Transmission of stationary signals through observations, stationarity. Random harmonic linear filters. Optimal filter design, signal-to- signals with noise, random phase and/or random noise ratio. Gaussian signals and correlation amplitude. Gaussian and Poisson signals. matrices. Spectral representation and computer Modulation and averaging properties. Transmission simulation of stationary signals. Discrete Markov through linear filters. Power spectra, bandwidth, Chains: Transition matrices, recurrences and the white and colored noise. ARMA processes and first step analysis. Steady rate. Recurrence and forecasting. Optimal linear systems, signal-to- ergodicity, empirical averages. Long run behavior, noise ratio, Wiener filter. Completion of additional convergence to steady state. Time to absorption. assignments required from graduate students Eigenvalues and nonhomogeneous Markov chains. registered in this course. Offered as STAT 332 and Introduction to Gibbs fields and Markov Chain STAT 432. Prereq: MATH 122. Monte Carlo (MCMC). This course is related to STAT 538 but can be taken independently of it. Prereq: STAT 312 or equivalent. STAT 433. Uncertainty in Engineering and Science. 3 Units. STAT 439. Integrated Numerical and Statistical Phenomena of uncertainty appear in engineering Computations. 3 Units. and science for various reasons and can be modeled in different ways. The course integrates This course will embed numerical methods into a the mainstream ideas in statistical data analysis Bayesian framework. The statistical framework will with models of uncertain phenomena stemming make it possible to integrate a prori information from three distinct viewpoints: algorithmic/ about the unknowns and the error in the data computational complexity; classical probability directly into the most efficient numerical methods. theory; and chaotic behavior of nonlinear systems. A lot of emphasis will be put on understanding the Descriptive statistics, estimation procedures role of the priors, their encoding into fast numerical and hypothesis testing (including design of solvers, and how to translate qualitative or sample- experiments). Random number generators and based information--or lack thereof--into a numerical their testing. Monte Carlo Methods. Mathematica scheme. Confidence on computed results will also notebooks and simulations will be used. Note: be discussed from a Bayesian perspective, at the Credit given for only one (1) of STAT 312, 313, light of the given data and a priori information. The 333, 433. Graduate students are required to do an course should be of interest to anyone working on extra project. Offered as STAT 333 and STAT 433. signal and image processing statistics, numerical Prereq: MATH 122 or MATH 223. analysis and modeling. Recommended Preparation: MATH 431. Offered as MATH 439 and STAT 439.

STAT 445. Theoretical Statistics I. 3 Units.

Topics provide the background for statistical inference. Random variables; distribution and density functions; transformations, expectation. Common univariate distributions. Multiple random variables; joint, marginal and conditional distributions; hierarchical models, covariance. Distributions of sample quantities, distributions of sums of random variables, distributions of order statistics. Methods of statistical inference. Offered as STAT 345, STAT 445, and EPBI 481. Prereq: MATH 122 or MATH 223 or Coreq: EPBI 431. Case Western Reserve University 419

STAT 446. Theoretical Statistics II. 3 Units. STAT 495A. Consulting Forum. 1 - 3 Unit.

Point estimation: maximum likelihood, moment This course unifies what students have learned estimators. Methods of evaluating estimators in their course work to apply their knowledge in including mean squared error, consistency, "best" consulting. It recognizes the fact that the essence unbiased and sufficiency. Hypothesis testing; of the statistical profession is continuing interaction likelihood ratio and union-intersection tests. with practitioners in the sciences, engineering, Properties of tests including power function, bias. medicine, economics, etc. The course presents Interval estimation by inversion of test statistics, the views of prominent experts in the field as use of pivotal quantities. Application to regression. obtained from the literature and other sources. Graduate students are responsible for mathematical The responsibilities of the consultant and the client derivations, and full proofs of principal theorems. are discussed. Sample consulting problems are Offered as STAT 346,STAT 446, and EPBI 482. presented and strategies for solving them are Prereq: STAT 345 or STAT 445 or EPBI 481. provided. Prereq: STAT 325 or STAT 425.

STAT 448. Bayesian Theory with Applications. 3 STAT 495B. Consulting Forum With Practicum. Units. 3 Units.

Principles of Bayesian theory, methodology and This course is designed to provide a hands- applications. Methods for forming prior distributions on experience with statistical consulting under using conjugate families, reference priors and the guidance of the instructor. It will include empirically-based priors. Derivation of posterior discussion of practical aspects of consulting such and predictive distributions and their moments. as the entrepreneurial nature of this activity. The Properties when common distributions such students will become involved in actual consulting as binomial, normal or other exponential family projects generated in a collaborative environment. distributions are used. Hierarchical models. Statistical problems, together with their substantive Computational techniques including Markov chain, background, will be presented by individuals from Monte Carlo and importance sampling. Extensive the private sector (e.g., from industry) and/or use of applications to illustrate concepts and CWRU faculty and students. Selected problems methodology. Recommended preparation: STAT will be addressed in a collaborative fashion; i.e., 445. by a team involving graduate students from the Statistics Department, the course instructor, and scientists. Some of these problems may lead to STAT 455. Linear Models. 3 Units. collaborative research or entrepreneurial ventures. Prereq: STAT 495A, STAT 325, or STAT 425 or Theory of least squares estimation, interval consent of department. estimation and tests for models with normally distributed errors. Regression on dummy variables, analysis of variance and covariance. Variance STAT 525. Advanced Data Analysis. 3 Units. components models. Model diagnostics. Robust regression. Analysis of longitudinal data. Prereq: Topics drawn from resampling methods (including MATH 201 and STAT 346 or STAT 446 bootstrapping), MCMC (Gibbs sampling), nonparametric curve and surface fitting, kernel density estimation, projection pursuit, mixture STAT 491. Graduate Student Seminar. 1 - 2 Unit. models, time series (time permitting), approaches to model uncertainty, models for repeated measures Seminar run collaboratively by graduate students and structural-functional models, statistical to investigate an area of current research, the inference for large systems, modern data analysis topic chosen each semester. All graduate students techniques. Recommended preparation: STAT 426 participate in presentation of material each or permission of department. semester. Satisfies requirement for every full-time graduate student to enroll in a participatory seminar every semester while registered in any graduate STAT 527. Advanced Statistical Computing. 3 degree program. Recommended preparation: Units. Graduate standing. Special topics drawn from statistical computing, complex system and dynamic computation. Oriented to research. Prereq: STAT 427. 420 College of Arts and Sciences

STAT 538. Stochastic Models: Diffusive STAT 555. Generalized Linear Models. 3 Units. Phenomena and Stochastic Differential Equations. 3 Units. Generalization from linear statistical models to discrete responses and other non-Gaussian Introduction to stochastic modeling of data. cases. Theory for binomial proportions and logits, Emphasis on models and statistical analysis Poisson counts and loglinear models, multinomial of data with significant temporal and/or spatial response models, models for survival data. structure. This course will analyze time and Analysis of deviance, model checking. Conditional, space dependent random phenomena from two marginal and quasi-likelihood methods. Inverse perspectives: Brownian motion and diffusive linear models. Generalized linear mixed models. processes: Classification of stochastic processes, Recommended preparation: STAT 455. finite dimensional distributions, random walks and their scaling limits, Brownian motion and its paths properties, general diffusive processes, Fokker- STAT 571. Advanced Topics in Statistics. 1 - 3 Planck-Kolmogorov equations, Poisson and point Unit. processes, heavy tail diffusions, Levy processes, tempered stable diffusions. Stochastic calculus and For advanced graduate students. Topics in stochastic differential equations: Wiener random specialized areas of statistical theory and integrals, mean-square theory, Brownian stochastic methodology, with emphasis on recent advances integrals and ITO formula, stochastic integrals for in theory, developments of new methodology and Levy processes, martingale property, basic theory definition of new research questions. Topics may and applications of stochastic differential equations. change from year to year. Number of credit hours This course is related to STAT 437 but can be for the class will be predetermined each semester taken independently of it. Prereq: STAT 312 or based on the material to be presented. equivalent. STAT 576. Advanced Topics in Modeling. 1 - 3 STAT 545. Advanced Theory of Statistics I. 3 Unit. Units. Advanced topics in specialized areas of statistics A systematic development of advanced statistical and stochastic modeling designed to define new theory. Background concepts. Limits, order research directions drawing on recent advances in comparisons, convergence. Sample moments, theory and model formulation. Focus on statistical quantiles and other statistics. Transformations. issues arising in the application of statistical or Characterization of distribution functions and stochastic models to new substantive research characteristic functions. Normal and other efforts. Topics may change from year to year. approximations to distributions. Quadratic forms Number of credit hours for the class will be and other functions of asymptotically normal predetermined each semester based on the statistics. Asymptotic properties of statistics material to be presented. including asymptotic efficiency, consistency. Admissibility, sufficiency and ancillarity. Nuisance parameters, parameter orthogonality. Distribution STAT 601. Reading and Research. 1 - 9 Unit. theory in nuisance parameters. Recommended Individual study and/or project work. preparation: STAT 446.

STAT 621. M.S. Research Project. 1 - 9 Unit. STAT 546. Advanced Theory of Statistics II. 3 Units. Completion of statistical design and/or analysis of a research project in a substantive field which Estimation: maximum likelihood, minimax, Bayes’, requires substantial and/or nonstandard statistical empirical Bayes’, and James-Stein estimators. techniques and which leads to results suitable for Entropy and information. U-statistics and their publication. Written project report must present distributions. Von Mises differentiable statistical the context of the research, justify the statistical functions, M, L, R-estimators. Confidence intervals methodology used, draw appropriate inferences and regions. Simple and weighted empirical and interpret these inferences in both statistical and processes. Convergence and distributions for substantive scientific terms. Oral presentation of empirical processes. Recommended preparation: research project may be given in either graduate STAT 545. student seminar or consulting forum. Case Western Reserve University 421

STAT 651. Thesis M.S.. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) May be used as alternative to STAT 621 (M.S. Research Project) in fulfillment of requirements for M.S. degree in Statistics.

STAT 701. Dissertation Ph.D.. 1 - 18 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) Prereq: Predoctoral research consent or advanced to Ph.D. candidacy milestone. 422 College of Arts and Sciences

Department of Theater

Eldred Hall http://www.case.edu/artsci/thtr Undergraduate Programs Ron Wilson, Department Chair [email protected] Theater Major

The Department of Theater offers education The Bachelor of Arts program in theater offers and participation in all aspects of drama, with concentrations in acting, design/technical theater, course offerings in acting, stagecraft, costume, dramatic writing, and directing. scene design, directing, and playwriting. Students have the opportunity to perform on stage as The basic course requirements for all theater well as to serve on the technical crews in main- majors are as follows: stage theatrical productions each year. The high ratio of faculty to students ensures that THTR 101 Acting I: Fundamentals 3 students will be able to work closely with highly THTR 126 Introduction to Theater 3 skilled professionals. The department treats THTR 330 Play Directing I 3 all performances as educational experiences Any two of the following: and welcomes the participation of all students THTR 223 Introduction to Scenic Design 3 regardless of their academic majors and career THTR 224 Introduction to Lighting Design 3 goals. THTR 352 Costume Design and Construction 3 Actor education in the theater program prepares THTR 380 Stage Management 3 majors for acting career opportunities in the All of the following courses: American theater. Graduates are currently THTR 327 American Theater and Playwrights 3 WLIT 228 Development of Theater: Beginnings to 3 employed nationally and regionally. The MFA English Renaissance Acting Program, a collaboration between the WLIT 229 Development of Theater: Renaissance to 3 university and The Cleveland Play House, Romanticism represents a unique alliance between one of the THTR 329 Dramatic Literature 3 oldest theater programs in the United States and the nation’s first regional theater. The department is affiliated with the National Acting Emphasis: Additional Classes Theater Institute (NTI) in Waterford, Connecticut, one of many collaborations that afford opportunities THTR 231 Acting III: Contemporary Technique 3 to our students. This prestigious program offers THTR 232 Acting IV: Classical Technique 3 students the best in concentrated theater training, THTR 306 Acting V: Camera Technique 3 and its Moscow semester provides a singular THTR 311 Audition Laboratory 1 cultural perspective as well. Students may THTR 375 Voice for the Stage I 3 participate in NTI programs during the fall or spring THTR 376 Voice for the Stage II 3 semester; full credit is available with no loss of THTR 382 Crossing Bridges: The Public Role of Artist 3 in Understanding Disease financial aid. Total Units 19 Many of our students go abroad for either one Total hours, not including THTR 385 Rehearsal and semester at the British American Drama Academy Production /THTR 386 Rehearsal and Performance: (BADA) or a full year in other programs. BADA 43 offers a conservatory-based intensive program in all aspects of actor training, with full credit transfer and no loss of financial aid. For more information on this and other opportunities, consult Jeffrey Ullom, Design/Technical Emphasis: Additional director of undergraduate theater studies. Classes Total hours, not including THTR 385 Rehearsal and Production/THTR 386 Rehearsal and Performance: 42 Case Western Reserve University 423

Dramatic Writing Emphasis: Additional Minor Classes A minor in theater requires 18 hours. The THTR 312 Playwriting 3 requirements for each concentration are as follows: THTR 314 Advanced Playwriting 3 THTR 316 Screenwriting 3 THTR 399 Independent Study in Theater Arts 1-3 General Theater Total Units 10-12 Total hours, not including /THTR 386 Rehearsal THTR 101 Acting I: Fundamentals 3 and Performance: 42 THTR 102 Acting II: Exploration of Craft 3 One of the following: 3 THTR 223 Introduction to Scenic Design THTR 224 Introduction to Lighting Design Directing Emphasis: Additional Classes THTR 352 Costume Design and Construction THTR 228 Development of Theater: Beginnings to 3 THTR 331 Play Directing II 3 English Renaissance And two other courses to be determined with the advisor THTR 229 Development of Theater: Renaissance to 3 Total Units 3 Romanticism Total hours, not including THTR 385 Rehearsal and THTR 327 American Theater and Playwrights 3 Production/THTR 386 Rehearsal and Performance: or THTR 329 Dramatic Literature 42 Total Units 18

Acting Departmental Honors in Theater THTR 101 Acting I: Fundamentals 3 Majors wishing to take a Bachelor of Arts degree THTR 102 Acting II: Exploration of Craft 3 with honors in theater must make written application THTR 231 Acting III: Contemporary Technique 3 to the director of undergraduate theater studies no THTR 228 Development of Theater: Beginnings to 3 later than May 1 of their junior year. Students must English Renaissance have a minimum 3.25 overall grade point average THTR 229 Development of Theater: Renaissance to 3 and a minimum 3.75 grade point average in theater. Romanticism Acceptance into the honors program is contingent THTR 375 Voice for the Stage I 3 upon faculty support and recommendation by the Total Units 18 director of undergraduate theater studies and the department chair. Design/Tech Those accepted register for THTR 397 Honors Studies I and THTR 398 Honors Studies II during THTR 105 Introduction to Stagecraft 3 their senior year, for a total of 6 hours. The honors THTR 228 Development of Theater: Beginnings to 3 project is defined as a production project in acting, English Renaissance design, playwriting, directing, or management/ THTR 229 Development of Theater: Renaissance to 3 outreach. A supporting paper discussing the Romanticism concept, execution, and performance of the project Two of the following: 6 must be filed with the director of undergraduate THTR 223 Introduction to Scenic Design theater studies no later than one week following the THTR 224 Introduction to Lighting Design project presentation. Preparation of the project will THTR 352 Costume Design and Construction be supervised by a department faculty member. One of the following: 3 THTR 329 Dramatic Literature This project may be accepted for honors only THTR 327 American Theater and Playwrights if it receives a grade of A from both the project Total Units 18 advisor and the director of undergraduate theater studies. The grade of A must be received both Dramatic Writing semesters. Students who qualify will receive the notation “Departmental Honors in Theater” on THTR 101 Acting I: Fundamentals 3 their diplomas. Information about the structure THTR 228 Development of Theater: Beginnings to 3 and specific requirements of the honors project is English Renaissance available from the director of undergraduate theater THTR 229 Development of Theater: Renaissance to 3 Romanticism studies. THTR 312 Playwriting 3 424 College of Arts and Sciences

THTR 316 Screenwriting 3 4. Successful completion of the Third Year THTR 330 Play Directing I 3 Internship at The Cleveland Play House Total Units 18 Course requirements for the MFA in acting are as follows: Directing

THTR 228 Development of Theater: Beginnings to 3 18 hours of acting, including script analysis, implementation 18 English Renaissance of acting theory, characterization, modernist playwrights, and Shakespeare THTR 229 Development of Theater: Renaissance to 3 Romanticism 12 hours of movement, chosen from mask work, period 12 styles, stage combat, and commedia THTR 223 Introduction to Scenic Design 3 9 hours of voice, chosen from voice production, articulation, 9 or THTR 224 Introduction to Lighting Design and interpretation THTR 327 American Theater and Playwrights 3 6 hours of speech, using Edith Skinner techniques, dialects, 6 THTR 330 Play Directing I 3 verse and lyric drama, and Shakespeare THTR 331 Play Directing II 3 6-9 hours of performance theory, projects, and professional 6-9 Total Units 18 seminars 6 hours of creative thesis 6 THTR 401 Advanced Stage Movement I 3 Graduate Programs THTR 402 Advanced Stage Movement II 3 THTR 403 Advanced Stage Movement III 3 THTR 404 Advanced Stage Movement IV 3 Master of Fine Arts in Acting THTR 473 Graduate Voice Technique I 3 THTR 474 Graduate Voice Technique II 3 In 1996, The Cleveland Play House and Case THTR 475 Voice for Stage: Shakespeare 3 Western Reserve University joined forces to create THTR 479 American Stage Speech 2 a new Master of Fine Arts program in acting The THTR 501 Text Analysis for the Actor 2 students begin their involvement with the Play THTR 509 Seminar: Introduction to Performance 2 House in their first semester, and their level of Theory involvement steadily increases until, in the third THTR 512 Graduate Audition Lab 1-2 year, they become professional apprentices in the THTR 530 Ensemble Technique 1-2 Play House company. THTR 531 Acting: Research and Performance I 3 THTR 532 Acting: Research and Performance II 3 The MFA in acting is a terminal pre-professional THTR 533 Acting: Research and Performance III 3 degree. Candidacy for the program requires an THTR 534 Acting: Research and Performance IV 3 undergraduate degree with (ideally) a major in THTR 540 The Business of the Business 2 theater, equivalent training and experience, or THTR 576 Advanced Voice Technique 3 demonstrable potential for work at the MFA level. THTR 579 American Stage Speech II 3 In addition, candidates must provide evidence of THTR 580 Stage Dialects 2 technical skill and creative ability. THTR 581 Classical Speech and Text 2 At the end of each semester in residence, the THTR 601 Special Projects 1-3 student’s skill and creative ability are evaluated THTR 610 Professional Internship 1-4 in light of his or her work in the department. THTR 620 Advanced Role Analysis Preparation I 3 Only students who have clearly demonstrated THTR 621 Advanced Role Analysis Preparation II 3 growth and excellence are permitted to remain THTR 630 Performance Studio 3 in the program. The award of the MFA degree is THTR 642 Thesis Portfolio I 1 contingent upon the student’s academic progress THTR 643 Thesis Portfolio II 1 and upon the assessment on the part of the faculty Total Units 123-133 that the candidate possesses the potential to work Department Faculty in the field of theater on a professional level. Requirements for the MFA degree include: Ron Wilson, BGS (Wichita State University) 1. A minimum of 60 semester hours of graduate Katharine Bakeless Nason Professor of Theater work beyond the bachelor’s degree and Drama; Chair; Director, Case/Cleveland Play House MFA Acting Program 2. A cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for all Movement for the actor; acting; acting for the course work on the graduate level camera; playwriting; performance theory

3. Completion of the course requirements for the MFA Thesis Portfolio Case Western Reserve University 425

Catherine Albers, MFA THTR 101. Acting I: Fundamentals. 3 Units. (University of Minnesota) Professor; Director of Recruitment This course is designed to expose the theater major Acting; audition laboratory; business of the or minor to the development of the actor’s basic business; acting for the camera tools. Relaxation, concentration, and improvisation are taught along with basic scene study work. Heather Anderson Boll, MFA (Yale University) Visiting Assistant Professor THTR 102. Acting II: Exploration of Craft. 3 Acting I and II, Movement for the Actor Units.

Jill Davis, MFA This course continues the work begun in THTR 101 (Temple University) with emphasis on action, emotional life, and text Assistant Professor analysis as the essential elements of the actor’s Scene design; scene painting; stage management work. Prereq: THTR 101. Angelina M. Herin, MFA (University of South Carolina) THTR 105. Introduction to Stagecraft. 3 Units. Assistant Professor Costume, hair and makeup design An introduction to scenic construction and painting, hands-on oriented to workshop skills. Shanna Beth McGee, MFA (University of Georgia) Associate Professor THTR 124. Theater in Culture: From Steam Voice Engine to Cyberspace. 3 Units.

Jerrold Scott, MFA Using selected dramatic texts from the 19th century (University of South Carolina) to present day, the course explores the roles of Associate Professor; Artistic Director, Eldred production participants and audiences in their Theater historical, cultural, and contemporary contexts. Acting; speech; directing Material is presented in lecture/discussion format, Jeffrey Ullom, PhD augmented by live theater performances and audio- (University of Illinois, Champaign-Urbana) visual resources. Assistant Professor; Director of Undergraduate Theater Studies Dramatic literature, history

Adjunct Faculty

Michael Bloom, PhD (Stanford University) Adjunct Associate Professor; Artistic Director, The Cleveland Play House

Courses

THTR 100. Introduction to Performance. 3 Units.

A course designed to provide the non-major or undeclared liberal arts major limited experience with a basic understanding of performance and the theater. Fundamentals in improvisation, vocabulary, and scene study are stressed. This course fulfills THTR 101 should the undeclared student select theater as his or her major or minor. 426 College of Arts and Sciences

THTR 126. Introduction to Theater. 3 Units. THTR 206. Mr. Kiss Kiss Bang Bang - James Bond and Popular Culture. 3 Units. THTR 126 is a fundamental study of theatre from the standpoint of developing the critical acumen of The twenty-one films of James Bond have become a potential audience. It covers each ingredient of part of popular culture, and the figure of the the theatrical experience--audience, playwriting, superspy has become mythic in proportion. This acting, directing, theatre architecture, design and series, from its first installment in 1963 to the technology--and attempts to help students define latest reinvention of James Bond in 2006, not only a reasonable set of standards to judge that part depicts one dashing man’s efforts to save the world of the experience as an audience member and to from disaster again and again, but also traces clearly communicate their feelings and thoughts the development of our popular culture. Issues regarding that experience. The primary textbook is of violence, sex, the presentation and treatment Edward Wilson’s The Theatre Experience, former of women, racial stereotypes, and spectacle theatre critic for The Wall Street Journal. Readings among other topics can be discussed after viewing in this text are augmented by the reading of specific each film, providing an opportunity to explore the plays that represent different periods, genres, changing expectations of American audiences conventions, and dramatic styles. Representative and the developing form of contemporary cinema. plays (typically six each semester) include Oedipus Students who have taken USSO 286D may not Rex (Sophocles), Hamlet (Shakespeare), Tartuffe receive credit for this class. (JMolliere), Uncle Vanya (Chekhov), Waiting for Godot (Beckett, and Angels in America (Kushner). Many of these plays are supplemented by short THTR 223. Introduction to Scenic Design. 3 films prepared by Films for the Humanities so that Units. students can see examples of various dramatic and theatrical styles in performance. In addition An introduction to visual design for the stage to class discussions, lectures, and readings, through established theories and knowledge of the students are also required to attend two live theatre theater as a physical space. Approaches practical productions offered by Case Western Reserve problems of scenic design as well as professional University’s Department of Theater each semester. potential of the field. The students write critical essays about their experience as an audience member in relation to a particular aspect of the performance. Students THTR 224. Introduction to Lighting Design. 3 also have an opportunity to complete in-class Units. projects in which they gain experience functioning A "grounds up" guide to theatrical lighting for as a theatre practitioner. These projects and the the stage. Focus made upon instrumentation, accompanying written assignment are designed to choices made in the design process, aesthetics increase the student’s understanding of the function of presentation. Combines theory with practical and interdependence of various theatre artists. application.

THTR 201. Movement for the Actor. 3 Units. THTR 228. Development of Theater: Beginnings The course focuses on developing a kinesthetic to English Renaissance. 3 Units. awareness of the body and its use as a theatrically Theater 228/World Literature 228 explores the expressive instrument. Exercises will encompass foundations of theater in Western civilization, development of flexibility, strength building, beginning with Greece and then charting and alignment, motor skills, and concentration. Prereq: analyzing the developments in playwriting, THTR 101 or THTR 102. design, acting and theater architecture. Students read a wide variety of plays in order to obtain a comprehensive understanding of the history of the art form, but also learn how theater has played an integral societal function as a medium of political, economic, and cultural commentary. Development of Theater I explores developments from Aeschylus to the English Renaissance.. Offered as THTR 228 and WLIT 228. Prereq: Sophomore Standing. Case Western Reserve University 427

THTR 229. Development of Theater: THTR 312. Playwriting. 3 Units. Renaissance to Romanticism. 3 Units. Theory and practice of dramatic writing, in the Theater 229 explores the many developments in context of examples, classic and contemporary. playwriting, design, acting, and theater architecture Recommended preparation: ENGL 203 or ENGL across the world. Students read a wide variety 213 or ENGL 214 or ENGL 303 or ENGL 304. of plays in order to obtain a comprehensive Offered as ENGL 305 and THTR 312. understanding of the history of the art form, but also learn how theater has played an integral societal function as a medium of political, economic, and THTR 314. Advanced Playwriting. 3 Units. cultural commentary. Development of Theater II not only explores the development of theatrical Theory and practice of dramatic writing with special conventions in Spain, England, Italy, France and focus on the craft of writing a full-length play. other European countries that lead to the creation Offered as ENGL 314 and THTR 314. Prereq: of modern drama, but the course also offers an in- ENGL 305 or THTR 312. depth look at the history and conventions of theater in India, Korea, China, and Japan. Twenty Seven credit hours completed required. Offered as THTR THTR 316. Screenwriting. 3 Units. 229 and WLIT 229. Prereq: Sophomore standing. A critical exploration of the craft of writing for film, in which reading and practicum assignments will THTR 231. Acting III: Contemporary Technique. culminate in the student submitting an original full- 3 Units. length screenplay. Offered as ENGL 316 and THTR 316. Prereq: THTR 312. An exploration of advanced contemporary acting technique based on the work of Michael Chekhov. Provides advanced acting students with the tools THTR 327. American Theater and Playwrights. 3 necessary to work effectively and consistently Units. with contemporary texts, with emphasis placed on Designed to provide students an overview of the psychological gesture and geste. Prereq: THTR 101 development of theater in the United States and and THTR 102. to familiarize them with the work and themes of selected American playwrights. Offered as AMST THTR 232. Acting IV: Classical Technique. 3 327 and THTR 327. Units.

An exploration of techniques to approach THTR 329. Dramatic Literature. 3 Units. classical theater, with emphasis on the works of Dramatic text analyzed in the context of theatrical Shakespeare. Presents the challenges of working production. Major analytical tools introduced. with heightened language in classical texts, and provides skills necessary to transfer modern acting methods to these more poetic plays. Prereq: THTR THTR 330. Play Directing I. 3 Units. 102. This course will begin a two-semester study of the art and craft of stage direction of plays. Topics THTR 306. Acting V: Camera Technique. 3 Units. covered will include history of the profession, directorial theory and practice, development of skills Acting for the Camera class with emphasis on how such as text analysis, design and concept, and it differs from onstage work. Interviews, scenes, and general problem solving. Prereq: THTR 101 and exercises will be used to highlight the differences THTR 102, and upperclass status. and similarities. Emphasis on contemporary works. Prereq: THTR 231 or THTR 232.

THTR 311. Audition Laboratory. 1 Unit.

A discussion and practicum exploring the problems faced by an actor in various audition situations. Development of an audition repertory for the actor for stage, video and film. Prereq: Senior Theater major. 428 College of Arts and Sciences

THTR 331. Play Directing II. 3 Units. THTR 375. Voice for the Stage I. 3 Units.

This course will continue with the basic concepts Development of the actor’s vocal instrument. Work learned in THTR 330 and will expand them in in articulation, range, and flexibility. Prereq: Theater regard to actual production. Topics will include major or consent of department. directing mechanics, ground planning, blocking, and visualization, staging and working with actors. The course will culminate in a faculty supervised THTR 376. Voice for the Stage II. 3 Units. directing project for public performance. There are three evening labs for this course. Prereq: THTR Continuation of THTR 375. Prereq: THTR 375. 330, and upperclass status. THTR 380. Stage Management. 3 Units. THTR 334. Shakespeare: Histories and Tragedies. 3 Units. Designed to acquaint student with the numerous aspects of stage management. Close reading of a selection of Shakespeare’s tragedies and history plays (e.g., "Richard the Third," "Julius Caesar," "Hamlet," "King Lear"). THTR 382. Crossing Bridges: The Public Role of Topics of discussion may include Renaissance Artist in Understanding Disease. 3 Units. drama as a social institution, the nature of tragedy, An in-depth look at the role of the artist in public national history, gender roles, sexual politics, the life and in creating theatrical performance from life state and its opponents, theatrical conventions. experience. The students interact with patients in Assessment may include opportunities for medical treatment for catastrophic illness and as performance. Offered as ENGL 324, ENGL 424, they understand the experience of disease, they and THTR 334. help transform that experience into a performance that gives a voice to the unvoiced in our society. THTR 335. Shakespeare: Comedies and The approved service learning course is offered Romances. 3 Units. only as a Senior Capstone and is a demanding challenge for the serious student of theater. Prereq: Close reading of selected plays of Shakespeare Acting concentration or consent of department. in the genres of comedy and romance (e.g., "The Merchant of Venice," "Twelfth Night," "Measure for Measure," "The Tempest"). Topics of discussion THTR 385. Rehearsal and Production. 1 - 3 Unit. may include issues of sexual desire, gender Practicum for students participating in production roles, marriage, the family, genre conventions. work in the Department of Theater and Dance. Assessment may include opportunities for Supervised laboratory experience in technical performance. Offered as ENGL 325, ENGL 425, theater, construction techniques, scenery, and THTR 335. costumes, lighting, and props; production; ticket office operations, promotion, publicity and THTR 352. Costume Design and Construction. 3 public relations; house management; wardrobe Units. responsibilities; stage management; assistant directing; and other production positions relating Design and ornamentation of stage costumes to the mainstage performances in Eldred Theater. and accessories. Laboratory. Recommended Students are recommended to take one credit hour preparation: THTR 123 and THTR 124 or consent per production, with a maximum of 8 credit hours of department. allowed during their undergraduate career.

THTR 386. Rehearsal and Performance. 1 Unit.

Practicum for students participating in performance in the Department of Theater and Dance, relating to the mainstage productions at Eldred Theater. This course may be repeated, for a maximum total of 2 credits. Case Western Reserve University 429

THTR 396. Non-Verbal Theatrical Text. 3 Units. THTR 399. Independent Study in Theater Arts. 1 - 3 Unit. This is a SAGES capstone course. It has been constructed to provide an opportunity for advanced Independent research and project work in areas of Design/Technical Theater Undergraduates to acting, design, voice, theater history, playwriting, examine and explore the roots and current trends directing, or theater management. of post-modern, contemporary theater as well as to investigate current design outside of its traditional decorative role. Rather, as in current movements THTR 401. Advanced Stage Movement I. 3 Units. described as "action design" or "affective space theory", design will be used to create a text which This beginning class focuses on developing combines with the spoken word in production for flexibility, alignment, strength, concentration and the purpose of audience perception of meaning. basic motor skills and serves as a base for the As a starting point, this course will examine the remaining three semesters. Yoga and Tai Chi advent of realism on stage and follow this study exercises are used to develop flexibility and a by subsequent significant movements departing relaxation of the breath. Elements of Decroux from realism. Through extensive use of video and based corporeal mime technique will strengthen the live presentation, students will select movements student’s physical instrument as well as address in theater production for written and oral analysis. alignment problems. Motor skills (articulations, As a class, we will define post-modern as a term inclinations and design work) will be developed to describe contemporary theater and further with Decroux, as well as LeCoq based exercises. explore the possibilities of theatrical presentation Prereq: Must be candidate in M.F.A. Acting form a written dramatic source. This course will program. culminate in the production, whether group or individualized, of a creative design, based on a work written for the stage, but exploring non- THTR 402. Advanced Stage Movement II. 3 verbal communication of an author’s or director’s Units. intent. This exploration of theater language might Continuation of THTR 401. The course focuses on combine non-verbal characteristics inclusive simplifying and empowering the physical actor by of images, relationships, activity, song, music, continuing to connect breath to action to discover properties, objects, color, costume, movement, relaxation within the given task, and beginning light, silence, sounds, presence or gesture. Goals work in characterization. Strength, flow, energy of the seminar will be to find a process for textual and the shedding of intrusive mannerisms will be analysis through an in-depth examination of the gained from a study of Tai Chi form, and LeCoq chosen text, to create a focus upon the action based neutral mask work. Following the neutral which drives this text, to discover a process for mask work, students will progress to character work imagery that will give the text dimension and finally, through the use of Physical Acting techniques. to embody and realize ideas which impart to that Stage combat work continues. Prereq: THTR 401. text its intellectual content. A public presentation within Eldred’s black box, Mather’s dance studio space, or a public performing space within the THTR 403. Advanced Stage Movement III. 3 CWRU campus will be integral to this process. Units. Weekly discussion, analysis and critique will be a critical element of the course, as well as expository The class focuses on expanding the actor’s writing. Weekly participatory assignments will also physical and imaginative range which will enable be prescribed from a mandatory and suggested students to support larger and bolder physical reading list. Prereq: Theater Majors with Design choices in characterization. Building upon the Tech Emphasis. Neutral Mask work from the previous semester, the student will experience, through LeCoq based techniques, Basel and Expressive Masks. Stage THTR 397. Honors Studies I. 3 Units. combat work continues. Prereq: THTR 402. Individual projects in acting, dance, and directing.

THTR 398. Honors Studies II. 3 Units.

Individual projects in acting, design, playwriting, and directing. 430 College of Arts and Sciences

THTR 404. Advanced Stage Movement IV. 3 THTR 475. Voice for Stage: Shakespeare. 3 Units. Units.

This class gives the actor the advanced physical Development of skills needed to address the skills and techniques needed to encompass the specific needs of Shakespeare and Classical demands of historical dramatic texts. The work will texts in performance, including vocal skills, the center around period movement for the theater. The use of breath, using imagery, and textual studies. actor will experience the philosophies of carriage Required of M.F.A. candidates in the Acting and deportment; religious, scientific thought and program. art from particular historic periods most often encountered in the professional theater. Stage combat work continues. Prereq: THTR 403. THTR 479. American Stage Speech. 2 Units. Designed to evaluate the graduate student actors’ THTR 440. Portfolio Designs. 3 Units. current speech skills, to teach them a stage- appropriate dialect using the Skinner narrow Independent projects involving presentation and IPA set, and to achieve a level of mastery over criticism of scenic or costume designs for given articulation and diction. Prereq: Course limited to play, musical, or opera. Culminates in presentation first-year M.F.A. candidates in Acting Program. of portfolio. THTR 485. Rehearsal and Production. 1 - 3 Unit. THTR 456. Costume Design I. 3 Units. Practicum for students participating in production Lecture-studio course. The study of costume work in the Department of Theater and Dance. design. Theory, technique, and principles of the Supervised laboratory experience in technical fundamental approach to costuming a production. theater, construction techniques, scenery, Prereq: THTR 352. costumes, lighting, and props; production; ticket office operations, promotion, publicity and public relations; house management; wardrobe THTR 473. Graduate Voice Technique I. 3 Units. responsibilities; stage management; assistant directing; and other production positions relating Assessment of students’ current vocal and to the mainstage performances in Eldred Theater. alignment skills. Laboratory for exploring new vocal Students are recommended to take one credit hour and alignment habits supportive of healthy vocal per production, with a maximum of 8 credit hours functioning. Exploration of the body and voice as allowed during their undergraduate career. it relates to breath, resonance, and the healthy exhalation of sound. Prereq: Must be candidate in M.F.A. Acting program. THTR 501. Text Analysis for the Actor. 2 Units.

An introduction to the craft of reading a theatrical THTR 474. Graduate Voice Technique II. 3 Units. text from an actor’s point of view. Methods for analyzing the action and dialogue of a play will be Continued laboratory for the exploration of applied to dramatic text so that the actor can learn alignment and vocal skills supportive of healthy to transform a one-dimensional text into a three- vocal functioning. Continued exploration of the dimensional performance. body and voice as it relates to breath, articulation, resonance, and the healthy exhalation of sound. Emphasis on the physical and energistic skills THTR 509. Seminar: Introduction to needed to produce full-bodied, healthy sound Performance Theory. 2 Units. capable of being heard and understood while acting in theatrical productions. Required of M.F.A. Research seminar designed to acquaint the theater candidates in the Acting program. Prereq: THTR student with the major theoretical writings of 473. performance theory. Readings on the creative process and archetypal mythology. Exploration of anthropological, psychological, and cultural sources of art and the theatrical impulse.

THTR 512. Graduate Audition Lab. 1 - 2 Unit. Case Western Reserve University 431

THTR 530. Ensemble Technique. 1 - 2 Unit. THTR 540. The Business of the Business. 2 Units. A practicum course structured to explore the use of ensemble dynamic techniques in a rehearsal/ This course covers the basic knowledge needed performance environment, as well as to develop a for an actor to plan and manage a career in the set of exercises which encourage and sustain the theater. Included is discussion of union rules actor’s channels of interpersonal communication and applications for AEA, AFTRA, and SAG. during a range of rehearsal and performance Discussion of basic marketing techniques, including situations. Prereq: Must be candidate in M.F.A. development of an individual marketing plan for Acting program. each student. Guest lecturers might include IRS experts on the actor’s special needs, casting directors, and commercial agents. THTR 531. Acting: Research and Performance I. 3 Units. THTR 576. Advanced Voice Technique. 3 Units. The various elements of the actor’s process considered on advanced levels. Integration of Vocal instruction individualized to the particular rehearsal discoveries into a practical performance needs of advanced M.F.A. Acting students. This situation. Limited to M.F.A. candidates. may include the exploration of dialect skills, developing the skills for extraordinary uses of the voice, or continued exploration of skills necessary THTR 532. Acting: Research and Performance II. for classic and poetic texts. Required of M.F.A. 3 Units. candidates in the Acting program. Prereq: THTR 473 and THTR 474. The various elements of the actor’s process considered on advanced levels. Exploration of rehearsal techniques for characterization. Limited to THTR 579. American Stage Speech II. 3 Units. M.F.A. candidates. This course will continue the work begun in THTR 479 American Stage Speech, continuing the work THTR 533. Acting: Research and Performance on IPA, articulation, and general speech clarity for III. 3 Units. the stage. Exercises from the Berry and Rodenberg Schools of thought will be used in addition to the Sequential courses designed to explore the various speech basics of Skinner. Prereq: THTR 479. elements of the actor’s process on advanced levels and to integrate the discoveries made into a practical performance situations. Limited to M.F.A. THTR 580. Stage Dialects. 2 Units. candidates. Prereq: THTR 531 or THTR 532. This survey course will examine the use and application of major stage dialects in the American THTR 534. Acting: Research and Performance theatre using a phonetic tool set as a basis for IV. 3 Units. understanding sound substitutions. The student will also study the ways in which rhythmic changes and Sequential courses designed to explore the various resonance and tension shifts affect the dialects. elements of the actor’s process on advanced Prereq: Graduate standing. levels and to integrate the discoveries made into a practical performance situation. Prereq: THTR 531 or THTR 532 or THTR 533. THTR 581. Classical Speech and Text. 2 Units.

This course will study ways in which the actor’s speech instrument is used differently in classical texts, particularly those of Shakespeare. Students will study tools for analyzing a line of text in order of understand how to use the words and sound of the line.

THTR 601. Special Projects. 1 - 3 Unit.

(Credit as arranged.) 432 College of Arts and Sciences

THTR 610. Professional Internship. 1 - 4 Unit. THTR 643. Thesis Portfolio II. 1 Unit.

Involvement in intensive internships with Course designed specifically for candidates in the professional theaters in the Cleveland area bridging Master of Fine Arts program in Acting. Graduate academic and professional lives. Internships range students enroll for the course during their third year from six weeks to one semester. of study, although work spans three years of study, based on roles the M.F.A. actor has created. A portfolio is prepared, according to requirements THTR 620. Advanced Role Analysis Preparation set forth in the department’s M.F.A. Handbook, I. 3 Units. and is presented to the faculty during the spring semester of the third year, in a formal oral defense. Study and performance of scenes involving Satisfactory completion of the portfolio and its oral methods of approaching various types of plays defense are among the requirements for awarding and the specific problems they present to the the Master of Fine Arts degree. Course limited to individual actor. Analysis, action, characterization, M.F.A. candidates in the Acting program. and subtext. Open only to M.F.A. Acting students.

THTR 644. M.A. Project. 1 - 12 Unit. THTR 621. Advanced Role Analysis Preparation II. 3 Units. Research and development of a Master of Arts project in Theater. Continued study and performance of scenes involving methods of approaching various types of plays and the specific problems they present. Prereq: THTR 620.

THTR 630. Performance Studio. 3 Units.

A performance laboratory, ensemble-based practicum in which the student works to integrate effectively a wide range of performance skills culminating in a studio production. May be taken two times in the last two semesters of graduate study. Prereq: THTR 534.

THTR 642. Thesis Portfolio I. 1 Unit.

Course designed specifically for candidates in the Master of Fine Arts program in Acting. Graduate students enroll for the course during their third year of study, although work spans three years of study, based on roles the M.F.A. actor has created. A portfolio is prepared, according to requirements set forth in the department’s M.F.A. Handbook, and is presented to the faculty during the spring semester of the third year, in a formal oral defense. Satisfactory completion of the portfolio and its oral defense are among the requirements for awarding the Master of Fine Arts degree. Course limited to M.F.A. candidates in the Acting program. Case Western Reserve University 433

Environmental Studies Program

211 A. W. Smith Building Science and Engineering 3 http://www.case.edu/artsci/estd ESTD 202 Global Environmental Problems Peter McCall, Program Director BIOL 351 Principles of Ecology [email protected] EECS 342 Introduction to Global Issues Fifteen additional hours chosen in consultation with the 15 Environmental Studies is a multidisciplinary departmental advisor. An approved Washington Study program that introduces students to the societal internship or summer field course may be used to satisfy determinants and implications of environmental part or all of the elective requirement. All programs of study problems. The program emphasizes the moral, must be approved by the director. cultural, and political dimensions of environmental Total Units 30 problems and solutions that arise from scientific If a required course is not offered, substitution understanding of the environment, bringing to bear of a course to fulfill the distribution requirement the issues and methods of the humanities and is possible only with permission of the program social sciences as well as those of the sciences and director. the professions. The program is designed to serve the needs of students seeking a liberal education or a broad intellectual base for more technical training in environmental sciences. Students can pursue a Minor major or a minor in environmental studies. The minor in environmental studies (15 credit hours) consists of: Undergraduate Programs Required course: ESTD 101 Introduction to Environmental Thinking 3 Major One course each from two of the three following disciplinary 6 groups: The Environmental Studies Program offers a major Humanities (30 credit hours) leading to the Bachelor of Arts RLGN 206 Religion and Ecology degree. However, it may be elected only as a HSTY 292 Energy and Environment in American second major. The double major is required so History 1750-2010 that the program’s multidisciplinary perspective will HSTY 327 Comparative Environmental History be complemented by a concentrated disciplinary HSTY 378 North American Environmental History major. Students may apply up to six credits from PHIL 330 Topics in Ethics required and elective courses in their first major Social Policy to the environmental studies major. None of the ESTD 303 Environmental Law required courses may be taken pass/no pass. ESTD 388 Politics, Policy, and the Global Environment ECON 367 Energy Economics and Engineering The required courses are: Solutions ECON 368 Environmental Economics Required courses Science and Engineering ESTD 101 Introduction to Environmental Thinking 3 ESTD 202 Global Environmental Problems ESTD 398 Seminar in Environmental Studies 3 BIOL 351 Principles of Ecology or ESTD 399 Departmental Seminar in Environmental EECS 342 Introduction to Global Issues Studies Courses from the disciplinary groups may also be selected 6 One course from each of the following disciplinary groups: as electives. Six additional hours chosen in consultation with the departmental advisor. Humanities 3 Total Units 15 RLGN 206 Religion and Ecology HSTY 292 Energy and Environment in American History 1750-2010 Program Faculty HSTY 327 Comparative Environmental History HSTY 378 North American Environmental History Peter L. McCall, JD, PhD PHIL 330 Topics in Ethics Professor, Department of Geological Sciences; Social Policy 3 Director, Environmental Studies Program ESTD 303 Environmental Law ESTD 388 Politics, Policy, and the Global Environment Jeremy Bendik-Keymer, PhD ECON 367 Energy Economics and Engineering Elmer G. Beamer-Hubert H. Schneider Professor Solutions in Ethics; Associate Professor, Department of ECON 368 Environmental Economics Philosophy 434 College of Arts and Sciences

John Broich, PhD ESTD 303. Environmental Law. 3 Units. Assistant Professor, Department of History Introduction to treatment of environmental issues Jessica Green, PhD in legal proceedings. Sources of environmental Assistant Professor, Department of Political law, legal procedure, common law remedies (toxic Science torts and human health, nuisance, contract law), statutes and regulations, endangered species, Joseph F. Koonce, PhD public lands, toxics regulation, nuclear power, coal. Professor, Department of Biology The course employs the case method of reading Gerald Matisoff, PhD and recitation of appellate judicial opinions. We Professor, Department of Geological Sciences read both classic cases in environmental law as well as current controversies. Offered as: ESTD John Ruhl, PhD 303 and GEOL 303. Professor, Department of Physics Peter Shulman, PhD ESTD 388. Politics, Policy, and the Global Assistant Professor, Department of History Environment. 3 Units.

Theodore Steinberg, PhD This course examines the law, politics and policy Adeline Barry Davee Distinguished Professor surrounding global environmental challenges such of History; Professor, Case Western Reserve as climate change. The course aims to provide University School of Law a broad overview of the key concepts, actors, debates, and issues in global environmental politics. It aims to illustrate the complexities of Courses addressing environmental problems-from the proliferation of global institutions and international ESTD 101. Introduction to Environmental actors, to the absence of central enforcement Thinking. 3 Units. mechanisms. We examine the causes of environmental degradation and competing views Critical comparison of scientific, historical, religious, on the gravity of the problem. Using concepts from and literary conceptions of nature. Theories political science and economics, we investigate the of environmental ethics, legal, and economic challenges in getting states to act jointly to address conceptions of environmental goods. Current environmental problems. We examine the actors controversies concerning human population growth, and institutions of global environmental politics, to energy use, the consumer society, and attitudes understand how conditions are defined as problems towards animals. and responses are chosen and implemented. The course concludes by applying the tools and concepts to the case of climate change. Offered as ESTD 202. Global Environmental Problems. 3 POSC 388, ESTD 388, POSC 488. Units.

Global Environmental Problems is a course ESTD 398. Seminar in Environmental Studies. 3 designed to provide students with an understanding Units. of, and an appreciation for, human-influenced environmental changes that are global in scope. Small group discussion and student presentations Accordingly, much of the material will focus concerning the cultural determinants of on the nature and structure of natural global environmental attitudes. Each student presents systems, how and where in those systems human two seminars on current environmental issues, one influences occur, and will delve deeply into a local and one global. Recommended preparation: few particular problems and solutions of current ESTD 101. interest, such as population growth, climate change, ozone depletion, and fisheries, from a variety of viewpoints. Offered as: ESTD 202 and GEOL 202. Case Western Reserve University 435

ESTD 399. Departmental Seminar in Environmental Studies. 3 Units.

Discussion and critique of recent publications in Environmental Studies. Students write weekly short essays on readings and participate in weekly group discussion. Reading list changes annually and is typically comprised of 7-9 books that center on a few unifying themes for that year (food, energy, futures, toxic torts, attitudes toward animals, consumer culture, climate crises for example). Students research, write, and defend a critical review of academic literature concerning some topic contained in the readings. Prior enrollment in ESTD 101 is recommended but not required. Students may not enroll in both ESTD 399 and 398 in the same year. 436 College of Arts and Sciences

Ethnic Studies Program

207 Guilford House thinking about the formation of identities and http://www.case.edu/artsci/ethnic societies. Cheryl Toman, Program Director [email protected] The program’s core courses focus on the exploration and comparison of the cultures, history, The goal of the Ethnic Studies Program is to politics, and economics of Africa, Latin America, expand and enhance the university’s course and their diasporas. Program offerings explore offerings on ethnicity and race in the United States ethnicity and cross-cultural exchange globally and and around the world. The program’s objectives in postcolonial frames. Ethnic studies supports are: research pertinent to the field and encourages cultural and academic exchange among scholars 1. to examine relationships among racial/ and students. ethnic groups, the processes of racial/ethnic formation, and their intersections with class, The program is part of the university’s mission to gender, and sexuality at the personal and enhance the recruitment, retention, and excellence collective levels of a diverse faculty and student body. Our long- term goals are to extend program offerings to 2. to foster the development of research skills in a encompass other ethnic minority groups and to broad range of disciplines in the humanities develop a center that will foster an appreciation of ethnic diversity and difference in the learning and 3. to contribute to an interdisciplinary knowledge research communities of Case Western Reserve of the challenges and contributions of ethnic University. minorities in the United States

4. to impart to students a deep knowledge of the cultures of Africa and Latin America Undergraduate Program 5. to help students develop competencies for Minor working with people of different racial/ethnic backgrounds and to foster an understanding of The ethnic studies minor is open to all racial/ethnic diversity undergraduate students. It requires a minimum of 15 credit hours. Students are required to take 6 6. to support students and faculty in the credits from among ethnic studies core courses and transmission of knowledge, in the discovery 9 credits in their chosen areas of concentration. and development of new ideas, and in research Community projects are strongly recommended, and writing in the field of ethnic studies and students are encouraged to carry out field research in their areas of concentration. 7. to inculcate in students an understanding of the complexity and challenges of multiethnic The core courses are designed to introduce societies, and to prepare them for careers students to the interdisciplinary field of ethnic in education, business, law, government studies. Courses may be individually or team service, social work, social welfare, health taught and will sometimes be conducted in seminar care, teaching, public policy, law enforcement, format. Students are encouraged to use the tools urban and community development, and the and perspectives of several disciplines (history, arts. literature, art history, anthropology, film, sociology, and political science, for example) to address the experiences of African-Americans and Latino/a Ethnic studies is an interdisciplinary program. Americans. Courses center on the examination of The program aims to develop fundamental skills social, cultural, political, and economic structures in critical and global thinking and in comparative that shape the life of these ethnic minorities in analysis, as well as an understanding of the the United States. They examine how race, class, interactions of race, class, gender, and sexuality and gender have impacted their identities as well in the experiences of a range of social groups. It is as their economic, social, political, and cultural designed to bring together a community of students, productions. Assignments and courses make faculty, and staff devoted to the transmission of maximum use of the archives and collections of knowledge and the discovery of new ideas in the University Circle institutions. field of ethnic studies. Ethnic studies also offers diverse perspectives that challenge monolithic Case Western Reserve University 437

Required courses 6 Latin America and Caribbean Studies ETHS 251 Perspectives in Ethnicity, Race, Religion Concentration and Gender ETHS 252A Introduction to African-American Studies Any three of the following courses: 9 ETHS 252B Introduction to Latina/o Studies COSI 260 Multicultural Aspects of Human ETHS Introduction to Modern African History Communication 253A/HSTY ECON 375 Economics of Developing Countries 135 ETHS 287 State, War, Drugs, and Coffee in Colombia: ETHS 253B Introduction to Latin American History History of Modern Colombia Nine hours chosen from one of the concentrations listed 9 ETHS 336 The Struggle for Justice in Latin America below: POSC 364 Dictatorship and Democracy in Modern Total Units 15 Latin America SPAN 322 Latin American Short Story SPAN 326 The Fantastic in Latin American Prose SPAN 336 Chicana/o Literature Concentrations SPAN 339 Latin American Poetic Revolt SPAN 342 Latin American Feminist Voices African Studies Concentration SPAN 343 The New Drama in Latin American SPAN 370 Special Topics in Spanish Any three of the following courses: 9 SPAN 385 Hispanic Literature in Translation ARTH 290 Introduction to the Art of Sub-Saharan Total Units 9 Africa COSI 260 Multicultural Aspects of Human Communication ECON 375 Economics of Developing Countries ETHS 235 Theater and Identity Global Ethnic Studies Concentration ETHS 251A Oral Performances and Ethnic Identities ETHS 252A Introduction to African-American Studies Any three of the following courses: 9 ETHS 259 Tricksters, Conjurers, and Gods: Religion in ANTH 314 Cultures of the United States West Africa and Diaspora ANTH 345 Ethnicity, Gender, and Mental Health ETHS 394 The Subaltern and The Poetics of War in ANTH 357 Native American Cultures Africa ANTH 388 Globalization, Development and FRCH/ The Cameroon Experience Underdevelopment: Anthropological Persp ETHS 338 ANTH 530 Seminar in Medical Anthropology: Topics HSTY 268 Colonialism in Africa COSI 260 Multicultural Aspects of Human FRCH/WLIT The Francophone World Communication 295 ECON 375 Economics of Developing Countries FRCH/WLIT The Paris Experience ENGL 270 Introduction to Gender Studies 308 ENGL/WLIT Post-Colonial Literature POSC 366 Government and Politics of Africa 365Q Total Units 9 ETHS 259 Tricksters, Conjurers, and Gods: Religion in West Africa and Diaspora FRCH/WLIT The Francophone World 295 African-American Studies Concentration FRCH/ Women in Developing Countries ETHS/ Any three of the following courses: 9 WLIT/ COSI 260 Multicultural Aspects of Human WGST 335 Communication POSC 362 Politics of Central Asia ECON 375 Economics of Developing Countries POSC 370K Nationalism, Ethnicity, and Religion in World ENGL 365N Topics in African-American Literature Politics ETHS 222 African-American Religions POSC 374 Politics of Development in the Global South HSTY 260 U.S. Slavery and Emancipation SOCI 302 Race and Ethnic Minorities in American HSTY 261 African-American History 1865-1945 Society HSTY 262 African-American History Since 1945 SPAN/WLIT The Hispanophone World HSTY 318 History of Black Women in the U.S. 285 Total Units 9 WGST/ Women, Creativity and the Arts ETHS 301 Total Units 9 438 College of Arts and Sciences

Directors Courses

Cheryl Toman, PhD ETHS 214. Comparative Slavery. 3 Units. (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign) Interim Director; Associate Professor, Department People around the world have been enslaving of Modern Languages and Literatures one another since the beginning of time. From Women in Sub-Saharan Africa and the Middle East the seventeenth to the nineteenth centuries, millions of African chattel labored on southern Gilbert Doho, PhD plantations, supporting the "peculiar institution" (University of Paris--Sorbonne Nouvelle) whose terrible legacy remains with us today. For Founding Director; Associate Professor, hundreds of years before European slave traders Department of Modern Languages and Literatures began ferrying human cargo across the Atlantic, African theater and film, people theater however, coercive bondage was a well-entrenched feature of Mediterranean civilizations, justified by Advisory Committee religious and secular law alike. This course will explore diverse types of unfree labor, from slavery Alice Bach, PhD in ancient Greece and Rome, serfdom in medieval (Union Theological Seminary, New York) Europe, captivity in North Africa and indentured Archbishop Paul J. Hallinan Professor of Catholic servitude in colonial America. Did earlier systems of Studies; Department of Religious Studies domination around the Mediterranean prepare the Religion, literature, film, women’s studies way for the establishment of Atlantic slavery? How did ideologies about religious difference, ethnicity, M. Gabriela Copertari, PhD and race help justify this ultimate form of human (Georgetown University) degradation? Offered as: EHTS 214, HSTY 214 Associate Professor, Department of Modern Languages and Literatures Latin American Literature and Film ETHS 218. Jews in Early Modern Europe. 3 Units. Jacqueline Nanfito, PhD (UCLA) This course surveys the history of Jews in Associate Professor; Department of Modern Europe and the wider world from the Spanish Languages and Literatures expulsion through the French Revolution. Tracking Latin American Studies peregrinations out of the Iberian Peninsula to the British Isles, France, Holland, Italy, Germany, Jonathan Sadowsky, PhD Poland-Lithuania, the Ottoman Empire, and the (Johns Hopkins University) American colonies, it examines the diverse ways Theodore J. Castele Professor; Associate Professor Jews organized their communities, interacted and Chair, Department of History with their non-Jewish neighbors, and negotiated History of medicine, psychology in Africa and the their social, economic, and legal status within United States different states and empires. What role did Jews play and what symbolic place did they Damaris Punales-Alpizar, PhD occupy during a period of European expansion, (University of Iowa) technological innovation, artistic experimentation, Assistant Professor, Department of Modern and religious and political turmoil? What internal Languates and Literatures and external dynamics affected Jewish experiences Latin American Studies in the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth Marilyn Sanders Mobley, PhD centuries? Through a selection of inquisitorial (Case Western Reserve University) transcripts, government records, memoirs, and Professor, Department of English; Vice President historical literature, we will explore topics such as for Inclusion, Diversity, and Equal Opportunity persecution, conversion, messianism, toleration, African-American Literature emancipation, and assimilation. Offered as HSTY 218, JDST 218, and ETHS 218. Case Western Reserve University 439

ETHS 220. The Early Modern Mediterranean. 3 ETHS 234. France and Islam. 3 Units. Units. This seminar examines French encounters with For centuries before Columbus crossed the the Muslim world from the Middle Ages to the Atlantic Ocean, travelers and traders, pirates present. Over the last millennium, France has and pilgrims, mercenaries and missionaries viewed Saracens, Moriscos, Turks, Berbers, explored the contours of the Mediterranean Sea-- and Arabs with admiration and fear, disdain and and engaged in commerce, as well as religious, incomprehension. Between the eleventh and economic and military competition. If religion and thirteenth centuries, French soldiers battled in ethnicity divided Muslims, Christians and Jews the Holy Land; for several hundred years after from Algiers to Athens, did shared geography, that, France and the Ottoman Empire exchanged foodstuffs, and cultural values bind them together? diplomats, traders and slaves. The colonial This course examines the unity and diversity of this occupation of Algeria that began in 1830 ended maritime region by considering the peoples, beliefs, violently in 1962. By then, the empire that struck commodities and diseases that circulated through back had also come home through large waves it during the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth of immigration. Today, the social and economic centuries. Does the early modern Mediterranean status, religious affiliation, political significance showcase a clash of civilizations or provide an and cultural impact of French citizens of North enduring model for coexistence? Topics include African descent are the subject of burning national merchant culture, diplomacy, honor and shame, debate. Taking a long view on Franco-Muslim slavery and colonization. Offered as ETHS 220, relations, the course will explore such topics as HSTY 220. the Crusades, Mediterranean piracy and captivity, Napoleon’s Egyptian campaign, the Algerian War of Independence, the "veil affair," riots in the suburbs ETHS 222. African-American Religions. 3 Units. of Paris and World Cup soccer. Offered as ETHS 234, HSTY 234. This course is an exploration of the rich diversity of African American religions from the colonial period to the present. Attention will be given to key ETHS 235. Theater and Identity. 3 Units. figures, institutional expressions, and significant movements in African American religious history. This course aims at surveying identities in dramatic Major themes include African traditions in American and performance texts in the modern era. It will help religions, slavery and religion, sacred music, social students develop skills to study plays and related protest, Black Nationalism in religion, Islam, African theatrical forms, to analyze images for their social American women and religion, and black and and political meanings, to investigate issues of womanist theologies. Course requirements will identity, to appreciate the complexities of identity include field trips to local religious sites. Offered as and images of self and other as related in theater, ETHS 222 and RLGN 222. media and the larger political and social contests. African and African-American identities, Latina/o- American and Latin American identities, Native- American identities, Asian-American and Asian identities, Gender identities will be examined.

ETHS 251. Perspectives in Ethnicity, Race, Religion and Gender. 3 Units.

This course is designed to introduce students to the study of ethnicity. Basic concepts such as race, gender, class, and identity construction will be examined. Students are encouraged to use the tools and perspectives of several disciplines to address the experiences of ethnic groups in the United States. Offered as ETHS 251 and RLGN 251. 440 College of Arts and Sciences

ETHS 251A. Oral Performances and Ethnic ETHS 252B. Introduction to Latina/o Studies. 3 Identities. 3 Units. Units.

This course is an in-depth study of performances Interdisciplinary introduction to the basis for that have helped to shape and anchor the identities a Latina/o ethnicity through an exploration of of different non-Western ethnic groups. The course commonalities and differences in the peoples will explore the multi-generic composition of the of Latin American and Caribbean origin within oral epic, which combines forms as diverse as the continental United States. Topics include narrative, song, praise poetry, theater, music methodological and theoretical formulations and historical oratory. ETHS 251A will provide a central to the field (e.g., racial, gender, and sexual comprehensive overview of oral performances while formations, modes and relations of production focusing on a particular area or areas of Africa, and class, nation and transnation), history Asia, the United States, or Latin America. In the and contemporary issues of identity, family, African continent, for example, the focus will be community, immigration, and the potential for on the Madinka Sundjata corpus, dealing with the a pan-ethnic identity. Discussions will focus empire of Mali; the life of Shaka, the Zulu in South on major demographic, social, economic and Africa; while in the United States, the narrative life political trends: historical roots of Latinas/os in of Frederick Douglas, blues and negro-spiritual the U.S.; the evolution of Latina/o ethnicity and will be considered as the sites of ethnic discourse. identity; immigration and the formation of Latina/ Using a comparative approach, the course will o communities; schooling and language usage; examine aesthetic issues of oral performance, the tendencies and determinants of socioeconomic and written word, interactions between music and voice, labor force status; discrimination, segregation and and interaction between poetic and prose narrative bias in contemporary America; racial and gender forms. The performance texts will be augmented relations; and political behavior among Latinas/os. by field recordings and in-class demonstrations Offered as: ETHS 252B and HSTY 259. by griots and other storytellers from Africa and the United States. ETHS 253A. Introduction to Modern African History. 3 Units. ETHS 252A. Introduction to African-American Studies. 3 Units. A general introduction to major themes in modern African history, with an emphasis on the nineteenth This course is designed to introduce students to the and twentieth centuries. Topics include oral tradition study of Black History, cultures, economics, and and narrative, economic structure and dynamics, politics. Students will learn about the development religious movements, colonialism, nationalism, of the field by exploring theoretical questions, and the dilemmas of independent African states. methodological approaches, and major themes Offered as ETHS 253A and HSTY 135. that have shaped the study of black people, primarily in the U.S. context. This is a seminar-style, discussion-based course that emphasizes critical ETHS 253B. Introduction to Latin American analysis and expository writing. Offered as ETHS History. 3 Units. 252A and HSTY 252A. This course provides an introduction to the historical and cultural development of Latin America, in an attempt to identify the forces, both internal and external, which shape the social, economic and political realities in present day Latin America. Beginning with its pre- Columbian civilizations, the course moves through the conquest and colonial period of the Americas, the wars of independence and the emergence of nation-states in the nineteenth century, and the issues confronting the region throughout the turbulent twentieth century, such as migration and urbanization, popular protest and revolution, environmental degradation, great power intervention, the drug trade and corruption, and the integration of the region into the global economy. Offered as ETHS 253B and HSTY 136. Case Western Reserve University 441

ETHS 258. History of Southern Africa. 3 Units. ETHS 262. African-American History Since 1945. 3 Units. A survey of southern Africa from about 1600. Topics include the social structure of pre-colonial Completes the three-term sequence of the African- African societies, the beginnings of European American history survey (although the first two settlement, the rise of Shaka, the discovery courses are not prerequisites for this course). of minerals and the development of industry, Explores some of the key events and developments Zimbabwe’s guerrilla war and independence, and shaping African-American social, political, and the rise and apparent demise of apartheid. Offered cultural history since 1945. Offered as HSTY 262 as ETHS 258 and HSTY 258. and ETHS 262.

ETHS 259. Tricksters, Conjurers, and Gods: ETHS 268. Colonialism in Africa. 3 Units. Religion in West Africa and Diaspora. 3 Units. Examines the immense social and cultural changes This course will present a portrait of West African which took place in Africa as a result of colonial religious history framed in the religious themes occupations, in the period roughly from 1880 to common to the rest of the world. We will focus 1965. It is organized around three major rubrics upon the traditional religions that provided the which were central to the colonial experience: the philosophical, religious, and the ethical basis of the spread of Christianity, economic forces which led African cultures. Focusing primarily on traditional to new forms of labor, and the growth of nationalist West African religions and their related myths, resistance. Offered as ETHS 268 and HSTY 268. rituals, divinities, and religious art, the course will consider African indigenous religions as well as those beliefs, traditions, and ritualism that have ETHS 280. History of Modern Mexico. 3 Units. become part of the religious life in the diaspora in the Americas. Offered as ETHS 259 and RLGN This course explores the major issues that have 259. influenced the formation of modern Mexico. This class is organized around three major themes. First, we will examine Mexican identity formation and ETHS 260. U.S. Slavery and Emancipation. 3 its political implications, Second, we will assess Units. Mexican life in relation to the development of the Mexican economy. Finally, we will survey how Begins with the African encounter with Europeans elite and popular forms of violence have affected during the emergence of the modern slave Mexican society. Throughout the course, we will trade. Students are introduced to the documents discuss the significance of the colonial heritage, and secondary literature on the creation and regional distinctions, racial and gender stratification, maintenance of slavery, first in colonial America, and the creation and reconfiguration of various and then in the United States. The course types of borders. Offered as HSTY 280 and ETHS concludes with the destruction of slavery. Offered 280. as ETHS 260 and HSTY 260. ETHS 287. State, War, Drugs, and Coffee in ETHS 261. African-American History 1865-1945. Colombia: History of Modern Colombia. 3 Units. 3 Units. This course will analyze the major forces that have Explores the fashioning of a modern African- shaped Colombian history from the 19th century American culture between emancipation and the to the present. Colombia is one of the largest end of World War II. Emergence of a northern- and most fascinating countries in Latin America. based leadership, the challenge of segregation, It has been intricately linked to the U.S. market emergence of bourgeois culture, the fashioning of as a major coffee producer and, more recently, racial consciousness and black nationalism, the as a major supplier of illicit drugs. Colombia has shift from a primarily southern and rural population always been one of the wealthier Latin American to one increasingly northern and urban, the creation countries, and it has a high degree of electoral and contours of a modern African-American culture, democracy. Paradoxically, however, Colombia has the construction of racial/gender and racial/class also experienced rather high levels of regionalism consciousness. Offered as ETHS 261 and HSTY and political violence. This course seeks to explore 261. the history of these paradoxes. It will situate Colombia’s contemporary conflicts within a larger historical perspective. Offered as ETHS 287 and HSTY 287. 442 College of Arts and Sciences

ETHS 295. The Francophone World. 3 Units. ETHS 314. Cultures of the United States. 3 Units. The course offers an introduction to the Francophone World from a historical, cultural, This course considers the rich ethnic diversity of and literary perspective. The Francophone the U.S. from the perspective of social/cultural World includes countries and regions around anthropology. Conquest, immigration, problems of the globe with a substantial French-speaking conflicts and accommodation, and the character population (and where French is sometimes, but of the diverse regional and ethnic cultures are not always, an official language): North America considered as are forms of racism, discrimination, (Louisiana, Quebec, and Acadia); North Africa and their consequences. Groups of interest include (Tunisia, Morocco, Algeria, and Egypt); the various Latina/o and Native peoples, African- Middle-East (Lebanon, Syria); the Caribbean American groups, and specific ethnic groups of (Martinique, Guadeloupe, Haiti); South-East Pacific, Mediterranean, European, Asian, and Asia (Vietnam); and Europe (France, Belgium, Caribbean origin. Offered as ANTH 314, ETHS 314, Switzerland, and Luxembourg). FRCH 295 provides and ANTH 414. a comprehensive overview of the Francophone World, while focusing on a particular area or areas in any given semester. Offered as ETHS 295, ETHS 316. African Political Thought. 3 Units. FRCH 295, and WLIT 295. Introduction to select themes in the work of contemporary African philosophers, with special ETHS 301. Women, Creativity and the Arts. 3 emphasis on political thought. In this course, Units. students will learn something about factors affecting the creation and flow of knowledge and ideas about WGST301/ETHS301 is one of two core courses for Africa and discuss the relative importance of the the program in Women’s and Gender Studies and "nation-state" as an idea in Europe, pre-colonial an elective course for the ETHS minor. All WGST Africa, and postcolonial Africa. Offered as PHIL majors are to take one course concentrating on 316/416 and ETHS 316/416. the subject of women and the arts specifically. This course also fulfills the cultural diversity requirement. In this course, students will focus on two areas of ETHS 318. History of Black Women in the U.S.. 3 study: a) women and creativity and b) women and Units. activism through the arts. A history of women in the arts will be covered, but the general focus of the Chronologically arranged around specific issues in course is on women in the arts since the 1960s in black women’s history organizations, participation particular, and on artwork that reflects or provokes in community and political movements, labor social change. "Arts" are defined in the broadest experiences, and expressive culture. The of sense. That is , students will study women’s course will use a variety of materials, including production in painting, photography, graphic design, autobiography, literature, music, and film. Offered sculpture, dance, film, music, and theater. A variety as ETHS 318, HSTY 318, and WGST 318. of learning techniques will be applied: Students will look at feminist theories on art, be introduced to the notion of cyberfeminism, study actual artwork and its reproductions, understand the role of are in feminist activism and how women "create" differently from men, and work closely with several feminist artists/activists through various programs on campus and the community in order to facilitate the planning and carrying out of artistic production. Subsequently, students will interact with children in Cleveland schools in conjunction with these artists giving master classes, and be exposed to art exhibits abroad through videoconferencing with the Algerian Cultural Center in Paris and locally through University Circle Institutions. Offered as WGST 301 and ETHS 301. Case Western Reserve University 443

ETHS 335. Women in Developing Countries. 3 ETHS 339. Black Women and Religion. 3 Units. Units. This course is an exploration of the This course will feature case studies, theory, and multidimensional religious experiences of black literature of current issues concerning women women in the United States. These experiences will in developing countries primarily of the French- be examined within particular historical periods and speaking world. Discussion and research topics across diverse social and cultural contexts. Course include matriarchal traditions and FGM in Africa, topics and themes include black women and the Tunisian feminist movement, women, Islam, slave religion, spirituality and folk beliefs, religion and tradition in the Middle East, women-centered and feminist/womanist discourse, perspectives power structures in India (Kerala, Pondichery), on institutional roles, religion and activism, and and poverty and women in Vietnam, Laos, and spirituality and the arts. Offered as: ETHS 339 and Cambodia. Guest speakers and special projects RLGN 338 and WGST 339. are important elements of the course. Seminar- style format, taught in English, with significant disciplinary writing in English for WGST, ETHS, ETHS 340. A History of Workers in the United and some WLIT students, and writing in French for States. 3 Units. FRCH and WLIT students. Writing assignments include two shorter essays and a substantial This course examines the experience of working research paper. Offered as ETHS 335, FRCH 335, people in the United States with an emphasis on WLIT 335, WGST 335, FRCH 435 and WLIT 435. twentieth-century social movements. It explores the lives of the women and men, skilled and unskilled, and rural and urban laborers that produce ETHS 336. The Struggle for Justice in Latin the goods and provide the services that society America. 3 Units. consumes. At crucial moments, working people have created or helped sustain national social This course looks at how indigenous peoples, movements in an effort to improve some aspect women, students, workers, peasants, and Afro- of their lives. We therefore will assess laborers in Latin Americans struggled for justice in Latin relation to several known and less known American America. It will study how notions of justice have social movements, such as the eight-hour day changed from colonial times to the present. It movement during the late nineteenth century, the will also examine how different sectors of Latin peace movement during WWI, and the Civil Rights American society understood the meaning of justice movement in the wake of WWII. Throughout the and how that understanding evolved through time. course we will also discuss the politics of time- This class seeks to familiarize students with the managed work; the influence of public policy and history of the idea of justice in Latin America. At government institutions; the role of unions within the end of this course students will understand a competitive market economy; the relationship the complex intellectual and political differences between industrial economies and functional blue- behind Latin America’s apparent chaotic and collar communities; and the correlation between tumultuous political history. Second, it seeks to immigration and globalization. Offered as HSTY develop students’ critical thinking by examining how 340 and ETHS 340. an abstract term, such as justice, changes across time and space. Offered as ETHS 336 and HSTY 336.

ETHS 338. The Cameroon Experience. 3 Units.

Three-week immersion learning experience living and studying in Cameroon. The focus of the course is the culture, literature, and language of Francophone Cameroon, with some emphasis on Anglophone Cameroon. Students spend a minimum of fifteen hours per week visiting cultural sites and attending arranged courses at the University of Buea. Students will prepare a research paper. Coursework is in French. To do coursework in English, students should enroll in WLIT 338/438 or ETHS 338/438. Offered as ETHS 338, FRCH 338, WLIT 338, ETHS 438, FRCH 438, and WLIT 438. 444 College of Arts and Sciences

ETHS 352. African Feminisms. 3 Units. ETHS 362. Politics of Central Asia. 3 Units.

This course traces the history of African feminism Once an unfamiliar region to many people of the from its origins within traditions through to a more world, Central Asia took center stage in the fall contemporary theoretical analysis of gender, of 2001 as a result of the U.S. campaign against marriage, and motherhood seen from a Afrocentric terrorism. This course will introduce students to the perspective. Approaches studied are those politics of Central Asia, focusing on the region today that pertain to anthropology, history, literature, composed of Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan, Tajikistan, sociology, and culture. African feminist theory of Kyrgiszstan, and Kazakkhstan. We will review the scholars such as Filomina Steady, Cheikh Anta nationalism, foreign relations, religion, ethnicity, and Diop, Buchi Emecheta, Ifi Amadiume, Obioma economics of the region. Offered as ETHS 362, Nnameka, Oyeronko Oyewumi, and Calixthe POSC 362, and POSC 462. Beyala will be studied and there will be some comparative analysis of Western theories to show how African feminisms are clearly distinct. Theories ETHS 363H. African-American Literature. 3 on these feminisms will be presented, and in the Units. process, students will look at cases of women in Cameroon, Nigeria, Ghana, Kenya, and Senegal. A historical approach to African-American literature. It is commonly believed that African women were Such writers as Wheatley, Equiano, Douglass, defined for a long time according to constructs of Jacobs, DuBois, Hurston, Hughes, Wright, Baldwin, Western anthropology. This course will thus look Ellison, Morrison. Topics covered may include slave at social institutions such as woman-to-woman narratives, African-American autobiography, the marriage, matriarchy, and various women’s rituals Harlem Renaissance, the Black Aesthetic, literature in order to identify African constructs of gender, of protest and assimilation. Maximum 6 credits. family, kinship, marriage, and motherhood. Offered Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS as ETHS 352 and WGST 352. 100. Offered as ENGL 363H, ETHS 363H, WLIT 363H, ENGL 463H, and WLIT 463H.

ETHS 359. Palestine Israel: Whose Promised Land? Issues of Religion, Politics Media ETHS 364. Dictatorship and Democracy in Coverage. 3 Units. Modern Latin America. 3 Units.

The major focus of this seminar will range from the Examination of political leadership in 20th-century ongoing questions of peace and justice in Israel Latin America, exploring the nature, causes, and and occupied Palestine to the land and border consequences of dictatorship and democracy in the questions; Green line, crossing points, the wall; to region, moving from the collapse of oligarchic rule interpretations from biblical to contemporary texts, and the emergence of populism in the 1930s and reflecting a multiplicity of agendas. Our primary 1940s, to the end of democracy and establishment focus will be the analysis of recent research and of military regimes in the 1960s and 1970s, and scholarship on issues of mass violence, contested ultimately to the contemporary processes of space and land, gender, race and ethnicity, democratization and economic liberalization. religious sectarianism, colonialism/imperialism. Offered as ETHS 364, POSC 364, and POSC 464. Through our readings we will identify the bias and concerns of various interpretive communities involved in the ongoing struggles in this very small ETHS 365N. Topics in African-American area. With two peoples claiming the same land Literature. 3 Units. for different reasons, can this conflict ever be Selected topics and writers from resolved? Recommended preparation: One course nineteenth,twentieth, and twenty-first century about the Middle East. Offered as ETHS 359 and African-American literature. May focus on a genre, RLGN 320. a single author or a group of authors, a theme or themes. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 365N, ETHS 365N, WLIT 365N, ENGL 465N, and WLIT 465N. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. Case Western Reserve University 445

ETHS 365Q. Post-Colonial Literature. 3 Units. ETHS 385. Hispanic Literature in Translation. 3 Units. Readings in national and regional literatures from former European colonies such as Australia Critical analysis and appreciation of representative and African countries. Maximum 6 credits. literary masterpieces from Spain and Latin America, Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS and by Hispanics living in the U.S. Texts cover a 100. Offered as ENGL 365Q, ETHS 365Q, WLIT variety of genres and a range of literary periods, 365Q, ENGL 465Q, and WLIT 465Q. from works by Cervantes to those of Gabriel Garcia Marquez. The course will examine the relationship between literature and other forms of artistic ETHS 366. Government and Politics of Africa. 3 production, as well as the development of the Units. Hispanic literary text within the context of historical events and cultural production of the period. Counts Comparative analysis of the political forces and toward Spanish major only as related course. No organizations currently functioning in Africa, as well knowledge of Spanish required. Offered as ETHS as a survey of the formal government institutions. 385, ETHS 485, SPAN 385, SPAN 485, WLIT 385, Special emphasis on single-party rule, military rule, and WLIT 485. and the political ramifications of African socialism, tribalism and the problems of national integration. Offered as ETHS 366, POSC 366, and POSC 466. ETHS 391. Advanced Readings in Black History. 3 Units.

ETHS 369. Current Controversies in Latin This is an advanced readings course that may American Politics and Society. 3 Units. change from semester to semester. This course will provide students with an opportunity to more deeply In addition to questions about race, religion, explore special themes and theoretical issues in abortion, the drug industry, immigration, the field of black history that are often quickly and democracy, private property, and free trade, briefly covered in broad survey courses. Readings the course will tackle Latin America’s apparent may be organized around specific topics such as shift to the political and ideological left, Chavez’s resistance and social protest, black intellectual "Imperialism," and Cuba’s humanitarian aid. Offered history, black nationalism and identity, black film as ETHS 369, POSC 369 and POSC 469. and historical literacy black cultural forms and politics, black urban history, or some such other combination. Students may take this course more ETHS 370K. Nationalism, Ethnicity, and Religion than once and receive credit as long as the course in World Politics. 3 Units. topic differs. Students should contact the History Examination of the post-Cold War surge in conflicts Department for more details on course content among nationalisms, ethnic groups, and religions during any given semester. Offered as: ETHS 391 with particular attention to the former Yugoslavia, and HSTY 399 and HSTY 499. Ireland, India, Africa, and the Middle East. Offered as ETHS 370K, POSC 370K, and POSC 470K. ETHS 393. Advanced Readings in the History of Race. 3 Units.

ETHS 374. Politics of Development in the Global This course examines the concept of race as South. 3 Units. a social construction that carries political and economic implications. We begin by examining Exploration of the post-World War II emergence of the Global South nations of Africa, Asia, the Middle the histories of the early racial taxonomists (e.g., East, Latin America, and the Eastern Europe arena. Bernier, Linnaeus, and Blumenbach among others) Offered as ETHS 374, POSC 374, and POSC 474. and the contexts that informed their writings. We then assess how the concept of race changed from the nineteenth to the twentieth century in the United States. We conclude by evaluating how the ideology of race has influenced U.S. domestic life and foreign policy at specific historical moments. Offered as HSTY 393 and ETHS 393. 446 College of Arts and Sciences

ETHS 394. The Subaltern and The Poetics of ETHS 485. Hispanic Literature in Translation. 3 War in Africa. 3 Units. Units.

This course is a seminar on major war writers and Critical analysis and appreciation of representative filmmakers in Africa such as Chinua Achebe, Ngugi literary masterpieces from Spain and Latin America, wa Thiongo, Emmanuel Dongola, Iweala Uzodinma, and by Hispanics living in the U.S. Texts cover a Ismael Beah, Semebene Ousmane, Ingrid Sinclair variety of genres and a range of literary periods, etc. Students will be asked to use postcolonial from works by Cervantes to those of Gabriel Garcia theory to critically read and view films and texts Marquez. The course will examine the relationship on war in Africa. They will engage in discussion between literature and other forms of artistic with guest scholars in the field of African studies. In production, as well as the development of the addition to a final research paper, students are also Hispanic literary text within the context of historical required to write short papers on selected books events and cultural production of the period. Counts and films read and/or viewed during the semester. toward Spanish major only as related course. No knowledge of Spanish required. Offered as ETHS 385, ETHS 485, SPAN 385, SPAN 485, WLIT 385, ETHS 399. Independent Study. 0 - 3 Units. and WLIT 485. This course focuses on topics in ethnicity. In consultation with the program director and instructors, students pick topics in their concentrations and make a list of books and/ films for personal and intensive reading. Some of these projects might be Arts and Identity in post-independent Africa [African Concentration], films, literatures and human rights in Latin America [Latin America and Caribbean Concentration], civil rights through music and songs [African-American Concentration] etc. Travel may be a component of this course depending on the nature of the students’ interests. Weekly reports are required for the instructors to measure the students progress.

ETHS 416. African Political Thought. 3 Units.

Introduction to select themes in the work of contemporary African philosophers, with special emphasis on political thought. In this course, students will learn something about factors affecting the creation and flow of knowledge and ideas about Africa and discuss the relative importance of the "nation-state" as an idea in Europe, pre-colonial Africa, and postcolonial Africa. Offered as PHIL 316/416 and ETHS 316/416.

ETHS 438. The Cameroon Experience. 3 Units.

Evolutionary Biology Program

238 Mather Memorial PHIL/ANTH/ Evolution 3 http://www.case.edu/artsci/evolutionarybiology BIOL/GEOL/ Cynthia Beall, Program Director HSTY 225 [email protected] HSTY/PHIL Seminar in Evolutionary Biology 3 394 The program in Evolutionary Biology is designed Additional required courses (one from each area) to provide students with knowledge of macro- Ecology 3 and micro-evolutionary processes underlying the BIOL 216 Development and Physiology evolution and diversification of life on Earth and an BIOL 336 Aquatic Biology understanding of the meta-scientific issues involved BIOL 351 Principles of Ecology in this unique field of study. Philosophy/History of Science 3 HSTY 201 Science in Western Thought I The program includes grounding in the history HSTY 202 Science in Western Thought II and philosophy of evolutionary thought and HSTY 402 Introduction to Historiography of Science alternative conceptualizations of the mechanisms, PHIL 203 Natural Philosophy I patterns, and processes of evolution. It emphasizes PHIL 204 Natural Philosophy II evolutionary theory, foundations of ecology and PHIL 303 Topics in Philosophy of Science genetics, focused study of particular organisms PHIL 309 Philosophical Issues in Genetics or groups of organisms, and the dynamics of Approved electives 12 evolutionary principles in scientific inquiry. ANTH 103 Introduction to Human Evolution ANTH 295 Comparative Primate Behavior ANTH 302 Darwinian Medicine Undergraduate Programs ANTH/ Topics in Evolutionary Biology GEOL/PHIL 367/BIOL Major 368 ANTH/PHIL Evolutionary Biology Capstone 368/BIOL Evolutionary biology is a second major, to be 369 pursued in conjunction with a conventional ANTH 393 Human Ecology: The Biology of Human disciplinary major. Up to 12 credits in required and Adaptability elective courses taken by students for their first ANTH 397 Epidemiology and the Evolution of Human major may be applied to their evolutionary biology Diseases major. ANTH 398 Anthropology SAGES Capstone ANTH 398C Child Policy Externship and Capstone The 30-credit interdisciplinary major in evolutionary ANAT 375 Human Evolution: The Fossil Evidence biology consists of: ANAT 377 Human Osteology 1. Three foundation courses BIOL 223 Vertebrate Biology BIOL 305 Herpetology 2. One senior seminar BIOL 326 Genetics BIOL/GEOL Evolutionary Biology of the Invertebrates 3. One course in ecology 307 BIOL 343 Microbiology 4. One course in the philosophy/history of science BIOL 358 Animal Behavior BIOL 362 Principles of Developmental Biology 5. Four approved electives BIOL 365 Evo-Devo: Evolution of Body Plans Total Units 30

The approved electives may include additional courses from the list of philosophy/history of science courses (see below). In consultation with a Minor major advisor, students will tailor intensive study to The 15-credit interdisciplinary minor consists suit particular interests within the major. of three foundation courses and two approved electives. In consultation with a minor advisor, Required courses: students will tailor intensive study to suit their BIOL 251 Introduction to Organismal and Population 3 particular interests. Systems or BIOL 214 Genes, Evolution and Ecology GEOL 210 Historical Geology/Paleontology 3 448 College of Arts and Sciences

Required courses: BIOL 251 Introduction to Organismal and Population 3 Systems or BIOL 214 Genes, Evolution and Ecology BIOL/ANTH/ Evolution 3 GEOL/HSTY/ PHIL 225 GEOL 210 Historical Geology/Paleontology 3 Two approved electives selected in consulation with advisor 6 Total Units 15 Department Faculty

Cynthia Beall, PhD Professor of Anthropology; Director, Evolutionary Biology Program Mark D. Adams, PhD Associate Professor of Genetics, School of Medicine Radhika Atit, PhD Warren E. Rupp Distinguished Assistant Professor, Department of Biology Darin Croft, PhD Assistant Professor of Anatomy, School of Medicine Yohannes Haile-Selassie, PhD Curator and Head of Physical Anthropology, Cleveland Museum of Natural History Joseph Koonce, PhD Professor of Biology Bruce Latimer, PhD Associate Professor of Anatomy, School of Medicine Peter McCall, JD, PhD Professor of Geological Sciences Scott Simpson, PhD Professor of Anatomy, School of Medicine Mark Willis, PhD Associate Professor of Biology Peter A. Zimmerman, PhD Associate Professor, Center for Global Health and Diseases, School of Medicine Case Western Reserve University 449

French and Francophone Studies Program

203 Clark Hall will also take at least one 300-level FRCH course http://www.case.edu/artsci/fr_studies (see Foundations in Culture courses below). Laura Hengehold, Program Director [email protected] The major in French and Francophone Studies requires a minimum of 33 credit hours in the Designed to develop cross-cultural awareness and following areas: to foster international understanding, the French and Francophone Studies (FFS) program adds an exciting dimension to the traditional liberal arts 1. Foundations in Language (8 hours) curriculum. The French and Francophone Studies major differs from the traditional French major in For students entering at the 200-level of French language: two respects: its interdisciplinary nature and its FRCH 201 Intermediate French I 4 greater flexibility in accommodating students’ areas FRCH 202 Intermediate French II 4 of interest. The FFS major answers the needs of Students entering at the 300-level of language study students with a strong interest in cultural issues in complete 21 credits in Electives section below: general and in French and Francophone history Total Units 8 and society in particular. By allowing students to take course work in English, the FFS major allows them to profit from the many courses in 2. Foundations in Culture: Introduction various departments that focus on France and the Francophone world. to French and Francophone cultures (9 hours) The FFS Program is an interdisciplinary, integrated program that understands the term “French” in FRCH/WLIT The Francophone World 3 its broadest sense. It thus reflects the diversity of 295 the field of French studies, which explores varied Two of the following: 6 cultures of Francophone expression: Canada, the FRCH 316 Contemporary France Caribbean, North and West Africa, the Middle East, FRCH 318 The Origins of France and Southeast Asia. Reaching beyond disciplinary FRCH 319 Modern France and national boundaries, the program encourages HSTY 310 The French Revolutionary Era students to choose from a large selection of Total Units 9 courses in the humanities, the arts, and the social sciences. In this way, it provides both a meaningful course of study and an outstanding preparation for 3. Electives: Related Courses in French graduate or professional schools and for careers in and Other Disciplines (15-21 hours) international business and finance, law, journalism, diplomatic service, nonprofit and other international Students select from courses that focus on French organizations, health, teaching, or the arts. and Francophone cultures in FRCH and other disciplines (art history, political science, history, etc.). These are chosen from the approved list (see Major | Teacher Licensure | Study Abroad I Minor below) and in conjunction with a program advisor. No more than 9 of these credits may be chosen from FRCH courses. Undergraduate Programs Anthropology Major ANTH 337 Comparative Medical Systems 3 Each student prepares a program of study in close ANTH 356 Mediterranean Culture and Society 3 consultation with a faculty advisor drawn from the ANTH 399 Independent Study 1-6 advisory committee. Students should also discuss their choice of a minor or a second major with their advisor. Art History

French and Francophone Studies (FFS) majors ARTH 240 Architecture: Ancient to 1850 3 should demonstrate French language ability by ARTH 260 Art in the Age of Grandeur 3 completing French 201-202 or the equivalent. They ARTH 280 Modern Art and Modern Science 3 ARTH 284 History of Photography 3 450 College of Arts and Sciences

ARTH 290 Introduction to the Art of Sub-Saharan 3 Africa Music ARTH 340 Issues in the Art of China 3 ARTH 367 17th and 18th Century French Art 3 MUHI 301 History of Western Music I 3 ARTH 374 Impressionism to Symbolism 3 MUHI 302 History of Western Music II 3 ARTH 379 Issues in 19th Century Art 3 MUHI 303 History of Western Music III 3 ARTH 381 Neoclassicism to Realism 3 ARTH 392 Issues in 20th/21st Century Art 3 ARTH 398 Independent Study in Art History 1-3 Philosophy

PHIL 302 Modern Philosophy 3 Economics PHIL 315 Selected Topics in Philosophy 3 PHIL 325 Philosophy of Feminism 3 ECON 372 International Finance 3 PHIL 399 Directed Study 3 ECON 373 International Trade 3 ECON 375 Economics of Developing Countries 3 Political Science

English POSC 326 Constitutions in Practical Politics 3 POSC/HSTY History of Modern Political and Social 3 ENGL/WLIT Masterpieces of Continental Fiction 3 348 Thought 290 POSC 351 Modern Political Thought 3 ENGL 301 Linguistic Analysis 3 POSC 366 Government and Politics of Africa 3 ENGL/WLIT Topics in Film 3 POSC 367 Western European Political Systems 3 368C POSC 370A Political Economy 3 ENGL 379 Topics in Language Studies 3 POSC 373 Politics of the European Union 3 ENGL/WLIT Literary and Critical Theory 3 POSC 374 Politics of Development in the Global South 3 387 POSC 395 Special Projects 1-6

History Religious Studies

HSTY 151 Technology in European Civilization 3 RLGN/HSTY Heresy and Dissidence in the Middle Ages 3 HSTY 201 Science in Western Thought I 6 315 & HSTY 202 and Science in Western Thought II RLGN 341 Religion and Postmodernism 3 HSTY 212 Modern European History 3 RLGN 374/ Reformation Europe, 1500-1650 3 HSTY 215 Europe in the 20th Century 3 HSTY 309 HSTY 220 The Early Modern Mediterranean 3 RLGN 392 Independent Study 1-3 HSTY 234 France and Islam 3 HSTY 250 Issues and Methods in History 3 HSTY 268 Colonialism in Africa 3 Theater HSTY 309/ Reformation Europe, 1500-1650 3 RLGN 374 THTR/WLIT Development of Theater: Renaissance to 3 HSTY 310 The French Revolutionary Era 3 229 Romanticism HSTY 314 Impostors in Early Modern Europe 3 THTR 329 Dramatic Literature 3 HSTY/RLGN Heresy and Dissidence in the Middle Ages 3 THTR 399 Independent Study in Theater Arts 1-3 315 HSTY 332 European Diplomacy in the Age of 3 Nationalism: 1789-1945 HSTY/POSC History of Modern Political and Social 3 World Literature 348 Thought HSTY 397 Undergraduate Tutorial 1-3 WLIT 211 World Literature I 3 WLIT 212 World Literature II 3 WLIT/THTR Development of Theater: Renaissance to 3 229 Romanticism International Studies WLIT/ENGL Masterpieces of Continental Fiction 3 290 INTL 396 International Independent Study 1-3 WLIT 300 The City in Literature 3 WLIT/ENGL Topics in Film 3 368C WLIT 390 Topics in World Literature 3 WLIT 399 Independent Study 1-3 Courses offered in a given semester with a French and Francophone Studies component are posted Case Western Reserve University 451

in Guilford House at registration time and on the French and Francophone Studies (http:// * Required only for students who begin their www.case.edu/artsci/fr_studies/) website. French major at the intermediate level ** Students at the intermediate (200) level Teacher Licensure Option select five courses (15 credit hours); students entering the program at the advanced (300) Students participating in the teacher licensure level select seven courses (21 credit hours). program complete a 45- to 47-hour major in French, including course work in French language, culture, and literature, and a 35-hour sequence Study Abroad in professional education. Course work in French begins in the freshman year with a language course Study abroad in France, Belgium, Switzerland, appropriate to the student’s proficiency level and French Canada, the Francophone Caribbean, or continues until the student has completed a range a Francophone African or Middle Eastern country of upper-level courses and has met the goals is strongly encouraged but not required for FFS of the program. Students are strongly urged to majors. The Department of Modern Languages complete some of their course work in a French- and Literatures offers a summer study abroad speaking country and are assisted in identifying program in Paris (FRCH 308 The Paris Experience opportunities for study abroad. Interested students / WLIT 308 The Paris Experience) in even- should contact Professor Marie Lathers. The numbered years. A summer study abroad program professional education component begins with in Cameroon (FRCH 308 The Paris Experience / a sequence taken on campus, followed by 20 WLIT 308 The Paris Experience / ETHS 338 The semester hours, including student teaching, at John Cameroon Experience) is offered in odd-numbered Carroll University. See the program description in years. FRCH 208 The Montreal Experience is a the Teacher Licensure section of this bulletin. spring break service-learning excursion to Montreal.

Subject area requirements: Minor The minor requires 15-17 credits. Students entering FRCH 201 Intermediate French I * 4 at the 200 level of language competence take: FRCH 202 Intermediate French II * 4 FRCH 308 ** 3 The Paris Experience FRCH 201 Intermediate French I 4 FRCH 310 Advanced Composition and Reading 3 FRCH 202 Intermediate French II 4 FRCH 311 Advanced Conversation I 3 Three courses in FRCH from the approved list 9 FRCH 314 Translation Techniques 3 Total Units 17 FRCH 315 Business French ** 3 FRCH 316 Contemporary France 3 At least 6 credits should be taken in disciplines FRCH 317 French Cinema 3 other than FRCH. Students entering at the 300 level FRCH 318 The Origins of France 3 of language competence take five courses at the FRCH 319 Modern France 3 200 and 300 levels in FRCH and from the approved FRCH 320 Introduction to French Literature 3 list. At least 3 credits should be in courses from FRCH 331 ** 3 FRCH taught in the French language, and at least Seventeenth-Century French Literature 6 credits should be taken in disciplines other than FRCH 341 Eighteenth Century French Literature ** 3 FRCH. FRCH 351 Nineteenth-Century French Literature ** 3 Department Faculty FRCH 361 Twentieth-Century French Literature ** 3 ** Laura E. Hengehold, PhD FRCH 372 Topics in French Drama ** 3 Associate Professor of Philosophy; Director, French FRCH 373 The Novel and the Novella ** 3 and Francophone Studies Program FRCH 374 Major Writers and Literary Movements ** 3 Gilbert Doho, PhD FRCH 375 Francophone Literature ** 3 Associate Professor of Modern Languages and ** Literatures FRCH 376 Women Writers 3 FRCH 377 Special Topics ** 3 Marie Lathers, PhD FRCH 398 Honors Thesis II ** 3 Elizabeth M. and William C. Treuhaft Professor of ** Humanities FRCH 399 Independent Study 1-3 452 College of Arts and Sciences

Miriam R. Levin, PhD Professor of History Cheryl Toman, PhD Assistant Professor of Modern Languages and Literatures Case Western Reserve University 453

German Studies Program

112/113 Clark Hall http://www.case.edu/artsci/grmn GRMN 303 German Culture & Civilization 3 Prof. Kenneth F. Ledford, Department of History GRMN 396 Senior Capstone - German (or equivalent) 3 Eight additional courses, with no more than three in the 24 [email protected] same department: In its reconstituted form, Germany has again ARTH 360 Renaissance Art in Northern Europe become a major player in European and global ARTH 361 Dutch and Flemish 17th Century Painting affairs. Germany has always been considered ARTH 382 Visions of Utopia: 20th Century European Art important to European development—at various HSTY 238 Jews in the Modern World times it has been called the crossroads of the entire HSTY 254 The Holocaust continent—but the economic might of modern HSTY 309 Reformation Europe, 1500-1650 Germany and the integration of the European HSTY 332 European Diplomacy in the Age of Union have now made American understanding of Nationalism: 1789-1945 German culture and civilization more important to— HSTY 333 Reading Capital: Political Economy in the and worthy of study by—American students than at Age of Modern Industry any time since 1945. HSTY 334 History of 19th Century Germany HSTY 335 History of 20th Century Germany German Studies, an integrated program of study MUHI 301 History of Western Music I leading to the BA degree, offers students the MUHI 302 History of Western Music II freedom to develop an interdisciplinary sequence PHIL 302 Modern Philosophy of courses to meet their particular needs and PHIL 320 The Phenomenological Tradition interests. It builds the foundation for graduate work PHIL 355 19th and Early 20th Century Philosophy in many academic fields that call for a thorough Total Units 30 knowledge of German language, culture, and history. It also prepares students for careers Possible concentrations for the German Studies in international business or for future study in major include history and philosophy; German professional programs such as law and business literature and theater history; political science and administration. history; art history; music history; and religious studies. Within the program requirements, students German Studies administers a summer immersion are free to shape the major as they wish, based on program, The Munich Experience, which their own intellectual interests. allows students to spend four weeks in Munich and experience the city’s vibrant culture and breathtaking surroundings. After graduation, many German and German Studies majors (most of Minor whom have a second major in another field) return to Germany to study or work. Our majors have The course requirements for the minor (15 hours) returned to Germany on Fulbright scholarships, are as follows: through internships administered by the Carl- Duisberg-Gesellschaft, or as interns for the German One of the following: 3 parliament. GRMN 303 German Culture & Civilization GRMN 311 Advanced Conversation Four additional 300-level courses * 12 Undergraduate Programs Total Units 15

Major * From the above list of approved German Studies courses, chosen from any two The major in German Studies, which includes a departments, or a thematic course of study German language requirement, concentrates on approved in advance by the program director. the study of the German cultural tradition in history, philosophy, the fine arts, music, film studies, politics, and culture. The major is particularly suited to students wishing to combine interests in German language and culture with a major in another discipline. The major requires 30 hours, to be distributed as follows: 454 College of Arts and Sciences

Program Faculty

Jutta Ittner, PhD Associate Professor of Modern Languages and Literatures; Director, Max Kade Center for German Studies; Director, German Studies Program Kenneth Ledford, PhD Associate Professor of History; Associate Director, Max Kade Center for German Studies Vincent E. McHale, PhD M. A. Hanna Professor of Political Science Jerry Piven, PhD Lecturer in Philosophy David Rothenberg, PhD Assistant Professor of Music Susanne Vees-Gulani, PhD Assistant Professor of Modern Languages and Literatures; Associate Director, Max Kade Center for German Studies Case Western Reserve University 455

Gerontological Studies Program

226 Mather Memorial in human services, business, law, medicine, http://www.case.edu/artsci/soci/gerontological.html academics, or the sciences. Dale Dannefer and Gary Deimling, Program Co- Directors Faculty members associated with the program are [email protected], [email protected] engaged in a variety of funded research projects. These include studies of Alzheimer’s disease; The Gerontological Studies program is a cancer survivorship; patterns of care for the urban multidisciplinary program designed to integrate elderly in China; visual perception changes that research and theory from multiple disciplines accompany aging; the impact of high levels of about aging, old age, and the life course. physical activity on the biological aging process; Prompted in part by broad social and technological grandparent-grandchild relationships; and stress, changes that include the “graying” of the world’s coping, and adaptation among urban community population, humanists, scientists, social scientists, and institutionalized elderly. and professionals have become interested in understanding the position of the aged in society, the aging process in various contexts, and the Undergraduate Programs meaning of aging to individuals. The program draws on the most recent thinking and research in a variety of disciplines to provide students with Major a background that will be helpful after graduation, both in work and in graduate or professional school. The Gerontological Studies program offers a major that leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree. However, In keeping with the interdisciplinary nature of it may be selected only as a second major, the first the program, the core courses are drawn from major being in a traditional academic department. five departments: Anthropology, Communication The major consists of a minimum of 30 credits; 15 Sciences, History, Psychology, and Sociology. are in required core courses and 15 are in approved Students may choose from a variety of courses elective courses. according to their own interests. Most of the electives are not specifically gerontology courses Required core courses: but cover topics that contribute to the understanding ANTH 304 Introduction to the Anthropology of Aging 3 of aging and the aged. The perspectives gained COSI 345 Communication and Aging 3 in the core courses will provide the student with PSCL 369 Adult Development and Aging 3 the background needed to relate the material in SOCI 369 Aging in American Society 3 the more general courses to gerontological issues. SOCI 496 Public Policy and Aging 3 The program is firmly grounded in the liberal arts Any five of the following approved electives: 15 and thus provides the student with the challenge to ANTH 215 Health, Culture, and Disease: An think and communicate effectively and to integrate Introduction to Medical Anthropology diverse information, theories, and practice. ANTH Biological Aging in Humans 301/401 Gerontological Studies is an appropriate major or ANTH 318 Death and Dying minor for students with a wide variety of career SOCI 269 Young and Old Face the 21st Century goals. The aging of the population has made SOCI 311 Health, Illness, and Social Behavior available entry-level positions for persons with SOCI 313 Sociology of Stress and Coping baccalaureate degrees in organizations that provide SOCI 319 Sociology of Institutional Care services to and formulate policy for the elderly. SOCI 370 Sociology of the Family Many graduate programs now include an emphasis Total Units 30 on aging for which a degree in Gerontological Studies would serve as a useful background. Students planning to pursue professional degrees will find that an increasing number of their clients Minor or patients will be older adults and that problems with which they must deal will be related to the * 6-15 aged. The perspective provided by participating At least two of the following in the Gerontological Studies program provides ANTH 304 Introduction to the Anthropology of Aging students with excellent background in working with COSI 345 Communication and Aging older populations. This background is particularly important for students who plan to pursue careers 456 College of Arts and Sciences

PSCL 369 Adult Development and Aging Program Faculty SOCI 369 Aging in American Society Total Units 6-15 Dale Dannefer, PhD Selah Chamberlain Professor and Chair, * Additional hours may be met by either any Department of Sociology; Co-Director, three of the approved electives above or the Gerontological Studies Program remaining core courses above. Gary T. Deimling, PhD Professor of Sociology; Co-Director, Gerontological Graduate Certificate Program Studies Program Charlotte Ikels, PhD in Gerontology Professor of Anthropology

University Center on Aging and Health T. J. McCallum, PhD 1420 Frances Payne Bolton School of Nursing Associate Professor of Psychology Phone: 368-2692; Fax: 216-368-6389 May L. Wykle, Director E-mail: [email protected] Courses The University Center on Aging and Health (http:// GERO 496. Public Policy and Aging. 3 Units. fpb.case.edu/Centers/UCAH/program.shtm) is dedicated to the premise that aging is a Overview of aging and the aged. Concepts in developmental process spanning the entire life the study of public policy. Policies on aging and cycle, and brings together social and behavioral conditions that they address. The politics of policies sciences, health sciences, and the humanities on aging. Emergent trends and issues. Offered to encourage teaching and research activities in as ANTH 498, BETH 496, EPBI 408, GERO 496, every unit of the University. The Center sponsors a HSTY 480, MPHP 408, NURS 479, NURS 579, certificate program in gerontology for graduate and POSC 480, and SOCI 496. professional students and for those who already hold graduate degrees. GERO 498. Seminar in Gerontological Studies. 3 A student interested in a graduate certificate in Units. gerontology must be enrolled in a master’s or doctoral program, or be a special non-degree Major themes in gerontology. Seminar members student with at least a master’s degree (or choose a problem area, explore the relevant equivalent). To receive a certificate in gerontology, literature from a multi-disciplinary perspective, a student must submit a formal application, be and develop a research project using knowledge approved by the University Center on Aging and gained through community observation and library Health, and take 12 credit hours of course work. exploration. The student must complete the following courses: 1. Two three-credit courses in gerontology within GERO 601. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit. the student’s discipline, one of which can be an independent study. For students enrolled in the graduate certificate program in gerontology. 2. One three-credit course in gerontology or independent study outside the student’s discipline.

3. A three-credit seminar in gerontology offered by the center.

Any departures from the requirements must be approved by the center director. For further information, contact the University Center on Aging and Health. Case Western Reserve University 457

History and Philosophy of Science Program

204 Mather House following five classes and two electives approved http://www.case.edu/artsci/hpst by the minor advisor: Alan Rocke, Program Director [email protected] Any three of the following five classes: 9 The Department of Philosophy and the Department PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy of History together offer an undergraduate major HSTY 202 Science in Western Thought II HSTY/PHIL Natural Philosophy I in the history and philosophy of science. The 203 purpose of the major is to develop a humanistic HSTY 207/ Natural Philosophy II understanding of the nature and development of PHIL 204 science through the combined use of philosophical PHIL 302 Modern Philosophy and historical methods. The major provides Two electives approved by the minor advisor. 6 a foundation for graduate study in a range of Total Units 15 academic disciplines and for careers in such areas as business, medicine, law, public policy, Department Faculty and science journalism. It also may be profitably combined with a program in one of the sciences. Alan J. Rocke, PhD Within the major, a student may seek an emphasis Henry Eldridge Bourne Professor of History; on the philosophy of science, the history of the Director, History and Philosophy of Science physical sciences, or the history of the biological Program and medically related sciences. James M. Edmonson, PhD Adjunct Associate Professor of History; Director, Undergraduate Programs Dittrick Medical History Center Miriam R. Levin, PhD Major Professor of History Colin McLarty, PhD The history and philosophy of science major Truman P. Handy Professor of Intellectual requires 30 credit hours from courses in philosophy Philosophy; Associate Professor of Philosophy and in history of science and technology. Students who major in history and philosophy of science are Jonathan Sadowsky, PhD required to complete any four of the following seven Theodore J. Castele Professor; Associate Professor classes and three electives approved by the major of History advisor:

Any four of the following seven classes: 12 PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy HSTY 151 Technology in European Civilization HSTY 201 Science in Western Thought I HSTY 202 Science in Western Thought II HSTY/PHIL Natural Philosophy I 203 PHIL 204/ Natural Philosophy II HSTY 207 PHIL 302 Modern Philosophy Six electives approved by the major advisor. 18 Total Units 30 Students who major in the history and philosophy of science are not permitted to take a second major in philosophy or to minor in philosophy.

Minor

Students who minor in history and philosophy of science are required to take any three of the 458 College of Arts and Sciences

International Studies Program

111 Mather House http://politicalscience.case.edu/international Undergraduate Program Vincent E. McHale and Kelly McMann, Program Co- Directors Major [email protected], [email protected] The major in international studies requires a minimum of 33 credit hours, chosen from the list The International Studies Program is a of approved topical and area studies courses, plus multidisciplinary program leading to the BA degree. satisfaction of a language competency requirement. Study in the program provides students with the Each student will prepare a program of study ability to read beyond the headlines—to see world indicating specific course selections to meet the events in terms of how they got to be that way, six area requirements below. This plan must be how they fit into broader issues and systems, and approved by a member of the faculty advisory how one might imagine their place in shaping the committee. Students should also discuss their future. To attain this goal, students are introduced selection of a minor or a second major with their to the methods of conceptualizing international and advisor. Their course selections should include at global issues, as well as to the study of a society least one course which involves the development of other than their own. They learn to think critically skills in computer applications, economic analysis, about contending and complementary methods statistics, or other quantitative methods. Normally, and theories, developing an appreciation of both no more than two courses taken for international traditional disciplinary approaches and newer, studies credit may count simultaneously toward a cross-disciplinary approaches. Students also minor or another major. Courses taken to satisfy the acquire skills that will enable them to recognize and language competency requirement are exempted deal with complexity: communicative and analytical from this rule, and several international studies skills in a language other than English (or other courses contribute to the completion of the Arts and than their native language), and skills in statistics, Sciences General Education Requirements. computer-based global analysis, or negotiation. It is strongly recommended that all international studies students participate in at least one of Requirements for the Major several off-campus programs that facilitate the international perspective: junior year abroad, 1. Multidisciplinary Foundations (required courses; summer internships in Washington, D.C., or 12 hours). These courses provide an introduction professional, practicum-type work experiences in to four major disciplinary understandings of society Cleveland that involve an international context. It and culture, principles of economics, change is also recommended that students have a solid over time, and interactions among nations, while foundation in economics. exposing students to a variety of world societies and issues. International studies majors will be In addition to forming the groundwork for expected to have completed the multidisciplinary an evolving understanding of and lifelong foundations courses before embarking on a study engagement with the modern world, a background abroad program. These courses are: in international studies provides excellent, practical preparation for careers that deal with the emerging ANTH 102 Being Human: An Introduction to Social and 3 needs of our world. International studies majors Cultural Anthropology go on to careers in international marketing and ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics 3 management, diplomatic service, health, law, social HSTY 113 Introduction to Modern World History 3 services, and journalism, as well as careers within POSC 272 Introduction to International Relations 3 the academic disciplines. The professional schools of business, medicine, nursing, law, and applied 2. Area Focus (6 hours): Two courses that social sciences at Case Western Reserve all have concentrate on a single geographic or culture area. significant international foci, and our students Examples include Africa, North America, East Asia, can explore careers in these areas during their Europe, Latin America, and the Middle East. undergraduate years. The skills, analytic abilities, and critical approaches of international studies 3. Topical Focus (6 hours): A related pair of courses should equip students as well for new employment that provide a discrete perspective on global patterns which may not fit into existing career issues and foster an appreciation for complexity descriptions. through the study of particular issues and the methods appropriate to them. Examples include pairs of courses dealing with ethnicity, international Case Western Reserve University 459 health, international economics, global and Faculty environmental analysis, or international relations. Cross-disciplinary approaches are encouraged. Vincent E. McHale, PhD (Pennsylvania State University) 4. Elective Area or Topical Courses (6 hours): M. A. Hanna Professor, Department of Political Two additional courses within the topical and area Science; Co-Director, International Studies Program studies course listings, providing an opportunity to experiment or to tailor the program toward Kelly McMann, PhD particular interests in international or global issues, (University of Michigan) methodology, or other cultures. Associate Professor, Department of Political Science; Co-Director, International Studies Program 5. Senior Colloquium (required course, 3 hours): The integration of prior topical and area foci in a colloquium (INTL 398 International Senior Colloquium) taken in the fall semester of the senior Courses year and involving the writing of a substantial research paper. Selection of the topic and the INTL 396. International Independent Study. 1 - 3 research and writing are under the supervision of Unit. a faculty tutor. Peer evaluation will be obtained through regular sessions, supervised by the Study of a topic within the scope of international colloquium coordinator, at which students present studies. The student must complete a prospectus their initial concepts, outlines, research, and drafts. form, approved and signed by the supervising Students will be expected to identify their faculty faculty member, no later than the second week of directors and topics by the end of their junior year. classes. The prospectus must outline the goals of Exceptional papers (grade of A) may be considered the project and the research methodology to be for honors if the student also has maintained a 3.3 used and is part of the basis for grading. Open to overall GPA and a 3.7 GPA in international studies juniors and seniors majoring in international studies. courses (area focus, topic focus, and electives). 6. Language Competency (0 to 16 credit hours): INTL 398. International Senior Colloquium. 3 In addition to the 33 credit hours of international Units. studies course work, students must demonstrate competence in a language other than their native Individual work with a faculty tutor leading to language. This may be done by: the writing of a major research paper. Regular class sessions are supervised by the colloquium 1. completing a language course at the 300 level coordinator in which students present their initial or above concepts, outlines, research, and drafts. Open only to seniors majoring in international studies. 2. demonstrating to the Department of Modern Languages and Literatures a non-native language competency equivalent to that attained by completing a 300-level or above course

3. completing four semesters in a single language

The International Studies program currently recognizes more than 150 courses from which students may choose to satisfy the area and topical foci requirements. Course lists are available from the program advisors. Additional courses may be selected on the basis of individual student interest, in consultation with the faculty advisor. Courses may also be selected from within existing area studies programs: American Studies, Asian Studies, French and Francophone Studies, German Studies, and Japanese Studies. There is no minor in international studies. 460 College of Arts and Sciences

Japanese Studies Program

103 Guilford House http://www.case.edu/artsci/dmll/japanese.htm JAPN 201 Intermediate Japanese I 4 Linda Erlich and Takao Hagiwara, Program Co- JAPN 202 Intermediate Japanese II 4 Directors JAPN 301 Advanced Japanese I 4 [email protected], [email protected] JAPN 302 Advanced Japanese II 4 JAPN 350/450 Contemporary Japanese Texts I 3 Today’s students find themselves in a world JAPN 351/451 Contemporary Japanese Texts II 3 of increasingly multi-ethnic, multi-religious, JAPN 397 Senior Thesis I * 3 multicultural contexts. Through a long history of JAPN 398 Senior Thesis II * 3 receiving, reworking, and incorporating influences Four asian studies, world literature, or other related courses. 12 from nearby cultural centers on the Asian mainland ** and surrounding Pacific islands and from the Total Units 40 world beyond, including Europe and the Americas, Japan has developed a tradition of multiculturalism * —a tradition that is best understood through This course requires a substantial research interdisciplinary study. Following this thread, the paper in Japanese or English. Students are Japanese Studies Program seeks to foster the required to identify their faculty advisors student’s global and interdisciplinary perspectives, and the topic of their paper by the end of while at the same time maintaining a flexibility that the junior year. Exceptional papers may be allows individuals to pursue their own areas of considered for honors. interest. To further foster the students’ linguistic ** “Other related courses” may include courses and cultural development, the Japanese Studies in Japanese literature, film, theater, art Program strongly encourages study abroad in history, anthropology, philosophy, religion, Japan for a year, a semester, or a summer. sociology, political science, or history. Students may pursue a major or a minor in Japanese studies. The program offers a variety Students beginning the major at the 300 level do of courses to fulfill the requirements, ranging not take JAPN 201 Intermediate Japanese I/ JAPN from four levels of the Japanese language to 202 Intermediate Japanese II, but do take one courses about Japanese cinema, literature, and “directed reading” in Japanese in an area related to pop culture. Besides these core courses, we their major research. All other requirements for the encourage the student to take related courses in BA are the same. such interdisciplinary areas as Asian art, cinema, comparative literature of Japan and the West, Courses in other disciplines also form an important Japanese religion and history, and international component of the Japanese studies program. They business. Taking advantage of the varied resources provide an international, as well as interdisciplinary, of the University and University Circle institutions, perspective on Japanese culture. A faculty advisor the Japanese Studies Program makes the study of supervises each student’s selection of these Japanese culture an integral part of the student’s courses. undergraduate education. Furthermore, the Japanese Studies Program provides an excellent In addition to the courses required for the major, foundation for graduate or professional school the following courses are offered in the Japanese or for careers in international business and Studies Program: finance, careers involving technological or medical exchange, and careers in law, journalism, foreign JAPN/WLIT Japanese Popular Culture 3 service, or the arts. 225 JAPN/WLIT Modern Japanese Literature in Translation 3 255 JAPN/WLIT Classical Japanese Literature in Translation 3 Undergraduate Program 245 JAPN/WLIT Japanese Women Writers 3 345 Major JAPN/WLIT Modern Japanese Novels and the West 3 355 The BA major in Japanese studies requires a JAPN 399 Independent Study 1-3 minimum of 33 credit hours. For students beginning the major at the 200 level, the course requirements are as follows: Case Western Reserve University 461

Program Honors Program Advisory Committee

Exceptional papers written for the senior thesis may William E. Deal, PhD qualify for program honors. In addition, to qualify Severance Professor in the History of Religion, for the BA with honors in Japanese, students must Department of Religious Studies achieve a minimum GPA of 3.5 in courses taken for the Japanese major.

Study Abroad

A year of study in Japan is highly recommended, as is additional study in another language. All efforts are made to grant appropriate credit for courses taken at a Japanese university during the year abroad.

Minor

For students beginning Japanese at the introductory level, the course requirements for the minor are as follows:

JAPN 101 Elementary Japanese I 4 JAPN 102 Elementary Japanese II 4 JAPN 201 Intermediate Japanese I 4 JAPN 202 Intermediate Japanese II 4 One 300-level course 3 Total Units 19 For students beginning Japanese at the 200 level, the requirements for the minor are five courses at the 200 and 300 level, approved by a program director. Program Faculty

Linda C. Ehrlich, PhD Associate Professor, Department of Modern Languages and Literatures; Co-Director, Japanese Studies Program Takao Hagiwara, PhD Associate Professor, Department of Modern Languages and Literatures; Co-Director, Japanese Studies Program Margaret M. Fitzgerald, MA Lecturer, Department of Modern Languages and Literatures Yoshiko Kishi, MA Lecturer, Department of Modern Languages and Literatures Hiroko Takada Amick, MA Lecturer, Department of Modern Languages and Literatures 462 College of Arts and Sciences

Judaic Studies Program

243 Tomlinson Hall HBRW 101 Elementary Modern Hebrew I http://www.case.edu/artsci/jdst & HBRW and Elementary Modern Hebrew II Peter Haas, Program Director 102 [email protected] HBRW 201 Intermediate Modern Hebrew I HBRW 202 Intermediate Modern Hebrew II The Judaic Studies Program offers an HBRW 301 Advanced Modern Hebrew I interdisciplinary approach to the study of the HBRW 302 Advanced Modern Hebrew II history, religion, social experience, and culture Total Units 17 of the Jewish people. By bringing a variety of fields and disciplines to bear on its subject, the will cut and past table later with leep frog’s help program intends to convey to students the complex interaction of forces that create and express Jewish Program Steering Committee ethnic identity. Students completing the program will have broad knowledge of the field along with Peter J. Haas, PhD the tools necessary for continued study of Jewish Abba Hillel Silver Professor of Jewish Studies, civilization in all its manifestations. Department of Religious Studies; Director, Judaic Studies Program Yoram Daon, MBA Undergraduate Program Lecturer, Department of Modern Languages and Literatures Minor Gilbert Doho, PhD Associate Professor, Department of Modern The minor consists of a minimum of five courses, Languages and Literatures according to the following scheme, to be taken in consultation with the program director. Only one Jay Geller, PhD course may be in the Department of Religious Samuel Rosenthal Professor of Judaic Studies, Studies. Department of History Miriam Levin, PhD Required Courses: Professor, Department of History JDST 201 Introduction to Judaic Studies 3 At least six additional hours with at least 1/3 Jewish content. 6 Sean Martin, PhD Choose from the following; only one course may be from the Department of Religious Studies. Associate Curator, Jewish Archives, Western JDST 220 Jewish Traditional Art and Architecture Reserve Historical Society; Lecturer, SAGES JDST 228 The Jewish Image in Popular Film Program JDST 233 Introduction to Jewish Folklore Judith Neulander, PhD JDST 392 Independent Study Lecturer, Department of Religious Studies RLGN 223 Religious Roots of Conflict in the Middle East Judith Oster, PhD RLGN 268 Women in the Bible: Ethnographic Professor, Department of English Approaches to Rite and Ritual, Story, Song, and Art Laura Tartakoff, JD RLGN 350 Jewish Ethics Instructor, Department of Political Science POSC 370K Nationalism, Ethnicity, and Religion in World Politics Gillian Weiss, PhD POSC 379 Introduction to Middle East Politics Associate Professor, Department of History SOCI 302 Race and Ethnic Minorities in American Society ENGL 365E The Immigrant Experience ENGL 366G Minority Literatures HSTY 254 The Holocaust HSTY 257 Immigrants in America Two semesters of Hebrew (HBRW 101 and HBRW 102). 8 Students who place out of HBRW 101-102 must take at least one higher-level course in HBRW. Case Western Reserve University 463

Courses JDST 228. The Jewish Image in Popular Film. 3 Units. JDST 201. Introduction to Judaic Studies. 3 Units. Explores film as social practice for its makers and its audience from the silent era through An introduction to the academic study of Judaic Hollywood’s Golden Age, to the technological religion and culture, this course does not dazzle of the present day. Notes views of the Jews presuppose any previous study of, or experience as stereotypical "Racial Other," not only capable with, Judaism. The course takes an interdisciplinary of Jewish self-representation, but also capable approach, drawing on a variety of methods to of representing any group widely believed to be examine the diverse issues that make up the non-white, non-Christian or otherwise "alien." By current field of Judaic studies. The course will studying select films in historical context, the course examine the Jewish experience across time and will trace changes in this stereotype. By the end space, and may include some "field" experience, of the semester, students will understand how such as a visit to a synagogue or to the Maltz film is shaped by, and how it actively shapes, our Museum of Jewish Heritage. Required for the minor constructions of American Selves vs. Ethnic Others. in Judaic studies. JDST 231. Jews in the Modern World. 3 Units. JDST 218. Jews in Early Modern Europe. 3 Units. Investigation of the impact of modernity on the Jewish community. In particular, the course will This course surveys the history of Jews in examine the influence of the Emancipation and Europe and the wider world from the Spanish Enlightenment on the social situation of the Jews expulsion through the French Revolution. Tracking in Europe and America and the corresponding peregrinations out of the Iberian Peninsula to the changes in Judaic religion, philosophy, social British Isles, France, Holland, Italy, Germany, structure, and culture. Attention will be paid to the Poland-Lithuania, the Ottoman Empire, and the creation of a modern Jewish identity in the secular American colonies, it examines the diverse ways culture of the post-Modern world. Offered as HSTY Jews organized their communities, interacted 238, JDST 231, and RLGN 231. with their non-Jewish neighbors, and negotiated their social, economic, and legal status within different states and empires. What role did JDST 233. Introduction to Jewish Folklore. 3 Jews play and what symbolic place did they Units. occupy during a period of European expansion, technological innovation, artistic experimentation, Exploration of a variety of genres, research and religious and political turmoil? What internal methods and interpretations of Jewish folklore, and external dynamics affected Jewish experiences from antiquity to the present. Emphasis on how in the sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth Jewish folk traditions and culture give us access centuries? Through a selection of inquisitorial to the spirit and mentality of the many different transcripts, government records, memoirs, and generations of the Jewish ethnic group, illuminating historical literature, we will explore topics such as its past and informing the direction of its future persecution, conversion, messianism, toleration, development. Offered as ANTH 233 and JDST 233. emancipation, and assimilation. Offered as HSTY 218, JDST 218, and ETHS 218. JDST 280. Religion and Politics in the Middle East. 3 Units.

JDST 220. Jewish Traditional Art and An in-depth look at the relationship between politics Architecture. 3 Units. and religion in the Middle East. Students will spend Tradition and transformation in Jewish artistic the first week on the CWRU campus and the last expression over time and across space. Course three weeks in Israel, where time will be divided will begin with the biblical period and continue between classroom teaching, guest lectures, and down to the present day in Israel and America. "field trips" to important sites. Students will have the Examination of how concepts such as "Jewish" and opportunity to interact directly with members of the "art" undergo change within the Jewish community region’s diverse religious groups within the political, over this period. Offered as ARTH 220 and JDST social, and cultural contexts in which they live. A 220. final research paper will be required. Knowledge of Hebrew is not necessary. Offered as JDST 280 and RLGN 280. 464 College of Arts and Sciences

JDST 330. Classical Jewish Religious Thought. JDST 392. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit. 3 Units. Up to three semester hours of independent study The thought of some major biblical and Rabbinic may be taken in a single semester. writings and of the classic age of medieval Jewish philosophy. Offered as JDST 330, PHIL 332, and RLGN 330.

JDST 341. Jewish Urban History. 3 Units.

This course examines the relationship between Jews and the modern urban environment. It seeks to answer questions such as: How did the modernization of cities affect Jews and Jewish communities? In what ways did Jews contribute to modern urban cultural and social forms? What is Jewish urban space, is it unique, and how is it remembered later on? Are there differences between the patterns in Europe, the Middle East, and the Americas? Offered as HSTY 341 and JDST 341.

JDST 350. Jewish Ethics. 3 Units.

An exploration of Jewish moral and ethical discourse. The first half of the course will be devoted to studying the structure and content of classical Jewish ethics on issues including marriage, abortion, euthanasia, and social justice. Students will read and react to primary Jewish religious texts. The second half of the course will focus on various modern forms of Judaism and the diversity of moral rhetoric in the Jewish community today. Readings will include such modern thinkers as Martin Buber and Abraham Joshua Heschel. Offered as JDST 350, RLGN 350, and RLGN 450.

JDST 371. Jews under Islam and Christianity. 3 Units.

This course examines the social and political status of Jews under Muslim and Christian rule since the Middle Ages. Themes include interfaith relations, Islamic and Christian beliefs regarding the Jews, Muslim and Christian regulation of Jewry, and the Jewish response. Offered as HSTY371, JDST 371, and RLGN 371.

JDST 389. Zionism. 3 Units.

This course seeks to elucidate several major strands of Zionism, their origins, how they have interacted, and their impact on contemporary Israeli society. It will also examine the differences in the appeal of Zionism to Jews in different places. Offered as HSTY 389 and JDST 389. Case Western Reserve University 465

Natural Sciences Program

203 DeGrace Hall Minor http://www.case.edu/artsci/natsci Peter Whiting, Program Advisor A minor is achieved through completion of the [email protected] requirements listed below in any four of the six participating departments. The natural sciences major is an interdepartmental science program that leads to the Bachelor of Arts (BA) degree. It is intended to serve students whose interests and objectives call for a major in Astronomy the humanities or social sciences (e.g., the major in history and philosophy of science) that is best One of the following sequences: 6 accompanied by a broad background in the natural ASTR 201 The Sun and its Planets sciences. & Any other 200-level ASTR course ASTR 221 Stars and Planets & ASTR and Galaxies and Cosmology 222 Undergraduate Programs Total Units 6 Major Biology Natural sciences is available as a second major for the BA; the first major must be in a department Two of the following sequences: 8 or program within the arts, humanities, or social BIOL 214 Genes, Evolution and Ecology sciences, excluding the programs in American & BIOL and Genes, Evolution and Ecology Lab Studies, Environmental Studies, Gerontological 214L BIOL 215 Cells and Proteins Studies, and Pre-Architecture. For a student & BIOL and Cells and Proteins Laboratory who completes a BS degree in management or 215L accounting, natural sciences may serve as the sole BIOL 216 Development and Physiology major for the BA degree. & BIOL and Development and Physiology Lab 216L The program requires a minimum of 50 semester Total Units 8 hours of work in natural sciences and mathematics. The departments included in the major are Chemistry Astronomy, Biology, Chemistry, Geological Sciences, and Physics. The student must One of the following sequences: 8-10 complete a minimum of 20 hours in one of these CHEM 105 Principles of Chemistry I & CHEM and Principles of Chemistry II departments, a minimum of 8 hours each in two 106 and Principles of Chemistry Laboratory of the other departments, and 3 hours each in the & CHEM remaining two departments. In addition, all natural 113 sciences majors must complete: CHEM 111 Principles of Chemistry for Engineers & CHEM and Principles of Chemistry Laboratory 113 and Chemistry of Materials One of the following sequences: 6 & ENGR MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, 145 & MATH Managerial, and Social Sci I Total Units 8-10 126 and Math and Calculus Applications for Life, Managerial, and Social Sci II MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I & MATH and Calculus for Science and Engineering II Geological Sciences 122 Total Units 6 One of the following: 3 The courses used to satisfy the natural sciences GEOL 101 The Earth and Planets major should be courses that would satisfy GEOL 110 Physical Geology requirements of an existing science major. GEOL 115 Introduction to Oceanography However, any 200-level or higher astronomy course GEOL 117 Weather and Climate is acceptable for the natural sciences major. GEOL 119 Geology Laboratory 1 One additional GEOL course 3 Total Units 7 466 College of Arts and Sciences

Mathematics

One of the following sequences: 8 MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, & MATH Managerial, and Social Sci I 126 and Math and Calculus Applications for Life, Managerial, and Social Sci II MATH 121 Calculus for Science and Engineering I & MATH and Calculus for Science and Engineering II 122 Total Units 8

Physics

One of the following sequences: 8-11 PHYS 115 Introductory Physics I & PHYS and Introductory Physics II 116 PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics & PHYS and General Physics II - Electricity and 122 Magnetism & PHYS and Introduction to Modern Physics 221 Total Units 8-11 Case Western Reserve University 467

Nutrition

The College of Arts and Sciences awards the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees in nutrition and nutritional biochemistry and metabolism. The required courses for the majors and minor are offered by the Department of Nutrition in the School of Medicine. For details about the department’s undergraduate programs, please consult the Department of Nutrition section of this bulletin. 468 College of Arts and Sciences

Pre-Architecture Program

Bachelor of Arts in Pre-Architecture PHYS 116 Introductory Physics II PHYS 121 General Physics I - Mechanics The Pre-Architecture program introduces the PHYS 122 General Physics II - Electricity and student to the forms, history, and functions of Magnetism architecture as well as to the studio skills relevant Total Units 30 to its practice. The program is designed to provide a background for undergraduate students who plan * For students whose interests lie in aesthetics to continue architectural studies at the graduate and the history of architecture, 3 hours in level, as well as for those interested in the study sociology, American studies, anthropology, of architecture as part of a liberal or technical history of science and technology, civil education. engineering, or geology. Pre-architecture may be chosen only as a second major. The double major is required so that the perspectives provided by this interdisciplinary program may be complemented by a concentrated disciplinary experience. For a student who completes a Bachelor of Science degree (B.S., B.S.E., or B.S.N.), pre-architecture may serve as the sole major for a B.A. degree. To declare a pre-architecture major, students should have declared a first major and have sophomore or junior standing. Up to 6 credits in general education requirements and elective courses taken by students for their first major may be applied to their pre-architecture major. The major consists of a minimum of 30 credit hours, 15 of which are in required courses and the remainder of which are approved elective courses. Detailed information about approved electives is available in the departmental office. The required courses are:

ARTH 101 Art History I: Pyramids to Pagodas 3 ARTH 102 Art History II: Michelangelo to Maya Lin 3 ARTS 106 Creative Drawing I 3 ARTS 302 Architecture and City Design I 3 ARTS 303 Architecture and City Design II 3 Art history courses 6 Two of the following: 6 ARTS 101 Design and Color I ARTS 201 Design and Color II ARTS 206 Creative Drawing II ARTS 220 Photography Studio I THTR 223 Introduction to Scenic Design THTR 224 Introduction to Lighting Design One of the following: * 3 MATH 125 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, Managerial, and Social Sci I MATH 126 Math and Calculus Applications for Life, Managerial, and Social Sci II PHYS 115 Introductory Physics I Case Western Reserve University 469

Public Policy Program

113 Mather House http://www.case.edu/artsci/public_policy * Selected with the approval of the program Joseph White, Program Director director. A list of courses that have been [email protected] approved in the past is available on the Public Policy program’s Web site. Undergraduate or graduate courses with public policy content are offered through the Departments Program Advisory Committee of Anthropology, Geological Sciences, History, Political Science, and Sociology in the College Joseph White, PhD of Arts and Sciences; through the Department Luxenberg Family Professor of Public Policy, of Economics and other departments in the Department of Political Science; Director, Center for Weatherhead School of Management; through Policy Studies; Director, Public Policy Program the School of Law, the School of Medicine, and the Frances Payne Bolton School of Nursing; and through the Mandel School of Applied Social Robert H. Binstock, PhD Sciences and the Mandel Center for Nonprofit Professor of Epidemiology and Biostatistics, School Organizations. Students can engage with policy of Medicine issues both through courses and through the extracurricular programming of the Center for Policy Brian Gran, PhD, JD Studies and other university bodies. Associate Professor of Sociology A minor in public policy is available to undergraduates in the College of Arts and Sciences David C. Hammack, PhD and in the economics and management programs Hiram C. Haydn Professor of History in the Weatherhead School of Management. The course requirements are in four categories, Susan Helper, PhD listed below. Substitutions can be made under AT&T Professor of Regional Economic exceptional circumstances, at the discretion of the Development, Department of Economics, program director. Weatherhead School of Management

Undergraduate Programs Minor

One of the following: 3 POSC 386 Making Public Policy POSC 383 Health Policy and Politics in the United States POSC 306 Interest Groups in the Policy Process One of the following: 3 ECON 102 Principles of Microeconomics One of the following: 3 HSTY 256 American Political History HSTY 358 America Since 1940 HSTY 400 Graduate Topical Seminar POSC 308 The American Presidency POSC 310 The Legislative Process POSC 323 Judicial Politics POSC 384 Ethics and Public Policy POSC 385 U.S. Bureaucratic Politics Two courses on a particular field of public policy * 6 Total Units 15 470 College of Arts and Sciences

Teacher Licensure Program

Cleveland Hearing & Speech 419 Classics (Latin), English, History, Mathematics, http://www.case.edu/artsci/teachlic Modern Languages and Literatures (French, Denise Davis, Director of Teacher Education Spanish), and Physics. [email protected] The education course requirements are as follows: Teacher licensure programs are offered in art education and music education at the 1. Courses at Case Western Reserve University (15 undergraduate (Bachelor of Science) and graduate hours): (Master of Arts) levels. A unique feature of these programs is that each is offered in cooperation PSCL 101 General Psychology I (prereq for EDUC 3 with a University Circle Institution—the Cleveland 304) Institute of Art and the Cleveland Institute of Music. EDUC 301 Introduction to Education 3 EDUC 304 Educational Psychology 3 In addition, several departments within the College EDUC 338 Seminar and Practicum in Adolescents 3 of Arts and Sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Classics, EDUC 255 Literacy Across the Content Areas 3 English, History, Mathematics, Modern Languages Total Units 15 and Literatures, and Physics) participate in the Case Western Reserve University/John Carroll 2. Courses at John Carroll University (20 hours) University Collaborative Program to prepare students for state licensure. Bachelor of Arts EDJC 186 Instructional Technology 2 degrees in these departments are awarded by EDJC 337 Adolescent Education Special Methods 3 Case Western Reserve University, and licensure is EDJC 427 Adolescent Education Special Topics 3 recommended by John Carroll University. EDJC 405C Adolescent Education Seminar 3 EDJC 444C Adolescent Student Teaching 9 Teacher licensure programs at Case Western Total Units 20 Reserve University are approved by the Ohio Department of Education and lead to teaching Students seeking licensure in French, Spanish, or licenses recognized by more than 40 states. In Latin will register for the following instead of EDJC addition, the National Association of Schools of 405D Multi-Age Education Seminar and EDJC Music (NASM) accredits the music education 444D Multi-Age Student Teaching: program. EDJC 405D Multi-Age Education Seminar 3 EDJC 444D Multi-Age Student Teaching 9 Undergraduate Programs Students must maintain a 3.0 GPA in all professional education courses, a 2.7 GPA in the Ohio Teacher Licensure Programs specific content area, and a cumulative overall GPA of 2.5 to be recommended for Ohio teacher Teacher education may be chosen as a second licensure. major by students whose primary major is in a field in which Case Western Reserve has teacher As noted above, Case Western Reserve licensure agreements with John Carroll University University also offers teacher licensure programs and programs approved by the Ohio Department of in art education and music education at the Education. The teacher education major requires undergraduate (Bachelor of Science) and graduate 35 credit hours in professional education, 15 hours (Master of Arts) levels. For further information taken at Case Western Reserve and 20 hours taken on Art Education, see the Department of Art at John Carroll University. History and Art description in this bulletin; for Music Education, see the Department of Music Adolescence/Young Adult teacher licensure is description. available in integrated language arts, integrated social studies, mathematics, integrated life Program Faculty sciences, chemistry, and physics. In addition, the program offers dual-field licensure in physical Denise K. Davis, EdP science, which includes both chemistry and (Wittenberg) physics, to students pursuing the BA in either Director of Teacher Education discipline. Multi-age licensure is available in French, Spanish, or Latin. For information concerning specific subject area requirements, turn to the departmental descriptions for Biology, Chemistry, Case Western Reserve University 471

William I. Bauer, PhD EDUC 301. Introduction to Education. 3 Units. (Ohio State University) Associate Professor of Music The historical, sociological, and philosophical role of education in a diverse society. Contemporary practices and issues are introduced, researched, David Bellini, MA and debated. Issues of professional development. Lecturer (Educational Psychology) Application of research to instructional methodologies. Clinical/Field experiences required. Gary Ciepluch, PhD Research project required for graduate students. Associate Professor of Music Offered as EDUC 301 and EDUC 401.

Judy Flanik, BA EDUC 304. Educational Psychology. 3 Units. University Supervisor, Art Education Paulette Goll, PhD Application of psychological principles as they (Case Western Reserve) relate to various educational learning theories. Lecturer;Literacy across the Content Areas Principles and practices of measurement and evaluation. Learning developmental differences Kathleen Horvath, PhD between child, adolescent, and young adult Associate Professor of Music growth. Continuation of professional development. Application of research to instructional methodologies. Clinical/Field experiences required. Lisa L. Koops, PhD Research project required for graduate students. Assistant Professor of Music Recommended preparation: PSCL 101. Offered as EDUC 304 and EDUC 404. Marcus Neiman, MM Lecturer; University Supervisor, Music Education EDUC 325. Seminar in Teaching I. 2 Units.

Sandra Noble, MA EDUC 325--Seminar in Teaching l is one of two Lecturer; University Supervisor, Art Education courses designed to be an introduction to the profession of teaching in the high school setting, especially math and science teachers. The course Tim Shuckerow, MA will consist of weekly guided observations in a local Director of Art Education/Art Studio high school classroom under the mentorship of a master teacher, and monthly discussions with the course instructor, the master teacher, a CWRU content-area faculty member, and other "reflective Courses triads" enrolled in the course. Students must enroll in both EDUC 325 and EDUC 326, but may take EDUC 255. Literacy Across the Content Areas. 3 them in either order. Prereq: EDUC 301. Units.

Literacy Across the Content Areas is a three EDUC 326. Seminar in Teaching II. 2 Units. semester hour course on the teaching of reading and writing in the content areas that include EDUC 326--Seminar in Teaching II is one of two instruction in organizing instruction (creating courses designed to be an introduction to the effective units and lessons), use of protocols for profession of teaching in the high school setting, oral language development (including strategies especially math and science teachers. The course for English as Second Language learners, and will consist of weekly guided observations in a local strategies for word skill development, reading high school classroom under the mentorship of a comprehension and assessment for instructional master teacher, and monthly discussions with the purposes. Students will also explore new literacies course instructor, the master teacher, a CWRU that include the ability to learn, comprehend, content-area faculty member, and other "reflective and interact with technology in a meaningful triads" enrolled in the course. Students must enroll way. Integral to the course is an eight hour in both EDUC 325 and EDUC 326, but may take field experience in a local high school. Federal them in either order. Prereq: EDUC 301. legislation pertaining to the education of children with disabilities as well as Ohio Graduation Tests in content areas requirements are included. 472 College of Arts and Sciences

EDUC 338. Seminar and Practicum in Adolescents. 3 Units.

Supervised field placement and attendance in early childhood, child, and adolescent settings including preschools, schools, hospitals, and neighborhood centers. This class is used to fulfill requirements by the Ohio Department of Education teacher licensure program. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101, EDUC 301, EDUC 304, and permission of program director. Offered as EDUC 338, PSCL 338, and SOCI 338.

EDUC 401. Introduction to Education. 3 Units.

The historical, sociological, and philosophical role of education in a diverse society. Contemporary practices and issues are introduced, researched, and debated. Issues of professional development. Application of research to instructional methodologies. Clinical/Field experiences required. Research project required for graduate students. Offered as EDUC 301 and EDUC 401.

EDUC 404. Educational Psychology. 3 Units.

Application of psychological principles as they relate to various educational learning theories. Principles and practices of measurement and evaluation. Learning developmental differences between child, adolescent, and young adult growth. Continuation of professional development. Application of research to instructional methodologies. Clinical/Field experiences required. Research project required for graduate students. Recommended preparation: PSCL 101. Offered as EDUC 304 and EDUC 404. Case Western Reserve University 473

Washington Study Program

111 Mather House http://politicalscience.case.edu/undergrad- washstud.htm Alexander P. Lamis, Program Director [email protected] The Washington Study Program provides students with the opportunity to complete a full-time, research-intensive internship in Washington, D.C. By participating in a semester-length program during the fall or spring (WASH 2A Washington Center Internship), students earn 9 credit hours; for a summer internship (WASH 2D Washington Center Summer Internship), they earn 3 credit hours. In addition, students earn 3 credit hours by developing a portfolio based on their internship experiences (WASH 2C Washington Center - Portfolio). The credits earned can be counted as general electives or applied to a student’s major or minor, with the prior consent of the individual department(s). Finally, as part of the Washington Study Program, students participate in a seminar and attend a weekly lecture/discussion group (WASH 2B Washington Center - Politics and Public Policy Course). To be eligible for the program, a student is expected to be a junior or senior and have at least a 3.000 GPA. The program director, the student’s major advisor, and the appropriate dean must approve each application. Students must ensure that their participation will not prevent them from meeting on-campus residency or other university requirements. 474 College of Arts and Sciences

Women's and Gender Studies Program

223 Mather Memorial Gender Studies. These two "core" courses are 201 http://www.case.edu/artsci/womn and one from the list below: Susan Hinze, Program Director [email protected] Required Courses: WGST 201/ Introduction to Gender Studies 3 The goal of the Women’s and Gender Studies HSTY 270/ Program is to educate students in interdisciplinary ENGL/PHIL/ approaches to feminist theories of women, gender, RLGN 270 culture, and society. Students are exposed to a WGST 301 Women, Creativity and the Arts 3 variety of forms of critical thinking in relation to: or WGST 318 History of Black Women in the U.S. or WGST 326 Gender, Inequality, and Globalization 1. the social construction of knowledge and or WGST 353 Women in American History I philosophy or WGST 365 Gender and Sex Differences: Cross-cultural Perspective 2. approaches to science and medicine informed ELECTIVE COURSES. WGST majors must distribute their 24 by "feminist empiricism" and "feminist courses among the Arts, Humanities, and Social Sciences. standpoint" theories They must take at least one course in each of these three areas. In two of the areas, they must take two courses. Consult the program director with questions about the 3. historicized and cross-cultural accounts of curriculum. Majors and minors in WGST may also conduct gender and gender inequality an Independent Study (WGST 399) and/or a SAGES Capstone (WGST 396) with program faculty. 4. literary criticism Total Units 30

5. contemporary theories of art, performance, language, jurisprudence, social science, and Minor religion in the context of women’s experience Fulfillment of the minor requires completion of 6. studies of the body as a focal point for 18 credit hours according to the following course theorizing relations among the arts and distribution: sciences Required Courses: WGST 201 Introduction to Gender Studies 3 Women’s and Gender Studies is an interdisciplinary Five approved electives. 15 program that prepares students to think critically Total Units 18 and creatively within a framework employing gender as a central category of analysis. The program is To help ensure a comprehensive course of study set up to test and challenge the technologies and in a particular area of interest, each student’s limitations of gender roles in a multitude of cultural combination of courses and the structure of an and historical settings. It is designed to familiarize independent study must be approved by the students with the analytical and hermeneutic program director. tools of research and interpretation, and to create awareness of the ethical, political, and aesthetic Program Faculty dimensions of gender in history and culture. Eileen Anderson-Fye, EdD Assistant Professor, Department of Anthropology Undergraduate Program Alice Bach, PhD Archbishop Paul J. Hallinan Professor of Catholic Major Studies, Department of Religious Studies Karen Beckwith, PhD The Women’s and Gender Studies Program offers Flora Stone Mather Professor, Department of a major leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Political Science The program offers a sound course of study with a disciplinary concentration grounding the interdisciplinary program objective. Up to six credit hours in required or elective courses for another major may also be applied to the Women’s and Gender Studies major. In the two required courses, students become fluent in current tools of research and interpretation employed in Women’s and Case Western Reserve University 475

Diana Bilimoria, PhD Marie Lathers, PhD Professor of Organizational Behavior, Weatherhead Elizabeth M. and William C. Treuhaft Professor of School of Management Humanities, Department of Modern Languages and Literatures Joy Bostic, PhD Assistant Professor, Department of Religious Miriam Levin, PhD Studies Professor, Department of History Susan S. Case, PhD Michelle McGowan, PhD Associate Professor of Organizational Behavior, Assistant Professor, Department of Bioethics Weatherhead School of Management Colin McLarty, PhD M. Gabriela Copertari, PhD Truman P. Handy Professor of Philosophy; Assistant Professor, Department of Modern Department of Philosophy Languages and Literatures Jacqueline C. Nanfito, PhD Elina Gertsman, PhD Associate Professor, Department of Modern Assistant Professor, Department of Art History and Languages and Literatures Art Jonathan Sadowsky, PhD Mary Grimm, MA Theodore J. Castele Professor; Associate Associate Professor, Department of English Professor, Department of History Susan W. Hinze, PhD Renee M. Sentilles, PhD Associate Professor, Department of Sociology; Associate Professor, Department of History Director, Women’s and Gender Studies Program Cheryl Toman, PhD Margaretmary Daley, PhD Associate Professor, Department of Modern Associate Professor, Department of Modern Languages and Literatures Languages and Literatures Thrity Umrigar, PhD Gilbert Doho, PhD Professor, Department of English Associate Professor, Department of Modern Languages and Literatures Athena Vrettos, PhD Associate Professor, Department of English Kimberly K. Emmons, PhD Associate Professor, Department of English Rhonda Y. Williams, PhD Associate Professor, Department of History Christopher Flint, PhD Associate Professor, Department of English Martha Woodmansee, PhD Professor, Department of English T. Kenny Fountain, PhD Assistant Professor, Department of English Atwood D. Gaines, PhD Professor, Department of Anthropology Courses Anne Helmreich, PhD WGST 201. Introduction to Gender Studies. 3 Associate Professor, Department of Art History and Units. Art This course introduces women and men students Laura E. Hengehold, PhD to the methods and concepts of gender studies, Associate Professor, Department of Philosophy women’s studies, and feminist theory. An interdisciplinary course, it covers approaches used Jill Korbin, PhD in literary criticism, history, philosophy, political Professor, Department of Anthropology science, sociology, anthropology, psychology, film Ellen G. Landau, PhD studies, cultural studies, art history, and religion. Andrew W. Mellon Professor of the Humanities, It is the required introductory course for students Department of Art History and Art taking the women’s and gender studies major. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 270, HSTY 270, PHIL 270, RLGN 270, SOCI 201, and WGST 201. 476 College of Arts and Sciences

WGST 207. Women and Religion. 3 Units. WGST 301. Women, Creativity and the Arts. 3 Units. Examination of feminist perspectives on religion, such as the status of women in Western and non- WGST301/ETHS301 is one of two core courses for Western religions, the nature and purpose of the program in Women’s and Gender Studies and religious beliefs and practices from the standpoints an elective course for the ETHS minor. All WGST of religious and non-religious feminists, the current majors are to take one course concentrating on status of feminist philosophies of religion, and the the subject of women and the arts specifically. This efforts of feminists to transform traditional religions course also fulfills the cultural diversity requirement. and to create new religions. Offered as RLGN 207 In this course, students will focus on two areas of and WGST 207. study: a) women and creativity and b) women and activism through the arts. A history of women in the arts will be covered, but the general focus of the WGST 222. Gender in U.S. Society. 3 Units. course is on women in the arts since the 1960s in particular, and on artwork that reflects or provokes The focus of this course is on unique and social change. "Arts" are defined in the broadest convergent experiences of men and women in of sense. That is , students will study women’s U.S. society. Different social expectations and production in painting, photography, graphic design, opportunities encountered by men and women sculpture, dance, film, music, and theater. A variety in the context of marriage and the family, work of learning techniques will be applied: Students will settings, and in informal organizations will be look at feminist theories on art, be introduced to addressed. Legislation and social policy dealing the notion of cyberfeminism, study actual artwork with gender issues will be considered. Offered as and its reproductions, understand the role of are SOCI 222 and WGST 222. in feminist activism and how women "create" differently from men, and work closely with several feminist artists/activists through various programs WGST 228. Sociology of Sexuality. 3 Units. on campus and the community in order to facilitate This course analyzes the issues of sex and the planning and carrying out of artistic production. sexuality from a sociological point of view. It is Subsequently, students will interact with children centered on the notion that what we consider to in Cleveland schools in conjunction with these be ’normal’ or ’natural’ about sex and sexuality is, artists giving master classes, and be exposed to art in reality, socially constructed. One’s viewpoint on exhibits abroad through videoconferencing with the the issues surrounding sexuality are influenced by Algerian Cultural Center in Paris and locally through the social context in which they live, as opposed University Circle Institutions. Offered as WGST 301 to the purely biological viewpoint that presupposes and ETHS 301. some sense of normalcy or naturalness regarding sexual relations. A range of topics will be covered, WGST 312. Women in the Ancient World. 3 including readings that discuss the variations of Units. sexuality and the notions of sexual ’’deviance" in order to explore the cultural and societal variation The course offers a chronological survey of that exists along the lines of gender, race, ethnicity, women’s lives in Greece, Hellenistic Egypt, and sexual orientation, age and disability. Offered as Rome. It focuses on primary sources as well as SOCI 228 and WGST 228. scholarly interpretations of the ancient record with a view to defining the construction of gender and sexuality according to the Greco-Roman model. WGST 268. Women in the Bible: Ethnographic Additionally, the course aims to demonstrate how Approaches to Rite and Ritual, Story, Song, and various methodological approaches have yielded Art. 3 Units. significant insights into our own perception of sex Examination of women in Jewish and Christian and gender. Specific topics include matriarchy Biblical texts, along with their Jewish, Christian (and and patriarchy; the antagonism between male occasionally Muslim) interpretations. Discussion and female in myth; the legal, social, economic, of how these traditions have shaped images of, and political status of women; the ancient family; and attitudes toward, women in western civilization. women’s role in religion and cult; ancient theories Offered as RLGN 268 and WGST 268. of medicine regarding women; paderasty and homosexuality. Offered as CLSC 312 and WGST 312. Case Western Reserve University 477

WGST 318. History of Black Women in the U.S.. WGST 335. Women in Developing Countries. 3 3 Units. Units.

Chronologically arranged around specific issues in This course will feature case studies, theory, and black women’s history organizations, participation literature of current issues concerning women in community and political movements, labor in developing countries primarily of the French- experiences, and expressive culture. The speaking world. Discussion and research topics course will use a variety of materials, including include matriarchal traditions and FGM in Africa, autobiography, literature, music, and film. Offered the Tunisian feminist movement, women, Islam, as ETHS 318, HSTY 318, and WGST 318. and tradition in the Middle East, women-centered power structures in India (Kerala, Pondichery), and poverty and women in Vietnam, Laos, and WGST 325. Philosophy of Feminism. 3 Units. Cambodia. Guest speakers and special projects are important elements of the course. Seminar- Dimensions of gender difference. Definition of style format, taught in English, with significant feminism. Critical examination of feminist critiques disciplinary writing in English for WGST, ETHS, of culture, including especially politics, ideology, and some WLIT students, and writing in French for epistemology, ethics, and psychology. Readings FRCH and WLIT students. Writing assignments from traditional and contemporary sources. Offered include two shorter essays and a substantial as PHIL 325 and PHIL 425 and WGST 325. research paper. Offered as ETHS 335, FRCH 335, WLIT 335, WGST 335, FRCH 435 and WLIT 435. WGST 326. Gender, Inequality, and Globalization. 3 Units. WGST 339. Black Women and Religion. 3 Units.

Using a sociological perspective, this course This course is an exploration of the examines how major societal institutions, including multidimensional religious experiences of black the economy, polity, medicine, religion, education women in the United States. These experiences will and family, are structured to reproduce gendered be examined within particular historical periods and inequalities across the globe. Attention is given across diverse social and cultural contexts. Course to the intersections of race/ethnicity, social class, topics and themes include black women and gender and sexuality in social systems of power slave religion, spirituality and folk beliefs, religion and privilege. Of critical importance is how gender and feminist/womanist discourse, perspectives figures in the relationship between Economic on institutional roles, religion and activism, and North and Economic South countries. We will spirituality and the arts. Offered as: ETHS 339 and elucidate how gender norms vary by culture RLGN 338 and WGST 339. and exert profound influence on the daily, lived experiences of women and men. The course will be informed by recent scholarship on feminism, WGST 343. Language and Gender. 3 Units. women’s movements, and globalization. Offered as SOCI 326 and WGST 326. Prereq: SOCI 101 or This course introduces students to the study permission of program director. of language and gender by exploring historical and theoretical trends, methods, and research findings on the ways gender, sexuality, language, and discourse interact with and even shape each other. Topics may include "grammatical" versus "biological" gender, feminine ecriture, the women and language debate, speech acts and queer performativity, nonsexist language policy, discourses of gender and sexuality, feminist stylistics, and LGBT sociolinguistics. Offered as: ENGL 343, ENGL 443, and WGST 343. Prereq: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. 478 College of Arts and Sciences

WGST 346. Women and Politics. 3 Units. WGST 352. African Feminisms. 3 Units.

Women and Politics involves a critical examination This course traces the history of African feminism of the impact of gender on the forms and from its origins within traditions through to a more distributions of power and politics, with primary contemporary theoretical analysis of gender, reference to the experience of women in the United marriage, and motherhood seen from a Afrocentric States. Major concerns of the course include perspective. Approaches studied are those what we mean by "sex," "gender," and "politics"; that pertain to anthropology, history, literature, the relationship between women and the state; sociology, and culture. African feminist theory of how women organize collectively to influence scholars such as Filomina Steady, Cheikh Anta state policies; and how the state facilitates and Diop, Buchi Emecheta, Ifi Amadiume, Obioma constrains women’s access to and exercise of Nnameka, Oyeronko Oyewumi, and Calixthe political power. The course is organized around Beyala will be studied and there will be some four foci central to the study of women and politics. comparative analysis of Western theories to show The first section of the course focuses on what how African feminisms are clearly distinct. Theories we mean by "women," "gender," and "politics." In on these feminisms will be presented, and in the this section, we will consider how these concepts process, students will look at cases of women in intersect and the ways in which each may be used Cameroon, Nigeria, Ghana, Kenya, and Senegal. to deepen our understanding of the workings of It is commonly believed that African women were governments and political systems, and of women’s defined for a long time according to constructs of relative political powerlessness. The second Western anthropology. This course will thus look section of the course employs these concepts to at social institutions such as woman-to-woman understand the (re) emergence of the US feminist marriage, matriarchy, and various women’s rituals movement, its meanings, practices, and goals, and in order to identify African constructs of gender, its transformation across US political history. In family, kinship, marriage, and motherhood. Offered the third section, we turn to conventional electoral as ETHS 352 and WGST 352. politics, focusing on women’s candidacies, their campaigns, and women’s voting behavior. In the final section of the course, we consider those WGST 353. Women in American History I. 3 general factors that might provide for increased Units. gender equality and improved life status for women, in global, comparative perspective. Offered as The images and realities of women’s social, POSC 346 and POSC 446 and WGST 346. political, and economic lives in early America. Uses primary documents and biographers to observe individuals and groups of women in relation to legal, religious, and social restrictions. Offered as HSTY 353, WGST 353, and HSTY 453.

WGST 354. Women in American History II. 3 Units.

With HSTY 353, forms a two-semester introduction to women’s studies. The politics of suffrage and the modern woman’s efforts to balance marriage, motherhood, and career. (HSTY 353 not a prerequisite.) Offered as HSTY 354, WGST 354, and HSTY 454. Case Western Reserve University 479

WGST 363. Gender in America. 3 Units. WGST 372. Work and Family: U.S. and Abroad. 3 Units. Gender is the term used to describe the social characteristics attributed to the different sexes Covers the impact on human lives of the interface by the larger contextual society. This social between work and family; the different ways gender and cultural history seminar allows students to structures the experience of work and family explore various constructions of masculine and depending upon racial and ethnic background, feminine identity in America between the late-18th social class, age, and partner preference; the century and the end of the 20th century. This is a impact of historical context on work-family multicultural course using a mixture of historical experiences; work-family policies in the United tests, gender theory, and personal biography to States and other countries. Offered as SOCI 372, explore changing notions of gender (and with it WGST 372, and SOCI 472. sexuality, race, and religion) over time in the United States. Offered as HSTY 363 and HSTY 463 and WGST 363. WGST 373. Advanced Topics in American Women’s History. 3 Units.

WGST 365. Gender and Sex Differences: Cross- This advanced seminar is designed to allow cultural Perspective. 3 Units. students to investigate aspects of American women’s history that are not deeply explored Gender roles and sex differences throughout the life in other courses. The two central purposes of cycle considered from a cross-cultural perspective. the course are to move students forward in their Major approaches to explaining sex roles discussed study of American women’s history and to provide in light of information from both Western and non- advanced study for graduate students and other Western cultures. Offered as ANTH 365 and ANTH students interested in women-focused topics. 465 and WGST 365. The topic is subject to change, but may be any of the following or something similar: women and medicine, images of women in popular WGST 370. Women in Organizations. 3 Units. culture, growing up female, women and political movements, women and war, etc. Recommended The purpose of this course is to explore the unique preparation: HSTY 353/453 or HSTY 354/454. challenges of life for women in their twenties Offered as HSTY 373, WGST 373, and HSTY 473. as they increase understanding of the issues surrounding women, ambition, and success in a variety of organizations and professions. At this WGST 383. Gender Issues in Feminist Art: The stage of life there are many choices women can 20th/21st Century. 3 Units. make regarding careers and relationships. This course will broaden understanding of the context An in-depth thematic approach to issues affecting of work in women’s lives and help women and works of art by and about women. Focus on the late men understand the leadership and managerial 20th century. Emphasis on a specifically modern issues that will surround them in organizations. use of feminine myths, subjects and modes of Offering more complex understandings of issues production, and feminist criticism. Offered as ARTH women face in the workplace related to race 383, WGST 383 and ARTH 483. and gender, the course will help increase self knowledge about personal identity and direction, values, and abilities including the enhancement WGST 396. SAGES Capstone. 3 Units. of leadership capabilities. It will also facilitate career development, improving the ability of Capstone experience in the fields of Women’s individual women to be choiceful about the quality and Gender Studies for an in-depth, independent of integration of both a personal and professional project of particular interest to the student. Students life. Offered as ORBH 370 and WGST 370. are strongly encouraged to work with a WGST program faculty member, but some projects may be supervised by faculty in other areas or by other qualified professionals. All capstones require a WGST faculty advisor’s approval of the proposal prior to registration. Open to juniors and seniors majoring in Women’s and Gender Studies. Prereq: WGST 201; Junior or Senior standing with major/ minor in WGST. 480 College of Arts and Sciences

WGST 399. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit.

Independent research project in the fields of Women’s and Gender Studies. Project proposals must be approved by a WGST faculty advisor. Students are strongly encouraged to work with a WGST program faculty member, but some projects may be supervised by faculty in other areas for by other qualified professionals with a WGST faculty advisor’s approval. Credit varies with the scope and depth of the project. Prereq: WGST 201. Case Western Reserve University 481

World Literature Program

402 Mather House All literature courses at the 200 and 300 levels http://www.case.edu/artsci/worldlit offered by the Departments of Modern Languages Florin Berindeanu, Program Director and Literatures, Classics, and English are approved [email protected] as world literature courses. The World Literature Program seeks to educate students as citizens of a global community. World literature is a discipline that draws together Undergraduate Honors literatures and cultures of a wide variety of countries and regions, including Western and The honors program in world literature is for non-Western ones. It emphasizes literatures and especially talented and dedicated majors. cultures of the past (ancient Greece and Rome, Requirements for honors are: 1) a GPA of at least for example) as well as those of the present. It 3.5 in the major, and 2) an honors thesis completed understands "minority" or "third-world" literatures over the course of two semesters in the senior year, as being just as worthy of study as European devoted to the investigation of a literary or cultural literatures; it recognizes the importance of the topic. Honors students enroll in WLIT 397 Honors "classics" of both the West and East. The program Thesis I and WLIT 398 Honors Thesis II and requires study in a language other than English, write their thesis under the supervision of a WLIT thus emphasizing that literature and language are faculty advisor. The thesis must be approved by a intimately related. second faculty member and receive a grade of B or Comparative courses on authors, periods, better. Students who qualify receive their degrees and literary and other artistic movements are "with Honors in World Literature." A registration/ offered. Students who major or minor in world proposal form for students electing honors must literature learn to approach various forms of artistic be completed by the end of the second week of expression from a truly multicultural and multi- classes in each of the two semesters. lingual standpoint. They also become conversant in the major schools of literary criticism and theory. Minor Undergraduate Programs The minor in world literature requires:

Major Required Courses: WLIT 211 World Literature I 3 The World Literature Program offers a major WLIT 212 World Literature II 3 leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree. Nine credits of electives chosen in consultation with a 9 Requirements for the major are as follows: program advisor Total Units 15

Required Courses: WLIT 211 World Literature I 3 Graduate Program WLIT 212 World Literature II 3 One of the following: 3 In cooperation with the Departments of English and ENGL/WLIT Masterpieces of Continental Fiction Modern Languages and Literatures, the program 290 offers the Master of Arts degree in world literature, ENGL/WLIT Masterpieces of Modern Fiction emphasizing Francophone and Anglophone 291 literatures. Interested students should consult the One of the following: 3 program director. WLIT/CLSC Gods and Heroes in Greek Literature 203 Program Advisory Committee WLIT/CLSC Heroes and Hustlers in Latin Literature 204 ENGL/WLIT Literary and Critical Theory Florin Berindeanu, PhD 387 Instructor, Department of Classics; Director, World Two courses in literature at the 300 level in a language other 6 Literature Program than English * WLIT 390 Topics in World Literature 3 Twelve hours of electives 12 Total Units 33 482 College of Arts and Sciences

Charles Burroughs, PhD WLIT 211. World Literature I. 3 Units. Elsie B. Smith Professor in the Liberal Arts, Department of Classics Survey of literature from antiquity to 1600. May include Western and non-Western texts by Homer, Vergil, Ovid, St. Augustine, Dante, Boccaccio, Antonio Candau, PhD Rabelais, Cervantes, Sei Shonagon, Basho, and Associate Professor, Department of Modern the Baghavad Gita. Languages and Literatures

Takao Hagiwara, PhD WLIT 212. World Literature II. 3 Units. Associate Professor, Department of Modern Languages and Literatures Survey of literature from 1600 to present. May include Western and non-Western texts by Swift, Voltaire, Rousseau, Tolstoi, Baudelaire, Austen, James Kuzner, PhD Mann, Kafka, Lispector, Marmon Silko, Soyinka. Assistant Professor, Department of English

Robert Spadoni, PhD WLIT 220. Art Literature in the Classical Associate Professor, Department of English Tradition, Pt 1: Renaissance and Baroque (14th to 17th centuries). 3 Units.

Susanne Vees-Gulani, PhD Through lectures, varied assignments, and visits Associate Professor, Department of Modern to the Cleveland Museum of Art this course will Languages and Literatures introduce students to the major issues in the study of early modern art and literatures. The emphasis will inevitably be on Italy, as the place where the physical remains of ancient Rome Courses confronted and inspired such remarkable masters as Michelangelo (as poet and artist), Palladio, Gian WLIT 203. Gods and Heroes in Greek Literature. Lorenzo Bernini, Nicholas Poussin (Bernini and 3 Units. Poussin are represented in the CMAI), though This course examines major works of Greek some artists -- notably Leonardo -- resisted the literature and sets them in their historical and lure of the classical past. From Italy new ideas cultural context. Constant themes are war, spread to the rest of Europe and beyond. We wandering, tyranny, freedom, community, family, will not have much time to study Shakespeare in and the role of men and women within the the course, but we will not be able to ignore the household and the ancient city-state. Parallels with greatest author of the Renaissance period. Like modern life and politics will be explored. Lectures Shakespeare, we will move between the court and and discussions. Offered as CLSC 203 and WLIT the city, between scenes of often-endangered order 203. and scenes of sometimes-productive disorder, in which classical models provided a key cultural and even psychological resource in challenging times. WLIT 204. Heroes and Hustlers in Latin Recommended preparation: CLSC 112. Offered as Literature. 3 Units. CLSC 220 and WLIT 220.

This course constitutes the second half of a sequence on Classical literature. Its main themes are heroism vs. self-promotion, love vs. lust, and the struggle between democracy and tyranny. These topics are traced in a variety of literary genres from the period of the Roman republic well into the empire. Parallels with modern life and politics will be drawn. Offered as CLSC 204 and WLIT 204. Case Western Reserve University 483

WLIT 224. Sword and Scandal: The Classics in WLIT 229. Development of Theater: Film. 3 Units. Renaissance to Romanticism. 3 Units.

Gladiator. Alexander. The 300. Contemporary Theater 229 explores the many developments in society’s continuing fascination with putting the playwriting, design, acting, and theater architecture ancient world on the big screen is undeniable; and across the world. Students read a wide variety yet the causes underlying this phenomenon are of plays in order to obtain a comprehensive not quite so readily apparent. In this course we will understanding of the history of the art form, but also watch and discuss a number of movies about the learn how theater has played an integral societal ancient world, running the gamut from Hollywood function as a medium of political, economic, and classics such as Ben-Hur and Spartacus to more cultural commentary. Development of Theater II recent treatments (the aforementioned 300 and not only explores the development of theatrical Gladiator, for starters), and from the mainstream conventions in Spain, England, Italy, France and and conventional (Clash of the Titans, Disney’s other European countries that lead to the creation Hercules) to the far-out and avant-garde (Fellini’s of modern drama, but the course also offers an in- Satyricon, anyone?). As we do so we’ll learn quite depth look at the history and conventions of theater a bit about the art and economics of film, on one in India, Korea, China, and Japan. Twenty Seven hand, and the ancient world, on the other. And credit hours completed required. Offered as THTR yet what we’ll keep coming back to are the big 229 and WLIT 229. Prereq: Sophomore standing. questions: what does our fascination with the ancient Mediterranean tell us about ourselves as a society? Why do such movies get made, and what WLIT 235. Asian Cinema and Drama. 3 Units. kinds of agendas do they serve? To what extent can we recapture the past accurately? And if we Introduction to major Asian film directors and can’t, are we doomed to just endlessly projecting major traditional theatrical schools of India, Java/ our own concerns and desires onto a screen, and Bali, China, and Japan. Focus on the influence of dressing them in togas? No knowledge of ancient traditional dramatic forms on contemporary film languages is required for this course. Offered as directors. Development of skills in cross-cultural CLSC 224 and WLIT 224. analysis and comparative aesthetics. Offered as ASIA 235 and WLIT 235.

WLIT 225. Japanese Popular Culture. 3 Units. WLIT 245. Classical Japanese Literature in This course highlights salient aspects of modern Translation. 3 Units. Japanese popular culture as expressed in animation, comics and literature. The works Readings, in English translation, of classical examined include films by Hayao Miyazaki, writings Japanese poetry, essays, narratives, and drama by Kenji Miyazawa, Haruki Murakami and Banana to illustrate essential aspects of Japanese culture Yoshimoto, among others. The course introduces and sensibility before the Meiji Restoration (1868). students to essential aspects of modern Japanese Lectures explore the sociohistorical contexts and popular culture and sensibility. Offered as JAPN the character of major literary genres; discussions 225 and WLIT 225. focus on interpreting the central images of human value within each period. Japanese sensibilities compared to and contrasted with those of Western WLIT 228. Development of Theater: Beginnings and other cultures. Offered as JAPN 245 and WLIT to English Renaissance. 3 Units. 245.

Theater 228/World Literature 228 explores the foundations of theater in Western civilization, WLIT 255. Modern Japanese Literature in beginning with Greece and then charting and Translation. 3 Units. analyzing the developments in playwriting, design, acting and theater architecture. Students Focus on the major genres of modern Japanese read a wide variety of plays in order to obtain a literature, including poetry, short story, and novel comprehensive understanding of the history of the (shosetsu). No knowledge of Japanese language art form, but also learn how theater has played an or history is assumed. Lectures, readings, and integral societal function as a medium of political, discussions are in English. Films and slides economic, and cultural commentary. Development complement course readings. Offered as JAPN 255 of Theater I explores developments from Aeschylus and WLIT 255. to the English Renaissance.. Offered as THTR 228 and WLIT 228. Prereq: Sophomore Standing. 484 College of Arts and Sciences

WLIT 285. The Hispanophone World. 3 Units. WLIT 308. The Paris Experience. 3 Units.

A survey of the imaginative literatures in a variety of Three-week immersion learning experience living genres from the Spanish-speaking world, including and studying in Paris. The focus of the course is texts authored by Hispanics living in the United the literature and culture of the African, Arab, and States. The selections will help students gain a Asian communities of Paris. Students spend a greater understanding and appreciation of the minimum of fifteen hours per week visiting cultural impact and adaptation of Spanish language and centers and museums and interviewing authors culture among widely diverse populations of the and students about the immigrant experience. world over the past centuries. Counts towards Assigned readings complement course activities. Spanish major as related course. No knowledge of Students enrolled in FRCH 308/408 do coursework Spanish required. Offered as SPAN 285 and WLIT in French. WLIT 308/408 students have the option 285. of completing coursework in English. Graduate students have additional course requirements. Offered as FRCH 308, WLIT 308, FRCH 408, and WLIT 290. Masterpieces of Continental Fiction. 3 WLIT 408. Units.

Major works of fiction from the 19th century and WLIT 314. Love Poetry from Sappho to earlier. Offered as ENGL 290 and WLIT 290. Shakespeare. 3 Units.

Introduction to the love poetry of ancient Greece WLIT 291. Masterpieces of Modern Fiction. 3 and Rome and its impact on the later European Units. tradition in such poets as Petrarch, Chaucer, and Shakespeare. Readings will focus especially Major works of fiction of the 20th century. Offered on questions of generic convention, audience as ENGL 291 and WLIT 291. expectation, and the social setting of love poetry in the different ages under consideration. No knowledge of the original languages required. WLIT 295. The Francophone World. 3 Units. Offered as CLSC 314 and WLIT 314. The course offers an introduction to the Francophone World from a historical, cultural, WLIT 315. Mysticism and Literature. 3 Units. and literary perspective. The Francophone World includes countries and regions around This co-taught seminar will explore and compare the globe with a substantial French-speaking mystical elements in selected literary and population (and where French is sometimes, but theoretical works from the West and the East. not always, an official language): North America Comparisons will focus on a number of interrelated (Louisiana, Quebec, and Acadia); North Africa sub-themes such as mind, language, alienation, (Tunisia, Morocco, Algeria, and Egypt); the innocence, experience, life, death, cosmogony, Middle-East (Lebanon, Syria); the Caribbean cosmology, good, evil, God/gods, and nature (the (Martinique, Guadeloupe, Haiti); South-East ecosystem). Offered as MLIT 315, WLIT 315, MLIT Asia (Vietnam); and Europe (France, Belgium, 415 and WLIT 415. Switzerland, and Luxembourg). FRCH 295 provides a comprehensive overview of the Francophone World, while focusing on a particular area or areas in any given semester. Offered as ETHS 295, FRCH 295, and WLIT 295.

WLIT 300. The City in Literature. 3 Units.

Focus on major cities of the world as catalysts and reflections of cultural and historical change. Interdisciplinary approach utilizing the arts, literature, social sciences. Examples include Berlin at the turn of the century; Paris in literature and film; Tokyo in history and literature. Offered as WLIT 300 and WLIT 400. Case Western Reserve University 485

WLIT 316. Greek Tragedy. 3 Units. WLIT 319. Inspiration: The Topic of Creativity in Art and Literature--Ancient to Medieval. 3 Units. This course provides students the opportunity to read a significant number of ancient Greek Inspiration is an inextricably essential part of the tragedies in modern English translations. We aesthetic genesis, and it has instantly become shall read, study, and discuss selected works by one of the most frequented themes of artistic Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, and attempt creation. Where does inspiration come from? Are to understand the plays as literature composed artists "chosen ones" that implicitly stand out from for performance. We shall study literary elements the "non-inspired" rest? Trying to answer these within the plays and theatrical possibilities inherent questions and others related to the phenomenon in the texts. As we read the plays, we shall pay of creativity, one direction that this course should close attention to the historical context and look take and focus on is the theme of "divine" or for what each play can tell us about myth, religion, "transcendent" as a source of inspiration in art and and society in ancient Athens. Finally, we shall give literature. The course will start with the mystical occasional attention to the way these tragic dramas teaching and theories of Pythagoras that influenced and the theater in which they were performed Plato and the Neo-Platoists that will be carried have continued to inspire literature and theater for on further in the general tradition of Christian thousands of years. Lectures will provide historical literature. In this respect, the course will examine background on the playwrights, the plays, the creativity in readings that include both Ancient mythic and historical background, and possible and Medieval writers whose writings place the interpretation of the texts as literature and as subject of inspiration at the center of their own performance pieces. Students will discuss in class aesthetic invention. Among the authors included the plays that they read. The course has three in the course will be Pseudo-Dyonisius, Gregory examinations and a final project that includes a Palamas, Jacopone da Todi, Caterina da Siena, short essay and a group presentation. Offered as Dante, Petrarch, and Meister Eckhart. Offered as: CLSC 316, WLIT 316, WLIT 416. CLSC 317 and WLIT 319.

WLIT 317. Erotic Literature Ancient to Modern. 3 WLIT 320. Epic: The Sublime and Terrible in Units. Literature. 3 Units.

The erotic drive is a fundamental impulse in human The course focuses on the epic genre that beings, indeed in the animal world in general. dominates the dawn of Western literature as well Primordially, the erotic find expression in sexual as the literary traditions of much of the rest of desire and in associated behaviors, which in the world. From the Homeric epic to the Middle antiquity -- as in other myth-oriented cultures Ages and deep into the Renaissance, there was -- amounts to a production of poetry to aid in a collective urge to record both in verse and in seduction, to praise an object of desire, or simply prose extraordinary adventures with exceptional reflect the nature of love and/or sexual desire heroes as central figures. Thus, the epic genre in general. Highly sexualized language appears typically encouraged variations in the aesthetic in both ancient and modern texts that take into treatment of the hero that eventually came to define account a variety of foundational texts in Western distinct categories within the genre. "Sublime" and culture. From Plato, who wrote a whole dialogue "terrible" are common notions in the aesthetics (Symposium) describing different kinds of love, of classicism, from antiquity to the early modern to Christian interpreters of sacred texts, eroticism period. Authors studied in the course include such was a term that defined both pagan and religious key figures in the creation and development of epic experiences. This course will explore fictional as as Homer, Virgil, Ovid, Gotffried von Strassburg, well as theoretical inquiries into the nature and Dante, and Cervantes. The works of these authors purpose of erotic desire and its evaluation as exemplify, on the one hand, the aesthetic directions aesthetic phenomenon. It will focus on texts such mentioned above and, on the other hand, provide as Longus’s Daphnis and Chloe, Abelard’s Letters, opportunities for using the close engagement with Aucassin and Nicolette, mystical voices, Freudian particular texts to illuminate wider cultural fields, theory and modern contribution such as Roland in which various aesthetic perceptions of social, Barthes and Georges Bataille. Modern theoreticians political, and religious reality coexist and therefore as those mentioned here illustrate how the libidinal stimulate remarkable innovations in the standard (whether understood as subjective drive or in epic narrative. Offered as CLSC 319, CLSC 419, Freudian terms) is inseparable from the aesthetic. WLIT 320 and WLIT 420. Offered as: CLSC 315 and WLIT 317. 486 College of Arts and Sciences

WLIT 335. Women in Developing Countries. 3 WLIT 340. Seminar in Enlightenment Art and Units. Literature: Piranesi and Vico. 3 Units.

This course will feature case studies, theory, and This course explores aspects of the European literature of current issues concerning women eighteenth century as a transformative epoch in developing countries primarily of the French- in the history of western culture. Though the speaking world. Discussion and research topics Enlightenment is usually associated especially with include matriarchal traditions and FGM in Africa, France, in this course we will focus on Italy, as the the Tunisian feminist movement, women, Islam, irresistible goal of travelers taking part in the "Grand and tradition in the Middle East, women-centered Tour," and as a landscape of powerful ancient power structures in India (Kerala, Pondichery), and modern architecture and artworks universally and poverty and women in Vietnam, Laos, and recognized as exemplary. In particular we will Cambodia. Guest speakers and special projects study one of the strangest and most fascinating are important elements of the course. Seminar- visual artists of the period, the self-proclaimed style format, taught in English, with significant architect Giovani Battista Piranesi (1720-1778) disciplinary writing in English for WGST, ETHS, famous no less now than in his own time for his and some WLIT students, and writing in French for fantastic prison engravings as well as his views FRCH and WLIT students. Writing assignments of Rome, involving a radical rethinking of the include two shorter essays and a substantial city as a particular kind of inhabited as well as research paper. Offered as ETHS 335, FRCH 335, imagined space. Piranesi’s polemical response to WLIT 335, WGST 335, FRCH 435 and WLIT 435. the advocates of the Greek revival, then coming into fashion, will lead into discussion of the key philosophical debates and aesthetic shifts of the WLIT 338. The Cameroon Experience. 3 Units. time, notably the emergence of the notion of the sublime as a category eventually subversive of Three-week immersion learning experience living western ideals of rationality and still present -- and and studying in Cameroon. The focus of the potent -- in our own culture. Finally we will place course is the culture, literature, and language of Piranesi within a current of discussion of the origins Francophone Cameroon, with some emphasis on and nature of language and of human society in Anglophone Cameroon. Students spend a minimum general, not least as manifested in architecture and of fifteen hours per week visiting cultural sites and other symbolic practices. The leading figure here is attending arranged courses at the University of the Neapolitan G.B. Vico, whose New Science of Buea. Students will prepare a research paper. 1725 remains one of the most stimulating texts in Coursework is in French. To do coursework in the western intellectual tradition. Offered as CLSC English, students should enroll in WLIT 338/438 or 340, COGS 340, WLIT 340, CLSC 440, and WLIT ETHS 338/438. Offered as ETHS 338, FRCH 338, 440. WLIT 338, ETHS 438, FRCH 438, and WLIT 438.

WLIT 345. Japanese Women Writers. 3 Units.

Contributions of women writers to the literature of pre-modern and modern Japan; investigations of how their works exemplify and diverge from "mainstream" literary practices. Emphasis on the social and cultural contexts of the texts. Offered as JAPN 345 and WLIT 345.

WLIT 355. Modern Japanese Novels and the West. 3 Units.

This course will compare modern Japanese and Western novellas, drama, and novels. Comparisons will focus on the themes of family, gender and alienation, which subsume a number of interrelated sub-themes such as marriage, home, human sexuality, amae (dependence), innocence, experience, death, God/gods, and nature (the ecosystem). Offered as JAPN 355, WLIT 355. Case Western Reserve University 487

WLIT 363H. African-American Literature. 3 WLIT 365Q. Post-Colonial Literature. 3 Units. Units. Readings in national and regional literatures A historical approach to African-American literature. from former European colonies such as Australia Such writers as Wheatley, Equiano, Douglass, and African countries. Maximum 6 credits. Jacobs, DuBois, Hurston, Hughes, Wright, Baldwin, Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS Ellison, Morrison. Topics covered may include slave 100. Offered as ENGL 365Q, ETHS 365Q, WLIT narratives, African-American autobiography, the 365Q, ENGL 465Q, and WLIT 465Q. Harlem Renaissance, the Black Aesthetic, literature of protest and assimilation. Maximum 6 credits. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS WLIT 366G. Minority Literatures. 3 Units. 100. Offered as ENGL 363H, ETHS 363H, WLIT 363H, ENGL 463H, and WLIT 463H. A course dealing with literature produced by ethnic and racial minority groups within the U.S. Individual offerings may include works from several groups WLIT 365. German Literature in Translation. 3 studied comparatively, or focus on a single group, Units. such as Native Americans, Chicanos/Chicanas, Asian-Americans, Caribbean-Americans. African- Goethe defined "World Literature" (Weltliteratur) American works may also be included. May cover as "Intellectual Trade Relations" (geistiger the entire history of the U.S. or shorter periods. Handelsverkehr). This course gives students the Maximum 6 credits. Recommended preparation: opportunity to study German literary works in ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 366G, translation and thus to trade intellectual relations WLIT 466G, ENGL 466G, and WLIT 466G. with a literary culture previously unknown to them. Counts toward the German major only as a related course. No knowledge of German required. Offered WLIT 368A. Film History, Theory, and Criticism. as GRMN 365 and WLIT 365. 3 Units. This course is an introduction to the three major WLIT 365E. The Immigrant Experience. 3 Units. approaches to cinema that together constitute the field of film studies. The course will be broken Study of fictional and/or autobiographical narrative into three units: film theory; film criticism; and by authors whose families have experienced film history. Screening one film per week, we will immigration to the U.S. Among the ethnic groups consider each film in light of the particular unit’s and represented are Asian-American, Jewish-American, week’s focus. Recommended preparation: ENGL Hispanic-American. May include several ethnic 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 368A, WLIT groups or focus on a single one. Attention is paid 368A, ENGL 468A, and WLIT 468A. to historical and social aspects of immigration and ethnicity. Maximum 6 credits. Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as WLIT 368C. Topics in Film. 3 Units. ENGL 365E, WLIT 365E, ENGL 465E, and WLIT 465E. Individual topics in film, such as a particular national cinema, horror films, films of Alfred Hitchcock, images of women in film, film comedy, introduction WLIT 365N. Topics in African-American to film genres, Asian-cinema and drama, dance Literature. 3 Units. on screen, science fiction films, storytelling and cinema, and literature and film. Maximum 12 Selected topics and writers from credits. Offered as ENGL 368C, WLIT 368C, ENGL nineteenth,twentieth, and twenty-first century 468C, and WLIT 468C. African-American literature. May focus on a genre, a single author or a group of authors, a theme or themes. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL WLIT 375. Russian Literature in Translation. 3 365N, ETHS 365N, WLIT 365N, ENGL 465N, and Units. WLIT 465N. Prereq: ENGL 150 or passing letter grade in a 100 level first year seminar in USFS, Topics vary according to student and faculty FSCC, FSNA, FSSO, FSSY, FSTS, FSCS. interest. May include Russian classical and modern literature, cinema, women writers, individual authors. May count towards Russian minor. No knowledge of Russian required. Offered as RUSN 375 and WLIT 375. 488 College of Arts and Sciences

WLIT 385. Hispanic Literature in Translation. 3 WLIT 395. French Literature in Translation. 3 Units. Units.

Critical analysis and appreciation of representative Topics vary according to student and faculty literary masterpieces from Spain and Latin America, interest. May include Francophone literature, and by Hispanics living in the U.S. Texts cover a literature and cinema, women writers, contemporary variety of genres and a range of literary periods, literature. Counts toward French major only as from works by Cervantes to those of Gabriel Garcia related course. No knowledge of French required. Marquez. The course will examine the relationship Offered as FRCH 395, WLIT 395, FRCH 495, and between literature and other forms of artistic WLIT 495. production, as well as the development of the Hispanic literary text within the context of historical events and cultural production of the period. Counts WLIT 397. Honors Thesis I. 3 Units. toward Spanish major only as related course. No knowledge of Spanish required. Offered as ETHS Intensive study of a literary, linguistic, or cultural 385, ETHS 485, SPAN 385, SPAN 485, WLIT 385, topic with a faculty member, leading to the writing of and WLIT 485. a research paper. Prereq: Senior status.

WLIT 387. Literary and Critical Theory. 3 Units. WLIT 398. Honors Thesis II. 3 Units.

A survey of major schools and texts of literary and Continuation of WLIT 397. Prereq: WLIT 397 and critical theory. May be historically or thematically senior status. organized. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL 387, WLIT 387, ENGL 487, and WLIT 487. WLIT 399. Independent Study. 1 - 3 Unit.

WLIT 390. Topics in World Literature. 3 Units. For majors and advanced students under special circumstances. In-depth examination of specific critical and literary theories and of their relevance for literature and culture studies. Authors, works and instructor may WLIT 400. The City in Literature. 3 Units. vary. Offered as WLIT 390 and WLIT 490. Focus on major cities of the world as catalysts and reflections of cultural and historical change. WLIT 391. Introduction to Text Semiotics. 3 Interdisciplinary approach utilizing the arts, Units. literature, social sciences. Examples include Berlin at the turn of the century; Paris in literature and film; Introduction to Text Semiotics addresses both Tokyo in history and literature. Offered as WLIT 300 students of Literature and students in Cognitive and WLIT 400. Prereq: Graduate standing. Science. Most of the authors included in the reading list extend their linguistic approach towards fields that intersect literature, psychology, philosophy, WLIT 408. The Paris Experience. 3 Units. aesthetics, and anthropology. The scholarly Three-week immersion learning experience living traditions of text analysis and structural theory and studying in Paris. The focus of the course is of meaning, including authors from classical the literature and culture of the African, Arab, and formalism, structuralism, structural semiotics, and Asian communities of Paris. Students spend a new criticism will be connected to cognitive theories minimum of fifteen hours per week visiting cultural of meaning construction in test, discourse, and centers and museums and interviewing authors cultural expressions in general. The focus of this and students about the immigrant experience. course, taught as a seminar, is on empirical studies, Assigned readings complement course activities. specific text analyses, discourse analyses, speech Students enrolled in FRCH 308/408 do coursework act analyses, and other studies of speech, writing, in French. WLIT 308/408 students have the option and uses of language in cultural contexts. This of completing coursework in English. Graduate course thus introduces to a study of literature and students have additional course requirements. cultural expressions based on cognitive science Offered as FRCH 308, WLIT 308, FRCH 408, and and modern semiotics--the new view that has be WLIT 408. Prereq: Graduate standing. coined Cognitive Semiotics. Offered as COGS 391 and WLIT 391. Case Western Reserve University 489

WLIT 415. Mysticism and Literature. 3 Units. WLIT 420. Epic: The Sublime and Terrible in Literature. 3 Units. This co-taught seminar will explore and compare mystical elements in selected literary and The course focuses on the epic genre that theoretical works from the West and the East. dominates the dawn of Western literature as well Comparisons will focus on a number of interrelated as the literary traditions of much of the rest of sub-themes such as mind, language, alienation, the world. From the Homeric epic to the Middle innocence, experience, life, death, cosmogony, Ages and deep into the Renaissance, there was cosmology, good, evil, God/gods, and nature (the a collective urge to record both in verse and in ecosystem). Offered as MLIT 315, WLIT 315, MLIT prose extraordinary adventures with exceptional 415 and WLIT 415. heroes as central figures. Thus, the epic genre typically encouraged variations in the aesthetic treatment of the hero that eventually came to define WLIT 416. Greek Tragedy. 3 Units. distinct categories within the genre. "Sublime" and "terrible" are common notions in the aesthetics This course provides students the opportunity of classicism, from antiquity to the early modern to read a significant number of ancient Greek period. Authors studied in the course include such tragedies in modern English translations. We key figures in the creation and development of epic shall read, study, and discuss selected works by as Homer, Virgil, Ovid, Gotffried von Strassburg, Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, and attempt Dante, and Cervantes. The works of these authors to understand the plays as literature composed exemplify, on the one hand, the aesthetic directions for performance. We shall study literary elements mentioned above and, on the other hand, provide within the plays and theatrical possibilities inherent opportunities for using the close engagement with in the texts. As we read the plays, we shall pay particular texts to illuminate wider cultural fields, close attention to the historical context and look in which various aesthetic perceptions of social, for what each play can tell us about myth, religion, political, and religious reality coexist and therefore and society in ancient Athens. Finally, we shall give stimulate remarkable innovations in the standard occasional attention to the way these tragic dramas epic narrative. Offered as CLSC 319, CLSC 419, and the theater in which they were performed WLIT 320 and WLIT 420. have continued to inspire literature and theater for thousands of years. Lectures will provide historical background on the playwrights, the plays, the WLIT 435. Women in Developing Countries. 3 mythic and historical background, and possible Units. interpretation of the texts as literature and as performance pieces. Students will discuss in class This course will feature case studies, theory, and the plays that they read. The course has three literature of current issues concerning women examinations and a final project that includes a in developing countries primarily of the French- short essay and a group presentation. Offered as speaking world. Discussion and research topics CLSC 316, WLIT 316, WLIT 416. include matriarchal traditions and FGM in Africa, the Tunisian feminist movement, women, Islam, and tradition in the Middle East, women-centered power structures in India (Kerala, Pondichery), and poverty and women in Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia. Guest speakers and special projects are important elements of the course. Seminar- style format, taught in English, with significant disciplinary writing in English for WGST, ETHS, and some WLIT students, and writing in French for FRCH and WLIT students. Writing assignments include two shorter essays and a substantial research paper. Offered as ETHS 335, FRCH 335, WLIT 335, WGST 335, FRCH 435 and WLIT 435. 490 College of Arts and Sciences

WLIT 438. The Cameroon Experience. 3 Units. WLIT 463H. African-American Literature. 3 Units. Three-week immersion learning experience living and studying in Cameroon. The focus of the A historical approach to African-American literature. course is the culture, literature, and language of Such writers as Wheatley, Equiano, Douglass, Francophone Cameroon, with some emphasis on Jacobs, DuBois, Hurston, Hughes, Wright, Baldwin, Anglophone Cameroon. Students spend a minimum Ellison, Morrison. Topics covered may include slave of fifteen hours per week visiting cultural sites and narratives, African-American autobiography, the attending arranged courses at the University of Harlem Renaissance, the Black Aesthetic, literature Buea. Students will prepare a research paper. of protest and assimilation. Maximum 6 credits. Coursework is in French. To do coursework in Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS English, students should enroll in WLIT 338/438 or 100. Offered as ENGL 363H, ETHS 363H, WLIT ETHS 338/438. Offered as ETHS 338, FRCH 338, 363H, ENGL 463H, and WLIT 463H. WLIT 338, ETHS 438, FRCH 438, and WLIT 438. WLIT 465E. The Immigrant Experience. 3 Units. WLIT 440. Seminar in Enlightenment Art and Literature: Piranesi and Vico. 3 Units. Study of fictional and/or autobiographical narrative by authors whose families have experienced This course explores aspects of the European immigration to the U.S. Among the ethnic groups eighteenth century as a transformative epoch represented are Asian-American, Jewish-American, in the history of western culture. Though the Hispanic-American. May include several ethnic Enlightenment is usually associated especially with groups or focus on a single one. Attention is paid France, in this course we will focus on Italy, as the to historical and social aspects of immigration irresistible goal of travelers taking part in the "Grand and ethnicity. Maximum 6 credits. Recommended Tour," and as a landscape of powerful ancient preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as and modern architecture and artworks universally ENGL 365E, WLIT 365E, ENGL 465E, and WLIT recognized as exemplary. In particular we will 465E. study one of the strangest and most fascinating visual artists of the period, the self-proclaimed architect Giovani Battista Piranesi (1720-1778) WLIT 465N. Topics in African-American famous no less now than in his own time for his Literature. 3 Units. fantastic prison engravings as well as his views of Rome, involving a radical rethinking of the Selected topics and writers from city as a particular kind of inhabited as well as nineteenth,twentieth, and twenty-first century imagined space. Piranesi’s polemical response to African-American literature. May focus on a genre, the advocates of the Greek revival, then coming a single author or a group of authors, a theme or into fashion, will lead into discussion of the key themes. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL philosophical debates and aesthetic shifts of the 365N, ETHS 365N, WLIT 365N, ENGL 465N, and time, notably the emergence of the notion of the WLIT 465N. sublime as a category eventually subversive of western ideals of rationality and still present -- and potent -- in our own culture. Finally we will place WLIT 465Q. Post-Colonial Literature. 3 Units. Piranesi within a current of discussion of the origins Readings in national and regional literatures and nature of language and of human society in from former European colonies such as Australia general, not least as manifested in architecture and and African countries. Maximum 6 credits. other symbolic practices. The leading figure here is Recommended preparation: ENGL 150 or USFS the Neapolitan G.B. Vico, whose New Science of 100. Offered as ENGL 365Q, ETHS 365Q, WLIT 1725 remains one of the most stimulating texts in 365Q, ENGL 465Q, and WLIT 465Q. the western intellectual tradition. Offered as CLSC 340, COGS 340, WLIT 340, CLSC 440, and WLIT 440. Case Western Reserve University 491

WLIT 466G. Minority Literatures. 3 Units. WLIT 487. Literary and Critical Theory. 3 Units.

A course dealing with literature produced by ethnic A survey of major schools and texts of literary and and racial minority groups within the U.S. Individual critical theory. May be historically or thematically offerings may include works from several groups organized. Maximum 6 credits. Offered as ENGL studied comparatively, or focus on a single group, 387, WLIT 387, ENGL 487, and WLIT 487. such as Native Americans, Chicanos/Chicanas, Asian-Americans, Caribbean-Americans. African- American works may also be included. May cover WLIT 490. Topics in World Literature. 3 Units. the entire history of the U.S. or shorter periods. Maximum 6 credits. Recommended preparation: In-depth examination of specific critical and literary ENGL 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 366G, theories and of their relevance for literature and WLIT 466G, ENGL 466G, and WLIT 466G. culture studies. Authors, works and instructor may vary. Offered as WLIT 390 and WLIT 490. Prereq: Graduate standing. WLIT 468A. Film History, Theory, and Criticism. 3 Units. WLIT 495. French Literature in Translation. 3 This course is an introduction to the three major Units. approaches to cinema that together constitute the field of film studies. The course will be broken Topics vary according to student and faculty into three units: film theory; film criticism; and interest. May include Francophone literature, film history. Screening one film per week, we will literature and cinema, women writers, contemporary consider each film in light of the particular unit’s and literature. Counts toward French major only as week’s focus. Recommended preparation: ENGL related course. No knowledge of French required. 150 or USFS 100. Offered as ENGL 368A, WLIT Offered as FRCH 395, WLIT 395, FRCH 495, and 368A, ENGL 468A, and WLIT 468A. WLIT 495. Prereq: Graduate standing.

WLIT 468C. Topics in Film. 3 Units. WLIT 590. Seminar in World Literature. 3 Units.

Individual topics in film, such as a particular national Topics vary depending on student and instructor cinema, horror films, films of Alfred Hitchcock, interests; may include Postcolonial literature; Latin images of women in film, film comedy, introduction American literature and film; African Anglophone to film genres, Asian-cinema and drama, dance and Francophone literature. Prereq: Graduate on screen, science fiction films, storytelling and standing. cinema, and literature and film. Maximum 12 credits. Offered as ENGL 368C, WLIT 368C, ENGL 468C, and WLIT 468C. WLIT 595. Independent Research. 1 - 3 Unit. For graduate students under special circumstances. WLIT 485. Hispanic Literature in Translation. 3 Prereq: Graduate standing. Units.

Critical analysis and appreciation of representative WLIT 601. Independent Study. 1 - 18 Unit. literary masterpieces from Spain and Latin America, For graduate students under special circumstances. and by Hispanics living in the U.S. Texts cover a Prereq: Graduate standing. variety of genres and a range of literary periods, from works by Cervantes to those of Gabriel Garcia Marquez. The course will examine the relationship WLIT 651. Thesis MA. 1 - 18 Unit. between literature and other forms of artistic production, as well as the development of the Hispanic literary text within the context of historical events and cultural production of the period. Counts toward Spanish major only as related course. No knowledge of Spanish required. Offered as ETHS 385, ETHS 485, SPAN 385, SPAN 485, WLIT 385, and WLIT 485. Prereq: Graduate standing. 492 Index

Index G German Studies Program ...... 453 Gerontological Studies Program ...... 455 A H American Studies Program ...... 7 History and Philosophy of Science Program ...... 457 Asian Studies Program ...... 9 I B International Studies Program ...... 458 Biochemistry ...... 11 J C Japanese Studies Program ...... 460 Childhood Studies Program ...... 12 Judaic Studies Program ...... 462 College of Arts and Sciences ...... 3 N Computer Science ...... 14 Natural Sciences Program ...... 465 D Nutrition ...... 467 Department of Anthropology ...... 15 P Department of Art History and Art ...... 45 Pre-Architecture Program ...... 468 Department of Astronomy ...... 76 Public Policy Program ...... 469 Department of Biology ...... 83 T Department of Chemistry ...... 120 Teacher Licensure Program ...... 470 Department of Classics ...... 134 W Department of Cognitive Science ...... 147 Washington Study Program ...... 473 Department of Dance ...... 161 Women's and Gender Studies Program ...... 474 Department of Economics ...... 168 World Literature Program ...... 481 Department of English ...... 169 Department of Geological Sciences ...... 187 Department of History ...... 196 Department of Mathematics ...... 228 Department of Modern Languages and Literatures ...... 249 Department of Music ...... 274 Department of Philosophy ...... 302 Department of Physics ...... 315 Department of Political Science ...... 339 Department of Psychological Sciences ...... 362 Department of Religious Studies ...... 384 Department of Sociology ...... 396 Department of Statistics ...... 411 Department of Theater ...... 422 E Environmental Studies Program ...... 433 Ethnic Studies Program ...... 436 Evolutionary Biology Program ...... 447 F French and Francophone Studies Program ...... 449

Table of Contents